diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'mesalib/src')
81 files changed, 25109 insertions, 28135 deletions
diff --git a/mesalib/src/SConscript b/mesalib/src/SConscript index f86447c08..d5cde1c96 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/SConscript +++ b/mesalib/src/SConscript @@ -1,28 +1,24 @@ -Import('*')
-
-if env['platform'] == 'windows':
- SConscript('getopt/SConscript')
- SConscript('talloc/SConscript')
-else:
- talloc = 'talloc'
- Export('talloc')
-
-SConscript('glsl/SConscript')
-# When env['gles'] is set, the targets defined in mapi/glapi/SConscript are not
-# used. libgl-xlib and libgl-gdi adapt themselves to use the targets defined
-# in mapi/glapi-shared/SConscript. mesa/SConscript also adapts itself to
-# enable OpenGL ES support.
-SConscript('mapi/glapi/SConscript')
-SConscript('mesa/SConscript')
-
-SConscript('mapi/vgapi/SConscript')
-
-if env['platform'] != 'embedded':
- SConscript('egl/main/SConscript')
- SConscript('glut/glx/SConscript')
-
- if env['gles']:
- SConscript('mapi/shared-glapi/SConscript')
-
-SConscript('gallium/SConscript')
-
+Import('*') + +if env['platform'] == 'windows': + SConscript('getopt/SConscript') + +SConscript('glsl/SConscript') +# When env['gles'] is set, the targets defined in mapi/glapi/SConscript are not +# used. libgl-xlib and libgl-gdi adapt themselves to use the targets defined +# in mapi/glapi-shared/SConscript. mesa/SConscript also adapts itself to +# enable OpenGL ES support. +SConscript('mapi/glapi/SConscript') +SConscript('mesa/SConscript') + +SConscript('mapi/vgapi/SConscript') + +if env['platform'] != 'embedded': + SConscript('egl/main/SConscript') + SConscript('glut/glx/SConscript') + + if env['gles']: + SConscript('mapi/shared-glapi/SConscript') + +SConscript('gallium/SConscript') + diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/Makefile b/mesalib/src/glsl/Makefile index 22e01415f..4f307422c 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/Makefile +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/Makefile @@ -1,183 +1,182 @@ -#src/glsl/pp/Makefile
-
-TOP = ../..
-
-include $(TOP)/configs/current
-
-LIBNAME = glsl
-
-LIBGLCPP_SOURCES = \
- glcpp/glcpp-lex.c \
- glcpp/glcpp-parse.c \
- glcpp/pp.c
-
-GLCPP_SOURCES = \
- $(LIBGLCPP_SOURCES) \
- glcpp/glcpp.c
-
-C_SOURCES = \
- strtod.c \
- $(LIBGLCPP_SOURCES)
-
-CXX_SOURCES = \
- ast_expr.cpp \
- ast_function.cpp \
- ast_to_hir.cpp \
- ast_type.cpp \
- glsl_lexer.cpp \
- glsl_parser.cpp \
- glsl_parser_extras.cpp \
- glsl_types.cpp \
- glsl_symbol_table.cpp \
- hir_field_selection.cpp \
- ir_basic_block.cpp \
- ir_clone.cpp \
- ir_constant_expression.cpp \
- ir.cpp \
- ir_expression_flattening.cpp \
- ir_function_can_inline.cpp \
- ir_function.cpp \
- ir_hierarchical_visitor.cpp \
- ir_hv_accept.cpp \
- ir_import_prototypes.cpp \
- ir_print_visitor.cpp \
- ir_reader.cpp \
- ir_rvalue_visitor.cpp \
- ir_set_program_inouts.cpp \
- ir_validate.cpp \
- ir_variable.cpp \
- ir_variable_refcount.cpp \
- linker.cpp \
- link_functions.cpp \
- loop_analysis.cpp \
- loop_controls.cpp \
- loop_unroll.cpp \
- lower_discard.cpp \
- lower_if_to_cond_assign.cpp \
- lower_instructions.cpp \
- lower_jumps.cpp \
- lower_mat_op_to_vec.cpp \
- lower_noise.cpp \
- lower_texture_projection.cpp \
- lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign.cpp \
- lower_vec_index_to_cond_assign.cpp \
- lower_vec_index_to_swizzle.cpp \
- lower_vector.cpp \
- opt_algebraic.cpp \
- opt_constant_folding.cpp \
- opt_constant_propagation.cpp \
- opt_constant_variable.cpp \
- opt_copy_propagation.cpp \
- opt_dead_code.cpp \
- opt_dead_code_local.cpp \
- opt_dead_functions.cpp \
- opt_discard_simplification.cpp \
- opt_function_inlining.cpp \
- opt_if_simplification.cpp \
- opt_noop_swizzle.cpp \
- opt_redundant_jumps.cpp \
- opt_structure_splitting.cpp \
- opt_swizzle_swizzle.cpp \
- opt_tree_grafting.cpp \
- s_expression.cpp
-
-LIBS = \
- $(TOP)/src/glsl/libglsl.a \
- $(TALLOC_LIBS)
-
-APPS = glsl_compiler glcpp/glcpp
-
-GLSL2_C_SOURCES = \
- ../mesa/program/hash_table.c \
- ../mesa/program/symbol_table.c
-GLSL2_CXX_SOURCES = \
- main.cpp
-
-GLSL2_OBJECTS = \
- $(GLSL2_C_SOURCES:.c=.o) \
- $(GLSL2_CXX_SOURCES:.cpp=.o)
-
-### Basic defines ###
-
-DEFINES += \
- $(LIBRARY_DEFINES) \
- $(API_DEFINES)
-
-GLCPP_OBJECTS = \
- $(GLCPP_SOURCES:.c=.o) \
- ../mesa/program/hash_table.o
-
-OBJECTS = \
- $(C_SOURCES:.c=.o) \
- $(CXX_SOURCES:.cpp=.o)
-
-INCLUDES = \
- $(TALLOC_CFLAGS) \
- -I. \
- -I../mesa \
- -I../mapi \
- -I../../include \
- $(LIBRARY_INCLUDES)
-
-ALL_SOURCES = \
- $(C_SOURCES) \
- $(CXX_SOURCES) \
- $(GLSL2_CXX_SOURCES) \
- $(GLSL2_C_SOURCES)
-
-##### TARGETS #####
-
-default: depend lib$(LIBNAME).a $(APPS)
-
-lib$(LIBNAME).a: $(OBJECTS) builtin_function.o Makefile $(TOP)/src/glsl/Makefile.template
- $(MKLIB) -cplusplus -o $(LIBNAME) -static $(OBJECTS) builtin_function.o
-
-depend: $(ALL_SOURCES) Makefile
- rm -f depend
- touch depend
- $(MKDEP) $(MKDEP_OPTIONS) $(INCLUDES) $(ALL_SOURCES) 2> /dev/null
-
-# Remove .o and backup files
-clean:
- rm -f $(GLCPP_OBJECTS) $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) $(OBJECTS) lib$(LIBNAME).a depend depend.bak builtin_function.cpp builtin_function.o builtin_stubs.o builtin_compiler
- -rm -f $(APPS)
-
-# Dummy target
-install:
- @echo -n ""
-
-
-##### RULES #####
-
-glsl_compiler: $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) libglsl.a
- $(APP_CXX) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) $(LIBS) -o $@
-
-glcpp/glcpp: $(GLCPP_OBJECTS) libglsl.a
- $(APP_CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(GLCPP_OBJECTS) $(LIBS) -o $@
-
-.cpp.o:
- $(CXX) -c $(INCLUDES) $(CXXFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $< -o $@
-
-.c.o:
- $(CC) -c $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $< -o $@
-
-glsl_lexer.cpp: glsl_lexer.lpp
- flex --nounistd -o$@ $<
-
-glsl_parser.cpp: glsl_parser.ypp
- bison -v -o "$@" -p "_mesa_glsl_" --defines=glsl_parser.h $<
-
-glcpp/glcpp-lex.c: glcpp/glcpp-lex.l
- flex --nounistd -o$@ $<
-
-glcpp/glcpp-parse.c: glcpp/glcpp-parse.y
- bison -v -o "$@" --defines=glcpp/glcpp-parse.h $<
-
-builtin_compiler: $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) $(OBJECTS) builtin_stubs.o
- $(APP_CXX) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJECTS) $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) builtin_stubs.o $(TALLOC_LIBS) -o $@
-
-builtin_function.cpp: builtins/profiles/* builtins/ir/* builtins/tools/generate_builtins.py builtins/tools/texture_builtins.py builtin_compiler
- @echo Regenerating builtin_function.cpp...
- $(PYTHON2) $(PYTHON_FLAGS) builtins/tools/generate_builtins.py $(PWD)/builtin_compiler > builtin_function.cpp
-
--include depend
+#src/glsl/pp/Makefile + +TOP = ../.. + +include $(TOP)/configs/current + +LIBNAME = glsl + +LIBGLCPP_SOURCES = \ + glcpp/glcpp-lex.c \ + glcpp/glcpp-parse.c \ + glcpp/pp.c + +GLCPP_SOURCES = \ + $(LIBGLCPP_SOURCES) \ + glcpp/glcpp.c + +C_SOURCES = \ + strtod.c \ + ralloc.c \ + $(LIBGLCPP_SOURCES) + +CXX_SOURCES = \ + ast_expr.cpp \ + ast_function.cpp \ + ast_to_hir.cpp \ + ast_type.cpp \ + glsl_lexer.cpp \ + glsl_parser.cpp \ + glsl_parser_extras.cpp \ + glsl_types.cpp \ + glsl_symbol_table.cpp \ + hir_field_selection.cpp \ + ir_basic_block.cpp \ + ir_clone.cpp \ + ir_constant_expression.cpp \ + ir.cpp \ + ir_expression_flattening.cpp \ + ir_function_can_inline.cpp \ + ir_function.cpp \ + ir_hierarchical_visitor.cpp \ + ir_hv_accept.cpp \ + ir_import_prototypes.cpp \ + ir_print_visitor.cpp \ + ir_reader.cpp \ + ir_rvalue_visitor.cpp \ + ir_set_program_inouts.cpp \ + ir_validate.cpp \ + ir_variable.cpp \ + ir_variable_refcount.cpp \ + linker.cpp \ + link_functions.cpp \ + loop_analysis.cpp \ + loop_controls.cpp \ + loop_unroll.cpp \ + lower_discard.cpp \ + lower_if_to_cond_assign.cpp \ + lower_instructions.cpp \ + lower_jumps.cpp \ + lower_mat_op_to_vec.cpp \ + lower_noise.cpp \ + lower_texture_projection.cpp \ + lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign.cpp \ + lower_vec_index_to_cond_assign.cpp \ + lower_vec_index_to_swizzle.cpp \ + lower_vector.cpp \ + opt_algebraic.cpp \ + opt_constant_folding.cpp \ + opt_constant_propagation.cpp \ + opt_constant_variable.cpp \ + opt_copy_propagation.cpp \ + opt_dead_code.cpp \ + opt_dead_code_local.cpp \ + opt_dead_functions.cpp \ + opt_discard_simplification.cpp \ + opt_function_inlining.cpp \ + opt_if_simplification.cpp \ + opt_noop_swizzle.cpp \ + opt_redundant_jumps.cpp \ + opt_structure_splitting.cpp \ + opt_swizzle_swizzle.cpp \ + opt_tree_grafting.cpp \ + s_expression.cpp + +LIBS = \ + $(TOP)/src/glsl/libglsl.a + +APPS = glsl_compiler glcpp/glcpp + +GLSL2_C_SOURCES = \ + ../mesa/program/hash_table.c \ + ../mesa/program/symbol_table.c +GLSL2_CXX_SOURCES = \ + main.cpp + +GLSL2_OBJECTS = \ + $(GLSL2_C_SOURCES:.c=.o) \ + $(GLSL2_CXX_SOURCES:.cpp=.o) + +### Basic defines ### + +DEFINES += \ + $(LIBRARY_DEFINES) \ + $(API_DEFINES) + +GLCPP_OBJECTS = \ + $(GLCPP_SOURCES:.c=.o) \ + ../mesa/program/hash_table.o + +OBJECTS = \ + $(C_SOURCES:.c=.o) \ + $(CXX_SOURCES:.cpp=.o) + +INCLUDES = \ + -I. \ + -I../mesa \ + -I../mapi \ + -I../../include \ + $(LIBRARY_INCLUDES) + +ALL_SOURCES = \ + $(C_SOURCES) \ + $(CXX_SOURCES) \ + $(GLSL2_CXX_SOURCES) \ + $(GLSL2_C_SOURCES) + +##### TARGETS ##### + +default: depend lib$(LIBNAME).a $(APPS) + +lib$(LIBNAME).a: $(OBJECTS) builtin_function.o Makefile $(TOP)/src/glsl/Makefile.template + $(MKLIB) -cplusplus -o $(LIBNAME) -static $(OBJECTS) builtin_function.o + +depend: $(ALL_SOURCES) Makefile + rm -f depend + touch depend + $(MKDEP) $(MKDEP_OPTIONS) $(INCLUDES) $(ALL_SOURCES) 2> /dev/null + +# Remove .o and backup files +clean: + rm -f $(GLCPP_OBJECTS) $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) $(OBJECTS) lib$(LIBNAME).a depend depend.bak builtin_function.cpp builtin_function.o builtin_stubs.o builtin_compiler + -rm -f $(APPS) + +# Dummy target +install: + @echo -n "" + + +##### RULES ##### + +glsl_compiler: $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) libglsl.a builtin_stubs.o + $(APP_CXX) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) builtin_stubs.o $(LIBS) -o $@ + +glcpp/glcpp: $(GLCPP_OBJECTS) libglsl.a + $(APP_CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(GLCPP_OBJECTS) $(LIBS) -o $@ + +.cpp.o: + $(CXX) -c $(INCLUDES) $(CXXFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $< -o $@ + +.c.o: + $(CC) -c $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $< -o $@ + +glsl_lexer.cpp: glsl_lexer.lpp + flex --nounistd -o$@ $< + +glsl_parser.cpp: glsl_parser.ypp + bison -v -o "$@" -p "_mesa_glsl_" --defines=glsl_parser.h $< + +glcpp/glcpp-lex.c: glcpp/glcpp-lex.l + flex --nounistd -o$@ $< + +glcpp/glcpp-parse.c: glcpp/glcpp-parse.y + bison -v -o "$@" --defines=glcpp/glcpp-parse.h $< + +builtin_compiler: $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) $(OBJECTS) builtin_stubs.o + $(APP_CXX) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJECTS) $(GLSL2_OBJECTS) builtin_stubs.o -o $@ + +builtin_function.cpp: builtins/profiles/* builtins/ir/* builtins/tools/generate_builtins.py builtins/tools/texture_builtins.py builtin_compiler + @echo Regenerating builtin_function.cpp... + $(PYTHON2) $(PYTHON_FLAGS) builtins/tools/generate_builtins.py $(PWD)/builtin_compiler > builtin_function.cpp + +-include depend diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/SConscript b/mesalib/src/glsl/SConscript index 5885e4b4f..2cc7b0eda 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/SConscript +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/SConscript @@ -7,14 +7,12 @@ from sys import executable as python_cmd env = env.Clone() env.Prepend(CPPPATH = [ + '#include', '#src/mapi', '#src/mesa', '#src/glsl', ]) -if env['platform'] == 'windows': - env.Prepend(CPPPATH = ['#src/talloc']) - sources = [ 'glcpp/glcpp-lex.c', 'glcpp/glcpp-parse.c', @@ -77,6 +75,7 @@ sources = [ 'opt_structure_splitting.cpp', 'opt_swizzle_swizzle.cpp', 'opt_tree_grafting.cpp', + 'ralloc.c', 's_expression.cpp', 'strtod.c', ] @@ -87,13 +86,6 @@ if env['platform'] == common.host_platform: env.Prepend(CPPPATH = ['#/src/getopt']) env.PrependUnique(LIBS = [getopt]) - if env['platform'] == 'windows': - env.Prepend(CPPPATH = ['#src/talloc']) - env.Prepend(LIBS = [talloc]) - else: - env.Prepend(CPPPATH = ['#include']) - env.Prepend(LIBS = ['talloc']) - builtin_compiler = env.Program( target = 'builtin_compiler', source = sources + ['main.cpp', 'builtin_stubs.cpp', @@ -110,14 +102,6 @@ if env['platform'] == common.host_platform: env.Depends(builtin_glsl_function, ['builtins/tools/generate_builtins.py', 'builtins/tools/texture_builtins.py'] + Glob('builtins/ir/*')) - if env['msvc']: - # There is no LD_LIBRARY_PATH equivalent on Windows. We need to ensure - # talloc.dll is on the same dir as builtin_function. - talloc_dll_src = talloc.dir.File('talloc.dll') - talloc_dll_dst = builtin_compiler[0].dir.File('talloc.dll') - talloc_dll = env.Command(talloc_dll_dst, talloc_dll_src, Copy(talloc_dll_dst, talloc_dll_src)) - env.Depends('builtin_function.cpp', talloc_dll) - Export('builtin_glsl_function') if common.cross_compiling: @@ -142,7 +126,7 @@ if env['platform'] == 'windows': 'user32', ]) -env.Prepend(LIBS = [glsl, talloc]) +env.Prepend(LIBS = [glsl]) env.Program( target = 'glsl2', diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ast.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/ast.h index 23b3b78b2..6963b83af 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ast.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ast.h @@ -49,27 +49,27 @@ struct YYLTYPE; */ class ast_node { public: - /* Callers of this talloc-based new need not call delete. It's - * easier to just talloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ + /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's + * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx) { void *node; - node = talloc_zero_size(ctx, size); + node = rzalloc_size(ctx, size); assert(node != NULL); return node; } /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just - * talloc_free in that case. */ + * ralloc_free in that case. */ static void operator delete(void *table, void *ctx) { - talloc_free(table); + ralloc_free(table); } static void operator delete(void *table) { - talloc_free(table); + ralloc_free(table); } /** diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ast_function.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ast_function.cpp index 02261d68f..28d49ee0d 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ast_function.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ast_function.cpp @@ -1,1269 +1,1278 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "glsl_symbol_table.h"
-#include "ast.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "main/core.h" /* for MIN2 */
-
-static ir_rvalue *
-convert_component(ir_rvalue *src, const glsl_type *desired_type);
-
-bool
-apply_implicit_conversion(const glsl_type *to, ir_rvalue * &from,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state);
-
-static unsigned
-process_parameters(exec_list *instructions, exec_list *actual_parameters,
- exec_list *parameters,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- unsigned count = 0;
-
- foreach_list (n, parameters) {
- ast_node *const ast = exec_node_data(ast_node, n, link);
- ir_rvalue *result = ast->hir(instructions, state);
-
- ir_constant *const constant = result->constant_expression_value();
- if (constant != NULL)
- result = constant;
-
- actual_parameters->push_tail(result);
- count++;
- }
-
- return count;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Generate a source prototype for a function signature
- *
- * \param return_type Return type of the function. May be \c NULL.
- * \param name Name of the function.
- * \param parameters Parameter list for the function. This may be either a
- * formal or actual parameter list. Only the type is used.
- *
- * \return
- * A talloced string representing the prototype of the function.
- */
-char *
-prototype_string(const glsl_type *return_type, const char *name,
- exec_list *parameters)
-{
- char *str = NULL;
-
- if (return_type != NULL)
- str = talloc_asprintf(str, "%s ", return_type->name);
-
- str = talloc_asprintf_append(str, "%s(", name);
-
- const char *comma = "";
- foreach_list(node, parameters) {
- const ir_instruction *const param = (ir_instruction *) node;
-
- str = talloc_asprintf_append(str, "%s%s", comma, param->type->name);
- comma = ", ";
- }
-
- str = talloc_strdup_append(str, ")");
- return str;
-}
-
-
-static ir_rvalue *
-match_function_by_name(exec_list *instructions, const char *name,
- YYLTYPE *loc, exec_list *actual_parameters,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- void *ctx = state;
- ir_function *f = state->symbols->get_function(name);
- ir_function_signature *sig;
-
- sig = f ? f->matching_signature(actual_parameters) : NULL;
-
- /* FINISHME: This doesn't handle the case where shader X contains a
- * FINISHME: matching signature but shader X + N contains an _exact_
- * FINISHME: matching signature.
- */
- if (sig == NULL && (f == NULL || state->es_shader || !f->has_user_signature()) && state->symbols->get_type(name) == NULL && (state->language_version == 110 || state->symbols->get_variable(name) == NULL)) {
- /* The current shader doesn't contain a matching function or signature.
- * Before giving up, look for the prototype in the built-in functions.
- */
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < state->num_builtins_to_link; i++) {
- ir_function *builtin;
- builtin = state->builtins_to_link[i]->symbols->get_function(name);
- sig = builtin ? builtin->matching_signature(actual_parameters) : NULL;
- if (sig != NULL) {
- if (f == NULL) {
- f = new(ctx) ir_function(name);
- state->symbols->add_global_function(f);
- emit_function(state, instructions, f);
- }
-
- f->add_signature(sig->clone_prototype(f, NULL));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (sig != NULL) {
- /* Verify that 'out' and 'inout' actual parameters are lvalues. This
- * isn't done in ir_function::matching_signature because that function
- * cannot generate the necessary diagnostics.
- */
- exec_list_iterator actual_iter = actual_parameters->iterator();
- exec_list_iterator formal_iter = sig->parameters.iterator();
-
- while (actual_iter.has_next()) {
- ir_rvalue *actual = (ir_rvalue *) actual_iter.get();
- ir_variable *formal = (ir_variable *) formal_iter.get();
-
- assert(actual != NULL);
- assert(formal != NULL);
-
- if ((formal->mode == ir_var_out)
- || (formal->mode == ir_var_inout)) {
- const char *mode = NULL;
- switch (formal->mode) {
- case ir_var_out: mode = "out"; break;
- case ir_var_inout: mode = "inout"; break;
- default: assert(false); break;
- }
- /* FIXME: 'loc' is incorrect (as of 2011-01-21). It is always
- * FIXME: 0:0(0).
- */
- if (actual->variable_referenced()
- && actual->variable_referenced()->read_only) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state,
- "function parameter '%s %s' references the "
- "read-only variable '%s'",
- mode, formal->name,
- actual->variable_referenced()->name);
-
- } else if (!actual->is_lvalue()) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state,
- "function parameter '%s %s' is not an lvalue",
- mode, formal->name);
- }
- }
-
- if (formal->type->is_numeric() || formal->type->is_boolean()) {
- ir_rvalue *converted = convert_component(actual, formal->type);
- actual->replace_with(converted);
- }
-
- actual_iter.next();
- formal_iter.next();
- }
-
- /* Always insert the call in the instruction stream, and return a deref
- * of its return val if it returns a value, since we don't know if
- * the rvalue is going to be assigned to anything or not.
- */
- ir_call *call = new(ctx) ir_call(sig, actual_parameters);
- if (!sig->return_type->is_void()) {
- ir_variable *var;
- ir_dereference_variable *deref;
-
- var = new(ctx) ir_variable(sig->return_type,
- talloc_asprintf(ctx, "%s_retval",
- sig->function_name()),
- ir_var_temporary);
- instructions->push_tail(var);
-
- deref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- ir_assignment *assign = new(ctx) ir_assignment(deref, call, NULL);
- instructions->push_tail(assign);
- if (state->language_version >= 120)
- var->constant_value = call->constant_expression_value();
-
- deref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- return deref;
- } else {
- instructions->push_tail(call);
- return NULL;
- }
- } else {
- char *str = prototype_string(NULL, name, actual_parameters);
-
- _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, "no matching function for call to `%s'",
- str);
- talloc_free(str);
-
- const char *prefix = "candidates are: ";
-
- for (int i = -1; i < state->num_builtins_to_link; i++) {
- glsl_symbol_table *syms = i >= 0 ? state->builtins_to_link[i]->symbols
- : state->symbols;
- f = syms->get_function(name);
- if (f == NULL)
- continue;
-
- foreach_list (node, &f->signatures) {
- ir_function_signature *sig = (ir_function_signature *) node;
-
- str = prototype_string(sig->return_type, f->name, &sig->parameters);
- _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, "%s%s\n", prefix, str);
- talloc_free(str);
-
- prefix = " ";
- }
-
- }
-
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Perform automatic type conversion of constructor parameters
- *
- * This implements the rules in the "Conversion and Scalar Constructors"
- * section (GLSL 1.10 section 5.4.1), not the "Implicit Conversions" rules.
- */
-static ir_rvalue *
-convert_component(ir_rvalue *src, const glsl_type *desired_type)
-{
- void *ctx = talloc_parent(src);
- const unsigned a = desired_type->base_type;
- const unsigned b = src->type->base_type;
- ir_expression *result = NULL;
-
- if (src->type->is_error())
- return src;
-
- assert(a <= GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- assert(b <= GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
-
- if ((a == b) || (src->type->is_integer() && desired_type->is_integer()))
- return src;
-
- switch (a) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- if (b == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT)
- result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_f2i, desired_type, src, NULL);
- else {
- assert(b == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_b2i, desired_type, src, NULL);
- }
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- switch (b) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_u2f, desired_type, src, NULL);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_i2f, desired_type, src, NULL);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_b2f, desired_type, src, NULL);
- break;
- }
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- switch (b) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_i2b, desired_type, src, NULL);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_f2b, desired_type, src, NULL);
- break;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- assert(result != NULL);
-
- /* Try constant folding; it may fold in the conversion we just added. */
- ir_constant *const constant = result->constant_expression_value();
- return (constant != NULL) ? (ir_rvalue *) constant : (ir_rvalue *) result;
-}
-
-/**
- * Dereference a specific component from a scalar, vector, or matrix
- */
-static ir_rvalue *
-dereference_component(ir_rvalue *src, unsigned component)
-{
- void *ctx = talloc_parent(src);
- assert(component < src->type->components());
-
- /* If the source is a constant, just create a new constant instead of a
- * dereference of the existing constant.
- */
- ir_constant *constant = src->as_constant();
- if (constant)
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(constant, component);
-
- if (src->type->is_scalar()) {
- return src;
- } else if (src->type->is_vector()) {
- return new(ctx) ir_swizzle(src, component, 0, 0, 0, 1);
- } else {
- assert(src->type->is_matrix());
-
- /* Dereference a row of the matrix, then call this function again to get
- * a specific element from that row.
- */
- const int c = component / src->type->column_type()->vector_elements;
- const int r = component % src->type->column_type()->vector_elements;
- ir_constant *const col_index = new(ctx) ir_constant(c);
- ir_dereference *const col = new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(src, col_index);
-
- col->type = src->type->column_type();
-
- return dereference_component(col, r);
- }
-
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-static ir_rvalue *
-process_array_constructor(exec_list *instructions,
- const glsl_type *constructor_type,
- YYLTYPE *loc, exec_list *parameters,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- void *ctx = state;
- /* Array constructors come in two forms: sized and unsized. Sized array
- * constructors look like 'vec4[2](a, b)', where 'a' and 'b' are vec4
- * variables. In this case the number of parameters must exactly match the
- * specified size of the array.
- *
- * Unsized array constructors look like 'vec4[](a, b)', where 'a' and 'b'
- * are vec4 variables. In this case the size of the array being constructed
- * is determined by the number of parameters.
- *
- * From page 52 (page 58 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.50 spec:
- *
- * "There must be exactly the same number of arguments as the size of
- * the array being constructed. If no size is present in the
- * constructor, then the array is explicitly sized to the number of
- * arguments provided. The arguments are assigned in order, starting at
- * element 0, to the elements of the constructed array. Each argument
- * must be the same type as the element type of the array, or be a type
- * that can be converted to the element type of the array according to
- * Section 4.1.10 "Implicit Conversions.""
- */
- exec_list actual_parameters;
- const unsigned parameter_count =
- process_parameters(instructions, &actual_parameters, parameters, state);
-
- if ((parameter_count == 0)
- || ((constructor_type->length != 0)
- && (constructor_type->length != parameter_count))) {
- const unsigned min_param = (constructor_type->length == 0)
- ? 1 : constructor_type->length;
-
- _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, "array constructor must have %s %u "
- "parameter%s",
- (constructor_type->length != 0) ? "at least" : "exactly",
- min_param, (min_param <= 1) ? "" : "s");
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- if (constructor_type->length == 0) {
- constructor_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(constructor_type->element_type(),
- parameter_count);
- assert(constructor_type != NULL);
- assert(constructor_type->length == parameter_count);
- }
-
- bool all_parameters_are_constant = true;
-
- /* Type cast each parameter and, if possible, fold constants. */
- foreach_list_safe(n, &actual_parameters) {
- ir_rvalue *ir = (ir_rvalue *) n;
- ir_rvalue *result = ir;
-
- /* Apply implicit conversions (not the scalar constructor rules!) */
- if (constructor_type->element_type()->is_float()) {
- const glsl_type *desired_type =
- glsl_type::get_instance(GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT,
- ir->type->vector_elements,
- ir->type->matrix_columns);
- result = convert_component(ir, desired_type);
- }
-
- if (result->type != constructor_type->element_type()) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, "type error in array constructor: "
- "expected: %s, found %s",
- constructor_type->element_type()->name,
- result->type->name);
- }
-
- /* Attempt to convert the parameter to a constant valued expression.
- * After doing so, track whether or not all the parameters to the
- * constructor are trivially constant valued expressions.
- */
- ir_rvalue *const constant = result->constant_expression_value();
-
- if (constant != NULL)
- result = constant;
- else
- all_parameters_are_constant = false;
-
- ir->replace_with(result);
- }
-
- if (all_parameters_are_constant)
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(constructor_type, &actual_parameters);
-
- ir_variable *var = new(ctx) ir_variable(constructor_type, "array_ctor",
- ir_var_temporary);
- instructions->push_tail(var);
-
- int i = 0;
- foreach_list(node, &actual_parameters) {
- ir_rvalue *rhs = (ir_rvalue *) node;
- ir_rvalue *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var,
- new(ctx) ir_constant(i));
-
- ir_instruction *assignment = new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL);
- instructions->push_tail(assignment);
-
- i++;
- }
-
- return new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Try to convert a record constructor to a constant expression
- */
-static ir_constant *
-constant_record_constructor(const glsl_type *constructor_type,
- exec_list *parameters, void *mem_ctx)
-{
- foreach_list(node, parameters) {
- ir_constant *constant = ((ir_instruction *) node)->as_constant();
- if (constant == NULL)
- return NULL;
- node->replace_with(constant);
- }
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(constructor_type, parameters);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Determine if a list consists of a single scalar r-value
- */
-bool
-single_scalar_parameter(exec_list *parameters)
-{
- const ir_rvalue *const p = (ir_rvalue *) parameters->head;
- assert(((ir_rvalue *)p)->as_rvalue() != NULL);
-
- return (p->type->is_scalar() && p->next->is_tail_sentinel());
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Generate inline code for a vector constructor
- *
- * The generated constructor code will consist of a temporary variable
- * declaration of the same type as the constructor. A sequence of assignments
- * from constructor parameters to the temporary will follow.
- *
- * \return
- * An \c ir_dereference_variable of the temprorary generated in the constructor
- * body.
- */
-ir_rvalue *
-emit_inline_vector_constructor(const glsl_type *type,
- exec_list *instructions,
- exec_list *parameters,
- void *ctx)
-{
- assert(!parameters->is_empty());
-
- ir_variable *var = new(ctx) ir_variable(type, "vec_ctor", ir_var_temporary);
- instructions->push_tail(var);
-
- /* There are two kinds of vector constructors.
- *
- * - Construct a vector from a single scalar by replicating that scalar to
- * all components of the vector.
- *
- * - Construct a vector from an arbirary combination of vectors and
- * scalars. The components of the constructor parameters are assigned
- * to the vector in order until the vector is full.
- */
- const unsigned lhs_components = type->components();
- if (single_scalar_parameter(parameters)) {
- ir_rvalue *first_param = (ir_rvalue *)parameters->head;
- ir_rvalue *rhs = new(ctx) ir_swizzle(first_param, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- lhs_components);
- ir_dereference_variable *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- const unsigned mask = (1U << lhs_components) - 1;
-
- assert(rhs->type == lhs->type);
-
- ir_instruction *inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL, mask);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
- } else {
- unsigned base_component = 0;
- unsigned base_lhs_component = 0;
- ir_constant_data data;
- unsigned constant_mask = 0, constant_components = 0;
-
- memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
-
- foreach_list(node, parameters) {
- ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *) node;
- unsigned rhs_components = param->type->components();
-
- /* Do not try to assign more components to the vector than it has!
- */
- if ((rhs_components + base_lhs_component) > lhs_components) {
- rhs_components = lhs_components - base_lhs_component;
- }
-
- const ir_constant *const c = param->as_constant();
- if (c != NULL) {
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < rhs_components; i++) {
- switch (c->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[i + base_component] = c->get_uint_component(i);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[i + base_component] = c->get_int_component(i);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[i + base_component] = c->get_float_component(i);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- data.b[i + base_component] = c->get_bool_component(i);
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* Mask of fields to be written in the assignment.
- */
- constant_mask |= ((1U << rhs_components) - 1) << base_lhs_component;
- constant_components += rhs_components;
-
- base_component += rhs_components;
- }
- /* Advance the component index by the number of components
- * that were just assigned.
- */
- base_lhs_component += rhs_components;
- }
-
- if (constant_mask != 0) {
- ir_dereference *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- const glsl_type *rhs_type = glsl_type::get_instance(var->type->base_type,
- constant_components,
- 1);
- ir_rvalue *rhs = new(ctx) ir_constant(rhs_type, &data);
-
- ir_instruction *inst =
- new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL, constant_mask);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
- }
-
- base_component = 0;
- foreach_list(node, parameters) {
- ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *) node;
- unsigned rhs_components = param->type->components();
-
- /* Do not try to assign more components to the vector than it has!
- */
- if ((rhs_components + base_component) > lhs_components) {
- rhs_components = lhs_components - base_component;
- }
-
- const ir_constant *const c = param->as_constant();
- if (c == NULL) {
- /* Mask of fields to be written in the assignment.
- */
- const unsigned write_mask = ((1U << rhs_components) - 1)
- << base_component;
-
- ir_dereference *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
-
- /* Generate a swizzle so that LHS and RHS sizes match.
- */
- ir_rvalue *rhs =
- new(ctx) ir_swizzle(param, 0, 1, 2, 3, rhs_components);
-
- ir_instruction *inst =
- new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL, write_mask);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
- }
-
- /* Advance the component index by the number of components that were
- * just assigned.
- */
- base_component += rhs_components;
- }
- }
- return new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Generate assignment of a portion of a vector to a portion of a matrix column
- *
- * \param src_base First component of the source to be used in assignment
- * \param column Column of destination to be assiged
- * \param row_base First component of the destination column to be assigned
- * \param count Number of components to be assigned
- *
- * \note
- * \c src_base + \c count must be less than or equal to the number of components
- * in the source vector.
- */
-ir_instruction *
-assign_to_matrix_column(ir_variable *var, unsigned column, unsigned row_base,
- ir_rvalue *src, unsigned src_base, unsigned count,
- void *mem_ctx)
-{
- ir_constant *col_idx = new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(column);
- ir_dereference *column_ref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, col_idx);
-
- assert(column_ref->type->components() >= (row_base + count));
- assert(src->type->components() >= (src_base + count));
-
- /* Generate a swizzle that extracts the number of components from the source
- * that are to be assigned to the column of the matrix.
- */
- if (count < src->type->vector_elements) {
- src = new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(src,
- src_base + 0, src_base + 1,
- src_base + 2, src_base + 3,
- count);
- }
-
- /* Mask of fields to be written in the assignment.
- */
- const unsigned write_mask = ((1U << count) - 1) << row_base;
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(column_ref, src, NULL, write_mask);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Generate inline code for a matrix constructor
- *
- * The generated constructor code will consist of a temporary variable
- * declaration of the same type as the constructor. A sequence of assignments
- * from constructor parameters to the temporary will follow.
- *
- * \return
- * An \c ir_dereference_variable of the temprorary generated in the constructor
- * body.
- */
-ir_rvalue *
-emit_inline_matrix_constructor(const glsl_type *type,
- exec_list *instructions,
- exec_list *parameters,
- void *ctx)
-{
- assert(!parameters->is_empty());
-
- ir_variable *var = new(ctx) ir_variable(type, "mat_ctor", ir_var_temporary);
- instructions->push_tail(var);
-
- /* There are three kinds of matrix constructors.
- *
- * - Construct a matrix from a single scalar by replicating that scalar to
- * along the diagonal of the matrix and setting all other components to
- * zero.
- *
- * - Construct a matrix from an arbirary combination of vectors and
- * scalars. The components of the constructor parameters are assigned
- * to the matrix in colum-major order until the matrix is full.
- *
- * - Construct a matrix from a single matrix. The source matrix is copied
- * to the upper left portion of the constructed matrix, and the remaining
- * elements take values from the identity matrix.
- */
- ir_rvalue *const first_param = (ir_rvalue *) parameters->head;
- if (single_scalar_parameter(parameters)) {
- /* Assign the scalar to the X component of a vec4, and fill the remaining
- * components with zero.
- */
- ir_variable *rhs_var =
- new(ctx) ir_variable(glsl_type::vec4_type, "mat_ctor_vec",
- ir_var_temporary);
- instructions->push_tail(rhs_var);
-
- ir_constant_data zero;
- zero.f[0] = 0.0;
- zero.f[1] = 0.0;
- zero.f[2] = 0.0;
- zero.f[3] = 0.0;
-
- ir_instruction *inst =
- new(ctx) ir_assignment(new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var),
- new(ctx) ir_constant(rhs_var->type, &zero),
- NULL);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
-
- ir_dereference *const rhs_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var);
-
- inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(rhs_ref, first_param, NULL, 0x01);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
-
- /* Assign the temporary vector to each column of the destination matrix
- * with a swizzle that puts the X component on the diagonal of the
- * matrix. In some cases this may mean that the X component does not
- * get assigned into the column at all (i.e., when the matrix has more
- * columns than rows).
- */
- static const unsigned rhs_swiz[4][4] = {
- { 0, 1, 1, 1 },
- { 1, 0, 1, 1 },
- { 1, 1, 0, 1 },
- { 1, 1, 1, 0 }
- };
-
- const unsigned cols_to_init = MIN2(type->matrix_columns,
- type->vector_elements);
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < cols_to_init; i++) {
- ir_constant *const col_idx = new(ctx) ir_constant(i);
- ir_rvalue *const col_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, col_idx);
-
- ir_rvalue *const rhs_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var);
- ir_rvalue *const rhs = new(ctx) ir_swizzle(rhs_ref, rhs_swiz[i],
- type->vector_elements);
-
- inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(col_ref, rhs, NULL);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
- }
-
- for (unsigned i = cols_to_init; i < type->matrix_columns; i++) {
- ir_constant *const col_idx = new(ctx) ir_constant(i);
- ir_rvalue *const col_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, col_idx);
-
- ir_rvalue *const rhs_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var);
- ir_rvalue *const rhs = new(ctx) ir_swizzle(rhs_ref, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- type->vector_elements);
-
- inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(col_ref, rhs, NULL);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
- }
- } else if (first_param->type->is_matrix()) {
- /* From page 50 (56 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.50 spec:
- *
- * "If a matrix is constructed from a matrix, then each component
- * (column i, row j) in the result that has a corresponding
- * component (column i, row j) in the argument will be initialized
- * from there. All other components will be initialized to the
- * identity matrix. If a matrix argument is given to a matrix
- * constructor, it is an error to have any other arguments."
- */
- assert(first_param->next->is_tail_sentinel());
- ir_rvalue *const src_matrix = first_param;
-
- /* If the source matrix is smaller, pre-initialize the relavent parts of
- * the destination matrix to the identity matrix.
- */
- if ((src_matrix->type->matrix_columns < var->type->matrix_columns)
- || (src_matrix->type->vector_elements < var->type->vector_elements)) {
-
- /* If the source matrix has fewer rows, every column of the destination
- * must be initialized. Otherwise only the columns in the destination
- * that do not exist in the source must be initialized.
- */
- unsigned col =
- (src_matrix->type->vector_elements < var->type->vector_elements)
- ? 0 : src_matrix->type->matrix_columns;
-
- const glsl_type *const col_type = var->type->column_type();
- for (/* empty */; col < var->type->matrix_columns; col++) {
- ir_constant_data ident;
-
- ident.f[0] = 0.0;
- ident.f[1] = 0.0;
- ident.f[2] = 0.0;
- ident.f[3] = 0.0;
-
- ident.f[col] = 1.0;
-
- ir_rvalue *const rhs = new(ctx) ir_constant(col_type, &ident);
-
- ir_rvalue *const lhs =
- new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, new(ctx) ir_constant(col));
-
- ir_instruction *inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
- }
- }
-
- /* Assign columns from the source matrix to the destination matrix.
- *
- * Since the parameter will be used in the RHS of multiple assignments,
- * generate a temporary and copy the paramter there.
- */
- ir_variable *const rhs_var =
- new(ctx) ir_variable(first_param->type, "mat_ctor_mat",
- ir_var_temporary);
- instructions->push_tail(rhs_var);
-
- ir_dereference *const rhs_var_ref =
- new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var);
- ir_instruction *const inst =
- new(ctx) ir_assignment(rhs_var_ref, first_param, NULL);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
-
- const unsigned last_row = MIN2(src_matrix->type->vector_elements,
- var->type->vector_elements);
- const unsigned last_col = MIN2(src_matrix->type->matrix_columns,
- var->type->matrix_columns);
-
- unsigned swiz[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- for (unsigned i = 1; i < last_row; i++)
- swiz[i] = i;
-
- const unsigned write_mask = (1U << last_row) - 1;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < last_col; i++) {
- ir_dereference *const lhs =
- new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, new(ctx) ir_constant(i));
- ir_rvalue *const rhs_col =
- new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(rhs_var, new(ctx) ir_constant(i));
-
- /* If one matrix has columns that are smaller than the columns of the
- * other matrix, wrap the column access of the larger with a swizzle
- * so that the LHS and RHS of the assignment have the same size (and
- * therefore have the same type).
- *
- * It would be perfectly valid to unconditionally generate the
- * swizzles, this this will typically result in a more compact IR tree.
- */
- ir_rvalue *rhs;
- if (lhs->type->vector_elements != rhs_col->type->vector_elements) {
- rhs = new(ctx) ir_swizzle(rhs_col, swiz, last_row);
- } else {
- rhs = rhs_col;
- }
-
- ir_instruction *inst =
- new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL, write_mask);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
- }
- } else {
- const unsigned cols = type->matrix_columns;
- const unsigned rows = type->vector_elements;
- unsigned col_idx = 0;
- unsigned row_idx = 0;
-
- foreach_list (node, parameters) {
- ir_rvalue *const rhs = (ir_rvalue *) node;
- const unsigned components_remaining_this_column = rows - row_idx;
- unsigned rhs_components = rhs->type->components();
- unsigned rhs_base = 0;
-
- /* Since the parameter might be used in the RHS of two assignments,
- * generate a temporary and copy the paramter there.
- */
- ir_variable *rhs_var =
- new(ctx) ir_variable(rhs->type, "mat_ctor_vec", ir_var_temporary);
- instructions->push_tail(rhs_var);
-
- ir_dereference *rhs_var_ref =
- new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var);
- ir_instruction *inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(rhs_var_ref, rhs, NULL);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
-
- /* Assign the current parameter to as many components of the matrix
- * as it will fill.
- *
- * NOTE: A single vector parameter can span two matrix columns. A
- * single vec4, for example, can completely fill a mat2.
- */
- if (rhs_components >= components_remaining_this_column) {
- const unsigned count = MIN2(rhs_components,
- components_remaining_this_column);
-
- rhs_var_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var);
-
- ir_instruction *inst = assign_to_matrix_column(var, col_idx,
- row_idx,
- rhs_var_ref, 0,
- count, ctx);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
-
- rhs_base = count;
-
- col_idx++;
- row_idx = 0;
- }
-
- /* If there is data left in the parameter and components left to be
- * set in the destination, emit another assignment. It is possible
- * that the assignment could be of a vec4 to the last element of the
- * matrix. In this case col_idx==cols, but there is still data
- * left in the source parameter. Obviously, don't emit an assignment
- * to data outside the destination matrix.
- */
- if ((col_idx < cols) && (rhs_base < rhs_components)) {
- const unsigned count = rhs_components - rhs_base;
-
- rhs_var_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var);
-
- ir_instruction *inst = assign_to_matrix_column(var, col_idx,
- row_idx,
- rhs_var_ref,
- rhs_base,
- count, ctx);
- instructions->push_tail(inst);
-
- row_idx += count;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
-}
-
-
-ir_rvalue *
-emit_inline_record_constructor(const glsl_type *type,
- exec_list *instructions,
- exec_list *parameters,
- void *mem_ctx)
-{
- ir_variable *const var =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(type, "record_ctor", ir_var_temporary);
- ir_dereference_variable *const d = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
-
- instructions->push_tail(var);
-
- exec_node *node = parameters->head;
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {
- assert(!node->is_tail_sentinel());
-
- ir_dereference *const lhs =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_record(d->clone(mem_ctx, NULL),
- type->fields.structure[i].name);
-
- ir_rvalue *const rhs = ((ir_instruction *) node)->as_rvalue();
- assert(rhs != NULL);
-
- ir_instruction *const assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL);
-
- instructions->push_tail(assign);
- node = node->next;
- }
-
- return d;
-}
-
-
-ir_rvalue *
-ast_function_expression::hir(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- void *ctx = state;
- /* There are three sorts of function calls.
- *
- * 1. constructors - The first subexpression is an ast_type_specifier.
- * 2. methods - Only the .length() method of array types.
- * 3. functions - Calls to regular old functions.
- *
- * Method calls are actually detected when the ast_field_selection
- * expression is handled.
- */
- if (is_constructor()) {
- const ast_type_specifier *type = (ast_type_specifier *) subexpressions[0];
- YYLTYPE loc = type->get_location();
- const char *name;
-
- const glsl_type *const constructor_type = type->glsl_type(& name, state);
-
-
- /* Constructors for samplers are illegal.
- */
- if (constructor_type->is_sampler()) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "cannot construct sampler type `%s'",
- constructor_type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- if (constructor_type->is_array()) {
- if (state->language_version <= 110) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state,
- "array constructors forbidden in GLSL 1.10");
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- return process_array_constructor(instructions, constructor_type,
- & loc, &this->expressions, state);
- }
-
-
- /* There are two kinds of constructor call. Constructors for built-in
- * language types, such as mat4 and vec2, are free form. The only
- * requirement is that the parameters must provide enough values of the
- * correct scalar type. Constructors for arrays and structures must
- * have the exact number of parameters with matching types in the
- * correct order. These constructors follow essentially the same type
- * matching rules as functions.
- */
- if (!constructor_type->is_numeric() && !constructor_type->is_boolean())
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
-
- /* Total number of components of the type being constructed. */
- const unsigned type_components = constructor_type->components();
-
- /* Number of components from parameters that have actually been
- * consumed. This is used to perform several kinds of error checking.
- */
- unsigned components_used = 0;
-
- unsigned matrix_parameters = 0;
- unsigned nonmatrix_parameters = 0;
- exec_list actual_parameters;
-
- foreach_list (n, &this->expressions) {
- ast_node *ast = exec_node_data(ast_node, n, link);
- ir_rvalue *result = ast->hir(instructions, state)->as_rvalue();
-
- /* From page 50 (page 56 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.50 spec:
- *
- * "It is an error to provide extra arguments beyond this
- * last used argument."
- */
- if (components_used >= type_components) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "too many parameters to `%s' "
- "constructor",
- constructor_type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- if (!result->type->is_numeric() && !result->type->is_boolean()) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "cannot construct `%s' from a "
- "non-numeric data type",
- constructor_type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- /* Count the number of matrix and nonmatrix parameters. This
- * is used below to enforce some of the constructor rules.
- */
- if (result->type->is_matrix())
- matrix_parameters++;
- else
- nonmatrix_parameters++;
-
- actual_parameters.push_tail(result);
- components_used += result->type->components();
- }
-
- /* From page 28 (page 34 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.10 spec:
- *
- * "It is an error to construct matrices from other matrices. This
- * is reserved for future use."
- */
- if (state->language_version == 110 && matrix_parameters > 0
- && constructor_type->is_matrix()) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "cannot construct `%s' from a "
- "matrix in GLSL 1.10",
- constructor_type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- /* From page 50 (page 56 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.50 spec:
- *
- * "If a matrix argument is given to a matrix constructor, it is
- * an error to have any other arguments."
- */
- if ((matrix_parameters > 0)
- && ((matrix_parameters + nonmatrix_parameters) > 1)
- && constructor_type->is_matrix()) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "for matrix `%s' constructor, "
- "matrix must be only parameter",
- constructor_type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- /* From page 28 (page 34 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.10 spec:
- *
- * "In these cases, there must be enough components provided in the
- * arguments to provide an initializer for every component in the
- * constructed value."
- */
- if (components_used < type_components && components_used != 1
- && matrix_parameters == 0) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "too few components to construct "
- "`%s'",
- constructor_type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- /* Later, we cast each parameter to the same base type as the
- * constructor. Since there are no non-floating point matrices, we
- * need to break them up into a series of column vectors.
- */
- if (constructor_type->base_type != GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT) {
- foreach_list_safe(n, &actual_parameters) {
- ir_rvalue *matrix = (ir_rvalue *) n;
-
- if (!matrix->type->is_matrix())
- continue;
-
- /* Create a temporary containing the matrix. */
- ir_variable *var = new(ctx) ir_variable(matrix->type, "matrix_tmp",
- ir_var_temporary);
- instructions->push_tail(var);
- instructions->push_tail(new(ctx) ir_assignment(new(ctx)
- ir_dereference_variable(var), matrix, NULL));
- var->constant_value = matrix->constant_expression_value();
-
- /* Replace the matrix with dereferences of its columns. */
- for (int i = 0; i < matrix->type->matrix_columns; i++) {
- matrix->insert_before(new (ctx) ir_dereference_array(var,
- new(ctx) ir_constant(i)));
- }
- matrix->remove();
- }
- }
-
- bool all_parameters_are_constant = true;
-
- /* Type cast each parameter and, if possible, fold constants.*/
- foreach_list_safe(n, &actual_parameters) {
- ir_rvalue *ir = (ir_rvalue *) n;
-
- const glsl_type *desired_type =
- glsl_type::get_instance(constructor_type->base_type,
- ir->type->vector_elements,
- ir->type->matrix_columns);
- ir_rvalue *result = convert_component(ir, desired_type);
-
- /* Attempt to convert the parameter to a constant valued expression.
- * After doing so, track whether or not all the parameters to the
- * constructor are trivially constant valued expressions.
- */
- ir_rvalue *const constant = result->constant_expression_value();
-
- if (constant != NULL)
- result = constant;
- else
- all_parameters_are_constant = false;
-
- if (result != ir) {
- ir->replace_with(result);
- }
- }
-
- /* If all of the parameters are trivially constant, create a
- * constant representing the complete collection of parameters.
- */
- if (all_parameters_are_constant) {
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(constructor_type, &actual_parameters);
- } else if (constructor_type->is_scalar()) {
- return dereference_component((ir_rvalue *) actual_parameters.head,
- 0);
- } else if (constructor_type->is_vector()) {
- return emit_inline_vector_constructor(constructor_type,
- instructions,
- &actual_parameters,
- ctx);
- } else {
- assert(constructor_type->is_matrix());
- return emit_inline_matrix_constructor(constructor_type,
- instructions,
- &actual_parameters,
- ctx);
- }
- } else {
- const ast_expression *id = subexpressions[0];
- YYLTYPE loc = id->get_location();
- exec_list actual_parameters;
-
- process_parameters(instructions, &actual_parameters, &this->expressions,
- state);
-
- const glsl_type *const type =
- state->symbols->get_type(id->primary_expression.identifier);
-
- if ((type != NULL) && type->is_record()) {
- exec_node *node = actual_parameters.head;
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {
- ir_rvalue *ir = (ir_rvalue *) node;
-
- if (node->is_tail_sentinel()) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(&loc, state,
- "insufficient parameters to constructor "
- "for `%s'",
- type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- if (apply_implicit_conversion(type->fields.structure[i].type, ir,
- state)) {
- node->replace_with(ir);
- } else {
- _mesa_glsl_error(&loc, state,
- "parameter type mismatch in constructor "
- "for `%s.%s' (%s vs %s)",
- type->name,
- type->fields.structure[i].name,
- ir->type->name,
- type->fields.structure[i].type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);;
- }
-
- node = node->next;
- }
-
- if (!node->is_tail_sentinel()) {
- _mesa_glsl_error(&loc, state, "too many parameters in constructor "
- "for `%s'", type->name);
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
- }
-
- ir_rvalue *const constant =
- constant_record_constructor(type, &actual_parameters, state);
-
- return (constant != NULL)
- ? constant
- : emit_inline_record_constructor(type, instructions,
- &actual_parameters, state);
- }
-
- return match_function_by_name(instructions,
- id->primary_expression.identifier, & loc,
- &actual_parameters, state);
- }
-
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include "glsl_symbol_table.h" +#include "ast.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "ir.h" +#include "main/core.h" /* for MIN2 */ + +static ir_rvalue * +convert_component(ir_rvalue *src, const glsl_type *desired_type); + +bool +apply_implicit_conversion(const glsl_type *to, ir_rvalue * &from, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state); + +static unsigned +process_parameters(exec_list *instructions, exec_list *actual_parameters, + exec_list *parameters, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + unsigned count = 0; + + foreach_list (n, parameters) { + ast_node *const ast = exec_node_data(ast_node, n, link); + ir_rvalue *result = ast->hir(instructions, state); + + ir_constant *const constant = result->constant_expression_value(); + if (constant != NULL) + result = constant; + + actual_parameters->push_tail(result); + count++; + } + + return count; +} + + +/** + * Generate a source prototype for a function signature + * + * \param return_type Return type of the function. May be \c NULL. + * \param name Name of the function. + * \param parameters Parameter list for the function. This may be either a + * formal or actual parameter list. Only the type is used. + * + * \return + * A ralloced string representing the prototype of the function. + */ +char * +prototype_string(const glsl_type *return_type, const char *name, + exec_list *parameters) +{ + char *str = NULL; + + if (return_type != NULL) + ralloc_asprintf(&str, "%s ", return_type->name); + + ralloc_asprintf_append(&str, "%s(", name); + + const char *comma = ""; + foreach_list(node, parameters) { + const ir_instruction *const param = (ir_instruction *) node; + + ralloc_asprintf_append(&str, "%s%s", comma, param->type->name); + comma = ", "; + } + + ralloc_strcat(&str, ")"); + return str; +} + + +static ir_rvalue * +match_function_by_name(exec_list *instructions, const char *name, + YYLTYPE *loc, exec_list *actual_parameters, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + void *ctx = state; + ir_function *f = state->symbols->get_function(name); + ir_function_signature *sig; + + sig = f ? f->matching_signature(actual_parameters) : NULL; + + /* FINISHME: This doesn't handle the case where shader X contains a + * FINISHME: matching signature but shader X + N contains an _exact_ + * FINISHME: matching signature. + */ + if (sig == NULL && (f == NULL || state->es_shader || !f->has_user_signature()) && state->symbols->get_type(name) == NULL && (state->language_version == 110 || state->symbols->get_variable(name) == NULL)) { + /* The current shader doesn't contain a matching function or signature. + * Before giving up, look for the prototype in the built-in functions. + */ + for (unsigned i = 0; i < state->num_builtins_to_link; i++) { + ir_function *builtin; + builtin = state->builtins_to_link[i]->symbols->get_function(name); + sig = builtin ? builtin->matching_signature(actual_parameters) : NULL; + if (sig != NULL) { + if (f == NULL) { + f = new(ctx) ir_function(name); + state->symbols->add_global_function(f); + emit_function(state, instructions, f); + } + + f->add_signature(sig->clone_prototype(f, NULL)); + break; + } + } + } + + if (sig != NULL) { + /* Verify that 'out' and 'inout' actual parameters are lvalues. This + * isn't done in ir_function::matching_signature because that function + * cannot generate the necessary diagnostics. + * + * Also, validate that 'const_in' formal parameters (an extension of our + * IR) correspond to ir_constant actual parameters. + */ + exec_list_iterator actual_iter = actual_parameters->iterator(); + exec_list_iterator formal_iter = sig->parameters.iterator(); + + while (actual_iter.has_next()) { + ir_rvalue *actual = (ir_rvalue *) actual_iter.get(); + ir_variable *formal = (ir_variable *) formal_iter.get(); + + assert(actual != NULL); + assert(formal != NULL); + + if (formal->mode == ir_var_const_in && !actual->as_constant()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, + "parameter `%s' must be a constant expression", + formal->name); + } + + if ((formal->mode == ir_var_out) + || (formal->mode == ir_var_inout)) { + const char *mode = NULL; + switch (formal->mode) { + case ir_var_out: mode = "out"; break; + case ir_var_inout: mode = "inout"; break; + default: assert(false); break; + } + /* FIXME: 'loc' is incorrect (as of 2011-01-21). It is always + * FIXME: 0:0(0). + */ + if (actual->variable_referenced() + && actual->variable_referenced()->read_only) { + _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, + "function parameter '%s %s' references the " + "read-only variable '%s'", + mode, formal->name, + actual->variable_referenced()->name); + + } else if (!actual->is_lvalue()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, + "function parameter '%s %s' is not an lvalue", + mode, formal->name); + } + } + + if (formal->type->is_numeric() || formal->type->is_boolean()) { + ir_rvalue *converted = convert_component(actual, formal->type); + actual->replace_with(converted); + } + + actual_iter.next(); + formal_iter.next(); + } + + /* Always insert the call in the instruction stream, and return a deref + * of its return val if it returns a value, since we don't know if + * the rvalue is going to be assigned to anything or not. + */ + ir_call *call = new(ctx) ir_call(sig, actual_parameters); + if (!sig->return_type->is_void()) { + ir_variable *var; + ir_dereference_variable *deref; + + var = new(ctx) ir_variable(sig->return_type, + ralloc_asprintf(ctx, "%s_retval", + sig->function_name()), + ir_var_temporary); + instructions->push_tail(var); + + deref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + ir_assignment *assign = new(ctx) ir_assignment(deref, call, NULL); + instructions->push_tail(assign); + if (state->language_version >= 120) + var->constant_value = call->constant_expression_value(); + + deref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + return deref; + } else { + instructions->push_tail(call); + return NULL; + } + } else { + char *str = prototype_string(NULL, name, actual_parameters); + + _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, "no matching function for call to `%s'", + str); + ralloc_free(str); + + const char *prefix = "candidates are: "; + + for (int i = -1; i < (int) state->num_builtins_to_link; i++) { + glsl_symbol_table *syms = i >= 0 ? state->builtins_to_link[i]->symbols + : state->symbols; + f = syms->get_function(name); + if (f == NULL) + continue; + + foreach_list (node, &f->signatures) { + ir_function_signature *sig = (ir_function_signature *) node; + + str = prototype_string(sig->return_type, f->name, &sig->parameters); + _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, "%s%s\n", prefix, str); + ralloc_free(str); + + prefix = " "; + } + + } + + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } +} + + +/** + * Perform automatic type conversion of constructor parameters + * + * This implements the rules in the "Conversion and Scalar Constructors" + * section (GLSL 1.10 section 5.4.1), not the "Implicit Conversions" rules. + */ +static ir_rvalue * +convert_component(ir_rvalue *src, const glsl_type *desired_type) +{ + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(src); + const unsigned a = desired_type->base_type; + const unsigned b = src->type->base_type; + ir_expression *result = NULL; + + if (src->type->is_error()) + return src; + + assert(a <= GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + assert(b <= GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + + if ((a == b) || (src->type->is_integer() && desired_type->is_integer())) + return src; + + switch (a) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + if (b == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT) + result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_f2i, desired_type, src, NULL); + else { + assert(b == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_b2i, desired_type, src, NULL); + } + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + switch (b) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_u2f, desired_type, src, NULL); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_i2f, desired_type, src, NULL); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_b2f, desired_type, src, NULL); + break; + } + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + switch (b) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_i2b, desired_type, src, NULL); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + result = new(ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_f2b, desired_type, src, NULL); + break; + } + break; + } + + assert(result != NULL); + + /* Try constant folding; it may fold in the conversion we just added. */ + ir_constant *const constant = result->constant_expression_value(); + return (constant != NULL) ? (ir_rvalue *) constant : (ir_rvalue *) result; +} + +/** + * Dereference a specific component from a scalar, vector, or matrix + */ +static ir_rvalue * +dereference_component(ir_rvalue *src, unsigned component) +{ + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(src); + assert(component < src->type->components()); + + /* If the source is a constant, just create a new constant instead of a + * dereference of the existing constant. + */ + ir_constant *constant = src->as_constant(); + if (constant) + return new(ctx) ir_constant(constant, component); + + if (src->type->is_scalar()) { + return src; + } else if (src->type->is_vector()) { + return new(ctx) ir_swizzle(src, component, 0, 0, 0, 1); + } else { + assert(src->type->is_matrix()); + + /* Dereference a row of the matrix, then call this function again to get + * a specific element from that row. + */ + const int c = component / src->type->column_type()->vector_elements; + const int r = component % src->type->column_type()->vector_elements; + ir_constant *const col_index = new(ctx) ir_constant(c); + ir_dereference *const col = new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(src, col_index); + + col->type = src->type->column_type(); + + return dereference_component(col, r); + } + + assert(!"Should not get here."); + return NULL; +} + + +static ir_rvalue * +process_array_constructor(exec_list *instructions, + const glsl_type *constructor_type, + YYLTYPE *loc, exec_list *parameters, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + void *ctx = state; + /* Array constructors come in two forms: sized and unsized. Sized array + * constructors look like 'vec4[2](a, b)', where 'a' and 'b' are vec4 + * variables. In this case the number of parameters must exactly match the + * specified size of the array. + * + * Unsized array constructors look like 'vec4[](a, b)', where 'a' and 'b' + * are vec4 variables. In this case the size of the array being constructed + * is determined by the number of parameters. + * + * From page 52 (page 58 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.50 spec: + * + * "There must be exactly the same number of arguments as the size of + * the array being constructed. If no size is present in the + * constructor, then the array is explicitly sized to the number of + * arguments provided. The arguments are assigned in order, starting at + * element 0, to the elements of the constructed array. Each argument + * must be the same type as the element type of the array, or be a type + * that can be converted to the element type of the array according to + * Section 4.1.10 "Implicit Conversions."" + */ + exec_list actual_parameters; + const unsigned parameter_count = + process_parameters(instructions, &actual_parameters, parameters, state); + + if ((parameter_count == 0) + || ((constructor_type->length != 0) + && (constructor_type->length != parameter_count))) { + const unsigned min_param = (constructor_type->length == 0) + ? 1 : constructor_type->length; + + _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, "array constructor must have %s %u " + "parameter%s", + (constructor_type->length != 0) ? "at least" : "exactly", + min_param, (min_param <= 1) ? "" : "s"); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + if (constructor_type->length == 0) { + constructor_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(constructor_type->element_type(), + parameter_count); + assert(constructor_type != NULL); + assert(constructor_type->length == parameter_count); + } + + bool all_parameters_are_constant = true; + + /* Type cast each parameter and, if possible, fold constants. */ + foreach_list_safe(n, &actual_parameters) { + ir_rvalue *ir = (ir_rvalue *) n; + ir_rvalue *result = ir; + + /* Apply implicit conversions (not the scalar constructor rules!) */ + if (constructor_type->element_type()->is_float()) { + const glsl_type *desired_type = + glsl_type::get_instance(GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT, + ir->type->vector_elements, + ir->type->matrix_columns); + result = convert_component(ir, desired_type); + } + + if (result->type != constructor_type->element_type()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(loc, state, "type error in array constructor: " + "expected: %s, found %s", + constructor_type->element_type()->name, + result->type->name); + } + + /* Attempt to convert the parameter to a constant valued expression. + * After doing so, track whether or not all the parameters to the + * constructor are trivially constant valued expressions. + */ + ir_rvalue *const constant = result->constant_expression_value(); + + if (constant != NULL) + result = constant; + else + all_parameters_are_constant = false; + + ir->replace_with(result); + } + + if (all_parameters_are_constant) + return new(ctx) ir_constant(constructor_type, &actual_parameters); + + ir_variable *var = new(ctx) ir_variable(constructor_type, "array_ctor", + ir_var_temporary); + instructions->push_tail(var); + + int i = 0; + foreach_list(node, &actual_parameters) { + ir_rvalue *rhs = (ir_rvalue *) node; + ir_rvalue *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, + new(ctx) ir_constant(i)); + + ir_instruction *assignment = new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL); + instructions->push_tail(assignment); + + i++; + } + + return new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); +} + + +/** + * Try to convert a record constructor to a constant expression + */ +static ir_constant * +constant_record_constructor(const glsl_type *constructor_type, + exec_list *parameters, void *mem_ctx) +{ + foreach_list(node, parameters) { + ir_constant *constant = ((ir_instruction *) node)->as_constant(); + if (constant == NULL) + return NULL; + node->replace_with(constant); + } + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(constructor_type, parameters); +} + + +/** + * Determine if a list consists of a single scalar r-value + */ +bool +single_scalar_parameter(exec_list *parameters) +{ + const ir_rvalue *const p = (ir_rvalue *) parameters->head; + assert(((ir_rvalue *)p)->as_rvalue() != NULL); + + return (p->type->is_scalar() && p->next->is_tail_sentinel()); +} + + +/** + * Generate inline code for a vector constructor + * + * The generated constructor code will consist of a temporary variable + * declaration of the same type as the constructor. A sequence of assignments + * from constructor parameters to the temporary will follow. + * + * \return + * An \c ir_dereference_variable of the temprorary generated in the constructor + * body. + */ +ir_rvalue * +emit_inline_vector_constructor(const glsl_type *type, + exec_list *instructions, + exec_list *parameters, + void *ctx) +{ + assert(!parameters->is_empty()); + + ir_variable *var = new(ctx) ir_variable(type, "vec_ctor", ir_var_temporary); + instructions->push_tail(var); + + /* There are two kinds of vector constructors. + * + * - Construct a vector from a single scalar by replicating that scalar to + * all components of the vector. + * + * - Construct a vector from an arbirary combination of vectors and + * scalars. The components of the constructor parameters are assigned + * to the vector in order until the vector is full. + */ + const unsigned lhs_components = type->components(); + if (single_scalar_parameter(parameters)) { + ir_rvalue *first_param = (ir_rvalue *)parameters->head; + ir_rvalue *rhs = new(ctx) ir_swizzle(first_param, 0, 0, 0, 0, + lhs_components); + ir_dereference_variable *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + const unsigned mask = (1U << lhs_components) - 1; + + assert(rhs->type == lhs->type); + + ir_instruction *inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL, mask); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + } else { + unsigned base_component = 0; + unsigned base_lhs_component = 0; + ir_constant_data data; + unsigned constant_mask = 0, constant_components = 0; + + memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data)); + + foreach_list(node, parameters) { + ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *) node; + unsigned rhs_components = param->type->components(); + + /* Do not try to assign more components to the vector than it has! + */ + if ((rhs_components + base_lhs_component) > lhs_components) { + rhs_components = lhs_components - base_lhs_component; + } + + const ir_constant *const c = param->as_constant(); + if (c != NULL) { + for (unsigned i = 0; i < rhs_components; i++) { + switch (c->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[i + base_component] = c->get_uint_component(i); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[i + base_component] = c->get_int_component(i); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[i + base_component] = c->get_float_component(i); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + data.b[i + base_component] = c->get_bool_component(i); + break; + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + break; + } + } + + /* Mask of fields to be written in the assignment. + */ + constant_mask |= ((1U << rhs_components) - 1) << base_lhs_component; + constant_components += rhs_components; + + base_component += rhs_components; + } + /* Advance the component index by the number of components + * that were just assigned. + */ + base_lhs_component += rhs_components; + } + + if (constant_mask != 0) { + ir_dereference *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + const glsl_type *rhs_type = glsl_type::get_instance(var->type->base_type, + constant_components, + 1); + ir_rvalue *rhs = new(ctx) ir_constant(rhs_type, &data); + + ir_instruction *inst = + new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL, constant_mask); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + } + + base_component = 0; + foreach_list(node, parameters) { + ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *) node; + unsigned rhs_components = param->type->components(); + + /* Do not try to assign more components to the vector than it has! + */ + if ((rhs_components + base_component) > lhs_components) { + rhs_components = lhs_components - base_component; + } + + const ir_constant *const c = param->as_constant(); + if (c == NULL) { + /* Mask of fields to be written in the assignment. + */ + const unsigned write_mask = ((1U << rhs_components) - 1) + << base_component; + + ir_dereference *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + + /* Generate a swizzle so that LHS and RHS sizes match. + */ + ir_rvalue *rhs = + new(ctx) ir_swizzle(param, 0, 1, 2, 3, rhs_components); + + ir_instruction *inst = + new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL, write_mask); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + } + + /* Advance the component index by the number of components that were + * just assigned. + */ + base_component += rhs_components; + } + } + return new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); +} + + +/** + * Generate assignment of a portion of a vector to a portion of a matrix column + * + * \param src_base First component of the source to be used in assignment + * \param column Column of destination to be assiged + * \param row_base First component of the destination column to be assigned + * \param count Number of components to be assigned + * + * \note + * \c src_base + \c count must be less than or equal to the number of components + * in the source vector. + */ +ir_instruction * +assign_to_matrix_column(ir_variable *var, unsigned column, unsigned row_base, + ir_rvalue *src, unsigned src_base, unsigned count, + void *mem_ctx) +{ + ir_constant *col_idx = new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(column); + ir_dereference *column_ref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, col_idx); + + assert(column_ref->type->components() >= (row_base + count)); + assert(src->type->components() >= (src_base + count)); + + /* Generate a swizzle that extracts the number of components from the source + * that are to be assigned to the column of the matrix. + */ + if (count < src->type->vector_elements) { + src = new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(src, + src_base + 0, src_base + 1, + src_base + 2, src_base + 3, + count); + } + + /* Mask of fields to be written in the assignment. + */ + const unsigned write_mask = ((1U << count) - 1) << row_base; + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(column_ref, src, NULL, write_mask); +} + + +/** + * Generate inline code for a matrix constructor + * + * The generated constructor code will consist of a temporary variable + * declaration of the same type as the constructor. A sequence of assignments + * from constructor parameters to the temporary will follow. + * + * \return + * An \c ir_dereference_variable of the temprorary generated in the constructor + * body. + */ +ir_rvalue * +emit_inline_matrix_constructor(const glsl_type *type, + exec_list *instructions, + exec_list *parameters, + void *ctx) +{ + assert(!parameters->is_empty()); + + ir_variable *var = new(ctx) ir_variable(type, "mat_ctor", ir_var_temporary); + instructions->push_tail(var); + + /* There are three kinds of matrix constructors. + * + * - Construct a matrix from a single scalar by replicating that scalar to + * along the diagonal of the matrix and setting all other components to + * zero. + * + * - Construct a matrix from an arbirary combination of vectors and + * scalars. The components of the constructor parameters are assigned + * to the matrix in colum-major order until the matrix is full. + * + * - Construct a matrix from a single matrix. The source matrix is copied + * to the upper left portion of the constructed matrix, and the remaining + * elements take values from the identity matrix. + */ + ir_rvalue *const first_param = (ir_rvalue *) parameters->head; + if (single_scalar_parameter(parameters)) { + /* Assign the scalar to the X component of a vec4, and fill the remaining + * components with zero. + */ + ir_variable *rhs_var = + new(ctx) ir_variable(glsl_type::vec4_type, "mat_ctor_vec", + ir_var_temporary); + instructions->push_tail(rhs_var); + + ir_constant_data zero; + zero.f[0] = 0.0; + zero.f[1] = 0.0; + zero.f[2] = 0.0; + zero.f[3] = 0.0; + + ir_instruction *inst = + new(ctx) ir_assignment(new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var), + new(ctx) ir_constant(rhs_var->type, &zero), + NULL); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + + ir_dereference *const rhs_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var); + + inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(rhs_ref, first_param, NULL, 0x01); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + + /* Assign the temporary vector to each column of the destination matrix + * with a swizzle that puts the X component on the diagonal of the + * matrix. In some cases this may mean that the X component does not + * get assigned into the column at all (i.e., when the matrix has more + * columns than rows). + */ + static const unsigned rhs_swiz[4][4] = { + { 0, 1, 1, 1 }, + { 1, 0, 1, 1 }, + { 1, 1, 0, 1 }, + { 1, 1, 1, 0 } + }; + + const unsigned cols_to_init = MIN2(type->matrix_columns, + type->vector_elements); + for (unsigned i = 0; i < cols_to_init; i++) { + ir_constant *const col_idx = new(ctx) ir_constant(i); + ir_rvalue *const col_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, col_idx); + + ir_rvalue *const rhs_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var); + ir_rvalue *const rhs = new(ctx) ir_swizzle(rhs_ref, rhs_swiz[i], + type->vector_elements); + + inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(col_ref, rhs, NULL); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + } + + for (unsigned i = cols_to_init; i < type->matrix_columns; i++) { + ir_constant *const col_idx = new(ctx) ir_constant(i); + ir_rvalue *const col_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, col_idx); + + ir_rvalue *const rhs_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var); + ir_rvalue *const rhs = new(ctx) ir_swizzle(rhs_ref, 1, 1, 1, 1, + type->vector_elements); + + inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(col_ref, rhs, NULL); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + } + } else if (first_param->type->is_matrix()) { + /* From page 50 (56 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.50 spec: + * + * "If a matrix is constructed from a matrix, then each component + * (column i, row j) in the result that has a corresponding + * component (column i, row j) in the argument will be initialized + * from there. All other components will be initialized to the + * identity matrix. If a matrix argument is given to a matrix + * constructor, it is an error to have any other arguments." + */ + assert(first_param->next->is_tail_sentinel()); + ir_rvalue *const src_matrix = first_param; + + /* If the source matrix is smaller, pre-initialize the relavent parts of + * the destination matrix to the identity matrix. + */ + if ((src_matrix->type->matrix_columns < var->type->matrix_columns) + || (src_matrix->type->vector_elements < var->type->vector_elements)) { + + /* If the source matrix has fewer rows, every column of the destination + * must be initialized. Otherwise only the columns in the destination + * that do not exist in the source must be initialized. + */ + unsigned col = + (src_matrix->type->vector_elements < var->type->vector_elements) + ? 0 : src_matrix->type->matrix_columns; + + const glsl_type *const col_type = var->type->column_type(); + for (/* empty */; col < var->type->matrix_columns; col++) { + ir_constant_data ident; + + ident.f[0] = 0.0; + ident.f[1] = 0.0; + ident.f[2] = 0.0; + ident.f[3] = 0.0; + + ident.f[col] = 1.0; + + ir_rvalue *const rhs = new(ctx) ir_constant(col_type, &ident); + + ir_rvalue *const lhs = + new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, new(ctx) ir_constant(col)); + + ir_instruction *inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + } + } + + /* Assign columns from the source matrix to the destination matrix. + * + * Since the parameter will be used in the RHS of multiple assignments, + * generate a temporary and copy the paramter there. + */ + ir_variable *const rhs_var = + new(ctx) ir_variable(first_param->type, "mat_ctor_mat", + ir_var_temporary); + instructions->push_tail(rhs_var); + + ir_dereference *const rhs_var_ref = + new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var); + ir_instruction *const inst = + new(ctx) ir_assignment(rhs_var_ref, first_param, NULL); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + + const unsigned last_row = MIN2(src_matrix->type->vector_elements, + var->type->vector_elements); + const unsigned last_col = MIN2(src_matrix->type->matrix_columns, + var->type->matrix_columns); + + unsigned swiz[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + for (unsigned i = 1; i < last_row; i++) + swiz[i] = i; + + const unsigned write_mask = (1U << last_row) - 1; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < last_col; i++) { + ir_dereference *const lhs = + new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, new(ctx) ir_constant(i)); + ir_rvalue *const rhs_col = + new(ctx) ir_dereference_array(rhs_var, new(ctx) ir_constant(i)); + + /* If one matrix has columns that are smaller than the columns of the + * other matrix, wrap the column access of the larger with a swizzle + * so that the LHS and RHS of the assignment have the same size (and + * therefore have the same type). + * + * It would be perfectly valid to unconditionally generate the + * swizzles, this this will typically result in a more compact IR tree. + */ + ir_rvalue *rhs; + if (lhs->type->vector_elements != rhs_col->type->vector_elements) { + rhs = new(ctx) ir_swizzle(rhs_col, swiz, last_row); + } else { + rhs = rhs_col; + } + + ir_instruction *inst = + new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL, write_mask); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + } + } else { + const unsigned cols = type->matrix_columns; + const unsigned rows = type->vector_elements; + unsigned col_idx = 0; + unsigned row_idx = 0; + + foreach_list (node, parameters) { + ir_rvalue *const rhs = (ir_rvalue *) node; + const unsigned components_remaining_this_column = rows - row_idx; + unsigned rhs_components = rhs->type->components(); + unsigned rhs_base = 0; + + /* Since the parameter might be used in the RHS of two assignments, + * generate a temporary and copy the paramter there. + */ + ir_variable *rhs_var = + new(ctx) ir_variable(rhs->type, "mat_ctor_vec", ir_var_temporary); + instructions->push_tail(rhs_var); + + ir_dereference *rhs_var_ref = + new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var); + ir_instruction *inst = new(ctx) ir_assignment(rhs_var_ref, rhs, NULL); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + + /* Assign the current parameter to as many components of the matrix + * as it will fill. + * + * NOTE: A single vector parameter can span two matrix columns. A + * single vec4, for example, can completely fill a mat2. + */ + if (rhs_components >= components_remaining_this_column) { + const unsigned count = MIN2(rhs_components, + components_remaining_this_column); + + rhs_var_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var); + + ir_instruction *inst = assign_to_matrix_column(var, col_idx, + row_idx, + rhs_var_ref, 0, + count, ctx); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + + rhs_base = count; + + col_idx++; + row_idx = 0; + } + + /* If there is data left in the parameter and components left to be + * set in the destination, emit another assignment. It is possible + * that the assignment could be of a vec4 to the last element of the + * matrix. In this case col_idx==cols, but there is still data + * left in the source parameter. Obviously, don't emit an assignment + * to data outside the destination matrix. + */ + if ((col_idx < cols) && (rhs_base < rhs_components)) { + const unsigned count = rhs_components - rhs_base; + + rhs_var_ref = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_var); + + ir_instruction *inst = assign_to_matrix_column(var, col_idx, + row_idx, + rhs_var_ref, + rhs_base, + count, ctx); + instructions->push_tail(inst); + + row_idx += count; + } + } + } + + return new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); +} + + +ir_rvalue * +emit_inline_record_constructor(const glsl_type *type, + exec_list *instructions, + exec_list *parameters, + void *mem_ctx) +{ + ir_variable *const var = + new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(type, "record_ctor", ir_var_temporary); + ir_dereference_variable *const d = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + + instructions->push_tail(var); + + exec_node *node = parameters->head; + for (unsigned i = 0; i < type->length; i++) { + assert(!node->is_tail_sentinel()); + + ir_dereference *const lhs = + new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_record(d->clone(mem_ctx, NULL), + type->fields.structure[i].name); + + ir_rvalue *const rhs = ((ir_instruction *) node)->as_rvalue(); + assert(rhs != NULL); + + ir_instruction *const assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, rhs, NULL); + + instructions->push_tail(assign); + node = node->next; + } + + return d; +} + + +ir_rvalue * +ast_function_expression::hir(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + void *ctx = state; + /* There are three sorts of function calls. + * + * 1. constructors - The first subexpression is an ast_type_specifier. + * 2. methods - Only the .length() method of array types. + * 3. functions - Calls to regular old functions. + * + * Method calls are actually detected when the ast_field_selection + * expression is handled. + */ + if (is_constructor()) { + const ast_type_specifier *type = (ast_type_specifier *) subexpressions[0]; + YYLTYPE loc = type->get_location(); + const char *name; + + const glsl_type *const constructor_type = type->glsl_type(& name, state); + + + /* Constructors for samplers are illegal. + */ + if (constructor_type->is_sampler()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "cannot construct sampler type `%s'", + constructor_type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + if (constructor_type->is_array()) { + if (state->language_version <= 110) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, + "array constructors forbidden in GLSL 1.10"); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + return process_array_constructor(instructions, constructor_type, + & loc, &this->expressions, state); + } + + + /* There are two kinds of constructor call. Constructors for built-in + * language types, such as mat4 and vec2, are free form. The only + * requirement is that the parameters must provide enough values of the + * correct scalar type. Constructors for arrays and structures must + * have the exact number of parameters with matching types in the + * correct order. These constructors follow essentially the same type + * matching rules as functions. + */ + if (!constructor_type->is_numeric() && !constructor_type->is_boolean()) + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + + /* Total number of components of the type being constructed. */ + const unsigned type_components = constructor_type->components(); + + /* Number of components from parameters that have actually been + * consumed. This is used to perform several kinds of error checking. + */ + unsigned components_used = 0; + + unsigned matrix_parameters = 0; + unsigned nonmatrix_parameters = 0; + exec_list actual_parameters; + + foreach_list (n, &this->expressions) { + ast_node *ast = exec_node_data(ast_node, n, link); + ir_rvalue *result = ast->hir(instructions, state)->as_rvalue(); + + /* From page 50 (page 56 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.50 spec: + * + * "It is an error to provide extra arguments beyond this + * last used argument." + */ + if (components_used >= type_components) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "too many parameters to `%s' " + "constructor", + constructor_type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + if (!result->type->is_numeric() && !result->type->is_boolean()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "cannot construct `%s' from a " + "non-numeric data type", + constructor_type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + /* Count the number of matrix and nonmatrix parameters. This + * is used below to enforce some of the constructor rules. + */ + if (result->type->is_matrix()) + matrix_parameters++; + else + nonmatrix_parameters++; + + actual_parameters.push_tail(result); + components_used += result->type->components(); + } + + /* From page 28 (page 34 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.10 spec: + * + * "It is an error to construct matrices from other matrices. This + * is reserved for future use." + */ + if (state->language_version == 110 && matrix_parameters > 0 + && constructor_type->is_matrix()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "cannot construct `%s' from a " + "matrix in GLSL 1.10", + constructor_type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + /* From page 50 (page 56 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.50 spec: + * + * "If a matrix argument is given to a matrix constructor, it is + * an error to have any other arguments." + */ + if ((matrix_parameters > 0) + && ((matrix_parameters + nonmatrix_parameters) > 1) + && constructor_type->is_matrix()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "for matrix `%s' constructor, " + "matrix must be only parameter", + constructor_type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + /* From page 28 (page 34 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.10 spec: + * + * "In these cases, there must be enough components provided in the + * arguments to provide an initializer for every component in the + * constructed value." + */ + if (components_used < type_components && components_used != 1 + && matrix_parameters == 0) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& loc, state, "too few components to construct " + "`%s'", + constructor_type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + /* Later, we cast each parameter to the same base type as the + * constructor. Since there are no non-floating point matrices, we + * need to break them up into a series of column vectors. + */ + if (constructor_type->base_type != GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT) { + foreach_list_safe(n, &actual_parameters) { + ir_rvalue *matrix = (ir_rvalue *) n; + + if (!matrix->type->is_matrix()) + continue; + + /* Create a temporary containing the matrix. */ + ir_variable *var = new(ctx) ir_variable(matrix->type, "matrix_tmp", + ir_var_temporary); + instructions->push_tail(var); + instructions->push_tail(new(ctx) ir_assignment(new(ctx) + ir_dereference_variable(var), matrix, NULL)); + var->constant_value = matrix->constant_expression_value(); + + /* Replace the matrix with dereferences of its columns. */ + for (int i = 0; i < matrix->type->matrix_columns; i++) { + matrix->insert_before(new (ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, + new(ctx) ir_constant(i))); + } + matrix->remove(); + } + } + + bool all_parameters_are_constant = true; + + /* Type cast each parameter and, if possible, fold constants.*/ + foreach_list_safe(n, &actual_parameters) { + ir_rvalue *ir = (ir_rvalue *) n; + + const glsl_type *desired_type = + glsl_type::get_instance(constructor_type->base_type, + ir->type->vector_elements, + ir->type->matrix_columns); + ir_rvalue *result = convert_component(ir, desired_type); + + /* Attempt to convert the parameter to a constant valued expression. + * After doing so, track whether or not all the parameters to the + * constructor are trivially constant valued expressions. + */ + ir_rvalue *const constant = result->constant_expression_value(); + + if (constant != NULL) + result = constant; + else + all_parameters_are_constant = false; + + if (result != ir) { + ir->replace_with(result); + } + } + + /* If all of the parameters are trivially constant, create a + * constant representing the complete collection of parameters. + */ + if (all_parameters_are_constant) { + return new(ctx) ir_constant(constructor_type, &actual_parameters); + } else if (constructor_type->is_scalar()) { + return dereference_component((ir_rvalue *) actual_parameters.head, + 0); + } else if (constructor_type->is_vector()) { + return emit_inline_vector_constructor(constructor_type, + instructions, + &actual_parameters, + ctx); + } else { + assert(constructor_type->is_matrix()); + return emit_inline_matrix_constructor(constructor_type, + instructions, + &actual_parameters, + ctx); + } + } else { + const ast_expression *id = subexpressions[0]; + YYLTYPE loc = id->get_location(); + exec_list actual_parameters; + + process_parameters(instructions, &actual_parameters, &this->expressions, + state); + + const glsl_type *const type = + state->symbols->get_type(id->primary_expression.identifier); + + if ((type != NULL) && type->is_record()) { + exec_node *node = actual_parameters.head; + for (unsigned i = 0; i < type->length; i++) { + ir_rvalue *ir = (ir_rvalue *) node; + + if (node->is_tail_sentinel()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(&loc, state, + "insufficient parameters to constructor " + "for `%s'", + type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + if (apply_implicit_conversion(type->fields.structure[i].type, ir, + state)) { + node->replace_with(ir); + } else { + _mesa_glsl_error(&loc, state, + "parameter type mismatch in constructor " + "for `%s.%s' (%s vs %s)", + type->name, + type->fields.structure[i].name, + ir->type->name, + type->fields.structure[i].type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx);; + } + + node = node->next; + } + + if (!node->is_tail_sentinel()) { + _mesa_glsl_error(&loc, state, "too many parameters in constructor " + "for `%s'", type->name); + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); + } + + ir_rvalue *const constant = + constant_record_constructor(type, &actual_parameters, state); + + return (constant != NULL) + ? constant + : emit_inline_record_constructor(type, instructions, + &actual_parameters, state); + } + + return match_function_by_name(instructions, + id->primary_expression.identifier, & loc, + &actual_parameters, state); + } + + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(ctx); +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ast_to_hir.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ast_to_hir.cpp index df11a30c1..75f28cd2c 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ast_to_hir.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ast_to_hir.cpp @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ do_assignment(exec_list *instructions, struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state, static ir_rvalue * get_lvalue_copy(exec_list *instructions, ir_rvalue *lvalue) { - void *ctx = talloc_parent(lvalue); + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(lvalue); ir_variable *var; var = new(ctx) ir_variable(lvalue->type, "_post_incdec_tmp", @@ -3392,7 +3392,7 @@ ast_struct_specifier::hir(exec_list *instructions, * the types to HIR. This ensures that structure definitions embedded in * other structure definitions are processed. */ - glsl_struct_field *const fields = talloc_array(state, glsl_struct_field, + glsl_struct_field *const fields = ralloc_array(state, glsl_struct_field, decl_count); unsigned i = 0; diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-lex.c b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-lex.c index 546225bbc..b53bea627 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-lex.c +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-lex.c @@ -1,2677 +1,2681 @@ -#line 2 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c"
-
-#line 4 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c"
-
-#define YY_INT_ALIGNED short int
-
-/* A lexical scanner generated by flex */
-
-#define FLEX_SCANNER
-#define YY_FLEX_MAJOR_VERSION 2
-#define YY_FLEX_MINOR_VERSION 5
-#define YY_FLEX_SUBMINOR_VERSION 35
-#if YY_FLEX_SUBMINOR_VERSION > 0
-#define FLEX_BETA
-#endif
-
-/* First, we deal with platform-specific or compiler-specific issues. */
-
-/* begin standard C headers. */
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* end standard C headers. */
-
-/* flex integer type definitions */
-
-#ifndef FLEXINT_H
-#define FLEXINT_H
-
-/* C99 systems have <inttypes.h>. Non-C99 systems may or may not. */
-
-#if defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
-
-/* C99 says to define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS before including stdint.h,
- * if you want the limit (max/min) macros for int types.
- */
-#ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1
-#endif
-
-#include <inttypes.h>
-typedef int8_t flex_int8_t;
-typedef uint8_t flex_uint8_t;
-typedef int16_t flex_int16_t;
-typedef uint16_t flex_uint16_t;
-typedef int32_t flex_int32_t;
-typedef uint32_t flex_uint32_t;
-#else
-typedef signed char flex_int8_t;
-typedef short int flex_int16_t;
-typedef int flex_int32_t;
-typedef unsigned char flex_uint8_t;
-typedef unsigned short int flex_uint16_t;
-typedef unsigned int flex_uint32_t;
-#endif /* ! C99 */
-
-/* Limits of integral types. */
-#ifndef INT8_MIN
-#define INT8_MIN (-128)
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_MIN
-#define INT16_MIN (-32767-1)
-#endif
-#ifndef INT32_MIN
-#define INT32_MIN (-2147483647-1)
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_MAX
-#define INT8_MAX (127)
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_MAX
-#define INT16_MAX (32767)
-#endif
-#ifndef INT32_MAX
-#define INT32_MAX (2147483647)
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT8_MAX
-#define UINT8_MAX (255U)
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT16_MAX
-#define UINT16_MAX (65535U)
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT32_MAX
-#define UINT32_MAX (4294967295U)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* ! FLEXINT_H */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-/* The "const" storage-class-modifier is valid. */
-#define YY_USE_CONST
-
-#else /* ! __cplusplus */
-
-/* C99 requires __STDC__ to be defined as 1. */
-#if defined (__STDC__)
-
-#define YY_USE_CONST
-
-#endif /* defined (__STDC__) */
-#endif /* ! __cplusplus */
-
-#ifdef YY_USE_CONST
-#define yyconst const
-#else
-#define yyconst
-#endif
-
-/* Returned upon end-of-file. */
-#define YY_NULL 0
-
-/* Promotes a possibly negative, possibly signed char to an unsigned
- * integer for use as an array index. If the signed char is negative,
- * we want to instead treat it as an 8-bit unsigned char, hence the
- * double cast.
- */
-#define YY_SC_TO_UI(c) ((unsigned int) (unsigned char) c)
-
-/* An opaque pointer. */
-#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SCANNER_T
-#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SCANNER_T
-typedef void* yyscan_t;
-#endif
-
-/* For convenience, these vars (plus the bison vars far below)
- are macros in the reentrant scanner. */
-#define yyin yyg->yyin_r
-#define yyout yyg->yyout_r
-#define yyextra yyg->yyextra_r
-#define yyleng yyg->yyleng_r
-#define yytext yyg->yytext_r
-#define yylineno (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_bs_lineno)
-#define yycolumn (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_bs_column)
-#define yy_flex_debug yyg->yy_flex_debug_r
-
-/* Enter a start condition. This macro really ought to take a parameter,
- * but we do it the disgusting crufty way forced on us by the ()-less
- * definition of BEGIN.
- */
-#define BEGIN yyg->yy_start = 1 + 2 *
-
-/* Translate the current start state into a value that can be later handed
- * to BEGIN to return to the state. The YYSTATE alias is for lex
- * compatibility.
- */
-#define YY_START ((yyg->yy_start - 1) / 2)
-#define YYSTATE YY_START
-
-/* Action number for EOF rule of a given start state. */
-#define YY_STATE_EOF(state) (YY_END_OF_BUFFER + state + 1)
-
-/* Special action meaning "start processing a new file". */
-#define YY_NEW_FILE glcpp_restart(yyin ,yyscanner )
-
-#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR 0
-
-/* Size of default input buffer. */
-#ifndef YY_BUF_SIZE
-#define YY_BUF_SIZE 16384
-#endif
-
-/* The state buf must be large enough to hold one state per character in the main buffer.
- */
-#define YY_STATE_BUF_SIZE ((YY_BUF_SIZE + 2) * sizeof(yy_state_type))
-
-#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_BUFFER_STATE
-#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_BUFFER_STATE
-typedef struct yy_buffer_state *YY_BUFFER_STATE;
-#endif
-
-#define EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN 0
-#define EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE 1
-#define EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH 2
-
- #define YY_LESS_LINENO(n)
-
-/* Return all but the first "n" matched characters back to the input stream. */
-#define yyless(n) \
- do \
- { \
- /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \
- int yyless_macro_arg = (n); \
- YY_LESS_LINENO(yyless_macro_arg);\
- *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; \
- YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET \
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp = yy_bp + yyless_macro_arg - YY_MORE_ADJ; \
- YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ \
- } \
- while ( 0 )
-
-#define unput(c) yyunput( c, yyg->yytext_ptr , yyscanner )
-
-#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T
-#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T
-typedef size_t yy_size_t;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE
-#define YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE
-struct yy_buffer_state
- {
- FILE *yy_input_file;
-
- char *yy_ch_buf; /* input buffer */
- char *yy_buf_pos; /* current position in input buffer */
-
- /* Size of input buffer in bytes, not including room for EOB
- * characters.
- */
- yy_size_t yy_buf_size;
-
- /* Number of characters read into yy_ch_buf, not including EOB
- * characters.
- */
- int yy_n_chars;
-
- /* Whether we "own" the buffer - i.e., we know we created it,
- * and can realloc() it to grow it, and should free() it to
- * delete it.
- */
- int yy_is_our_buffer;
-
- /* Whether this is an "interactive" input source; if so, and
- * if we're using stdio for input, then we want to use getc()
- * instead of fread(), to make sure we stop fetching input after
- * each newline.
- */
- int yy_is_interactive;
-
- /* Whether we're considered to be at the beginning of a line.
- * If so, '^' rules will be active on the next match, otherwise
- * not.
- */
- int yy_at_bol;
-
- int yy_bs_lineno; /**< The line count. */
- int yy_bs_column; /**< The column count. */
-
- /* Whether to try to fill the input buffer when we reach the
- * end of it.
- */
- int yy_fill_buffer;
-
- int yy_buffer_status;
-
-#define YY_BUFFER_NEW 0
-#define YY_BUFFER_NORMAL 1
- /* When an EOF's been seen but there's still some text to process
- * then we mark the buffer as YY_EOF_PENDING, to indicate that we
- * shouldn't try reading from the input source any more. We might
- * still have a bunch of tokens to match, though, because of
- * possible backing-up.
- *
- * When we actually see the EOF, we change the status to "new"
- * (via glcpp_restart()), so that the user can continue scanning by
- * just pointing yyin at a new input file.
- */
-#define YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING 2
-
- };
-#endif /* !YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE */
-
-/* We provide macros for accessing buffer states in case in the
- * future we want to put the buffer states in a more general
- * "scanner state".
- *
- * Returns the top of the stack, or NULL.
- */
-#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ( yyg->yy_buffer_stack \
- ? yyg->yy_buffer_stack[yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top] \
- : NULL)
-
-/* Same as previous macro, but useful when we know that the buffer stack is not
- * NULL or when we need an lvalue. For internal use only.
- */
-#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE yyg->yy_buffer_stack[yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top]
-
-void glcpp_restart (FILE *input_file ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-void glcpp__switch_to_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__create_buffer (FILE *file,int size ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-void glcpp__delete_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-void glcpp__flush_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-void glcpp_push_buffer_state (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-void glcpp_pop_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-static void glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-static void glcpp__load_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-static void glcpp__init_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b,FILE *file ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-#define YY_FLUSH_BUFFER glcpp__flush_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ,yyscanner)
-
-YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_buffer (char *base,yy_size_t size ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_string (yyconst char *yy_str ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_bytes (yyconst char *bytes,int len ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-void *glcpp_alloc (yy_size_t ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-void *glcpp_realloc (void *,yy_size_t ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-void glcpp_free (void * ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-#define yy_new_buffer glcpp__create_buffer
-
-#define yy_set_interactive(is_interactive) \
- { \
- if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){ \
- glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); \
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = \
- glcpp__create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner); \
- } \
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_is_interactive = is_interactive; \
- }
-
-#define yy_set_bol(at_bol) \
- { \
- if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){\
- glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); \
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = \
- glcpp__create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner); \
- } \
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol = at_bol; \
- }
-
-#define YY_AT_BOL() (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol)
-
-/* Begin user sect3 */
-
-#define glcpp_wrap(n) 1
-#define YY_SKIP_YYWRAP
-
-typedef unsigned char YY_CHAR;
-
-typedef int yy_state_type;
-
-#define yytext_ptr yytext_r
-
-static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans (yy_state_type current_state ,yyscan_t yyscanner);
-static int yy_get_next_buffer (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-static void yy_fatal_error (yyconst char msg[] ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-/* Done after the current pattern has been matched and before the
- * corresponding action - sets up yytext.
- */
-#define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \
- yyg->yytext_ptr = yy_bp; \
- yyleng = (size_t) (yy_cp - yy_bp); \
- yyg->yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; \
- *yy_cp = '\0'; \
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp;
-
-#define YY_NUM_RULES 43
-#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER 44
-/* This struct is not used in this scanner,
- but its presence is necessary. */
-struct yy_trans_info
- {
- flex_int32_t yy_verify;
- flex_int32_t yy_nxt;
- };
-static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_acclist[137] =
- { 0,
- 3, 3, 44, 39, 43, 40, 43, 41, 43, 43,
- 38, 43, 43, 38, 43, 38, 43, 38, 43, 25,
- 39, 43, 24, 39, 43, 38, 43, 38, 43, 38,
- 43, 37, 39, 43, 37, 39, 43, 38, 43, 40,
- 43, 23, 43, 43, 3, 43, 4, 43, 5, 43,
- 42, 43, 39, 18, 40, 32, 35, 33, 2, 1,
- 25, 39, 25, 39, 39, 24, 39, 24, 39, 27,
- 29, 31, 30, 28, 37, 39, 37, 39, 34, 40,
- 23, 23, 3, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 1, 26,
- 39, 37, 39,16398, 26, 39, 37, 39, 18, 37,
-
- 39,16399,16400, 8206, 18, 8206, 37, 39, 8207, 18,
- 8208, 18,16401, 19,16396, 22, 36, 37, 39, 21,
- 8209, 18, 19, 8204, 18,16397,16404, 8205, 18, 11,
- 18, 9, 8, 8212, 10, 18
- } ;
-
-static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_accept[164] =
- { 0,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4,
- 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 23,
- 26, 28, 30, 32, 35, 38, 40, 42, 44, 45,
- 47, 49, 51, 53, 54, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58,
- 59, 60, 61, 63, 65, 66, 68, 70, 71, 72,
- 73, 74, 75, 77, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 83,
- 83, 83, 83, 83, 83, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87,
- 88, 89, 90, 92, 94, 94, 94, 94, 94, 94,
- 95, 95, 95, 95, 95, 97, 99, 99, 99, 99,
- 99, 99, 99, 99, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
-
- 100, 102, 102, 103, 104, 104, 104, 104, 104, 106,
- 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 109, 109,
- 109, 111, 111, 113, 114, 115, 115, 116, 116, 116,
- 116, 117, 117, 120, 121, 121, 123, 124, 124, 124,
- 126, 127, 127, 127, 127, 128, 128, 128, 130, 130,
- 132, 132, 133, 134, 134, 134, 134, 135, 135, 135,
- 137, 137, 137
- } ;
-
-static yyconst flex_int32_t yy_ec[256] =
- { 0,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3,
- 4, 4, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 2, 5, 1, 6, 1, 7, 8, 1, 9,
- 7, 10, 7, 7, 7, 7, 11, 12, 13, 13,
- 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 1, 7, 15,
- 16, 17, 1, 1, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
- 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19,
- 19, 19, 19, 19, 20, 19, 19, 21, 19, 19,
- 7, 1, 7, 7, 19, 1, 22, 18, 18, 23,
-
- 24, 25, 26, 19, 27, 19, 19, 28, 29, 30,
- 31, 32, 19, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 19, 38,
- 19, 19, 7, 39, 7, 7, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
-
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
- } ;
-
-static yyconst flex_int32_t yy_meta[40] =
- { 0,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
- } ;
-
-static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_base[182] =
- { 0,
- 0, 38, 0, 0, 38, 39, 499, 498, 500, 48,
- 43, 552, 496, 44, 63, 495, 59, 65, 87, 125,
- 58, 67, 68, 164, 203, 40, 75, 241, 552, 494,
- 552, 140, 552, 140, 493, 552, 144, 492, 491, 487,
- 486, 485, 156, 179, 267, 0, 209, 472, 471, 470,
- 469, 468, 446, 124, 466, 153, 462, 458, 154, 198,
- 159, 155, 183, 160, 193, 460, 552, 222, 552, 227,
- 552, 459, 204, 161, 231, 232, 238, 243, 236, 303,
- 245, 180, 247, 249, 281, 56, 257, 271, 248, 259,
- 252, 264, 455, 454, 297, 299, 312, 313, 320, 294,
-
- 407, 295, 427, 426, 321, 296, 324, 425, 552, 424,
- 552, 327, 329, 195, 328, 331, 332, 230, 334, 378,
- 552, 377, 552, 371, 370, 335, 365, 337, 358, 342,
- 360, 344, 326, 255, 340, 552, 260, 338, 246, 552,
- 197, 364, 192, 352, 382, 348, 186, 552, 420, 552,
- 423, 184, 141, 437, 421, 447, 79, 476, 346, 552,
- 453, 552, 515, 517, 519, 521, 523, 525, 71, 527,
- 529, 531, 533, 535, 537, 539, 541, 543, 545, 547,
- 549
- } ;
-
-static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_def[182] =
- { 0,
- 162, 1, 163, 163, 164, 164, 165, 165, 162, 166,
- 167, 162, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 162, 166,
- 167, 167, 167, 168, 168, 167, 167, 167, 162, 169,
- 162, 170, 162, 20, 167, 162, 167, 167, 167, 167,
- 167, 171, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20, 167, 167, 167,
- 167, 167, 25, 25, 167, 167, 28, 28, 167, 167,
- 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 169, 162, 170, 162, 170,
- 162, 171, 45, 25, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167,
- 167, 167, 167, 167, 20, 25, 167, 167, 167, 167,
- 167, 167, 172, 173, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167,
-
- 25, 167, 174, 175, 167, 167, 167, 172, 162, 173,
- 162, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 25, 167, 174,
- 162, 175, 162, 176, 177, 167, 178, 167, 167, 167,
- 167, 167, 25, 167, 176, 162, 177, 167, 178, 162,
- 179, 167, 180, 167, 162, 167, 179, 162, 167, 162,
- 167, 180, 167, 181, 167, 167, 167, 181, 167, 162,
- 167, 0, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162
- } ;
-
-static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_nxt[592] =
- { 0,
- 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 16, 16,
- 18, 19, 20, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 24, 24,
- 24, 24, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
- 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 26, 27,
- 31, 31, 36, 28, 37, 36, 36, 32, 32, 35,
- 36, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 38,
- 36, 36, 35, 35, 35, 36, 40, 36, 39, 36,
- 36, 66, 48, 49, 41, 42, 56, 36, 55, 53,
- 57, 36, 50, 51, 52, 101, 35, 34, 35, 36,
- 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 43, 43,
-
- 34, 35, 35, 35, 34, 34, 44, 45, 34, 34,
- 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34,
- 34, 34, 44, 34, 45, 35, 35, 36, 35, 35,
- 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 46, 46, 46, 35,
- 35, 35, 69, 36, 47, 37, 36, 53, 74, 70,
- 71, 34, 34, 34, 56, 36, 36, 36, 57, 34,
- 47, 36, 36, 35, 34, 35, 36, 35, 35, 35,
- 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 34, 34, 75, 35, 35,
- 35, 81, 36, 80, 53, 36, 36, 86, 148, 83,
- 34, 34, 34, 34, 36, 36, 129, 36, 34, 148,
-
- 36, 98, 35, 34, 35, 36, 35, 35, 35, 35,
- 35, 35, 35, 35, 34, 82, 84, 35, 35, 35,
- 34, 34, 34, 85, 69, 76, 54, 77, 34, 69,
- 78, 162, 162, 36, 36, 79, 70, 71, 36, 85,
- 36, 35, 58, 36, 34, 36, 39, 36, 140, 36,
- 36, 36, 133, 53, 36, 87, 145, 36, 88, 36,
- 90, 36, 36, 59, 60, 89, 36, 61, 62, 99,
- 92, 104, 63, 36, 97, 91, 64, 65, 73, 73,
- 73, 100, 106, 102, 73, 105, 34, 107, 73, 73,
- 73, 73, 34, 34, 34, 103, 36, 36, 36, 36,
-
- 34, 36, 34, 93, 93, 94, 93, 93, 93, 93,
- 93, 93, 93, 93, 36, 36, 34, 93, 93, 93,
- 112, 113, 36, 36, 119, 95, 36, 117, 125, 36,
- 36, 36, 96, 36, 36, 114, 36, 36, 115, 36,
- 36, 93, 136, 116, 36, 124, 36, 159, 160, 53,
- 36, 127, 128, 126, 36, 131, 130, 134, 132, 129,
- 36, 141, 36, 143, 146, 149, 150, 140, 138, 142,
- 142, 142, 36, 136, 144, 151, 151, 151, 155, 123,
- 121, 153, 35, 145, 36, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35,
- 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 154,
-
- 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154,
- 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154,
- 35, 149, 150, 36, 149, 150, 111, 109, 123, 121,
- 118, 156, 156, 156, 151, 151, 151, 35, 35, 36,
- 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 157, 35, 35, 159, 160,
- 143, 35, 35, 35, 159, 160, 111, 109, 161, 161,
- 161, 36, 67, 35, 161, 161, 161, 35, 36, 53,
- 36, 36, 36, 36, 36, 35, 35, 35, 36, 35,
- 35, 35, 35, 35, 157, 35, 35, 36, 36, 36,
- 35, 35, 35, 36, 36, 36, 67, 36, 36, 162,
-
- 29, 29, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162, 162, 162, 162, 35, 29, 29, 30, 30, 33,
- 33, 34, 34, 35, 35, 53, 53, 68, 68, 72,
- 72, 108, 108, 110, 110, 120, 120, 122, 122, 135,
- 135, 137, 137, 139, 139, 147, 147, 152, 152, 158,
- 158, 9, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162
-
- } ;
-
-static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_chk[592] =
- { 0,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2,
- 5, 6, 26, 2, 11, 11, 14, 5, 6, 10,
- 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 14,
- 21, 17, 10, 10, 10, 15, 17, 18, 15, 22,
- 23, 169, 21, 21, 18, 18, 27, 27, 26, 86,
- 27, 157, 22, 23, 23, 86, 10, 19, 19, 19,
- 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19,
-
- 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19,
- 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19,
- 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20,
- 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
- 20, 20, 32, 153, 20, 37, 37, 54, 54, 32,
- 32, 34, 34, 34, 56, 56, 59, 62, 56, 34,
- 20, 61, 64, 20, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
- 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 34, 43, 59, 24, 24,
- 24, 62, 82, 61, 74, 63, 152, 74, 147, 64,
- 44, 44, 44, 43, 143, 65, 114, 114, 44, 141,
-
- 60, 82, 24, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25,
- 25, 25, 25, 25, 44, 63, 65, 25, 25, 25,
- 47, 47, 47, 73, 68, 60, 25, 60, 47, 70,
- 60, 68, 68, 75, 76, 60, 70, 70, 79, 73,
- 77, 25, 28, 28, 47, 78, 28, 81, 139, 83,
- 89, 84, 118, 118, 91, 75, 134, 134, 76, 87,
- 77, 90, 137, 28, 28, 76, 92, 28, 28, 83,
- 79, 89, 28, 88, 81, 78, 28, 28, 45, 45,
- 45, 84, 91, 87, 45, 90, 45, 92, 45, 45,
- 45, 45, 85, 85, 85, 88, 100, 102, 106, 95,
-
- 85, 96, 45, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80,
- 80, 80, 80, 80, 97, 98, 85, 80, 80, 80,
- 95, 96, 99, 105, 102, 80, 107, 100, 106, 112,
- 115, 113, 80, 116, 117, 97, 119, 126, 98, 128,
- 138, 80, 135, 99, 130, 105, 132, 159, 159, 133,
- 146, 112, 113, 107, 144, 116, 115, 119, 117, 129,
- 129, 128, 131, 130, 138, 142, 142, 127, 126, 129,
- 129, 129, 125, 124, 132, 142, 142, 142, 146, 122,
- 120, 144, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145,
- 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145,
-
- 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145,
- 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145,
- 145, 149, 149, 155, 151, 151, 110, 108, 104, 103,
- 101, 149, 149, 149, 151, 151, 151, 154, 154, 154,
- 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 156, 156,
- 155, 154, 154, 154, 161, 161, 94, 93, 156, 156,
- 156, 72, 66, 58, 161, 161, 161, 57, 55, 53,
- 52, 51, 50, 49, 48, 154, 158, 158, 158, 158,
- 158, 158, 158, 158, 158, 158, 158, 42, 41, 40,
- 158, 158, 158, 39, 38, 35, 30, 16, 13, 9,
-
- 8, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 158, 163, 163, 164, 164, 165,
- 165, 166, 166, 167, 167, 168, 168, 170, 170, 171,
- 171, 172, 172, 173, 173, 174, 174, 175, 175, 176,
- 176, 177, 177, 178, 178, 179, 179, 180, 180, 181,
- 181, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162,
- 162
-
- } ;
-
-#define YY_TRAILING_MASK 0x2000
-#define YY_TRAILING_HEAD_MASK 0x4000
-#define REJECT \
-{ \
-*yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; /* undo effects of setting up yytext */ \
-yy_cp = yyg->yy_full_match; /* restore poss. backed-over text */ \
-yyg->yy_lp = yyg->yy_full_lp; /* restore orig. accepting pos. */ \
-yyg->yy_state_ptr = yyg->yy_full_state; /* restore orig. state */ \
-yy_current_state = *yyg->yy_state_ptr; /* restore curr. state */ \
-++yyg->yy_lp; \
-goto find_rule; \
-}
-
-#define yymore() yymore_used_but_not_detected
-#define YY_MORE_ADJ 0
-#define YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET
-#line 1 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-#line 2 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include "glcpp.h"
-#include "glcpp-parse.h"
-
-/* Flex annoyingly generates some functions without making them
- * static. Let's declare them here. */
-int glcpp_get_column (yyscan_t yyscanner);
-void glcpp_set_column (int column_no , yyscan_t yyscanner);
-
-#define YY_NO_INPUT
-
-#define YY_USER_ACTION \
- do { \
- yylloc->first_column = yycolumn + 1; \
- yylloc->first_line = yylineno; \
- yycolumn += yyleng; \
- } while(0);
-
-#define YY_USER_INIT \
- do { \
- yylineno = 1; \
- yycolumn = 1; \
- yylloc->source = 0; \
- } while(0)
-
-#line 700 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c"
-
-#define INITIAL 0
-#define DONE 1
-#define COMMENT 2
-#define UNREACHABLE 3
-
-#define YY_EXTRA_TYPE glcpp_parser_t *
-
-/* Holds the entire state of the reentrant scanner. */
-struct yyguts_t
- {
-
- /* User-defined. Not touched by flex. */
- YY_EXTRA_TYPE yyextra_r;
-
- /* The rest are the same as the globals declared in the non-reentrant scanner. */
- FILE *yyin_r, *yyout_r;
- size_t yy_buffer_stack_top; /**< index of top of stack. */
- size_t yy_buffer_stack_max; /**< capacity of stack. */
- YY_BUFFER_STATE * yy_buffer_stack; /**< Stack as an array. */
- char yy_hold_char;
- int yy_n_chars;
- int yyleng_r;
- char *yy_c_buf_p;
- int yy_init;
- int yy_start;
- int yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof;
- int yy_start_stack_ptr;
- int yy_start_stack_depth;
- int *yy_start_stack;
- yy_state_type yy_last_accepting_state;
- char* yy_last_accepting_cpos;
-
- int yylineno_r;
- int yy_flex_debug_r;
-
- yy_state_type *yy_state_buf;
- yy_state_type *yy_state_ptr;
- char *yy_full_match;
- int yy_lp;
-
- /* These are only needed for trailing context rules,
- * but there's no conditional variable for that yet. */
- int yy_looking_for_trail_begin;
- int yy_full_lp;
- int *yy_full_state;
-
- char *yytext_r;
- int yy_more_flag;
- int yy_more_len;
-
- YYSTYPE * yylval_r;
-
- YYLTYPE * yylloc_r;
-
- }; /* end struct yyguts_t */
-
-static int yy_init_globals (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
- /* This must go here because YYSTYPE and YYLTYPE are included
- * from bison output in section 1.*/
- # define yylval yyg->yylval_r
-
- # define yylloc yyg->yylloc_r
-
-int glcpp_lex_init (yyscan_t* scanner);
-
-int glcpp_lex_init_extra (YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined,yyscan_t* scanner);
-
-/* Accessor methods to globals.
- These are made visible to non-reentrant scanners for convenience. */
-
-int glcpp_lex_destroy (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-int glcpp_get_debug (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-void glcpp_set_debug (int debug_flag ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-YY_EXTRA_TYPE glcpp_get_extra (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-void glcpp_set_extra (YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-FILE *glcpp_get_in (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-void glcpp_set_in (FILE * in_str ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-FILE *glcpp_get_out (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-void glcpp_set_out (FILE * out_str ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-int glcpp_get_leng (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-char *glcpp_get_text (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-int glcpp_get_lineno (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-void glcpp_set_lineno (int line_number ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-YYSTYPE * glcpp_get_lval (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-void glcpp_set_lval (YYSTYPE * yylval_param ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
- YYLTYPE *glcpp_get_lloc (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
- void glcpp_set_lloc (YYLTYPE * yylloc_param ,yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-/* Macros after this point can all be overridden by user definitions in
- * section 1.
- */
-
-#ifndef YY_SKIP_YYWRAP
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" int glcpp_wrap (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-#else
-extern int glcpp_wrap (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-#endif
-#endif
-
- static void yyunput (int c,char *buf_ptr ,yyscan_t yyscanner);
-
-#ifndef yytext_ptr
-static void yy_flex_strncpy (char *,yyconst char *,int ,yyscan_t yyscanner);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN
-static int yy_flex_strlen (yyconst char * ,yyscan_t yyscanner);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-static int yyinput (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-#else
-static int input (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
- static void yy_push_state (int new_state ,yyscan_t yyscanner);
-
- static void yy_pop_state (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
- static int yy_top_state (yyscan_t yyscanner );
-
-/* Amount of stuff to slurp up with each read. */
-#ifndef YY_READ_BUF_SIZE
-#define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 8192
-#endif
-
-/* Copy whatever the last rule matched to the standard output. */
-#ifndef ECHO
-/* This used to be an fputs(), but since the string might contain NUL's,
- * we now use fwrite().
- */
-#define ECHO do { if (fwrite( yytext, yyleng, 1, yyout )) {} } while (0)
-#endif
-
-/* Gets input and stuffs it into "buf". number of characters read, or YY_NULL,
- * is returned in "result".
- */
-#ifndef YY_INPUT
-#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \
- if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_is_interactive ) \
- { \
- int c = '*'; \
- unsigned n; \
- for ( n = 0; n < max_size && \
- (c = getc( yyin )) != EOF && c != '\n'; ++n ) \
- buf[n] = (char) c; \
- if ( c == '\n' ) \
- buf[n++] = (char) c; \
- if ( c == EOF && ferror( yyin ) ) \
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \
- result = n; \
- } \
- else \
- { \
- errno=0; \
- while ( (result = fread(buf, 1, max_size, yyin))==0 && ferror(yyin)) \
- { \
- if( errno != EINTR) \
- { \
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \
- break; \
- } \
- errno=0; \
- clearerr(yyin); \
- } \
- }\
-\
-
-#endif
-
-/* No semi-colon after return; correct usage is to write "yyterminate();" -
- * we don't want an extra ';' after the "return" because that will cause
- * some compilers to complain about unreachable statements.
- */
-#ifndef yyterminate
-#define yyterminate() return YY_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* Number of entries by which start-condition stack grows. */
-#ifndef YY_START_STACK_INCR
-#define YY_START_STACK_INCR 25
-#endif
-
-/* Report a fatal error. */
-#ifndef YY_FATAL_ERROR
-#define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) yy_fatal_error( msg , yyscanner)
-#endif
-
-/* end tables serialization structures and prototypes */
-
-/* Default declaration of generated scanner - a define so the user can
- * easily add parameters.
- */
-#ifndef YY_DECL
-#define YY_DECL_IS_OURS 1
-
-extern int glcpp_lex \
- (YYSTYPE * yylval_param,YYLTYPE * yylloc_param ,yyscan_t yyscanner);
-
-#define YY_DECL int glcpp_lex \
- (YYSTYPE * yylval_param, YYLTYPE * yylloc_param , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-#endif /* !YY_DECL */
-
-/* Code executed at the beginning of each rule, after yytext and yyleng
- * have been set up.
- */
-#ifndef YY_USER_ACTION
-#define YY_USER_ACTION
-#endif
-
-/* Code executed at the end of each rule. */
-#ifndef YY_BREAK
-#define YY_BREAK break;
-#endif
-
-#define YY_RULE_SETUP \
- if ( yyleng > 0 ) \
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol = \
- (yytext[yyleng - 1] == '\n'); \
- YY_USER_ACTION
-
-/** The main scanner function which does all the work.
- */
-YY_DECL
-{
- register yy_state_type yy_current_state;
- register char *yy_cp, *yy_bp;
- register int yy_act;
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
-#line 76 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-
-
- /* Single-line comments */
-#line 958 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c"
-
- yylval = yylval_param;
-
- yylloc = yylloc_param;
-
- if ( !yyg->yy_init )
- {
- yyg->yy_init = 1;
-
-#ifdef YY_USER_INIT
- YY_USER_INIT;
-#endif
-
- /* Create the reject buffer large enough to save one state per allowed character. */
- if ( ! yyg->yy_state_buf )
- yyg->yy_state_buf = (yy_state_type *)glcpp_alloc(YY_STATE_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner);
- if ( ! yyg->yy_state_buf )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp_lex()" );
-
- if ( ! yyg->yy_start )
- yyg->yy_start = 1; /* first start state */
-
- if ( ! yyin )
- yyin = stdin;
-
- if ( ! yyout )
- yyout = stdout;
-
- if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) {
- glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner);
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE =
- glcpp__create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner);
- }
-
- glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner );
- }
-
- while ( 1 ) /* loops until end-of-file is reached */
- {
- yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
-
- /* Support of yytext. */
- *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char;
-
- /* yy_bp points to the position in yy_ch_buf of the start of
- * the current run.
- */
- yy_bp = yy_cp;
-
- yy_current_state = yyg->yy_start;
- yy_current_state += YY_AT_BOL();
-
- yyg->yy_state_ptr = yyg->yy_state_buf;
- *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state;
-
-yy_match:
- do
- {
- register YY_CHAR yy_c = yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)];
- while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state )
- {
- yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state];
- if ( yy_current_state >= 163 )
- yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c];
- }
- yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c];
- *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state;
- ++yy_cp;
- }
- while ( yy_current_state != 162 );
-
-yy_find_action:
- yy_current_state = *--yyg->yy_state_ptr;
- yyg->yy_lp = yy_accept[yy_current_state];
-find_rule: /* we branch to this label when backing up */
- for ( ; ; ) /* until we find what rule we matched */
- {
- if ( yyg->yy_lp && yyg->yy_lp < yy_accept[yy_current_state + 1] )
- {
- yy_act = yy_acclist[yyg->yy_lp];
- if ( yy_act & YY_TRAILING_HEAD_MASK ||
- yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin )
- {
- if ( yy_act == yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin )
- {
- yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin = 0;
- yy_act &= ~YY_TRAILING_HEAD_MASK;
- break;
- }
- }
- else if ( yy_act & YY_TRAILING_MASK )
- {
- yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin = yy_act & ~YY_TRAILING_MASK;
- yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin |= YY_TRAILING_HEAD_MASK;
- yyg->yy_full_match = yy_cp;
- yyg->yy_full_state = yyg->yy_state_ptr;
- yyg->yy_full_lp = yyg->yy_lp;
- }
- else
- {
- yyg->yy_full_match = yy_cp;
- yyg->yy_full_state = yyg->yy_state_ptr;
- yyg->yy_full_lp = yyg->yy_lp;
- break;
- }
- ++yyg->yy_lp;
- goto find_rule;
- }
- --yy_cp;
- yy_current_state = *--yyg->yy_state_ptr;
- yyg->yy_lp = yy_accept[yy_current_state];
- }
-
- YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION;
-
-do_action: /* This label is used only to access EOF actions. */
-
- switch ( yy_act )
- { /* beginning of action switch */
-case 1:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 79 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
-}
- YY_BREAK
-/* Multi-line comments */
-case 2:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 83 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{ yy_push_state(COMMENT, yyscanner); }
- YY_BREAK
-case 3:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 84 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-
- YY_BREAK
-case 4:
-/* rule 4 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 85 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{ yylineno++; yycolumn = 0; return NEWLINE; }
- YY_BREAK
-case 5:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 86 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-
- YY_BREAK
-case 6:
-/* rule 6 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 87 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{ yylineno++; yycolumn = 0; return NEWLINE; }
- YY_BREAK
-case 7:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 88 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yy_pop_state(yyscanner);
- if (yyextra->space_tokens)
- return SPACE;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 8:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 94 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_VERSION;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-/* glcpp doesn't handle #extension, #version, or #pragma directives.
- * Simply pass them through to the main compiler's lexer/parser. */
-case 9:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 102 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- yylineno++;
- yycolumn = 0;
- return OTHER;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 10:
-*yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; /* undo effects of setting up yytext */
-yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp -= 1;
-YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 109 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- /* Eat characters until the first digit is
- * encountered
- */
- char *ptr = yytext;
- while (!isdigit(*ptr))
- ptr++;
-
- /* Subtract one from the line number because
- * yylineno is zero-based instead of
- * one-based.
- */
- yylineno = strtol(ptr, &ptr, 0) - 1;
- yylloc->source = strtol(ptr, NULL, 0);
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 11:
-*yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; /* undo effects of setting up yytext */
-yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp -= 1;
-YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 125 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- /* Eat characters until the first digit is
- * encountered
- */
- char *ptr = yytext;
- while (!isdigit(*ptr))
- ptr++;
-
- /* Subtract one from the line number because
- * yylineno is zero-based instead of
- * one-based.
- */
- yylineno = strtol(ptr, &ptr, 0) - 1;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 12:
-/* rule 12 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 140 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->lexing_if = 1;
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_IFDEF;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 13:
-/* rule 13 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 146 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->lexing_if = 1;
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_IFNDEF;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 14:
-/* rule 14 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 152 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->lexing_if = 1;
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_IF;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 15:
-/* rule 15 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 158 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->lexing_if = 1;
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_ELIF;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 16:
-/* rule 16 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 164 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_ELSE;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 17:
-/* rule 17 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 169 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_ENDIF;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-/* When skipping (due to an #if 0 or similar) consume anything
- * up to a newline. We do this with less priority than any
- * #if-related directive (#if, #elif, #else, #endif), but with
- * more priority than any other directive or token to avoid
- * any side-effects from skipped content.
- *
- * We use the lexing_if flag to avoid skipping any part of an
- * if conditional expression. */
-case 18:
-/* rule 18 can match eol */
-*yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; /* undo effects of setting up yytext */
-yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp -= 1;
-YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 182 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- /* Since this rule always matches, YY_USER_ACTION gets called for it,
- * wrongly incrementing yycolumn. We undo that effect here. */
- yycolumn -= yyleng;
- if (yyextra->lexing_if ||
- yyextra->skip_stack == NULL ||
- yyextra->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP)
- {
- REJECT;
- }
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 19:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 194 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- char *p;
- for (p = yytext; !isalpha(p[0]); p++); /* skip " # " */
- p += 5; /* skip "error" */
- glcpp_error(yylloc, yyextra, "#error%s", p);
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 20:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 201 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_DEFINE_FUNC;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 21:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 206 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_DEFINE_OBJ;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 22:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 211 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_UNDEF;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 23:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 216 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 24:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 221 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return INTEGER_STRING;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 25:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 226 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return INTEGER_STRING;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 26:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 231 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return INTEGER_STRING;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 27:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 236 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return LEFT_SHIFT;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 28:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 240 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return RIGHT_SHIFT;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 29:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 244 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return LESS_OR_EQUAL;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 30:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 248 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return GREATER_OR_EQUAL;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 31:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 252 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return EQUAL;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 32:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 256 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return NOT_EQUAL;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 33:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 260 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return AND;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 34:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 264 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return OR;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 35:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 268 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return PASTE;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 36:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 272 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return DEFINED;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 37:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 276 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return IDENTIFIER;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 38:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 281 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- return yytext[0];
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 39:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 285 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return OTHER;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 40:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 290 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- if (yyextra->space_tokens) {
- return SPACE;
- }
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 41:
-/* rule 41 can match eol */
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 296 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- yyextra->lexing_if = 0;
- yylineno++;
- yycolumn = 0;
- return NEWLINE;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-/* Handle missing newline at EOF. */
-case YY_STATE_EOF(INITIAL):
-#line 304 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- BEGIN DONE; /* Don't keep matching this rule forever. */
- yyextra->lexing_if = 0;
- return NEWLINE;
-}
- YY_BREAK
-/* We don't actually use the UNREACHABLE start condition. We
- only have this action here so that we can pretend to call some
- generated functions, (to avoid "defined but not used"
- warnings. */
-case 42:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 314 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-{
- unput('.');
- yy_top_state(yyextra);
-}
- YY_BREAK
-case 43:
-YY_RULE_SETUP
-#line 319 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-ECHO;
- YY_BREAK
-#line 1475 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c"
- case YY_STATE_EOF(DONE):
- case YY_STATE_EOF(COMMENT):
- case YY_STATE_EOF(UNREACHABLE):
- yyterminate();
-
- case YY_END_OF_BUFFER:
- {
- /* Amount of text matched not including the EOB char. */
- int yy_amount_of_matched_text = (int) (yy_cp - yyg->yytext_ptr) - 1;
-
- /* Undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION. */
- *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char;
- YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET
-
- if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_NEW )
- {
- /* We're scanning a new file or input source. It's
- * possible that this happened because the user
- * just pointed yyin at a new source and called
- * glcpp_lex(). If so, then we have to assure
- * consistency between YY_CURRENT_BUFFER and our
- * globals. Here is the right place to do so, because
- * this is the first action (other than possibly a
- * back-up) that will match for the new input source.
- */
- yyg->yy_n_chars = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_input_file = yyin;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NORMAL;
- }
-
- /* Note that here we test for yy_c_buf_p "<=" to the position
- * of the first EOB in the buffer, since yy_c_buf_p will
- * already have been incremented past the NUL character
- * (since all states make transitions on EOB to the
- * end-of-buffer state). Contrast this with the test
- * in input().
- */
- if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p <= &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] )
- { /* This was really a NUL. */
- yy_state_type yy_next_state;
-
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text;
-
- yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner );
-
- /* Okay, we're now positioned to make the NUL
- * transition. We couldn't have
- * yy_get_previous_state() go ahead and do it
- * for us because it doesn't know how to deal
- * with the possibility of jamming (and we don't
- * want to build jamming into it because then it
- * will run more slowly).
- */
-
- yy_next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_current_state , yyscanner);
-
- yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ;
-
- if ( yy_next_state )
- {
- /* Consume the NUL. */
- yy_cp = ++yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
- yy_current_state = yy_next_state;
- goto yy_match;
- }
-
- else
- {
- yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
- goto yy_find_action;
- }
- }
-
- else switch ( yy_get_next_buffer( yyscanner ) )
- {
- case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE:
- {
- yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 0;
-
- if ( glcpp_wrap(yyscanner ) )
- {
- /* Note: because we've taken care in
- * yy_get_next_buffer() to have set up
- * yytext, we can now set up
- * yy_c_buf_p so that if some total
- * hoser (like flex itself) wants to
- * call the scanner after we return the
- * YY_NULL, it'll still work - another
- * YY_NULL will get returned.
- */
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ;
-
- yy_act = YY_STATE_EOF(YY_START);
- goto do_action;
- }
-
- else
- {
- if ( ! yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof )
- YY_NEW_FILE;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN:
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p =
- yyg->yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text;
-
- yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner );
-
- yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
- yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ;
- goto yy_match;
-
- case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH:
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p =
- &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars];
-
- yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner );
-
- yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
- yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ;
- goto yy_find_action;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- default:
- YY_FATAL_ERROR(
- "fatal flex scanner internal error--no action found" );
- } /* end of action switch */
- } /* end of scanning one token */
-} /* end of glcpp_lex */
-
-/* yy_get_next_buffer - try to read in a new buffer
- *
- * Returns a code representing an action:
- * EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH -
- * EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN - continue scanning from current position
- * EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE - end of file
- */
-static int yy_get_next_buffer (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- register char *dest = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf;
- register char *source = yyg->yytext_ptr;
- register int number_to_move, i;
- int ret_val;
-
- if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p > &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars + 1] )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR(
- "fatal flex scanner internal error--end of buffer missed" );
-
- if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_fill_buffer == 0 )
- { /* Don't try to fill the buffer, so this is an EOF. */
- if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr - YY_MORE_ADJ == 1 )
- {
- /* We matched a single character, the EOB, so
- * treat this as a final EOF.
- */
- return EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE;
- }
-
- else
- {
- /* We matched some text prior to the EOB, first
- * process it.
- */
- return EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH;
- }
- }
-
- /* Try to read more data. */
-
- /* First move last chars to start of buffer. */
- number_to_move = (int) (yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr) - 1;
-
- for ( i = 0; i < number_to_move; ++i )
- *(dest++) = *(source++);
-
- if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING )
- /* don't do the read, it's not guaranteed to return an EOF,
- * just force an EOF
- */
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars = 0;
-
- else
- {
- int num_to_read =
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size - number_to_move - 1;
-
- while ( num_to_read <= 0 )
- { /* Not enough room in the buffer - grow it. */
-
- YY_FATAL_ERROR(
-"input buffer overflow, can't enlarge buffer because scanner uses REJECT" );
-
- }
-
- if ( num_to_read > YY_READ_BUF_SIZE )
- num_to_read = YY_READ_BUF_SIZE;
-
- /* Read in more data. */
- YY_INPUT( (&YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]),
- yyg->yy_n_chars, (size_t) num_to_read );
-
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars;
- }
-
- if ( yyg->yy_n_chars == 0 )
- {
- if ( number_to_move == YY_MORE_ADJ )
- {
- ret_val = EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE;
- glcpp_restart(yyin ,yyscanner);
- }
-
- else
- {
- ret_val = EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status =
- YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING;
- }
- }
-
- else
- ret_val = EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN;
-
- if ((yy_size_t) (yyg->yy_n_chars + number_to_move) > YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size) {
- /* Extend the array by 50%, plus the number we really need. */
- yy_size_t new_size = yyg->yy_n_chars + number_to_move + (yyg->yy_n_chars >> 1);
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf = (char *) glcpp_realloc((void *) YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf,new_size ,yyscanner );
- if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_get_next_buffer()" );
- }
-
- yyg->yy_n_chars += number_to_move;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
-
- yyg->yytext_ptr = &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[0];
-
- return ret_val;
-}
-
-/* yy_get_previous_state - get the state just before the EOB char was reached */
-
- static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- register yy_state_type yy_current_state;
- register char *yy_cp;
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- yy_current_state = yyg->yy_start;
- yy_current_state += YY_AT_BOL();
-
- yyg->yy_state_ptr = yyg->yy_state_buf;
- *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state;
-
- for ( yy_cp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; yy_cp < yyg->yy_c_buf_p; ++yy_cp )
- {
- register YY_CHAR yy_c = (*yy_cp ? yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)] : 1);
- while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state )
- {
- yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state];
- if ( yy_current_state >= 163 )
- yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c];
- }
- yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c];
- *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state;
- }
-
- return yy_current_state;
-}
-
-/* yy_try_NUL_trans - try to make a transition on the NUL character
- *
- * synopsis
- * next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( current_state );
- */
- static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans (yy_state_type yy_current_state , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- register int yy_is_jam;
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; /* This var may be unused depending upon options. */
-
- register YY_CHAR yy_c = 1;
- while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state )
- {
- yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state];
- if ( yy_current_state >= 163 )
- yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c];
- }
- yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c];
- yy_is_jam = (yy_current_state == 162);
- if ( ! yy_is_jam )
- *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state;
-
- return yy_is_jam ? 0 : yy_current_state;
-}
-
- static void yyunput (int c, register char * yy_bp , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- register char *yy_cp;
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
-
- /* undo effects of setting up yytext */
- *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char;
-
- if ( yy_cp < YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf + 2 )
- { /* need to shift things up to make room */
- /* +2 for EOB chars. */
- register int number_to_move = yyg->yy_n_chars + 2;
- register char *dest = &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size + 2];
- register char *source =
- &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move];
-
- while ( source > YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf )
- *--dest = *--source;
-
- yy_cp += (int) (dest - source);
- yy_bp += (int) (dest - source);
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars =
- yyg->yy_n_chars = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size;
-
- if ( yy_cp < YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf + 2 )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "flex scanner push-back overflow" );
- }
-
- *--yy_cp = (char) c;
-
- yyg->yytext_ptr = yy_bp;
- yyg->yy_hold_char = *yy_cp;
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp;
-}
-
-#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- static int yyinput (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-#else
- static int input (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-#endif
-
-{
- int c;
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char;
-
- if ( *yyg->yy_c_buf_p == YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR )
- {
- /* yy_c_buf_p now points to the character we want to return.
- * If this occurs *before* the EOB characters, then it's a
- * valid NUL; if not, then we've hit the end of the buffer.
- */
- if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p < &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] )
- /* This was really a NUL. */
- *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0';
-
- else
- { /* need more input */
- int offset = yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr;
- ++yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
-
- switch ( yy_get_next_buffer( yyscanner ) )
- {
- case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH:
- /* This happens because yy_g_n_b()
- * sees that we've accumulated a
- * token and flags that we need to
- * try matching the token before
- * proceeding. But for input(),
- * there's no matching to consider.
- * So convert the EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH
- * to EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE.
- */
-
- /* Reset buffer status. */
- glcpp_restart(yyin ,yyscanner);
-
- /*FALLTHROUGH*/
-
- case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE:
- {
- if ( glcpp_wrap(yyscanner ) )
- return EOF;
-
- if ( ! yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof )
- YY_NEW_FILE;
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- return yyinput(yyscanner);
-#else
- return input(yyscanner);
-#endif
- }
-
- case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN:
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + offset;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- c = *(unsigned char *) yyg->yy_c_buf_p; /* cast for 8-bit char's */
- *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; /* preserve yytext */
- yyg->yy_hold_char = *++yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
-
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol = (c == '\n');
-
- return c;
-}
-#endif /* ifndef YY_NO_INPUT */
-
-/** Immediately switch to a different input stream.
- * @param input_file A readable stream.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- * @note This function does not reset the start condition to @c INITIAL .
- */
- void glcpp_restart (FILE * input_file , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){
- glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner);
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE =
- glcpp__create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner);
- }
-
- glcpp__init_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER,input_file ,yyscanner);
- glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner );
-}
-
-/** Switch to a different input buffer.
- * @param new_buffer The new input buffer.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
- void glcpp__switch_to_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- /* TODO. We should be able to replace this entire function body
- * with
- * glcpp_pop_buffer_state();
- * glcpp_push_buffer_state(new_buffer);
- */
- glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner);
- if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER == new_buffer )
- return;
-
- if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
- {
- /* Flush out information for old buffer. */
- *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars;
- }
-
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = new_buffer;
- glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner );
-
- /* We don't actually know whether we did this switch during
- * EOF (glcpp_wrap()) processing, but the only time this flag
- * is looked at is after glcpp_wrap() is called, so it's safe
- * to go ahead and always set it.
- */
- yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1;
-}
-
-static void glcpp__load_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- yyg->yy_n_chars = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars;
- yyg->yytext_ptr = yyg->yy_c_buf_p = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos;
- yyin = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_input_file;
- yyg->yy_hold_char = *yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
-}
-
-/** Allocate and initialize an input buffer state.
- * @param file A readable stream.
- * @param size The character buffer size in bytes. When in doubt, use @c YY_BUF_SIZE.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- * @return the allocated buffer state.
- */
- YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__create_buffer (FILE * file, int size , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- YY_BUFFER_STATE b;
-
- b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) glcpp_alloc(sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ,yyscanner );
- if ( ! b )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp__create_buffer()" );
-
- b->yy_buf_size = size;
-
- /* yy_ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because
- * we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters.
- */
- b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) glcpp_alloc(b->yy_buf_size + 2 ,yyscanner );
- if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp__create_buffer()" );
-
- b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1;
-
- glcpp__init_buffer(b,file ,yyscanner);
-
- return b;
-}
-
-/** Destroy the buffer.
- * @param b a buffer created with glcpp__create_buffer()
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
- void glcpp__delete_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- if ( ! b )
- return;
-
- if ( b == YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) /* Not sure if we should pop here. */
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) 0;
-
- if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer )
- glcpp_free((void *) b->yy_ch_buf ,yyscanner );
-
- glcpp_free((void *) b ,yyscanner );
-}
-
-/* Initializes or reinitializes a buffer.
- * This function is sometimes called more than once on the same buffer,
- * such as during a glcpp_restart() or at EOF.
- */
- static void glcpp__init_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE * file , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-
-{
- int oerrno = errno;
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- glcpp__flush_buffer(b ,yyscanner);
-
- b->yy_input_file = file;
- b->yy_fill_buffer = 1;
-
- /* If b is the current buffer, then glcpp__init_buffer was _probably_
- * called from glcpp_restart() or through yy_get_next_buffer.
- * In that case, we don't want to reset the lineno or column.
- */
- if (b != YY_CURRENT_BUFFER){
- b->yy_bs_lineno = 1;
- b->yy_bs_column = 0;
- }
-
- b->yy_is_interactive = 0;
-
- errno = oerrno;
-}
-
-/** Discard all buffered characters. On the next scan, YY_INPUT will be called.
- * @param b the buffer state to be flushed, usually @c YY_CURRENT_BUFFER.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
- void glcpp__flush_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- if ( ! b )
- return;
-
- b->yy_n_chars = 0;
-
- /* We always need two end-of-buffer characters. The first causes
- * a transition to the end-of-buffer state. The second causes
- * a jam in that state.
- */
- b->yy_ch_buf[0] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
- b->yy_ch_buf[1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
-
- b->yy_buf_pos = &b->yy_ch_buf[0];
-
- b->yy_at_bol = 1;
- b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW;
-
- if ( b == YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
- glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner );
-}
-
-/** Pushes the new state onto the stack. The new state becomes
- * the current state. This function will allocate the stack
- * if necessary.
- * @param new_buffer The new state.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-void glcpp_push_buffer_state (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- if (new_buffer == NULL)
- return;
-
- glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack(yyscanner);
-
- /* This block is copied from glcpp__switch_to_buffer. */
- if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
- {
- /* Flush out information for old buffer. */
- *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars;
- }
-
- /* Only push if top exists. Otherwise, replace top. */
- if (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER)
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top++;
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = new_buffer;
-
- /* copied from glcpp__switch_to_buffer. */
- glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner );
- yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1;
-}
-
-/** Removes and deletes the top of the stack, if present.
- * The next element becomes the new top.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-void glcpp_pop_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- if (!YY_CURRENT_BUFFER)
- return;
-
- glcpp__delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ,yyscanner);
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = NULL;
- if (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top > 0)
- --yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top;
-
- if (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) {
- glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner );
- yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1;
- }
-}
-
-/* Allocates the stack if it does not exist.
- * Guarantees space for at least one push.
- */
-static void glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- int num_to_alloc;
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- if (!yyg->yy_buffer_stack) {
-
- /* First allocation is just for 2 elements, since we don't know if this
- * scanner will even need a stack. We use 2 instead of 1 to avoid an
- * immediate realloc on the next call.
- */
- num_to_alloc = 1;
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack = (struct yy_buffer_state**)glcpp_alloc
- (num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*)
- , yyscanner);
- if ( ! yyg->yy_buffer_stack )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack()" );
-
- memset(yyg->yy_buffer_stack, 0, num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*));
-
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = num_to_alloc;
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top = 0;
- return;
- }
-
- if (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top >= (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max) - 1){
-
- /* Increase the buffer to prepare for a possible push. */
- int grow_size = 8 /* arbitrary grow size */;
-
- num_to_alloc = yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max + grow_size;
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack = (struct yy_buffer_state**)glcpp_realloc
- (yyg->yy_buffer_stack,
- num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*)
- , yyscanner);
- if ( ! yyg->yy_buffer_stack )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack()" );
-
- /* zero only the new slots.*/
- memset(yyg->yy_buffer_stack + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max, 0, grow_size * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*));
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = num_to_alloc;
- }
-}
-
-/** Setup the input buffer state to scan directly from a user-specified character buffer.
- * @param base the character buffer
- * @param size the size in bytes of the character buffer
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- * @return the newly allocated buffer state object.
- */
-YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_buffer (char * base, yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- YY_BUFFER_STATE b;
-
- if ( size < 2 ||
- base[size-2] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ||
- base[size-1] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR )
- /* They forgot to leave room for the EOB's. */
- return 0;
-
- b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) glcpp_alloc(sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ,yyscanner );
- if ( ! b )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp__scan_buffer()" );
-
- b->yy_buf_size = size - 2; /* "- 2" to take care of EOB's */
- b->yy_buf_pos = b->yy_ch_buf = base;
- b->yy_is_our_buffer = 0;
- b->yy_input_file = 0;
- b->yy_n_chars = b->yy_buf_size;
- b->yy_is_interactive = 0;
- b->yy_at_bol = 1;
- b->yy_fill_buffer = 0;
- b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW;
-
- glcpp__switch_to_buffer(b ,yyscanner );
-
- return b;
-}
-
-/** Setup the input buffer state to scan a string. The next call to glcpp_lex() will
- * scan from a @e copy of @a str.
- * @param yystr a NUL-terminated string to scan
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- * @return the newly allocated buffer state object.
- * @note If you want to scan bytes that may contain NUL values, then use
- * glcpp__scan_bytes() instead.
- */
-YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_string (yyconst char * yystr , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
-
- return glcpp__scan_bytes(yystr,strlen(yystr) ,yyscanner);
-}
-
-/** Setup the input buffer state to scan the given bytes. The next call to glcpp_lex() will
- * scan from a @e copy of @a bytes.
- * @param bytes the byte buffer to scan
- * @param len the number of bytes in the buffer pointed to by @a bytes.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- * @return the newly allocated buffer state object.
- */
-YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_bytes (yyconst char * yybytes, int _yybytes_len , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- YY_BUFFER_STATE b;
- char *buf;
- yy_size_t n;
- int i;
-
- /* Get memory for full buffer, including space for trailing EOB's. */
- n = _yybytes_len + 2;
- buf = (char *) glcpp_alloc(n ,yyscanner );
- if ( ! buf )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp__scan_bytes()" );
-
- for ( i = 0; i < _yybytes_len; ++i )
- buf[i] = yybytes[i];
-
- buf[_yybytes_len] = buf[_yybytes_len+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
-
- b = glcpp__scan_buffer(buf,n ,yyscanner);
- if ( ! b )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "bad buffer in glcpp__scan_bytes()" );
-
- /* It's okay to grow etc. this buffer, and we should throw it
- * away when we're done.
- */
- b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1;
-
- return b;
-}
-
- static void yy_push_state (int new_state , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- if ( yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr >= yyg->yy_start_stack_depth )
- {
- yy_size_t new_size;
-
- yyg->yy_start_stack_depth += YY_START_STACK_INCR;
- new_size = yyg->yy_start_stack_depth * sizeof( int );
-
- if ( ! yyg->yy_start_stack )
- yyg->yy_start_stack = (int *) glcpp_alloc(new_size ,yyscanner );
-
- else
- yyg->yy_start_stack = (int *) glcpp_realloc((void *) yyg->yy_start_stack,new_size ,yyscanner );
-
- if ( ! yyg->yy_start_stack )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of memory expanding start-condition stack" );
- }
-
- yyg->yy_start_stack[yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr++] = YY_START;
-
- BEGIN(new_state);
-}
-
- static void yy_pop_state (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- if ( --yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr < 0 )
- YY_FATAL_ERROR( "start-condition stack underflow" );
-
- BEGIN(yyg->yy_start_stack[yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr]);
-}
-
- static int yy_top_state (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yyg->yy_start_stack[yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr - 1];
-}
-
-#ifndef YY_EXIT_FAILURE
-#define YY_EXIT_FAILURE 2
-#endif
-
-static void yy_fatal_error (yyconst char* msg , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- (void) fprintf( stderr, "%s\n", msg );
- exit( YY_EXIT_FAILURE );
-}
-
-/* Redefine yyless() so it works in section 3 code. */
-
-#undef yyless
-#define yyless(n) \
- do \
- { \
- /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \
- int yyless_macro_arg = (n); \
- YY_LESS_LINENO(yyless_macro_arg);\
- yytext[yyleng] = yyg->yy_hold_char; \
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yytext + yyless_macro_arg; \
- yyg->yy_hold_char = *yyg->yy_c_buf_p; \
- *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; \
- yyleng = yyless_macro_arg; \
- } \
- while ( 0 )
-
-/* Accessor methods (get/set functions) to struct members. */
-
-/** Get the user-defined data for this scanner.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-YY_EXTRA_TYPE glcpp_get_extra (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yyextra;
-}
-
-/** Get the current line number.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-int glcpp_get_lineno (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER)
- return 0;
-
- return yylineno;
-}
-
-/** Get the current column number.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-int glcpp_get_column (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER)
- return 0;
-
- return yycolumn;
-}
-
-/** Get the input stream.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-FILE *glcpp_get_in (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yyin;
-}
-
-/** Get the output stream.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-FILE *glcpp_get_out (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yyout;
-}
-
-/** Get the length of the current token.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-int glcpp_get_leng (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yyleng;
-}
-
-/** Get the current token.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-
-char *glcpp_get_text (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yytext;
-}
-
-/** Set the user-defined data. This data is never touched by the scanner.
- * @param user_defined The data to be associated with this scanner.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-void glcpp_set_extra (YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- yyextra = user_defined ;
-}
-
-/** Set the current line number.
- * @param line_number
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-void glcpp_set_lineno (int line_number , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- /* lineno is only valid if an input buffer exists. */
- if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
- yy_fatal_error( "glcpp_set_lineno called with no buffer" , yyscanner);
-
- yylineno = line_number;
-}
-
-/** Set the current column.
- * @param line_number
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- */
-void glcpp_set_column (int column_no , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- /* column is only valid if an input buffer exists. */
- if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
- yy_fatal_error( "glcpp_set_column called with no buffer" , yyscanner);
-
- yycolumn = column_no;
-}
-
-/** Set the input stream. This does not discard the current
- * input buffer.
- * @param in_str A readable stream.
- * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
- * @see glcpp__switch_to_buffer
- */
-void glcpp_set_in (FILE * in_str , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- yyin = in_str ;
-}
-
-void glcpp_set_out (FILE * out_str , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- yyout = out_str ;
-}
-
-int glcpp_get_debug (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yy_flex_debug;
-}
-
-void glcpp_set_debug (int bdebug , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- yy_flex_debug = bdebug ;
-}
-
-/* Accessor methods for yylval and yylloc */
-
-YYSTYPE * glcpp_get_lval (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yylval;
-}
-
-void glcpp_set_lval (YYSTYPE * yylval_param , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- yylval = yylval_param;
-}
-
-YYLTYPE *glcpp_get_lloc (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- return yylloc;
-}
-
-void glcpp_set_lloc (YYLTYPE * yylloc_param , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- yylloc = yylloc_param;
-}
-
-/* User-visible API */
-
-/* glcpp_lex_init is special because it creates the scanner itself, so it is
- * the ONLY reentrant function that doesn't take the scanner as the last argument.
- * That's why we explicitly handle the declaration, instead of using our macros.
- */
-
-int glcpp_lex_init(yyscan_t* ptr_yy_globals)
-
-{
- if (ptr_yy_globals == NULL){
- errno = EINVAL;
- return 1;
- }
-
- *ptr_yy_globals = (yyscan_t) glcpp_alloc ( sizeof( struct yyguts_t ), NULL );
-
- if (*ptr_yy_globals == NULL){
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* By setting to 0xAA, we expose bugs in yy_init_globals. Leave at 0x00 for releases. */
- memset(*ptr_yy_globals,0x00,sizeof(struct yyguts_t));
-
- return yy_init_globals ( *ptr_yy_globals );
-}
-
-/* glcpp_lex_init_extra has the same functionality as glcpp_lex_init, but follows the
- * convention of taking the scanner as the last argument. Note however, that
- * this is a *pointer* to a scanner, as it will be allocated by this call (and
- * is the reason, too, why this function also must handle its own declaration).
- * The user defined value in the first argument will be available to glcpp_alloc in
- * the yyextra field.
- */
-
-int glcpp_lex_init_extra(YY_EXTRA_TYPE yy_user_defined,yyscan_t* ptr_yy_globals )
-
-{
- struct yyguts_t dummy_yyguts;
-
- glcpp_set_extra (yy_user_defined, &dummy_yyguts);
-
- if (ptr_yy_globals == NULL){
- errno = EINVAL;
- return 1;
- }
-
- *ptr_yy_globals = (yyscan_t) glcpp_alloc ( sizeof( struct yyguts_t ), &dummy_yyguts );
-
- if (*ptr_yy_globals == NULL){
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* By setting to 0xAA, we expose bugs in
- yy_init_globals. Leave at 0x00 for releases. */
- memset(*ptr_yy_globals,0x00,sizeof(struct yyguts_t));
-
- glcpp_set_extra (yy_user_defined, *ptr_yy_globals);
-
- return yy_init_globals ( *ptr_yy_globals );
-}
-
-static int yy_init_globals (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
- /* Initialization is the same as for the non-reentrant scanner.
- * This function is called from glcpp_lex_destroy(), so don't allocate here.
- */
-
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack = 0;
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top = 0;
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = 0;
- yyg->yy_c_buf_p = (char *) 0;
- yyg->yy_init = 0;
- yyg->yy_start = 0;
-
- yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr = 0;
- yyg->yy_start_stack_depth = 0;
- yyg->yy_start_stack = NULL;
-
- yyg->yy_state_buf = 0;
- yyg->yy_state_ptr = 0;
- yyg->yy_full_match = 0;
- yyg->yy_lp = 0;
-
-/* Defined in main.c */
-#ifdef YY_STDINIT
- yyin = stdin;
- yyout = stdout;
-#else
- yyin = (FILE *) 0;
- yyout = (FILE *) 0;
-#endif
-
- /* For future reference: Set errno on error, since we are called by
- * glcpp_lex_init()
- */
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* glcpp_lex_destroy is for both reentrant and non-reentrant scanners. */
-int glcpp_lex_destroy (yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
-
- /* Pop the buffer stack, destroying each element. */
- while(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER){
- glcpp__delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ,yyscanner );
- YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = NULL;
- glcpp_pop_buffer_state(yyscanner);
- }
-
- /* Destroy the stack itself. */
- glcpp_free(yyg->yy_buffer_stack ,yyscanner);
- yyg->yy_buffer_stack = NULL;
-
- /* Destroy the start condition stack. */
- glcpp_free(yyg->yy_start_stack ,yyscanner );
- yyg->yy_start_stack = NULL;
-
- glcpp_free ( yyg->yy_state_buf , yyscanner);
- yyg->yy_state_buf = NULL;
-
- /* Reset the globals. This is important in a non-reentrant scanner so the next time
- * glcpp_lex() is called, initialization will occur. */
- yy_init_globals( yyscanner);
-
- /* Destroy the main struct (reentrant only). */
- glcpp_free ( yyscanner , yyscanner );
- yyscanner = NULL;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Internal utility routines.
- */
-
-#ifndef yytext_ptr
-static void yy_flex_strncpy (char* s1, yyconst char * s2, int n , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- register int i;
- for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i )
- s1[i] = s2[i];
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN
-static int yy_flex_strlen (yyconst char * s , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- register int n;
- for ( n = 0; s[n]; ++n )
- ;
-
- return n;
-}
-#endif
-
-void *glcpp_alloc (yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- return (void *) malloc( size );
-}
-
-void *glcpp_realloc (void * ptr, yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- /* The cast to (char *) in the following accommodates both
- * implementations that use char* generic pointers, and those
- * that use void* generic pointers. It works with the latter
- * because both ANSI C and C++ allow castless assignment from
- * any pointer type to void*, and deal with argument conversions
- * as though doing an assignment.
- */
- return (void *) realloc( (char *) ptr, size );
-}
-
-void glcpp_free (void * ptr , yyscan_t yyscanner)
-{
- free( (char *) ptr ); /* see glcpp_realloc() for (char *) cast */
-}
-
-#define YYTABLES_NAME "yytables"
-
-#line 319 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l"
-
-
-
-void
-glcpp_lex_set_source_string(glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *shader)
-{
- glcpp__scan_string(shader,parser->scanner);
-}
-
+#line 2 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c" + +#line 4 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c" + +#define YY_INT_ALIGNED short int + +/* A lexical scanner generated by flex */ + +#define FLEX_SCANNER +#define YY_FLEX_MAJOR_VERSION 2 +#define YY_FLEX_MINOR_VERSION 5 +#define YY_FLEX_SUBMINOR_VERSION 35 +#if YY_FLEX_SUBMINOR_VERSION > 0 +#define FLEX_BETA +#endif + +/* First, we deal with platform-specific or compiler-specific issues. */ + +/* begin standard C headers. */ +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* end standard C headers. */ + +/* flex integer type definitions */ + +#ifndef FLEXINT_H +#define FLEXINT_H + +/* C99 systems have <inttypes.h>. Non-C99 systems may or may not. */ + +#if defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L + +/* C99 says to define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS before including stdint.h, + * if you want the limit (max/min) macros for int types. + */ +#ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS +#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1 +#endif + +#include <inttypes.h> +typedef int8_t flex_int8_t; +typedef uint8_t flex_uint8_t; +typedef int16_t flex_int16_t; +typedef uint16_t flex_uint16_t; +typedef int32_t flex_int32_t; +typedef uint32_t flex_uint32_t; +#else +typedef signed char flex_int8_t; +typedef short int flex_int16_t; +typedef int flex_int32_t; +typedef unsigned char flex_uint8_t; +typedef unsigned short int flex_uint16_t; +typedef unsigned int flex_uint32_t; +#endif /* ! C99 */ + +/* Limits of integral types. */ +#ifndef INT8_MIN +#define INT8_MIN (-128) +#endif +#ifndef INT16_MIN +#define INT16_MIN (-32767-1) +#endif +#ifndef INT32_MIN +#define INT32_MIN (-2147483647-1) +#endif +#ifndef INT8_MAX +#define INT8_MAX (127) +#endif +#ifndef INT16_MAX +#define INT16_MAX (32767) +#endif +#ifndef INT32_MAX +#define INT32_MAX (2147483647) +#endif +#ifndef UINT8_MAX +#define UINT8_MAX (255U) +#endif +#ifndef UINT16_MAX +#define UINT16_MAX (65535U) +#endif +#ifndef UINT32_MAX +#define UINT32_MAX (4294967295U) +#endif + +#endif /* ! FLEXINT_H */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +/* The "const" storage-class-modifier is valid. */ +#define YY_USE_CONST + +#else /* ! __cplusplus */ + +/* C99 requires __STDC__ to be defined as 1. */ +#if defined (__STDC__) + +#define YY_USE_CONST + +#endif /* defined (__STDC__) */ +#endif /* ! __cplusplus */ + +#ifdef YY_USE_CONST +#define yyconst const +#else +#define yyconst +#endif + +/* Returned upon end-of-file. */ +#define YY_NULL 0 + +/* Promotes a possibly negative, possibly signed char to an unsigned + * integer for use as an array index. If the signed char is negative, + * we want to instead treat it as an 8-bit unsigned char, hence the + * double cast. + */ +#define YY_SC_TO_UI(c) ((unsigned int) (unsigned char) c) + +/* An opaque pointer. */ +#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SCANNER_T +#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SCANNER_T +typedef void* yyscan_t; +#endif + +/* For convenience, these vars (plus the bison vars far below) + are macros in the reentrant scanner. */ +#define yyin yyg->yyin_r +#define yyout yyg->yyout_r +#define yyextra yyg->yyextra_r +#define yyleng yyg->yyleng_r +#define yytext yyg->yytext_r +#define yylineno (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_bs_lineno) +#define yycolumn (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_bs_column) +#define yy_flex_debug yyg->yy_flex_debug_r + +/* Enter a start condition. This macro really ought to take a parameter, + * but we do it the disgusting crufty way forced on us by the ()-less + * definition of BEGIN. + */ +#define BEGIN yyg->yy_start = 1 + 2 * + +/* Translate the current start state into a value that can be later handed + * to BEGIN to return to the state. The YYSTATE alias is for lex + * compatibility. + */ +#define YY_START ((yyg->yy_start - 1) / 2) +#define YYSTATE YY_START + +/* Action number for EOF rule of a given start state. */ +#define YY_STATE_EOF(state) (YY_END_OF_BUFFER + state + 1) + +/* Special action meaning "start processing a new file". */ +#define YY_NEW_FILE glcpp_restart(yyin ,yyscanner ) + +#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR 0 + +/* Size of default input buffer. */ +#ifndef YY_BUF_SIZE +#define YY_BUF_SIZE 16384 +#endif + +/* The state buf must be large enough to hold one state per character in the main buffer. + */ +#define YY_STATE_BUF_SIZE ((YY_BUF_SIZE + 2) * sizeof(yy_state_type)) + +#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_BUFFER_STATE +#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_BUFFER_STATE +typedef struct yy_buffer_state *YY_BUFFER_STATE; +#endif + +#define EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN 0 +#define EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE 1 +#define EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH 2 + + #define YY_LESS_LINENO(n) + +/* Return all but the first "n" matched characters back to the input stream. */ +#define yyless(n) \ + do \ + { \ + /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \ + int yyless_macro_arg = (n); \ + YY_LESS_LINENO(yyless_macro_arg);\ + *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; \ + YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET \ + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp = yy_bp + yyless_macro_arg - YY_MORE_ADJ; \ + YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ \ + } \ + while ( 0 ) + +#define unput(c) yyunput( c, yyg->yytext_ptr , yyscanner ) + +#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T +#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T +typedef size_t yy_size_t; +#endif + +#ifndef YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE +#define YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE +struct yy_buffer_state + { + FILE *yy_input_file; + + char *yy_ch_buf; /* input buffer */ + char *yy_buf_pos; /* current position in input buffer */ + + /* Size of input buffer in bytes, not including room for EOB + * characters. + */ + yy_size_t yy_buf_size; + + /* Number of characters read into yy_ch_buf, not including EOB + * characters. + */ + int yy_n_chars; + + /* Whether we "own" the buffer - i.e., we know we created it, + * and can realloc() it to grow it, and should free() it to + * delete it. + */ + int yy_is_our_buffer; + + /* Whether this is an "interactive" input source; if so, and + * if we're using stdio for input, then we want to use getc() + * instead of fread(), to make sure we stop fetching input after + * each newline. + */ + int yy_is_interactive; + + /* Whether we're considered to be at the beginning of a line. + * If so, '^' rules will be active on the next match, otherwise + * not. + */ + int yy_at_bol; + + int yy_bs_lineno; /**< The line count. */ + int yy_bs_column; /**< The column count. */ + + /* Whether to try to fill the input buffer when we reach the + * end of it. + */ + int yy_fill_buffer; + + int yy_buffer_status; + +#define YY_BUFFER_NEW 0 +#define YY_BUFFER_NORMAL 1 + /* When an EOF's been seen but there's still some text to process + * then we mark the buffer as YY_EOF_PENDING, to indicate that we + * shouldn't try reading from the input source any more. We might + * still have a bunch of tokens to match, though, because of + * possible backing-up. + * + * When we actually see the EOF, we change the status to "new" + * (via glcpp_restart()), so that the user can continue scanning by + * just pointing yyin at a new input file. + */ +#define YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING 2 + + }; +#endif /* !YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE */ + +/* We provide macros for accessing buffer states in case in the + * future we want to put the buffer states in a more general + * "scanner state". + * + * Returns the top of the stack, or NULL. + */ +#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ( yyg->yy_buffer_stack \ + ? yyg->yy_buffer_stack[yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top] \ + : NULL) + +/* Same as previous macro, but useful when we know that the buffer stack is not + * NULL or when we need an lvalue. For internal use only. + */ +#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE yyg->yy_buffer_stack[yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top] + +void glcpp_restart (FILE *input_file ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +void glcpp__switch_to_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__create_buffer (FILE *file,int size ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +void glcpp__delete_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +void glcpp__flush_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +void glcpp_push_buffer_state (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +void glcpp_pop_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +static void glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscan_t yyscanner ); +static void glcpp__load_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner ); +static void glcpp__init_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b,FILE *file ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +#define YY_FLUSH_BUFFER glcpp__flush_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ,yyscanner) + +YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_buffer (char *base,yy_size_t size ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_string (yyconst char *yy_str ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_bytes (yyconst char *bytes,int len ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +void *glcpp_alloc (yy_size_t ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +void *glcpp_realloc (void *,yy_size_t ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); +void glcpp_free (void * ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +#define yy_new_buffer glcpp__create_buffer + +#define yy_set_interactive(is_interactive) \ + { \ + if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){ \ + glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); \ + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = \ + glcpp__create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner); \ + } \ + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_is_interactive = is_interactive; \ + } + +#define yy_set_bol(at_bol) \ + { \ + if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){\ + glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); \ + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = \ + glcpp__create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner); \ + } \ + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol = at_bol; \ + } + +#define YY_AT_BOL() (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol) + +/* Begin user sect3 */ + +#define glcpp_wrap(n) 1 +#define YY_SKIP_YYWRAP + +typedef unsigned char YY_CHAR; + +typedef int yy_state_type; + +#define yytext_ptr yytext_r + +static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state (yyscan_t yyscanner ); +static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans (yy_state_type current_state ,yyscan_t yyscanner); +static int yy_get_next_buffer (yyscan_t yyscanner ); +static void yy_fatal_error (yyconst char msg[] ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +/* Done after the current pattern has been matched and before the + * corresponding action - sets up yytext. + */ +#define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \ + yyg->yytext_ptr = yy_bp; \ + yyleng = (size_t) (yy_cp - yy_bp); \ + yyg->yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; \ + *yy_cp = '\0'; \ + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp; + +#define YY_NUM_RULES 43 +#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER 44 +/* This struct is not used in this scanner, + but its presence is necessary. */ +struct yy_trans_info + { + flex_int32_t yy_verify; + flex_int32_t yy_nxt; + }; +static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_acclist[137] = + { 0, + 3, 3, 44, 39, 43, 40, 43, 41, 43, 43, + 38, 43, 43, 38, 43, 38, 43, 38, 43, 25, + 39, 43, 24, 39, 43, 38, 43, 38, 43, 38, + 43, 37, 39, 43, 37, 39, 43, 38, 43, 40, + 43, 23, 43, 43, 3, 43, 4, 43, 5, 43, + 42, 43, 39, 18, 40, 32, 35, 33, 2, 1, + 25, 39, 25, 39, 39, 24, 39, 24, 39, 27, + 29, 31, 30, 28, 37, 39, 37, 39, 34, 40, + 23, 23, 3, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 1, 26, + 39, 37, 39,16398, 26, 39, 37, 39, 18, 37, + + 39,16399,16400, 8206, 18, 8206, 37, 39, 8207, 18, + 8208, 18,16401, 19,16396, 22, 36, 37, 39, 21, + 8209, 18, 19, 8204, 18,16397,16404, 8205, 18, 11, + 18, 9, 8, 8212, 10, 18 + } ; + +static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_accept[164] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, + 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 23, + 26, 28, 30, 32, 35, 38, 40, 42, 44, 45, + 47, 49, 51, 53, 54, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, + 59, 60, 61, 63, 65, 66, 68, 70, 71, 72, + 73, 74, 75, 77, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 83, + 83, 83, 83, 83, 83, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, + 88, 89, 90, 92, 94, 94, 94, 94, 94, 94, + 95, 95, 95, 95, 95, 97, 99, 99, 99, 99, + 99, 99, 99, 99, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, + + 100, 102, 102, 103, 104, 104, 104, 104, 104, 106, + 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 109, 109, + 109, 111, 111, 113, 114, 115, 115, 116, 116, 116, + 116, 117, 117, 120, 121, 121, 123, 124, 124, 124, + 126, 127, 127, 127, 127, 128, 128, 128, 130, 130, + 132, 132, 133, 134, 134, 134, 134, 135, 135, 135, + 137, 137, 137 + } ; + +static yyconst flex_int32_t yy_ec[256] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, + 4, 4, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 2, 5, 1, 6, 1, 7, 8, 1, 9, + 7, 10, 7, 7, 7, 7, 11, 12, 13, 13, + 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 1, 7, 15, + 16, 17, 1, 1, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, + 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, + 19, 19, 19, 19, 20, 19, 19, 21, 19, 19, + 7, 1, 7, 7, 19, 1, 22, 18, 18, 23, + + 24, 25, 26, 19, 27, 19, 19, 28, 29, 30, + 31, 32, 19, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 19, 38, + 19, 19, 7, 39, 7, 7, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 + } ; + +static yyconst flex_int32_t yy_meta[40] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 + } ; + +static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_base[182] = + { 0, + 0, 38, 0, 0, 38, 39, 499, 498, 500, 48, + 43, 552, 496, 44, 63, 495, 59, 65, 87, 125, + 58, 67, 68, 164, 203, 40, 75, 241, 552, 494, + 552, 140, 552, 140, 493, 552, 144, 492, 491, 487, + 486, 485, 156, 179, 267, 0, 209, 472, 471, 470, + 469, 468, 446, 124, 466, 153, 462, 458, 154, 198, + 159, 155, 183, 160, 193, 460, 552, 222, 552, 227, + 552, 459, 204, 161, 231, 232, 238, 243, 236, 303, + 245, 180, 247, 249, 281, 56, 257, 271, 248, 259, + 252, 264, 455, 454, 297, 299, 312, 313, 320, 294, + + 407, 295, 427, 426, 321, 296, 324, 425, 552, 424, + 552, 327, 329, 195, 328, 331, 332, 230, 334, 378, + 552, 377, 552, 371, 370, 335, 365, 337, 358, 342, + 360, 344, 326, 255, 340, 552, 260, 338, 246, 552, + 197, 364, 192, 352, 382, 348, 186, 552, 420, 552, + 423, 184, 141, 437, 421, 447, 79, 476, 346, 552, + 453, 552, 515, 517, 519, 521, 523, 525, 71, 527, + 529, 531, 533, 535, 537, 539, 541, 543, 545, 547, + 549 + } ; + +static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_def[182] = + { 0, + 162, 1, 163, 163, 164, 164, 165, 165, 162, 166, + 167, 162, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 162, 166, + 167, 167, 167, 168, 168, 167, 167, 167, 162, 169, + 162, 170, 162, 20, 167, 162, 167, 167, 167, 167, + 167, 171, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20, 167, 167, 167, + 167, 167, 25, 25, 167, 167, 28, 28, 167, 167, + 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 169, 162, 170, 162, 170, + 162, 171, 45, 25, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, + 167, 167, 167, 167, 20, 25, 167, 167, 167, 167, + 167, 167, 172, 173, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, + + 25, 167, 174, 175, 167, 167, 167, 172, 162, 173, + 162, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 167, 25, 167, 174, + 162, 175, 162, 176, 177, 167, 178, 167, 167, 167, + 167, 167, 25, 167, 176, 162, 177, 167, 178, 162, + 179, 167, 180, 167, 162, 167, 179, 162, 167, 162, + 167, 180, 167, 181, 167, 167, 167, 181, 167, 162, + 167, 0, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162 + } ; + +static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_nxt[592] = + { 0, + 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 16, 16, + 18, 19, 20, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 24, 24, + 24, 24, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, + 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 26, 27, + 31, 31, 36, 28, 37, 36, 36, 32, 32, 35, + 36, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 38, + 36, 36, 35, 35, 35, 36, 40, 36, 39, 36, + 36, 66, 48, 49, 41, 42, 56, 36, 55, 53, + 57, 36, 50, 51, 52, 101, 35, 34, 35, 36, + 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 43, 43, + + 34, 35, 35, 35, 34, 34, 44, 45, 34, 34, + 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, + 34, 34, 44, 34, 45, 35, 35, 36, 35, 35, + 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 46, 46, 46, 35, + 35, 35, 69, 36, 47, 37, 36, 53, 74, 70, + 71, 34, 34, 34, 56, 36, 36, 36, 57, 34, + 47, 36, 36, 35, 34, 35, 36, 35, 35, 35, + 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 34, 34, 75, 35, 35, + 35, 81, 36, 80, 53, 36, 36, 86, 148, 83, + 34, 34, 34, 34, 36, 36, 129, 36, 34, 148, + + 36, 98, 35, 34, 35, 36, 35, 35, 35, 35, + 35, 35, 35, 35, 34, 82, 84, 35, 35, 35, + 34, 34, 34, 85, 69, 76, 54, 77, 34, 69, + 78, 162, 162, 36, 36, 79, 70, 71, 36, 85, + 36, 35, 58, 36, 34, 36, 39, 36, 140, 36, + 36, 36, 133, 53, 36, 87, 145, 36, 88, 36, + 90, 36, 36, 59, 60, 89, 36, 61, 62, 99, + 92, 104, 63, 36, 97, 91, 64, 65, 73, 73, + 73, 100, 106, 102, 73, 105, 34, 107, 73, 73, + 73, 73, 34, 34, 34, 103, 36, 36, 36, 36, + + 34, 36, 34, 93, 93, 94, 93, 93, 93, 93, + 93, 93, 93, 93, 36, 36, 34, 93, 93, 93, + 112, 113, 36, 36, 119, 95, 36, 117, 125, 36, + 36, 36, 96, 36, 36, 114, 36, 36, 115, 36, + 36, 93, 136, 116, 36, 124, 36, 159, 160, 53, + 36, 127, 128, 126, 36, 131, 130, 134, 132, 129, + 36, 141, 36, 143, 146, 149, 150, 140, 138, 142, + 142, 142, 36, 136, 144, 151, 151, 151, 155, 123, + 121, 153, 35, 145, 36, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, + 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 154, + + 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, + 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, + 35, 149, 150, 36, 149, 150, 111, 109, 123, 121, + 118, 156, 156, 156, 151, 151, 151, 35, 35, 36, + 35, 35, 35, 35, 35, 157, 35, 35, 159, 160, + 143, 35, 35, 35, 159, 160, 111, 109, 161, 161, + 161, 36, 67, 35, 161, 161, 161, 35, 36, 53, + 36, 36, 36, 36, 36, 35, 35, 35, 36, 35, + 35, 35, 35, 35, 157, 35, 35, 36, 36, 36, + 35, 35, 35, 36, 36, 36, 67, 36, 36, 162, + + 29, 29, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162, 162, 162, 162, 35, 29, 29, 30, 30, 33, + 33, 34, 34, 35, 35, 53, 53, 68, 68, 72, + 72, 108, 108, 110, 110, 120, 120, 122, 122, 135, + 135, 137, 137, 139, 139, 147, 147, 152, 152, 158, + 158, 9, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162 + + } ; + +static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_chk[592] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, + 5, 6, 26, 2, 11, 11, 14, 5, 6, 10, + 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 14, + 21, 17, 10, 10, 10, 15, 17, 18, 15, 22, + 23, 169, 21, 21, 18, 18, 27, 27, 26, 86, + 27, 157, 22, 23, 23, 86, 10, 19, 19, 19, + 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, + + 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, + 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, + 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20, + 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, + 20, 20, 32, 153, 20, 37, 37, 54, 54, 32, + 32, 34, 34, 34, 56, 56, 59, 62, 56, 34, + 20, 61, 64, 20, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, + 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 34, 43, 59, 24, 24, + 24, 62, 82, 61, 74, 63, 152, 74, 147, 64, + 44, 44, 44, 43, 143, 65, 114, 114, 44, 141, + + 60, 82, 24, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, + 25, 25, 25, 25, 44, 63, 65, 25, 25, 25, + 47, 47, 47, 73, 68, 60, 25, 60, 47, 70, + 60, 68, 68, 75, 76, 60, 70, 70, 79, 73, + 77, 25, 28, 28, 47, 78, 28, 81, 139, 83, + 89, 84, 118, 118, 91, 75, 134, 134, 76, 87, + 77, 90, 137, 28, 28, 76, 92, 28, 28, 83, + 79, 89, 28, 88, 81, 78, 28, 28, 45, 45, + 45, 84, 91, 87, 45, 90, 45, 92, 45, 45, + 45, 45, 85, 85, 85, 88, 100, 102, 106, 95, + + 85, 96, 45, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, + 80, 80, 80, 80, 97, 98, 85, 80, 80, 80, + 95, 96, 99, 105, 102, 80, 107, 100, 106, 112, + 115, 113, 80, 116, 117, 97, 119, 126, 98, 128, + 138, 80, 135, 99, 130, 105, 132, 159, 159, 133, + 146, 112, 113, 107, 144, 116, 115, 119, 117, 129, + 129, 128, 131, 130, 138, 142, 142, 127, 126, 129, + 129, 129, 125, 124, 132, 142, 142, 142, 146, 122, + 120, 144, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, + 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, + + 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, + 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, + 145, 149, 149, 155, 151, 151, 110, 108, 104, 103, + 101, 149, 149, 149, 151, 151, 151, 154, 154, 154, + 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 154, 156, 156, + 155, 154, 154, 154, 161, 161, 94, 93, 156, 156, + 156, 72, 66, 58, 161, 161, 161, 57, 55, 53, + 52, 51, 50, 49, 48, 154, 158, 158, 158, 158, + 158, 158, 158, 158, 158, 158, 158, 42, 41, 40, + 158, 158, 158, 39, 38, 35, 30, 16, 13, 9, + + 8, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 158, 163, 163, 164, 164, 165, + 165, 166, 166, 167, 167, 168, 168, 170, 170, 171, + 171, 172, 172, 173, 173, 174, 174, 175, 175, 176, + 176, 177, 177, 178, 178, 179, 179, 180, 180, 181, + 181, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, + 162 + + } ; + +#define YY_TRAILING_MASK 0x2000 +#define YY_TRAILING_HEAD_MASK 0x4000 +#define REJECT \ +{ \ +*yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; /* undo effects of setting up yytext */ \ +yy_cp = yyg->yy_full_match; /* restore poss. backed-over text */ \ +yyg->yy_lp = yyg->yy_full_lp; /* restore orig. accepting pos. */ \ +yyg->yy_state_ptr = yyg->yy_full_state; /* restore orig. state */ \ +yy_current_state = *yyg->yy_state_ptr; /* restore curr. state */ \ +++yyg->yy_lp; \ +goto find_rule; \ +} + +#define yymore() yymore_used_but_not_detected +#define YY_MORE_ADJ 0 +#define YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET +#line 1 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +#line 2 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +#include "glcpp.h" +#include "glcpp-parse.h" + +/* Flex annoyingly generates some functions without making them + * static. Let's declare them here. */ +int glcpp_get_column (yyscan_t yyscanner); +void glcpp_set_column (int column_no , yyscan_t yyscanner); + +#define YY_NO_INPUT + +#define YY_USER_ACTION \ + do { \ + yylloc->first_column = yycolumn + 1; \ + yylloc->first_line = yylineno; \ + yycolumn += yyleng; \ + } while(0); + +#define YY_USER_INIT \ + do { \ + yylineno = 1; \ + yycolumn = 1; \ + yylloc->source = 0; \ + } while(0) + +#line 700 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c" + +#define INITIAL 0 +#define DONE 1 +#define COMMENT 2 +#define UNREACHABLE 3 + +#define YY_EXTRA_TYPE glcpp_parser_t * + +/* Holds the entire state of the reentrant scanner. */ +struct yyguts_t + { + + /* User-defined. Not touched by flex. */ + YY_EXTRA_TYPE yyextra_r; + + /* The rest are the same as the globals declared in the non-reentrant scanner. */ + FILE *yyin_r, *yyout_r; + size_t yy_buffer_stack_top; /**< index of top of stack. */ + size_t yy_buffer_stack_max; /**< capacity of stack. */ + YY_BUFFER_STATE * yy_buffer_stack; /**< Stack as an array. */ + char yy_hold_char; + int yy_n_chars; + int yyleng_r; + char *yy_c_buf_p; + int yy_init; + int yy_start; + int yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof; + int yy_start_stack_ptr; + int yy_start_stack_depth; + int *yy_start_stack; + yy_state_type yy_last_accepting_state; + char* yy_last_accepting_cpos; + + int yylineno_r; + int yy_flex_debug_r; + + yy_state_type *yy_state_buf; + yy_state_type *yy_state_ptr; + char *yy_full_match; + int yy_lp; + + /* These are only needed for trailing context rules, + * but there's no conditional variable for that yet. */ + int yy_looking_for_trail_begin; + int yy_full_lp; + int *yy_full_state; + + char *yytext_r; + int yy_more_flag; + int yy_more_len; + + YYSTYPE * yylval_r; + + YYLTYPE * yylloc_r; + + }; /* end struct yyguts_t */ + +static int yy_init_globals (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + + /* This must go here because YYSTYPE and YYLTYPE are included + * from bison output in section 1.*/ + # define yylval yyg->yylval_r + + # define yylloc yyg->yylloc_r + +int glcpp_lex_init (yyscan_t* scanner); + +int glcpp_lex_init_extra (YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined,yyscan_t* scanner); + +/* Accessor methods to globals. + These are made visible to non-reentrant scanners for convenience. */ + +int glcpp_lex_destroy (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +int glcpp_get_debug (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +void glcpp_set_debug (int debug_flag ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +YY_EXTRA_TYPE glcpp_get_extra (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +void glcpp_set_extra (YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +FILE *glcpp_get_in (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +void glcpp_set_in (FILE * in_str ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +FILE *glcpp_get_out (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +void glcpp_set_out (FILE * out_str ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +int glcpp_get_leng (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +char *glcpp_get_text (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +int glcpp_get_lineno (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +void glcpp_set_lineno (int line_number ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +int glcpp_get_column (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +void glcpp_set_column (int column_no ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +YYSTYPE * glcpp_get_lval (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +void glcpp_set_lval (YYSTYPE * yylval_param ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + + YYLTYPE *glcpp_get_lloc (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + + void glcpp_set_lloc (YYLTYPE * yylloc_param ,yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +/* Macros after this point can all be overridden by user definitions in + * section 1. + */ + +#ifndef YY_SKIP_YYWRAP +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" int glcpp_wrap (yyscan_t yyscanner ); +#else +extern int glcpp_wrap (yyscan_t yyscanner ); +#endif +#endif + + static void yyunput (int c,char *buf_ptr ,yyscan_t yyscanner); + +#ifndef yytext_ptr +static void yy_flex_strncpy (char *,yyconst char *,int ,yyscan_t yyscanner); +#endif + +#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN +static int yy_flex_strlen (yyconst char * ,yyscan_t yyscanner); +#endif + +#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT + +#ifdef __cplusplus +static int yyinput (yyscan_t yyscanner ); +#else +static int input (yyscan_t yyscanner ); +#endif + +#endif + + static void yy_push_state (int new_state ,yyscan_t yyscanner); + + static void yy_pop_state (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + + static int yy_top_state (yyscan_t yyscanner ); + +/* Amount of stuff to slurp up with each read. */ +#ifndef YY_READ_BUF_SIZE +#define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 8192 +#endif + +/* Copy whatever the last rule matched to the standard output. */ +#ifndef ECHO +/* This used to be an fputs(), but since the string might contain NUL's, + * we now use fwrite(). + */ +#define ECHO do { if (fwrite( yytext, yyleng, 1, yyout )) {} } while (0) +#endif + +/* Gets input and stuffs it into "buf". number of characters read, or YY_NULL, + * is returned in "result". + */ +#ifndef YY_INPUT +#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \ + if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_is_interactive ) \ + { \ + int c = '*'; \ + unsigned n; \ + for ( n = 0; n < max_size && \ + (c = getc( yyin )) != EOF && c != '\n'; ++n ) \ + buf[n] = (char) c; \ + if ( c == '\n' ) \ + buf[n++] = (char) c; \ + if ( c == EOF && ferror( yyin ) ) \ + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \ + result = n; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + errno=0; \ + while ( (result = fread(buf, 1, max_size, yyin))==0 && ferror(yyin)) \ + { \ + if( errno != EINTR) \ + { \ + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \ + break; \ + } \ + errno=0; \ + clearerr(yyin); \ + } \ + }\ +\ + +#endif + +/* No semi-colon after return; correct usage is to write "yyterminate();" - + * we don't want an extra ';' after the "return" because that will cause + * some compilers to complain about unreachable statements. + */ +#ifndef yyterminate +#define yyterminate() return YY_NULL +#endif + +/* Number of entries by which start-condition stack grows. */ +#ifndef YY_START_STACK_INCR +#define YY_START_STACK_INCR 25 +#endif + +/* Report a fatal error. */ +#ifndef YY_FATAL_ERROR +#define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) yy_fatal_error( msg , yyscanner) +#endif + +/* end tables serialization structures and prototypes */ + +/* Default declaration of generated scanner - a define so the user can + * easily add parameters. + */ +#ifndef YY_DECL +#define YY_DECL_IS_OURS 1 + +extern int glcpp_lex \ + (YYSTYPE * yylval_param,YYLTYPE * yylloc_param ,yyscan_t yyscanner); + +#define YY_DECL int glcpp_lex \ + (YYSTYPE * yylval_param, YYLTYPE * yylloc_param , yyscan_t yyscanner) +#endif /* !YY_DECL */ + +/* Code executed at the beginning of each rule, after yytext and yyleng + * have been set up. + */ +#ifndef YY_USER_ACTION +#define YY_USER_ACTION +#endif + +/* Code executed at the end of each rule. */ +#ifndef YY_BREAK +#define YY_BREAK break; +#endif + +#define YY_RULE_SETUP \ + if ( yyleng > 0 ) \ + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol = \ + (yytext[yyleng - 1] == '\n'); \ + YY_USER_ACTION + +/** The main scanner function which does all the work. + */ +YY_DECL +{ + register yy_state_type yy_current_state; + register char *yy_cp, *yy_bp; + register int yy_act; + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + +#line 76 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" + + + /* Single-line comments */ +#line 962 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c" + + yylval = yylval_param; + + yylloc = yylloc_param; + + if ( !yyg->yy_init ) + { + yyg->yy_init = 1; + +#ifdef YY_USER_INIT + YY_USER_INIT; +#endif + + /* Create the reject buffer large enough to save one state per allowed character. */ + if ( ! yyg->yy_state_buf ) + yyg->yy_state_buf = (yy_state_type *)glcpp_alloc(YY_STATE_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner); + if ( ! yyg->yy_state_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp_lex()" ); + + if ( ! yyg->yy_start ) + yyg->yy_start = 1; /* first start state */ + + if ( ! yyin ) + yyin = stdin; + + if ( ! yyout ) + yyout = stdout; + + if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) { + glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = + glcpp__create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner); + } + + glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner ); + } + + while ( 1 ) /* loops until end-of-file is reached */ + { + yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + + /* Support of yytext. */ + *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; + + /* yy_bp points to the position in yy_ch_buf of the start of + * the current run. + */ + yy_bp = yy_cp; + + yy_current_state = yyg->yy_start; + yy_current_state += YY_AT_BOL(); + + yyg->yy_state_ptr = yyg->yy_state_buf; + *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state; + +yy_match: + do + { + register YY_CHAR yy_c = yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)]; + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 163 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state; + ++yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_current_state != 162 ); + +yy_find_action: + yy_current_state = *--yyg->yy_state_ptr; + yyg->yy_lp = yy_accept[yy_current_state]; +find_rule: /* we branch to this label when backing up */ + for ( ; ; ) /* until we find what rule we matched */ + { + if ( yyg->yy_lp && yyg->yy_lp < yy_accept[yy_current_state + 1] ) + { + yy_act = yy_acclist[yyg->yy_lp]; + if ( yy_act & YY_TRAILING_HEAD_MASK || + yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin ) + { + if ( yy_act == yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin ) + { + yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin = 0; + yy_act &= ~YY_TRAILING_HEAD_MASK; + break; + } + } + else if ( yy_act & YY_TRAILING_MASK ) + { + yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin = yy_act & ~YY_TRAILING_MASK; + yyg->yy_looking_for_trail_begin |= YY_TRAILING_HEAD_MASK; + yyg->yy_full_match = yy_cp; + yyg->yy_full_state = yyg->yy_state_ptr; + yyg->yy_full_lp = yyg->yy_lp; + } + else + { + yyg->yy_full_match = yy_cp; + yyg->yy_full_state = yyg->yy_state_ptr; + yyg->yy_full_lp = yyg->yy_lp; + break; + } + ++yyg->yy_lp; + goto find_rule; + } + --yy_cp; + yy_current_state = *--yyg->yy_state_ptr; + yyg->yy_lp = yy_accept[yy_current_state]; + } + + YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; + +do_action: /* This label is used only to access EOF actions. */ + + switch ( yy_act ) + { /* beginning of action switch */ +case 1: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 79 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ +} + YY_BREAK +/* Multi-line comments */ +case 2: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 83 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ yy_push_state(COMMENT, yyscanner); } + YY_BREAK +case 3: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 84 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" + + YY_BREAK +case 4: +/* rule 4 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 85 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ yylineno++; yycolumn = 0; return NEWLINE; } + YY_BREAK +case 5: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 86 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" + + YY_BREAK +case 6: +/* rule 6 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 87 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ yylineno++; yycolumn = 0; return NEWLINE; } + YY_BREAK +case 7: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 88 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yy_pop_state(yyscanner); + if (yyextra->space_tokens) + return SPACE; +} + YY_BREAK +case 8: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 94 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_VERSION; +} + YY_BREAK +/* glcpp doesn't handle #extension, #version, or #pragma directives. + * Simply pass them through to the main compiler's lexer/parser. */ +case 9: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 102 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + yylineno++; + yycolumn = 0; + return OTHER; +} + YY_BREAK +case 10: +*yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; /* undo effects of setting up yytext */ +yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp -= 1; +YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 109 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + /* Eat characters until the first digit is + * encountered + */ + char *ptr = yytext; + while (!isdigit(*ptr)) + ptr++; + + /* Subtract one from the line number because + * yylineno is zero-based instead of + * one-based. + */ + yylineno = strtol(ptr, &ptr, 0) - 1; + yylloc->source = strtol(ptr, NULL, 0); +} + YY_BREAK +case 11: +*yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; /* undo effects of setting up yytext */ +yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp -= 1; +YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 125 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + /* Eat characters until the first digit is + * encountered + */ + char *ptr = yytext; + while (!isdigit(*ptr)) + ptr++; + + /* Subtract one from the line number because + * yylineno is zero-based instead of + * one-based. + */ + yylineno = strtol(ptr, &ptr, 0) - 1; +} + YY_BREAK +case 12: +/* rule 12 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 140 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->lexing_if = 1; + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_IFDEF; +} + YY_BREAK +case 13: +/* rule 13 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 146 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->lexing_if = 1; + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_IFNDEF; +} + YY_BREAK +case 14: +/* rule 14 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 152 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->lexing_if = 1; + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_IF; +} + YY_BREAK +case 15: +/* rule 15 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 158 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->lexing_if = 1; + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_ELIF; +} + YY_BREAK +case 16: +/* rule 16 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 164 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_ELSE; +} + YY_BREAK +case 17: +/* rule 17 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 169 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_ENDIF; +} + YY_BREAK +/* When skipping (due to an #if 0 or similar) consume anything + * up to a newline. We do this with less priority than any + * #if-related directive (#if, #elif, #else, #endif), but with + * more priority than any other directive or token to avoid + * any side-effects from skipped content. + * + * We use the lexing_if flag to avoid skipping any part of an + * if conditional expression. */ +case 18: +/* rule 18 can match eol */ +*yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; /* undo effects of setting up yytext */ +yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp -= 1; +YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 182 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + /* Since this rule always matches, YY_USER_ACTION gets called for it, + * wrongly incrementing yycolumn. We undo that effect here. */ + yycolumn -= yyleng; + if (yyextra->lexing_if || + yyextra->skip_stack == NULL || + yyextra->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP) + { + REJECT; + } +} + YY_BREAK +case 19: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 194 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + char *p; + for (p = yytext; !isalpha(p[0]); p++); /* skip " # " */ + p += 5; /* skip "error" */ + glcpp_error(yylloc, yyextra, "#error%s", p); +} + YY_BREAK +case 20: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 201 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_DEFINE_FUNC; +} + YY_BREAK +case 21: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 206 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_DEFINE_OBJ; +} + YY_BREAK +case 22: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 211 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_UNDEF; +} + YY_BREAK +case 23: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 216 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH; +} + YY_BREAK +case 24: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 221 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return INTEGER_STRING; +} + YY_BREAK +case 25: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 226 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return INTEGER_STRING; +} + YY_BREAK +case 26: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 231 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return INTEGER_STRING; +} + YY_BREAK +case 27: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 236 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return LEFT_SHIFT; +} + YY_BREAK +case 28: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 240 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return RIGHT_SHIFT; +} + YY_BREAK +case 29: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 244 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return LESS_OR_EQUAL; +} + YY_BREAK +case 30: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 248 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return GREATER_OR_EQUAL; +} + YY_BREAK +case 31: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 252 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return EQUAL; +} + YY_BREAK +case 32: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 256 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return NOT_EQUAL; +} + YY_BREAK +case 33: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 260 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return AND; +} + YY_BREAK +case 34: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 264 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return OR; +} + YY_BREAK +case 35: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 268 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return PASTE; +} + YY_BREAK +case 36: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 272 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return DEFINED; +} + YY_BREAK +case 37: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 276 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return IDENTIFIER; +} + YY_BREAK +case 38: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 281 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + return yytext[0]; +} + YY_BREAK +case 39: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 285 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return OTHER; +} + YY_BREAK +case 40: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 290 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + if (yyextra->space_tokens) { + return SPACE; + } +} + YY_BREAK +case 41: +/* rule 41 can match eol */ +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 296 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + yyextra->lexing_if = 0; + yylineno++; + yycolumn = 0; + return NEWLINE; +} + YY_BREAK +/* Handle missing newline at EOF. */ +case YY_STATE_EOF(INITIAL): +#line 304 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + BEGIN DONE; /* Don't keep matching this rule forever. */ + yyextra->lexing_if = 0; + return NEWLINE; +} + YY_BREAK +/* We don't actually use the UNREACHABLE start condition. We + only have this action here so that we can pretend to call some + generated functions, (to avoid "defined but not used" + warnings. */ +case 42: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 314 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +{ + unput('.'); + yy_top_state(yyextra); +} + YY_BREAK +case 43: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 319 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" +ECHO; + YY_BREAK +#line 1479 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.c" + case YY_STATE_EOF(DONE): + case YY_STATE_EOF(COMMENT): + case YY_STATE_EOF(UNREACHABLE): + yyterminate(); + + case YY_END_OF_BUFFER: + { + /* Amount of text matched not including the EOB char. */ + int yy_amount_of_matched_text = (int) (yy_cp - yyg->yytext_ptr) - 1; + + /* Undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION. */ + *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; + YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET + + if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_NEW ) + { + /* We're scanning a new file or input source. It's + * possible that this happened because the user + * just pointed yyin at a new source and called + * glcpp_lex(). If so, then we have to assure + * consistency between YY_CURRENT_BUFFER and our + * globals. Here is the right place to do so, because + * this is the first action (other than possibly a + * back-up) that will match for the new input source. + */ + yyg->yy_n_chars = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_input_file = yyin; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NORMAL; + } + + /* Note that here we test for yy_c_buf_p "<=" to the position + * of the first EOB in the buffer, since yy_c_buf_p will + * already have been incremented past the NUL character + * (since all states make transitions on EOB to the + * end-of-buffer state). Contrast this with the test + * in input(). + */ + if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p <= &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] ) + { /* This was really a NUL. */ + yy_state_type yy_next_state; + + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner ); + + /* Okay, we're now positioned to make the NUL + * transition. We couldn't have + * yy_get_previous_state() go ahead and do it + * for us because it doesn't know how to deal + * with the possibility of jamming (and we don't + * want to build jamming into it because then it + * will run more slowly). + */ + + yy_next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_current_state , yyscanner); + + yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + + if ( yy_next_state ) + { + /* Consume the NUL. */ + yy_cp = ++yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + yy_current_state = yy_next_state; + goto yy_match; + } + + else + { + yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + goto yy_find_action; + } + } + + else switch ( yy_get_next_buffer( yyscanner ) ) + { + case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: + { + yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 0; + + if ( glcpp_wrap(yyscanner ) ) + { + /* Note: because we've taken care in + * yy_get_next_buffer() to have set up + * yytext, we can now set up + * yy_c_buf_p so that if some total + * hoser (like flex itself) wants to + * call the scanner after we return the + * YY_NULL, it'll still work - another + * YY_NULL will get returned. + */ + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + + yy_act = YY_STATE_EOF(YY_START); + goto do_action; + } + + else + { + if ( ! yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof ) + YY_NEW_FILE; + } + break; + } + + case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = + yyg->yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner ); + + yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + goto yy_match; + + case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = + &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars]; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner ); + + yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + goto yy_find_action; + } + break; + } + + default: + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal flex scanner internal error--no action found" ); + } /* end of action switch */ + } /* end of scanning one token */ +} /* end of glcpp_lex */ + +/* yy_get_next_buffer - try to read in a new buffer + * + * Returns a code representing an action: + * EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH - + * EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN - continue scanning from current position + * EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE - end of file + */ +static int yy_get_next_buffer (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + register char *dest = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf; + register char *source = yyg->yytext_ptr; + register int number_to_move, i; + int ret_val; + + if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p > &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars + 1] ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal flex scanner internal error--end of buffer missed" ); + + if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_fill_buffer == 0 ) + { /* Don't try to fill the buffer, so this is an EOF. */ + if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr - YY_MORE_ADJ == 1 ) + { + /* We matched a single character, the EOB, so + * treat this as a final EOF. + */ + return EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; + } + + else + { + /* We matched some text prior to the EOB, first + * process it. + */ + return EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; + } + } + + /* Try to read more data. */ + + /* First move last chars to start of buffer. */ + number_to_move = (int) (yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr) - 1; + + for ( i = 0; i < number_to_move; ++i ) + *(dest++) = *(source++); + + if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING ) + /* don't do the read, it's not guaranteed to return an EOF, + * just force an EOF + */ + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars = 0; + + else + { + int num_to_read = + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size - number_to_move - 1; + + while ( num_to_read <= 0 ) + { /* Not enough room in the buffer - grow it. */ + + YY_FATAL_ERROR( +"input buffer overflow, can't enlarge buffer because scanner uses REJECT" ); + + } + + if ( num_to_read > YY_READ_BUF_SIZE ) + num_to_read = YY_READ_BUF_SIZE; + + /* Read in more data. */ + YY_INPUT( (&YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]), + yyg->yy_n_chars, (size_t) num_to_read ); + + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars; + } + + if ( yyg->yy_n_chars == 0 ) + { + if ( number_to_move == YY_MORE_ADJ ) + { + ret_val = EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; + glcpp_restart(yyin ,yyscanner); + } + + else + { + ret_val = EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status = + YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING; + } + } + + else + ret_val = EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN; + + if ((yy_size_t) (yyg->yy_n_chars + number_to_move) > YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size) { + /* Extend the array by 50%, plus the number we really need. */ + yy_size_t new_size = yyg->yy_n_chars + number_to_move + (yyg->yy_n_chars >> 1); + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf = (char *) glcpp_realloc((void *) YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf,new_size ,yyscanner ); + if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_get_next_buffer()" ); + } + + yyg->yy_n_chars += number_to_move; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + yyg->yytext_ptr = &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[0]; + + return ret_val; +} + +/* yy_get_previous_state - get the state just before the EOB char was reached */ + + static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + register yy_state_type yy_current_state; + register char *yy_cp; + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + yy_current_state = yyg->yy_start; + yy_current_state += YY_AT_BOL(); + + yyg->yy_state_ptr = yyg->yy_state_buf; + *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state; + + for ( yy_cp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; yy_cp < yyg->yy_c_buf_p; ++yy_cp ) + { + register YY_CHAR yy_c = (*yy_cp ? yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)] : 1); + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 163 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state; + } + + return yy_current_state; +} + +/* yy_try_NUL_trans - try to make a transition on the NUL character + * + * synopsis + * next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( current_state ); + */ + static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans (yy_state_type yy_current_state , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + register int yy_is_jam; + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; /* This var may be unused depending upon options. */ + + register YY_CHAR yy_c = 1; + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 163 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + yy_is_jam = (yy_current_state == 162); + if ( ! yy_is_jam ) + *yyg->yy_state_ptr++ = yy_current_state; + + return yy_is_jam ? 0 : yy_current_state; +} + + static void yyunput (int c, register char * yy_bp , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + register char *yy_cp; + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + + /* undo effects of setting up yytext */ + *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; + + if ( yy_cp < YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf + 2 ) + { /* need to shift things up to make room */ + /* +2 for EOB chars. */ + register int number_to_move = yyg->yy_n_chars + 2; + register char *dest = &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[ + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size + 2]; + register char *source = + &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]; + + while ( source > YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf ) + *--dest = *--source; + + yy_cp += (int) (dest - source); + yy_bp += (int) (dest - source); + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = + yyg->yy_n_chars = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size; + + if ( yy_cp < YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf + 2 ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "flex scanner push-back overflow" ); + } + + *--yy_cp = (char) c; + + yyg->yytext_ptr = yy_bp; + yyg->yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp; +} + +#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT +#ifdef __cplusplus + static int yyinput (yyscan_t yyscanner) +#else + static int input (yyscan_t yyscanner) +#endif + +{ + int c; + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char; + + if ( *yyg->yy_c_buf_p == YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) + { + /* yy_c_buf_p now points to the character we want to return. + * If this occurs *before* the EOB characters, then it's a + * valid NUL; if not, then we've hit the end of the buffer. + */ + if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p < &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] ) + /* This was really a NUL. */ + *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; + + else + { /* need more input */ + int offset = yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr; + ++yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + + switch ( yy_get_next_buffer( yyscanner ) ) + { + case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: + /* This happens because yy_g_n_b() + * sees that we've accumulated a + * token and flags that we need to + * try matching the token before + * proceeding. But for input(), + * there's no matching to consider. + * So convert the EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH + * to EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE. + */ + + /* Reset buffer status. */ + glcpp_restart(yyin ,yyscanner); + + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ + + case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: + { + if ( glcpp_wrap(yyscanner ) ) + return EOF; + + if ( ! yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof ) + YY_NEW_FILE; +#ifdef __cplusplus + return yyinput(yyscanner); +#else + return input(yyscanner); +#endif + } + + case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + offset; + break; + } + } + } + + c = *(unsigned char *) yyg->yy_c_buf_p; /* cast for 8-bit char's */ + *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; /* preserve yytext */ + yyg->yy_hold_char = *++yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol = (c == '\n'); + + return c; +} +#endif /* ifndef YY_NO_INPUT */ + +/** Immediately switch to a different input stream. + * @param input_file A readable stream. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + * @note This function does not reset the start condition to @c INITIAL . + */ + void glcpp_restart (FILE * input_file , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){ + glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = + glcpp__create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ,yyscanner); + } + + glcpp__init_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER,input_file ,yyscanner); + glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner ); +} + +/** Switch to a different input buffer. + * @param new_buffer The new input buffer. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ + void glcpp__switch_to_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + /* TODO. We should be able to replace this entire function body + * with + * glcpp_pop_buffer_state(); + * glcpp_push_buffer_state(new_buffer); + */ + glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); + if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER == new_buffer ) + return; + + if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) + { + /* Flush out information for old buffer. */ + *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos = yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars; + } + + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = new_buffer; + glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner ); + + /* We don't actually know whether we did this switch during + * EOF (glcpp_wrap()) processing, but the only time this flag + * is looked at is after glcpp_wrap() is called, so it's safe + * to go ahead and always set it. + */ + yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1; +} + +static void glcpp__load_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + yyg->yy_n_chars = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars; + yyg->yytext_ptr = yyg->yy_c_buf_p = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos; + yyin = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_input_file; + yyg->yy_hold_char = *yyg->yy_c_buf_p; +} + +/** Allocate and initialize an input buffer state. + * @param file A readable stream. + * @param size The character buffer size in bytes. When in doubt, use @c YY_BUF_SIZE. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + * @return the allocated buffer state. + */ + YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__create_buffer (FILE * file, int size , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + + b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) glcpp_alloc(sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ,yyscanner ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp__create_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_buf_size = size; + + /* yy_ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because + * we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters. + */ + b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) glcpp_alloc(b->yy_buf_size + 2 ,yyscanner ); + if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp__create_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1; + + glcpp__init_buffer(b,file ,yyscanner); + + return b; +} + +/** Destroy the buffer. + * @param b a buffer created with glcpp__create_buffer() + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ + void glcpp__delete_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + if ( ! b ) + return; + + if ( b == YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) /* Not sure if we should pop here. */ + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) 0; + + if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer ) + glcpp_free((void *) b->yy_ch_buf ,yyscanner ); + + glcpp_free((void *) b ,yyscanner ); +} + +/* Initializes or reinitializes a buffer. + * This function is sometimes called more than once on the same buffer, + * such as during a glcpp_restart() or at EOF. + */ + static void glcpp__init_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE * file , yyscan_t yyscanner) + +{ + int oerrno = errno; + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + glcpp__flush_buffer(b ,yyscanner); + + b->yy_input_file = file; + b->yy_fill_buffer = 1; + + /* If b is the current buffer, then glcpp__init_buffer was _probably_ + * called from glcpp_restart() or through yy_get_next_buffer. + * In that case, we don't want to reset the lineno or column. + */ + if (b != YY_CURRENT_BUFFER){ + b->yy_bs_lineno = 1; + b->yy_bs_column = 0; + } + + b->yy_is_interactive = 0; + + errno = oerrno; +} + +/** Discard all buffered characters. On the next scan, YY_INPUT will be called. + * @param b the buffer state to be flushed, usually @c YY_CURRENT_BUFFER. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ + void glcpp__flush_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + if ( ! b ) + return; + + b->yy_n_chars = 0; + + /* We always need two end-of-buffer characters. The first causes + * a transition to the end-of-buffer state. The second causes + * a jam in that state. + */ + b->yy_ch_buf[0] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + b->yy_ch_buf[1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + b->yy_buf_pos = &b->yy_ch_buf[0]; + + b->yy_at_bol = 1; + b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; + + if ( b == YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) + glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner ); +} + +/** Pushes the new state onto the stack. The new state becomes + * the current state. This function will allocate the stack + * if necessary. + * @param new_buffer The new state. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +void glcpp_push_buffer_state (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + if (new_buffer == NULL) + return; + + glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack(yyscanner); + + /* This block is copied from glcpp__switch_to_buffer. */ + if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) + { + /* Flush out information for old buffer. */ + *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos = yyg->yy_c_buf_p; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars; + } + + /* Only push if top exists. Otherwise, replace top. */ + if (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top++; + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = new_buffer; + + /* copied from glcpp__switch_to_buffer. */ + glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner ); + yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1; +} + +/** Removes and deletes the top of the stack, if present. + * The next element becomes the new top. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +void glcpp_pop_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + if (!YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) + return; + + glcpp__delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ,yyscanner); + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = NULL; + if (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top > 0) + --yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top; + + if (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) { + glcpp__load_buffer_state(yyscanner ); + yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1; + } +} + +/* Allocates the stack if it does not exist. + * Guarantees space for at least one push. + */ +static void glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + int num_to_alloc; + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + if (!yyg->yy_buffer_stack) { + + /* First allocation is just for 2 elements, since we don't know if this + * scanner will even need a stack. We use 2 instead of 1 to avoid an + * immediate realloc on the next call. + */ + num_to_alloc = 1; + yyg->yy_buffer_stack = (struct yy_buffer_state**)glcpp_alloc + (num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*) + , yyscanner); + if ( ! yyg->yy_buffer_stack ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack()" ); + + memset(yyg->yy_buffer_stack, 0, num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*)); + + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = num_to_alloc; + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top = 0; + return; + } + + if (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top >= (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max) - 1){ + + /* Increase the buffer to prepare for a possible push. */ + int grow_size = 8 /* arbitrary grow size */; + + num_to_alloc = yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max + grow_size; + yyg->yy_buffer_stack = (struct yy_buffer_state**)glcpp_realloc + (yyg->yy_buffer_stack, + num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*) + , yyscanner); + if ( ! yyg->yy_buffer_stack ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp_ensure_buffer_stack()" ); + + /* zero only the new slots.*/ + memset(yyg->yy_buffer_stack + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max, 0, grow_size * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*)); + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = num_to_alloc; + } +} + +/** Setup the input buffer state to scan directly from a user-specified character buffer. + * @param base the character buffer + * @param size the size in bytes of the character buffer + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + * @return the newly allocated buffer state object. + */ +YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_buffer (char * base, yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + + if ( size < 2 || + base[size-2] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR || + base[size-1] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) + /* They forgot to leave room for the EOB's. */ + return 0; + + b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) glcpp_alloc(sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ,yyscanner ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp__scan_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_buf_size = size - 2; /* "- 2" to take care of EOB's */ + b->yy_buf_pos = b->yy_ch_buf = base; + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 0; + b->yy_input_file = 0; + b->yy_n_chars = b->yy_buf_size; + b->yy_is_interactive = 0; + b->yy_at_bol = 1; + b->yy_fill_buffer = 0; + b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; + + glcpp__switch_to_buffer(b ,yyscanner ); + + return b; +} + +/** Setup the input buffer state to scan a string. The next call to glcpp_lex() will + * scan from a @e copy of @a str. + * @param yystr a NUL-terminated string to scan + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + * @return the newly allocated buffer state object. + * @note If you want to scan bytes that may contain NUL values, then use + * glcpp__scan_bytes() instead. + */ +YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_string (yyconst char * yystr , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + + return glcpp__scan_bytes(yystr,strlen(yystr) ,yyscanner); +} + +/** Setup the input buffer state to scan the given bytes. The next call to glcpp_lex() will + * scan from a @e copy of @a bytes. + * @param bytes the byte buffer to scan + * @param len the number of bytes in the buffer pointed to by @a bytes. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + * @return the newly allocated buffer state object. + */ +YY_BUFFER_STATE glcpp__scan_bytes (yyconst char * yybytes, int _yybytes_len , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + char *buf; + yy_size_t n; + int i; + + /* Get memory for full buffer, including space for trailing EOB's. */ + n = _yybytes_len + 2; + buf = (char *) glcpp_alloc(n ,yyscanner ); + if ( ! buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in glcpp__scan_bytes()" ); + + for ( i = 0; i < _yybytes_len; ++i ) + buf[i] = yybytes[i]; + + buf[_yybytes_len] = buf[_yybytes_len+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + b = glcpp__scan_buffer(buf,n ,yyscanner); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "bad buffer in glcpp__scan_bytes()" ); + + /* It's okay to grow etc. this buffer, and we should throw it + * away when we're done. + */ + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1; + + return b; +} + + static void yy_push_state (int new_state , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + if ( yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr >= yyg->yy_start_stack_depth ) + { + yy_size_t new_size; + + yyg->yy_start_stack_depth += YY_START_STACK_INCR; + new_size = yyg->yy_start_stack_depth * sizeof( int ); + + if ( ! yyg->yy_start_stack ) + yyg->yy_start_stack = (int *) glcpp_alloc(new_size ,yyscanner ); + + else + yyg->yy_start_stack = (int *) glcpp_realloc((void *) yyg->yy_start_stack,new_size ,yyscanner ); + + if ( ! yyg->yy_start_stack ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of memory expanding start-condition stack" ); + } + + yyg->yy_start_stack[yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr++] = YY_START; + + BEGIN(new_state); +} + + static void yy_pop_state (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + if ( --yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr < 0 ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "start-condition stack underflow" ); + + BEGIN(yyg->yy_start_stack[yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr]); +} + + static int yy_top_state (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yyg->yy_start_stack[yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr - 1]; +} + +#ifndef YY_EXIT_FAILURE +#define YY_EXIT_FAILURE 2 +#endif + +static void yy_fatal_error (yyconst char* msg , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + (void) fprintf( stderr, "%s\n", msg ); + exit( YY_EXIT_FAILURE ); +} + +/* Redefine yyless() so it works in section 3 code. */ + +#undef yyless +#define yyless(n) \ + do \ + { \ + /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \ + int yyless_macro_arg = (n); \ + YY_LESS_LINENO(yyless_macro_arg);\ + yytext[yyleng] = yyg->yy_hold_char; \ + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yytext + yyless_macro_arg; \ + yyg->yy_hold_char = *yyg->yy_c_buf_p; \ + *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; \ + yyleng = yyless_macro_arg; \ + } \ + while ( 0 ) + +/* Accessor methods (get/set functions) to struct members. */ + +/** Get the user-defined data for this scanner. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +YY_EXTRA_TYPE glcpp_get_extra (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yyextra; +} + +/** Get the current line number. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +int glcpp_get_lineno (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) + return 0; + + return yylineno; +} + +/** Get the current column number. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +int glcpp_get_column (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) + return 0; + + return yycolumn; +} + +/** Get the input stream. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +FILE *glcpp_get_in (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yyin; +} + +/** Get the output stream. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +FILE *glcpp_get_out (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yyout; +} + +/** Get the length of the current token. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +int glcpp_get_leng (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yyleng; +} + +/** Get the current token. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ + +char *glcpp_get_text (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yytext; +} + +/** Set the user-defined data. This data is never touched by the scanner. + * @param user_defined The data to be associated with this scanner. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +void glcpp_set_extra (YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + yyextra = user_defined ; +} + +/** Set the current line number. + * @param line_number + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +void glcpp_set_lineno (int line_number , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + /* lineno is only valid if an input buffer exists. */ + if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) + yy_fatal_error( "glcpp_set_lineno called with no buffer" , yyscanner); + + yylineno = line_number; +} + +/** Set the current column. + * @param line_number + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + */ +void glcpp_set_column (int column_no , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + /* column is only valid if an input buffer exists. */ + if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) + yy_fatal_error( "glcpp_set_column called with no buffer" , yyscanner); + + yycolumn = column_no; +} + +/** Set the input stream. This does not discard the current + * input buffer. + * @param in_str A readable stream. + * @param yyscanner The scanner object. + * @see glcpp__switch_to_buffer + */ +void glcpp_set_in (FILE * in_str , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + yyin = in_str ; +} + +void glcpp_set_out (FILE * out_str , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + yyout = out_str ; +} + +int glcpp_get_debug (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yy_flex_debug; +} + +void glcpp_set_debug (int bdebug , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + yy_flex_debug = bdebug ; +} + +/* Accessor methods for yylval and yylloc */ + +YYSTYPE * glcpp_get_lval (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yylval; +} + +void glcpp_set_lval (YYSTYPE * yylval_param , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + yylval = yylval_param; +} + +YYLTYPE *glcpp_get_lloc (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + return yylloc; +} + +void glcpp_set_lloc (YYLTYPE * yylloc_param , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + yylloc = yylloc_param; +} + +/* User-visible API */ + +/* glcpp_lex_init is special because it creates the scanner itself, so it is + * the ONLY reentrant function that doesn't take the scanner as the last argument. + * That's why we explicitly handle the declaration, instead of using our macros. + */ + +int glcpp_lex_init(yyscan_t* ptr_yy_globals) + +{ + if (ptr_yy_globals == NULL){ + errno = EINVAL; + return 1; + } + + *ptr_yy_globals = (yyscan_t) glcpp_alloc ( sizeof( struct yyguts_t ), NULL ); + + if (*ptr_yy_globals == NULL){ + errno = ENOMEM; + return 1; + } + + /* By setting to 0xAA, we expose bugs in yy_init_globals. Leave at 0x00 for releases. */ + memset(*ptr_yy_globals,0x00,sizeof(struct yyguts_t)); + + return yy_init_globals ( *ptr_yy_globals ); +} + +/* glcpp_lex_init_extra has the same functionality as glcpp_lex_init, but follows the + * convention of taking the scanner as the last argument. Note however, that + * this is a *pointer* to a scanner, as it will be allocated by this call (and + * is the reason, too, why this function also must handle its own declaration). + * The user defined value in the first argument will be available to glcpp_alloc in + * the yyextra field. + */ + +int glcpp_lex_init_extra(YY_EXTRA_TYPE yy_user_defined,yyscan_t* ptr_yy_globals ) + +{ + struct yyguts_t dummy_yyguts; + + glcpp_set_extra (yy_user_defined, &dummy_yyguts); + + if (ptr_yy_globals == NULL){ + errno = EINVAL; + return 1; + } + + *ptr_yy_globals = (yyscan_t) glcpp_alloc ( sizeof( struct yyguts_t ), &dummy_yyguts ); + + if (*ptr_yy_globals == NULL){ + errno = ENOMEM; + return 1; + } + + /* By setting to 0xAA, we expose bugs in + yy_init_globals. Leave at 0x00 for releases. */ + memset(*ptr_yy_globals,0x00,sizeof(struct yyguts_t)); + + glcpp_set_extra (yy_user_defined, *ptr_yy_globals); + + return yy_init_globals ( *ptr_yy_globals ); +} + +static int yy_init_globals (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + /* Initialization is the same as for the non-reentrant scanner. + * This function is called from glcpp_lex_destroy(), so don't allocate here. + */ + + yyg->yy_buffer_stack = 0; + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top = 0; + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = 0; + yyg->yy_c_buf_p = (char *) 0; + yyg->yy_init = 0; + yyg->yy_start = 0; + + yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr = 0; + yyg->yy_start_stack_depth = 0; + yyg->yy_start_stack = NULL; + + yyg->yy_state_buf = 0; + yyg->yy_state_ptr = 0; + yyg->yy_full_match = 0; + yyg->yy_lp = 0; + +/* Defined in main.c */ +#ifdef YY_STDINIT + yyin = stdin; + yyout = stdout; +#else + yyin = (FILE *) 0; + yyout = (FILE *) 0; +#endif + + /* For future reference: Set errno on error, since we are called by + * glcpp_lex_init() + */ + return 0; +} + +/* glcpp_lex_destroy is for both reentrant and non-reentrant scanners. */ +int glcpp_lex_destroy (yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; + + /* Pop the buffer stack, destroying each element. */ + while(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER){ + glcpp__delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ,yyscanner ); + YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = NULL; + glcpp_pop_buffer_state(yyscanner); + } + + /* Destroy the stack itself. */ + glcpp_free(yyg->yy_buffer_stack ,yyscanner); + yyg->yy_buffer_stack = NULL; + + /* Destroy the start condition stack. */ + glcpp_free(yyg->yy_start_stack ,yyscanner ); + yyg->yy_start_stack = NULL; + + glcpp_free ( yyg->yy_state_buf , yyscanner); + yyg->yy_state_buf = NULL; + + /* Reset the globals. This is important in a non-reentrant scanner so the next time + * glcpp_lex() is called, initialization will occur. */ + yy_init_globals( yyscanner); + + /* Destroy the main struct (reentrant only). */ + glcpp_free ( yyscanner , yyscanner ); + yyscanner = NULL; + return 0; +} + +/* + * Internal utility routines. + */ + +#ifndef yytext_ptr +static void yy_flex_strncpy (char* s1, yyconst char * s2, int n , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + register int i; + for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i ) + s1[i] = s2[i]; +} +#endif + +#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN +static int yy_flex_strlen (yyconst char * s , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + register int n; + for ( n = 0; s[n]; ++n ) + ; + + return n; +} +#endif + +void *glcpp_alloc (yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + return (void *) malloc( size ); +} + +void *glcpp_realloc (void * ptr, yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + /* The cast to (char *) in the following accommodates both + * implementations that use char* generic pointers, and those + * that use void* generic pointers. It works with the latter + * because both ANSI C and C++ allow castless assignment from + * any pointer type to void*, and deal with argument conversions + * as though doing an assignment. + */ + return (void *) realloc( (char *) ptr, size ); +} + +void glcpp_free (void * ptr , yyscan_t yyscanner) +{ + free( (char *) ptr ); /* see glcpp_realloc() for (char *) cast */ +} + +#define YYTABLES_NAME "yytables" + +#line 319 "glcpp/glcpp-lex.l" + + + +void +glcpp_lex_set_source_string(glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *shader) +{ + glcpp__scan_string(shader,parser->scanner); +} + diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-lex.l b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-lex.l index 0df10c553..11b73aea8 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-lex.l +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-lex.l @@ -1,325 +1,325 @@ -%{
-/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include "glcpp.h"
-#include "glcpp-parse.h"
-
-/* Flex annoyingly generates some functions without making them
- * static. Let's declare them here. */
-int glcpp_get_column (yyscan_t yyscanner);
-void glcpp_set_column (int column_no , yyscan_t yyscanner);
-
-#define YY_NO_INPUT
-
-#define YY_USER_ACTION \
- do { \
- yylloc->first_column = yycolumn + 1; \
- yylloc->first_line = yylineno; \
- yycolumn += yyleng; \
- } while(0);
-
-#define YY_USER_INIT \
- do { \
- yylineno = 1; \
- yycolumn = 1; \
- yylloc->source = 0; \
- } while(0)
-%}
-
-%option bison-bridge bison-locations reentrant noyywrap
-%option extra-type="glcpp_parser_t *"
-%option prefix="glcpp_"
-%option stack
-%option never-interactive
-
-%x DONE COMMENT UNREACHABLE
-
-SPACE [[:space:]]
-NONSPACE [^[:space:]]
-NEWLINE [\n]
-HSPACE [ \t]
-HASH ^{HSPACE}*#{HSPACE}*
-IDENTIFIER [_a-zA-Z][_a-zA-Z0-9]*
-PUNCTUATION [][(){}.&*~!/%<>^|;,=+-]
-OTHER [^][(){}.&*~!/%<>^|;,=#[:space:]+-]+
-
-DIGITS [0-9][0-9]*
-DECIMAL_INTEGER [1-9][0-9]*[uU]?
-OCTAL_INTEGER 0[0-7]*[uU]?
-HEXADECIMAL_INTEGER 0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+[uU]?
-
-%%
-
- /* Single-line comments */
-"//"[^\n]* {
-}
-
- /* Multi-line comments */
-"/*" { yy_push_state(COMMENT, yyscanner); }
-<COMMENT>[^*\n]*
-<COMMENT>[^*\n]*\n { yylineno++; yycolumn = 0; return NEWLINE; }
-<COMMENT>"*"+[^*/\n]*
-<COMMENT>"*"+[^*/\n]*\n { yylineno++; yycolumn = 0; return NEWLINE; }
-<COMMENT>"*"+"/" {
- yy_pop_state(yyscanner);
- if (yyextra->space_tokens)
- return SPACE;
-}
-
-{HASH}version {
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_VERSION;
-}
-
- /* glcpp doesn't handle #extension, #version, or #pragma directives.
- * Simply pass them through to the main compiler's lexer/parser. */
-{HASH}(extension|pragma)[^\n]+ {
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- yylineno++;
- yycolumn = 0;
- return OTHER;
-}
-
-{HASH}line{HSPACE}+{DIGITS}{HSPACE}+{DIGITS}{HSPACE}*$ {
- /* Eat characters until the first digit is
- * encountered
- */
- char *ptr = yytext;
- while (!isdigit(*ptr))
- ptr++;
-
- /* Subtract one from the line number because
- * yylineno is zero-based instead of
- * one-based.
- */
- yylineno = strtol(ptr, &ptr, 0) - 1;
- yylloc->source = strtol(ptr, NULL, 0);
-}
-
-{HASH}line{HSPACE}+{DIGITS}{HSPACE}*$ {
- /* Eat characters until the first digit is
- * encountered
- */
- char *ptr = yytext;
- while (!isdigit(*ptr))
- ptr++;
-
- /* Subtract one from the line number because
- * yylineno is zero-based instead of
- * one-based.
- */
- yylineno = strtol(ptr, &ptr, 0) - 1;
-}
-
-{HASH}ifdef/.*\n {
- yyextra->lexing_if = 1;
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_IFDEF;
-}
-
-{HASH}ifndef/.*\n {
- yyextra->lexing_if = 1;
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_IFNDEF;
-}
-
-{HASH}if/[^_a-zA-Z0-9].*\n {
- yyextra->lexing_if = 1;
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_IF;
-}
-
-{HASH}elif/.*\n {
- yyextra->lexing_if = 1;
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_ELIF;
-}
-
-{HASH}else/.*\n {
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_ELSE;
-}
-
-{HASH}endif/.*\n {
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_ENDIF;
-}
-
- /* When skipping (due to an #if 0 or similar) consume anything
- * up to a newline. We do this with less priority than any
- * #if-related directive (#if, #elif, #else, #endif), but with
- * more priority than any other directive or token to avoid
- * any side-effects from skipped content.
- *
- * We use the lexing_if flag to avoid skipping any part of an
- * if conditional expression. */
-[^\n]+/\n {
- /* Since this rule always matches, YY_USER_ACTION gets called for it,
- * wrongly incrementing yycolumn. We undo that effect here. */
- yycolumn -= yyleng;
- if (yyextra->lexing_if ||
- yyextra->skip_stack == NULL ||
- yyextra->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP)
- {
- REJECT;
- }
-}
-
-{HASH}error.* {
- char *p;
- for (p = yytext; !isalpha(p[0]); p++); /* skip " # " */
- p += 5; /* skip "error" */
- glcpp_error(yylloc, yyextra, "#error%s", p);
-}
-
-{HASH}define{HSPACE}+/{IDENTIFIER}"(" {
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_DEFINE_FUNC;
-}
-
-{HASH}define {
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_DEFINE_OBJ;
-}
-
-{HASH}undef {
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH_UNDEF;
-}
-
-{HASH} {
- yyextra->space_tokens = 0;
- return HASH;
-}
-
-{DECIMAL_INTEGER} {
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return INTEGER_STRING;
-}
-
-{OCTAL_INTEGER} {
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return INTEGER_STRING;
-}
-
-{HEXADECIMAL_INTEGER} {
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return INTEGER_STRING;
-}
-
-"<<" {
- return LEFT_SHIFT;
-}
-
-">>" {
- return RIGHT_SHIFT;
-}
-
-"<=" {
- return LESS_OR_EQUAL;
-}
-
-">=" {
- return GREATER_OR_EQUAL;
-}
-
-"==" {
- return EQUAL;
-}
-
-"!=" {
- return NOT_EQUAL;
-}
-
-"&&" {
- return AND;
-}
-
-"||" {
- return OR;
-}
-
-"##" {
- return PASTE;
-}
-
-"defined" {
- return DEFINED;
-}
-
-{IDENTIFIER} {
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return IDENTIFIER;
-}
-
-{PUNCTUATION} {
- return yytext[0];
-}
-
-{OTHER}+ {
- yylval->str = talloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext);
- return OTHER;
-}
-
-{HSPACE}+ {
- if (yyextra->space_tokens) {
- return SPACE;
- }
-}
-
-\n {
- yyextra->lexing_if = 0;
- yylineno++;
- yycolumn = 0;
- return NEWLINE;
-}
-
- /* Handle missing newline at EOF. */
-<INITIAL><<EOF>> {
- BEGIN DONE; /* Don't keep matching this rule forever. */
- yyextra->lexing_if = 0;
- return NEWLINE;
-}
-
- /* We don't actually use the UNREACHABLE start condition. We
- only have this action here so that we can pretend to call some
- generated functions, (to avoid "defined but not used"
- warnings. */
-<UNREACHABLE>. {
- unput('.');
- yy_top_state(yyextra);
-}
-
-%%
-
-void
-glcpp_lex_set_source_string(glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *shader)
-{
- yy_scan_string(shader, parser->scanner);
-}
+%{ +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +#include "glcpp.h" +#include "glcpp-parse.h" + +/* Flex annoyingly generates some functions without making them + * static. Let's declare them here. */ +int glcpp_get_column (yyscan_t yyscanner); +void glcpp_set_column (int column_no , yyscan_t yyscanner); + +#define YY_NO_INPUT + +#define YY_USER_ACTION \ + do { \ + yylloc->first_column = yycolumn + 1; \ + yylloc->first_line = yylineno; \ + yycolumn += yyleng; \ + } while(0); + +#define YY_USER_INIT \ + do { \ + yylineno = 1; \ + yycolumn = 1; \ + yylloc->source = 0; \ + } while(0) +%} + +%option bison-bridge bison-locations reentrant noyywrap +%option extra-type="glcpp_parser_t *" +%option prefix="glcpp_" +%option stack +%option never-interactive + +%x DONE COMMENT UNREACHABLE + +SPACE [[:space:]] +NONSPACE [^[:space:]] +NEWLINE [\n] +HSPACE [ \t] +HASH ^{HSPACE}*#{HSPACE}* +IDENTIFIER [_a-zA-Z][_a-zA-Z0-9]* +PUNCTUATION [][(){}.&*~!/%<>^|;,=+-] +OTHER [^][(){}.&*~!/%<>^|;,=#[:space:]+-]+ + +DIGITS [0-9][0-9]* +DECIMAL_INTEGER [1-9][0-9]*[uU]? +OCTAL_INTEGER 0[0-7]*[uU]? +HEXADECIMAL_INTEGER 0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+[uU]? + +%% + + /* Single-line comments */ +"//"[^\n]* { +} + + /* Multi-line comments */ +"/*" { yy_push_state(COMMENT, yyscanner); } +<COMMENT>[^*\n]* +<COMMENT>[^*\n]*\n { yylineno++; yycolumn = 0; return NEWLINE; } +<COMMENT>"*"+[^*/\n]* +<COMMENT>"*"+[^*/\n]*\n { yylineno++; yycolumn = 0; return NEWLINE; } +<COMMENT>"*"+"/" { + yy_pop_state(yyscanner); + if (yyextra->space_tokens) + return SPACE; +} + +{HASH}version { + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_VERSION; +} + + /* glcpp doesn't handle #extension, #version, or #pragma directives. + * Simply pass them through to the main compiler's lexer/parser. */ +{HASH}(extension|pragma)[^\n]+ { + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + yylineno++; + yycolumn = 0; + return OTHER; +} + +{HASH}line{HSPACE}+{DIGITS}{HSPACE}+{DIGITS}{HSPACE}*$ { + /* Eat characters until the first digit is + * encountered + */ + char *ptr = yytext; + while (!isdigit(*ptr)) + ptr++; + + /* Subtract one from the line number because + * yylineno is zero-based instead of + * one-based. + */ + yylineno = strtol(ptr, &ptr, 0) - 1; + yylloc->source = strtol(ptr, NULL, 0); +} + +{HASH}line{HSPACE}+{DIGITS}{HSPACE}*$ { + /* Eat characters until the first digit is + * encountered + */ + char *ptr = yytext; + while (!isdigit(*ptr)) + ptr++; + + /* Subtract one from the line number because + * yylineno is zero-based instead of + * one-based. + */ + yylineno = strtol(ptr, &ptr, 0) - 1; +} + +{HASH}ifdef/.*\n { + yyextra->lexing_if = 1; + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_IFDEF; +} + +{HASH}ifndef/.*\n { + yyextra->lexing_if = 1; + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_IFNDEF; +} + +{HASH}if/[^_a-zA-Z0-9].*\n { + yyextra->lexing_if = 1; + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_IF; +} + +{HASH}elif/.*\n { + yyextra->lexing_if = 1; + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_ELIF; +} + +{HASH}else/.*\n { + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_ELSE; +} + +{HASH}endif/.*\n { + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_ENDIF; +} + + /* When skipping (due to an #if 0 or similar) consume anything + * up to a newline. We do this with less priority than any + * #if-related directive (#if, #elif, #else, #endif), but with + * more priority than any other directive or token to avoid + * any side-effects from skipped content. + * + * We use the lexing_if flag to avoid skipping any part of an + * if conditional expression. */ +[^\n]+/\n { + /* Since this rule always matches, YY_USER_ACTION gets called for it, + * wrongly incrementing yycolumn. We undo that effect here. */ + yycolumn -= yyleng; + if (yyextra->lexing_if || + yyextra->skip_stack == NULL || + yyextra->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP) + { + REJECT; + } +} + +{HASH}error.* { + char *p; + for (p = yytext; !isalpha(p[0]); p++); /* skip " # " */ + p += 5; /* skip "error" */ + glcpp_error(yylloc, yyextra, "#error%s", p); +} + +{HASH}define{HSPACE}+/{IDENTIFIER}"(" { + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_DEFINE_FUNC; +} + +{HASH}define { + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_DEFINE_OBJ; +} + +{HASH}undef { + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH_UNDEF; +} + +{HASH} { + yyextra->space_tokens = 0; + return HASH; +} + +{DECIMAL_INTEGER} { + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return INTEGER_STRING; +} + +{OCTAL_INTEGER} { + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return INTEGER_STRING; +} + +{HEXADECIMAL_INTEGER} { + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return INTEGER_STRING; +} + +"<<" { + return LEFT_SHIFT; +} + +">>" { + return RIGHT_SHIFT; +} + +"<=" { + return LESS_OR_EQUAL; +} + +">=" { + return GREATER_OR_EQUAL; +} + +"==" { + return EQUAL; +} + +"!=" { + return NOT_EQUAL; +} + +"&&" { + return AND; +} + +"||" { + return OR; +} + +"##" { + return PASTE; +} + +"defined" { + return DEFINED; +} + +{IDENTIFIER} { + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return IDENTIFIER; +} + +{PUNCTUATION} { + return yytext[0]; +} + +{OTHER}+ { + yylval->str = ralloc_strdup (yyextra, yytext); + return OTHER; +} + +{HSPACE}+ { + if (yyextra->space_tokens) { + return SPACE; + } +} + +\n { + yyextra->lexing_if = 0; + yylineno++; + yycolumn = 0; + return NEWLINE; +} + + /* Handle missing newline at EOF. */ +<INITIAL><<EOF>> { + BEGIN DONE; /* Don't keep matching this rule forever. */ + yyextra->lexing_if = 0; + return NEWLINE; +} + + /* We don't actually use the UNREACHABLE start condition. We + only have this action here so that we can pretend to call some + generated functions, (to avoid "defined but not used" + warnings. */ +<UNREACHABLE>. { + unput('.'); + yy_top_state(yyextra); +} + +%% + +void +glcpp_lex_set_source_string(glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *shader) +{ + yy_scan_string(shader, parser->scanner); +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.c b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.c index e46fc91e1..3e51792e9 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.c +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.c @@ -1,4216 +1,4209 @@ -/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.4.3. */
-
-/* Skeleton implementation for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C
-
- Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
- 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
-
-/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
- part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
- under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
- parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
- as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
- the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
- special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
- Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
- License without this special exception.
-
- This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
- version 2.2 of Bison. */
-
-/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by
- simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser. */
-
-/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
- infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local
- variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
- There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
- define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
- USER NAME SPACE" below. */
-
-/* Identify Bison output. */
-#define YYBISON 1
-
-/* Bison version. */
-#define YYBISON_VERSION "2.4.3"
-
-/* Skeleton name. */
-#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"
-
-/* Pure parsers. */
-#define YYPURE 1
-
-/* Push parsers. */
-#define YYPUSH 0
-
-/* Pull parsers. */
-#define YYPULL 1
-
-/* Using locations. */
-#define YYLSP_NEEDED 1
-
-
-
-/* Copy the first part of user declarations. */
-
-/* Line 189 of yacc.c */
-#line 1 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
-
-/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>
-
-#include "glcpp.h"
-#include "main/core.h" /* for struct gl_extensions */
-#include "main/mtypes.h" /* for gl_api enum */
-
-#define glcpp_print(stream, str) stream = talloc_strdup_append(stream, str)
-#define glcpp_printf(stream, fmt, args, ...) \
- stream = talloc_asprintf_append(stream, fmt, args)
-
-static void
-yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *error);
-
-static void
-_define_object_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *macro,
- token_list_t *replacements);
-
-static void
-_define_function_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *macro,
- string_list_t *parameters,
- token_list_t *replacements);
-
-static string_list_t *
-_string_list_create (void *ctx);
-
-static void
-_string_list_append_item (string_list_t *list, const char *str);
-
-static int
-_string_list_contains (string_list_t *list, const char *member, int *index);
-
-static int
-_string_list_length (string_list_t *list);
-
-static int
-_string_list_equal (string_list_t *a, string_list_t *b);
-
-static argument_list_t *
-_argument_list_create (void *ctx);
-
-static void
-_argument_list_append (argument_list_t *list, token_list_t *argument);
-
-static int
-_argument_list_length (argument_list_t *list);
-
-static token_list_t *
-_argument_list_member_at (argument_list_t *list, int index);
-
-/* Note: This function talloc_steal()s the str pointer. */
-static token_t *
-_token_create_str (void *ctx, int type, char *str);
-
-static token_t *
-_token_create_ival (void *ctx, int type, int ival);
-
-static token_list_t *
-_token_list_create (void *ctx);
-
-/* Note: This function calls talloc_steal on token. */
-static void
-_token_list_append (token_list_t *list, token_t *token);
-
-static void
-_token_list_append_list (token_list_t *list, token_list_t *tail);
-
-static int
-_token_list_equal_ignoring_space (token_list_t *a, token_list_t *b);
-
-static active_list_t *
-_active_list_push (active_list_t *list,
- const char *identifier,
- token_node_t *marker);
-
-static active_list_t *
-_active_list_pop (active_list_t *list);
-
-int
-_active_list_contains (active_list_t *list, const char *identifier);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_expand_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, int type, token_list_t *list);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_list_t *list);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_list_t *list);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- int condition);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *type, int condition);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc);
-
-#define yylex glcpp_parser_lex
-
-static int
-glcpp_parser_lex (YYSTYPE *yylval, YYLTYPE *yylloc, glcpp_parser_t *parser);
-
-static void
-glcpp_parser_lex_from (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list);
-
-static void
-add_builtin_define(glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *name, int value);
-
-
-
-/* Line 189 of yacc.c */
-#line 220 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.c"
-
-/* Enabling traces. */
-#ifndef YYDEBUG
-# define YYDEBUG 0
-#endif
-
-/* Enabling verbose error messages. */
-#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
-# undef YYERROR_VERBOSE
-# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1
-#else
-# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1
-#endif
-
-/* Enabling the token table. */
-#ifndef YYTOKEN_TABLE
-# define YYTOKEN_TABLE 0
-#endif
-
-
-/* Tokens. */
-#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
-# define YYTOKENTYPE
- /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
- know about them. */
- enum yytokentype {
- COMMA_FINAL = 258,
- DEFINED = 259,
- ELIF_EXPANDED = 260,
- HASH = 261,
- HASH_DEFINE_FUNC = 262,
- HASH_DEFINE_OBJ = 263,
- HASH_ELIF = 264,
- HASH_ELSE = 265,
- HASH_ENDIF = 266,
- HASH_IF = 267,
- HASH_IFDEF = 268,
- HASH_IFNDEF = 269,
- HASH_UNDEF = 270,
- HASH_VERSION = 271,
- IDENTIFIER = 272,
- IF_EXPANDED = 273,
- INTEGER = 274,
- INTEGER_STRING = 275,
- NEWLINE = 276,
- OTHER = 277,
- PLACEHOLDER = 278,
- SPACE = 279,
- PASTE = 280,
- OR = 281,
- AND = 282,
- NOT_EQUAL = 283,
- EQUAL = 284,
- GREATER_OR_EQUAL = 285,
- LESS_OR_EQUAL = 286,
- RIGHT_SHIFT = 287,
- LEFT_SHIFT = 288,
- UNARY = 289
- };
-#endif
-
-
-
-#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
-
-# define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */
-# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
-#endif
-
-#if ! defined YYLTYPE && ! defined YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED
-typedef struct YYLTYPE
-{
- int first_line;
- int first_column;
- int last_line;
- int last_column;
-} YYLTYPE;
-# define yyltype YYLTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */
-# define YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
-# define YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
-#endif
-
-
-/* Copy the second part of user declarations. */
-
-
-/* Line 264 of yacc.c */
-#line 308 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.c"
-
-#ifdef short
-# undef short
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT8
-typedef YYTYPE_UINT8 yytype_uint8;
-#else
-typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYTYPE_INT8
-typedef YYTYPE_INT8 yytype_int8;
-#elif (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-typedef signed char yytype_int8;
-#else
-typedef short int yytype_int8;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT16
-typedef YYTYPE_UINT16 yytype_uint16;
-#else
-typedef unsigned short int yytype_uint16;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYTYPE_INT16
-typedef YYTYPE_INT16 yytype_int16;
-#else
-typedef short int yytype_int16;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYSIZE_T
-# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
-# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
-# elif defined size_t
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# elif ! defined YYSIZE_T && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# else
-# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1)
-
-#ifndef YY_
-# if defined YYENABLE_NLS && YYENABLE_NLS
-# if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YY_(msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", msgid)
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YY_
-# define YY_(msgid) msgid
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E. */
-#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__
-# define YYUSE(e) ((void) (e))
-#else
-# define YYUSE(e) /* empty */
-#endif
-
-/* Identity function, used to suppress warnings about constant conditions. */
-#ifndef lint
-# define YYID(n) (n)
-#else
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-static int
-YYID (int yyi)
-#else
-static int
-YYID (yyi)
- int yyi;
-#endif
-{
- return yyi;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE
-
-/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */
-
-# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-# ifdef __GNUC__
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
-# elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR
-# include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# elif defined _AIX
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca
-# elif defined _MSC_VER
-# include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define alloca _alloca
-# else
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-# if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# ifndef _STDLIB_H
-# define _STDLIB_H 1
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
- /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
-# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (YYID (0))
-# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
- /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
- and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely
- invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096. Use a slightly smaller number
- to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */
-# endif
-# else
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
-# define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
-# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM
-# endif
-# if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined _STDLIB_H \
- && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \
- && (defined YYFREE || defined free)))
-# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# ifndef _STDLIB_H
-# define _STDLIB_H 1
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YYMALLOC
-# define YYMALLOC malloc
-# if ! defined malloc && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YYFREE
-# define YYFREE free
-# if ! defined free && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE */
-
-
-#if (! defined yyoverflow \
- && (! defined __cplusplus \
- || (defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL \
- && defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
-
-/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */
-union yyalloc
-{
- yytype_int16 yyss_alloc;
- YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc;
- YYLTYPE yyls_alloc;
-};
-
-/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */
-# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)
-
-/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
- N elements. */
-# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
- ((N) * (sizeof (yytype_int16) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \
- + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)
-
-/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do
- not overlap. */
-# ifndef YYCOPY
-# if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__
-# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
- __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
-# else
-# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
- do \
- { \
- YYSIZE_T yyi; \
- for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \
- (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \
- } \
- while (YYID (0))
-# endif
-# endif
-
-/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The
- local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
- elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
- stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
- stack. */
-# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack) \
- do \
- { \
- YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \
- YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize); \
- Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc; \
- yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
- yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \
- } \
- while (YYID (0))
-
-#endif
-
-/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */
-#define YYFINAL 2
-/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE. */
-#define YYLAST 606
-
-/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */
-#define YYNTOKENS 57
-/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */
-#define YYNNTS 17
-/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */
-#define YYNRULES 101
-/* YYNRULES -- Number of states. */
-#define YYNSTATES 162
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */
-#define YYUNDEFTOK 2
-#define YYMAXUTOK 289
-
-#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \
- ((unsigned int) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK)
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */
-static const yytype_uint8 yytranslate[] =
-{
- 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 47, 2, 2, 2, 43, 30, 2,
- 45, 46, 41, 39, 49, 40, 54, 42, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 55,
- 33, 56, 34, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 50, 2, 51, 29, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 52, 28, 53, 48, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4,
- 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
- 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
- 25, 26, 27, 31, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 44
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
- YYRHS. */
-static const yytype_uint16 yyprhs[] =
-{
- 0, 0, 3, 4, 7, 9, 11, 13, 16, 20,
- 24, 29, 36, 44, 48, 52, 55, 60, 65, 69,
- 72, 75, 78, 82, 85, 87, 89, 91, 95, 99,
- 103, 107, 111, 115, 119, 123, 127, 131, 135, 139,
- 143, 147, 151, 155, 159, 163, 166, 169, 172, 175,
- 179, 181, 185, 187, 190, 193, 194, 196, 197, 199,
- 202, 207, 209, 211, 214, 216, 219, 221, 223, 225,
- 227, 229, 231, 233, 235, 237, 239, 241, 243, 245,
- 247, 249, 251, 253, 255, 257, 259, 261, 263, 265,
- 267, 269, 271, 273, 275, 277, 279, 281, 283, 285,
- 287, 289
-};
-
-/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
-static const yytype_int8 yyrhs[] =
-{
- 58, 0, -1, -1, 58, 59, -1, 61, -1, 65,
- -1, 60, -1, 6, 66, -1, 18, 63, 21, -1,
- 5, 63, 21, -1, 8, 17, 67, 21, -1, 7,
- 17, 45, 46, 67, 21, -1, 7, 17, 45, 64,
- 46, 67, 21, -1, 15, 17, 21, -1, 12, 70,
- 21, -1, 12, 21, -1, 13, 17, 68, 21, -1,
- 14, 17, 68, 21, -1, 9, 70, 21, -1, 9,
- 21, -1, 10, 21, -1, 11, 21, -1, 16, 62,
- 21, -1, 6, 21, -1, 20, -1, 19, -1, 62,
- -1, 63, 26, 63, -1, 63, 27, 63, -1, 63,
- 28, 63, -1, 63, 29, 63, -1, 63, 30, 63,
- -1, 63, 31, 63, -1, 63, 32, 63, -1, 63,
- 35, 63, -1, 63, 36, 63, -1, 63, 34, 63,
- -1, 63, 33, 63, -1, 63, 37, 63, -1, 63,
- 38, 63, -1, 63, 40, 63, -1, 63, 39, 63,
- -1, 63, 43, 63, -1, 63, 42, 63, -1, 63,
- 41, 63, -1, 47, 63, -1, 48, 63, -1, 40,
- 63, -1, 39, 63, -1, 45, 63, 46, -1, 17,
- -1, 64, 49, 17, -1, 21, -1, 71, 21, -1,
- 71, 21, -1, -1, 71, -1, -1, 71, -1, 4,
- 17, -1, 4, 45, 17, 46, -1, 72, -1, 69,
- -1, 70, 69, -1, 72, -1, 71, 72, -1, 17,
- -1, 20, -1, 73, -1, 22, -1, 24, -1, 50,
- -1, 51, -1, 45, -1, 46, -1, 52, -1, 53,
- -1, 54, -1, 30, -1, 41, -1, 39, -1, 40,
- -1, 48, -1, 47, -1, 42, -1, 43, -1, 38,
- -1, 37, -1, 33, -1, 34, -1, 36, -1, 35,
- -1, 32, -1, 31, -1, 29, -1, 28, -1, 27,
- -1, 26, -1, 55, -1, 49, -1, 56, -1, 25,
- -1
-};
-
-/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
-static const yytype_uint16 yyrline[] =
-{
- 0, 185, 185, 187, 191, 194, 199, 200, 204, 207,
- 213, 216, 219, 222, 230, 249, 259, 264, 269, 288,
- 303, 306, 309, 330, 334, 343, 348, 349, 352, 355,
- 358, 361, 364, 367, 370, 373, 376, 379, 382, 385,
- 388, 391, 394, 397, 405, 408, 411, 414, 417, 420,
- 426, 431, 439, 440, 444, 450, 451, 454, 456, 463,
- 467, 471, 476, 480, 487, 492, 499, 503, 507, 511,
- 515, 522, 523, 524, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530,
- 531, 532, 533, 534, 535, 536, 537, 538, 539, 540,
- 541, 542, 543, 544, 545, 546, 547, 548, 549, 550,
- 551, 552
-};
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE || YYTOKEN_TABLE
-/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
- First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
-static const char *const yytname[] =
-{
- "$end", "error", "$undefined", "COMMA_FINAL", "DEFINED",
- "ELIF_EXPANDED", "HASH", "HASH_DEFINE_FUNC", "HASH_DEFINE_OBJ",
- "HASH_ELIF", "HASH_ELSE", "HASH_ENDIF", "HASH_IF", "HASH_IFDEF",
- "HASH_IFNDEF", "HASH_UNDEF", "HASH_VERSION", "IDENTIFIER", "IF_EXPANDED",
- "INTEGER", "INTEGER_STRING", "NEWLINE", "OTHER", "PLACEHOLDER", "SPACE",
- "PASTE", "OR", "AND", "'|'", "'^'", "'&'", "NOT_EQUAL", "EQUAL", "'<'",
- "'>'", "GREATER_OR_EQUAL", "LESS_OR_EQUAL", "RIGHT_SHIFT", "LEFT_SHIFT",
- "'+'", "'-'", "'*'", "'/'", "'%'", "UNARY", "'('", "')'", "'!'", "'~'",
- "','", "'['", "']'", "'{'", "'}'", "'.'", "';'", "'='", "$accept",
- "input", "line", "expanded_line", "control_line", "integer_constant",
- "expression", "identifier_list", "text_line", "non_directive",
- "replacement_list", "junk", "conditional_token", "conditional_tokens",
- "pp_tokens", "preprocessing_token", "operator", 0
-};
-#endif
-
-# ifdef YYPRINT
-/* YYTOKNUM[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding to
- token YYLEX-NUM. */
-static const yytype_uint16 yytoknum[] =
-{
- 0, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264,
- 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274,
- 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 124, 94,
- 38, 283, 284, 60, 62, 285, 286, 287, 288, 43,
- 45, 42, 47, 37, 289, 40, 41, 33, 126, 44,
- 91, 93, 123, 125, 46, 59, 61
-};
-# endif
-
-/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
-static const yytype_uint8 yyr1[] =
-{
- 0, 57, 58, 58, 59, 59, 59, 59, 60, 60,
- 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
- 61, 61, 61, 61, 62, 62, 63, 63, 63, 63,
- 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63,
- 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63,
- 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 67, 67, 68, 68, 69,
- 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 72, 72, 72, 72,
- 72, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73,
- 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73,
- 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73,
- 73, 73
-};
-
-/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
-static const yytype_uint8 yyr2[] =
-{
- 0, 2, 0, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3,
- 4, 6, 7, 3, 3, 2, 4, 4, 3, 2,
- 2, 2, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 3, 3,
- 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
- 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3,
- 1, 3, 1, 2, 2, 0, 1, 0, 1, 2,
- 4, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1
-};
-
-/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NAME] -- Default rule to reduce with in state
- STATE-NUM when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do. Zero
- means the default is an error. */
-static const yytype_uint8 yydefact[] =
-{
- 2, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 66, 0, 67, 52, 69,
- 70, 101, 97, 96, 95, 94, 78, 93, 92, 88,
- 89, 91, 90, 87, 86, 80, 81, 79, 84, 85,
- 73, 74, 83, 82, 99, 71, 72, 75, 76, 77,
- 98, 100, 3, 6, 4, 5, 0, 64, 68, 25,
- 24, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 26, 0, 23, 7,
- 0, 0, 55, 0, 19, 62, 0, 61, 20, 21,
- 15, 0, 57, 57, 0, 0, 0, 53, 65, 48,
- 47, 0, 45, 46, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 54, 0, 0, 56, 59, 0, 18,
- 63, 14, 0, 58, 0, 13, 22, 8, 49, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 37, 36, 34, 35,
- 38, 39, 41, 40, 44, 43, 42, 50, 55, 0,
- 10, 0, 16, 17, 0, 55, 0, 60, 11, 0,
- 51, 12
-};
-
-/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
-static const yytype_int16 yydefgoto[] =
-{
- -1, 1, 52, 53, 54, 66, 67, 149, 55, 69,
- 115, 122, 75, 76, 116, 57, 58
-};
-
-/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
- STATE-NUM. */
-#define YYPACT_NINF -147
-static const yytype_int16 yypact[] =
-{
- -147, 112, -147, 28, -10, 55, 62, 152, -15, 59,
- 192, 85, 86, 87, 51, -147, 28, -147, -147, -147,
- -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147,
- -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147,
- -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147,
- -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, 312, -147, -147, -147,
- -147, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, -147, 428, -147, -147,
- 352, 63, 392, 17, -147, -147, 232, -147, -147, -147,
- -147, 272, 392, 392, 84, 89, 451, -147, -147, -147,
- -147, 469, -147, -147, -147, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28,
- 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28,
- 28, 28, 28, -147, 60, 90, 392, -147, 96, -147,
- -147, -147, 93, 392, 94, -147, -147, -147, -147, 489,
- 505, 520, 534, 547, 558, 558, 18, 18, 18, 18,
- 563, 563, 23, 23, -147, -147, -147, -147, 392, 32,
- -147, 61, -147, -147, 110, 392, 118, -147, -147, 149,
- -147, -147
-};
-
-/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
-static const yytype_int16 yypgoto[] =
-{
- -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, 157, -11, -147, -147, -147,
- -146, 92, -68, 200, 0, -7, -147
-};
-
-/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]. What to do in state STATE-NUM. If
- positive, shift that token. If negative, reduce the rule which
- number is the opposite. If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.
- If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error. */
-#define YYTABLE_NINF -1
-static const yytype_uint8 yytable[] =
-{
- 77, 56, 154, 77, 70, 86, 78, 15, 120, 159,
- 17, 68, 19, 120, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,
- 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
- 36, 37, 38, 39, 117, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,
- 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 59, 60, 88,
- 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
- 111, 112, 118, 88, 110, 111, 112, 61, 62, 77,
- 59, 60, 71, 63, 77, 64, 65, 147, 155, 72,
- 79, 156, 123, 123, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134,
- 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144,
- 145, 146, 82, 83, 84, 125, 148, 157, 114, 88,
- 126, 150, 2, 151, 152, 153, 88, 3, 4, 5,
- 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
- 16, 158, 17, 18, 19, 160, 20, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 73, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15,
- 161, 85, 17, 74, 19, 124, 20, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 73, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15,
- 81, 0, 17, 80, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 73, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15,
- 0, 0, 17, 119, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 73, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15,
- 0, 0, 17, 121, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 0, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15,
- 0, 0, 17, 87, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 0, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15,
- 0, 0, 17, 113, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 0, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15,
- 0, 0, 17, 0, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 0, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 94,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100,
- 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
- 111, 112, 127, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 96, 97,
- 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107,
- 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,
- 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109,
- 110, 111, 112, 0, 0, 128, 96, 97, 98, 99,
- 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109,
- 110, 111, 112, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103,
- 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 98,
- 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108,
- 109, 110, 111, 112, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104,
- 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 100, 101,
- 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,
- 112, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
- 111, 112, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112
-};
-
-static const yytype_int16 yycheck[] =
-{
- 7, 1, 148, 10, 4, 16, 21, 17, 76, 155,
- 20, 21, 22, 81, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,
- 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
- 40, 41, 42, 43, 17, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,
- 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 19, 20, 56,
- 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41,
- 42, 43, 45, 70, 41, 42, 43, 39, 40, 76,
- 19, 20, 17, 45, 81, 47, 48, 17, 46, 17,
- 21, 49, 82, 83, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100,
- 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
- 111, 112, 17, 17, 17, 21, 46, 46, 45, 116,
- 21, 21, 0, 17, 21, 21, 123, 5, 6, 7,
- 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
- 18, 21, 20, 21, 22, 17, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 4, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17,
- 21, 14, 20, 21, 22, 83, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 4, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17,
- 10, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 4, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17,
- -1, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 4, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17,
- -1, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, -1, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17,
- -1, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, -1, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17,
- -1, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, -1, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17,
- -1, -1, 20, -1, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, -1, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 21,
- -1, -1, -1, -1, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
- 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41,
- 42, 43, 21, -1, -1, -1, -1, 26, 27, 28,
- 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,
- 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30,
- 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,
- 41, 42, 43, -1, -1, 46, 27, 28, 29, 30,
- 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,
- 41, 42, 43, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34,
- 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 29,
- 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
- 40, 41, 42, 43, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
- 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 31, 32,
- 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42,
- 43, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41,
- 42, 43, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43
-};
-
-/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
- symbol of state STATE-NUM. */
-static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] =
-{
- 0, 58, 0, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43,
- 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54,
- 55, 56, 59, 60, 61, 65, 71, 72, 73, 19,
- 20, 39, 40, 45, 47, 48, 62, 63, 21, 66,
- 71, 17, 17, 4, 21, 69, 70, 72, 21, 21,
- 21, 70, 17, 17, 17, 62, 63, 21, 72, 63,
- 63, 63, 63, 63, 21, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30,
- 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,
- 41, 42, 43, 21, 45, 67, 71, 17, 45, 21,
- 69, 21, 68, 71, 68, 21, 21, 21, 46, 63,
- 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63,
- 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 17, 46, 64,
- 21, 17, 21, 21, 67, 46, 49, 46, 21, 67,
- 17, 21
-};
-
-#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
-#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
-#define YYEMPTY (-2)
-#define YYEOF 0
-
-#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
-#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR goto yyerrorlab
-
-
-/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily
- to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
- Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. However,
- YYFAIL appears to be in use. Nevertheless, it is formally deprecated
- in Bison 2.4.2's NEWS entry, where a plan to phase it out is
- discussed. */
-
-#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
-#if defined YYFAIL
- /* This is here to suppress warnings from the GCC cpp's
- -Wunused-macros. Normally we don't worry about that warning, but
- some users do, and we want to make it easy for users to remove
- YYFAIL uses, which will produce warnings from Bison 2.5. */
-#endif
-
-#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
-
-#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \
-do \
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
- { \
- yychar = (Token); \
- yylval = (Value); \
- yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
- YYPOPSTACK (1); \
- goto yybackup; \
- } \
- else \
- { \
- yyerror (&yylloc, parser, YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \
- YYERROR; \
- } \
-while (YYID (0))
-
-
-#define YYTERROR 1
-#define YYERRCODE 256
-
-
-/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N].
- If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends
- the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined). */
-
-#define YYRHSLOC(Rhs, K) ((Rhs)[K])
-#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
-# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
- do \
- if (YYID (N)) \
- { \
- (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line; \
- (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column; \
- (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_line; \
- (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_column; \
- } \
- else \
- { \
- (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
- YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_line; \
- (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
- YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column; \
- } \
- while (YYID (0))
-#endif
-
-
-/* YY_LOCATION_PRINT -- Print the location on the stream.
- This macro was not mandated originally: define only if we know
- we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know. */
-
-#ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT
-# if defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
-# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) \
- fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d", \
- (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column, \
- (Loc).last_line, (Loc).last_column)
-# else
-# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */
-
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, parser)
-#endif
-
-/* Enable debugging if requested. */
-#if YYDEBUG
-
-# ifndef YYFPRINTF
-# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYFPRINTF fprintf
-# endif
-
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- YYFPRINTF Args; \
-} while (YYID (0))
-
-# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- { \
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \
- yy_symbol_print (stderr, \
- Type, Value, Location, parser); \
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \
- } \
-} while (YYID (0))
-
-
-/*--------------------------------.
-| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. |
-`--------------------------------*/
-
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-static void
-yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp, glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-#else
-static void
-yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, parser)
- FILE *yyoutput;
- int yytype;
- YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep;
- YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp;
- glcpp_parser_t *parser;
-#endif
-{
- if (!yyvaluep)
- return;
- YYUSE (yylocationp);
- YYUSE (parser);
-# ifdef YYPRINT
- if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
- YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep);
-# else
- YYUSE (yyoutput);
-# endif
- switch (yytype)
- {
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-
-/*--------------------------------.
-| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. |
-`--------------------------------*/
-
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-static void
-yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp, glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-#else
-static void
-yy_symbol_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, parser)
- FILE *yyoutput;
- int yytype;
- YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep;
- YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp;
- glcpp_parser_t *parser;
-#endif
-{
- if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
- YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]);
- else
- YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]);
-
- YY_LOCATION_PRINT (yyoutput, *yylocationp);
- YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ": ");
- yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, parser);
- YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
-}
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
-| TOP (included). |
-`------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-static void
-yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *yybottom, yytype_int16 *yytop)
-#else
-static void
-yy_stack_print (yybottom, yytop)
- yytype_int16 *yybottom;
- yytype_int16 *yytop;
-#endif
-{
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
- for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++)
- {
- int yybot = *yybottom;
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot);
- }
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
-}
-
-# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top)); \
-} while (YYID (0))
-
-
-/*------------------------------------------------.
-| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced. |
-`------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-static void
-yy_reduce_print (YYSTYPE *yyvsp, YYLTYPE *yylsp, int yyrule, glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-#else
-static void
-yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yylsp, yyrule, parser)
- YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
- YYLTYPE *yylsp;
- int yyrule;
- glcpp_parser_t *parser;
-#endif
-{
- int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule];
- int yyi;
- unsigned long int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %lu):\n",
- yyrule - 1, yylno);
- /* The symbols being reduced. */
- for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
- {
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " $%d = ", yyi + 1);
- yy_symbol_print (stderr, yyrhs[yyprhs[yyrule] + yyi],
- &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)])
- , &(yylsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]) , parser);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
- }
-}
-
-# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yylsp, Rule, parser); \
-} while (YYID (0))
-
-/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that
- multiple parsers can coexist. */
-int yydebug;
-#else /* !YYDEBUG */
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
-# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location)
-# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
-# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
-#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
-
-
-/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */
-#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
-# define YYINITDEPTH 200
-#endif
-
-/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
- if the built-in stack extension method is used).
-
- Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
- YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
- evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */
-
-#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
-#endif
-
-
-
-#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
-
-# ifndef yystrlen
-# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H
-# define yystrlen strlen
-# else
-/* Return the length of YYSTR. */
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-static YYSIZE_T
-yystrlen (const char *yystr)
-#else
-static YYSIZE_T
-yystrlen (yystr)
- const char *yystr;
-#endif
-{
- YYSIZE_T yylen;
- for (yylen = 0; yystr[yylen]; yylen++)
- continue;
- return yylen;
-}
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef yystpcpy
-# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H && defined _GNU_SOURCE
-# define yystpcpy stpcpy
-# else
-/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
- YYDEST. */
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-static char *
-yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
-#else
-static char *
-yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
- char *yydest;
- const char *yysrc;
-#endif
-{
- char *yyd = yydest;
- const char *yys = yysrc;
-
- while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
- continue;
-
- return yyd - 1;
-}
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef yytnamerr
-/* Copy to YYRES the contents of YYSTR after stripping away unnecessary
- quotes and backslashes, so that it's suitable for yyerror. The
- heuristic is that double-quoting is unnecessary unless the string
- contains an apostrophe, a comma, or backslash (other than
- backslash-backslash). YYSTR is taken from yytname. If YYRES is
- null, do not copy; instead, return the length of what the result
- would have been. */
-static YYSIZE_T
-yytnamerr (char *yyres, const char *yystr)
-{
- if (*yystr == '"')
- {
- YYSIZE_T yyn = 0;
- char const *yyp = yystr;
-
- for (;;)
- switch (*++yyp)
- {
- case '\'':
- case ',':
- goto do_not_strip_quotes;
-
- case '\\':
- if (*++yyp != '\\')
- goto do_not_strip_quotes;
- /* Fall through. */
- default:
- if (yyres)
- yyres[yyn] = *yyp;
- yyn++;
- break;
-
- case '"':
- if (yyres)
- yyres[yyn] = '\0';
- return yyn;
- }
- do_not_strip_quotes: ;
- }
-
- if (! yyres)
- return yystrlen (yystr);
-
- return yystpcpy (yyres, yystr) - yyres;
-}
-# endif
-
-/* Copy into YYRESULT an error message about the unexpected token
- YYCHAR while in state YYSTATE. Return the number of bytes copied,
- including the terminating null byte. If YYRESULT is null, do not
- copy anything; just return the number of bytes that would be
- copied. As a special case, return 0 if an ordinary "syntax error"
- message will do. Return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM if overflow occurs during
- size calculation. */
-static YYSIZE_T
-yysyntax_error (char *yyresult, int yystate, int yychar)
-{
- int yyn = yypact[yystate];
-
- if (! (YYPACT_NINF < yyn && yyn <= YYLAST))
- return 0;
- else
- {
- int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
- YYSIZE_T yysize0 = yytnamerr (0, yytname[yytype]);
- YYSIZE_T yysize = yysize0;
- YYSIZE_T yysize1;
- int yysize_overflow = 0;
- enum { YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM = 5 };
- char const *yyarg[YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM];
- int yyx;
-
-# if 0
- /* This is so xgettext sees the translatable formats that are
- constructed on the fly. */
- YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s");
- YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s");
- YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s");
- YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s");
- YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s or %s");
-# endif
- char *yyfmt;
- char const *yyf;
- static char const yyunexpected[] = "syntax error, unexpected %s";
- static char const yyexpecting[] = ", expecting %s";
- static char const yyor[] = " or %s";
- char yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected
- + sizeof yyexpecting - 1
- + ((YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM - 2)
- * (sizeof yyor - 1))];
- char const *yyprefix = yyexpecting;
-
- /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
- YYCHECK. */
- int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
-
- /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname. */
- int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn + 1;
- int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS;
- int yycount = 1;
-
- yyarg[0] = yytname[yytype];
- yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyformat, yyunexpected);
-
- for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
- if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)
- {
- if (yycount == YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM)
- {
- yycount = 1;
- yysize = yysize0;
- yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected - 1] = '\0';
- break;
- }
- yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yyx];
- yysize1 = yysize + yytnamerr (0, yytname[yyx]);
- yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize);
- yysize = yysize1;
- yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyfmt, yyprefix);
- yyprefix = yyor;
- }
-
- yyf = YY_(yyformat);
- yysize1 = yysize + yystrlen (yyf);
- yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize);
- yysize = yysize1;
-
- if (yysize_overflow)
- return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM;
-
- if (yyresult)
- {
- /* Avoid sprintf, as that infringes on the user's name space.
- Don't have undefined behavior even if the translation
- produced a string with the wrong number of "%s"s. */
- char *yyp = yyresult;
- int yyi = 0;
- while ((*yyp = *yyf) != '\0')
- {
- if (*yyp == '%' && yyf[1] == 's' && yyi < yycount)
- {
- yyp += yytnamerr (yyp, yyarg[yyi++]);
- yyf += 2;
- }
- else
- {
- yyp++;
- yyf++;
- }
- }
- }
- return yysize;
- }
-}
-#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------.
-| Release the memory associated to this symbol. |
-`-----------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-static void
-yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep, YYLTYPE *yylocationp, glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-#else
-static void
-yydestruct (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, parser)
- const char *yymsg;
- int yytype;
- YYSTYPE *yyvaluep;
- YYLTYPE *yylocationp;
- glcpp_parser_t *parser;
-#endif
-{
- YYUSE (yyvaluep);
- YYUSE (yylocationp);
- YYUSE (parser);
-
- if (!yymsg)
- yymsg = "Deleting";
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp);
-
- switch (yytype)
- {
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Prevent warnings from -Wmissing-prototypes. */
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM);
-#else
-int yyparse ();
-#endif
-#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
-#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-int yyparse (glcpp_parser_t *parser);
-#else
-int yyparse ();
-#endif
-#endif /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
-
-
-
-
-
-/*-------------------------.
-| yyparse or yypush_parse. |
-`-------------------------*/
-
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-int
-yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM)
-#else
-int
-yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM)
- void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
-#endif
-#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
-#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
- || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
-int
-yyparse (glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-#else
-int
-yyparse (parser)
- glcpp_parser_t *parser;
-#endif
-#endif
-{
-/* The lookahead symbol. */
-int yychar;
-
-/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */
-YYSTYPE yylval;
-
-/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */
-YYLTYPE yylloc;
-
- /* Number of syntax errors so far. */
- int yynerrs;
-
- int yystate;
- /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */
- int yyerrstatus;
-
- /* The stacks and their tools:
- `yyss': related to states.
- `yyvs': related to semantic values.
- `yyls': related to locations.
-
- Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
- to reallocate them elsewhere. */
-
- /* The state stack. */
- yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
- yytype_int16 *yyss;
- yytype_int16 *yyssp;
-
- /* The semantic value stack. */
- YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
- YYSTYPE *yyvs;
- YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
-
- /* The location stack. */
- YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
- YYLTYPE *yyls;
- YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-
- /* The locations where the error started and ended. */
- YYLTYPE yyerror_range[3];
-
- YYSIZE_T yystacksize;
-
- int yyn;
- int yyresult;
- /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */
- int yytoken;
- /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
- action routines. */
- YYSTYPE yyval;
- YYLTYPE yyloc;
-
-#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
- /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size. */
- char yymsgbuf[128];
- char *yymsg = yymsgbuf;
- YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;
-#endif
-
-#define YYPOPSTACK(N) (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N), yylsp -= (N))
-
- /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
- Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped. */
- int yylen = 0;
-
- yytoken = 0;
- yyss = yyssa;
- yyvs = yyvsa;
- yyls = yylsa;
- yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
-
- yystate = 0;
- yyerrstatus = 0;
- yynerrs = 0;
- yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
-
- /* Initialize stack pointers.
- Waste one element of value and location stack
- so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
- The wasted elements are never initialized. */
- yyssp = yyss;
- yyvsp = yyvs;
- yylsp = yyls;
-
-#if defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
- /* Initialize the default location before parsing starts. */
- yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
- yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 1;
-#endif
-
-/* User initialization code. */
-
-/* Line 1251 of yacc.c */
-#line 152 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
-{
- yylloc.first_line = 1;
- yylloc.first_column = 1;
- yylloc.last_line = 1;
- yylloc.last_column = 1;
- yylloc.source = 0;
-}
-
-/* Line 1251 of yacc.c */
-#line 1622 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.c"
- yylsp[0] = yylloc;
-
- goto yysetstate;
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. |
-`------------------------------------------------------------*/
- yynewstate:
- /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
- have just been pushed. So pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
- yyssp++;
-
- yysetstate:
- *yyssp = yystate;
-
- if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
- {
- /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
- YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
-
-#ifdef yyoverflow
- {
- /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
- these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
- memory. */
- YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
- yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss;
- YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
-
- /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
- data in use in that stack, in bytes. This used to be a
- conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
- be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
- yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"),
- &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
- &yystacksize);
-
- yyls = yyls1;
- yyss = yyss1;
- yyvs = yyvs1;
- }
-#else /* no yyoverflow */
-# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
- goto yyexhaustedlab;
-# else
- /* Extend the stack our own way. */
- if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
- goto yyexhaustedlab;
- yystacksize *= 2;
- if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
- yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-
- {
- yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss;
- union yyalloc *yyptr =
- (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
- if (! yyptr)
- goto yyexhaustedlab;
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss);
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs);
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls_alloc, yyls);
-# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
- if (yyss1 != yyssa)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
- }
-# endif
-#endif /* no yyoverflow */
-
- yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
- yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
- yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
- (unsigned long int) yystacksize));
-
- if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
- YYABORT;
- }
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
-
- if (yystate == YYFINAL)
- YYACCEPT;
-
- goto yybackup;
-
-/*-----------.
-| yybackup. |
-`-----------*/
-yybackup:
-
- /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. Read a
- lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
-
- /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF)
- goto yydefault;
-
- /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
-
- /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid lookahead symbol. */
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
- {
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
- yychar = YYLEX;
- }
-
- if (yychar <= YYEOF)
- {
- yychar = yytoken = YYEOF;
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
- }
- else
- {
- yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
- }
-
- /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to
- detect an error, take that action. */
- yyn += yytoken;
- if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken)
- goto yydefault;
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
- if (yyn <= 0)
- {
- if (yyn == 0 || yyn == YYTABLE_NINF)
- goto yyerrlab;
- yyn = -yyn;
- goto yyreduce;
- }
-
- /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
- status. */
- if (yyerrstatus)
- yyerrstatus--;
-
- /* Shift the lookahead token. */
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
-
- /* Discard the shifted token. */
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
-
- yystate = yyn;
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
- *++yylsp = yylloc;
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. |
-`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-yydefault:
- yyn = yydefact[yystate];
- if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrlab;
- goto yyreduce;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------.
-| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. |
-`-----------------------------*/
-yyreduce:
- /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
- yylen = yyr2[yyn];
-
- /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
- `$$ = $1'.
-
- Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage.
- This behavior is undocumented and Bison
- users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL
- unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
- GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */
- yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
-
- /* Default location. */
- YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);
- YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
- switch (yyn)
- {
- case 4:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 191 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- glcpp_print(parser->output, "\n");
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 5:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 194 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- _glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (parser, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].token_list));
- glcpp_print(parser->output, "\n");
- talloc_free ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].token_list));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 8:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 204 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 9:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 207 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), "elif", (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 10:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 213 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- _define_object_macro (parser, & (yylsp[(2) - (4)]), (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str), (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].token_list));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 11:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 216 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- _define_function_macro (parser, & (yylsp[(2) - (6)]), (yyvsp[(2) - (6)].str), NULL, (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].token_list));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 12:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 219 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- _define_function_macro (parser, & (yylsp[(2) - (7)]), (yyvsp[(2) - (7)].str), (yyvsp[(4) - (7)].string_list), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].token_list));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 13:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 222 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].str));
- if (macro) {
- hash_table_remove (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].str));
- talloc_free (macro);
- }
- talloc_free ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].str));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 14:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 230 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- /* Be careful to only evaluate the 'if' expression if
- * we are not skipping. When we are skipping, we
- * simply push a new 0-valued 'if' onto the skip
- * stack.
- *
- * This avoids generating diagnostics for invalid
- * expressions that are being skipped. */
- if (parser->skip_stack == NULL ||
- parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP)
- {
- _glcpp_parser_expand_if (parser, IF_EXPANDED, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].token_list));
- }
- else
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), 0);
- parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
- }
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 15:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 249 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- /* #if without an expression is only an error if we
- * are not skipping */
- if (parser->skip_stack == NULL ||
- parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP)
- {
- glcpp_error(& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), parser, "#if with no expression");
- }
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), 0);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 16:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 259 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str));
- talloc_free ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str));
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (4)]), macro != NULL);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 17:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 264 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str));
- talloc_free ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str));
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (4)]), macro == NULL);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 18:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 269 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- /* Be careful to only evaluate the 'elif' expression
- * if we are not skipping. When we are skipping, we
- * simply change to a 0-valued 'elif' on the skip
- * stack.
- *
- * This avoids generating diagnostics for invalid
- * expressions that are being skipped. */
- if (parser->skip_stack &&
- parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE)
- {
- _glcpp_parser_expand_if (parser, ELIF_EXPANDED, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].token_list));
- }
- else
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (3)]),
- "elif", 0);
- }
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 19:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 288 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- /* #elif without an expression is an error unless we
- * are skipping. */
- if (parser->skip_stack &&
- parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE)
- {
- glcpp_error(& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), parser, "#elif with no expression");
- }
- else
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (2)]),
- "elif", 0);
- glcpp_warning(& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), parser, "ignoring illegal #elif without expression");
- }
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 20:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 303 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), "else", 1);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 21:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 306 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (2)]));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 22:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 309 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, "__VERSION__");
- if (macro) {
- hash_table_remove (parser->defines, "__VERSION__");
- talloc_free (macro);
- }
- add_builtin_define (parser, "__VERSION__", (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival));
-
- if ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival) == 100)
- add_builtin_define (parser, "GL_ES", 1);
-
- /* Currently, all ES2 implementations support highp in the
- * fragment shader, so we always define this macro in ES2.
- * If we ever get a driver that doesn't support highp, we'll
- * need to add a flag to the gl_context and check that here.
- */
- if ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival) >= 130 || (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival) == 100)
- add_builtin_define (parser, "GL_FRAGMENT_PRECISION_HIGH", 1);
-
- glcpp_printf(parser->output, "#version %" PRIiMAX, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 24:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 334 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- if (strlen ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)) >= 3 && strncmp ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str), "0x", 2) == 0) {
- (yyval.ival) = strtoll ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str) + 2, NULL, 16);
- } else if ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)[0] == '0') {
- (yyval.ival) = strtoll ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str), NULL, 8);
- } else {
- (yyval.ival) = strtoll ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str), NULL, 10);
- }
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 25:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 343 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 27:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 349 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) || (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 28:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 352 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) && (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 29:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 355 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) | (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 30:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 358 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) ^ (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 31:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 361 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) & (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 32:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 364 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) != (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 33:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 367 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) == (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 34:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 370 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) >= (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 35:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 373 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) <= (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 36:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 376 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) > (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 37:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 379 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) < (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 38:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 382 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) >> (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 39:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 385 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) << (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 40:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 388 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) - (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 41:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 391 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) + (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 42:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 394 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) % (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 43:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 397 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- if ((yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival) == 0) {
- yyerror (& (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), parser,
- "division by 0 in preprocessor directive");
- } else {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) / (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- }
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 44:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 405 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) * (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 45:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 408 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = ! (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 46:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 411 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = ~ (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 47:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 414 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = - (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 48:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 417 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = + (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 49:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 420 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 50:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 426 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.string_list) = _string_list_create (parser);
- _string_list_append_item ((yyval.string_list), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str));
- talloc_steal ((yyval.string_list), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 51:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 431 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.string_list) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].string_list);
- _string_list_append_item ((yyval.string_list), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].str));
- talloc_steal ((yyval.string_list), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].str));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 52:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 439 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.token_list) = NULL; ;}
- break;
-
- case 54:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 444 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- yyerror (& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), parser, "Invalid tokens after #");
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 55:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 450 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.token_list) = NULL; ;}
- break;
-
- case 58:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 456 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- glcpp_warning(&(yylsp[(1) - (1)]), parser, "extra tokens at end of directive");
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 59:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 463 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- int v = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].str)) ? 1 : 0;
- (yyval.token) = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, v);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 60:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 467 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- int v = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].str)) ? 1 : 0;
- (yyval.token) = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, v);
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 62:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 476 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.token_list) = _token_list_create (parser);
- _token_list_append ((yyval.token_list), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].token));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 63:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 480 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.token_list) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].token_list);
- _token_list_append ((yyval.token_list), (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].token));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 64:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 487 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- parser->space_tokens = 1;
- (yyval.token_list) = _token_list_create (parser);
- _token_list_append ((yyval.token_list), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].token));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 65:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 492 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.token_list) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].token_list);
- _token_list_append ((yyval.token_list), (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].token));
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 66:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 499 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.token) = _token_create_str (parser, IDENTIFIER, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str));
- (yyval.token)->location = yylloc;
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 67:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 503 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.token) = _token_create_str (parser, INTEGER_STRING, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str));
- (yyval.token)->location = yylloc;
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 68:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 507 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.token) = _token_create_ival (parser, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].ival), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].ival));
- (yyval.token)->location = yylloc;
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 69:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 511 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.token) = _token_create_str (parser, OTHER, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str));
- (yyval.token)->location = yylloc;
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 70:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 515 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- {
- (yyval.token) = _token_create_ival (parser, SPACE, SPACE);
- (yyval.token)->location = yylloc;
- ;}
- break;
-
- case 71:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 522 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '['; ;}
- break;
-
- case 72:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 523 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = ']'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 73:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 524 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '('; ;}
- break;
-
- case 74:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 525 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = ')'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 75:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 526 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '{'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 76:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 527 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '}'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 77:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 528 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '.'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 78:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 529 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '&'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 79:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 530 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '*'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 80:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 531 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '+'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 81:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 532 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '-'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 82:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 533 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '~'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 83:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 534 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '!'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 84:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 535 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '/'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 85:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 536 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '%'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 86:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 537 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = LEFT_SHIFT; ;}
- break;
-
- case 87:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 538 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = RIGHT_SHIFT; ;}
- break;
-
- case 88:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 539 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '<'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 89:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 540 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '>'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 90:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 541 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = LESS_OR_EQUAL; ;}
- break;
-
- case 91:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 542 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = GREATER_OR_EQUAL; ;}
- break;
-
- case 92:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 543 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = EQUAL; ;}
- break;
-
- case 93:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 544 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = NOT_EQUAL; ;}
- break;
-
- case 94:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 545 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '^'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 95:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 546 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '|'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 96:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 547 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = AND; ;}
- break;
-
- case 97:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 548 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = OR; ;}
- break;
-
- case 98:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 549 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = ';'; ;}
- break;
-
- case 99:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 550 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = ','; ;}
- break;
-
- case 100:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 551 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = '='; ;}
- break;
-
- case 101:
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 552 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
- { (yyval.ival) = PASTE; ;}
- break;
-
-
-
-/* Line 1464 of yacc.c */
-#line 2661 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.c"
- default: break;
- }
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc);
-
- YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
- yylen = 0;
- YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
-
- *++yyvsp = yyval;
- *++yylsp = yyloc;
-
- /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state
- that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
- number reduced by. */
-
- yyn = yyr1[yyn];
-
- yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS] + *yyssp;
- if (0 <= yystate && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
- yystate = yytable[yystate];
- else
- yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS];
-
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
-`------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab:
- /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
- if (!yyerrstatus)
- {
- ++yynerrs;
-#if ! YYERROR_VERBOSE
- yyerror (&yylloc, parser, YY_("syntax error"));
-#else
- {
- YYSIZE_T yysize = yysyntax_error (0, yystate, yychar);
- if (yymsg_alloc < yysize && yymsg_alloc < YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)
- {
- YYSIZE_T yyalloc = 2 * yysize;
- if (! (yysize <= yyalloc && yyalloc <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM))
- yyalloc = YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM;
- if (yymsg != yymsgbuf)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
- yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yyalloc);
- if (yymsg)
- yymsg_alloc = yyalloc;
- else
- {
- yymsg = yymsgbuf;
- yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;
- }
- }
-
- if (0 < yysize && yysize <= yymsg_alloc)
- {
- (void) yysyntax_error (yymsg, yystate, yychar);
- yyerror (&yylloc, parser, yymsg);
- }
- else
- {
- yyerror (&yylloc, parser, YY_("syntax error"));
- if (yysize != 0)
- goto yyexhaustedlab;
- }
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- yyerror_range[1] = yylloc;
-
- if (yyerrstatus == 3)
- {
- /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
- error, discard it. */
-
- if (yychar <= YYEOF)
- {
- /* Return failure if at end of input. */
- if (yychar == YYEOF)
- YYABORT;
- }
- else
- {
- yydestruct ("Error: discarding",
- yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, parser);
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
- }
- }
-
- /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
- token. */
- goto yyerrlab1;
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR. |
-`---------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrorlab:
-
- /* Pacify compilers like GCC when the user code never invokes
- YYERROR and the label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user
- code. */
- if (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
- goto yyerrorlab;
-
- yyerror_range[1] = yylsp[1-yylen];
- /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered
- this YYERROR. */
- YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
- yylen = 0;
- YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
- yystate = *yyssp;
- goto yyerrlab1;
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR. |
-`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab1:
- yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this. */
-
- for (;;)
- {
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yyn != YYPACT_NINF)
- {
- yyn += YYTERROR;
- if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYTERROR)
- {
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
- if (0 < yyn)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token. */
- if (yyssp == yyss)
- YYABORT;
-
- yyerror_range[1] = *yylsp;
- yydestruct ("Error: popping",
- yystos[yystate], yyvsp, yylsp, parser);
- YYPOPSTACK (1);
- yystate = *yyssp;
- YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
- }
-
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
-
- yyerror_range[2] = yylloc;
- /* Using YYLLOC is tempting, but would change the location of
- the lookahead. YYLOC is available though. */
- YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, yyerror_range, 2);
- *++yylsp = yyloc;
-
- /* Shift the error token. */
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp);
-
- yystate = yyn;
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------.
-| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. |
-`-------------------------------------*/
-yyacceptlab:
- yyresult = 0;
- goto yyreturn;
-
-/*-----------------------------------.
-| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. |
-`-----------------------------------*/
-yyabortlab:
- yyresult = 1;
- goto yyreturn;
-
-#if !defined(yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE
-/*-------------------------------------------------.
-| yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here. |
-`-------------------------------------------------*/
-yyexhaustedlab:
- yyerror (&yylloc, parser, YY_("memory exhausted"));
- yyresult = 2;
- /* Fall through. */
-#endif
-
-yyreturn:
- if (yychar != YYEMPTY)
- yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
- yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, parser);
- /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered
- this YYABORT or YYACCEPT. */
- YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
- YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
- while (yyssp != yyss)
- {
- yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping",
- yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp, yylsp, parser);
- YYPOPSTACK (1);
- }
-#ifndef yyoverflow
- if (yyss != yyssa)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
-#endif
-#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
- if (yymsg != yymsgbuf)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
-#endif
- /* Make sure YYID is used. */
- return YYID (yyresult);
-}
-
-
-
-/* Line 1684 of yacc.c */
-#line 555 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y"
-
-
-string_list_t *
-_string_list_create (void *ctx)
-{
- string_list_t *list;
-
- list = talloc (ctx, string_list_t);
- list->head = NULL;
- list->tail = NULL;
-
- return list;
-}
-
-void
-_string_list_append_item (string_list_t *list, const char *str)
-{
- string_node_t *node;
-
- node = talloc (list, string_node_t);
- node->str = talloc_strdup (node, str);
-
- node->next = NULL;
-
- if (list->head == NULL) {
- list->head = node;
- } else {
- list->tail->next = node;
- }
-
- list->tail = node;
-}
-
-int
-_string_list_contains (string_list_t *list, const char *member, int *index)
-{
- string_node_t *node;
- int i;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (i = 0, node = list->head; node; i++, node = node->next) {
- if (strcmp (node->str, member) == 0) {
- if (index)
- *index = i;
- return 1;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-_string_list_length (string_list_t *list)
-{
- int length = 0;
- string_node_t *node;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next)
- length++;
-
- return length;
-}
-
-int
-_string_list_equal (string_list_t *a, string_list_t *b)
-{
- string_node_t *node_a, *node_b;
-
- if (a == NULL && b == NULL)
- return 1;
-
- if (a == NULL || b == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (node_a = a->head, node_b = b->head;
- node_a && node_b;
- node_a = node_a->next, node_b = node_b->next)
- {
- if (strcmp (node_a->str, node_b->str))
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Catch the case of lists being different lengths, (which
- * would cause the loop above to terminate after the shorter
- * list). */
- return node_a == node_b;
-}
-
-argument_list_t *
-_argument_list_create (void *ctx)
-{
- argument_list_t *list;
-
- list = talloc (ctx, argument_list_t);
- list->head = NULL;
- list->tail = NULL;
-
- return list;
-}
-
-void
-_argument_list_append (argument_list_t *list, token_list_t *argument)
-{
- argument_node_t *node;
-
- node = talloc (list, argument_node_t);
- node->argument = argument;
-
- node->next = NULL;
-
- if (list->head == NULL) {
- list->head = node;
- } else {
- list->tail->next = node;
- }
-
- list->tail = node;
-}
-
-int
-_argument_list_length (argument_list_t *list)
-{
- int length = 0;
- argument_node_t *node;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next)
- length++;
-
- return length;
-}
-
-token_list_t *
-_argument_list_member_at (argument_list_t *list, int index)
-{
- argument_node_t *node;
- int i;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- node = list->head;
- for (i = 0; i < index; i++) {
- node = node->next;
- if (node == NULL)
- break;
- }
-
- if (node)
- return node->argument;
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Note: This function talloc_steal()s the str pointer. */
-token_t *
-_token_create_str (void *ctx, int type, char *str)
-{
- token_t *token;
-
- token = talloc (ctx, token_t);
- token->type = type;
- token->value.str = talloc_steal (token, str);
-
- return token;
-}
-
-token_t *
-_token_create_ival (void *ctx, int type, int ival)
-{
- token_t *token;
-
- token = talloc (ctx, token_t);
- token->type = type;
- token->value.ival = ival;
-
- return token;
-}
-
-token_list_t *
-_token_list_create (void *ctx)
-{
- token_list_t *list;
-
- list = talloc (ctx, token_list_t);
- list->head = NULL;
- list->tail = NULL;
- list->non_space_tail = NULL;
-
- return list;
-}
-
-void
-_token_list_append (token_list_t *list, token_t *token)
-{
- token_node_t *node;
-
- node = talloc (list, token_node_t);
- node->token = talloc_steal (list, token);
-
- node->next = NULL;
-
- if (list->head == NULL) {
- list->head = node;
- } else {
- list->tail->next = node;
- }
-
- list->tail = node;
- if (token->type != SPACE)
- list->non_space_tail = node;
-}
-
-void
-_token_list_append_list (token_list_t *list, token_list_t *tail)
-{
- if (tail == NULL || tail->head == NULL)
- return;
-
- if (list->head == NULL) {
- list->head = tail->head;
- } else {
- list->tail->next = tail->head;
- }
-
- list->tail = tail->tail;
- list->non_space_tail = tail->non_space_tail;
-}
-
-static token_list_t *
-_token_list_copy (void *ctx, token_list_t *other)
-{
- token_list_t *copy;
- token_node_t *node;
-
- if (other == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- copy = _token_list_create (ctx);
- for (node = other->head; node; node = node->next) {
- token_t *new_token = talloc (copy, token_t);
- *new_token = *node->token;
- _token_list_append (copy, new_token);
- }
-
- return copy;
-}
-
-static void
-_token_list_trim_trailing_space (token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_node_t *tail, *next;
-
- if (list->non_space_tail) {
- tail = list->non_space_tail->next;
- list->non_space_tail->next = NULL;
- list->tail = list->non_space_tail;
-
- while (tail) {
- next = tail->next;
- talloc_free (tail);
- tail = next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-int
-_token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space (token_list_t *l)
-{
- token_node_t *n;
-
- if (l == NULL)
- return 1;
-
- n = l->head;
- while (n != NULL && n->token->type == SPACE)
- n = n->next;
-
- return n == NULL;
-}
-
-int
-_token_list_equal_ignoring_space (token_list_t *a, token_list_t *b)
-{
- token_node_t *node_a, *node_b;
-
- if (a == NULL || b == NULL) {
- int a_empty = _token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space(a);
- int b_empty = _token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space(b);
- return a_empty == b_empty;
- }
-
- node_a = a->head;
- node_b = b->head;
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (node_a == NULL && node_b == NULL)
- break;
-
- if (node_a == NULL || node_b == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- if (node_a->token->type == SPACE) {
- node_a = node_a->next;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (node_b->token->type == SPACE) {
- node_b = node_b->next;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (node_a->token->type != node_b->token->type)
- return 0;
-
- switch (node_a->token->type) {
- case INTEGER:
- if (node_a->token->value.ival !=
- node_b->token->value.ival)
- {
- return 0;
- }
- break;
- case IDENTIFIER:
- case INTEGER_STRING:
- case OTHER:
- if (strcmp (node_a->token->value.str,
- node_b->token->value.str))
- {
- return 0;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- node_a = node_a->next;
- node_b = node_b->next;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-static void
-_token_print (char **out, token_t *token)
-{
- if (token->type < 256) {
- glcpp_printf (*out, "%c", token->type);
- return;
- }
-
- switch (token->type) {
- case INTEGER:
- glcpp_printf (*out, "%" PRIiMAX, token->value.ival);
- break;
- case IDENTIFIER:
- case INTEGER_STRING:
- case OTHER:
- glcpp_print (*out, token->value.str);
- break;
- case SPACE:
- glcpp_print (*out, " ");
- break;
- case LEFT_SHIFT:
- glcpp_print (*out, "<<");
- break;
- case RIGHT_SHIFT:
- glcpp_print (*out, ">>");
- break;
- case LESS_OR_EQUAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, "<=");
- break;
- case GREATER_OR_EQUAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, ">=");
- break;
- case EQUAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, "==");
- break;
- case NOT_EQUAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, "!=");
- break;
- case AND:
- glcpp_print (*out, "&&");
- break;
- case OR:
- glcpp_print (*out, "||");
- break;
- case PASTE:
- glcpp_print (*out, "##");
- break;
- case COMMA_FINAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, ",");
- break;
- case PLACEHOLDER:
- /* Nothing to print. */
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Error: Don't know how to print token.");
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return a new token (talloc()ed off of 'token') formed by pasting
- * 'token' and 'other'. Note that this function may return 'token' or
- * 'other' directly rather than allocating anything new.
- *
- * Caution: Only very cursory error-checking is performed to see if
- * the final result is a valid single token. */
-static token_t *
-_token_paste (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_t *token, token_t *other)
-{
- token_t *combined = NULL;
-
- /* Pasting a placeholder onto anything makes no change. */
- if (other->type == PLACEHOLDER)
- return token;
-
- /* When 'token' is a placeholder, just return 'other'. */
- if (token->type == PLACEHOLDER)
- return other;
-
- /* A very few single-character punctuators can be combined
- * with another to form a multi-character punctuator. */
- switch (token->type) {
- case '<':
- if (other->type == '<')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, LEFT_SHIFT, LEFT_SHIFT);
- else if (other->type == '=')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, LESS_OR_EQUAL, LESS_OR_EQUAL);
- break;
- case '>':
- if (other->type == '>')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, RIGHT_SHIFT, RIGHT_SHIFT);
- else if (other->type == '=')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, GREATER_OR_EQUAL, GREATER_OR_EQUAL);
- break;
- case '=':
- if (other->type == '=')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, EQUAL, EQUAL);
- break;
- case '!':
- if (other->type == '=')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, NOT_EQUAL, NOT_EQUAL);
- break;
- case '&':
- if (other->type == '&')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, AND, AND);
- break;
- case '|':
- if (other->type == '|')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, OR, OR);
- break;
- }
-
- if (combined != NULL) {
- /* Inherit the location from the first token */
- combined->location = token->location;
- return combined;
- }
-
- /* Two string-valued tokens can usually just be mashed
- * together.
- *
- * XXX: This isn't actually legitimate. Several things here
- * should result in a diagnostic since the result cannot be a
- * valid, single pre-processing token. For example, pasting
- * "123" and "abc" is not legal, but we don't catch that
- * here. */
- if ((token->type == IDENTIFIER || token->type == OTHER || token->type == INTEGER_STRING) &&
- (other->type == IDENTIFIER || other->type == OTHER || other->type == INTEGER_STRING))
- {
- char *str;
-
- str = talloc_asprintf (token, "%s%s", token->value.str,
- other->value.str);
- combined = _token_create_str (token, token->type, str);
- combined->location = token->location;
- return combined;
- }
-
- glcpp_error (&token->location, parser, "");
- glcpp_print (parser->info_log, "Pasting \"");
- _token_print (&parser->info_log, token);
- glcpp_print (parser->info_log, "\" and \"");
- _token_print (&parser->info_log, other);
- glcpp_print (parser->info_log, "\" does not give a valid preprocessing token.\n");
-
- return token;
-}
-
-static void
-_token_list_print (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_node_t *node;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return;
-
- for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next)
- _token_print (&parser->output, node->token);
-}
-
-void
-yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *error)
-{
- glcpp_error(locp, parser, "%s", error);
-}
-
-static void add_builtin_define(glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- const char *name, int value)
-{
- token_t *tok;
- token_list_t *list;
-
- tok = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, value);
-
- list = _token_list_create(parser);
- _token_list_append(list, tok);
- _define_object_macro(parser, NULL, name, list);
-}
-
-glcpp_parser_t *
-glcpp_parser_create (const struct gl_extensions *extensions, int api)
-{
- glcpp_parser_t *parser;
- int language_version;
-
- parser = talloc (NULL, glcpp_parser_t);
-
- glcpp_lex_init_extra (parser, &parser->scanner);
- parser->defines = hash_table_ctor (32, hash_table_string_hash,
- hash_table_string_compare);
- parser->active = NULL;
- parser->lexing_if = 0;
- parser->space_tokens = 1;
- parser->newline_as_space = 0;
- parser->in_control_line = 0;
- parser->paren_count = 0;
-
- parser->skip_stack = NULL;
-
- parser->lex_from_list = NULL;
- parser->lex_from_node = NULL;
-
- parser->output = talloc_strdup(parser, "");
- parser->info_log = talloc_strdup(parser, "");
- parser->error = 0;
-
- /* Add pre-defined macros. */
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_draw_buffers", 1);
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_texture_rectangle", 1);
-
- if (api == API_OPENGLES2)
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ES", 1);
-
- if (extensions != NULL) {
- if (extensions->EXT_texture_array) {
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_EXT_texture_array", 1);
- }
-
- if (extensions->ARB_fragment_coord_conventions)
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_fragment_coord_conventions",
- 1);
-
- if (extensions->ARB_explicit_attrib_location)
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location", 1);
- if (extensions->AMD_conservative_depth)
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_AMD_conservative_depth", 1);
- }
-
- language_version = 110;
- add_builtin_define(parser, "__VERSION__", language_version);
-
- return parser;
-}
-
-int
-glcpp_parser_parse (glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-{
- return yyparse (parser);
-}
-
-void
-glcpp_parser_destroy (glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-{
- glcpp_lex_destroy (parser->scanner);
- hash_table_dtor (parser->defines);
- talloc_free (parser);
-}
-
-typedef enum function_status
-{
- FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS,
- FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION,
- FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES
-} function_status_t;
-
-/* Find a set of function-like macro arguments by looking for a
- * balanced set of parentheses.
- *
- * When called, 'node' should be the opening-parenthesis token, (or
- * perhaps preceeding SPACE tokens). Upon successful return *last will
- * be the last consumed node, (corresponding to the closing right
- * parenthesis).
- *
- * Return values:
- *
- * FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS:
- *
- * Successfully parsed a set of function arguments.
- *
- * FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION:
- *
- * Macro name not followed by a '('. This is not an error, but
- * simply that the macro name should be treated as a non-macro.
- *
- * FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES
- *
- * Macro name is not followed by a balanced set of parentheses.
- */
-static function_status_t
-_arguments_parse (argument_list_t *arguments,
- token_node_t *node,
- token_node_t **last)
-{
- token_list_t *argument;
- int paren_count;
-
- node = node->next;
-
- /* Ignore whitespace before first parenthesis. */
- while (node && node->token->type == SPACE)
- node = node->next;
-
- if (node == NULL || node->token->type != '(')
- return FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION;
-
- node = node->next;
-
- argument = _token_list_create (arguments);
- _argument_list_append (arguments, argument);
-
- for (paren_count = 1; node; node = node->next) {
- if (node->token->type == '(')
- {
- paren_count++;
- }
- else if (node->token->type == ')')
- {
- paren_count--;
- if (paren_count == 0)
- break;
- }
-
- if (node->token->type == ',' &&
- paren_count == 1)
- {
- _token_list_trim_trailing_space (argument);
- argument = _token_list_create (arguments);
- _argument_list_append (arguments, argument);
- }
- else {
- if (argument->head == NULL) {
- /* Don't treat initial whitespace as
- * part of the arguement. */
- if (node->token->type == SPACE)
- continue;
- }
- _token_list_append (argument, node->token);
- }
- }
-
- if (paren_count)
- return FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES;
-
- *last = node;
-
- return FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-static token_list_t *
-_token_list_create_with_one_space (void *ctx)
-{
- token_list_t *list;
- token_t *space;
-
- list = _token_list_create (ctx);
- space = _token_create_ival (list, SPACE, SPACE);
- _token_list_append (list, space);
-
- return list;
-}
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_expand_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, int type, token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_list_t *expanded;
- token_t *token;
-
- expanded = _token_list_create (parser);
- token = _token_create_ival (parser, type, type);
- _token_list_append (expanded, token);
- _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, list);
- _token_list_append_list (expanded, list);
- glcpp_parser_lex_from (parser, expanded);
-}
-
-/* This is a helper function that's essentially part of the
- * implementation of _glcpp_parser_expand_node. It shouldn't be called
- * except for by that function.
- *
- * Returns NULL if node is a simple token with no expansion, (that is,
- * although 'node' corresponds to an identifier defined as a
- * function-like macro, it is not followed with a parenthesized
- * argument list).
- *
- * Compute the complete expansion of node (which is a function-like
- * macro) and subsequent nodes which are arguments.
- *
- * Returns the token list that results from the expansion and sets
- * *last to the last node in the list that was consumed by the
- * expansion. Specifically, *last will be set as follows: as the
- * token of the closing right parenthesis.
- */
-static token_list_t *
-_glcpp_parser_expand_function (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_node_t *node,
- token_node_t **last)
-
-{
- macro_t *macro;
- const char *identifier;
- argument_list_t *arguments;
- function_status_t status;
- token_list_t *substituted;
- int parameter_index;
-
- identifier = node->token->value.str;
-
- macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier);
-
- assert (macro->is_function);
-
- arguments = _argument_list_create (parser);
- status = _arguments_parse (arguments, node, last);
-
- switch (status) {
- case FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS:
- break;
- case FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION:
- return NULL;
- case FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES:
- glcpp_error (&node->token->location, parser, "Macro %s call has unbalanced parentheses\n", identifier);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Replace a macro defined as empty with a SPACE token. */
- if (macro->replacements == NULL) {
- talloc_free (arguments);
- return _token_list_create_with_one_space (parser);
- }
-
- if (! ((_argument_list_length (arguments) ==
- _string_list_length (macro->parameters)) ||
- (_string_list_length (macro->parameters) == 0 &&
- _argument_list_length (arguments) == 1 &&
- arguments->head->argument->head == NULL)))
- {
- glcpp_error (&node->token->location, parser,
- "Error: macro %s invoked with %d arguments (expected %d)\n",
- identifier,
- _argument_list_length (arguments),
- _string_list_length (macro->parameters));
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Perform argument substitution on the replacement list. */
- substituted = _token_list_create (arguments);
-
- for (node = macro->replacements->head; node; node = node->next)
- {
- if (node->token->type == IDENTIFIER &&
- _string_list_contains (macro->parameters,
- node->token->value.str,
- ¶meter_index))
- {
- token_list_t *argument;
- argument = _argument_list_member_at (arguments,
- parameter_index);
- /* Before substituting, we expand the argument
- * tokens, or append a placeholder token for
- * an empty argument. */
- if (argument->head) {
- token_list_t *expanded_argument;
- expanded_argument = _token_list_copy (parser,
- argument);
- _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser,
- expanded_argument);
- _token_list_append_list (substituted,
- expanded_argument);
- } else {
- token_t *new_token;
-
- new_token = _token_create_ival (substituted,
- PLACEHOLDER,
- PLACEHOLDER);
- _token_list_append (substituted, new_token);
- }
- } else {
- _token_list_append (substituted, node->token);
- }
- }
-
- /* After argument substitution, and before further expansion
- * below, implement token pasting. */
-
- _token_list_trim_trailing_space (substituted);
-
- node = substituted->head;
- while (node)
- {
- token_node_t *next_non_space;
-
- /* Look ahead for a PASTE token, skipping space. */
- next_non_space = node->next;
- while (next_non_space && next_non_space->token->type == SPACE)
- next_non_space = next_non_space->next;
-
- if (next_non_space == NULL)
- break;
-
- if (next_non_space->token->type != PASTE) {
- node = next_non_space;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Now find the next non-space token after the PASTE. */
- next_non_space = next_non_space->next;
- while (next_non_space && next_non_space->token->type == SPACE)
- next_non_space = next_non_space->next;
-
- if (next_non_space == NULL) {
- yyerror (&node->token->location, parser, "'##' cannot appear at either end of a macro expansion\n");
- return NULL;
- }
-
- node->token = _token_paste (parser, node->token, next_non_space->token);
- node->next = next_non_space->next;
- if (next_non_space == substituted->tail)
- substituted->tail = node;
-
- node = node->next;
- }
-
- substituted->non_space_tail = substituted->tail;
-
- return substituted;
-}
-
-/* Compute the complete expansion of node, (and subsequent nodes after
- * 'node' in the case that 'node' is a function-like macro and
- * subsequent nodes are arguments).
- *
- * Returns NULL if node is a simple token with no expansion.
- *
- * Otherwise, returns the token list that results from the expansion
- * and sets *last to the last node in the list that was consumed by
- * the expansion. Specifically, *last will be set as follows:
- *
- * As 'node' in the case of object-like macro expansion.
- *
- * As the token of the closing right parenthesis in the case of
- * function-like macro expansion.
- */
-static token_list_t *
-_glcpp_parser_expand_node (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_node_t *node,
- token_node_t **last)
-{
- token_t *token = node->token;
- const char *identifier;
- macro_t *macro;
-
- /* We only expand identifiers */
- if (token->type != IDENTIFIER) {
- /* We change any COMMA into a COMMA_FINAL to prevent
- * it being mistaken for an argument separator
- * later. */
- if (token->type == ',') {
- token->type = COMMA_FINAL;
- token->value.ival = COMMA_FINAL;
- }
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Look up this identifier in the hash table. */
- identifier = token->value.str;
- macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier);
-
- /* Not a macro, so no expansion needed. */
- if (macro == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Finally, don't expand this macro if we're already actively
- * expanding it, (to avoid infinite recursion). */
- if (_active_list_contains (parser->active, identifier)) {
- /* We change the token type here from IDENTIFIER to
- * OTHER to prevent any future expansion of this
- * unexpanded token. */
- char *str;
- token_list_t *expansion;
- token_t *final;
-
- str = talloc_strdup (parser, token->value.str);
- final = _token_create_str (parser, OTHER, str);
- expansion = _token_list_create (parser);
- _token_list_append (expansion, final);
- *last = node;
- return expansion;
- }
-
- if (! macro->is_function)
- {
- *last = node;
-
- /* Replace a macro defined as empty with a SPACE token. */
- if (macro->replacements == NULL)
- return _token_list_create_with_one_space (parser);
-
- return _token_list_copy (parser, macro->replacements);
- }
-
- return _glcpp_parser_expand_function (parser, node, last);
-}
-
-/* Push a new identifier onto the active list, returning the new list.
- *
- * Here, 'marker' is the token node that appears in the list after the
- * expansion of 'identifier'. That is, when the list iterator begins
- * examinging 'marker', then it is time to pop this node from the
- * active stack.
- */
-active_list_t *
-_active_list_push (active_list_t *list,
- const char *identifier,
- token_node_t *marker)
-{
- active_list_t *node;
-
- node = talloc (list, active_list_t);
- node->identifier = talloc_strdup (node, identifier);
- node->marker = marker;
- node->next = list;
-
- return node;
-}
-
-active_list_t *
-_active_list_pop (active_list_t *list)
-{
- active_list_t *node = list;
-
- if (node == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- node = list->next;
- talloc_free (list);
-
- return node;
-}
-
-int
-_active_list_contains (active_list_t *list, const char *identifier)
-{
- active_list_t *node;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
- if (strcmp (node->identifier, identifier) == 0)
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Walk over the token list replacing nodes with their expansion.
- * Whenever nodes are expanded the walking will walk over the new
- * nodes, continuing to expand as necessary. The results are placed in
- * 'list' itself;
- */
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_node_t *node_prev;
- token_node_t *node, *last = NULL;
- token_list_t *expansion;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return;
-
- _token_list_trim_trailing_space (list);
-
- node_prev = NULL;
- node = list->head;
-
- while (node) {
-
- while (parser->active && parser->active->marker == node)
- parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active);
-
- /* Find the expansion for node, which will replace all
- * nodes from node to last, inclusive. */
- expansion = _glcpp_parser_expand_node (parser, node, &last);
- if (expansion) {
- token_node_t *n;
-
- for (n = node; n != last->next; n = n->next)
- while (parser->active &&
- parser->active->marker == n)
- {
- parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active);
- }
-
- parser->active = _active_list_push (parser->active,
- node->token->value.str,
- last->next);
-
- /* Splice expansion into list, supporting a
- * simple deletion if the expansion is
- * empty. */
- if (expansion->head) {
- if (node_prev)
- node_prev->next = expansion->head;
- else
- list->head = expansion->head;
- expansion->tail->next = last->next;
- if (last == list->tail)
- list->tail = expansion->tail;
- } else {
- if (node_prev)
- node_prev->next = last->next;
- else
- list->head = last->next;
- if (last == list->tail)
- list->tail = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- node_prev = node;
- }
- node = node_prev ? node_prev->next : list->head;
- }
-
- while (parser->active)
- parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active);
-
- list->non_space_tail = list->tail;
-}
-
-void
-_glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_list_t *list)
-{
- if (list == NULL)
- return;
-
- _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, list);
-
- _token_list_trim_trailing_space (list);
-
- _token_list_print (parser, list);
-}
-
-static void
-_check_for_reserved_macro_name (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *identifier)
-{
- /* According to the GLSL specification, macro names starting with "__"
- * or "GL_" are reserved for future use. So, don't allow them.
- */
- if (strncmp(identifier, "__", 2) == 0) {
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Macro names starting with \"__\" are reserved.\n");
- }
- if (strncmp(identifier, "GL_", 3) == 0) {
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Macro names starting with \"GL_\" are reserved.\n");
- }
-}
-
-static int
-_macro_equal (macro_t *a, macro_t *b)
-{
- if (a->is_function != b->is_function)
- return 0;
-
- if (a->is_function) {
- if (! _string_list_equal (a->parameters, b->parameters))
- return 0;
- }
-
- return _token_list_equal_ignoring_space (a->replacements,
- b->replacements);
-}
-
-void
-_define_object_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *identifier,
- token_list_t *replacements)
-{
- macro_t *macro, *previous;
-
- if (loc != NULL)
- _check_for_reserved_macro_name(parser, loc, identifier);
-
- macro = talloc (parser, macro_t);
-
- macro->is_function = 0;
- macro->parameters = NULL;
- macro->identifier = talloc_strdup (macro, identifier);
- macro->replacements = talloc_steal (macro, replacements);
-
- previous = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier);
- if (previous) {
- if (_macro_equal (macro, previous)) {
- talloc_free (macro);
- return;
- }
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Redefinition of macro %s\n",
- identifier);
- }
-
- hash_table_insert (parser->defines, macro, identifier);
-}
-
-void
-_define_function_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *identifier,
- string_list_t *parameters,
- token_list_t *replacements)
-{
- macro_t *macro, *previous;
-
- _check_for_reserved_macro_name(parser, loc, identifier);
-
- macro = talloc (parser, macro_t);
-
- macro->is_function = 1;
- macro->parameters = talloc_steal (macro, parameters);
- macro->identifier = talloc_strdup (macro, identifier);
- macro->replacements = talloc_steal (macro, replacements);
-
- previous = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier);
- if (previous) {
- if (_macro_equal (macro, previous)) {
- talloc_free (macro);
- return;
- }
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Redefinition of macro %s\n",
- identifier);
- }
-
- hash_table_insert (parser->defines, macro, identifier);
-}
-
-static int
-glcpp_parser_lex (YYSTYPE *yylval, YYLTYPE *yylloc, glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-{
- token_node_t *node;
- int ret;
-
- if (parser->lex_from_list == NULL) {
- ret = glcpp_lex (yylval, yylloc, parser->scanner);
-
- /* XXX: This ugly block of code exists for the sole
- * purpose of converting a NEWLINE token into a SPACE
- * token, but only in the case where we have seen a
- * function-like macro name, but have not yet seen its
- * closing parenthesis.
- *
- * There's perhaps a more compact way to do this with
- * mid-rule actions in the grammar.
- *
- * I'm definitely not pleased with the complexity of
- * this code here.
- */
- if (parser->newline_as_space)
- {
- if (ret == '(') {
- parser->paren_count++;
- } else if (ret == ')') {
- parser->paren_count--;
- if (parser->paren_count == 0)
- parser->newline_as_space = 0;
- } else if (ret == NEWLINE) {
- ret = SPACE;
- } else if (ret != SPACE) {
- if (parser->paren_count == 0)
- parser->newline_as_space = 0;
- }
- }
- else if (parser->in_control_line)
- {
- if (ret == NEWLINE)
- parser->in_control_line = 0;
- }
- else if (ret == HASH_DEFINE_OBJ || ret == HASH_DEFINE_FUNC ||
- ret == HASH_UNDEF || ret == HASH_IF ||
- ret == HASH_IFDEF || ret == HASH_IFNDEF ||
- ret == HASH_ELIF || ret == HASH_ELSE ||
- ret == HASH_ENDIF || ret == HASH)
- {
- parser->in_control_line = 1;
- }
- else if (ret == IDENTIFIER)
- {
- macro_t *macro;
- macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines,
- yylval->str);
- if (macro && macro->is_function) {
- parser->newline_as_space = 1;
- parser->paren_count = 0;
- }
- }
-
- return ret;
- }
-
- node = parser->lex_from_node;
-
- if (node == NULL) {
- talloc_free (parser->lex_from_list);
- parser->lex_from_list = NULL;
- return NEWLINE;
- }
-
- *yylval = node->token->value;
- ret = node->token->type;
-
- parser->lex_from_node = node->next;
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static void
-glcpp_parser_lex_from (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_node_t *node;
-
- assert (parser->lex_from_list == NULL);
-
- /* Copy list, eliminating any space tokens. */
- parser->lex_from_list = _token_list_create (parser);
-
- for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) {
- if (node->token->type == SPACE)
- continue;
- _token_list_append (parser->lex_from_list, node->token);
- }
-
- talloc_free (list);
-
- parser->lex_from_node = parser->lex_from_list->head;
-
- /* It's possible the list consisted of nothing but whitespace. */
- if (parser->lex_from_node == NULL) {
- talloc_free (parser->lex_from_list);
- parser->lex_from_list = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- int condition)
-{
- skip_type_t current = SKIP_NO_SKIP;
- skip_node_t *node;
-
- if (parser->skip_stack)
- current = parser->skip_stack->type;
-
- node = talloc (parser, skip_node_t);
- node->loc = *loc;
-
- if (current == SKIP_NO_SKIP) {
- if (condition)
- node->type = SKIP_NO_SKIP;
- else
- node->type = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
- } else {
- node->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
- }
-
- node->next = parser->skip_stack;
- parser->skip_stack = node;
-}
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *type, int condition)
-{
- if (parser->skip_stack == NULL) {
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "%s without #if\n", type);
- return;
- }
-
- if (parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE) {
- if (condition)
- parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_NO_SKIP;
- } else {
- parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc)
-{
- skip_node_t *node;
-
- if (parser->skip_stack == NULL) {
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "#endif without #if\n");
- return;
- }
-
- node = parser->skip_stack;
- parser->skip_stack = node->next;
- talloc_free (node);
-}
-
+ +/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.4.1. */ + +/* Skeleton implementation for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C + + Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains + part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work + under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a + parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof + as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute + the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this + special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting + Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public + License without this special exception. + + This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in + version 2.2 of Bison. */ + +/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by + simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser. */ + +/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid + infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local + variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. + There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to + define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON + USER NAME SPACE" below. */ + +/* Identify Bison output. */ +#define YYBISON 1 + +/* Bison version. */ +#define YYBISON_VERSION "2.4.1" + +/* Skeleton name. */ +#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c" + +/* Pure parsers. */ +#define YYPURE 1 + +/* Push parsers. */ +#define YYPUSH 0 + +/* Pull parsers. */ +#define YYPULL 1 + +/* Using locations. */ +#define YYLSP_NEEDED 1 + + + +/* Copy the first part of user declarations. */ + +/* Line 189 of yacc.c */ +#line 1 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <inttypes.h> + +#include "glcpp.h" +#include "main/core.h" /* for struct gl_extensions */ +#include "main/mtypes.h" /* for gl_api enum */ + +static void +yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *error); + +static void +_define_object_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *macro, + token_list_t *replacements); + +static void +_define_function_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *macro, + string_list_t *parameters, + token_list_t *replacements); + +static string_list_t * +_string_list_create (void *ctx); + +static void +_string_list_append_item (string_list_t *list, const char *str); + +static int +_string_list_contains (string_list_t *list, const char *member, int *index); + +static int +_string_list_length (string_list_t *list); + +static int +_string_list_equal (string_list_t *a, string_list_t *b); + +static argument_list_t * +_argument_list_create (void *ctx); + +static void +_argument_list_append (argument_list_t *list, token_list_t *argument); + +static int +_argument_list_length (argument_list_t *list); + +static token_list_t * +_argument_list_member_at (argument_list_t *list, int index); + +/* Note: This function ralloc_steal()s the str pointer. */ +static token_t * +_token_create_str (void *ctx, int type, char *str); + +static token_t * +_token_create_ival (void *ctx, int type, int ival); + +static token_list_t * +_token_list_create (void *ctx); + +/* Note: This function calls ralloc_steal on token. */ +static void +_token_list_append (token_list_t *list, token_t *token); + +static void +_token_list_append_list (token_list_t *list, token_list_t *tail); + +static int +_token_list_equal_ignoring_space (token_list_t *a, token_list_t *b); + +static active_list_t * +_active_list_push (active_list_t *list, + const char *identifier, + token_node_t *marker); + +static active_list_t * +_active_list_pop (active_list_t *list); + +int +_active_list_contains (active_list_t *list, const char *identifier); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_expand_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, int type, token_list_t *list); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_list_t *list); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_list_t *list); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + int condition); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *type, int condition); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc); + +#define yylex glcpp_parser_lex + +static int +glcpp_parser_lex (YYSTYPE *yylval, YYLTYPE *yylloc, glcpp_parser_t *parser); + +static void +glcpp_parser_lex_from (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list); + +static void +add_builtin_define(glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *name, int value); + + + +/* Line 189 of yacc.c */ +#line 217 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.c" + +/* Enabling traces. */ +#ifndef YYDEBUG +# define YYDEBUG 0 +#endif + +/* Enabling verbose error messages. */ +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE +# undef YYERROR_VERBOSE +# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1 +#else +# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1 +#endif + +/* Enabling the token table. */ +#ifndef YYTOKEN_TABLE +# define YYTOKEN_TABLE 0 +#endif + + +/* Tokens. */ +#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE +# define YYTOKENTYPE + /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers + know about them. */ + enum yytokentype { + COMMA_FINAL = 258, + DEFINED = 259, + ELIF_EXPANDED = 260, + HASH = 261, + HASH_DEFINE_FUNC = 262, + HASH_DEFINE_OBJ = 263, + HASH_ELIF = 264, + HASH_ELSE = 265, + HASH_ENDIF = 266, + HASH_IF = 267, + HASH_IFDEF = 268, + HASH_IFNDEF = 269, + HASH_UNDEF = 270, + HASH_VERSION = 271, + IDENTIFIER = 272, + IF_EXPANDED = 273, + INTEGER = 274, + INTEGER_STRING = 275, + NEWLINE = 276, + OTHER = 277, + PLACEHOLDER = 278, + SPACE = 279, + PASTE = 280, + OR = 281, + AND = 282, + NOT_EQUAL = 283, + EQUAL = 284, + GREATER_OR_EQUAL = 285, + LESS_OR_EQUAL = 286, + RIGHT_SHIFT = 287, + LEFT_SHIFT = 288, + UNARY = 289 + }; +#endif + + + +#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED + +# define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */ +# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1 +#endif + +#if ! defined YYLTYPE && ! defined YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED +typedef struct YYLTYPE +{ + int first_line; + int first_column; + int last_line; + int last_column; +} YYLTYPE; +# define yyltype YYLTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */ +# define YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1 +# define YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 +#endif + + +/* Copy the second part of user declarations. */ + + +/* Line 264 of yacc.c */ +#line 305 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.c" + +#ifdef short +# undef short +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT8 +typedef YYTYPE_UINT8 yytype_uint8; +#else +typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_INT8 +typedef YYTYPE_INT8 yytype_int8; +#elif (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +typedef signed char yytype_int8; +#else +typedef short int yytype_int8; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT16 +typedef YYTYPE_UINT16 yytype_uint16; +#else +typedef unsigned short int yytype_uint16; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_INT16 +typedef YYTYPE_INT16 yytype_int16; +#else +typedef short int yytype_int16; +#endif + +#ifndef YYSIZE_T +# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__ +# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ +# elif defined size_t +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# elif ! defined YYSIZE_T && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# else +# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int +# endif +#endif + +#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1) + +#ifndef YY_ +# if YYENABLE_NLS +# if ENABLE_NLS +# include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YY_(msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", msgid) +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YY_ +# define YY_(msgid) msgid +# endif +#endif + +/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E. */ +#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__ +# define YYUSE(e) ((void) (e)) +#else +# define YYUSE(e) /* empty */ +#endif + +/* Identity function, used to suppress warnings about constant conditions. */ +#ifndef lint +# define YYID(n) (n) +#else +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static int +YYID (int yyi) +#else +static int +YYID (yyi) + int yyi; +#endif +{ + return yyi; +} +#endif + +#if ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE + +/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ + +# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca +# elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR +# include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# elif defined _AIX +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca +# elif defined _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# ifndef _STDLIB_H +# define _STDLIB_H 1 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC + /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ +# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (YYID (0)) +# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM + /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack, + and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely + invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096. Use a slightly smaller number + to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */ +# endif +# else +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC +# define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE +# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM +# endif +# if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined _STDLIB_H \ + && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \ + && (defined YYFREE || defined free))) +# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# ifndef _STDLIB_H +# define _STDLIB_H 1 +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YYMALLOC +# define YYMALLOC malloc +# if ! defined malloc && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YYFREE +# define YYFREE free +# if ! defined free && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif /* ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE */ + + +#if (! defined yyoverflow \ + && (! defined __cplusplus \ + || (defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL \ + && defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) + +/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ +union yyalloc +{ + yytype_int16 yyss_alloc; + YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc; + YYLTYPE yyls_alloc; +}; + +/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ +# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) + +/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with + N elements. */ +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (yytype_int16) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \ + + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM) + +/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do + not overlap. */ +# ifndef YYCOPY +# if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__ +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) +# else +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yyi; \ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ + (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ + } \ + while (YYID (0)) +# endif +# endif + +/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The + local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of + elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the + stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next + stack. */ +# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ + YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize); \ + Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc; \ + yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \ + yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ + } \ + while (YYID (0)) + +#endif + +/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */ +#define YYFINAL 2 +/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE. */ +#define YYLAST 606 + +/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */ +#define YYNTOKENS 57 +/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */ +#define YYNNTS 17 +/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */ +#define YYNRULES 101 +/* YYNRULES -- Number of states. */ +#define YYNSTATES 162 + +/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +#define YYUNDEFTOK 2 +#define YYMAXUTOK 289 + +#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \ + ((unsigned int) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK) + +/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yytranslate[] = +{ + 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 47, 2, 2, 2, 43, 30, 2, + 45, 46, 41, 39, 49, 40, 54, 42, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 55, + 33, 56, 34, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 50, 2, 51, 29, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 52, 28, 53, 48, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, + 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, + 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, + 25, 26, 27, 31, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 44 +}; + +#if YYDEBUG +/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in + YYRHS. */ +static const yytype_uint16 yyprhs[] = +{ + 0, 0, 3, 4, 7, 9, 11, 13, 16, 20, + 24, 29, 36, 44, 48, 52, 55, 60, 65, 69, + 72, 75, 78, 82, 85, 87, 89, 91, 95, 99, + 103, 107, 111, 115, 119, 123, 127, 131, 135, 139, + 143, 147, 151, 155, 159, 163, 166, 169, 172, 175, + 179, 181, 185, 187, 190, 193, 194, 196, 197, 199, + 202, 207, 209, 211, 214, 216, 219, 221, 223, 225, + 227, 229, 231, 233, 235, 237, 239, 241, 243, 245, + 247, 249, 251, 253, 255, 257, 259, 261, 263, 265, + 267, 269, 271, 273, 275, 277, 279, 281, 283, 285, + 287, 289 +}; + +/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */ +static const yytype_int8 yyrhs[] = +{ + 58, 0, -1, -1, 58, 59, -1, 61, -1, 65, + -1, 60, -1, 6, 66, -1, 18, 63, 21, -1, + 5, 63, 21, -1, 8, 17, 67, 21, -1, 7, + 17, 45, 46, 67, 21, -1, 7, 17, 45, 64, + 46, 67, 21, -1, 15, 17, 21, -1, 12, 70, + 21, -1, 12, 21, -1, 13, 17, 68, 21, -1, + 14, 17, 68, 21, -1, 9, 70, 21, -1, 9, + 21, -1, 10, 21, -1, 11, 21, -1, 16, 62, + 21, -1, 6, 21, -1, 20, -1, 19, -1, 62, + -1, 63, 26, 63, -1, 63, 27, 63, -1, 63, + 28, 63, -1, 63, 29, 63, -1, 63, 30, 63, + -1, 63, 31, 63, -1, 63, 32, 63, -1, 63, + 35, 63, -1, 63, 36, 63, -1, 63, 34, 63, + -1, 63, 33, 63, -1, 63, 37, 63, -1, 63, + 38, 63, -1, 63, 40, 63, -1, 63, 39, 63, + -1, 63, 43, 63, -1, 63, 42, 63, -1, 63, + 41, 63, -1, 47, 63, -1, 48, 63, -1, 40, + 63, -1, 39, 63, -1, 45, 63, 46, -1, 17, + -1, 64, 49, 17, -1, 21, -1, 71, 21, -1, + 71, 21, -1, -1, 71, -1, -1, 71, -1, 4, + 17, -1, 4, 45, 17, 46, -1, 72, -1, 69, + -1, 70, 69, -1, 72, -1, 71, 72, -1, 17, + -1, 20, -1, 73, -1, 22, -1, 24, -1, 50, + -1, 51, -1, 45, -1, 46, -1, 52, -1, 53, + -1, 54, -1, 30, -1, 41, -1, 39, -1, 40, + -1, 48, -1, 47, -1, 42, -1, 43, -1, 38, + -1, 37, -1, 33, -1, 34, -1, 36, -1, 35, + -1, 32, -1, 31, -1, 29, -1, 28, -1, 27, + -1, 26, -1, 55, -1, 49, -1, 56, -1, 25, + -1 +}; + +/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ +static const yytype_uint16 yyrline[] = +{ + 0, 181, 181, 183, 187, 190, 195, 196, 200, 203, + 209, 212, 215, 218, 226, 245, 255, 260, 265, 284, + 299, 302, 305, 326, 330, 339, 344, 345, 348, 351, + 354, 357, 360, 363, 366, 369, 372, 375, 378, 381, + 384, 387, 390, 393, 401, 404, 407, 410, 413, 416, + 422, 427, 435, 436, 440, 446, 447, 450, 452, 459, + 463, 467, 472, 476, 483, 488, 495, 499, 503, 507, + 511, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 525, 526, + 527, 528, 529, 530, 531, 532, 533, 534, 535, 536, + 537, 538, 539, 540, 541, 542, 543, 544, 545, 546, + 547, 548 +}; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE || YYTOKEN_TABLE +/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM. + First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */ +static const char *const yytname[] = +{ + "$end", "error", "$undefined", "COMMA_FINAL", "DEFINED", + "ELIF_EXPANDED", "HASH", "HASH_DEFINE_FUNC", "HASH_DEFINE_OBJ", + "HASH_ELIF", "HASH_ELSE", "HASH_ENDIF", "HASH_IF", "HASH_IFDEF", + "HASH_IFNDEF", "HASH_UNDEF", "HASH_VERSION", "IDENTIFIER", "IF_EXPANDED", + "INTEGER", "INTEGER_STRING", "NEWLINE", "OTHER", "PLACEHOLDER", "SPACE", + "PASTE", "OR", "AND", "'|'", "'^'", "'&'", "NOT_EQUAL", "EQUAL", "'<'", + "'>'", "GREATER_OR_EQUAL", "LESS_OR_EQUAL", "RIGHT_SHIFT", "LEFT_SHIFT", + "'+'", "'-'", "'*'", "'/'", "'%'", "UNARY", "'('", "')'", "'!'", "'~'", + "','", "'['", "']'", "'{'", "'}'", "'.'", "';'", "'='", "$accept", + "input", "line", "expanded_line", "control_line", "integer_constant", + "expression", "identifier_list", "text_line", "non_directive", + "replacement_list", "junk", "conditional_token", "conditional_tokens", + "pp_tokens", "preprocessing_token", "operator", 0 +}; +#endif + +# ifdef YYPRINT +/* YYTOKNUM[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding to + token YYLEX-NUM. */ +static const yytype_uint16 yytoknum[] = +{ + 0, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, + 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, + 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 124, 94, + 38, 283, 284, 60, 62, 285, 286, 287, 288, 43, + 45, 42, 47, 37, 289, 40, 41, 33, 126, 44, + 91, 93, 123, 125, 46, 59, 61 +}; +# endif + +/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyr1[] = +{ + 0, 57, 58, 58, 59, 59, 59, 59, 60, 60, + 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, + 61, 61, 61, 61, 62, 62, 63, 63, 63, 63, + 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, + 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, + 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 67, 67, 68, 68, 69, + 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 72, 72, 72, 72, + 72, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, + 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, + 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, 73, + 73, 73 +}; + +/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyr2[] = +{ + 0, 2, 0, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, + 4, 6, 7, 3, 3, 2, 4, 4, 3, 2, + 2, 2, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 3, 3, + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, + 1, 3, 1, 2, 2, 0, 1, 0, 1, 2, + 4, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1 +}; + +/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NAME] -- Default rule to reduce with in state + STATE-NUM when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do. Zero + means the default is an error. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yydefact[] = +{ + 2, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 66, 0, 67, 52, 69, + 70, 101, 97, 96, 95, 94, 78, 93, 92, 88, + 89, 91, 90, 87, 86, 80, 81, 79, 84, 85, + 73, 74, 83, 82, 99, 71, 72, 75, 76, 77, + 98, 100, 3, 6, 4, 5, 0, 64, 68, 25, + 24, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 26, 0, 23, 7, + 0, 0, 55, 0, 19, 62, 0, 61, 20, 21, + 15, 0, 57, 57, 0, 0, 0, 53, 65, 48, + 47, 0, 45, 46, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 54, 0, 0, 56, 59, 0, 18, + 63, 14, 0, 58, 0, 13, 22, 8, 49, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 37, 36, 34, 35, + 38, 39, 41, 40, 44, 43, 42, 50, 55, 0, + 10, 0, 16, 17, 0, 55, 0, 60, 11, 0, + 51, 12 +}; + +/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */ +static const yytype_int16 yydefgoto[] = +{ + -1, 1, 52, 53, 54, 66, 67, 149, 55, 69, + 115, 122, 75, 76, 116, 57, 58 +}; + +/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing + STATE-NUM. */ +#define YYPACT_NINF -147 +static const yytype_int16 yypact[] = +{ + -147, 112, -147, 28, -10, 55, 62, 152, -15, 59, + 192, 85, 86, 87, 51, -147, 28, -147, -147, -147, + -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, + -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, + -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, + -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, 312, -147, -147, -147, + -147, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, -147, 428, -147, -147, + 352, 63, 392, 17, -147, -147, 232, -147, -147, -147, + -147, 272, 392, 392, 84, 89, 451, -147, -147, -147, + -147, 469, -147, -147, -147, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, + 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, + 28, 28, 28, -147, 60, 90, 392, -147, 96, -147, + -147, -147, 93, 392, 94, -147, -147, -147, -147, 489, + 505, 520, 534, 547, 558, 558, 18, 18, 18, 18, + 563, 563, 23, 23, -147, -147, -147, -147, 392, 32, + -147, 61, -147, -147, 110, 392, 118, -147, -147, 149, + -147, -147 +}; + +/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */ +static const yytype_int16 yypgoto[] = +{ + -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, 157, -11, -147, -147, -147, + -146, 92, -68, 200, 0, -7, -147 +}; + +/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]. What to do in state STATE-NUM. If + positive, shift that token. If negative, reduce the rule which + number is the opposite. If zero, do what YYDEFACT says. + If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error. */ +#define YYTABLE_NINF -1 +static const yytype_uint8 yytable[] = +{ + 77, 56, 154, 77, 70, 86, 78, 15, 120, 159, + 17, 68, 19, 120, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, + 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, + 36, 37, 38, 39, 117, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, + 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 59, 60, 88, + 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, + 111, 112, 118, 88, 110, 111, 112, 61, 62, 77, + 59, 60, 71, 63, 77, 64, 65, 147, 155, 72, + 79, 156, 123, 123, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, + 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, + 145, 146, 82, 83, 84, 125, 148, 157, 114, 88, + 126, 150, 2, 151, 152, 153, 88, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, + 16, 158, 17, 18, 19, 160, 20, 21, 22, 23, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 73, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15, + 161, 85, 17, 74, 19, 124, 20, 21, 22, 23, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 73, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15, + 81, 0, 17, 80, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 73, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15, + 0, 0, 17, 119, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 73, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15, + 0, 0, 17, 121, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 0, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15, + 0, 0, 17, 87, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 0, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15, + 0, 0, 17, 113, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 0, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 15, + 0, 0, 17, 0, 19, 0, 20, 21, 22, 23, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 0, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 94, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, + 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, + 111, 112, 127, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 96, 97, + 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, + 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, + 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, + 110, 111, 112, 0, 0, 128, 96, 97, 98, 99, + 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, + 110, 111, 112, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, + 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 98, + 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, + 109, 110, 111, 112, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, + 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 100, 101, + 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, + 112, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, + 111, 112, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112 +}; + +static const yytype_int16 yycheck[] = +{ + 7, 1, 148, 10, 4, 16, 21, 17, 76, 155, + 20, 21, 22, 81, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, + 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, + 40, 41, 42, 43, 17, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, + 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 19, 20, 56, + 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, + 42, 43, 45, 70, 41, 42, 43, 39, 40, 76, + 19, 20, 17, 45, 81, 47, 48, 17, 46, 17, + 21, 49, 82, 83, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, + 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, + 111, 112, 17, 17, 17, 21, 46, 46, 45, 116, + 21, 21, 0, 17, 21, 21, 123, 5, 6, 7, + 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, + 18, 21, 20, 21, 22, 17, 24, 25, 26, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 4, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17, + 21, 14, 20, 21, 22, 83, 24, 25, 26, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 4, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17, + 10, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 4, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17, + -1, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 4, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17, + -1, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, -1, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17, + -1, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, -1, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17, + -1, -1, 20, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, -1, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 17, + -1, -1, 20, -1, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, + 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, -1, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 21, + -1, -1, -1, -1, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, + 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, + 42, 43, 21, -1, -1, -1, -1, 26, 27, 28, + 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, + 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, + 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, + 41, 42, 43, -1, -1, 46, 27, 28, 29, 30, + 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, + 41, 42, 43, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, + 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 29, + 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, + 40, 41, 42, 43, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, + 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 31, 32, + 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, + 43, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, + 42, 43, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43 +}; + +/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing + symbol of state STATE-NUM. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] = +{ + 0, 58, 0, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, + 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, + 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, + 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, + 55, 56, 59, 60, 61, 65, 71, 72, 73, 19, + 20, 39, 40, 45, 47, 48, 62, 63, 21, 66, + 71, 17, 17, 4, 21, 69, 70, 72, 21, 21, + 21, 70, 17, 17, 17, 62, 63, 21, 72, 63, + 63, 63, 63, 63, 21, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, + 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, + 41, 42, 43, 21, 45, 67, 71, 17, 45, 21, + 69, 21, 68, 71, 68, 21, 21, 21, 46, 63, + 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, + 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 17, 46, 64, + 21, 17, 21, 21, 67, 46, 49, 46, 21, 67, + 17, 21 +}; + +#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) +#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) +#define YYEMPTY (-2) +#define YYEOF 0 + +#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab +#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab +#define YYERROR goto yyerrorlab + + +/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily + to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. + Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ + +#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab + +#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) + +#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ +do \ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ + { \ + yychar = (Token); \ + yylval = (Value); \ + yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ + YYPOPSTACK (1); \ + goto yybackup; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + yyerror (&yylloc, parser, YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \ + YYERROR; \ + } \ +while (YYID (0)) + + +#define YYTERROR 1 +#define YYERRCODE 256 + + +/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N]. + If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends + the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined). */ + +#define YYRHSLOC(Rhs, K) ((Rhs)[K]) +#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT +# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ + do \ + if (YYID (N)) \ + { \ + (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line; \ + (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column; \ + (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_line; \ + (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_column; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \ + YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_line; \ + (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \ + YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column; \ + } \ + while (YYID (0)) +#endif + + +/* YY_LOCATION_PRINT -- Print the location on the stream. + This macro was not mandated originally: define only if we know + we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know. */ + +#ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT +# if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL +# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) \ + fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d", \ + (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column, \ + (Loc).last_line, (Loc).last_column) +# else +# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0) +# endif +#endif + + +/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ + +#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) +#else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, parser) +#endif + +/* Enable debugging if requested. */ +#if YYDEBUG + +# ifndef YYFPRINTF +# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYFPRINTF fprintf +# endif + +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + YYFPRINTF Args; \ +} while (YYID (0)) + +# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + { \ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \ + yy_symbol_print (stderr, \ + Type, Value, Location, parser); \ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \ + } \ +} while (YYID (0)) + + +/*--------------------------------. +| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. | +`--------------------------------*/ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp, glcpp_parser_t *parser) +#else +static void +yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, parser) + FILE *yyoutput; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep; + YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp; + glcpp_parser_t *parser; +#endif +{ + if (!yyvaluep) + return; + YYUSE (yylocationp); + YYUSE (parser); +# ifdef YYPRINT + if (yytype < YYNTOKENS) + YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep); +# else + YYUSE (yyoutput); +# endif + switch (yytype) + { + default: + break; + } +} + + +/*--------------------------------. +| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. | +`--------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp, glcpp_parser_t *parser) +#else +static void +yy_symbol_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, parser) + FILE *yyoutput; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep; + YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp; + glcpp_parser_t *parser; +#endif +{ + if (yytype < YYNTOKENS) + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]); + else + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]); + + YY_LOCATION_PRINT (yyoutput, *yylocationp); + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ": "); + yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, parser); + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")"); +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------. +| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its | +| TOP (included). | +`------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *yybottom, yytype_int16 *yytop) +#else +static void +yy_stack_print (yybottom, yytop) + yytype_int16 *yybottom; + yytype_int16 *yytop; +#endif +{ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now"); + for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++) + { + int yybot = *yybottom; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot); + } + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); +} + +# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top)); \ +} while (YYID (0)) + + +/*------------------------------------------------. +| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced. | +`------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_reduce_print (YYSTYPE *yyvsp, YYLTYPE *yylsp, int yyrule, glcpp_parser_t *parser) +#else +static void +yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yylsp, yyrule, parser) + YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + YYLTYPE *yylsp; + int yyrule; + glcpp_parser_t *parser; +#endif +{ + int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule]; + int yyi; + unsigned long int yylno = yyrline[yyrule]; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %lu):\n", + yyrule - 1, yylno); + /* The symbols being reduced. */ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++) + { + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " $%d = ", yyi + 1); + yy_symbol_print (stderr, yyrhs[yyprhs[yyrule] + yyi], + &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]) + , &(yylsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]) , parser); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); + } +} + +# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yylsp, Rule, parser); \ +} while (YYID (0)) + +/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that + multiple parsers can coexist. */ +int yydebug; +#else /* !YYDEBUG */ +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) +# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) +# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) +# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) +#endif /* !YYDEBUG */ + + +/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ +#ifndef YYINITDEPTH +# define YYINITDEPTH 200 +#endif + +/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only + if the built-in stack extension method is used). + + Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if + YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) + evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ + +#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH +# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 +#endif + + + +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + +# ifndef yystrlen +# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H +# define yystrlen strlen +# else +/* Return the length of YYSTR. */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static YYSIZE_T +yystrlen (const char *yystr) +#else +static YYSIZE_T +yystrlen (yystr) + const char *yystr; +#endif +{ + YYSIZE_T yylen; + for (yylen = 0; yystr[yylen]; yylen++) + continue; + return yylen; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yystpcpy +# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H && defined _GNU_SOURCE +# define yystpcpy stpcpy +# else +/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in + YYDEST. */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static char * +yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) +#else +static char * +yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) + char *yydest; + const char *yysrc; +#endif +{ + char *yyd = yydest; + const char *yys = yysrc; + + while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') + continue; + + return yyd - 1; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yytnamerr +/* Copy to YYRES the contents of YYSTR after stripping away unnecessary + quotes and backslashes, so that it's suitable for yyerror. The + heuristic is that double-quoting is unnecessary unless the string + contains an apostrophe, a comma, or backslash (other than + backslash-backslash). YYSTR is taken from yytname. If YYRES is + null, do not copy; instead, return the length of what the result + would have been. */ +static YYSIZE_T +yytnamerr (char *yyres, const char *yystr) +{ + if (*yystr == '"') + { + YYSIZE_T yyn = 0; + char const *yyp = yystr; + + for (;;) + switch (*++yyp) + { + case '\'': + case ',': + goto do_not_strip_quotes; + + case '\\': + if (*++yyp != '\\') + goto do_not_strip_quotes; + /* Fall through. */ + default: + if (yyres) + yyres[yyn] = *yyp; + yyn++; + break; + + case '"': + if (yyres) + yyres[yyn] = '\0'; + return yyn; + } + do_not_strip_quotes: ; + } + + if (! yyres) + return yystrlen (yystr); + + return yystpcpy (yyres, yystr) - yyres; +} +# endif + +/* Copy into YYRESULT an error message about the unexpected token + YYCHAR while in state YYSTATE. Return the number of bytes copied, + including the terminating null byte. If YYRESULT is null, do not + copy anything; just return the number of bytes that would be + copied. As a special case, return 0 if an ordinary "syntax error" + message will do. Return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM if overflow occurs during + size calculation. */ +static YYSIZE_T +yysyntax_error (char *yyresult, int yystate, int yychar) +{ + int yyn = yypact[yystate]; + + if (! (YYPACT_NINF < yyn && yyn <= YYLAST)) + return 0; + else + { + int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + YYSIZE_T yysize0 = yytnamerr (0, yytname[yytype]); + YYSIZE_T yysize = yysize0; + YYSIZE_T yysize1; + int yysize_overflow = 0; + enum { YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM = 5 }; + char const *yyarg[YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM]; + int yyx; + +# if 0 + /* This is so xgettext sees the translatable formats that are + constructed on the fly. */ + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s"); + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s"); + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s"); + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s"); + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s or %s"); +# endif + char *yyfmt; + char const *yyf; + static char const yyunexpected[] = "syntax error, unexpected %s"; + static char const yyexpecting[] = ", expecting %s"; + static char const yyor[] = " or %s"; + char yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected + + sizeof yyexpecting - 1 + + ((YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM - 2) + * (sizeof yyor - 1))]; + char const *yyprefix = yyexpecting; + + /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in + YYCHECK. */ + int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + + /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname. */ + int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn + 1; + int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS; + int yycount = 1; + + yyarg[0] = yytname[yytype]; + yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyformat, yyunexpected); + + for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR) + { + if (yycount == YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM) + { + yycount = 1; + yysize = yysize0; + yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected - 1] = '\0'; + break; + } + yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yyx]; + yysize1 = yysize + yytnamerr (0, yytname[yyx]); + yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize); + yysize = yysize1; + yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyfmt, yyprefix); + yyprefix = yyor; + } + + yyf = YY_(yyformat); + yysize1 = yysize + yystrlen (yyf); + yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize); + yysize = yysize1; + + if (yysize_overflow) + return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM; + + if (yyresult) + { + /* Avoid sprintf, as that infringes on the user's name space. + Don't have undefined behavior even if the translation + produced a string with the wrong number of "%s"s. */ + char *yyp = yyresult; + int yyi = 0; + while ((*yyp = *yyf) != '\0') + { + if (*yyp == '%' && yyf[1] == 's' && yyi < yycount) + { + yyp += yytnamerr (yyp, yyarg[yyi++]); + yyf += 2; + } + else + { + yyp++; + yyf++; + } + } + } + return yysize; + } +} +#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ + + +/*-----------------------------------------------. +| Release the memory associated to this symbol. | +`-----------------------------------------------*/ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep, YYLTYPE *yylocationp, glcpp_parser_t *parser) +#else +static void +yydestruct (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, parser) + const char *yymsg; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE *yyvaluep; + YYLTYPE *yylocationp; + glcpp_parser_t *parser; +#endif +{ + YYUSE (yyvaluep); + YYUSE (yylocationp); + YYUSE (parser); + + if (!yymsg) + yymsg = "Deleting"; + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp); + + switch (yytype) + { + + default: + break; + } +} + +/* Prevent warnings from -Wmissing-prototypes. */ +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus +int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM); +#else +int yyparse (); +#endif +#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ +#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus +int yyparse (glcpp_parser_t *parser); +#else +int yyparse (); +#endif +#endif /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ + + + + + +/*-------------------------. +| yyparse or yypush_parse. | +`-------------------------*/ + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +int +yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM) +#else +int +yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM) + void *YYPARSE_PARAM; +#endif +#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +int +yyparse (glcpp_parser_t *parser) +#else +int +yyparse (parser) + glcpp_parser_t *parser; +#endif +#endif +{ +/* The lookahead symbol. */ +int yychar; + +/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ +YYSTYPE yylval; + +/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ +YYLTYPE yylloc; + + /* Number of syntax errors so far. */ + int yynerrs; + + int yystate; + /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ + int yyerrstatus; + + /* The stacks and their tools: + `yyss': related to states. + `yyvs': related to semantic values. + `yyls': related to locations. + + Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow + to reallocate them elsewhere. */ + + /* The state stack. */ + yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; + yytype_int16 *yyss; + yytype_int16 *yyssp; + + /* The semantic value stack. */ + YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYSTYPE *yyvs; + YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + + /* The location stack. */ + YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYLTYPE *yyls; + YYLTYPE *yylsp; + + /* The locations where the error started and ended. */ + YYLTYPE yyerror_range[2]; + + YYSIZE_T yystacksize; + + int yyn; + int yyresult; + /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ + int yytoken; + /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the + action routines. */ + YYSTYPE yyval; + YYLTYPE yyloc; + +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size. */ + char yymsgbuf[128]; + char *yymsg = yymsgbuf; + YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf; +#endif + +#define YYPOPSTACK(N) (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N), yylsp -= (N)) + + /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule. + Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped. */ + int yylen = 0; + + yytoken = 0; + yyss = yyssa; + yyvs = yyvsa; + yyls = yylsa; + yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); + + yystate = 0; + yyerrstatus = 0; + yynerrs = 0; + yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ + + /* Initialize stack pointers. + Waste one element of value and location stack + so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. + The wasted elements are never initialized. */ + yyssp = yyss; + yyvsp = yyvs; + yylsp = yyls; + +#if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL + /* Initialize the default location before parsing starts. */ + yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1; + yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 1; +#endif + +/* User initialization code. */ + +/* Line 1242 of yacc.c */ +#line 148 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" +{ + yylloc.first_line = 1; + yylloc.first_column = 1; + yylloc.last_line = 1; + yylloc.last_column = 1; + yylloc.source = 0; +} + +/* Line 1242 of yacc.c */ +#line 1610 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.c" + yylsp[0] = yylloc; + + goto yysetstate; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------. +| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | +`------------------------------------------------------------*/ + yynewstate: + /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks + have just been pushed. So pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ + yyssp++; + + yysetstate: + *yyssp = yystate; + + if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp) + { + /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ + YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; + +#ifdef yyoverflow + { + /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of + these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into + memory. */ + YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; + yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss; + YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; + + /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the + data in use in that stack, in bytes. This used to be a + conditional around just the two extra args, but that might + be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ + yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"), + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp), + &yystacksize); + + yyls = yyls1; + yyss = yyss1; + yyvs = yyvs1; + } +#else /* no yyoverflow */ +# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + goto yyexhaustedlab; +# else + /* Extend the stack our own way. */ + if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + yystacksize *= 2; + if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize) + yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; + + { + yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss; + union yyalloc *yyptr = + (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); + if (! yyptr) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss); + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs); + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls_alloc, yyls); +# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + if (yyss1 != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); + } +# endif +#endif /* no yyoverflow */ + + yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; + yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; + yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", + (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); + + if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp) + YYABORT; + } + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); + + if (yystate == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + goto yybackup; + +/*-----------. +| yybackup. | +`-----------*/ +yybackup: + + /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. Read a + lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ + + /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF) + goto yydefault; + + /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ + + /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid lookahead symbol. */ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY) + { + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); + yychar = YYLEX; + } + + if (yychar <= YYEOF) + { + yychar = yytoken = YYEOF; + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); + } + else + { + yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc); + } + + /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to + detect an error, take that action. */ + yyn += yytoken; + if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken) + goto yydefault; + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (yyn <= 0) + { + if (yyn == 0 || yyn == YYTABLE_NINF) + goto yyerrlab; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + + /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error + status. */ + if (yyerrstatus) + yyerrstatus--; + + /* Shift the lookahead token. */ + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc); + + /* Discard the shifted token. */ + yychar = YYEMPTY; + + yystate = yyn; + *++yyvsp = yylval; + *++yylsp = yylloc; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------. +| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | +`-----------------------------------------------------------*/ +yydefault: + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + goto yyreduce; + + +/*-----------------------------. +| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | +`-----------------------------*/ +yyreduce: + /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ + yylen = yyr2[yyn]; + + /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: + `$$ = $1'. + + Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage. + This behavior is undocumented and Bison + users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL + unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a + GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ + yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; + + /* Default location. */ + YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen); + YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn); + switch (yyn) + { + case 4: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 187 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + ralloc_strcat (&parser->output, "\n"); + ;} + break; + + case 5: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 190 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + _glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (parser, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].token_list)); + ralloc_strcat (&parser->output, "\n"); + ralloc_free ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].token_list)); + ;} + break; + + case 8: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 200 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival)); + ;} + break; + + case 9: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 203 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), "elif", (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival)); + ;} + break; + + case 10: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 209 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + _define_object_macro (parser, & (yylsp[(2) - (4)]), (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str), (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].token_list)); + ;} + break; + + case 11: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 212 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + _define_function_macro (parser, & (yylsp[(2) - (6)]), (yyvsp[(2) - (6)].str), NULL, (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].token_list)); + ;} + break; + + case 12: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 215 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + _define_function_macro (parser, & (yylsp[(2) - (7)]), (yyvsp[(2) - (7)].str), (yyvsp[(4) - (7)].string_list), (yyvsp[(6) - (7)].token_list)); + ;} + break; + + case 13: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 218 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].str)); + if (macro) { + hash_table_remove (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].str)); + ralloc_free (macro); + } + ralloc_free ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].str)); + ;} + break; + + case 14: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 226 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + /* Be careful to only evaluate the 'if' expression if + * we are not skipping. When we are skipping, we + * simply push a new 0-valued 'if' onto the skip + * stack. + * + * This avoids generating diagnostics for invalid + * expressions that are being skipped. */ + if (parser->skip_stack == NULL || + parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP) + { + _glcpp_parser_expand_if (parser, IF_EXPANDED, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].token_list)); + } + else + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), 0); + parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF; + } + ;} + break; + + case 15: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 245 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + /* #if without an expression is only an error if we + * are not skipping */ + if (parser->skip_stack == NULL || + parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP) + { + glcpp_error(& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), parser, "#if with no expression"); + } + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), 0); + ;} + break; + + case 16: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 255 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str)); + ralloc_free ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str)); + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (4)]), macro != NULL); + ;} + break; + + case 17: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 260 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str)); + ralloc_free ((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].str)); + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (4)]), macro == NULL); + ;} + break; + + case 18: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 265 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + /* Be careful to only evaluate the 'elif' expression + * if we are not skipping. When we are skipping, we + * simply change to a 0-valued 'elif' on the skip + * stack. + * + * This avoids generating diagnostics for invalid + * expressions that are being skipped. */ + if (parser->skip_stack && + parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE) + { + _glcpp_parser_expand_if (parser, ELIF_EXPANDED, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].token_list)); + } + else + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), + "elif", 0); + } + ;} + break; + + case 19: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 284 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + /* #elif without an expression is an error unless we + * are skipping. */ + if (parser->skip_stack && + parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE) + { + glcpp_error(& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), parser, "#elif with no expression"); + } + else + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), + "elif", 0); + glcpp_warning(& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), parser, "ignoring illegal #elif without expression"); + } + ;} + break; + + case 20: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 299 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), "else", 1); + ;} + break; + + case 21: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 302 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (parser, & (yylsp[(1) - (2)])); + ;} + break; + + case 22: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 305 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, "__VERSION__"); + if (macro) { + hash_table_remove (parser->defines, "__VERSION__"); + ralloc_free (macro); + } + add_builtin_define (parser, "__VERSION__", (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival)); + + if ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival) == 100) + add_builtin_define (parser, "GL_ES", 1); + + /* Currently, all ES2 implementations support highp in the + * fragment shader, so we always define this macro in ES2. + * If we ever get a driver that doesn't support highp, we'll + * need to add a flag to the gl_context and check that here. + */ + if ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival) >= 130 || (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival) == 100) + add_builtin_define (parser, "GL_FRAGMENT_PRECISION_HIGH", 1); + + ralloc_asprintf_append (&parser->output, "#version %" PRIiMAX, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival)); + ;} + break; + + case 24: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 330 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + if (strlen ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)) >= 3 && strncmp ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str), "0x", 2) == 0) { + (yyval.ival) = strtoll ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str) + 2, NULL, 16); + } else if ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)[0] == '0') { + (yyval.ival) = strtoll ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str), NULL, 8); + } else { + (yyval.ival) = strtoll ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str), NULL, 10); + } + ;} + break; + + case 25: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 339 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 27: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 345 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) || (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 28: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 348 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) && (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 29: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 351 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) | (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 30: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 354 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) ^ (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 31: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 357 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) & (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 32: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 360 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) != (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 33: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 363 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) == (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 34: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 366 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) >= (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 35: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 369 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) <= (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 36: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 372 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) > (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 37: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 375 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) < (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 38: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 378 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) >> (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 39: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 381 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) << (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 40: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 384 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) - (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 41: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 387 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) + (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 42: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 390 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) % (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 43: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 393 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + if ((yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival) == 0) { + yyerror (& (yylsp[(1) - (3)]), parser, + "division by 0 in preprocessor directive"); + } else { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) / (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + } + ;} + break; + + case 44: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 401 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].ival) * (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 45: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 404 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = ! (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 46: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 407 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = ~ (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 47: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 410 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = - (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 48: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 413 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = + (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 49: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 416 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.ival) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].ival); + ;} + break; + + case 50: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 422 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.string_list) = _string_list_create (parser); + _string_list_append_item ((yyval.string_list), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)); + ralloc_steal ((yyval.string_list), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)); + ;} + break; + + case 51: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 427 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.string_list) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].string_list); + _string_list_append_item ((yyval.string_list), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].str)); + ralloc_steal ((yyval.string_list), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].str)); + ;} + break; + + case 52: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 435 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.token_list) = NULL; ;} + break; + + case 54: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 440 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + yyerror (& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), parser, "Invalid tokens after #"); + ;} + break; + + case 55: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 446 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.token_list) = NULL; ;} + break; + + case 58: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 452 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + glcpp_warning(&(yylsp[(1) - (1)]), parser, "extra tokens at end of directive"); + ;} + break; + + case 59: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 459 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + int v = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].str)) ? 1 : 0; + (yyval.token) = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, v); + ;} + break; + + case 60: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 463 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + int v = hash_table_find (parser->defines, (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].str)) ? 1 : 0; + (yyval.token) = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, v); + ;} + break; + + case 62: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 472 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.token_list) = _token_list_create (parser); + _token_list_append ((yyval.token_list), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].token)); + ;} + break; + + case 63: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 476 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.token_list) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].token_list); + _token_list_append ((yyval.token_list), (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].token)); + ;} + break; + + case 64: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 483 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + parser->space_tokens = 1; + (yyval.token_list) = _token_list_create (parser); + _token_list_append ((yyval.token_list), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].token)); + ;} + break; + + case 65: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 488 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.token_list) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].token_list); + _token_list_append ((yyval.token_list), (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].token)); + ;} + break; + + case 66: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 495 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.token) = _token_create_str (parser, IDENTIFIER, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)); + (yyval.token)->location = yylloc; + ;} + break; + + case 67: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 499 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.token) = _token_create_str (parser, INTEGER_STRING, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)); + (yyval.token)->location = yylloc; + ;} + break; + + case 68: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 503 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.token) = _token_create_ival (parser, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].ival), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].ival)); + (yyval.token)->location = yylloc; + ;} + break; + + case 69: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 507 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.token) = _token_create_str (parser, OTHER, (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].str)); + (yyval.token)->location = yylloc; + ;} + break; + + case 70: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 511 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { + (yyval.token) = _token_create_ival (parser, SPACE, SPACE); + (yyval.token)->location = yylloc; + ;} + break; + + case 71: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 518 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '['; ;} + break; + + case 72: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 519 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = ']'; ;} + break; + + case 73: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 520 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '('; ;} + break; + + case 74: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 521 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = ')'; ;} + break; + + case 75: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 522 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '{'; ;} + break; + + case 76: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 523 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '}'; ;} + break; + + case 77: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 524 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '.'; ;} + break; + + case 78: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 525 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '&'; ;} + break; + + case 79: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 526 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '*'; ;} + break; + + case 80: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 527 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '+'; ;} + break; + + case 81: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 528 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '-'; ;} + break; + + case 82: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 529 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '~'; ;} + break; + + case 83: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 530 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '!'; ;} + break; + + case 84: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 531 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '/'; ;} + break; + + case 85: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 532 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '%'; ;} + break; + + case 86: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 533 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = LEFT_SHIFT; ;} + break; + + case 87: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 534 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = RIGHT_SHIFT; ;} + break; + + case 88: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 535 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '<'; ;} + break; + + case 89: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 536 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '>'; ;} + break; + + case 90: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 537 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = LESS_OR_EQUAL; ;} + break; + + case 91: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 538 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = GREATER_OR_EQUAL; ;} + break; + + case 92: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 539 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = EQUAL; ;} + break; + + case 93: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 540 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = NOT_EQUAL; ;} + break; + + case 94: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 541 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '^'; ;} + break; + + case 95: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 542 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '|'; ;} + break; + + case 96: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 543 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = AND; ;} + break; + + case 97: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 544 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = OR; ;} + break; + + case 98: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 545 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = ';'; ;} + break; + + case 99: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 546 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = ','; ;} + break; + + case 100: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 547 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = '='; ;} + break; + + case 101: + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 548 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + { (yyval.ival) = PASTE; ;} + break; + + + +/* Line 1455 of yacc.c */ +#line 2649 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.c" + default: break; + } + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc); + + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + yylen = 0; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + + *++yyvsp = yyval; + *++yylsp = yyloc; + + /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state + that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule + number reduced by. */ + + yyn = yyr1[yyn]; + + yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS] + *yyssp; + if (0 <= yystate && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) + yystate = yytable[yystate]; + else + yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS]; + + goto yynewstate; + + +/*------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | +`------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab: + /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ + if (!yyerrstatus) + { + ++yynerrs; +#if ! YYERROR_VERBOSE + yyerror (&yylloc, parser, YY_("syntax error")); +#else + { + YYSIZE_T yysize = yysyntax_error (0, yystate, yychar); + if (yymsg_alloc < yysize && yymsg_alloc < YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM) + { + YYSIZE_T yyalloc = 2 * yysize; + if (! (yysize <= yyalloc && yyalloc <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)) + yyalloc = YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM; + if (yymsg != yymsgbuf) + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); + yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yyalloc); + if (yymsg) + yymsg_alloc = yyalloc; + else + { + yymsg = yymsgbuf; + yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf; + } + } + + if (0 < yysize && yysize <= yymsg_alloc) + { + (void) yysyntax_error (yymsg, yystate, yychar); + yyerror (&yylloc, parser, yymsg); + } + else + { + yyerror (&yylloc, parser, YY_("syntax error")); + if (yysize != 0) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + } + } +#endif + } + + yyerror_range[0] = yylloc; + + if (yyerrstatus == 3) + { + /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an + error, discard it. */ + + if (yychar <= YYEOF) + { + /* Return failure if at end of input. */ + if (yychar == YYEOF) + YYABORT; + } + else + { + yydestruct ("Error: discarding", + yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, parser); + yychar = YYEMPTY; + } + } + + /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error + token. */ + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*---------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR. | +`---------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrorlab: + + /* Pacify compilers like GCC when the user code never invokes + YYERROR and the label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user + code. */ + if (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) + goto yyerrorlab; + + yyerror_range[0] = yylsp[1-yylen]; + /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered + this YYERROR. */ + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + yylen = 0; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + yystate = *yyssp; + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR. | +`-------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab1: + yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this. */ + + for (;;) + { + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn != YYPACT_NINF) + { + yyn += YYTERROR; + if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYTERROR) + { + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (0 < yyn) + break; + } + } + + /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token. */ + if (yyssp == yyss) + YYABORT; + + yyerror_range[0] = *yylsp; + yydestruct ("Error: popping", + yystos[yystate], yyvsp, yylsp, parser); + YYPOPSTACK (1); + yystate = *yyssp; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + } + + *++yyvsp = yylval; + + yyerror_range[1] = yylloc; + /* Using YYLLOC is tempting, but would change the location of + the lookahead. YYLOC is available though. */ + YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yyerror_range - 1), 2); + *++yylsp = yyloc; + + /* Shift the error token. */ + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp); + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-------------------------------------. +| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | +`-------------------------------------*/ +yyacceptlab: + yyresult = 0; + goto yyreturn; + +/*-----------------------------------. +| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | +`-----------------------------------*/ +yyabortlab: + yyresult = 1; + goto yyreturn; + +#if !defined(yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE +/*-------------------------------------------------. +| yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here. | +`-------------------------------------------------*/ +yyexhaustedlab: + yyerror (&yylloc, parser, YY_("memory exhausted")); + yyresult = 2; + /* Fall through. */ +#endif + +yyreturn: + if (yychar != YYEMPTY) + yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead", + yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, parser); + /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered + this YYABORT or YYACCEPT. */ + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + while (yyssp != yyss) + { + yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping", + yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp, yylsp, parser); + YYPOPSTACK (1); + } +#ifndef yyoverflow + if (yyss != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); +#endif +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + if (yymsg != yymsgbuf) + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); +#endif + /* Make sure YYID is used. */ + return YYID (yyresult); +} + + + +/* Line 1675 of yacc.c */ +#line 551 "glcpp/glcpp-parse.y" + + +string_list_t * +_string_list_create (void *ctx) +{ + string_list_t *list; + + list = ralloc (ctx, string_list_t); + list->head = NULL; + list->tail = NULL; + + return list; +} + +void +_string_list_append_item (string_list_t *list, const char *str) +{ + string_node_t *node; + + node = ralloc (list, string_node_t); + node->str = ralloc_strdup (node, str); + + node->next = NULL; + + if (list->head == NULL) { + list->head = node; + } else { + list->tail->next = node; + } + + list->tail = node; +} + +int +_string_list_contains (string_list_t *list, const char *member, int *index) +{ + string_node_t *node; + int i; + + if (list == NULL) + return 0; + + for (i = 0, node = list->head; node; i++, node = node->next) { + if (strcmp (node->str, member) == 0) { + if (index) + *index = i; + return 1; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +int +_string_list_length (string_list_t *list) +{ + int length = 0; + string_node_t *node; + + if (list == NULL) + return 0; + + for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) + length++; + + return length; +} + +int +_string_list_equal (string_list_t *a, string_list_t *b) +{ + string_node_t *node_a, *node_b; + + if (a == NULL && b == NULL) + return 1; + + if (a == NULL || b == NULL) + return 0; + + for (node_a = a->head, node_b = b->head; + node_a && node_b; + node_a = node_a->next, node_b = node_b->next) + { + if (strcmp (node_a->str, node_b->str)) + return 0; + } + + /* Catch the case of lists being different lengths, (which + * would cause the loop above to terminate after the shorter + * list). */ + return node_a == node_b; +} + +argument_list_t * +_argument_list_create (void *ctx) +{ + argument_list_t *list; + + list = ralloc (ctx, argument_list_t); + list->head = NULL; + list->tail = NULL; + + return list; +} + +void +_argument_list_append (argument_list_t *list, token_list_t *argument) +{ + argument_node_t *node; + + node = ralloc (list, argument_node_t); + node->argument = argument; + + node->next = NULL; + + if (list->head == NULL) { + list->head = node; + } else { + list->tail->next = node; + } + + list->tail = node; +} + +int +_argument_list_length (argument_list_t *list) +{ + int length = 0; + argument_node_t *node; + + if (list == NULL) + return 0; + + for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) + length++; + + return length; +} + +token_list_t * +_argument_list_member_at (argument_list_t *list, int index) +{ + argument_node_t *node; + int i; + + if (list == NULL) + return NULL; + + node = list->head; + for (i = 0; i < index; i++) { + node = node->next; + if (node == NULL) + break; + } + + if (node) + return node->argument; + + return NULL; +} + +/* Note: This function ralloc_steal()s the str pointer. */ +token_t * +_token_create_str (void *ctx, int type, char *str) +{ + token_t *token; + + token = ralloc (ctx, token_t); + token->type = type; + token->value.str = str; + + ralloc_steal (token, str); + + return token; +} + +token_t * +_token_create_ival (void *ctx, int type, int ival) +{ + token_t *token; + + token = ralloc (ctx, token_t); + token->type = type; + token->value.ival = ival; + + return token; +} + +token_list_t * +_token_list_create (void *ctx) +{ + token_list_t *list; + + list = ralloc (ctx, token_list_t); + list->head = NULL; + list->tail = NULL; + list->non_space_tail = NULL; + + return list; +} + +void +_token_list_append (token_list_t *list, token_t *token) +{ + token_node_t *node; + + node = ralloc (list, token_node_t); + node->token = token; + node->next = NULL; + + ralloc_steal (list, token); + + if (list->head == NULL) { + list->head = node; + } else { + list->tail->next = node; + } + + list->tail = node; + if (token->type != SPACE) + list->non_space_tail = node; +} + +void +_token_list_append_list (token_list_t *list, token_list_t *tail) +{ + if (tail == NULL || tail->head == NULL) + return; + + if (list->head == NULL) { + list->head = tail->head; + } else { + list->tail->next = tail->head; + } + + list->tail = tail->tail; + list->non_space_tail = tail->non_space_tail; +} + +static token_list_t * +_token_list_copy (void *ctx, token_list_t *other) +{ + token_list_t *copy; + token_node_t *node; + + if (other == NULL) + return NULL; + + copy = _token_list_create (ctx); + for (node = other->head; node; node = node->next) { + token_t *new_token = ralloc (copy, token_t); + *new_token = *node->token; + _token_list_append (copy, new_token); + } + + return copy; +} + +static void +_token_list_trim_trailing_space (token_list_t *list) +{ + token_node_t *tail, *next; + + if (list->non_space_tail) { + tail = list->non_space_tail->next; + list->non_space_tail->next = NULL; + list->tail = list->non_space_tail; + + while (tail) { + next = tail->next; + ralloc_free (tail); + tail = next; + } + } +} + +static int +_token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space (token_list_t *l) +{ + token_node_t *n; + + if (l == NULL) + return 1; + + n = l->head; + while (n != NULL && n->token->type == SPACE) + n = n->next; + + return n == NULL; +} + +int +_token_list_equal_ignoring_space (token_list_t *a, token_list_t *b) +{ + token_node_t *node_a, *node_b; + + if (a == NULL || b == NULL) { + int a_empty = _token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space(a); + int b_empty = _token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space(b); + return a_empty == b_empty; + } + + node_a = a->head; + node_b = b->head; + + while (1) + { + if (node_a == NULL && node_b == NULL) + break; + + if (node_a == NULL || node_b == NULL) + return 0; + + if (node_a->token->type == SPACE) { + node_a = node_a->next; + continue; + } + + if (node_b->token->type == SPACE) { + node_b = node_b->next; + continue; + } + + if (node_a->token->type != node_b->token->type) + return 0; + + switch (node_a->token->type) { + case INTEGER: + if (node_a->token->value.ival != + node_b->token->value.ival) + { + return 0; + } + break; + case IDENTIFIER: + case INTEGER_STRING: + case OTHER: + if (strcmp (node_a->token->value.str, + node_b->token->value.str)) + { + return 0; + } + break; + } + + node_a = node_a->next; + node_b = node_b->next; + } + + return 1; +} + +static void +_token_print (char **out, token_t *token) +{ + if (token->type < 256) { + ralloc_asprintf_append (out, "%c", token->type); + return; + } + + switch (token->type) { + case INTEGER: + ralloc_asprintf_append (out, "%" PRIiMAX, token->value.ival); + break; + case IDENTIFIER: + case INTEGER_STRING: + case OTHER: + ralloc_strcat (out, token->value.str); + break; + case SPACE: + ralloc_strcat (out, " "); + break; + case LEFT_SHIFT: + ralloc_strcat (out, "<<"); + break; + case RIGHT_SHIFT: + ralloc_strcat (out, ">>"); + break; + case LESS_OR_EQUAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, "<="); + break; + case GREATER_OR_EQUAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, ">="); + break; + case EQUAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, "=="); + break; + case NOT_EQUAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, "!="); + break; + case AND: + ralloc_strcat (out, "&&"); + break; + case OR: + ralloc_strcat (out, "||"); + break; + case PASTE: + ralloc_strcat (out, "##"); + break; + case COMMA_FINAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, ","); + break; + case PLACEHOLDER: + /* Nothing to print. */ + break; + default: + assert(!"Error: Don't know how to print token."); + break; + } +} + +/* Return a new token (ralloc()ed off of 'token') formed by pasting + * 'token' and 'other'. Note that this function may return 'token' or + * 'other' directly rather than allocating anything new. + * + * Caution: Only very cursory error-checking is performed to see if + * the final result is a valid single token. */ +static token_t * +_token_paste (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_t *token, token_t *other) +{ + token_t *combined = NULL; + + /* Pasting a placeholder onto anything makes no change. */ + if (other->type == PLACEHOLDER) + return token; + + /* When 'token' is a placeholder, just return 'other'. */ + if (token->type == PLACEHOLDER) + return other; + + /* A very few single-character punctuators can be combined + * with another to form a multi-character punctuator. */ + switch (token->type) { + case '<': + if (other->type == '<') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, LEFT_SHIFT, LEFT_SHIFT); + else if (other->type == '=') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, LESS_OR_EQUAL, LESS_OR_EQUAL); + break; + case '>': + if (other->type == '>') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, RIGHT_SHIFT, RIGHT_SHIFT); + else if (other->type == '=') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, GREATER_OR_EQUAL, GREATER_OR_EQUAL); + break; + case '=': + if (other->type == '=') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, EQUAL, EQUAL); + break; + case '!': + if (other->type == '=') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, NOT_EQUAL, NOT_EQUAL); + break; + case '&': + if (other->type == '&') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, AND, AND); + break; + case '|': + if (other->type == '|') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, OR, OR); + break; + } + + if (combined != NULL) { + /* Inherit the location from the first token */ + combined->location = token->location; + return combined; + } + + /* Two string-valued tokens can usually just be mashed + * together. + * + * XXX: This isn't actually legitimate. Several things here + * should result in a diagnostic since the result cannot be a + * valid, single pre-processing token. For example, pasting + * "123" and "abc" is not legal, but we don't catch that + * here. */ + if ((token->type == IDENTIFIER || token->type == OTHER || token->type == INTEGER_STRING) && + (other->type == IDENTIFIER || other->type == OTHER || other->type == INTEGER_STRING)) + { + char *str; + + str = ralloc_asprintf (token, "%s%s", token->value.str, + other->value.str); + combined = _token_create_str (token, token->type, str); + combined->location = token->location; + return combined; + } + + glcpp_error (&token->location, parser, ""); + ralloc_strcat (&parser->info_log, "Pasting \""); + _token_print (&parser->info_log, token); + ralloc_strcat (&parser->info_log, "\" and \""); + _token_print (&parser->info_log, other); + ralloc_strcat (&parser->info_log, "\" does not give a valid preprocessing token.\n"); + + return token; +} + +static void +_token_list_print (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list) +{ + token_node_t *node; + + if (list == NULL) + return; + + for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) + _token_print (&parser->output, node->token); +} + +void +yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *error) +{ + glcpp_error(locp, parser, "%s", error); +} + +static void add_builtin_define(glcpp_parser_t *parser, + const char *name, int value) +{ + token_t *tok; + token_list_t *list; + + tok = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, value); + + list = _token_list_create(parser); + _token_list_append(list, tok); + _define_object_macro(parser, NULL, name, list); +} + +glcpp_parser_t * +glcpp_parser_create (const struct gl_extensions *extensions, int api) +{ + glcpp_parser_t *parser; + int language_version; + + parser = ralloc (NULL, glcpp_parser_t); + + glcpp_lex_init_extra (parser, &parser->scanner); + parser->defines = hash_table_ctor (32, hash_table_string_hash, + hash_table_string_compare); + parser->active = NULL; + parser->lexing_if = 0; + parser->space_tokens = 1; + parser->newline_as_space = 0; + parser->in_control_line = 0; + parser->paren_count = 0; + + parser->skip_stack = NULL; + + parser->lex_from_list = NULL; + parser->lex_from_node = NULL; + + parser->output = ralloc_strdup(parser, ""); + parser->info_log = ralloc_strdup(parser, ""); + parser->error = 0; + + /* Add pre-defined macros. */ + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_draw_buffers", 1); + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_texture_rectangle", 1); + + if (api == API_OPENGLES2) + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ES", 1); + + if (extensions != NULL) { + if (extensions->EXT_texture_array) { + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_EXT_texture_array", 1); + } + + if (extensions->ARB_fragment_coord_conventions) + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_fragment_coord_conventions", + 1); + + if (extensions->ARB_explicit_attrib_location) + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location", 1); + if (extensions->AMD_conservative_depth) + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_AMD_conservative_depth", 1); + } + + language_version = 110; + add_builtin_define(parser, "__VERSION__", language_version); + + return parser; +} + +int +glcpp_parser_parse (glcpp_parser_t *parser) +{ + return yyparse (parser); +} + +void +glcpp_parser_destroy (glcpp_parser_t *parser) +{ + glcpp_lex_destroy (parser->scanner); + hash_table_dtor (parser->defines); + ralloc_free (parser); +} + +typedef enum function_status +{ + FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS, + FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION, + FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES +} function_status_t; + +/* Find a set of function-like macro arguments by looking for a + * balanced set of parentheses. + * + * When called, 'node' should be the opening-parenthesis token, (or + * perhaps preceeding SPACE tokens). Upon successful return *last will + * be the last consumed node, (corresponding to the closing right + * parenthesis). + * + * Return values: + * + * FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS: + * + * Successfully parsed a set of function arguments. + * + * FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION: + * + * Macro name not followed by a '('. This is not an error, but + * simply that the macro name should be treated as a non-macro. + * + * FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES + * + * Macro name is not followed by a balanced set of parentheses. + */ +static function_status_t +_arguments_parse (argument_list_t *arguments, + token_node_t *node, + token_node_t **last) +{ + token_list_t *argument; + int paren_count; + + node = node->next; + + /* Ignore whitespace before first parenthesis. */ + while (node && node->token->type == SPACE) + node = node->next; + + if (node == NULL || node->token->type != '(') + return FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION; + + node = node->next; + + argument = _token_list_create (arguments); + _argument_list_append (arguments, argument); + + for (paren_count = 1; node; node = node->next) { + if (node->token->type == '(') + { + paren_count++; + } + else if (node->token->type == ')') + { + paren_count--; + if (paren_count == 0) + break; + } + + if (node->token->type == ',' && + paren_count == 1) + { + _token_list_trim_trailing_space (argument); + argument = _token_list_create (arguments); + _argument_list_append (arguments, argument); + } + else { + if (argument->head == NULL) { + /* Don't treat initial whitespace as + * part of the arguement. */ + if (node->token->type == SPACE) + continue; + } + _token_list_append (argument, node->token); + } + } + + if (paren_count) + return FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES; + + *last = node; + + return FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +static token_list_t * +_token_list_create_with_one_space (void *ctx) +{ + token_list_t *list; + token_t *space; + + list = _token_list_create (ctx); + space = _token_create_ival (list, SPACE, SPACE); + _token_list_append (list, space); + + return list; +} + +static void +_glcpp_parser_expand_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, int type, token_list_t *list) +{ + token_list_t *expanded; + token_t *token; + + expanded = _token_list_create (parser); + token = _token_create_ival (parser, type, type); + _token_list_append (expanded, token); + _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, list); + _token_list_append_list (expanded, list); + glcpp_parser_lex_from (parser, expanded); +} + +/* This is a helper function that's essentially part of the + * implementation of _glcpp_parser_expand_node. It shouldn't be called + * except for by that function. + * + * Returns NULL if node is a simple token with no expansion, (that is, + * although 'node' corresponds to an identifier defined as a + * function-like macro, it is not followed with a parenthesized + * argument list). + * + * Compute the complete expansion of node (which is a function-like + * macro) and subsequent nodes which are arguments. + * + * Returns the token list that results from the expansion and sets + * *last to the last node in the list that was consumed by the + * expansion. Specifically, *last will be set as follows: as the + * token of the closing right parenthesis. + */ +static token_list_t * +_glcpp_parser_expand_function (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_node_t *node, + token_node_t **last) + +{ + macro_t *macro; + const char *identifier; + argument_list_t *arguments; + function_status_t status; + token_list_t *substituted; + int parameter_index; + + identifier = node->token->value.str; + + macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier); + + assert (macro->is_function); + + arguments = _argument_list_create (parser); + status = _arguments_parse (arguments, node, last); + + switch (status) { + case FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS: + break; + case FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION: + return NULL; + case FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES: + glcpp_error (&node->token->location, parser, "Macro %s call has unbalanced parentheses\n", identifier); + return NULL; + } + + /* Replace a macro defined as empty with a SPACE token. */ + if (macro->replacements == NULL) { + ralloc_free (arguments); + return _token_list_create_with_one_space (parser); + } + + if (! ((_argument_list_length (arguments) == + _string_list_length (macro->parameters)) || + (_string_list_length (macro->parameters) == 0 && + _argument_list_length (arguments) == 1 && + arguments->head->argument->head == NULL))) + { + glcpp_error (&node->token->location, parser, + "Error: macro %s invoked with %d arguments (expected %d)\n", + identifier, + _argument_list_length (arguments), + _string_list_length (macro->parameters)); + return NULL; + } + + /* Perform argument substitution on the replacement list. */ + substituted = _token_list_create (arguments); + + for (node = macro->replacements->head; node; node = node->next) + { + if (node->token->type == IDENTIFIER && + _string_list_contains (macro->parameters, + node->token->value.str, + ¶meter_index)) + { + token_list_t *argument; + argument = _argument_list_member_at (arguments, + parameter_index); + /* Before substituting, we expand the argument + * tokens, or append a placeholder token for + * an empty argument. */ + if (argument->head) { + token_list_t *expanded_argument; + expanded_argument = _token_list_copy (parser, + argument); + _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, + expanded_argument); + _token_list_append_list (substituted, + expanded_argument); + } else { + token_t *new_token; + + new_token = _token_create_ival (substituted, + PLACEHOLDER, + PLACEHOLDER); + _token_list_append (substituted, new_token); + } + } else { + _token_list_append (substituted, node->token); + } + } + + /* After argument substitution, and before further expansion + * below, implement token pasting. */ + + _token_list_trim_trailing_space (substituted); + + node = substituted->head; + while (node) + { + token_node_t *next_non_space; + + /* Look ahead for a PASTE token, skipping space. */ + next_non_space = node->next; + while (next_non_space && next_non_space->token->type == SPACE) + next_non_space = next_non_space->next; + + if (next_non_space == NULL) + break; + + if (next_non_space->token->type != PASTE) { + node = next_non_space; + continue; + } + + /* Now find the next non-space token after the PASTE. */ + next_non_space = next_non_space->next; + while (next_non_space && next_non_space->token->type == SPACE) + next_non_space = next_non_space->next; + + if (next_non_space == NULL) { + yyerror (&node->token->location, parser, "'##' cannot appear at either end of a macro expansion\n"); + return NULL; + } + + node->token = _token_paste (parser, node->token, next_non_space->token); + node->next = next_non_space->next; + if (next_non_space == substituted->tail) + substituted->tail = node; + + node = node->next; + } + + substituted->non_space_tail = substituted->tail; + + return substituted; +} + +/* Compute the complete expansion of node, (and subsequent nodes after + * 'node' in the case that 'node' is a function-like macro and + * subsequent nodes are arguments). + * + * Returns NULL if node is a simple token with no expansion. + * + * Otherwise, returns the token list that results from the expansion + * and sets *last to the last node in the list that was consumed by + * the expansion. Specifically, *last will be set as follows: + * + * As 'node' in the case of object-like macro expansion. + * + * As the token of the closing right parenthesis in the case of + * function-like macro expansion. + */ +static token_list_t * +_glcpp_parser_expand_node (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_node_t *node, + token_node_t **last) +{ + token_t *token = node->token; + const char *identifier; + macro_t *macro; + + /* We only expand identifiers */ + if (token->type != IDENTIFIER) { + /* We change any COMMA into a COMMA_FINAL to prevent + * it being mistaken for an argument separator + * later. */ + if (token->type == ',') { + token->type = COMMA_FINAL; + token->value.ival = COMMA_FINAL; + } + + return NULL; + } + + /* Look up this identifier in the hash table. */ + identifier = token->value.str; + macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier); + + /* Not a macro, so no expansion needed. */ + if (macro == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Finally, don't expand this macro if we're already actively + * expanding it, (to avoid infinite recursion). */ + if (_active_list_contains (parser->active, identifier)) { + /* We change the token type here from IDENTIFIER to + * OTHER to prevent any future expansion of this + * unexpanded token. */ + char *str; + token_list_t *expansion; + token_t *final; + + str = ralloc_strdup (parser, token->value.str); + final = _token_create_str (parser, OTHER, str); + expansion = _token_list_create (parser); + _token_list_append (expansion, final); + *last = node; + return expansion; + } + + if (! macro->is_function) + { + *last = node; + + /* Replace a macro defined as empty with a SPACE token. */ + if (macro->replacements == NULL) + return _token_list_create_with_one_space (parser); + + return _token_list_copy (parser, macro->replacements); + } + + return _glcpp_parser_expand_function (parser, node, last); +} + +/* Push a new identifier onto the active list, returning the new list. + * + * Here, 'marker' is the token node that appears in the list after the + * expansion of 'identifier'. That is, when the list iterator begins + * examinging 'marker', then it is time to pop this node from the + * active stack. + */ +active_list_t * +_active_list_push (active_list_t *list, + const char *identifier, + token_node_t *marker) +{ + active_list_t *node; + + node = ralloc (list, active_list_t); + node->identifier = ralloc_strdup (node, identifier); + node->marker = marker; + node->next = list; + + return node; +} + +active_list_t * +_active_list_pop (active_list_t *list) +{ + active_list_t *node = list; + + if (node == NULL) + return NULL; + + node = list->next; + ralloc_free (list); + + return node; +} + +int +_active_list_contains (active_list_t *list, const char *identifier) +{ + active_list_t *node; + + if (list == NULL) + return 0; + + for (node = list; node; node = node->next) + if (strcmp (node->identifier, identifier) == 0) + return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* Walk over the token list replacing nodes with their expansion. + * Whenever nodes are expanded the walking will walk over the new + * nodes, continuing to expand as necessary. The results are placed in + * 'list' itself; + */ +static void +_glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_list_t *list) +{ + token_node_t *node_prev; + token_node_t *node, *last = NULL; + token_list_t *expansion; + + if (list == NULL) + return; + + _token_list_trim_trailing_space (list); + + node_prev = NULL; + node = list->head; + + while (node) { + + while (parser->active && parser->active->marker == node) + parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active); + + /* Find the expansion for node, which will replace all + * nodes from node to last, inclusive. */ + expansion = _glcpp_parser_expand_node (parser, node, &last); + if (expansion) { + token_node_t *n; + + for (n = node; n != last->next; n = n->next) + while (parser->active && + parser->active->marker == n) + { + parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active); + } + + parser->active = _active_list_push (parser->active, + node->token->value.str, + last->next); + + /* Splice expansion into list, supporting a + * simple deletion if the expansion is + * empty. */ + if (expansion->head) { + if (node_prev) + node_prev->next = expansion->head; + else + list->head = expansion->head; + expansion->tail->next = last->next; + if (last == list->tail) + list->tail = expansion->tail; + } else { + if (node_prev) + node_prev->next = last->next; + else + list->head = last->next; + if (last == list->tail) + list->tail = NULL; + } + } else { + node_prev = node; + } + node = node_prev ? node_prev->next : list->head; + } + + while (parser->active) + parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active); + + list->non_space_tail = list->tail; +} + +void +_glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_list_t *list) +{ + if (list == NULL) + return; + + _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, list); + + _token_list_trim_trailing_space (list); + + _token_list_print (parser, list); +} + +static void +_check_for_reserved_macro_name (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *identifier) +{ + /* According to the GLSL specification, macro names starting with "__" + * or "GL_" are reserved for future use. So, don't allow them. + */ + if (strncmp(identifier, "__", 2) == 0) { + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Macro names starting with \"__\" are reserved.\n"); + } + if (strncmp(identifier, "GL_", 3) == 0) { + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Macro names starting with \"GL_\" are reserved.\n"); + } +} + +static int +_macro_equal (macro_t *a, macro_t *b) +{ + if (a->is_function != b->is_function) + return 0; + + if (a->is_function) { + if (! _string_list_equal (a->parameters, b->parameters)) + return 0; + } + + return _token_list_equal_ignoring_space (a->replacements, + b->replacements); +} + +void +_define_object_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *identifier, + token_list_t *replacements) +{ + macro_t *macro, *previous; + + if (loc != NULL) + _check_for_reserved_macro_name(parser, loc, identifier); + + macro = ralloc (parser, macro_t); + + macro->is_function = 0; + macro->parameters = NULL; + macro->identifier = ralloc_strdup (macro, identifier); + macro->replacements = replacements; + ralloc_steal (macro, replacements); + + previous = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier); + if (previous) { + if (_macro_equal (macro, previous)) { + ralloc_free (macro); + return; + } + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Redefinition of macro %s\n", + identifier); + } + + hash_table_insert (parser->defines, macro, identifier); +} + +void +_define_function_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *identifier, + string_list_t *parameters, + token_list_t *replacements) +{ + macro_t *macro, *previous; + + _check_for_reserved_macro_name(parser, loc, identifier); + + macro = ralloc (parser, macro_t); + ralloc_steal (macro, parameters); + ralloc_steal (macro, replacements); + + macro->is_function = 1; + macro->parameters = parameters; + macro->identifier = ralloc_strdup (macro, identifier); + macro->replacements = replacements; + previous = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier); + if (previous) { + if (_macro_equal (macro, previous)) { + ralloc_free (macro); + return; + } + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Redefinition of macro %s\n", + identifier); + } + + hash_table_insert (parser->defines, macro, identifier); +} + +static int +glcpp_parser_lex (YYSTYPE *yylval, YYLTYPE *yylloc, glcpp_parser_t *parser) +{ + token_node_t *node; + int ret; + + if (parser->lex_from_list == NULL) { + ret = glcpp_lex (yylval, yylloc, parser->scanner); + + /* XXX: This ugly block of code exists for the sole + * purpose of converting a NEWLINE token into a SPACE + * token, but only in the case where we have seen a + * function-like macro name, but have not yet seen its + * closing parenthesis. + * + * There's perhaps a more compact way to do this with + * mid-rule actions in the grammar. + * + * I'm definitely not pleased with the complexity of + * this code here. + */ + if (parser->newline_as_space) + { + if (ret == '(') { + parser->paren_count++; + } else if (ret == ')') { + parser->paren_count--; + if (parser->paren_count == 0) + parser->newline_as_space = 0; + } else if (ret == NEWLINE) { + ret = SPACE; + } else if (ret != SPACE) { + if (parser->paren_count == 0) + parser->newline_as_space = 0; + } + } + else if (parser->in_control_line) + { + if (ret == NEWLINE) + parser->in_control_line = 0; + } + else if (ret == HASH_DEFINE_OBJ || ret == HASH_DEFINE_FUNC || + ret == HASH_UNDEF || ret == HASH_IF || + ret == HASH_IFDEF || ret == HASH_IFNDEF || + ret == HASH_ELIF || ret == HASH_ELSE || + ret == HASH_ENDIF || ret == HASH) + { + parser->in_control_line = 1; + } + else if (ret == IDENTIFIER) + { + macro_t *macro; + macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, + yylval->str); + if (macro && macro->is_function) { + parser->newline_as_space = 1; + parser->paren_count = 0; + } + } + + return ret; + } + + node = parser->lex_from_node; + + if (node == NULL) { + ralloc_free (parser->lex_from_list); + parser->lex_from_list = NULL; + return NEWLINE; + } + + *yylval = node->token->value; + ret = node->token->type; + + parser->lex_from_node = node->next; + + return ret; +} + +static void +glcpp_parser_lex_from (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list) +{ + token_node_t *node; + + assert (parser->lex_from_list == NULL); + + /* Copy list, eliminating any space tokens. */ + parser->lex_from_list = _token_list_create (parser); + + for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) { + if (node->token->type == SPACE) + continue; + _token_list_append (parser->lex_from_list, node->token); + } + + ralloc_free (list); + + parser->lex_from_node = parser->lex_from_list->head; + + /* It's possible the list consisted of nothing but whitespace. */ + if (parser->lex_from_node == NULL) { + ralloc_free (parser->lex_from_list); + parser->lex_from_list = NULL; + } +} + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + int condition) +{ + skip_type_t current = SKIP_NO_SKIP; + skip_node_t *node; + + if (parser->skip_stack) + current = parser->skip_stack->type; + + node = ralloc (parser, skip_node_t); + node->loc = *loc; + + if (current == SKIP_NO_SKIP) { + if (condition) + node->type = SKIP_NO_SKIP; + else + node->type = SKIP_TO_ELSE; + } else { + node->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF; + } + + node->next = parser->skip_stack; + parser->skip_stack = node; +} + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *type, int condition) +{ + if (parser->skip_stack == NULL) { + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "%s without #if\n", type); + return; + } + + if (parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE) { + if (condition) + parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_NO_SKIP; + } else { + parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF; + } +} + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc) +{ + skip_node_t *node; + + if (parser->skip_stack == NULL) { + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "#endif without #if\n"); + return; + } + + node = parser->skip_stack; + parser->skip_stack = node->next; + ralloc_free (node); +} + diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.h index 40556854f..50758930e 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.h @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ -/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.4.3. */ + +/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.4.1. */ /* Skeleton interface for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C - Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, - 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.y b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.y index 7976101bc..aa5a0c4f2 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.y +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp-parse.y @@ -1,1890 +1,1891 @@ -%{
-/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>
-
-#include "glcpp.h"
-#include "main/core.h" /* for struct gl_extensions */
-#include "main/mtypes.h" /* for gl_api enum */
-
-#define glcpp_print(stream, str) stream = talloc_strdup_append(stream, str)
-#define glcpp_printf(stream, fmt, args, ...) \
- stream = talloc_asprintf_append(stream, fmt, args)
-
-static void
-yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *error);
-
-static void
-_define_object_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *macro,
- token_list_t *replacements);
-
-static void
-_define_function_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *macro,
- string_list_t *parameters,
- token_list_t *replacements);
-
-static string_list_t *
-_string_list_create (void *ctx);
-
-static void
-_string_list_append_item (string_list_t *list, const char *str);
-
-static int
-_string_list_contains (string_list_t *list, const char *member, int *index);
-
-static int
-_string_list_length (string_list_t *list);
-
-static int
-_string_list_equal (string_list_t *a, string_list_t *b);
-
-static argument_list_t *
-_argument_list_create (void *ctx);
-
-static void
-_argument_list_append (argument_list_t *list, token_list_t *argument);
-
-static int
-_argument_list_length (argument_list_t *list);
-
-static token_list_t *
-_argument_list_member_at (argument_list_t *list, int index);
-
-/* Note: This function talloc_steal()s the str pointer. */
-static token_t *
-_token_create_str (void *ctx, int type, char *str);
-
-static token_t *
-_token_create_ival (void *ctx, int type, int ival);
-
-static token_list_t *
-_token_list_create (void *ctx);
-
-/* Note: This function calls talloc_steal on token. */
-static void
-_token_list_append (token_list_t *list, token_t *token);
-
-static void
-_token_list_append_list (token_list_t *list, token_list_t *tail);
-
-static int
-_token_list_equal_ignoring_space (token_list_t *a, token_list_t *b);
-
-static active_list_t *
-_active_list_push (active_list_t *list,
- const char *identifier,
- token_node_t *marker);
-
-static active_list_t *
-_active_list_pop (active_list_t *list);
-
-int
-_active_list_contains (active_list_t *list, const char *identifier);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_expand_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, int type, token_list_t *list);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_list_t *list);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_list_t *list);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- int condition);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *type, int condition);
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc);
-
-#define yylex glcpp_parser_lex
-
-static int
-glcpp_parser_lex (YYSTYPE *yylval, YYLTYPE *yylloc, glcpp_parser_t *parser);
-
-static void
-glcpp_parser_lex_from (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list);
-
-static void
-add_builtin_define(glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *name, int value);
-
-%}
-
-%pure-parser
-%error-verbose
-
-%locations
-%initial-action {
- @$.first_line = 1;
- @$.first_column = 1;
- @$.last_line = 1;
- @$.last_column = 1;
- @$.source = 0;
-}
-
-%parse-param {glcpp_parser_t *parser}
-%lex-param {glcpp_parser_t *parser}
-
-%expect 0
-%token COMMA_FINAL DEFINED ELIF_EXPANDED HASH HASH_DEFINE_FUNC HASH_DEFINE_OBJ HASH_ELIF HASH_ELSE HASH_ENDIF HASH_IF HASH_IFDEF HASH_IFNDEF HASH_UNDEF HASH_VERSION IDENTIFIER IF_EXPANDED INTEGER INTEGER_STRING NEWLINE OTHER PLACEHOLDER SPACE
-%token PASTE
-%type <ival> expression INTEGER operator SPACE integer_constant
-%type <str> IDENTIFIER INTEGER_STRING OTHER
-%type <string_list> identifier_list
-%type <token> preprocessing_token conditional_token
-%type <token_list> pp_tokens replacement_list text_line conditional_tokens
-%left OR
-%left AND
-%left '|'
-%left '^'
-%left '&'
-%left EQUAL NOT_EQUAL
-%left '<' '>' LESS_OR_EQUAL GREATER_OR_EQUAL
-%left LEFT_SHIFT RIGHT_SHIFT
-%left '+' '-'
-%left '*' '/' '%'
-%right UNARY
-
-%%
-
-input:
- /* empty */
-| input line
-;
-
-line:
- control_line {
- glcpp_print(parser->output, "\n");
- }
-| text_line {
- _glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (parser, $1);
- glcpp_print(parser->output, "\n");
- talloc_free ($1);
- }
-| expanded_line
-| HASH non_directive
-;
-
-expanded_line:
- IF_EXPANDED expression NEWLINE {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, $2);
- }
-| ELIF_EXPANDED expression NEWLINE {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & @1, "elif", $2);
- }
-;
-
-control_line:
- HASH_DEFINE_OBJ IDENTIFIER replacement_list NEWLINE {
- _define_object_macro (parser, & @2, $2, $3);
- }
-| HASH_DEFINE_FUNC IDENTIFIER '(' ')' replacement_list NEWLINE {
- _define_function_macro (parser, & @2, $2, NULL, $5);
- }
-| HASH_DEFINE_FUNC IDENTIFIER '(' identifier_list ')' replacement_list NEWLINE {
- _define_function_macro (parser, & @2, $2, $4, $6);
- }
-| HASH_UNDEF IDENTIFIER NEWLINE {
- macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $2);
- if (macro) {
- hash_table_remove (parser->defines, $2);
- talloc_free (macro);
- }
- talloc_free ($2);
- }
-| HASH_IF conditional_tokens NEWLINE {
- /* Be careful to only evaluate the 'if' expression if
- * we are not skipping. When we are skipping, we
- * simply push a new 0-valued 'if' onto the skip
- * stack.
- *
- * This avoids generating diagnostics for invalid
- * expressions that are being skipped. */
- if (parser->skip_stack == NULL ||
- parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP)
- {
- _glcpp_parser_expand_if (parser, IF_EXPANDED, $2);
- }
- else
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, 0);
- parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
- }
- }
-| HASH_IF NEWLINE {
- /* #if without an expression is only an error if we
- * are not skipping */
- if (parser->skip_stack == NULL ||
- parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP)
- {
- glcpp_error(& @1, parser, "#if with no expression");
- }
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, 0);
- }
-| HASH_IFDEF IDENTIFIER junk NEWLINE {
- macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $2);
- talloc_free ($2);
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, macro != NULL);
- }
-| HASH_IFNDEF IDENTIFIER junk NEWLINE {
- macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $2);
- talloc_free ($2);
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, macro == NULL);
- }
-| HASH_ELIF conditional_tokens NEWLINE {
- /* Be careful to only evaluate the 'elif' expression
- * if we are not skipping. When we are skipping, we
- * simply change to a 0-valued 'elif' on the skip
- * stack.
- *
- * This avoids generating diagnostics for invalid
- * expressions that are being skipped. */
- if (parser->skip_stack &&
- parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE)
- {
- _glcpp_parser_expand_if (parser, ELIF_EXPANDED, $2);
- }
- else
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & @1,
- "elif", 0);
- }
- }
-| HASH_ELIF NEWLINE {
- /* #elif without an expression is an error unless we
- * are skipping. */
- if (parser->skip_stack &&
- parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE)
- {
- glcpp_error(& @1, parser, "#elif with no expression");
- }
- else
- {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & @1,
- "elif", 0);
- glcpp_warning(& @1, parser, "ignoring illegal #elif without expression");
- }
- }
-| HASH_ELSE NEWLINE {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & @1, "else", 1);
- }
-| HASH_ENDIF NEWLINE {
- _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (parser, & @1);
- }
-| HASH_VERSION integer_constant NEWLINE {
- macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, "__VERSION__");
- if (macro) {
- hash_table_remove (parser->defines, "__VERSION__");
- talloc_free (macro);
- }
- add_builtin_define (parser, "__VERSION__", $2);
-
- if ($2 == 100)
- add_builtin_define (parser, "GL_ES", 1);
-
- /* Currently, all ES2 implementations support highp in the
- * fragment shader, so we always define this macro in ES2.
- * If we ever get a driver that doesn't support highp, we'll
- * need to add a flag to the gl_context and check that here.
- */
- if ($2 >= 130 || $2 == 100)
- add_builtin_define (parser, "GL_FRAGMENT_PRECISION_HIGH", 1);
-
- glcpp_printf(parser->output, "#version %" PRIiMAX, $2);
- }
-| HASH NEWLINE
-;
-
-integer_constant:
- INTEGER_STRING {
- if (strlen ($1) >= 3 && strncmp ($1, "0x", 2) == 0) {
- $$ = strtoll ($1 + 2, NULL, 16);
- } else if ($1[0] == '0') {
- $$ = strtoll ($1, NULL, 8);
- } else {
- $$ = strtoll ($1, NULL, 10);
- }
- }
-| INTEGER {
- $$ = $1;
- }
-
-expression:
- integer_constant
-| expression OR expression {
- $$ = $1 || $3;
- }
-| expression AND expression {
- $$ = $1 && $3;
- }
-| expression '|' expression {
- $$ = $1 | $3;
- }
-| expression '^' expression {
- $$ = $1 ^ $3;
- }
-| expression '&' expression {
- $$ = $1 & $3;
- }
-| expression NOT_EQUAL expression {
- $$ = $1 != $3;
- }
-| expression EQUAL expression {
- $$ = $1 == $3;
- }
-| expression GREATER_OR_EQUAL expression {
- $$ = $1 >= $3;
- }
-| expression LESS_OR_EQUAL expression {
- $$ = $1 <= $3;
- }
-| expression '>' expression {
- $$ = $1 > $3;
- }
-| expression '<' expression {
- $$ = $1 < $3;
- }
-| expression RIGHT_SHIFT expression {
- $$ = $1 >> $3;
- }
-| expression LEFT_SHIFT expression {
- $$ = $1 << $3;
- }
-| expression '-' expression {
- $$ = $1 - $3;
- }
-| expression '+' expression {
- $$ = $1 + $3;
- }
-| expression '%' expression {
- $$ = $1 % $3;
- }
-| expression '/' expression {
- if ($3 == 0) {
- yyerror (& @1, parser,
- "division by 0 in preprocessor directive");
- } else {
- $$ = $1 / $3;
- }
- }
-| expression '*' expression {
- $$ = $1 * $3;
- }
-| '!' expression %prec UNARY {
- $$ = ! $2;
- }
-| '~' expression %prec UNARY {
- $$ = ~ $2;
- }
-| '-' expression %prec UNARY {
- $$ = - $2;
- }
-| '+' expression %prec UNARY {
- $$ = + $2;
- }
-| '(' expression ')' {
- $$ = $2;
- }
-;
-
-identifier_list:
- IDENTIFIER {
- $$ = _string_list_create (parser);
- _string_list_append_item ($$, $1);
- talloc_steal ($$, $1);
- }
-| identifier_list ',' IDENTIFIER {
- $$ = $1;
- _string_list_append_item ($$, $3);
- talloc_steal ($$, $3);
- }
-;
-
-text_line:
- NEWLINE { $$ = NULL; }
-| pp_tokens NEWLINE
-;
-
-non_directive:
- pp_tokens NEWLINE {
- yyerror (& @1, parser, "Invalid tokens after #");
- }
-;
-
-replacement_list:
- /* empty */ { $$ = NULL; }
-| pp_tokens
-;
-
-junk:
- /* empty */
-| pp_tokens {
- glcpp_warning(&@1, parser, "extra tokens at end of directive");
- }
-;
-
-conditional_token:
- /* Handle "defined" operator */
- DEFINED IDENTIFIER {
- int v = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $2) ? 1 : 0;
- $$ = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, v);
- }
-| DEFINED '(' IDENTIFIER ')' {
- int v = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $3) ? 1 : 0;
- $$ = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, v);
- }
-| preprocessing_token
-;
-
-conditional_tokens:
- /* Exactly the same as pp_tokens, but using conditional_token */
- conditional_token {
- $$ = _token_list_create (parser);
- _token_list_append ($$, $1);
- }
-| conditional_tokens conditional_token {
- $$ = $1;
- _token_list_append ($$, $2);
- }
-;
-
-pp_tokens:
- preprocessing_token {
- parser->space_tokens = 1;
- $$ = _token_list_create (parser);
- _token_list_append ($$, $1);
- }
-| pp_tokens preprocessing_token {
- $$ = $1;
- _token_list_append ($$, $2);
- }
-;
-
-preprocessing_token:
- IDENTIFIER {
- $$ = _token_create_str (parser, IDENTIFIER, $1);
- $$->location = yylloc;
- }
-| INTEGER_STRING {
- $$ = _token_create_str (parser, INTEGER_STRING, $1);
- $$->location = yylloc;
- }
-| operator {
- $$ = _token_create_ival (parser, $1, $1);
- $$->location = yylloc;
- }
-| OTHER {
- $$ = _token_create_str (parser, OTHER, $1);
- $$->location = yylloc;
- }
-| SPACE {
- $$ = _token_create_ival (parser, SPACE, SPACE);
- $$->location = yylloc;
- }
-;
-
-operator:
- '[' { $$ = '['; }
-| ']' { $$ = ']'; }
-| '(' { $$ = '('; }
-| ')' { $$ = ')'; }
-| '{' { $$ = '{'; }
-| '}' { $$ = '}'; }
-| '.' { $$ = '.'; }
-| '&' { $$ = '&'; }
-| '*' { $$ = '*'; }
-| '+' { $$ = '+'; }
-| '-' { $$ = '-'; }
-| '~' { $$ = '~'; }
-| '!' { $$ = '!'; }
-| '/' { $$ = '/'; }
-| '%' { $$ = '%'; }
-| LEFT_SHIFT { $$ = LEFT_SHIFT; }
-| RIGHT_SHIFT { $$ = RIGHT_SHIFT; }
-| '<' { $$ = '<'; }
-| '>' { $$ = '>'; }
-| LESS_OR_EQUAL { $$ = LESS_OR_EQUAL; }
-| GREATER_OR_EQUAL { $$ = GREATER_OR_EQUAL; }
-| EQUAL { $$ = EQUAL; }
-| NOT_EQUAL { $$ = NOT_EQUAL; }
-| '^' { $$ = '^'; }
-| '|' { $$ = '|'; }
-| AND { $$ = AND; }
-| OR { $$ = OR; }
-| ';' { $$ = ';'; }
-| ',' { $$ = ','; }
-| '=' { $$ = '='; }
-| PASTE { $$ = PASTE; }
-;
-
-%%
-
-string_list_t *
-_string_list_create (void *ctx)
-{
- string_list_t *list;
-
- list = talloc (ctx, string_list_t);
- list->head = NULL;
- list->tail = NULL;
-
- return list;
-}
-
-void
-_string_list_append_item (string_list_t *list, const char *str)
-{
- string_node_t *node;
-
- node = talloc (list, string_node_t);
- node->str = talloc_strdup (node, str);
-
- node->next = NULL;
-
- if (list->head == NULL) {
- list->head = node;
- } else {
- list->tail->next = node;
- }
-
- list->tail = node;
-}
-
-int
-_string_list_contains (string_list_t *list, const char *member, int *index)
-{
- string_node_t *node;
- int i;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (i = 0, node = list->head; node; i++, node = node->next) {
- if (strcmp (node->str, member) == 0) {
- if (index)
- *index = i;
- return 1;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-_string_list_length (string_list_t *list)
-{
- int length = 0;
- string_node_t *node;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next)
- length++;
-
- return length;
-}
-
-int
-_string_list_equal (string_list_t *a, string_list_t *b)
-{
- string_node_t *node_a, *node_b;
-
- if (a == NULL && b == NULL)
- return 1;
-
- if (a == NULL || b == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (node_a = a->head, node_b = b->head;
- node_a && node_b;
- node_a = node_a->next, node_b = node_b->next)
- {
- if (strcmp (node_a->str, node_b->str))
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Catch the case of lists being different lengths, (which
- * would cause the loop above to terminate after the shorter
- * list). */
- return node_a == node_b;
-}
-
-argument_list_t *
-_argument_list_create (void *ctx)
-{
- argument_list_t *list;
-
- list = talloc (ctx, argument_list_t);
- list->head = NULL;
- list->tail = NULL;
-
- return list;
-}
-
-void
-_argument_list_append (argument_list_t *list, token_list_t *argument)
-{
- argument_node_t *node;
-
- node = talloc (list, argument_node_t);
- node->argument = argument;
-
- node->next = NULL;
-
- if (list->head == NULL) {
- list->head = node;
- } else {
- list->tail->next = node;
- }
-
- list->tail = node;
-}
-
-int
-_argument_list_length (argument_list_t *list)
-{
- int length = 0;
- argument_node_t *node;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next)
- length++;
-
- return length;
-}
-
-token_list_t *
-_argument_list_member_at (argument_list_t *list, int index)
-{
- argument_node_t *node;
- int i;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- node = list->head;
- for (i = 0; i < index; i++) {
- node = node->next;
- if (node == NULL)
- break;
- }
-
- if (node)
- return node->argument;
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Note: This function talloc_steal()s the str pointer. */
-token_t *
-_token_create_str (void *ctx, int type, char *str)
-{
- token_t *token;
-
- token = talloc (ctx, token_t);
- token->type = type;
- token->value.str = talloc_steal (token, str);
-
- return token;
-}
-
-token_t *
-_token_create_ival (void *ctx, int type, int ival)
-{
- token_t *token;
-
- token = talloc (ctx, token_t);
- token->type = type;
- token->value.ival = ival;
-
- return token;
-}
-
-token_list_t *
-_token_list_create (void *ctx)
-{
- token_list_t *list;
-
- list = talloc (ctx, token_list_t);
- list->head = NULL;
- list->tail = NULL;
- list->non_space_tail = NULL;
-
- return list;
-}
-
-void
-_token_list_append (token_list_t *list, token_t *token)
-{
- token_node_t *node;
-
- node = talloc (list, token_node_t);
- node->token = talloc_steal (list, token);
-
- node->next = NULL;
-
- if (list->head == NULL) {
- list->head = node;
- } else {
- list->tail->next = node;
- }
-
- list->tail = node;
- if (token->type != SPACE)
- list->non_space_tail = node;
-}
-
-void
-_token_list_append_list (token_list_t *list, token_list_t *tail)
-{
- if (tail == NULL || tail->head == NULL)
- return;
-
- if (list->head == NULL) {
- list->head = tail->head;
- } else {
- list->tail->next = tail->head;
- }
-
- list->tail = tail->tail;
- list->non_space_tail = tail->non_space_tail;
-}
-
-static token_list_t *
-_token_list_copy (void *ctx, token_list_t *other)
-{
- token_list_t *copy;
- token_node_t *node;
-
- if (other == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- copy = _token_list_create (ctx);
- for (node = other->head; node; node = node->next) {
- token_t *new_token = talloc (copy, token_t);
- *new_token = *node->token;
- _token_list_append (copy, new_token);
- }
-
- return copy;
-}
-
-static void
-_token_list_trim_trailing_space (token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_node_t *tail, *next;
-
- if (list->non_space_tail) {
- tail = list->non_space_tail->next;
- list->non_space_tail->next = NULL;
- list->tail = list->non_space_tail;
-
- while (tail) {
- next = tail->next;
- talloc_free (tail);
- tail = next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-int
-_token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space (token_list_t *l)
-{
- token_node_t *n;
-
- if (l == NULL)
- return 1;
-
- n = l->head;
- while (n != NULL && n->token->type == SPACE)
- n = n->next;
-
- return n == NULL;
-}
-
-int
-_token_list_equal_ignoring_space (token_list_t *a, token_list_t *b)
-{
- token_node_t *node_a, *node_b;
-
- if (a == NULL || b == NULL) {
- int a_empty = _token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space(a);
- int b_empty = _token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space(b);
- return a_empty == b_empty;
- }
-
- node_a = a->head;
- node_b = b->head;
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (node_a == NULL && node_b == NULL)
- break;
-
- if (node_a == NULL || node_b == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- if (node_a->token->type == SPACE) {
- node_a = node_a->next;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (node_b->token->type == SPACE) {
- node_b = node_b->next;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (node_a->token->type != node_b->token->type)
- return 0;
-
- switch (node_a->token->type) {
- case INTEGER:
- if (node_a->token->value.ival !=
- node_b->token->value.ival)
- {
- return 0;
- }
- break;
- case IDENTIFIER:
- case INTEGER_STRING:
- case OTHER:
- if (strcmp (node_a->token->value.str,
- node_b->token->value.str))
- {
- return 0;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- node_a = node_a->next;
- node_b = node_b->next;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-static void
-_token_print (char **out, token_t *token)
-{
- if (token->type < 256) {
- glcpp_printf (*out, "%c", token->type);
- return;
- }
-
- switch (token->type) {
- case INTEGER:
- glcpp_printf (*out, "%" PRIiMAX, token->value.ival);
- break;
- case IDENTIFIER:
- case INTEGER_STRING:
- case OTHER:
- glcpp_print (*out, token->value.str);
- break;
- case SPACE:
- glcpp_print (*out, " ");
- break;
- case LEFT_SHIFT:
- glcpp_print (*out, "<<");
- break;
- case RIGHT_SHIFT:
- glcpp_print (*out, ">>");
- break;
- case LESS_OR_EQUAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, "<=");
- break;
- case GREATER_OR_EQUAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, ">=");
- break;
- case EQUAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, "==");
- break;
- case NOT_EQUAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, "!=");
- break;
- case AND:
- glcpp_print (*out, "&&");
- break;
- case OR:
- glcpp_print (*out, "||");
- break;
- case PASTE:
- glcpp_print (*out, "##");
- break;
- case COMMA_FINAL:
- glcpp_print (*out, ",");
- break;
- case PLACEHOLDER:
- /* Nothing to print. */
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Error: Don't know how to print token.");
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return a new token (talloc()ed off of 'token') formed by pasting
- * 'token' and 'other'. Note that this function may return 'token' or
- * 'other' directly rather than allocating anything new.
- *
- * Caution: Only very cursory error-checking is performed to see if
- * the final result is a valid single token. */
-static token_t *
-_token_paste (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_t *token, token_t *other)
-{
- token_t *combined = NULL;
-
- /* Pasting a placeholder onto anything makes no change. */
- if (other->type == PLACEHOLDER)
- return token;
-
- /* When 'token' is a placeholder, just return 'other'. */
- if (token->type == PLACEHOLDER)
- return other;
-
- /* A very few single-character punctuators can be combined
- * with another to form a multi-character punctuator. */
- switch (token->type) {
- case '<':
- if (other->type == '<')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, LEFT_SHIFT, LEFT_SHIFT);
- else if (other->type == '=')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, LESS_OR_EQUAL, LESS_OR_EQUAL);
- break;
- case '>':
- if (other->type == '>')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, RIGHT_SHIFT, RIGHT_SHIFT);
- else if (other->type == '=')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, GREATER_OR_EQUAL, GREATER_OR_EQUAL);
- break;
- case '=':
- if (other->type == '=')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, EQUAL, EQUAL);
- break;
- case '!':
- if (other->type == '=')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, NOT_EQUAL, NOT_EQUAL);
- break;
- case '&':
- if (other->type == '&')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, AND, AND);
- break;
- case '|':
- if (other->type == '|')
- combined = _token_create_ival (token, OR, OR);
- break;
- }
-
- if (combined != NULL) {
- /* Inherit the location from the first token */
- combined->location = token->location;
- return combined;
- }
-
- /* Two string-valued tokens can usually just be mashed
- * together.
- *
- * XXX: This isn't actually legitimate. Several things here
- * should result in a diagnostic since the result cannot be a
- * valid, single pre-processing token. For example, pasting
- * "123" and "abc" is not legal, but we don't catch that
- * here. */
- if ((token->type == IDENTIFIER || token->type == OTHER || token->type == INTEGER_STRING) &&
- (other->type == IDENTIFIER || other->type == OTHER || other->type == INTEGER_STRING))
- {
- char *str;
-
- str = talloc_asprintf (token, "%s%s", token->value.str,
- other->value.str);
- combined = _token_create_str (token, token->type, str);
- combined->location = token->location;
- return combined;
- }
-
- glcpp_error (&token->location, parser, "");
- glcpp_print (parser->info_log, "Pasting \"");
- _token_print (&parser->info_log, token);
- glcpp_print (parser->info_log, "\" and \"");
- _token_print (&parser->info_log, other);
- glcpp_print (parser->info_log, "\" does not give a valid preprocessing token.\n");
-
- return token;
-}
-
-static void
-_token_list_print (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_node_t *node;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return;
-
- for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next)
- _token_print (&parser->output, node->token);
-}
-
-void
-yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *error)
-{
- glcpp_error(locp, parser, "%s", error);
-}
-
-static void add_builtin_define(glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- const char *name, int value)
-{
- token_t *tok;
- token_list_t *list;
-
- tok = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, value);
-
- list = _token_list_create(parser);
- _token_list_append(list, tok);
- _define_object_macro(parser, NULL, name, list);
-}
-
-glcpp_parser_t *
-glcpp_parser_create (const struct gl_extensions *extensions, int api)
-{
- glcpp_parser_t *parser;
- int language_version;
-
- parser = talloc (NULL, glcpp_parser_t);
-
- glcpp_lex_init_extra (parser, &parser->scanner);
- parser->defines = hash_table_ctor (32, hash_table_string_hash,
- hash_table_string_compare);
- parser->active = NULL;
- parser->lexing_if = 0;
- parser->space_tokens = 1;
- parser->newline_as_space = 0;
- parser->in_control_line = 0;
- parser->paren_count = 0;
-
- parser->skip_stack = NULL;
-
- parser->lex_from_list = NULL;
- parser->lex_from_node = NULL;
-
- parser->output = talloc_strdup(parser, "");
- parser->info_log = talloc_strdup(parser, "");
- parser->error = 0;
-
- /* Add pre-defined macros. */
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_draw_buffers", 1);
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_texture_rectangle", 1);
-
- if (api == API_OPENGLES2)
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ES", 1);
-
- if (extensions != NULL) {
- if (extensions->EXT_texture_array) {
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_EXT_texture_array", 1);
- }
-
- if (extensions->ARB_fragment_coord_conventions)
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_fragment_coord_conventions",
- 1);
-
- if (extensions->ARB_explicit_attrib_location)
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location", 1);
- if (extensions->AMD_conservative_depth)
- add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_AMD_conservative_depth", 1);
- }
-
- language_version = 110;
- add_builtin_define(parser, "__VERSION__", language_version);
-
- return parser;
-}
-
-int
-glcpp_parser_parse (glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-{
- return yyparse (parser);
-}
-
-void
-glcpp_parser_destroy (glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-{
- glcpp_lex_destroy (parser->scanner);
- hash_table_dtor (parser->defines);
- talloc_free (parser);
-}
-
-typedef enum function_status
-{
- FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS,
- FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION,
- FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES
-} function_status_t;
-
-/* Find a set of function-like macro arguments by looking for a
- * balanced set of parentheses.
- *
- * When called, 'node' should be the opening-parenthesis token, (or
- * perhaps preceeding SPACE tokens). Upon successful return *last will
- * be the last consumed node, (corresponding to the closing right
- * parenthesis).
- *
- * Return values:
- *
- * FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS:
- *
- * Successfully parsed a set of function arguments.
- *
- * FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION:
- *
- * Macro name not followed by a '('. This is not an error, but
- * simply that the macro name should be treated as a non-macro.
- *
- * FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES
- *
- * Macro name is not followed by a balanced set of parentheses.
- */
-static function_status_t
-_arguments_parse (argument_list_t *arguments,
- token_node_t *node,
- token_node_t **last)
-{
- token_list_t *argument;
- int paren_count;
-
- node = node->next;
-
- /* Ignore whitespace before first parenthesis. */
- while (node && node->token->type == SPACE)
- node = node->next;
-
- if (node == NULL || node->token->type != '(')
- return FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION;
-
- node = node->next;
-
- argument = _token_list_create (arguments);
- _argument_list_append (arguments, argument);
-
- for (paren_count = 1; node; node = node->next) {
- if (node->token->type == '(')
- {
- paren_count++;
- }
- else if (node->token->type == ')')
- {
- paren_count--;
- if (paren_count == 0)
- break;
- }
-
- if (node->token->type == ',' &&
- paren_count == 1)
- {
- _token_list_trim_trailing_space (argument);
- argument = _token_list_create (arguments);
- _argument_list_append (arguments, argument);
- }
- else {
- if (argument->head == NULL) {
- /* Don't treat initial whitespace as
- * part of the arguement. */
- if (node->token->type == SPACE)
- continue;
- }
- _token_list_append (argument, node->token);
- }
- }
-
- if (paren_count)
- return FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES;
-
- *last = node;
-
- return FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-static token_list_t *
-_token_list_create_with_one_space (void *ctx)
-{
- token_list_t *list;
- token_t *space;
-
- list = _token_list_create (ctx);
- space = _token_create_ival (list, SPACE, SPACE);
- _token_list_append (list, space);
-
- return list;
-}
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_expand_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, int type, token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_list_t *expanded;
- token_t *token;
-
- expanded = _token_list_create (parser);
- token = _token_create_ival (parser, type, type);
- _token_list_append (expanded, token);
- _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, list);
- _token_list_append_list (expanded, list);
- glcpp_parser_lex_from (parser, expanded);
-}
-
-/* This is a helper function that's essentially part of the
- * implementation of _glcpp_parser_expand_node. It shouldn't be called
- * except for by that function.
- *
- * Returns NULL if node is a simple token with no expansion, (that is,
- * although 'node' corresponds to an identifier defined as a
- * function-like macro, it is not followed with a parenthesized
- * argument list).
- *
- * Compute the complete expansion of node (which is a function-like
- * macro) and subsequent nodes which are arguments.
- *
- * Returns the token list that results from the expansion and sets
- * *last to the last node in the list that was consumed by the
- * expansion. Specifically, *last will be set as follows: as the
- * token of the closing right parenthesis.
- */
-static token_list_t *
-_glcpp_parser_expand_function (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_node_t *node,
- token_node_t **last)
-
-{
- macro_t *macro;
- const char *identifier;
- argument_list_t *arguments;
- function_status_t status;
- token_list_t *substituted;
- int parameter_index;
-
- identifier = node->token->value.str;
-
- macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier);
-
- assert (macro->is_function);
-
- arguments = _argument_list_create (parser);
- status = _arguments_parse (arguments, node, last);
-
- switch (status) {
- case FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS:
- break;
- case FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION:
- return NULL;
- case FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES:
- glcpp_error (&node->token->location, parser, "Macro %s call has unbalanced parentheses\n", identifier);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Replace a macro defined as empty with a SPACE token. */
- if (macro->replacements == NULL) {
- talloc_free (arguments);
- return _token_list_create_with_one_space (parser);
- }
-
- if (! ((_argument_list_length (arguments) ==
- _string_list_length (macro->parameters)) ||
- (_string_list_length (macro->parameters) == 0 &&
- _argument_list_length (arguments) == 1 &&
- arguments->head->argument->head == NULL)))
- {
- glcpp_error (&node->token->location, parser,
- "Error: macro %s invoked with %d arguments (expected %d)\n",
- identifier,
- _argument_list_length (arguments),
- _string_list_length (macro->parameters));
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Perform argument substitution on the replacement list. */
- substituted = _token_list_create (arguments);
-
- for (node = macro->replacements->head; node; node = node->next)
- {
- if (node->token->type == IDENTIFIER &&
- _string_list_contains (macro->parameters,
- node->token->value.str,
- ¶meter_index))
- {
- token_list_t *argument;
- argument = _argument_list_member_at (arguments,
- parameter_index);
- /* Before substituting, we expand the argument
- * tokens, or append a placeholder token for
- * an empty argument. */
- if (argument->head) {
- token_list_t *expanded_argument;
- expanded_argument = _token_list_copy (parser,
- argument);
- _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser,
- expanded_argument);
- _token_list_append_list (substituted,
- expanded_argument);
- } else {
- token_t *new_token;
-
- new_token = _token_create_ival (substituted,
- PLACEHOLDER,
- PLACEHOLDER);
- _token_list_append (substituted, new_token);
- }
- } else {
- _token_list_append (substituted, node->token);
- }
- }
-
- /* After argument substitution, and before further expansion
- * below, implement token pasting. */
-
- _token_list_trim_trailing_space (substituted);
-
- node = substituted->head;
- while (node)
- {
- token_node_t *next_non_space;
-
- /* Look ahead for a PASTE token, skipping space. */
- next_non_space = node->next;
- while (next_non_space && next_non_space->token->type == SPACE)
- next_non_space = next_non_space->next;
-
- if (next_non_space == NULL)
- break;
-
- if (next_non_space->token->type != PASTE) {
- node = next_non_space;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Now find the next non-space token after the PASTE. */
- next_non_space = next_non_space->next;
- while (next_non_space && next_non_space->token->type == SPACE)
- next_non_space = next_non_space->next;
-
- if (next_non_space == NULL) {
- yyerror (&node->token->location, parser, "'##' cannot appear at either end of a macro expansion\n");
- return NULL;
- }
-
- node->token = _token_paste (parser, node->token, next_non_space->token);
- node->next = next_non_space->next;
- if (next_non_space == substituted->tail)
- substituted->tail = node;
-
- node = node->next;
- }
-
- substituted->non_space_tail = substituted->tail;
-
- return substituted;
-}
-
-/* Compute the complete expansion of node, (and subsequent nodes after
- * 'node' in the case that 'node' is a function-like macro and
- * subsequent nodes are arguments).
- *
- * Returns NULL if node is a simple token with no expansion.
- *
- * Otherwise, returns the token list that results from the expansion
- * and sets *last to the last node in the list that was consumed by
- * the expansion. Specifically, *last will be set as follows:
- *
- * As 'node' in the case of object-like macro expansion.
- *
- * As the token of the closing right parenthesis in the case of
- * function-like macro expansion.
- */
-static token_list_t *
-_glcpp_parser_expand_node (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_node_t *node,
- token_node_t **last)
-{
- token_t *token = node->token;
- const char *identifier;
- macro_t *macro;
-
- /* We only expand identifiers */
- if (token->type != IDENTIFIER) {
- /* We change any COMMA into a COMMA_FINAL to prevent
- * it being mistaken for an argument separator
- * later. */
- if (token->type == ',') {
- token->type = COMMA_FINAL;
- token->value.ival = COMMA_FINAL;
- }
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Look up this identifier in the hash table. */
- identifier = token->value.str;
- macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier);
-
- /* Not a macro, so no expansion needed. */
- if (macro == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Finally, don't expand this macro if we're already actively
- * expanding it, (to avoid infinite recursion). */
- if (_active_list_contains (parser->active, identifier)) {
- /* We change the token type here from IDENTIFIER to
- * OTHER to prevent any future expansion of this
- * unexpanded token. */
- char *str;
- token_list_t *expansion;
- token_t *final;
-
- str = talloc_strdup (parser, token->value.str);
- final = _token_create_str (parser, OTHER, str);
- expansion = _token_list_create (parser);
- _token_list_append (expansion, final);
- *last = node;
- return expansion;
- }
-
- if (! macro->is_function)
- {
- *last = node;
-
- /* Replace a macro defined as empty with a SPACE token. */
- if (macro->replacements == NULL)
- return _token_list_create_with_one_space (parser);
-
- return _token_list_copy (parser, macro->replacements);
- }
-
- return _glcpp_parser_expand_function (parser, node, last);
-}
-
-/* Push a new identifier onto the active list, returning the new list.
- *
- * Here, 'marker' is the token node that appears in the list after the
- * expansion of 'identifier'. That is, when the list iterator begins
- * examinging 'marker', then it is time to pop this node from the
- * active stack.
- */
-active_list_t *
-_active_list_push (active_list_t *list,
- const char *identifier,
- token_node_t *marker)
-{
- active_list_t *node;
-
- node = talloc (list, active_list_t);
- node->identifier = talloc_strdup (node, identifier);
- node->marker = marker;
- node->next = list;
-
- return node;
-}
-
-active_list_t *
-_active_list_pop (active_list_t *list)
-{
- active_list_t *node = list;
-
- if (node == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- node = list->next;
- talloc_free (list);
-
- return node;
-}
-
-int
-_active_list_contains (active_list_t *list, const char *identifier)
-{
- active_list_t *node;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
- if (strcmp (node->identifier, identifier) == 0)
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Walk over the token list replacing nodes with their expansion.
- * Whenever nodes are expanded the walking will walk over the new
- * nodes, continuing to expand as necessary. The results are placed in
- * 'list' itself;
- */
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_node_t *node_prev;
- token_node_t *node, *last = NULL;
- token_list_t *expansion;
-
- if (list == NULL)
- return;
-
- _token_list_trim_trailing_space (list);
-
- node_prev = NULL;
- node = list->head;
-
- while (node) {
-
- while (parser->active && parser->active->marker == node)
- parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active);
-
- /* Find the expansion for node, which will replace all
- * nodes from node to last, inclusive. */
- expansion = _glcpp_parser_expand_node (parser, node, &last);
- if (expansion) {
- token_node_t *n;
-
- for (n = node; n != last->next; n = n->next)
- while (parser->active &&
- parser->active->marker == n)
- {
- parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active);
- }
-
- parser->active = _active_list_push (parser->active,
- node->token->value.str,
- last->next);
-
- /* Splice expansion into list, supporting a
- * simple deletion if the expansion is
- * empty. */
- if (expansion->head) {
- if (node_prev)
- node_prev->next = expansion->head;
- else
- list->head = expansion->head;
- expansion->tail->next = last->next;
- if (last == list->tail)
- list->tail = expansion->tail;
- } else {
- if (node_prev)
- node_prev->next = last->next;
- else
- list->head = last->next;
- if (last == list->tail)
- list->tail = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- node_prev = node;
- }
- node = node_prev ? node_prev->next : list->head;
- }
-
- while (parser->active)
- parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active);
-
- list->non_space_tail = list->tail;
-}
-
-void
-_glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- token_list_t *list)
-{
- if (list == NULL)
- return;
-
- _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, list);
-
- _token_list_trim_trailing_space (list);
-
- _token_list_print (parser, list);
-}
-
-static void
-_check_for_reserved_macro_name (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *identifier)
-{
- /* According to the GLSL specification, macro names starting with "__"
- * or "GL_" are reserved for future use. So, don't allow them.
- */
- if (strncmp(identifier, "__", 2) == 0) {
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Macro names starting with \"__\" are reserved.\n");
- }
- if (strncmp(identifier, "GL_", 3) == 0) {
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Macro names starting with \"GL_\" are reserved.\n");
- }
-}
-
-static int
-_macro_equal (macro_t *a, macro_t *b)
-{
- if (a->is_function != b->is_function)
- return 0;
-
- if (a->is_function) {
- if (! _string_list_equal (a->parameters, b->parameters))
- return 0;
- }
-
- return _token_list_equal_ignoring_space (a->replacements,
- b->replacements);
-}
-
-void
-_define_object_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *identifier,
- token_list_t *replacements)
-{
- macro_t *macro, *previous;
-
- if (loc != NULL)
- _check_for_reserved_macro_name(parser, loc, identifier);
-
- macro = talloc (parser, macro_t);
-
- macro->is_function = 0;
- macro->parameters = NULL;
- macro->identifier = talloc_strdup (macro, identifier);
- macro->replacements = talloc_steal (macro, replacements);
-
- previous = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier);
- if (previous) {
- if (_macro_equal (macro, previous)) {
- talloc_free (macro);
- return;
- }
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Redefinition of macro %s\n",
- identifier);
- }
-
- hash_table_insert (parser->defines, macro, identifier);
-}
-
-void
-_define_function_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser,
- YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *identifier,
- string_list_t *parameters,
- token_list_t *replacements)
-{
- macro_t *macro, *previous;
-
- _check_for_reserved_macro_name(parser, loc, identifier);
-
- macro = talloc (parser, macro_t);
-
- macro->is_function = 1;
- macro->parameters = talloc_steal (macro, parameters);
- macro->identifier = talloc_strdup (macro, identifier);
- macro->replacements = talloc_steal (macro, replacements);
-
- previous = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier);
- if (previous) {
- if (_macro_equal (macro, previous)) {
- talloc_free (macro);
- return;
- }
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Redefinition of macro %s\n",
- identifier);
- }
-
- hash_table_insert (parser->defines, macro, identifier);
-}
-
-static int
-glcpp_parser_lex (YYSTYPE *yylval, YYLTYPE *yylloc, glcpp_parser_t *parser)
-{
- token_node_t *node;
- int ret;
-
- if (parser->lex_from_list == NULL) {
- ret = glcpp_lex (yylval, yylloc, parser->scanner);
-
- /* XXX: This ugly block of code exists for the sole
- * purpose of converting a NEWLINE token into a SPACE
- * token, but only in the case where we have seen a
- * function-like macro name, but have not yet seen its
- * closing parenthesis.
- *
- * There's perhaps a more compact way to do this with
- * mid-rule actions in the grammar.
- *
- * I'm definitely not pleased with the complexity of
- * this code here.
- */
- if (parser->newline_as_space)
- {
- if (ret == '(') {
- parser->paren_count++;
- } else if (ret == ')') {
- parser->paren_count--;
- if (parser->paren_count == 0)
- parser->newline_as_space = 0;
- } else if (ret == NEWLINE) {
- ret = SPACE;
- } else if (ret != SPACE) {
- if (parser->paren_count == 0)
- parser->newline_as_space = 0;
- }
- }
- else if (parser->in_control_line)
- {
- if (ret == NEWLINE)
- parser->in_control_line = 0;
- }
- else if (ret == HASH_DEFINE_OBJ || ret == HASH_DEFINE_FUNC ||
- ret == HASH_UNDEF || ret == HASH_IF ||
- ret == HASH_IFDEF || ret == HASH_IFNDEF ||
- ret == HASH_ELIF || ret == HASH_ELSE ||
- ret == HASH_ENDIF || ret == HASH)
- {
- parser->in_control_line = 1;
- }
- else if (ret == IDENTIFIER)
- {
- macro_t *macro;
- macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines,
- yylval->str);
- if (macro && macro->is_function) {
- parser->newline_as_space = 1;
- parser->paren_count = 0;
- }
- }
-
- return ret;
- }
-
- node = parser->lex_from_node;
-
- if (node == NULL) {
- talloc_free (parser->lex_from_list);
- parser->lex_from_list = NULL;
- return NEWLINE;
- }
-
- *yylval = node->token->value;
- ret = node->token->type;
-
- parser->lex_from_node = node->next;
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static void
-glcpp_parser_lex_from (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list)
-{
- token_node_t *node;
-
- assert (parser->lex_from_list == NULL);
-
- /* Copy list, eliminating any space tokens. */
- parser->lex_from_list = _token_list_create (parser);
-
- for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) {
- if (node->token->type == SPACE)
- continue;
- _token_list_append (parser->lex_from_list, node->token);
- }
-
- talloc_free (list);
-
- parser->lex_from_node = parser->lex_from_list->head;
-
- /* It's possible the list consisted of nothing but whitespace. */
- if (parser->lex_from_node == NULL) {
- talloc_free (parser->lex_from_list);
- parser->lex_from_list = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- int condition)
-{
- skip_type_t current = SKIP_NO_SKIP;
- skip_node_t *node;
-
- if (parser->skip_stack)
- current = parser->skip_stack->type;
-
- node = talloc (parser, skip_node_t);
- node->loc = *loc;
-
- if (current == SKIP_NO_SKIP) {
- if (condition)
- node->type = SKIP_NO_SKIP;
- else
- node->type = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
- } else {
- node->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
- }
-
- node->next = parser->skip_stack;
- parser->skip_stack = node;
-}
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc,
- const char *type, int condition)
-{
- if (parser->skip_stack == NULL) {
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "%s without #if\n", type);
- return;
- }
-
- if (parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE) {
- if (condition)
- parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_NO_SKIP;
- } else {
- parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc)
-{
- skip_node_t *node;
-
- if (parser->skip_stack == NULL) {
- glcpp_error (loc, parser, "#endif without #if\n");
- return;
- }
-
- node = parser->skip_stack;
- parser->skip_stack = node->next;
- talloc_free (node);
-}
+%{ +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <inttypes.h> + +#include "glcpp.h" +#include "main/core.h" /* for struct gl_extensions */ +#include "main/mtypes.h" /* for gl_api enum */ + +static void +yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *error); + +static void +_define_object_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *macro, + token_list_t *replacements); + +static void +_define_function_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *macro, + string_list_t *parameters, + token_list_t *replacements); + +static string_list_t * +_string_list_create (void *ctx); + +static void +_string_list_append_item (string_list_t *list, const char *str); + +static int +_string_list_contains (string_list_t *list, const char *member, int *index); + +static int +_string_list_length (string_list_t *list); + +static int +_string_list_equal (string_list_t *a, string_list_t *b); + +static argument_list_t * +_argument_list_create (void *ctx); + +static void +_argument_list_append (argument_list_t *list, token_list_t *argument); + +static int +_argument_list_length (argument_list_t *list); + +static token_list_t * +_argument_list_member_at (argument_list_t *list, int index); + +/* Note: This function ralloc_steal()s the str pointer. */ +static token_t * +_token_create_str (void *ctx, int type, char *str); + +static token_t * +_token_create_ival (void *ctx, int type, int ival); + +static token_list_t * +_token_list_create (void *ctx); + +/* Note: This function calls ralloc_steal on token. */ +static void +_token_list_append (token_list_t *list, token_t *token); + +static void +_token_list_append_list (token_list_t *list, token_list_t *tail); + +static int +_token_list_equal_ignoring_space (token_list_t *a, token_list_t *b); + +static active_list_t * +_active_list_push (active_list_t *list, + const char *identifier, + token_node_t *marker); + +static active_list_t * +_active_list_pop (active_list_t *list); + +int +_active_list_contains (active_list_t *list, const char *identifier); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_expand_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, int type, token_list_t *list); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_list_t *list); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_list_t *list); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + int condition); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *type, int condition); + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc); + +#define yylex glcpp_parser_lex + +static int +glcpp_parser_lex (YYSTYPE *yylval, YYLTYPE *yylloc, glcpp_parser_t *parser); + +static void +glcpp_parser_lex_from (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list); + +static void +add_builtin_define(glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *name, int value); + +%} + +%pure-parser +%error-verbose + +%locations +%initial-action { + @$.first_line = 1; + @$.first_column = 1; + @$.last_line = 1; + @$.last_column = 1; + @$.source = 0; +} + +%parse-param {glcpp_parser_t *parser} +%lex-param {glcpp_parser_t *parser} + +%expect 0 +%token COMMA_FINAL DEFINED ELIF_EXPANDED HASH HASH_DEFINE_FUNC HASH_DEFINE_OBJ HASH_ELIF HASH_ELSE HASH_ENDIF HASH_IF HASH_IFDEF HASH_IFNDEF HASH_UNDEF HASH_VERSION IDENTIFIER IF_EXPANDED INTEGER INTEGER_STRING NEWLINE OTHER PLACEHOLDER SPACE +%token PASTE +%type <ival> expression INTEGER operator SPACE integer_constant +%type <str> IDENTIFIER INTEGER_STRING OTHER +%type <string_list> identifier_list +%type <token> preprocessing_token conditional_token +%type <token_list> pp_tokens replacement_list text_line conditional_tokens +%left OR +%left AND +%left '|' +%left '^' +%left '&' +%left EQUAL NOT_EQUAL +%left '<' '>' LESS_OR_EQUAL GREATER_OR_EQUAL +%left LEFT_SHIFT RIGHT_SHIFT +%left '+' '-' +%left '*' '/' '%' +%right UNARY + +%% + +input: + /* empty */ +| input line +; + +line: + control_line { + ralloc_strcat (&parser->output, "\n"); + } +| text_line { + _glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (parser, $1); + ralloc_strcat (&parser->output, "\n"); + ralloc_free ($1); + } +| expanded_line +| HASH non_directive +; + +expanded_line: + IF_EXPANDED expression NEWLINE { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, $2); + } +| ELIF_EXPANDED expression NEWLINE { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & @1, "elif", $2); + } +; + +control_line: + HASH_DEFINE_OBJ IDENTIFIER replacement_list NEWLINE { + _define_object_macro (parser, & @2, $2, $3); + } +| HASH_DEFINE_FUNC IDENTIFIER '(' ')' replacement_list NEWLINE { + _define_function_macro (parser, & @2, $2, NULL, $5); + } +| HASH_DEFINE_FUNC IDENTIFIER '(' identifier_list ')' replacement_list NEWLINE { + _define_function_macro (parser, & @2, $2, $4, $6); + } +| HASH_UNDEF IDENTIFIER NEWLINE { + macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $2); + if (macro) { + hash_table_remove (parser->defines, $2); + ralloc_free (macro); + } + ralloc_free ($2); + } +| HASH_IF conditional_tokens NEWLINE { + /* Be careful to only evaluate the 'if' expression if + * we are not skipping. When we are skipping, we + * simply push a new 0-valued 'if' onto the skip + * stack. + * + * This avoids generating diagnostics for invalid + * expressions that are being skipped. */ + if (parser->skip_stack == NULL || + parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP) + { + _glcpp_parser_expand_if (parser, IF_EXPANDED, $2); + } + else + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, 0); + parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF; + } + } +| HASH_IF NEWLINE { + /* #if without an expression is only an error if we + * are not skipping */ + if (parser->skip_stack == NULL || + parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_NO_SKIP) + { + glcpp_error(& @1, parser, "#if with no expression"); + } + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, 0); + } +| HASH_IFDEF IDENTIFIER junk NEWLINE { + macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $2); + ralloc_free ($2); + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, macro != NULL); + } +| HASH_IFNDEF IDENTIFIER junk NEWLINE { + macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $2); + ralloc_free ($2); + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (parser, & @1, macro == NULL); + } +| HASH_ELIF conditional_tokens NEWLINE { + /* Be careful to only evaluate the 'elif' expression + * if we are not skipping. When we are skipping, we + * simply change to a 0-valued 'elif' on the skip + * stack. + * + * This avoids generating diagnostics for invalid + * expressions that are being skipped. */ + if (parser->skip_stack && + parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE) + { + _glcpp_parser_expand_if (parser, ELIF_EXPANDED, $2); + } + else + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & @1, + "elif", 0); + } + } +| HASH_ELIF NEWLINE { + /* #elif without an expression is an error unless we + * are skipping. */ + if (parser->skip_stack && + parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE) + { + glcpp_error(& @1, parser, "#elif with no expression"); + } + else + { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & @1, + "elif", 0); + glcpp_warning(& @1, parser, "ignoring illegal #elif without expression"); + } + } +| HASH_ELSE NEWLINE { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (parser, & @1, "else", 1); + } +| HASH_ENDIF NEWLINE { + _glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (parser, & @1); + } +| HASH_VERSION integer_constant NEWLINE { + macro_t *macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, "__VERSION__"); + if (macro) { + hash_table_remove (parser->defines, "__VERSION__"); + ralloc_free (macro); + } + add_builtin_define (parser, "__VERSION__", $2); + + if ($2 == 100) + add_builtin_define (parser, "GL_ES", 1); + + /* Currently, all ES2 implementations support highp in the + * fragment shader, so we always define this macro in ES2. + * If we ever get a driver that doesn't support highp, we'll + * need to add a flag to the gl_context and check that here. + */ + if ($2 >= 130 || $2 == 100) + add_builtin_define (parser, "GL_FRAGMENT_PRECISION_HIGH", 1); + + ralloc_asprintf_append (&parser->output, "#version %" PRIiMAX, $2); + } +| HASH NEWLINE +; + +integer_constant: + INTEGER_STRING { + if (strlen ($1) >= 3 && strncmp ($1, "0x", 2) == 0) { + $$ = strtoll ($1 + 2, NULL, 16); + } else if ($1[0] == '0') { + $$ = strtoll ($1, NULL, 8); + } else { + $$ = strtoll ($1, NULL, 10); + } + } +| INTEGER { + $$ = $1; + } + +expression: + integer_constant +| expression OR expression { + $$ = $1 || $3; + } +| expression AND expression { + $$ = $1 && $3; + } +| expression '|' expression { + $$ = $1 | $3; + } +| expression '^' expression { + $$ = $1 ^ $3; + } +| expression '&' expression { + $$ = $1 & $3; + } +| expression NOT_EQUAL expression { + $$ = $1 != $3; + } +| expression EQUAL expression { + $$ = $1 == $3; + } +| expression GREATER_OR_EQUAL expression { + $$ = $1 >= $3; + } +| expression LESS_OR_EQUAL expression { + $$ = $1 <= $3; + } +| expression '>' expression { + $$ = $1 > $3; + } +| expression '<' expression { + $$ = $1 < $3; + } +| expression RIGHT_SHIFT expression { + $$ = $1 >> $3; + } +| expression LEFT_SHIFT expression { + $$ = $1 << $3; + } +| expression '-' expression { + $$ = $1 - $3; + } +| expression '+' expression { + $$ = $1 + $3; + } +| expression '%' expression { + $$ = $1 % $3; + } +| expression '/' expression { + if ($3 == 0) { + yyerror (& @1, parser, + "division by 0 in preprocessor directive"); + } else { + $$ = $1 / $3; + } + } +| expression '*' expression { + $$ = $1 * $3; + } +| '!' expression %prec UNARY { + $$ = ! $2; + } +| '~' expression %prec UNARY { + $$ = ~ $2; + } +| '-' expression %prec UNARY { + $$ = - $2; + } +| '+' expression %prec UNARY { + $$ = + $2; + } +| '(' expression ')' { + $$ = $2; + } +; + +identifier_list: + IDENTIFIER { + $$ = _string_list_create (parser); + _string_list_append_item ($$, $1); + ralloc_steal ($$, $1); + } +| identifier_list ',' IDENTIFIER { + $$ = $1; + _string_list_append_item ($$, $3); + ralloc_steal ($$, $3); + } +; + +text_line: + NEWLINE { $$ = NULL; } +| pp_tokens NEWLINE +; + +non_directive: + pp_tokens NEWLINE { + yyerror (& @1, parser, "Invalid tokens after #"); + } +; + +replacement_list: + /* empty */ { $$ = NULL; } +| pp_tokens +; + +junk: + /* empty */ +| pp_tokens { + glcpp_warning(&@1, parser, "extra tokens at end of directive"); + } +; + +conditional_token: + /* Handle "defined" operator */ + DEFINED IDENTIFIER { + int v = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $2) ? 1 : 0; + $$ = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, v); + } +| DEFINED '(' IDENTIFIER ')' { + int v = hash_table_find (parser->defines, $3) ? 1 : 0; + $$ = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, v); + } +| preprocessing_token +; + +conditional_tokens: + /* Exactly the same as pp_tokens, but using conditional_token */ + conditional_token { + $$ = _token_list_create (parser); + _token_list_append ($$, $1); + } +| conditional_tokens conditional_token { + $$ = $1; + _token_list_append ($$, $2); + } +; + +pp_tokens: + preprocessing_token { + parser->space_tokens = 1; + $$ = _token_list_create (parser); + _token_list_append ($$, $1); + } +| pp_tokens preprocessing_token { + $$ = $1; + _token_list_append ($$, $2); + } +; + +preprocessing_token: + IDENTIFIER { + $$ = _token_create_str (parser, IDENTIFIER, $1); + $$->location = yylloc; + } +| INTEGER_STRING { + $$ = _token_create_str (parser, INTEGER_STRING, $1); + $$->location = yylloc; + } +| operator { + $$ = _token_create_ival (parser, $1, $1); + $$->location = yylloc; + } +| OTHER { + $$ = _token_create_str (parser, OTHER, $1); + $$->location = yylloc; + } +| SPACE { + $$ = _token_create_ival (parser, SPACE, SPACE); + $$->location = yylloc; + } +; + +operator: + '[' { $$ = '['; } +| ']' { $$ = ']'; } +| '(' { $$ = '('; } +| ')' { $$ = ')'; } +| '{' { $$ = '{'; } +| '}' { $$ = '}'; } +| '.' { $$ = '.'; } +| '&' { $$ = '&'; } +| '*' { $$ = '*'; } +| '+' { $$ = '+'; } +| '-' { $$ = '-'; } +| '~' { $$ = '~'; } +| '!' { $$ = '!'; } +| '/' { $$ = '/'; } +| '%' { $$ = '%'; } +| LEFT_SHIFT { $$ = LEFT_SHIFT; } +| RIGHT_SHIFT { $$ = RIGHT_SHIFT; } +| '<' { $$ = '<'; } +| '>' { $$ = '>'; } +| LESS_OR_EQUAL { $$ = LESS_OR_EQUAL; } +| GREATER_OR_EQUAL { $$ = GREATER_OR_EQUAL; } +| EQUAL { $$ = EQUAL; } +| NOT_EQUAL { $$ = NOT_EQUAL; } +| '^' { $$ = '^'; } +| '|' { $$ = '|'; } +| AND { $$ = AND; } +| OR { $$ = OR; } +| ';' { $$ = ';'; } +| ',' { $$ = ','; } +| '=' { $$ = '='; } +| PASTE { $$ = PASTE; } +; + +%% + +string_list_t * +_string_list_create (void *ctx) +{ + string_list_t *list; + + list = ralloc (ctx, string_list_t); + list->head = NULL; + list->tail = NULL; + + return list; +} + +void +_string_list_append_item (string_list_t *list, const char *str) +{ + string_node_t *node; + + node = ralloc (list, string_node_t); + node->str = ralloc_strdup (node, str); + + node->next = NULL; + + if (list->head == NULL) { + list->head = node; + } else { + list->tail->next = node; + } + + list->tail = node; +} + +int +_string_list_contains (string_list_t *list, const char *member, int *index) +{ + string_node_t *node; + int i; + + if (list == NULL) + return 0; + + for (i = 0, node = list->head; node; i++, node = node->next) { + if (strcmp (node->str, member) == 0) { + if (index) + *index = i; + return 1; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +int +_string_list_length (string_list_t *list) +{ + int length = 0; + string_node_t *node; + + if (list == NULL) + return 0; + + for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) + length++; + + return length; +} + +int +_string_list_equal (string_list_t *a, string_list_t *b) +{ + string_node_t *node_a, *node_b; + + if (a == NULL && b == NULL) + return 1; + + if (a == NULL || b == NULL) + return 0; + + for (node_a = a->head, node_b = b->head; + node_a && node_b; + node_a = node_a->next, node_b = node_b->next) + { + if (strcmp (node_a->str, node_b->str)) + return 0; + } + + /* Catch the case of lists being different lengths, (which + * would cause the loop above to terminate after the shorter + * list). */ + return node_a == node_b; +} + +argument_list_t * +_argument_list_create (void *ctx) +{ + argument_list_t *list; + + list = ralloc (ctx, argument_list_t); + list->head = NULL; + list->tail = NULL; + + return list; +} + +void +_argument_list_append (argument_list_t *list, token_list_t *argument) +{ + argument_node_t *node; + + node = ralloc (list, argument_node_t); + node->argument = argument; + + node->next = NULL; + + if (list->head == NULL) { + list->head = node; + } else { + list->tail->next = node; + } + + list->tail = node; +} + +int +_argument_list_length (argument_list_t *list) +{ + int length = 0; + argument_node_t *node; + + if (list == NULL) + return 0; + + for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) + length++; + + return length; +} + +token_list_t * +_argument_list_member_at (argument_list_t *list, int index) +{ + argument_node_t *node; + int i; + + if (list == NULL) + return NULL; + + node = list->head; + for (i = 0; i < index; i++) { + node = node->next; + if (node == NULL) + break; + } + + if (node) + return node->argument; + + return NULL; +} + +/* Note: This function ralloc_steal()s the str pointer. */ +token_t * +_token_create_str (void *ctx, int type, char *str) +{ + token_t *token; + + token = ralloc (ctx, token_t); + token->type = type; + token->value.str = str; + + ralloc_steal (token, str); + + return token; +} + +token_t * +_token_create_ival (void *ctx, int type, int ival) +{ + token_t *token; + + token = ralloc (ctx, token_t); + token->type = type; + token->value.ival = ival; + + return token; +} + +token_list_t * +_token_list_create (void *ctx) +{ + token_list_t *list; + + list = ralloc (ctx, token_list_t); + list->head = NULL; + list->tail = NULL; + list->non_space_tail = NULL; + + return list; +} + +void +_token_list_append (token_list_t *list, token_t *token) +{ + token_node_t *node; + + node = ralloc (list, token_node_t); + node->token = token; + node->next = NULL; + + ralloc_steal (list, token); + + if (list->head == NULL) { + list->head = node; + } else { + list->tail->next = node; + } + + list->tail = node; + if (token->type != SPACE) + list->non_space_tail = node; +} + +void +_token_list_append_list (token_list_t *list, token_list_t *tail) +{ + if (tail == NULL || tail->head == NULL) + return; + + if (list->head == NULL) { + list->head = tail->head; + } else { + list->tail->next = tail->head; + } + + list->tail = tail->tail; + list->non_space_tail = tail->non_space_tail; +} + +static token_list_t * +_token_list_copy (void *ctx, token_list_t *other) +{ + token_list_t *copy; + token_node_t *node; + + if (other == NULL) + return NULL; + + copy = _token_list_create (ctx); + for (node = other->head; node; node = node->next) { + token_t *new_token = ralloc (copy, token_t); + *new_token = *node->token; + _token_list_append (copy, new_token); + } + + return copy; +} + +static void +_token_list_trim_trailing_space (token_list_t *list) +{ + token_node_t *tail, *next; + + if (list->non_space_tail) { + tail = list->non_space_tail->next; + list->non_space_tail->next = NULL; + list->tail = list->non_space_tail; + + while (tail) { + next = tail->next; + ralloc_free (tail); + tail = next; + } + } +} + +static int +_token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space (token_list_t *l) +{ + token_node_t *n; + + if (l == NULL) + return 1; + + n = l->head; + while (n != NULL && n->token->type == SPACE) + n = n->next; + + return n == NULL; +} + +int +_token_list_equal_ignoring_space (token_list_t *a, token_list_t *b) +{ + token_node_t *node_a, *node_b; + + if (a == NULL || b == NULL) { + int a_empty = _token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space(a); + int b_empty = _token_list_is_empty_ignoring_space(b); + return a_empty == b_empty; + } + + node_a = a->head; + node_b = b->head; + + while (1) + { + if (node_a == NULL && node_b == NULL) + break; + + if (node_a == NULL || node_b == NULL) + return 0; + + if (node_a->token->type == SPACE) { + node_a = node_a->next; + continue; + } + + if (node_b->token->type == SPACE) { + node_b = node_b->next; + continue; + } + + if (node_a->token->type != node_b->token->type) + return 0; + + switch (node_a->token->type) { + case INTEGER: + if (node_a->token->value.ival != + node_b->token->value.ival) + { + return 0; + } + break; + case IDENTIFIER: + case INTEGER_STRING: + case OTHER: + if (strcmp (node_a->token->value.str, + node_b->token->value.str)) + { + return 0; + } + break; + } + + node_a = node_a->next; + node_b = node_b->next; + } + + return 1; +} + +static void +_token_print (char **out, token_t *token) +{ + if (token->type < 256) { + ralloc_asprintf_append (out, "%c", token->type); + return; + } + + switch (token->type) { + case INTEGER: + ralloc_asprintf_append (out, "%" PRIiMAX, token->value.ival); + break; + case IDENTIFIER: + case INTEGER_STRING: + case OTHER: + ralloc_strcat (out, token->value.str); + break; + case SPACE: + ralloc_strcat (out, " "); + break; + case LEFT_SHIFT: + ralloc_strcat (out, "<<"); + break; + case RIGHT_SHIFT: + ralloc_strcat (out, ">>"); + break; + case LESS_OR_EQUAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, "<="); + break; + case GREATER_OR_EQUAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, ">="); + break; + case EQUAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, "=="); + break; + case NOT_EQUAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, "!="); + break; + case AND: + ralloc_strcat (out, "&&"); + break; + case OR: + ralloc_strcat (out, "||"); + break; + case PASTE: + ralloc_strcat (out, "##"); + break; + case COMMA_FINAL: + ralloc_strcat (out, ","); + break; + case PLACEHOLDER: + /* Nothing to print. */ + break; + default: + assert(!"Error: Don't know how to print token."); + break; + } +} + +/* Return a new token (ralloc()ed off of 'token') formed by pasting + * 'token' and 'other'. Note that this function may return 'token' or + * 'other' directly rather than allocating anything new. + * + * Caution: Only very cursory error-checking is performed to see if + * the final result is a valid single token. */ +static token_t * +_token_paste (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_t *token, token_t *other) +{ + token_t *combined = NULL; + + /* Pasting a placeholder onto anything makes no change. */ + if (other->type == PLACEHOLDER) + return token; + + /* When 'token' is a placeholder, just return 'other'. */ + if (token->type == PLACEHOLDER) + return other; + + /* A very few single-character punctuators can be combined + * with another to form a multi-character punctuator. */ + switch (token->type) { + case '<': + if (other->type == '<') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, LEFT_SHIFT, LEFT_SHIFT); + else if (other->type == '=') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, LESS_OR_EQUAL, LESS_OR_EQUAL); + break; + case '>': + if (other->type == '>') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, RIGHT_SHIFT, RIGHT_SHIFT); + else if (other->type == '=') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, GREATER_OR_EQUAL, GREATER_OR_EQUAL); + break; + case '=': + if (other->type == '=') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, EQUAL, EQUAL); + break; + case '!': + if (other->type == '=') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, NOT_EQUAL, NOT_EQUAL); + break; + case '&': + if (other->type == '&') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, AND, AND); + break; + case '|': + if (other->type == '|') + combined = _token_create_ival (token, OR, OR); + break; + } + + if (combined != NULL) { + /* Inherit the location from the first token */ + combined->location = token->location; + return combined; + } + + /* Two string-valued tokens can usually just be mashed + * together. + * + * XXX: This isn't actually legitimate. Several things here + * should result in a diagnostic since the result cannot be a + * valid, single pre-processing token. For example, pasting + * "123" and "abc" is not legal, but we don't catch that + * here. */ + if ((token->type == IDENTIFIER || token->type == OTHER || token->type == INTEGER_STRING) && + (other->type == IDENTIFIER || other->type == OTHER || other->type == INTEGER_STRING)) + { + char *str; + + str = ralloc_asprintf (token, "%s%s", token->value.str, + other->value.str); + combined = _token_create_str (token, token->type, str); + combined->location = token->location; + return combined; + } + + glcpp_error (&token->location, parser, ""); + ralloc_strcat (&parser->info_log, "Pasting \""); + _token_print (&parser->info_log, token); + ralloc_strcat (&parser->info_log, "\" and \""); + _token_print (&parser->info_log, other); + ralloc_strcat (&parser->info_log, "\" does not give a valid preprocessing token.\n"); + + return token; +} + +static void +_token_list_print (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list) +{ + token_node_t *node; + + if (list == NULL) + return; + + for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) + _token_print (&parser->output, node->token); +} + +void +yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *error) +{ + glcpp_error(locp, parser, "%s", error); +} + +static void add_builtin_define(glcpp_parser_t *parser, + const char *name, int value) +{ + token_t *tok; + token_list_t *list; + + tok = _token_create_ival (parser, INTEGER, value); + + list = _token_list_create(parser); + _token_list_append(list, tok); + _define_object_macro(parser, NULL, name, list); +} + +glcpp_parser_t * +glcpp_parser_create (const struct gl_extensions *extensions, int api) +{ + glcpp_parser_t *parser; + int language_version; + + parser = ralloc (NULL, glcpp_parser_t); + + glcpp_lex_init_extra (parser, &parser->scanner); + parser->defines = hash_table_ctor (32, hash_table_string_hash, + hash_table_string_compare); + parser->active = NULL; + parser->lexing_if = 0; + parser->space_tokens = 1; + parser->newline_as_space = 0; + parser->in_control_line = 0; + parser->paren_count = 0; + + parser->skip_stack = NULL; + + parser->lex_from_list = NULL; + parser->lex_from_node = NULL; + + parser->output = ralloc_strdup(parser, ""); + parser->info_log = ralloc_strdup(parser, ""); + parser->error = 0; + + /* Add pre-defined macros. */ + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_draw_buffers", 1); + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_texture_rectangle", 1); + + if (api == API_OPENGLES2) + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ES", 1); + + if (extensions != NULL) { + if (extensions->EXT_texture_array) { + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_EXT_texture_array", 1); + } + + if (extensions->ARB_fragment_coord_conventions) + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_fragment_coord_conventions", + 1); + + if (extensions->ARB_explicit_attrib_location) + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location", 1); + if (extensions->AMD_conservative_depth) + add_builtin_define(parser, "GL_AMD_conservative_depth", 1); + } + + language_version = 110; + add_builtin_define(parser, "__VERSION__", language_version); + + return parser; +} + +int +glcpp_parser_parse (glcpp_parser_t *parser) +{ + return yyparse (parser); +} + +void +glcpp_parser_destroy (glcpp_parser_t *parser) +{ + glcpp_lex_destroy (parser->scanner); + hash_table_dtor (parser->defines); + ralloc_free (parser); +} + +typedef enum function_status +{ + FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS, + FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION, + FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES +} function_status_t; + +/* Find a set of function-like macro arguments by looking for a + * balanced set of parentheses. + * + * When called, 'node' should be the opening-parenthesis token, (or + * perhaps preceeding SPACE tokens). Upon successful return *last will + * be the last consumed node, (corresponding to the closing right + * parenthesis). + * + * Return values: + * + * FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS: + * + * Successfully parsed a set of function arguments. + * + * FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION: + * + * Macro name not followed by a '('. This is not an error, but + * simply that the macro name should be treated as a non-macro. + * + * FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES + * + * Macro name is not followed by a balanced set of parentheses. + */ +static function_status_t +_arguments_parse (argument_list_t *arguments, + token_node_t *node, + token_node_t **last) +{ + token_list_t *argument; + int paren_count; + + node = node->next; + + /* Ignore whitespace before first parenthesis. */ + while (node && node->token->type == SPACE) + node = node->next; + + if (node == NULL || node->token->type != '(') + return FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION; + + node = node->next; + + argument = _token_list_create (arguments); + _argument_list_append (arguments, argument); + + for (paren_count = 1; node; node = node->next) { + if (node->token->type == '(') + { + paren_count++; + } + else if (node->token->type == ')') + { + paren_count--; + if (paren_count == 0) + break; + } + + if (node->token->type == ',' && + paren_count == 1) + { + _token_list_trim_trailing_space (argument); + argument = _token_list_create (arguments); + _argument_list_append (arguments, argument); + } + else { + if (argument->head == NULL) { + /* Don't treat initial whitespace as + * part of the arguement. */ + if (node->token->type == SPACE) + continue; + } + _token_list_append (argument, node->token); + } + } + + if (paren_count) + return FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES; + + *last = node; + + return FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +static token_list_t * +_token_list_create_with_one_space (void *ctx) +{ + token_list_t *list; + token_t *space; + + list = _token_list_create (ctx); + space = _token_create_ival (list, SPACE, SPACE); + _token_list_append (list, space); + + return list; +} + +static void +_glcpp_parser_expand_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, int type, token_list_t *list) +{ + token_list_t *expanded; + token_t *token; + + expanded = _token_list_create (parser); + token = _token_create_ival (parser, type, type); + _token_list_append (expanded, token); + _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, list); + _token_list_append_list (expanded, list); + glcpp_parser_lex_from (parser, expanded); +} + +/* This is a helper function that's essentially part of the + * implementation of _glcpp_parser_expand_node. It shouldn't be called + * except for by that function. + * + * Returns NULL if node is a simple token with no expansion, (that is, + * although 'node' corresponds to an identifier defined as a + * function-like macro, it is not followed with a parenthesized + * argument list). + * + * Compute the complete expansion of node (which is a function-like + * macro) and subsequent nodes which are arguments. + * + * Returns the token list that results from the expansion and sets + * *last to the last node in the list that was consumed by the + * expansion. Specifically, *last will be set as follows: as the + * token of the closing right parenthesis. + */ +static token_list_t * +_glcpp_parser_expand_function (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_node_t *node, + token_node_t **last) + +{ + macro_t *macro; + const char *identifier; + argument_list_t *arguments; + function_status_t status; + token_list_t *substituted; + int parameter_index; + + identifier = node->token->value.str; + + macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier); + + assert (macro->is_function); + + arguments = _argument_list_create (parser); + status = _arguments_parse (arguments, node, last); + + switch (status) { + case FUNCTION_STATUS_SUCCESS: + break; + case FUNCTION_NOT_A_FUNCTION: + return NULL; + case FUNCTION_UNBALANCED_PARENTHESES: + glcpp_error (&node->token->location, parser, "Macro %s call has unbalanced parentheses\n", identifier); + return NULL; + } + + /* Replace a macro defined as empty with a SPACE token. */ + if (macro->replacements == NULL) { + ralloc_free (arguments); + return _token_list_create_with_one_space (parser); + } + + if (! ((_argument_list_length (arguments) == + _string_list_length (macro->parameters)) || + (_string_list_length (macro->parameters) == 0 && + _argument_list_length (arguments) == 1 && + arguments->head->argument->head == NULL))) + { + glcpp_error (&node->token->location, parser, + "Error: macro %s invoked with %d arguments (expected %d)\n", + identifier, + _argument_list_length (arguments), + _string_list_length (macro->parameters)); + return NULL; + } + + /* Perform argument substitution on the replacement list. */ + substituted = _token_list_create (arguments); + + for (node = macro->replacements->head; node; node = node->next) + { + if (node->token->type == IDENTIFIER && + _string_list_contains (macro->parameters, + node->token->value.str, + ¶meter_index)) + { + token_list_t *argument; + argument = _argument_list_member_at (arguments, + parameter_index); + /* Before substituting, we expand the argument + * tokens, or append a placeholder token for + * an empty argument. */ + if (argument->head) { + token_list_t *expanded_argument; + expanded_argument = _token_list_copy (parser, + argument); + _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, + expanded_argument); + _token_list_append_list (substituted, + expanded_argument); + } else { + token_t *new_token; + + new_token = _token_create_ival (substituted, + PLACEHOLDER, + PLACEHOLDER); + _token_list_append (substituted, new_token); + } + } else { + _token_list_append (substituted, node->token); + } + } + + /* After argument substitution, and before further expansion + * below, implement token pasting. */ + + _token_list_trim_trailing_space (substituted); + + node = substituted->head; + while (node) + { + token_node_t *next_non_space; + + /* Look ahead for a PASTE token, skipping space. */ + next_non_space = node->next; + while (next_non_space && next_non_space->token->type == SPACE) + next_non_space = next_non_space->next; + + if (next_non_space == NULL) + break; + + if (next_non_space->token->type != PASTE) { + node = next_non_space; + continue; + } + + /* Now find the next non-space token after the PASTE. */ + next_non_space = next_non_space->next; + while (next_non_space && next_non_space->token->type == SPACE) + next_non_space = next_non_space->next; + + if (next_non_space == NULL) { + yyerror (&node->token->location, parser, "'##' cannot appear at either end of a macro expansion\n"); + return NULL; + } + + node->token = _token_paste (parser, node->token, next_non_space->token); + node->next = next_non_space->next; + if (next_non_space == substituted->tail) + substituted->tail = node; + + node = node->next; + } + + substituted->non_space_tail = substituted->tail; + + return substituted; +} + +/* Compute the complete expansion of node, (and subsequent nodes after + * 'node' in the case that 'node' is a function-like macro and + * subsequent nodes are arguments). + * + * Returns NULL if node is a simple token with no expansion. + * + * Otherwise, returns the token list that results from the expansion + * and sets *last to the last node in the list that was consumed by + * the expansion. Specifically, *last will be set as follows: + * + * As 'node' in the case of object-like macro expansion. + * + * As the token of the closing right parenthesis in the case of + * function-like macro expansion. + */ +static token_list_t * +_glcpp_parser_expand_node (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_node_t *node, + token_node_t **last) +{ + token_t *token = node->token; + const char *identifier; + macro_t *macro; + + /* We only expand identifiers */ + if (token->type != IDENTIFIER) { + /* We change any COMMA into a COMMA_FINAL to prevent + * it being mistaken for an argument separator + * later. */ + if (token->type == ',') { + token->type = COMMA_FINAL; + token->value.ival = COMMA_FINAL; + } + + return NULL; + } + + /* Look up this identifier in the hash table. */ + identifier = token->value.str; + macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier); + + /* Not a macro, so no expansion needed. */ + if (macro == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Finally, don't expand this macro if we're already actively + * expanding it, (to avoid infinite recursion). */ + if (_active_list_contains (parser->active, identifier)) { + /* We change the token type here from IDENTIFIER to + * OTHER to prevent any future expansion of this + * unexpanded token. */ + char *str; + token_list_t *expansion; + token_t *final; + + str = ralloc_strdup (parser, token->value.str); + final = _token_create_str (parser, OTHER, str); + expansion = _token_list_create (parser); + _token_list_append (expansion, final); + *last = node; + return expansion; + } + + if (! macro->is_function) + { + *last = node; + + /* Replace a macro defined as empty with a SPACE token. */ + if (macro->replacements == NULL) + return _token_list_create_with_one_space (parser); + + return _token_list_copy (parser, macro->replacements); + } + + return _glcpp_parser_expand_function (parser, node, last); +} + +/* Push a new identifier onto the active list, returning the new list. + * + * Here, 'marker' is the token node that appears in the list after the + * expansion of 'identifier'. That is, when the list iterator begins + * examinging 'marker', then it is time to pop this node from the + * active stack. + */ +active_list_t * +_active_list_push (active_list_t *list, + const char *identifier, + token_node_t *marker) +{ + active_list_t *node; + + node = ralloc (list, active_list_t); + node->identifier = ralloc_strdup (node, identifier); + node->marker = marker; + node->next = list; + + return node; +} + +active_list_t * +_active_list_pop (active_list_t *list) +{ + active_list_t *node = list; + + if (node == NULL) + return NULL; + + node = list->next; + ralloc_free (list); + + return node; +} + +int +_active_list_contains (active_list_t *list, const char *identifier) +{ + active_list_t *node; + + if (list == NULL) + return 0; + + for (node = list; node; node = node->next) + if (strcmp (node->identifier, identifier) == 0) + return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* Walk over the token list replacing nodes with their expansion. + * Whenever nodes are expanded the walking will walk over the new + * nodes, continuing to expand as necessary. The results are placed in + * 'list' itself; + */ +static void +_glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_list_t *list) +{ + token_node_t *node_prev; + token_node_t *node, *last = NULL; + token_list_t *expansion; + + if (list == NULL) + return; + + _token_list_trim_trailing_space (list); + + node_prev = NULL; + node = list->head; + + while (node) { + + while (parser->active && parser->active->marker == node) + parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active); + + /* Find the expansion for node, which will replace all + * nodes from node to last, inclusive. */ + expansion = _glcpp_parser_expand_node (parser, node, &last); + if (expansion) { + token_node_t *n; + + for (n = node; n != last->next; n = n->next) + while (parser->active && + parser->active->marker == n) + { + parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active); + } + + parser->active = _active_list_push (parser->active, + node->token->value.str, + last->next); + + /* Splice expansion into list, supporting a + * simple deletion if the expansion is + * empty. */ + if (expansion->head) { + if (node_prev) + node_prev->next = expansion->head; + else + list->head = expansion->head; + expansion->tail->next = last->next; + if (last == list->tail) + list->tail = expansion->tail; + } else { + if (node_prev) + node_prev->next = last->next; + else + list->head = last->next; + if (last == list->tail) + list->tail = NULL; + } + } else { + node_prev = node; + } + node = node_prev ? node_prev->next : list->head; + } + + while (parser->active) + parser->active = _active_list_pop (parser->active); + + list->non_space_tail = list->tail; +} + +void +_glcpp_parser_print_expanded_token_list (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + token_list_t *list) +{ + if (list == NULL) + return; + + _glcpp_parser_expand_token_list (parser, list); + + _token_list_trim_trailing_space (list); + + _token_list_print (parser, list); +} + +static void +_check_for_reserved_macro_name (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *identifier) +{ + /* According to the GLSL specification, macro names starting with "__" + * or "GL_" are reserved for future use. So, don't allow them. + */ + if (strncmp(identifier, "__", 2) == 0) { + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Macro names starting with \"__\" are reserved.\n"); + } + if (strncmp(identifier, "GL_", 3) == 0) { + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Macro names starting with \"GL_\" are reserved.\n"); + } +} + +static int +_macro_equal (macro_t *a, macro_t *b) +{ + if (a->is_function != b->is_function) + return 0; + + if (a->is_function) { + if (! _string_list_equal (a->parameters, b->parameters)) + return 0; + } + + return _token_list_equal_ignoring_space (a->replacements, + b->replacements); +} + +void +_define_object_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *identifier, + token_list_t *replacements) +{ + macro_t *macro, *previous; + + if (loc != NULL) + _check_for_reserved_macro_name(parser, loc, identifier); + + macro = ralloc (parser, macro_t); + + macro->is_function = 0; + macro->parameters = NULL; + macro->identifier = ralloc_strdup (macro, identifier); + macro->replacements = replacements; + ralloc_steal (macro, replacements); + + previous = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier); + if (previous) { + if (_macro_equal (macro, previous)) { + ralloc_free (macro); + return; + } + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Redefinition of macro %s\n", + identifier); + } + + hash_table_insert (parser->defines, macro, identifier); +} + +void +_define_function_macro (glcpp_parser_t *parser, + YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *identifier, + string_list_t *parameters, + token_list_t *replacements) +{ + macro_t *macro, *previous; + + _check_for_reserved_macro_name(parser, loc, identifier); + + macro = ralloc (parser, macro_t); + ralloc_steal (macro, parameters); + ralloc_steal (macro, replacements); + + macro->is_function = 1; + macro->parameters = parameters; + macro->identifier = ralloc_strdup (macro, identifier); + macro->replacements = replacements; + previous = hash_table_find (parser->defines, identifier); + if (previous) { + if (_macro_equal (macro, previous)) { + ralloc_free (macro); + return; + } + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "Redefinition of macro %s\n", + identifier); + } + + hash_table_insert (parser->defines, macro, identifier); +} + +static int +glcpp_parser_lex (YYSTYPE *yylval, YYLTYPE *yylloc, glcpp_parser_t *parser) +{ + token_node_t *node; + int ret; + + if (parser->lex_from_list == NULL) { + ret = glcpp_lex (yylval, yylloc, parser->scanner); + + /* XXX: This ugly block of code exists for the sole + * purpose of converting a NEWLINE token into a SPACE + * token, but only in the case where we have seen a + * function-like macro name, but have not yet seen its + * closing parenthesis. + * + * There's perhaps a more compact way to do this with + * mid-rule actions in the grammar. + * + * I'm definitely not pleased with the complexity of + * this code here. + */ + if (parser->newline_as_space) + { + if (ret == '(') { + parser->paren_count++; + } else if (ret == ')') { + parser->paren_count--; + if (parser->paren_count == 0) + parser->newline_as_space = 0; + } else if (ret == NEWLINE) { + ret = SPACE; + } else if (ret != SPACE) { + if (parser->paren_count == 0) + parser->newline_as_space = 0; + } + } + else if (parser->in_control_line) + { + if (ret == NEWLINE) + parser->in_control_line = 0; + } + else if (ret == HASH_DEFINE_OBJ || ret == HASH_DEFINE_FUNC || + ret == HASH_UNDEF || ret == HASH_IF || + ret == HASH_IFDEF || ret == HASH_IFNDEF || + ret == HASH_ELIF || ret == HASH_ELSE || + ret == HASH_ENDIF || ret == HASH) + { + parser->in_control_line = 1; + } + else if (ret == IDENTIFIER) + { + macro_t *macro; + macro = hash_table_find (parser->defines, + yylval->str); + if (macro && macro->is_function) { + parser->newline_as_space = 1; + parser->paren_count = 0; + } + } + + return ret; + } + + node = parser->lex_from_node; + + if (node == NULL) { + ralloc_free (parser->lex_from_list); + parser->lex_from_list = NULL; + return NEWLINE; + } + + *yylval = node->token->value; + ret = node->token->type; + + parser->lex_from_node = node->next; + + return ret; +} + +static void +glcpp_parser_lex_from (glcpp_parser_t *parser, token_list_t *list) +{ + token_node_t *node; + + assert (parser->lex_from_list == NULL); + + /* Copy list, eliminating any space tokens. */ + parser->lex_from_list = _token_list_create (parser); + + for (node = list->head; node; node = node->next) { + if (node->token->type == SPACE) + continue; + _token_list_append (parser->lex_from_list, node->token); + } + + ralloc_free (list); + + parser->lex_from_node = parser->lex_from_list->head; + + /* It's possible the list consisted of nothing but whitespace. */ + if (parser->lex_from_node == NULL) { + ralloc_free (parser->lex_from_list); + parser->lex_from_list = NULL; + } +} + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_push_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + int condition) +{ + skip_type_t current = SKIP_NO_SKIP; + skip_node_t *node; + + if (parser->skip_stack) + current = parser->skip_stack->type; + + node = ralloc (parser, skip_node_t); + node->loc = *loc; + + if (current == SKIP_NO_SKIP) { + if (condition) + node->type = SKIP_NO_SKIP; + else + node->type = SKIP_TO_ELSE; + } else { + node->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF; + } + + node->next = parser->skip_stack; + parser->skip_stack = node; +} + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_change_if (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc, + const char *type, int condition) +{ + if (parser->skip_stack == NULL) { + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "%s without #if\n", type); + return; + } + + if (parser->skip_stack->type == SKIP_TO_ELSE) { + if (condition) + parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_NO_SKIP; + } else { + parser->skip_stack->type = SKIP_TO_ENDIF; + } +} + +static void +_glcpp_parser_skip_stack_pop (glcpp_parser_t *parser, YYLTYPE *loc) +{ + skip_node_t *node; + + if (parser->skip_stack == NULL) { + glcpp_error (loc, parser, "#endif without #if\n"); + return; + } + + node = parser->skip_stack; + parser->skip_stack = node->next; + ralloc_free (node); +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp.c b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp.c index 016d7f97e..62065481c 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp.c +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp.c @@ -1,139 +1,139 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "glcpp.h"
-#include "main/mtypes.h"
-#include "main/shaderobj.h"
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#include <io.h>
-#define STDIN_FILENO 0
-#define read _read
-#define open _open
-#define close _close
-#endif
-
-extern int yydebug;
-
-void
-_mesa_reference_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader **ptr,
- struct gl_shader *sh)
-{
- *ptr = sh;
-}
-
-/* Read from fd until EOF and return a string of everything read.
- */
-static char *
-load_text_fd (void *ctx, int fd)
-{
-#define CHUNK 4096
- char *text = NULL;
- ssize_t text_size = 0;
- ssize_t total_read = 0;
- ssize_t bytes;
-
- while (1) {
- if (total_read + CHUNK + 1 > text_size) {
- text_size = text_size ? text_size * 2 : CHUNK + 1;
- text = talloc_realloc_size (ctx, text, text_size);
- if (text == NULL) {
- fprintf (stderr, "Out of memory\n");
- return NULL;
- }
- }
- bytes = read (fd, text + total_read, CHUNK);
- if (bytes < 0) {
- fprintf (stderr, "Error while reading: %s\n",
- strerror (errno));
- talloc_free (text);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (bytes == 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- total_read += bytes;
- }
-
- text[total_read] = '\0';
-
- return text;
-}
-
-static char *
-load_text_file(void *ctx, const char *filename)
-{
- char *text;
- int fd;
-
- if (filename == NULL || strcmp (filename, "-") == 0)
- return load_text_fd (ctx, STDIN_FILENO);
-
- fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY);
- if (fd < 0) {
- fprintf (stderr, "Failed to open file %s: %s\n",
- filename, strerror (errno));
- return NULL;
- }
-
- text = load_text_fd (ctx, fd);
-
- close(fd);
-
- return text;
-}
-
-int
-main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- char *filename = NULL;
- void *ctx = talloc(NULL, void*);
- char *info_log = talloc_strdup(ctx, "");
- const char *shader;
- int ret;
-
- if (argc) {
- filename = argv[1];
- }
-
- shader = load_text_file (ctx, filename);
- if (shader == NULL)
- return 1;
-
- ret = preprocess(ctx, &shader, &info_log, NULL, API_OPENGL);
-
- printf("%s", shader);
- fprintf(stderr, "%s", info_log);
-
- talloc_free(ctx);
-
- return ret;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include "glcpp.h" +#include "main/mtypes.h" +#include "main/shaderobj.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#include <io.h> +#define STDIN_FILENO 0 +#define read _read +#define open _open +#define close _close +#endif + +extern int yydebug; + +void +_mesa_reference_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader **ptr, + struct gl_shader *sh) +{ + *ptr = sh; +} + +/* Read from fd until EOF and return a string of everything read. + */ +static char * +load_text_fd (void *ctx, int fd) +{ +#define CHUNK 4096 + char *text = NULL; + ssize_t text_size = 0; + ssize_t total_read = 0; + ssize_t bytes; + + while (1) { + if (total_read + CHUNK + 1 > text_size) { + text_size = text_size ? text_size * 2 : CHUNK + 1; + text = reralloc_size (ctx, text, text_size); + if (text == NULL) { + fprintf (stderr, "Out of memory\n"); + return NULL; + } + } + bytes = read (fd, text + total_read, CHUNK); + if (bytes < 0) { + fprintf (stderr, "Error while reading: %s\n", + strerror (errno)); + ralloc_free (text); + return NULL; + } + + if (bytes == 0) { + break; + } + + total_read += bytes; + } + + text[total_read] = '\0'; + + return text; +} + +static char * +load_text_file(void *ctx, const char *filename) +{ + char *text; + int fd; + + if (filename == NULL || strcmp (filename, "-") == 0) + return load_text_fd (ctx, STDIN_FILENO); + + fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY); + if (fd < 0) { + fprintf (stderr, "Failed to open file %s: %s\n", + filename, strerror (errno)); + return NULL; + } + + text = load_text_fd (ctx, fd); + + close(fd); + + return text; +} + +int +main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + char *filename = NULL; + void *ctx = ralloc(NULL, void*); + char *info_log = ralloc_strdup(ctx, ""); + const char *shader; + int ret; + + if (argc) { + filename = argv[1]; + } + + shader = load_text_file (ctx, filename); + if (shader == NULL) + return 1; + + ret = preprocess(ctx, &shader, &info_log, NULL, API_OPENGL); + + printf("%s", shader); + fprintf(stderr, "%s", info_log); + + ralloc_free(ctx); + + return ret; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp.h index 7125d325d..dc816e90e 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/glcpp.h @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include <stdint.h> -#include <talloc.h> +#include "../ralloc.h" #include "program/hash_table.h" @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ void glcpp_parser_destroy (glcpp_parser_t *parser); int -preprocess(void *talloc_ctx, const char **shader, char **info_log, +preprocess(void *ralloc_ctx, const char **shader, char **info_log, const struct gl_extensions *extensions, int api); /* Functions for writing to the info log */ diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/pp.c b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/pp.c index e1a3a88a3..3640896a2 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/pp.c +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glcpp/pp.c @@ -33,16 +33,15 @@ glcpp_error (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *fmt, ...) va_list ap; parser->error = 1; - parser->info_log = talloc_asprintf_append(parser->info_log, - "%u:%u(%u): " + ralloc_asprintf_append(&parser->info_log, "%u:%u(%u): " "preprocessor error: ", locp->source, locp->first_line, locp->first_column); va_start(ap, fmt); - parser->info_log = talloc_vasprintf_append(parser->info_log, fmt, ap); + ralloc_vasprintf_append(&parser->info_log, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); - parser->info_log = talloc_strdup_append(parser->info_log, "\n"); + ralloc_strcat(&parser->info_log, "\n"); } void @@ -50,16 +49,15 @@ glcpp_warning (YYLTYPE *locp, glcpp_parser_t *parser, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; - parser->info_log = talloc_asprintf_append(parser->info_log, - "%u:%u(%u): " + ralloc_asprintf_append(&parser->info_log, "%u:%u(%u): " "preprocessor warning: ", locp->source, locp->first_line, locp->first_column); va_start(ap, fmt); - parser->info_log = talloc_vasprintf_append(parser->info_log, fmt, ap); + ralloc_vasprintf_append(&parser->info_log, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); - parser->info_log = talloc_strdup_append(parser->info_log, "\n"); + ralloc_strcat(&parser->info_log, "\n"); } /* Searches backwards for '^ *#' from a given starting point. */ @@ -92,7 +90,7 @@ remove_line_continuations(glcpp_parser_t *ctx, const char *shader) { int in_continued_line = 0; int extra_newlines = 0; - char *clean = talloc_strdup(ctx, ""); + char *clean = ralloc_strdup(ctx, ""); const char *search_start = shader; const char *newline; while ((newline = strchr(search_start, '\n')) != NULL) { @@ -122,27 +120,27 @@ remove_line_continuations(glcpp_parser_t *ctx, const char *shader) } if (in_continued_line) { /* Copy everything before the \ */ - clean = talloc_strndup_append(clean, shader, backslash - shader); + ralloc_strncat(&clean, shader, backslash - shader); shader = newline + 1; extra_newlines++; } } else if (in_continued_line) { /* Copy everything up to and including the \n */ - clean = talloc_strndup_append(clean, shader, newline - shader + 1); + ralloc_strncat(&clean, shader, newline - shader + 1); shader = newline + 1; /* Output extra newlines to make line numbers match */ for (; extra_newlines > 0; extra_newlines--) - clean = talloc_strdup_append(clean, "\n"); + ralloc_strcat(&clean, "\n"); in_continued_line = 0; } search_start = newline + 1; } - clean = talloc_strdup_append(clean, shader); + ralloc_strcat(&clean, shader); return clean; } int -preprocess(void *talloc_ctx, const char **shader, char **info_log, +preprocess(void *ralloc_ctx, const char **shader, char **info_log, const struct gl_extensions *extensions, int api) { int errors; @@ -156,9 +154,9 @@ preprocess(void *talloc_ctx, const char **shader, char **info_log, if (parser->skip_stack) glcpp_error (&parser->skip_stack->loc, parser, "Unterminated #if\n"); - *info_log = talloc_strdup_append(*info_log, parser->info_log); + ralloc_strcat(info_log, parser->info_log); - talloc_steal(talloc_ctx, parser->output); + ralloc_steal(ralloc_ctx, parser->output); *shader = parser->output; errors = parser->error; diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_lexer.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_lexer.cpp index 04a434eb5..04927950f 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_lexer.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_lexer.cpp @@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@ YY_RULE_SETUP { struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state = yyextra; void *ctx = state; - yylval->identifier = talloc_strdup(ctx, yytext); + yylval->identifier = ralloc_strdup(ctx, yytext); return IDENTIFIER; } YY_BREAK diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_lexer.lpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_lexer.lpp index 4d6866390..d3d53ffb6 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_lexer.lpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_lexer.lpp @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ row_major KEYWORD(130, 999, ROW_MAJOR); [_a-zA-Z][_a-zA-Z0-9]* { struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state = yyextra; void *ctx = state; - yylval->identifier = talloc_strdup(ctx, yytext); + yylval->identifier = ralloc_strdup(ctx, yytext); return IDENTIFIER; } diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser.cpp index 360676cf8..69435997a 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser.cpp @@ -807,34 +807,34 @@ static const yytype_int16 yyrhs[] = /* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ static const yytype_uint16 yyrline[] = { - 0, 213, 213, 212, 219, 221, 246, 247, 248, 249, - 250, 262, 264, 268, 277, 285, 296, 300, 307, 314, - 321, 328, 335, 342, 343, 349, 353, 360, 366, 375, - 379, 383, 384, 393, 394, 398, 399, 403, 409, 421, - 425, 431, 438, 449, 450, 456, 462, 472, 473, 474, - 475, 479, 480, 486, 492, 501, 502, 508, 517, 518, - 524, 533, 534, 540, 546, 552, 561, 562, 568, 577, - 578, 587, 588, 597, 598, 607, 608, 617, 618, 627, - 628, 637, 638, 647, 648, 657, 658, 659, 660, 661, - 662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667, 671, 675, 691, 695, - 699, 703, 712, 716, 717, 721, 726, 734, 745, 755, - 770, 777, 782, 793, 806, 809, 814, 819, 828, 832, - 833, 842, 851, 860, 869, 878, 891, 902, 911, 920, - 929, 938, 947, 956, 970, 977, 988, 995, 996, 1015, - 1067, 1108, 1113, 1118, 1126, 1134, 1135, 1136, 1141, 1142, - 1147, 1152, 1158, 1166, 1171, 1176, 1181, 1187, 1192, 1197, - 1202, 1207, 1215, 1219, 1227, 1228, 1234, 1243, 1249, 1255, - 1264, 1265, 1266, 1267, 1268, 1269, 1270, 1271, 1272, 1273, - 1274, 1275, 1276, 1277, 1278, 1279, 1280, 1281, 1282, 1283, - 1284, 1285, 1286, 1287, 1288, 1289, 1290, 1291, 1292, 1293, - 1294, 1295, 1296, 1297, 1298, 1299, 1300, 1301, 1302, 1303, - 1304, 1305, 1306, 1307, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1311, 1312, 1313, - 1314, 1318, 1328, 1338, 1351, 1357, 1366, 1371, 1379, 1394, - 1399, 1407, 1413, 1422, 1426, 1432, 1433, 1437, 1438, 1439, - 1440, 1441, 1442, 1443, 1447, 1453, 1462, 1463, 1467, 1473, - 1482, 1492, 1504, 1510, 1519, 1528, 1533, 1541, 1545, 1559, - 1563, 1564, 1568, 1575, 1582, 1592, 1593, 1597, 1599, 1605, - 1610, 1619, 1625, 1631, 1637, 1643, 1652, 1653, 1654, 1658 + 0, 213, 213, 212, 219, 221, 261, 262, 263, 264, + 265, 277, 279, 283, 292, 300, 311, 315, 322, 329, + 336, 343, 350, 357, 358, 364, 368, 375, 381, 390, + 394, 398, 399, 408, 409, 413, 414, 418, 424, 436, + 440, 446, 453, 464, 465, 471, 477, 487, 488, 489, + 490, 494, 495, 501, 507, 516, 517, 523, 532, 533, + 539, 548, 549, 555, 561, 567, 576, 577, 583, 592, + 593, 602, 603, 612, 613, 622, 623, 632, 633, 642, + 643, 652, 653, 662, 663, 672, 673, 674, 675, 676, + 677, 678, 679, 680, 681, 682, 686, 690, 706, 710, + 714, 718, 727, 731, 732, 736, 741, 749, 760, 770, + 785, 792, 797, 808, 821, 824, 829, 834, 843, 847, + 848, 857, 866, 875, 884, 893, 906, 917, 926, 935, + 944, 953, 962, 971, 985, 992, 1003, 1010, 1011, 1030, + 1082, 1123, 1128, 1133, 1141, 1149, 1150, 1151, 1156, 1157, + 1162, 1167, 1173, 1181, 1186, 1191, 1196, 1202, 1207, 1212, + 1217, 1222, 1230, 1234, 1242, 1243, 1249, 1258, 1264, 1270, + 1279, 1280, 1281, 1282, 1283, 1284, 1285, 1286, 1287, 1288, + 1289, 1290, 1291, 1292, 1293, 1294, 1295, 1296, 1297, 1298, + 1299, 1300, 1301, 1302, 1303, 1304, 1305, 1306, 1307, 1308, + 1309, 1310, 1311, 1312, 1313, 1314, 1315, 1316, 1317, 1318, + 1319, 1320, 1321, 1322, 1323, 1324, 1325, 1326, 1327, 1328, + 1329, 1333, 1343, 1353, 1366, 1372, 1381, 1386, 1394, 1409, + 1414, 1422, 1428, 1437, 1441, 1447, 1448, 1452, 1453, 1454, + 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458, 1462, 1468, 1477, 1478, 1482, 1488, + 1497, 1507, 1519, 1525, 1534, 1543, 1548, 1556, 1560, 1574, + 1578, 1579, 1583, 1590, 1597, 1607, 1608, 1612, 1614, 1620, + 1625, 1634, 1640, 1646, 1652, 1658, 1667, 1668, 1669, 1673 }; #endif @@ -2835,32 +2835,47 @@ yyreduce: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ #line 222 "glsl_parser.ypp" { + bool supported = false; + switch ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].n)) { case 100: state->es_shader = true; + supported = state->Const.GLSL_100ES; + break; case 110: + supported = state->Const.GLSL_110; + break; case 120: + supported = state->Const.GLSL_120; + break; case 130: - /* FINISHME: Check against implementation support versions. */ - state->language_version = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].n); - state->version_string = - talloc_asprintf(state, "GLSL%s %d.%02d", - state->es_shader ? " ES" : "", - state->language_version / 100, - state->language_version % 100); + supported = state->Const.GLSL_130; break; default: - _mesa_glsl_error(& (yylsp[(2) - (3)]), state, "Shading language version" - "%u is not supported\n", (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].n)); + supported = false; break; } + + state->language_version = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].n); + state->version_string = + ralloc_asprintf(state, "GLSL%s %d.%02d", + state->es_shader ? " ES" : "", + state->language_version / 100, + state->language_version % 100); + + if (!supported) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& (yylsp[(2) - (3)]), state, "%s is not supported. " + "Supported versions are: %s\n", + state->version_string, + state->supported_version_string); + } ;} break; case 10: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 251 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 266 "glsl_parser.ypp" { if (state->language_version < 120) { _mesa_glsl_warning(& (yylsp[(1) - (2)]), state, @@ -2875,7 +2890,7 @@ yyreduce: case 13: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 269 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 284 "glsl_parser.ypp" { if (!_mesa_glsl_process_extension((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].identifier), & (yylsp[(2) - (5)]), (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].identifier), & (yylsp[(4) - (5)]), state)) { YYERROR; @@ -2886,7 +2901,7 @@ yyreduce: case 14: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 278 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 293 "glsl_parser.ypp" { /* FINISHME: The NULL test is required because pragmas are set to * FINISHME: NULL. (See production rule for external_declaration.) @@ -2899,7 +2914,7 @@ yyreduce: case 15: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 286 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 301 "glsl_parser.ypp" { /* FINISHME: The NULL test is required because pragmas are set to * FINISHME: NULL. (See production rule for external_declaration.) @@ -2912,7 +2927,7 @@ yyreduce: case 17: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 301 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 316 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_identifier, NULL, NULL, NULL); @@ -2924,7 +2939,7 @@ yyreduce: case 18: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 308 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 323 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_int_constant, NULL, NULL, NULL); @@ -2936,7 +2951,7 @@ yyreduce: case 19: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 315 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 330 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_uint_constant, NULL, NULL, NULL); @@ -2948,7 +2963,7 @@ yyreduce: case 20: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 322 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 337 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_float_constant, NULL, NULL, NULL); @@ -2960,7 +2975,7 @@ yyreduce: case 21: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 329 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 344 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_bool_constant, NULL, NULL, NULL); @@ -2972,7 +2987,7 @@ yyreduce: case 22: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 336 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 351 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.expression) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].expression); ;} @@ -2981,7 +2996,7 @@ yyreduce: case 24: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 344 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 359 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_array_index, (yyvsp[(1) - (4)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].expression), NULL); @@ -2992,7 +3007,7 @@ yyreduce: case 25: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 350 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 365 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.expression) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].expression); ;} @@ -3001,7 +3016,7 @@ yyreduce: case 26: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 354 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 369 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_field_selection, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), NULL, NULL); @@ -3013,7 +3028,7 @@ yyreduce: case 27: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 361 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 376 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_post_inc, (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].expression), NULL, NULL); @@ -3024,7 +3039,7 @@ yyreduce: case 28: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 367 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 382 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_post_dec, (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].expression), NULL, NULL); @@ -3035,7 +3050,7 @@ yyreduce: case 32: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 385 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 400 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_field_selection, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression), NULL); @@ -3046,7 +3061,7 @@ yyreduce: case 37: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 404 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 419 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.expression) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].expression); (yyval.expression)->set_location(yylloc); @@ -3057,7 +3072,7 @@ yyreduce: case 38: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 410 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 425 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.expression) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression); (yyval.expression)->set_location(yylloc); @@ -3068,7 +3083,7 @@ yyreduce: case 40: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 426 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 441 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_function_expression((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].type_specifier)); @@ -3079,7 +3094,7 @@ yyreduce: case 41: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 432 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 447 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_expression *callee = new(ctx) ast_expression((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].identifier)); @@ -3091,7 +3106,7 @@ yyreduce: case 42: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 439 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 454 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_expression *callee = new(ctx) ast_expression((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].identifier)); @@ -3103,7 +3118,7 @@ yyreduce: case 44: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 451 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 466 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_pre_inc, (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].expression), NULL, NULL); @@ -3114,7 +3129,7 @@ yyreduce: case 45: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 457 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 472 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_pre_dec, (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].expression), NULL, NULL); @@ -3125,7 +3140,7 @@ yyreduce: case 46: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 463 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 478 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression((yyvsp[(1) - (2)].n), (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].expression), NULL, NULL); @@ -3136,35 +3151,35 @@ yyreduce: case 47: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 472 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 487 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_plus; ;} break; case 48: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 473 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 488 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_neg; ;} break; case 49: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 474 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 489 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_logic_not; ;} break; case 50: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 475 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 490 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_bit_not; ;} break; case 52: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 481 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 496 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_mul, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3175,7 +3190,7 @@ yyreduce: case 53: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 487 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 502 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_div, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3186,7 +3201,7 @@ yyreduce: case 54: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 493 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 508 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_mod, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3197,7 +3212,7 @@ yyreduce: case 56: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 503 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 518 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_add, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3208,7 +3223,7 @@ yyreduce: case 57: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 509 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 524 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_sub, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3219,7 +3234,7 @@ yyreduce: case 59: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 519 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 534 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_lshift, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3230,7 +3245,7 @@ yyreduce: case 60: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 525 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 540 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_rshift, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3241,7 +3256,7 @@ yyreduce: case 62: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 535 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 550 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_less, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3252,7 +3267,7 @@ yyreduce: case 63: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 541 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 556 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_greater, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3263,7 +3278,7 @@ yyreduce: case 64: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 547 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 562 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_lequal, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3274,7 +3289,7 @@ yyreduce: case 65: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 553 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 568 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_gequal, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3285,7 +3300,7 @@ yyreduce: case 67: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 563 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 578 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_equal, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3296,7 +3311,7 @@ yyreduce: case 68: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 569 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 584 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_nequal, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3307,7 +3322,7 @@ yyreduce: case 70: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 579 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 594 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_bit_and, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3318,7 +3333,7 @@ yyreduce: case 72: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 589 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 604 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_bit_xor, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3329,7 +3344,7 @@ yyreduce: case 74: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 599 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 614 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_bit_or, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3340,7 +3355,7 @@ yyreduce: case 76: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 609 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 624 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_logic_and, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3351,7 +3366,7 @@ yyreduce: case 78: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 619 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 634 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_logic_xor, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3362,7 +3377,7 @@ yyreduce: case 80: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 629 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 644 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression_bin(ast_logic_or, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression)); @@ -3373,7 +3388,7 @@ yyreduce: case 82: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 639 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 654 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression(ast_conditional, (yyvsp[(1) - (5)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (5)].expression), (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].expression)); @@ -3384,7 +3399,7 @@ yyreduce: case 84: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 649 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 664 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.expression) = new(ctx) ast_expression((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].n), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression), NULL); @@ -3395,84 +3410,84 @@ yyreduce: case 85: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 657 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 672 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_assign; ;} break; case 86: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 658 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 673 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mul_assign; ;} break; case 87: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 659 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 674 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_div_assign; ;} break; case 88: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 660 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 675 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mod_assign; ;} break; case 89: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 661 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 676 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_add_assign; ;} break; case 90: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 662 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 677 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sub_assign; ;} break; case 91: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 663 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 678 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_ls_assign; ;} break; case 92: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 664 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 679 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_rs_assign; ;} break; case 93: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 665 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 680 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_and_assign; ;} break; case 94: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 666 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 681 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_xor_assign; ;} break; case 95: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 667 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 682 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_or_assign; ;} break; case 96: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 672 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 687 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.expression) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].expression); ;} @@ -3481,7 +3496,7 @@ yyreduce: case 97: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 676 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 691 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; if ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].expression)->oper != ast_sequence) { @@ -3499,7 +3514,7 @@ yyreduce: case 99: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 696 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 711 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].function); ;} @@ -3508,7 +3523,7 @@ yyreduce: case 100: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 700 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 715 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].declarator_list); ;} @@ -3517,7 +3532,7 @@ yyreduce: case 101: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 704 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 719 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].type_specifier)->precision = (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].n); (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].type_specifier)->is_precision_statement = true; @@ -3528,7 +3543,7 @@ yyreduce: case 105: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 722 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 737 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.function) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].function); (yyval.function)->parameters.push_tail(& (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].parameter_declarator)->link); @@ -3538,7 +3553,7 @@ yyreduce: case 106: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 727 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 742 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.function) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].function); (yyval.function)->parameters.push_tail(& (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].parameter_declarator)->link); @@ -3548,7 +3563,7 @@ yyreduce: case 107: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 735 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 750 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.function) = new(ctx) ast_function(); @@ -3561,7 +3576,7 @@ yyreduce: case 108: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 746 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 761 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.parameter_declarator) = new(ctx) ast_parameter_declarator(); @@ -3576,7 +3591,7 @@ yyreduce: case 109: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 756 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 771 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.parameter_declarator) = new(ctx) ast_parameter_declarator(); @@ -3593,7 +3608,7 @@ yyreduce: case 110: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 771 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 786 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].type_qualifier).flags.i |= (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].type_qualifier).flags.i; @@ -3605,7 +3620,7 @@ yyreduce: case 111: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 778 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 793 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.parameter_declarator) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].parameter_declarator); (yyval.parameter_declarator)->type->qualifier = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].type_qualifier); @@ -3615,7 +3630,7 @@ yyreduce: case 112: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 783 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 798 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].type_qualifier).flags.i |= (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].type_qualifier).flags.i; @@ -3631,7 +3646,7 @@ yyreduce: case 113: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 794 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 809 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.parameter_declarator) = new(ctx) ast_parameter_declarator(); @@ -3645,7 +3660,7 @@ yyreduce: case 114: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 806 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 821 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); ;} @@ -3654,7 +3669,7 @@ yyreduce: case 115: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 810 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 825 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.in = 1; @@ -3664,7 +3679,7 @@ yyreduce: case 116: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 815 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 830 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.out = 1; @@ -3674,7 +3689,7 @@ yyreduce: case 117: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 820 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 835 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.in = 1; @@ -3685,7 +3700,7 @@ yyreduce: case 120: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 834 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 849 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(3) - (3)].identifier), false, NULL, NULL); @@ -3699,7 +3714,7 @@ yyreduce: case 121: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 843 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 858 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(3) - (5)].identifier), true, NULL, NULL); @@ -3713,7 +3728,7 @@ yyreduce: case 122: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 852 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 867 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(3) - (6)].identifier), true, (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].expression), NULL); @@ -3727,7 +3742,7 @@ yyreduce: case 123: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 861 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 876 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(3) - (7)].identifier), true, NULL, (yyvsp[(7) - (7)].expression)); @@ -3741,7 +3756,7 @@ yyreduce: case 124: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 870 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 885 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(3) - (8)].identifier), true, (yyvsp[(5) - (8)].expression), (yyvsp[(8) - (8)].expression)); @@ -3755,7 +3770,7 @@ yyreduce: case 125: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 879 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 894 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(3) - (5)].identifier), false, NULL, (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].expression)); @@ -3769,7 +3784,7 @@ yyreduce: case 126: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 892 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 907 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; if ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].fully_specified_type)->specifier->type_specifier != ast_struct) { @@ -3785,7 +3800,7 @@ yyreduce: case 127: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 903 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 918 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].identifier), false, NULL, NULL); @@ -3799,7 +3814,7 @@ yyreduce: case 128: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 912 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 927 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].identifier), true, NULL, NULL); @@ -3813,7 +3828,7 @@ yyreduce: case 129: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 921 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 936 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].identifier), true, (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].expression), NULL); @@ -3827,7 +3842,7 @@ yyreduce: case 130: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 930 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 945 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(2) - (6)].identifier), true, NULL, (yyvsp[(6) - (6)].expression)); @@ -3841,7 +3856,7 @@ yyreduce: case 131: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 939 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 954 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].identifier), true, (yyvsp[(4) - (7)].expression), (yyvsp[(7) - (7)].expression)); @@ -3855,7 +3870,7 @@ yyreduce: case 132: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 948 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 963 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].identifier), false, NULL, (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].expression)); @@ -3869,7 +3884,7 @@ yyreduce: case 133: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 957 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 972 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].identifier), false, NULL, NULL); @@ -3885,7 +3900,7 @@ yyreduce: case 134: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 971 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 986 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.fully_specified_type) = new(ctx) ast_fully_specified_type(); @@ -3897,7 +3912,7 @@ yyreduce: case 135: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 978 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 993 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.fully_specified_type) = new(ctx) ast_fully_specified_type(); @@ -3910,7 +3925,7 @@ yyreduce: case 136: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 989 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1004 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_qualifier) = (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].type_qualifier); ;} @@ -3919,7 +3934,7 @@ yyreduce: case 138: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 997 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1012 "glsl_parser.ypp" { if (((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].type_qualifier).flags.i & (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].type_qualifier).flags.i) != 0) { _mesa_glsl_error(& (yylsp[(3) - (3)]), state, @@ -3940,7 +3955,7 @@ yyreduce: case 139: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1016 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1031 "glsl_parser.ypp" { bool got_one = false; @@ -3997,7 +4012,7 @@ yyreduce: case 140: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1068 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1083 "glsl_parser.ypp" { bool got_one = false; @@ -4040,7 +4055,7 @@ yyreduce: case 141: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1109 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1124 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.smooth = 1; @@ -4050,7 +4065,7 @@ yyreduce: case 142: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1114 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1129 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.flat = 1; @@ -4060,7 +4075,7 @@ yyreduce: case 143: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1119 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1134 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.noperspective = 1; @@ -4070,7 +4085,7 @@ yyreduce: case 144: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1127 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1142 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.constant = 1; @@ -4080,7 +4095,7 @@ yyreduce: case 147: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1137 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1152 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_qualifier) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].type_qualifier); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.i |= (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].type_qualifier).flags.i; @@ -4090,7 +4105,7 @@ yyreduce: case 149: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1143 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1158 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_qualifier) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].type_qualifier); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.i |= (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].type_qualifier).flags.i; @@ -4100,7 +4115,7 @@ yyreduce: case 150: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1148 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1163 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_qualifier) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].type_qualifier); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.invariant = 1; @@ -4110,7 +4125,7 @@ yyreduce: case 151: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1153 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1168 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_qualifier) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].type_qualifier); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.i |= (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].type_qualifier).flags.i; @@ -4121,7 +4136,7 @@ yyreduce: case 152: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1159 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1174 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.invariant = 1; @@ -4131,7 +4146,7 @@ yyreduce: case 153: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1167 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1182 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.constant = 1; @@ -4141,7 +4156,7 @@ yyreduce: case 154: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1172 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1187 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.attribute = 1; @@ -4151,7 +4166,7 @@ yyreduce: case 155: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1177 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1192 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.varying = 1; @@ -4161,7 +4176,7 @@ yyreduce: case 156: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1182 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1197 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.centroid = 1; @@ -4172,7 +4187,7 @@ yyreduce: case 157: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1188 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1203 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.in = 1; @@ -4182,7 +4197,7 @@ yyreduce: case 158: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1193 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1208 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.out = 1; @@ -4192,7 +4207,7 @@ yyreduce: case 159: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1198 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1213 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.centroid = 1; (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.in = 1; @@ -4202,7 +4217,7 @@ yyreduce: case 160: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1203 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1218 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.centroid = 1; (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.out = 1; @@ -4212,7 +4227,7 @@ yyreduce: case 161: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1208 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1223 "glsl_parser.ypp" { memset(& (yyval.type_qualifier), 0, sizeof((yyval.type_qualifier))); (yyval.type_qualifier).flags.q.uniform = 1; @@ -4222,7 +4237,7 @@ yyreduce: case 162: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1216 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1231 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_specifier) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].type_specifier); ;} @@ -4231,7 +4246,7 @@ yyreduce: case 163: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1220 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1235 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_specifier) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].type_specifier); (yyval.type_specifier)->precision = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].n); @@ -4241,7 +4256,7 @@ yyreduce: case 165: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1229 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1244 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_specifier) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].type_specifier); (yyval.type_specifier)->is_array = true; @@ -4252,7 +4267,7 @@ yyreduce: case 166: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1235 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1250 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.type_specifier) = (yyvsp[(1) - (4)].type_specifier); (yyval.type_specifier)->is_array = true; @@ -4263,7 +4278,7 @@ yyreduce: case 167: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1244 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1259 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.type_specifier) = new(ctx) ast_type_specifier((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].n)); @@ -4274,7 +4289,7 @@ yyreduce: case 168: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1250 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1265 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.type_specifier) = new(ctx) ast_type_specifier((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].struct_specifier)); @@ -4285,7 +4300,7 @@ yyreduce: case 169: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1256 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1271 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.type_specifier) = new(ctx) ast_type_specifier((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].identifier)); @@ -4296,364 +4311,364 @@ yyreduce: case 170: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1264 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1279 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_void; ;} break; case 171: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1265 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1280 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_float; ;} break; case 172: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1266 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1281 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_int; ;} break; case 173: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1267 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1282 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_uint; ;} break; case 174: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1268 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1283 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_bool; ;} break; case 175: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1269 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1284 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_vec2; ;} break; case 176: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1270 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1285 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_vec3; ;} break; case 177: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1271 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1286 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_vec4; ;} break; case 178: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1272 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1287 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_bvec2; ;} break; case 179: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1273 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1288 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_bvec3; ;} break; case 180: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1274 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1289 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_bvec4; ;} break; case 181: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1275 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1290 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_ivec2; ;} break; case 182: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1276 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1291 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_ivec3; ;} break; case 183: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1277 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1292 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_ivec4; ;} break; case 184: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1278 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1293 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_uvec2; ;} break; case 185: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1279 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1294 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_uvec3; ;} break; case 186: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1280 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1295 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_uvec4; ;} break; case 187: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1281 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1296 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat2; ;} break; case 188: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1282 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1297 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat2x3; ;} break; case 189: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1283 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1298 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat2x4; ;} break; case 190: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1284 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1299 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat3x2; ;} break; case 191: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1285 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1300 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat3; ;} break; case 192: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1286 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1301 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat3x4; ;} break; case 193: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1287 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1302 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat4x2; ;} break; case 194: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1288 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1303 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat4x3; ;} break; case 195: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1289 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1304 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_mat4; ;} break; case 196: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1290 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1305 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler1d; ;} break; case 197: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1291 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1306 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler2d; ;} break; case 198: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1292 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1307 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler2drect; ;} break; case 199: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1293 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1308 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler3d; ;} break; case 200: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1294 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1309 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_samplercube; ;} break; case 201: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1295 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1310 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler1dshadow; ;} break; case 202: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1296 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1311 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler2dshadow; ;} break; case 203: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1297 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1312 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler2drectshadow; ;} break; case 204: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1298 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1313 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_samplercubeshadow; ;} break; case 205: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1299 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1314 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler1darray; ;} break; case 206: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1300 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1315 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler2darray; ;} break; case 207: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1301 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1316 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler1darrayshadow; ;} break; case 208: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1302 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1317 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_sampler2darrayshadow; ;} break; case 209: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1303 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1318 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_isampler1d; ;} break; case 210: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1304 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1319 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_isampler2d; ;} break; case 211: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1305 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1320 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_isampler3d; ;} break; case 212: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1306 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1321 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_isamplercube; ;} break; case 213: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1307 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1322 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_isampler1darray; ;} break; case 214: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1308 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1323 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_isampler2darray; ;} break; case 215: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1309 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1324 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_usampler1d; ;} break; case 216: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1310 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1325 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_usampler2d; ;} break; case 217: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1311 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1326 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_usampler3d; ;} break; case 218: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1312 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1327 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_usamplercube; ;} break; case 219: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1313 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1328 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_usampler1darray; ;} break; case 220: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1314 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1329 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.n) = ast_usampler2darray; ;} break; case 221: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1318 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1333 "glsl_parser.ypp" { if (!state->es_shader && state->language_version < 130) _mesa_glsl_error(& (yylsp[(1) - (1)]), state, @@ -4669,7 +4684,7 @@ yyreduce: case 222: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1328 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1343 "glsl_parser.ypp" { if (!state->es_shader && state->language_version < 130) _mesa_glsl_error(& (yylsp[(1) - (1)]), state, @@ -4685,7 +4700,7 @@ yyreduce: case 223: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1338 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1353 "glsl_parser.ypp" { if (!state->es_shader && state->language_version < 130) _mesa_glsl_error(& (yylsp[(1) - (1)]), state, @@ -4701,7 +4716,7 @@ yyreduce: case 224: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1352 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1367 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.struct_specifier) = new(ctx) ast_struct_specifier((yyvsp[(2) - (5)].identifier), (yyvsp[(4) - (5)].node)); @@ -4712,7 +4727,7 @@ yyreduce: case 225: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1358 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1373 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.struct_specifier) = new(ctx) ast_struct_specifier(NULL, (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].node)); @@ -4723,7 +4738,7 @@ yyreduce: case 226: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1367 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1382 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (ast_node *) (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].declarator_list); (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].declarator_list)->link.self_link(); @@ -4733,7 +4748,7 @@ yyreduce: case 227: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1372 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1387 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (ast_node *) (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].node); (yyval.node)->link.insert_before(& (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].declarator_list)->link); @@ -4743,7 +4758,7 @@ yyreduce: case 228: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1380 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1395 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_fully_specified_type *type = new(ctx) ast_fully_specified_type(); @@ -4760,7 +4775,7 @@ yyreduce: case 229: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1395 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1410 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.declaration) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].declaration); (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].declaration)->link.self_link(); @@ -4770,7 +4785,7 @@ yyreduce: case 230: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1400 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1415 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.declaration) = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].declaration); (yyval.declaration)->link.insert_before(& (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].declaration)->link); @@ -4780,7 +4795,7 @@ yyreduce: case 231: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1408 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1423 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.declaration) = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].identifier), false, NULL, NULL); @@ -4791,7 +4806,7 @@ yyreduce: case 232: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1414 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1429 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.declaration) = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].identifier), true, (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].expression), NULL); @@ -4802,28 +4817,28 @@ yyreduce: case 235: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1432 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1447 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (ast_node *) (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].compound_statement); ;} break; case 240: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1440 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1455 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = NULL; ;} break; case 241: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1441 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1456 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = NULL; ;} break; case 244: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1448 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1463 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.compound_statement) = new(ctx) ast_compound_statement(true, NULL); @@ -4834,7 +4849,7 @@ yyreduce: case 245: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1454 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1469 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.compound_statement) = new(ctx) ast_compound_statement(true, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].node)); @@ -4845,14 +4860,14 @@ yyreduce: case 246: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1462 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1477 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (ast_node *) (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].compound_statement); ;} break; case 248: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1468 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1483 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.compound_statement) = new(ctx) ast_compound_statement(false, NULL); @@ -4863,7 +4878,7 @@ yyreduce: case 249: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1474 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1489 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.compound_statement) = new(ctx) ast_compound_statement(false, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].node)); @@ -4874,7 +4889,7 @@ yyreduce: case 250: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1483 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1498 "glsl_parser.ypp" { if ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].node) == NULL) { _mesa_glsl_error(& (yylsp[(1) - (1)]), state, "<nil> statement\n"); @@ -4889,7 +4904,7 @@ yyreduce: case 251: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1493 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1508 "glsl_parser.ypp" { if ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].node) == NULL) { _mesa_glsl_error(& (yylsp[(2) - (2)]), state, "<nil> statement\n"); @@ -4903,7 +4918,7 @@ yyreduce: case 252: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1505 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1520 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_expression_statement(NULL); @@ -4914,7 +4929,7 @@ yyreduce: case 253: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1511 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1526 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_expression_statement((yyvsp[(1) - (2)].expression)); @@ -4925,7 +4940,7 @@ yyreduce: case 254: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1520 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1535 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = new(state) ast_selection_statement((yyvsp[(3) - (5)].expression), (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].selection_rest_statement).then_statement, (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].selection_rest_statement).else_statement); @@ -4936,7 +4951,7 @@ yyreduce: case 255: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1529 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1544 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.selection_rest_statement).then_statement = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].node); (yyval.selection_rest_statement).else_statement = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].node); @@ -4946,7 +4961,7 @@ yyreduce: case 256: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1534 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1549 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.selection_rest_statement).then_statement = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].node); (yyval.selection_rest_statement).else_statement = NULL; @@ -4956,7 +4971,7 @@ yyreduce: case 257: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1542 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1557 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (ast_node *) (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].expression); ;} @@ -4965,7 +4980,7 @@ yyreduce: case 258: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1546 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1561 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; ast_declaration *decl = new(ctx) ast_declaration((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].identifier), false, NULL, (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].expression)); @@ -4981,7 +4996,7 @@ yyreduce: case 262: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1569 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1584 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_iteration_statement(ast_iteration_statement::ast_while, @@ -4993,7 +5008,7 @@ yyreduce: case 263: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1576 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1591 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_iteration_statement(ast_iteration_statement::ast_do_while, @@ -5005,7 +5020,7 @@ yyreduce: case 264: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1583 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1598 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_iteration_statement(ast_iteration_statement::ast_for, @@ -5017,7 +5032,7 @@ yyreduce: case 268: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1599 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1614 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = NULL; ;} @@ -5026,7 +5041,7 @@ yyreduce: case 269: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1606 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1621 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.for_rest_statement).cond = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].node); (yyval.for_rest_statement).rest = NULL; @@ -5036,7 +5051,7 @@ yyreduce: case 270: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1611 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1626 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.for_rest_statement).cond = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].node); (yyval.for_rest_statement).rest = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].expression); @@ -5046,7 +5061,7 @@ yyreduce: case 271: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1620 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1635 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_jump_statement(ast_jump_statement::ast_continue, NULL); @@ -5057,7 +5072,7 @@ yyreduce: case 272: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1626 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1641 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_jump_statement(ast_jump_statement::ast_break, NULL); @@ -5068,7 +5083,7 @@ yyreduce: case 273: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1632 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1647 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_jump_statement(ast_jump_statement::ast_return, NULL); @@ -5079,7 +5094,7 @@ yyreduce: case 274: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1638 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1653 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_jump_statement(ast_jump_statement::ast_return, (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].expression)); @@ -5090,7 +5105,7 @@ yyreduce: case 275: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1644 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1659 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.node) = new(ctx) ast_jump_statement(ast_jump_statement::ast_discard, NULL); @@ -5101,28 +5116,28 @@ yyreduce: case 276: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1652 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1667 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].function_definition); ;} break; case 277: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1653 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1668 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].node); ;} break; case 278: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1654 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1669 "glsl_parser.ypp" { (yyval.node) = NULL; ;} break; case 279: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 1659 "glsl_parser.ypp" +#line 1674 "glsl_parser.ypp" { void *ctx = state; (yyval.function_definition) = new(ctx) ast_function_definition(); @@ -5135,7 +5150,7 @@ yyreduce: /* Line 1464 of yacc.c */ -#line 5139 "glsl_parser.cpp" +#line 5154 "glsl_parser.cpp" default: break; } YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc); diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser.ypp b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser.ypp index 3955648eb..d0bebc7fe 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser.ypp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser.ypp @@ -220,25 +220,40 @@ version_statement: /* blank - no #version specified: defaults are already set */ | VERSION INTCONSTANT EOL { + bool supported = false; + switch ($2) { case 100: state->es_shader = true; + supported = state->Const.GLSL_100ES; + break; case 110: + supported = state->Const.GLSL_110; + break; case 120: + supported = state->Const.GLSL_120; + break; case 130: - /* FINISHME: Check against implementation support versions. */ - state->language_version = $2; - state->version_string = - talloc_asprintf(state, "GLSL%s %d.%02d", - state->es_shader ? " ES" : "", - state->language_version / 100, - state->language_version % 100); + supported = state->Const.GLSL_130; break; default: - _mesa_glsl_error(& @2, state, "Shading language version" - "%u is not supported\n", $2); + supported = false; break; } + + state->language_version = $2; + state->version_string = + ralloc_asprintf(state, "GLSL%s %d.%02d", + state->es_shader ? " ES" : "", + state->language_version / 100, + state->language_version % 100); + + if (!supported) { + _mesa_glsl_error(& @2, state, "%s is not supported. " + "Supported versions are: %s\n", + state->version_string, + state->supported_version_string); + } } ; diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.cpp index c9a8a2cb2..2ed8b843a 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.cpp @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ #include <assert.h> extern "C" { -#include <talloc.h> #include "main/core.h" /* for struct gl_context */ } +#include "ralloc.h" #include "ast.h" #include "glsl_parser_extras.h" #include "glsl_parser.h" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ _mesa_glsl_parse_state::_mesa_glsl_parse_state(struct gl_context *ctx, this->scanner = NULL; this->translation_unit.make_empty(); this->symbols = new(mem_ctx) glsl_symbol_table; - this->info_log = talloc_strdup(mem_ctx, ""); + this->info_log = ralloc_strdup(mem_ctx, ""); this->error = false; this->loop_or_switch_nesting = NULL; @@ -79,6 +79,38 @@ _mesa_glsl_parse_state::_mesa_glsl_parse_state(struct gl_context *ctx, this->Const.MaxFragmentUniformComponents = ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxUniformComponents; this->Const.MaxDrawBuffers = ctx->Const.MaxDrawBuffers; + + /* Note: Once the OpenGL 3.0 'forward compatible' context or the OpenGL 3.2 + * Core context is supported, this logic will need change. Older versions of + * GLSL are no longer supported outside the compatibility contexts of 3.x. + */ + this->Const.GLSL_100ES = (ctx->API == API_OPENGLES2) + || ctx->Extensions.ARB_ES2_compatibility; + this->Const.GLSL_110 = (ctx->API == API_OPENGL); + this->Const.GLSL_120 = (ctx->API == API_OPENGL) + && (ctx->Const.GLSLVersion >= 120); + this->Const.GLSL_130 = (ctx->API == API_OPENGL) + && (ctx->Const.GLSLVersion >= 130); + + const unsigned lowest_version = + (ctx->API == API_OPENGLES2) || ctx->Extensions.ARB_ES2_compatibility + ? 100 : 110; + const unsigned highest_version = + (ctx->API == API_OPENGL) ? ctx->Const.GLSLVersion : 100; + char *supported = (char *) ralloc_context(this); + + for (unsigned ver = lowest_version; ver <= highest_version; ver += 10) { + const char *const prefix = (ver == lowest_version) + ? "" + : ((ver == highest_version) ? ", and " : ", "); + + ralloc_asprintf_append(& supported, "%s%d.%02d%s", + prefix, + ver / 100, ver % 100, + (ver == 100) ? " ES" : ""); + } + + this->supported_version_string = supported; } const char * @@ -104,15 +136,14 @@ _mesa_glsl_error(YYLTYPE *locp, _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state, state->error = true; assert(state->info_log != NULL); - state->info_log = talloc_asprintf_append(state->info_log, - "%u:%u(%u): error: ", + ralloc_asprintf_append(&state->info_log, "%u:%u(%u): error: ", locp->source, locp->first_line, locp->first_column); va_start(ap, fmt); - state->info_log = talloc_vasprintf_append(state->info_log, fmt, ap); + ralloc_vasprintf_append(&state->info_log, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); - state->info_log = talloc_strdup_append(state->info_log, "\n"); + ralloc_strcat(&state->info_log, "\n"); } @@ -123,15 +154,14 @@ _mesa_glsl_warning(const YYLTYPE *locp, _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state, va_list ap; assert(state->info_log != NULL); - state->info_log = talloc_asprintf_append(state->info_log, - "%u:%u(%u): warning: ", + ralloc_asprintf_append(&state->info_log, "%u:%u(%u): warning: ", locp->source, locp->first_line, locp->first_column); va_start(ap, fmt); - state->info_log = talloc_vasprintf_append(state->info_log, fmt, ap); + ralloc_vasprintf_append(&state->info_log, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); - state->info_log = talloc_strdup_append(state->info_log, "\n"); + ralloc_strcat(&state->info_log, "\n"); } @@ -712,7 +742,7 @@ ast_struct_specifier::ast_struct_specifier(char *identifier, { if (identifier == NULL) { static unsigned anon_count = 1; - identifier = talloc_asprintf(this, "#anon_struct_%04x", anon_count); + identifier = ralloc_asprintf(this, "#anon_struct_%04x", anon_count); anon_count++; } name = identifier; diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.h index baba92bc6..c628db94e 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.h @@ -46,25 +46,25 @@ struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state { _mesa_glsl_parse_state(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target, void *mem_ctx); - /* Callers of this talloc-based new need not call delete. It's - * easier to just talloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ + /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's + * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx) { - void *mem = talloc_zero_size(ctx, size); + void *mem = rzalloc_size(ctx, size); assert(mem != NULL); return mem; } /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just - * talloc_free in that case. */ + * ralloc_free in that case. */ static void operator delete(void *mem, void *ctx) { - talloc_free(mem); + ralloc_free(mem); } static void operator delete(void *mem) { - talloc_free(mem); + ralloc_free(mem); } void *scanner; @@ -77,6 +77,16 @@ struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state { enum _mesa_glsl_parser_targets target; /** + * Printable list of GLSL versions supported by the current context + * + * \note + * This string should probably be generated per-context instead of per + * invokation of the compiler. This should be changed when the method of + * tracking supported GLSL versions changes. + */ + const char *supported_version_string; + + /** * Implementation defined limits that affect built-in variables, etc. * * \sa struct gl_constants (in mtypes.h) @@ -97,6 +107,22 @@ struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state { /* ARB_draw_buffers */ unsigned MaxDrawBuffers; + + /** + * Set of GLSL versions supported by the current context + * + * Knowing that version X is supported doesn't mean that versions before + * X are also supported. Version 1.00 is only supported in an ES2 + * context or when GL_ARB_ES2_compatibility is supported. In an OpenGL + * 3.0 "forward compatible" context, GLSL 1.10 and 1.20 are \b not + * supported. + */ + /*@{*/ + unsigned GLSL_100ES:1; + unsigned GLSL_110:1; + unsigned GLSL_120:1; + unsigned GLSL_130:1; + /*@}*/ } Const; /** diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_symbol_table.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_symbol_table.cpp index f8c6c38fa..9714384eb 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_symbol_table.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_symbol_table.cpp @@ -26,23 +26,23 @@ class symbol_table_entry { public: - /* Callers of this talloc-based new need not call delete. It's - * easier to just talloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ + /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's + * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx) { - void *entry = talloc_size(ctx, size); + void *entry = ralloc_size(ctx, size); assert(entry != NULL); return entry; } - /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just talloc_free. */ + /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just ralloc_free. */ static void operator delete(void *entry, void *ctx) { - talloc_free(entry); + ralloc_free(entry); } static void operator delete(void *entry) { - talloc_free(entry); + ralloc_free(entry); } symbol_table_entry(ir_variable *v) : v(v), f(0), t(0) {} @@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ glsl_symbol_table::glsl_symbol_table() { this->language_version = 120; this->table = _mesa_symbol_table_ctor(); - this->mem_ctx = talloc_init("symbol table entries"); + this->mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); } glsl_symbol_table::~glsl_symbol_table() { _mesa_symbol_table_dtor(table); - talloc_free(mem_ctx); + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); } void glsl_symbol_table::push_scope() diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_symbol_table.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_symbol_table.h index 3890efd87..1afeddb33 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_symbol_table.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_symbol_table.h @@ -1,131 +1,129 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- */
-/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#pragma once
-#ifndef GLSL_SYMBOL_TABLE
-#define GLSL_SYMBOL_TABLE
-
-#include <new>
-
-extern "C" {
-#include "program/symbol_table.h"
-}
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-class symbol_table_entry;
-
-/**
- * Facade class for _mesa_symbol_table
- *
- * Wraps the existing \c _mesa_symbol_table data structure to enforce some
- * type safe and some symbol table invariants.
- */
-struct glsl_symbol_table {
-private:
- static int
- _glsl_symbol_table_destructor (glsl_symbol_table *table)
- {
- table->~glsl_symbol_table();
-
- return 0;
- }
-
-public:
- /* Callers of this talloc-based new need not call delete. It's
- * easier to just talloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */
- static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx)
- {
- void *table;
-
- table = talloc_size(ctx, size);
- assert(table != NULL);
-
- talloc_set_destructor(table, (int (*)(void*)) _glsl_symbol_table_destructor);
-
- return table;
- }
-
- /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just
- * talloc_free in that case. Here, C++ will have already called the
- * destructor so tell talloc not to do that again. */
- static void operator delete(void *table, void *ctx)
- {
- talloc_set_destructor(table, NULL);
- talloc_free(table);
- }
- static void operator delete(void *table)
- {
- talloc_set_destructor(table, NULL);
- talloc_free(table);
- }
-
- glsl_symbol_table();
- ~glsl_symbol_table();
-
- unsigned int language_version;
-
- void push_scope();
- void pop_scope();
-
- /**
- * Determine whether a name was declared at the current scope
- */
- bool name_declared_this_scope(const char *name);
-
- /**
- * \name Methods to add symbols to the table
- *
- * There is some temptation to rename all these functions to \c add_symbol
- * or similar. However, this breaks symmetry with the getter functions and
- * reduces the clarity of the intention of code that uses these methods.
- */
- /*@{*/
- bool add_variable(ir_variable *v);
- bool add_type(const char *name, const glsl_type *t);
- bool add_function(ir_function *f);
- /*@}*/
-
- /**
- * Add an function at global scope without checking for scoping conflicts.
- */
- void add_global_function(ir_function *f);
-
- /**
- * \name Methods to get symbols from the table
- */
- /*@{*/
- ir_variable *get_variable(const char *name);
- const glsl_type *get_type(const char *name);
- ir_function *get_function(const char *name);
- /*@}*/
-
-private:
- symbol_table_entry *get_entry(const char *name);
-
- struct _mesa_symbol_table *table;
- void *mem_ctx;
-};
-
-#endif /* GLSL_SYMBOL_TABLE */
+/* -*- c++ -*- */ +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#pragma once +#ifndef GLSL_SYMBOL_TABLE +#define GLSL_SYMBOL_TABLE + +#include <new> + +extern "C" { +#include "program/symbol_table.h" +} +#include "ir.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +class symbol_table_entry; + +/** + * Facade class for _mesa_symbol_table + * + * Wraps the existing \c _mesa_symbol_table data structure to enforce some + * type safe and some symbol table invariants. + */ +struct glsl_symbol_table { +private: + static void + _glsl_symbol_table_destructor (glsl_symbol_table *table) + { + table->~glsl_symbol_table(); + } + +public: + /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's + * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ + static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx) + { + void *table; + + table = ralloc_size(ctx, size); + assert(table != NULL); + + ralloc_set_destructor(table, (void (*)(void*)) _glsl_symbol_table_destructor); + + return table; + } + + /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just + * ralloc_free in that case. Here, C++ will have already called the + * destructor so tell ralloc not to do that again. */ + static void operator delete(void *table, void *ctx) + { + ralloc_set_destructor(table, NULL); + ralloc_free(table); + } + static void operator delete(void *table) + { + ralloc_set_destructor(table, NULL); + ralloc_free(table); + } + + glsl_symbol_table(); + ~glsl_symbol_table(); + + unsigned int language_version; + + void push_scope(); + void pop_scope(); + + /** + * Determine whether a name was declared at the current scope + */ + bool name_declared_this_scope(const char *name); + + /** + * \name Methods to add symbols to the table + * + * There is some temptation to rename all these functions to \c add_symbol + * or similar. However, this breaks symmetry with the getter functions and + * reduces the clarity of the intention of code that uses these methods. + */ + /*@{*/ + bool add_variable(ir_variable *v); + bool add_type(const char *name, const glsl_type *t); + bool add_function(ir_function *f); + /*@}*/ + + /** + * Add an function at global scope without checking for scoping conflicts. + */ + void add_global_function(ir_function *f); + + /** + * \name Methods to get symbols from the table + */ + /*@{*/ + ir_variable *get_variable(const char *name); + const glsl_type *get_type(const char *name); + ir_function *get_function(const char *name); + /*@}*/ + +private: + symbol_table_entry *get_entry(const char *name); + + struct _mesa_symbol_table *table; + void *mem_ctx; +}; + +#endif /* GLSL_SYMBOL_TABLE */ diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_types.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_types.cpp index 899e9c302..f4d9242b2 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_types.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_types.cpp @@ -1,497 +1,497 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <cstdio>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "main/core.h" /* for Elements */
-#include "glsl_symbol_table.h"
-#include "glsl_parser_extras.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "builtin_types.h"
-extern "C" {
-#include "program/hash_table.h"
-}
-
-hash_table *glsl_type::array_types = NULL;
-hash_table *glsl_type::record_types = NULL;
-void *glsl_type::mem_ctx = NULL;
-
-void
-glsl_type::init_talloc_type_ctx(void)
-{
- if (glsl_type::mem_ctx == NULL) {
- glsl_type::mem_ctx = talloc_autofree_context();
- assert(glsl_type::mem_ctx != NULL);
- }
-}
-
-glsl_type::glsl_type(GLenum gl_type,
- glsl_base_type base_type, unsigned vector_elements,
- unsigned matrix_columns, const char *name) :
- gl_type(gl_type),
- base_type(base_type),
- sampler_dimensionality(0), sampler_shadow(0), sampler_array(0),
- sampler_type(0),
- vector_elements(vector_elements), matrix_columns(matrix_columns),
- length(0)
-{
- init_talloc_type_ctx();
- this->name = talloc_strdup(this->mem_ctx, name);
- /* Neither dimension is zero or both dimensions are zero.
- */
- assert((vector_elements == 0) == (matrix_columns == 0));
- memset(& fields, 0, sizeof(fields));
-}
-
-glsl_type::glsl_type(GLenum gl_type,
- enum glsl_sampler_dim dim, bool shadow, bool array,
- unsigned type, const char *name) :
- gl_type(gl_type),
- base_type(GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER),
- sampler_dimensionality(dim), sampler_shadow(shadow),
- sampler_array(array), sampler_type(type),
- vector_elements(0), matrix_columns(0),
- length(0)
-{
- init_talloc_type_ctx();
- this->name = talloc_strdup(this->mem_ctx, name);
- memset(& fields, 0, sizeof(fields));
-}
-
-glsl_type::glsl_type(const glsl_struct_field *fields, unsigned num_fields,
- const char *name) :
- base_type(GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT),
- sampler_dimensionality(0), sampler_shadow(0), sampler_array(0),
- sampler_type(0),
- vector_elements(0), matrix_columns(0),
- length(num_fields)
-{
- unsigned int i;
-
- init_talloc_type_ctx();
- this->name = talloc_strdup(this->mem_ctx, name);
- this->fields.structure = talloc_array(this->mem_ctx,
- glsl_struct_field, length);
- for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
- this->fields.structure[i].type = fields[i].type;
- this->fields.structure[i].name = talloc_strdup(this->fields.structure,
- fields[i].name);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-add_types_to_symbol_table(glsl_symbol_table *symtab,
- const struct glsl_type *types,
- unsigned num_types, bool warn)
-{
- (void) warn;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_types; i++) {
- symtab->add_type(types[i].name, & types[i]);
- }
-}
-
-void
-glsl_type::generate_100ES_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab)
-{
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_core_types,
- Elements(builtin_core_types),
- false);
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_structure_types,
- Elements(builtin_structure_types),
- false);
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, void_type, 1, false);
-}
-
-void
-glsl_type::generate_110_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab)
-{
- generate_100ES_types(symtab);
-
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_110_types,
- Elements(builtin_110_types),
- false);
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_110_deprecated_structure_types,
- Elements(builtin_110_deprecated_structure_types),
- false);
-}
-
-
-void
-glsl_type::generate_120_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab)
-{
- generate_110_types(symtab);
-
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_120_types,
- Elements(builtin_120_types), false);
-}
-
-
-void
-glsl_type::generate_130_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab)
-{
- generate_120_types(symtab);
-
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_130_types,
- Elements(builtin_130_types), false);
- generate_EXT_texture_array_types(symtab, false);
-}
-
-
-void
-glsl_type::generate_ARB_texture_rectangle_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab,
- bool warn)
-{
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_ARB_texture_rectangle_types,
- Elements(builtin_ARB_texture_rectangle_types),
- warn);
-}
-
-
-void
-glsl_type::generate_EXT_texture_array_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab,
- bool warn)
-{
- add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_EXT_texture_array_types,
- Elements(builtin_EXT_texture_array_types),
- warn);
-}
-
-
-void
-_mesa_glsl_initialize_types(struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- switch (state->language_version) {
- case 100:
- assert(state->es_shader);
- glsl_type::generate_100ES_types(state->symbols);
- break;
- case 110:
- glsl_type::generate_110_types(state->symbols);
- break;
- case 120:
- glsl_type::generate_120_types(state->symbols);
- break;
- case 130:
- glsl_type::generate_130_types(state->symbols);
- break;
- default:
- /* error */
- break;
- }
-
- if (state->ARB_texture_rectangle_enable) {
- glsl_type::generate_ARB_texture_rectangle_types(state->symbols,
- state->ARB_texture_rectangle_warn);
- }
-
- if (state->EXT_texture_array_enable && state->language_version < 130) {
- // These are already included in 130; don't create twice.
- glsl_type::generate_EXT_texture_array_types(state->symbols,
- state->EXT_texture_array_warn);
- }
-}
-
-
-const glsl_type *glsl_type::get_base_type() const
-{
- switch (base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- return uint_type;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- return int_type;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- return float_type;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- return bool_type;
- default:
- return error_type;
- }
-}
-
-
-void
-_mesa_glsl_release_types(void)
-{
- if (glsl_type::array_types != NULL) {
- hash_table_dtor(glsl_type::array_types);
- glsl_type::array_types = NULL;
- }
-
- if (glsl_type::record_types != NULL) {
- hash_table_dtor(glsl_type::record_types);
- glsl_type::record_types = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-
-glsl_type::glsl_type(const glsl_type *array, unsigned length) :
- base_type(GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY),
- sampler_dimensionality(0), sampler_shadow(0), sampler_array(0),
- sampler_type(0),
- vector_elements(0), matrix_columns(0),
- name(NULL), length(length)
-{
- this->fields.array = array;
- /* Inherit the gl type of the base. The GL type is used for
- * uniform/statevar handling in Mesa and the arrayness of the type
- * is represented by the size rather than the type.
- */
- this->gl_type = array->gl_type;
-
- /* Allow a maximum of 10 characters for the array size. This is enough
- * for 32-bits of ~0. The extra 3 are for the '[', ']', and terminating
- * NUL.
- */
- const unsigned name_length = strlen(array->name) + 10 + 3;
- char *const n = (char *) talloc_size(this->mem_ctx, name_length);
-
- if (length == 0)
- snprintf(n, name_length, "%s[]", array->name);
- else
- snprintf(n, name_length, "%s[%u]", array->name, length);
-
- this->name = n;
-}
-
-
-const glsl_type *
-glsl_type::get_instance(unsigned base_type, unsigned rows, unsigned columns)
-{
- if (base_type == GLSL_TYPE_VOID)
- return void_type;
-
- if ((rows < 1) || (rows > 4) || (columns < 1) || (columns > 4))
- return error_type;
-
- /* Treat GLSL vectors as Nx1 matrices.
- */
- if (columns == 1) {
- switch (base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- return uint_type + (rows - 1);
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- return int_type + (rows - 1);
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- return float_type + (rows - 1);
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- return bool_type + (rows - 1);
- default:
- return error_type;
- }
- } else {
- if ((base_type != GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT) || (rows == 1))
- return error_type;
-
- /* GLSL matrix types are named mat{COLUMNS}x{ROWS}. Only the following
- * combinations are valid:
- *
- * 1 2 3 4
- * 1
- * 2 x x x
- * 3 x x x
- * 4 x x x
- */
-#define IDX(c,r) (((c-1)*3) + (r-1))
-
- switch (IDX(columns, rows)) {
- case IDX(2,2): return mat2_type;
- case IDX(2,3): return mat2x3_type;
- case IDX(2,4): return mat2x4_type;
- case IDX(3,2): return mat3x2_type;
- case IDX(3,3): return mat3_type;
- case IDX(3,4): return mat3x4_type;
- case IDX(4,2): return mat4x2_type;
- case IDX(4,3): return mat4x3_type;
- case IDX(4,4): return mat4_type;
- default: return error_type;
- }
- }
-
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- return error_type;
-}
-
-
-const glsl_type *
-glsl_type::get_array_instance(const glsl_type *base, unsigned array_size)
-{
-
- if (array_types == NULL) {
- array_types = hash_table_ctor(64, hash_table_string_hash,
- hash_table_string_compare);
- }
-
- /* Generate a name using the base type pointer in the key. This is
- * done because the name of the base type may not be unique across
- * shaders. For example, two shaders may have different record types
- * named 'foo'.
- */
- char key[128];
- snprintf(key, sizeof(key), "%p[%u]", (void *) base, array_size);
-
- const glsl_type *t = (glsl_type *) hash_table_find(array_types, key);
- if (t == NULL) {
- t = new glsl_type(base, array_size);
-
- hash_table_insert(array_types, (void *) t, talloc_strdup(mem_ctx, key));
- }
-
- assert(t->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY);
- assert(t->length == array_size);
- assert(t->fields.array == base);
-
- return t;
-}
-
-
-int
-glsl_type::record_key_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
-{
- const glsl_type *const key1 = (glsl_type *) a;
- const glsl_type *const key2 = (glsl_type *) b;
-
- /* Return zero is the types match (there is zero difference) or non-zero
- * otherwise.
- */
- if (strcmp(key1->name, key2->name) != 0)
- return 1;
-
- if (key1->length != key2->length)
- return 1;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < key1->length; i++) {
- if (key1->fields.structure[i].type != key2->fields.structure[i].type)
- return 1;
- if (strcmp(key1->fields.structure[i].name,
- key2->fields.structure[i].name) != 0)
- return 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-unsigned
-glsl_type::record_key_hash(const void *a)
-{
- const glsl_type *const key = (glsl_type *) a;
- char hash_key[128];
- unsigned size = 0;
-
- size = snprintf(hash_key, sizeof(hash_key), "%08x", key->length);
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < key->length; i++) {
- if (size >= sizeof(hash_key))
- break;
-
- size += snprintf(& hash_key[size], sizeof(hash_key) - size,
- "%p", (void *) key->fields.structure[i].type);
- }
-
- return hash_table_string_hash(& hash_key);
-}
-
-
-const glsl_type *
-glsl_type::get_record_instance(const glsl_struct_field *fields,
- unsigned num_fields,
- const char *name)
-{
- const glsl_type key(fields, num_fields, name);
-
- if (record_types == NULL) {
- record_types = hash_table_ctor(64, record_key_hash, record_key_compare);
- }
-
- const glsl_type *t = (glsl_type *) hash_table_find(record_types, & key);
- if (t == NULL) {
- t = new glsl_type(fields, num_fields, name);
-
- hash_table_insert(record_types, (void *) t, t);
- }
-
- assert(t->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT);
- assert(t->length == num_fields);
- assert(strcmp(t->name, name) == 0);
-
- return t;
-}
-
-
-const glsl_type *
-glsl_type::field_type(const char *name) const
-{
- if (this->base_type != GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT)
- return error_type;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->length; i++) {
- if (strcmp(name, this->fields.structure[i].name) == 0)
- return this->fields.structure[i].type;
- }
-
- return error_type;
-}
-
-
-int
-glsl_type::field_index(const char *name) const
-{
- if (this->base_type != GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT)
- return -1;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->length; i++) {
- if (strcmp(name, this->fields.structure[i].name) == 0)
- return i;
- }
-
- return -1;
-}
-
-
-unsigned
-glsl_type::component_slots() const
-{
- switch (this->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- return this->components();
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT: {
- unsigned size = 0;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->length; i++)
- size += this->fields.structure[i].type->component_slots();
-
- return size;
- }
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY:
- return this->length * this->fields.array->component_slots();
-
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <cstdio> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "main/core.h" /* for Elements */ +#include "glsl_symbol_table.h" +#include "glsl_parser_extras.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "builtin_types.h" +extern "C" { +#include "program/hash_table.h" +} + +hash_table *glsl_type::array_types = NULL; +hash_table *glsl_type::record_types = NULL; +void *glsl_type::mem_ctx = NULL; + +void +glsl_type::init_ralloc_type_ctx(void) +{ + if (glsl_type::mem_ctx == NULL) { + glsl_type::mem_ctx = ralloc_autofree_context(); + assert(glsl_type::mem_ctx != NULL); + } +} + +glsl_type::glsl_type(GLenum gl_type, + glsl_base_type base_type, unsigned vector_elements, + unsigned matrix_columns, const char *name) : + gl_type(gl_type), + base_type(base_type), + sampler_dimensionality(0), sampler_shadow(0), sampler_array(0), + sampler_type(0), + vector_elements(vector_elements), matrix_columns(matrix_columns), + length(0) +{ + init_ralloc_type_ctx(); + this->name = ralloc_strdup(this->mem_ctx, name); + /* Neither dimension is zero or both dimensions are zero. + */ + assert((vector_elements == 0) == (matrix_columns == 0)); + memset(& fields, 0, sizeof(fields)); +} + +glsl_type::glsl_type(GLenum gl_type, + enum glsl_sampler_dim dim, bool shadow, bool array, + unsigned type, const char *name) : + gl_type(gl_type), + base_type(GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER), + sampler_dimensionality(dim), sampler_shadow(shadow), + sampler_array(array), sampler_type(type), + vector_elements(0), matrix_columns(0), + length(0) +{ + init_ralloc_type_ctx(); + this->name = ralloc_strdup(this->mem_ctx, name); + memset(& fields, 0, sizeof(fields)); +} + +glsl_type::glsl_type(const glsl_struct_field *fields, unsigned num_fields, + const char *name) : + base_type(GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT), + sampler_dimensionality(0), sampler_shadow(0), sampler_array(0), + sampler_type(0), + vector_elements(0), matrix_columns(0), + length(num_fields) +{ + unsigned int i; + + init_ralloc_type_ctx(); + this->name = ralloc_strdup(this->mem_ctx, name); + this->fields.structure = ralloc_array(this->mem_ctx, + glsl_struct_field, length); + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) { + this->fields.structure[i].type = fields[i].type; + this->fields.structure[i].name = ralloc_strdup(this->fields.structure, + fields[i].name); + } +} + +static void +add_types_to_symbol_table(glsl_symbol_table *symtab, + const struct glsl_type *types, + unsigned num_types, bool warn) +{ + (void) warn; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_types; i++) { + symtab->add_type(types[i].name, & types[i]); + } +} + +void +glsl_type::generate_100ES_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab) +{ + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_core_types, + Elements(builtin_core_types), + false); + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_structure_types, + Elements(builtin_structure_types), + false); + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, void_type, 1, false); +} + +void +glsl_type::generate_110_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab) +{ + generate_100ES_types(symtab); + + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_110_types, + Elements(builtin_110_types), + false); + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_110_deprecated_structure_types, + Elements(builtin_110_deprecated_structure_types), + false); +} + + +void +glsl_type::generate_120_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab) +{ + generate_110_types(symtab); + + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_120_types, + Elements(builtin_120_types), false); +} + + +void +glsl_type::generate_130_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab) +{ + generate_120_types(symtab); + + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_130_types, + Elements(builtin_130_types), false); + generate_EXT_texture_array_types(symtab, false); +} + + +void +glsl_type::generate_ARB_texture_rectangle_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab, + bool warn) +{ + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_ARB_texture_rectangle_types, + Elements(builtin_ARB_texture_rectangle_types), + warn); +} + + +void +glsl_type::generate_EXT_texture_array_types(glsl_symbol_table *symtab, + bool warn) +{ + add_types_to_symbol_table(symtab, builtin_EXT_texture_array_types, + Elements(builtin_EXT_texture_array_types), + warn); +} + + +void +_mesa_glsl_initialize_types(struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + switch (state->language_version) { + case 100: + assert(state->es_shader); + glsl_type::generate_100ES_types(state->symbols); + break; + case 110: + glsl_type::generate_110_types(state->symbols); + break; + case 120: + glsl_type::generate_120_types(state->symbols); + break; + case 130: + glsl_type::generate_130_types(state->symbols); + break; + default: + /* error */ + break; + } + + if (state->ARB_texture_rectangle_enable) { + glsl_type::generate_ARB_texture_rectangle_types(state->symbols, + state->ARB_texture_rectangle_warn); + } + + if (state->EXT_texture_array_enable && state->language_version < 130) { + // These are already included in 130; don't create twice. + glsl_type::generate_EXT_texture_array_types(state->symbols, + state->EXT_texture_array_warn); + } +} + + +const glsl_type *glsl_type::get_base_type() const +{ + switch (base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + return uint_type; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + return int_type; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + return float_type; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + return bool_type; + default: + return error_type; + } +} + + +void +_mesa_glsl_release_types(void) +{ + if (glsl_type::array_types != NULL) { + hash_table_dtor(glsl_type::array_types); + glsl_type::array_types = NULL; + } + + if (glsl_type::record_types != NULL) { + hash_table_dtor(glsl_type::record_types); + glsl_type::record_types = NULL; + } +} + + +glsl_type::glsl_type(const glsl_type *array, unsigned length) : + base_type(GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY), + sampler_dimensionality(0), sampler_shadow(0), sampler_array(0), + sampler_type(0), + vector_elements(0), matrix_columns(0), + name(NULL), length(length) +{ + this->fields.array = array; + /* Inherit the gl type of the base. The GL type is used for + * uniform/statevar handling in Mesa and the arrayness of the type + * is represented by the size rather than the type. + */ + this->gl_type = array->gl_type; + + /* Allow a maximum of 10 characters for the array size. This is enough + * for 32-bits of ~0. The extra 3 are for the '[', ']', and terminating + * NUL. + */ + const unsigned name_length = strlen(array->name) + 10 + 3; + char *const n = (char *) ralloc_size(this->mem_ctx, name_length); + + if (length == 0) + snprintf(n, name_length, "%s[]", array->name); + else + snprintf(n, name_length, "%s[%u]", array->name, length); + + this->name = n; +} + + +const glsl_type * +glsl_type::get_instance(unsigned base_type, unsigned rows, unsigned columns) +{ + if (base_type == GLSL_TYPE_VOID) + return void_type; + + if ((rows < 1) || (rows > 4) || (columns < 1) || (columns > 4)) + return error_type; + + /* Treat GLSL vectors as Nx1 matrices. + */ + if (columns == 1) { + switch (base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + return uint_type + (rows - 1); + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + return int_type + (rows - 1); + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + return float_type + (rows - 1); + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + return bool_type + (rows - 1); + default: + return error_type; + } + } else { + if ((base_type != GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT) || (rows == 1)) + return error_type; + + /* GLSL matrix types are named mat{COLUMNS}x{ROWS}. Only the following + * combinations are valid: + * + * 1 2 3 4 + * 1 + * 2 x x x + * 3 x x x + * 4 x x x + */ +#define IDX(c,r) (((c-1)*3) + (r-1)) + + switch (IDX(columns, rows)) { + case IDX(2,2): return mat2_type; + case IDX(2,3): return mat2x3_type; + case IDX(2,4): return mat2x4_type; + case IDX(3,2): return mat3x2_type; + case IDX(3,3): return mat3_type; + case IDX(3,4): return mat3x4_type; + case IDX(4,2): return mat4x2_type; + case IDX(4,3): return mat4x3_type; + case IDX(4,4): return mat4_type; + default: return error_type; + } + } + + assert(!"Should not get here."); + return error_type; +} + + +const glsl_type * +glsl_type::get_array_instance(const glsl_type *base, unsigned array_size) +{ + + if (array_types == NULL) { + array_types = hash_table_ctor(64, hash_table_string_hash, + hash_table_string_compare); + } + + /* Generate a name using the base type pointer in the key. This is + * done because the name of the base type may not be unique across + * shaders. For example, two shaders may have different record types + * named 'foo'. + */ + char key[128]; + snprintf(key, sizeof(key), "%p[%u]", (void *) base, array_size); + + const glsl_type *t = (glsl_type *) hash_table_find(array_types, key); + if (t == NULL) { + t = new glsl_type(base, array_size); + + hash_table_insert(array_types, (void *) t, ralloc_strdup(mem_ctx, key)); + } + + assert(t->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY); + assert(t->length == array_size); + assert(t->fields.array == base); + + return t; +} + + +int +glsl_type::record_key_compare(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + const glsl_type *const key1 = (glsl_type *) a; + const glsl_type *const key2 = (glsl_type *) b; + + /* Return zero is the types match (there is zero difference) or non-zero + * otherwise. + */ + if (strcmp(key1->name, key2->name) != 0) + return 1; + + if (key1->length != key2->length) + return 1; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < key1->length; i++) { + if (key1->fields.structure[i].type != key2->fields.structure[i].type) + return 1; + if (strcmp(key1->fields.structure[i].name, + key2->fields.structure[i].name) != 0) + return 1; + } + + return 0; +} + + +unsigned +glsl_type::record_key_hash(const void *a) +{ + const glsl_type *const key = (glsl_type *) a; + char hash_key[128]; + unsigned size = 0; + + size = snprintf(hash_key, sizeof(hash_key), "%08x", key->length); + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < key->length; i++) { + if (size >= sizeof(hash_key)) + break; + + size += snprintf(& hash_key[size], sizeof(hash_key) - size, + "%p", (void *) key->fields.structure[i].type); + } + + return hash_table_string_hash(& hash_key); +} + + +const glsl_type * +glsl_type::get_record_instance(const glsl_struct_field *fields, + unsigned num_fields, + const char *name) +{ + const glsl_type key(fields, num_fields, name); + + if (record_types == NULL) { + record_types = hash_table_ctor(64, record_key_hash, record_key_compare); + } + + const glsl_type *t = (glsl_type *) hash_table_find(record_types, & key); + if (t == NULL) { + t = new glsl_type(fields, num_fields, name); + + hash_table_insert(record_types, (void *) t, t); + } + + assert(t->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT); + assert(t->length == num_fields); + assert(strcmp(t->name, name) == 0); + + return t; +} + + +const glsl_type * +glsl_type::field_type(const char *name) const +{ + if (this->base_type != GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT) + return error_type; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->length; i++) { + if (strcmp(name, this->fields.structure[i].name) == 0) + return this->fields.structure[i].type; + } + + return error_type; +} + + +int +glsl_type::field_index(const char *name) const +{ + if (this->base_type != GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT) + return -1; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->length; i++) { + if (strcmp(name, this->fields.structure[i].name) == 0) + return i; + } + + return -1; +} + + +unsigned +glsl_type::component_slots() const +{ + switch (this->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + return this->components(); + + case GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT: { + unsigned size = 0; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->length; i++) + size += this->fields.structure[i].type->component_slots(); + + return size; + } + + case GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY: + return this->length * this->fields.array->component_slots(); + + default: + return 0; + } +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_types.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_types.h index 310747f57..ab6858faa 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_types.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/glsl_types.h @@ -1,475 +1,476 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- */
-/*
- * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#pragma once
-#ifndef GLSL_TYPES_H
-#define GLSL_TYPES_H
-
-#include <cstring>
-#include <cassert>
-
-extern "C" {
-#include "GL/gl.h"
-#include <talloc.h>
-}
-
-struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state;
-struct glsl_symbol_table;
-
-extern "C" void
-_mesa_glsl_initialize_types(struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state);
-
-extern "C" void
-_mesa_glsl_release_types(void);
-
-enum glsl_base_type {
- GLSL_TYPE_UINT = 0,
- GLSL_TYPE_INT,
- GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT,
- GLSL_TYPE_BOOL,
- GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER,
- GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT,
- GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY,
- GLSL_TYPE_VOID,
- GLSL_TYPE_ERROR
-};
-
-enum glsl_sampler_dim {
- GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_1D = 0,
- GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_2D,
- GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_3D,
- GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_CUBE,
- GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_RECT,
- GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_BUF
-};
-
-
-struct glsl_type {
- GLenum gl_type;
- glsl_base_type base_type;
-
- unsigned sampler_dimensionality:3;
- unsigned sampler_shadow:1;
- unsigned sampler_array:1;
- unsigned sampler_type:2; /**< Type of data returned using this sampler.
- * only \c GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT, \c GLSL_TYPE_INT,
- * and \c GLSL_TYPE_UINT are valid.
- */
-
- /* Callers of this talloc-based new need not call delete. It's
- * easier to just talloc_free 'mem_ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */
- static void* operator new(size_t size)
- {
- if (glsl_type::mem_ctx == NULL) {
- glsl_type::mem_ctx = talloc_init("glsl_type");
- assert(glsl_type::mem_ctx != NULL);
- }
-
- void *type;
-
- type = talloc_size(glsl_type::mem_ctx, size);
- assert(type != NULL);
-
- return type;
- }
-
- /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just
- * talloc_free in that case. */
- static void operator delete(void *type)
- {
- talloc_free(type);
- }
-
- /**
- * \name Vector and matrix element counts
- *
- * For scalars, each of these values will be 1. For non-numeric types
- * these will be 0.
- */
- /*@{*/
- unsigned vector_elements:3; /**< 1, 2, 3, or 4 vector elements. */
- unsigned matrix_columns:3; /**< 1, 2, 3, or 4 matrix columns. */
- /*@}*/
-
- /**
- * Name of the data type
- *
- * This may be \c NULL for anonymous structures, for arrays, or for
- * function types.
- */
- const char *name;
-
- /**
- * For \c GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY, this is the length of the array. For
- * \c GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT, it is the number of elements in the structure and
- * the number of values pointed to by \c fields.structure (below).
- */
- unsigned length;
-
- /**
- * Subtype of composite data types.
- */
- union {
- const struct glsl_type *array; /**< Type of array elements. */
- const struct glsl_type *parameters; /**< Parameters to function. */
- struct glsl_struct_field *structure; /**< List of struct fields. */
- } fields;
-
-
- /**
- * \name Pointers to various public type singletons
- */
- /*@{*/
- static const glsl_type *const error_type;
- static const glsl_type *const void_type;
- static const glsl_type *const int_type;
- static const glsl_type *const ivec4_type;
- static const glsl_type *const uint_type;
- static const glsl_type *const uvec2_type;
- static const glsl_type *const uvec3_type;
- static const glsl_type *const uvec4_type;
- static const glsl_type *const float_type;
- static const glsl_type *const vec2_type;
- static const glsl_type *const vec3_type;
- static const glsl_type *const vec4_type;
- static const glsl_type *const bool_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat2_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat2x3_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat2x4_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat3x2_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat3_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat3x4_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat4x2_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat4x3_type;
- static const glsl_type *const mat4_type;
- /*@}*/
-
-
- /**
- * For numeric and boolean derrived types returns the basic scalar type
- *
- * If the type is a numeric or boolean scalar, vector, or matrix type,
- * this function gets the scalar type of the individual components. For
- * all other types, including arrays of numeric or boolean types, the
- * error type is returned.
- */
- const glsl_type *get_base_type() const;
-
- /**
- * Query the type of elements in an array
- *
- * \return
- * Pointer to the type of elements in the array for array types, or \c NULL
- * for non-array types.
- */
- const glsl_type *element_type() const
- {
- return is_array() ? fields.array : NULL;
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the instance of a built-in scalar, vector, or matrix type
- */
- static const glsl_type *get_instance(unsigned base_type, unsigned rows,
- unsigned columns);
-
- /**
- * Get the instance of an array type
- */
- static const glsl_type *get_array_instance(const glsl_type *base,
- unsigned elements);
-
- /**
- * Get the instance of a record type
- */
- static const glsl_type *get_record_instance(const glsl_struct_field *fields,
- unsigned num_fields,
- const char *name);
-
- /**
- * Query the total number of scalars that make up a scalar, vector or matrix
- */
- unsigned components() const
- {
- return vector_elements * matrix_columns;
- }
-
- /**
- * Calculate the number of components slots required to hold this type
- *
- * This is used to determine how many uniform or varying locations a type
- * might occupy.
- */
- unsigned component_slots() const;
-
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is a scalar (non-vector and non-matrix).
- */
- bool is_scalar() const
- {
- return (vector_elements == 1)
- && (base_type >= GLSL_TYPE_UINT)
- && (base_type <= GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is a vector
- */
- bool is_vector() const
- {
- return (vector_elements > 1)
- && (matrix_columns == 1)
- && (base_type >= GLSL_TYPE_UINT)
- && (base_type <= GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is a matrix
- */
- bool is_matrix() const
- {
- /* GLSL only has float matrices. */
- return (matrix_columns > 1) && (base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is a non-array numeric type
- */
- bool is_numeric() const
- {
- return (base_type >= GLSL_TYPE_UINT) && (base_type <= GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is an integral type
- */
- bool is_integer() const
- {
- return (base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) || (base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is a float type
- */
- bool is_float() const
- {
- return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT;
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is a non-array boolean type
- */
- bool is_boolean() const
- {
- return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL;
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is a sampler
- */
- bool is_sampler() const
- {
- return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER;
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is an array
- */
- bool is_array() const
- {
- return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY;
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is a record
- */
- bool is_record() const
- {
- return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT;
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is the void type singleton.
- */
- bool is_void() const
- {
- return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_VOID;
- }
-
- /**
- * Query whether or not a type is the error type singleton.
- */
- bool is_error() const
- {
- return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_ERROR;
- }
-
- /**
- * Query the full type of a matrix row
- *
- * \return
- * If the type is not a matrix, \c glsl_type::error_type is returned.
- * Otherwise a type matching the rows of the matrix is returned.
- */
- const glsl_type *row_type() const
- {
- return is_matrix()
- ? get_instance(base_type, matrix_columns, 1)
- : error_type;
- }
-
- /**
- * Query the full type of a matrix column
- *
- * \return
- * If the type is not a matrix, \c glsl_type::error_type is returned.
- * Otherwise a type matching the columns of the matrix is returned.
- */
- const glsl_type *column_type() const
- {
- return is_matrix()
- ? get_instance(base_type, vector_elements, 1)
- : error_type;
- }
-
-
- /**
- * Get the type of a structure field
- *
- * \return
- * Pointer to the type of the named field. If the type is not a structure
- * or the named field does not exist, \c glsl_type::error_type is returned.
- */
- const glsl_type *field_type(const char *name) const;
-
-
- /**
- * Get the location of a filed within a record type
- */
- int field_index(const char *name) const;
-
-
- /**
- * Query the number of elements in an array type
- *
- * \return
- * The number of elements in the array for array types or -1 for non-array
- * types. If the number of elements in the array has not yet been declared,
- * zero is returned.
- */
- int array_size() const
- {
- return is_array() ? length : -1;
- }
-
-private:
- /**
- * talloc context for all glsl_type allocations
- *
- * Set on the first call to \c glsl_type::new.
- */
- static void *mem_ctx;
-
- void init_talloc_type_ctx(void);
-
- /** Constructor for vector and matrix types */
- glsl_type(GLenum gl_type,
- glsl_base_type base_type, unsigned vector_elements,
- unsigned matrix_columns, const char *name);
-
- /** Constructor for sampler types */
- glsl_type(GLenum gl_type,
- enum glsl_sampler_dim dim, bool shadow, bool array,
- unsigned type, const char *name);
-
- /** Constructor for record types */
- glsl_type(const glsl_struct_field *fields, unsigned num_fields,
- const char *name);
-
- /** Constructor for array types */
- glsl_type(const glsl_type *array, unsigned length);
-
- /** Hash table containing the known array types. */
- static struct hash_table *array_types;
-
- /** Hash table containing the known record types. */
- static struct hash_table *record_types;
-
- static int record_key_compare(const void *a, const void *b);
- static unsigned record_key_hash(const void *key);
-
- /**
- * \name Pointers to various type singletons
- */
- /*@{*/
- static const glsl_type _error_type;
- static const glsl_type _void_type;
- static const glsl_type builtin_core_types[];
- static const glsl_type builtin_structure_types[];
- static const glsl_type builtin_110_deprecated_structure_types[];
- static const glsl_type builtin_110_types[];
- static const glsl_type builtin_120_types[];
- static const glsl_type builtin_130_types[];
- static const glsl_type builtin_ARB_texture_rectangle_types[];
- static const glsl_type builtin_EXT_texture_array_types[];
- static const glsl_type builtin_EXT_texture_buffer_object_types[];
- /*@}*/
-
- /**
- * \name Methods to populate a symbol table with built-in types.
- *
- * \internal
- * This is one of the truely annoying things about C++. Methods that are
- * completely internal and private to a type still have to be advertised to
- * the world in a public header file.
- */
- /*@{*/
- static void generate_100ES_types(glsl_symbol_table *);
- static void generate_110_types(glsl_symbol_table *);
- static void generate_120_types(glsl_symbol_table *);
- static void generate_130_types(glsl_symbol_table *);
- static void generate_ARB_texture_rectangle_types(glsl_symbol_table *, bool);
- static void generate_EXT_texture_array_types(glsl_symbol_table *, bool);
- /*@}*/
-
- /**
- * \name Friend functions.
- *
- * These functions are friends because they must have C linkage and the
- * need to call various private methods or access various private static
- * data.
- */
- /*@{*/
- friend void _mesa_glsl_initialize_types(struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *);
- friend void _mesa_glsl_release_types(void);
- /*@}*/
-};
-
-struct glsl_struct_field {
- const struct glsl_type *type;
- const char *name;
-};
-
-#endif /* GLSL_TYPES_H */
+/* -*- c++ -*- */ +/* + * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#pragma once +#ifndef GLSL_TYPES_H +#define GLSL_TYPES_H + +#include <cstring> +#include <cassert> + +extern "C" { +#include "GL/gl.h" +} + +#include "ralloc.h" + +struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state; +struct glsl_symbol_table; + +extern "C" void +_mesa_glsl_initialize_types(struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state); + +extern "C" void +_mesa_glsl_release_types(void); + +enum glsl_base_type { + GLSL_TYPE_UINT = 0, + GLSL_TYPE_INT, + GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT, + GLSL_TYPE_BOOL, + GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER, + GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT, + GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY, + GLSL_TYPE_VOID, + GLSL_TYPE_ERROR +}; + +enum glsl_sampler_dim { + GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_1D = 0, + GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_2D, + GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_3D, + GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_CUBE, + GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_RECT, + GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_BUF +}; + + +struct glsl_type { + GLenum gl_type; + glsl_base_type base_type; + + unsigned sampler_dimensionality:3; + unsigned sampler_shadow:1; + unsigned sampler_array:1; + unsigned sampler_type:2; /**< Type of data returned using this sampler. + * only \c GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT, \c GLSL_TYPE_INT, + * and \c GLSL_TYPE_UINT are valid. + */ + + /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's + * easier to just ralloc_free 'mem_ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ + static void* operator new(size_t size) + { + if (glsl_type::mem_ctx == NULL) { + glsl_type::mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); + assert(glsl_type::mem_ctx != NULL); + } + + void *type; + + type = ralloc_size(glsl_type::mem_ctx, size); + assert(type != NULL); + + return type; + } + + /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just + * ralloc_free in that case. */ + static void operator delete(void *type) + { + ralloc_free(type); + } + + /** + * \name Vector and matrix element counts + * + * For scalars, each of these values will be 1. For non-numeric types + * these will be 0. + */ + /*@{*/ + unsigned vector_elements:3; /**< 1, 2, 3, or 4 vector elements. */ + unsigned matrix_columns:3; /**< 1, 2, 3, or 4 matrix columns. */ + /*@}*/ + + /** + * Name of the data type + * + * This may be \c NULL for anonymous structures, for arrays, or for + * function types. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * For \c GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY, this is the length of the array. For + * \c GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT, it is the number of elements in the structure and + * the number of values pointed to by \c fields.structure (below). + */ + unsigned length; + + /** + * Subtype of composite data types. + */ + union { + const struct glsl_type *array; /**< Type of array elements. */ + const struct glsl_type *parameters; /**< Parameters to function. */ + struct glsl_struct_field *structure; /**< List of struct fields. */ + } fields; + + + /** + * \name Pointers to various public type singletons + */ + /*@{*/ + static const glsl_type *const error_type; + static const glsl_type *const void_type; + static const glsl_type *const int_type; + static const glsl_type *const ivec4_type; + static const glsl_type *const uint_type; + static const glsl_type *const uvec2_type; + static const glsl_type *const uvec3_type; + static const glsl_type *const uvec4_type; + static const glsl_type *const float_type; + static const glsl_type *const vec2_type; + static const glsl_type *const vec3_type; + static const glsl_type *const vec4_type; + static const glsl_type *const bool_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat2_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat2x3_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat2x4_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat3x2_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat3_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat3x4_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat4x2_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat4x3_type; + static const glsl_type *const mat4_type; + /*@}*/ + + + /** + * For numeric and boolean derrived types returns the basic scalar type + * + * If the type is a numeric or boolean scalar, vector, or matrix type, + * this function gets the scalar type of the individual components. For + * all other types, including arrays of numeric or boolean types, the + * error type is returned. + */ + const glsl_type *get_base_type() const; + + /** + * Query the type of elements in an array + * + * \return + * Pointer to the type of elements in the array for array types, or \c NULL + * for non-array types. + */ + const glsl_type *element_type() const + { + return is_array() ? fields.array : NULL; + } + + /** + * Get the instance of a built-in scalar, vector, or matrix type + */ + static const glsl_type *get_instance(unsigned base_type, unsigned rows, + unsigned columns); + + /** + * Get the instance of an array type + */ + static const glsl_type *get_array_instance(const glsl_type *base, + unsigned elements); + + /** + * Get the instance of a record type + */ + static const glsl_type *get_record_instance(const glsl_struct_field *fields, + unsigned num_fields, + const char *name); + + /** + * Query the total number of scalars that make up a scalar, vector or matrix + */ + unsigned components() const + { + return vector_elements * matrix_columns; + } + + /** + * Calculate the number of components slots required to hold this type + * + * This is used to determine how many uniform or varying locations a type + * might occupy. + */ + unsigned component_slots() const; + + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is a scalar (non-vector and non-matrix). + */ + bool is_scalar() const + { + return (vector_elements == 1) + && (base_type >= GLSL_TYPE_UINT) + && (base_type <= GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is a vector + */ + bool is_vector() const + { + return (vector_elements > 1) + && (matrix_columns == 1) + && (base_type >= GLSL_TYPE_UINT) + && (base_type <= GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is a matrix + */ + bool is_matrix() const + { + /* GLSL only has float matrices. */ + return (matrix_columns > 1) && (base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is a non-array numeric type + */ + bool is_numeric() const + { + return (base_type >= GLSL_TYPE_UINT) && (base_type <= GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is an integral type + */ + bool is_integer() const + { + return (base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) || (base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is a float type + */ + bool is_float() const + { + return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT; + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is a non-array boolean type + */ + bool is_boolean() const + { + return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL; + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is a sampler + */ + bool is_sampler() const + { + return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER; + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is an array + */ + bool is_array() const + { + return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY; + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is a record + */ + bool is_record() const + { + return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT; + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is the void type singleton. + */ + bool is_void() const + { + return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_VOID; + } + + /** + * Query whether or not a type is the error type singleton. + */ + bool is_error() const + { + return base_type == GLSL_TYPE_ERROR; + } + + /** + * Query the full type of a matrix row + * + * \return + * If the type is not a matrix, \c glsl_type::error_type is returned. + * Otherwise a type matching the rows of the matrix is returned. + */ + const glsl_type *row_type() const + { + return is_matrix() + ? get_instance(base_type, matrix_columns, 1) + : error_type; + } + + /** + * Query the full type of a matrix column + * + * \return + * If the type is not a matrix, \c glsl_type::error_type is returned. + * Otherwise a type matching the columns of the matrix is returned. + */ + const glsl_type *column_type() const + { + return is_matrix() + ? get_instance(base_type, vector_elements, 1) + : error_type; + } + + + /** + * Get the type of a structure field + * + * \return + * Pointer to the type of the named field. If the type is not a structure + * or the named field does not exist, \c glsl_type::error_type is returned. + */ + const glsl_type *field_type(const char *name) const; + + + /** + * Get the location of a filed within a record type + */ + int field_index(const char *name) const; + + + /** + * Query the number of elements in an array type + * + * \return + * The number of elements in the array for array types or -1 for non-array + * types. If the number of elements in the array has not yet been declared, + * zero is returned. + */ + int array_size() const + { + return is_array() ? length : -1; + } + +private: + /** + * ralloc context for all glsl_type allocations + * + * Set on the first call to \c glsl_type::new. + */ + static void *mem_ctx; + + void init_ralloc_type_ctx(void); + + /** Constructor for vector and matrix types */ + glsl_type(GLenum gl_type, + glsl_base_type base_type, unsigned vector_elements, + unsigned matrix_columns, const char *name); + + /** Constructor for sampler types */ + glsl_type(GLenum gl_type, + enum glsl_sampler_dim dim, bool shadow, bool array, + unsigned type, const char *name); + + /** Constructor for record types */ + glsl_type(const glsl_struct_field *fields, unsigned num_fields, + const char *name); + + /** Constructor for array types */ + glsl_type(const glsl_type *array, unsigned length); + + /** Hash table containing the known array types. */ + static struct hash_table *array_types; + + /** Hash table containing the known record types. */ + static struct hash_table *record_types; + + static int record_key_compare(const void *a, const void *b); + static unsigned record_key_hash(const void *key); + + /** + * \name Pointers to various type singletons + */ + /*@{*/ + static const glsl_type _error_type; + static const glsl_type _void_type; + static const glsl_type builtin_core_types[]; + static const glsl_type builtin_structure_types[]; + static const glsl_type builtin_110_deprecated_structure_types[]; + static const glsl_type builtin_110_types[]; + static const glsl_type builtin_120_types[]; + static const glsl_type builtin_130_types[]; + static const glsl_type builtin_ARB_texture_rectangle_types[]; + static const glsl_type builtin_EXT_texture_array_types[]; + static const glsl_type builtin_EXT_texture_buffer_object_types[]; + /*@}*/ + + /** + * \name Methods to populate a symbol table with built-in types. + * + * \internal + * This is one of the truely annoying things about C++. Methods that are + * completely internal and private to a type still have to be advertised to + * the world in a public header file. + */ + /*@{*/ + static void generate_100ES_types(glsl_symbol_table *); + static void generate_110_types(glsl_symbol_table *); + static void generate_120_types(glsl_symbol_table *); + static void generate_130_types(glsl_symbol_table *); + static void generate_ARB_texture_rectangle_types(glsl_symbol_table *, bool); + static void generate_EXT_texture_array_types(glsl_symbol_table *, bool); + /*@}*/ + + /** + * \name Friend functions. + * + * These functions are friends because they must have C linkage and the + * need to call various private methods or access various private static + * data. + */ + /*@{*/ + friend void _mesa_glsl_initialize_types(struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *); + friend void _mesa_glsl_release_types(void); + /*@}*/ +}; + +struct glsl_struct_field { + const struct glsl_type *type; + const char *name; +}; + +#endif /* GLSL_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir.cpp index b4ceb5bba..fc356ba52 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir.cpp @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ ir_constant::ir_constant(const struct glsl_type *type, exec_list *value_list) || type->is_record() || type->is_array()); if (type->is_array()) { - this->array_elements = talloc_array(this, ir_constant *, type->length); + this->array_elements = ralloc_array(this, ir_constant *, type->length); unsigned i = 0; foreach_list(node, value_list) { ir_constant *value = (ir_constant *) node; @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ ir_dereference_array::ir_dereference_array(ir_rvalue *value, ir_dereference_array::ir_dereference_array(ir_variable *var, ir_rvalue *array_index) { - void *ctx = talloc_parent(var); + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(var); this->ir_type = ir_type_dereference_array; this->array_index = array_index; @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ ir_dereference_record::ir_dereference_record(ir_rvalue *value, { this->ir_type = ir_type_dereference_record; this->record = value; - this->field = talloc_strdup(this, field); + this->field = ralloc_strdup(this, field); this->type = (this->record != NULL) ? this->record->type->field_type(field) : glsl_type::error_type; } @@ -1078,11 +1078,11 @@ ir_dereference_record::ir_dereference_record(ir_rvalue *value, ir_dereference_record::ir_dereference_record(ir_variable *var, const char *field) { - void *ctx = talloc_parent(var); + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(var); this->ir_type = ir_type_dereference_record; this->record = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); - this->field = talloc_strdup(this, field); + this->field = ralloc_strdup(this, field); this->type = (this->record != NULL) ? this->record->type->field_type(field) : glsl_type::error_type; } @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ ir_swizzle::ir_swizzle(ir_rvalue *val, ir_swizzle_mask mask) ir_swizzle * ir_swizzle::create(ir_rvalue *val, const char *str, unsigned vector_length) { - void *ctx = talloc_parent(val); + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(val); /* For each possible swizzle character, this table encodes the value in * \c idx_map that represents the 0th element of the vector. For invalid @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ ir_variable::ir_variable(const struct glsl_type *type, const char *name, { this->ir_type = ir_type_variable; this->type = type; - this->name = talloc_strdup(this, name); + this->name = ralloc_strdup(this, name); this->explicit_location = false; this->location = -1; this->warn_extension = NULL; @@ -1379,6 +1379,21 @@ ir_function_signature::ir_function_signature(const glsl_type *return_type) } +static bool +modes_match(unsigned a, unsigned b) +{ + if (a == b) + return true; + + /* Accept "in" vs. "const in" */ + if ((a == ir_var_const_in && b == ir_var_in) || + (b == ir_var_const_in && a == ir_var_in)) + return true; + + return false; +} + + const char * ir_function_signature::qualifiers_match(exec_list *params) { @@ -1391,7 +1406,7 @@ ir_function_signature::qualifiers_match(exec_list *params) ir_variable *b = (ir_variable *)iter_b.get(); if (a->read_only != b->read_only || - a->mode != b->mode || + !modes_match(a->mode, b->mode) || a->interpolation != b->interpolation || a->centroid != b->centroid) { @@ -1426,7 +1441,7 @@ ir_function_signature::replace_parameters(exec_list *new_params) ir_function::ir_function(const char *name) { this->ir_type = ir_type_function; - this->name = talloc_strdup(this, name); + this->name = ralloc_strdup(this, name); } @@ -1492,7 +1507,7 @@ steal_memory(ir_instruction *ir, void *new_ctx) } } - talloc_steal(new_ctx, ir); + ralloc_steal(new_ctx, ir); } diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir.h index 8d5056aa1..74a8b06b1 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir.h @@ -29,10 +29,7 @@ #include <cstdio> #include <cstdlib> -extern "C" { -#include <talloc.h> -} - +#include "ralloc.h" #include "glsl_types.h" #include "list.h" #include "ir_visitor.h" @@ -225,6 +222,7 @@ enum ir_variable_mode { ir_var_in, ir_var_out, ir_var_inout, + ir_var_const_in, /**< "in" param that must be a constant expression */ ir_var_system_value, /**< Ex: front-face, instance-id, etc. */ ir_var_temporary /**< Temporary variable generated during compilation. */ }; @@ -986,7 +984,7 @@ public: /** * Get a generic ir_call object when an error occurs * - * Any allocation will be performed with 'ctx' as talloc owner. + * Any allocation will be performed with 'ctx' as ralloc owner. */ static ir_call *get_error_instruction(void *ctx); @@ -1193,21 +1191,21 @@ enum ir_texture_opcode { * selected from \c ir_texture_opcodes. In the printed IR, these will * appear as: * - * Texel offset - * | Projection divisor - * | | Shadow comparitor - * | | | - * v v v - * (tex (sampler) (coordinate) (0 0 0) (1) ( )) - * (txb (sampler) (coordinate) (0 0 0) (1) ( ) (bias)) - * (txl (sampler) (coordinate) (0 0 0) (1) ( ) (lod)) - * (txd (sampler) (coordinate) (0 0 0) (1) ( ) (dPdx dPdy)) - * (txf (sampler) (coordinate) (0 0 0) (lod)) + * Texel offset (0 or an expression) + * | Projection divisor + * | | Shadow comparitor + * | | | + * v v v + * (tex <sampler> <coordinate> 0 1 ( )) + * (txb <sampler> <coordinate> 0 1 ( ) <bias>) + * (txl <sampler> <coordinate> 0 1 ( ) <lod>) + * (txd <sampler> <coordinate> 0 1 ( ) (dPdx dPdy)) + * (txf <sampler> <coordinate> 0 <lod>) */ class ir_texture : public ir_rvalue { public: ir_texture(enum ir_texture_opcode op) - : op(op), projector(NULL), shadow_comparitor(NULL) + : op(op), projector(NULL), shadow_comparitor(NULL), offset(NULL) { this->ir_type = ir_type_texture; } @@ -1261,8 +1259,8 @@ public: */ ir_rvalue *shadow_comparitor; - /** Explicit texel offsets. */ - signed char offsets[3]; + /** Texel offset. */ + ir_rvalue *offset; union { ir_rvalue *lod; /**< Floating point LOD */ diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_clone.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_clone.cpp index a3c35f042..2c0574dc6 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_clone.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_clone.cpp @@ -1,420 +1,420 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include "main/compiler.h"
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-extern "C" {
-#include "program/hash_table.h"
-}
-
-/**
- * Duplicate an IR variable
- *
- * \note
- * This will probably be made \c virtual and moved to the base class
- * eventually.
- */
-ir_variable *
-ir_variable::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_variable *var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(this->type, this->name,
- (ir_variable_mode) this->mode);
-
- var->max_array_access = this->max_array_access;
- var->read_only = this->read_only;
- var->centroid = this->centroid;
- var->invariant = this->invariant;
- var->interpolation = this->interpolation;
- var->array_lvalue = this->array_lvalue;
- var->location = this->location;
- var->warn_extension = this->warn_extension;
- var->origin_upper_left = this->origin_upper_left;
- var->pixel_center_integer = this->pixel_center_integer;
- var->explicit_location = this->explicit_location;
- if (this->explicit_location)
- var->location = this->location;
-
- if (this->constant_value)
- var->constant_value = this->constant_value->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
-
- if (ht) {
- hash_table_insert(ht, var, (void *)const_cast<ir_variable *>(this));
- }
-
- return var;
-}
-
-ir_swizzle *
-ir_swizzle::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(this->val->clone(mem_ctx, ht), this->mask);
-}
-
-ir_return *
-ir_return::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_rvalue *new_value = NULL;
-
- if (this->value)
- new_value = this->value->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_return(new_value);
-}
-
-ir_discard *
-ir_discard::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_rvalue *new_condition = NULL;
-
- if (this->condition != NULL)
- new_condition = this->condition->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_discard(new_condition);
-}
-
-ir_loop_jump *
-ir_loop_jump::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- (void)ht;
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_loop_jump(this->mode);
-}
-
-ir_if *
-ir_if::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_if *new_if = new(mem_ctx) ir_if(this->condition->clone(mem_ctx, ht));
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->then_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- new_if->then_instructions.push_tail(ir->clone(mem_ctx, ht));
- }
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->else_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- new_if->else_instructions.push_tail(ir->clone(mem_ctx, ht));
- }
-
- return new_if;
-}
-
-ir_loop *
-ir_loop::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_loop *new_loop = new(mem_ctx) ir_loop();
-
- if (this->from)
- new_loop->from = this->from->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- if (this->to)
- new_loop->to = this->to->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- if (this->increment)
- new_loop->increment = this->increment->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- new_loop->counter = counter;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->body_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- new_loop->body_instructions.push_tail(ir->clone(mem_ctx, ht));
- }
-
- new_loop->cmp = this->cmp;
- return new_loop;
-}
-
-ir_call *
-ir_call::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- if (this->type == glsl_type::error_type)
- return ir_call::get_error_instruction(mem_ctx);
-
- exec_list new_parameters;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->actual_parameters) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- new_parameters.push_tail(ir->clone(mem_ctx, ht));
- }
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_call(this->callee, &new_parameters);
-}
-
-ir_expression *
-ir_expression::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_rvalue *op[Elements(this->operands)] = { NULL, };
- unsigned int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < get_num_operands(); i++) {
- op[i] = this->operands[i]->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- }
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(this->operation, this->type,
- op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]);
-}
-
-ir_dereference_variable *
-ir_dereference_variable::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_variable *new_var;
-
- if (ht) {
- new_var = (ir_variable *)hash_table_find(ht, this->var);
- if (!new_var)
- new_var = this->var;
- } else {
- new_var = this->var;
- }
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(new_var);
-}
-
-ir_dereference_array *
-ir_dereference_array::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(this->array->clone(mem_ctx, ht),
- this->array_index->clone(mem_ctx,
- ht));
-}
-
-ir_dereference_record *
-ir_dereference_record::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_record(this->record->clone(mem_ctx, ht),
- this->field);
-}
-
-ir_texture *
-ir_texture::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_texture *new_tex = new(mem_ctx) ir_texture(this->op);
- new_tex->type = this->type;
-
- new_tex->sampler = this->sampler->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- new_tex->coordinate = this->coordinate->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- if (this->projector)
- new_tex->projector = this->projector->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- if (this->shadow_comparitor) {
- new_tex->shadow_comparitor = this->shadow_comparitor->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- }
-
- for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
- new_tex->offsets[i] = this->offsets[i];
-
- switch (this->op) {
- case ir_tex:
- break;
- case ir_txb:
- new_tex->lod_info.bias = this->lod_info.bias->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- break;
- case ir_txl:
- case ir_txf:
- new_tex->lod_info.lod = this->lod_info.lod->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- break;
- case ir_txd:
- new_tex->lod_info.grad.dPdx = this->lod_info.grad.dPdx->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- new_tex->lod_info.grad.dPdy = this->lod_info.grad.dPdy->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- break;
- }
-
- return new_tex;
-}
-
-ir_assignment *
-ir_assignment::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_rvalue *new_condition = NULL;
-
- if (this->condition)
- new_condition = this->condition->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(this->lhs->clone(mem_ctx, ht),
- this->rhs->clone(mem_ctx, ht),
- new_condition,
- this->write_mask);
-}
-
-ir_function *
-ir_function::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_function *copy = new(mem_ctx) ir_function(this->name);
-
- foreach_list_const(node, &this->signatures) {
- const ir_function_signature *const sig =
- (const ir_function_signature *const) node;
-
- ir_function_signature *sig_copy = sig->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- copy->add_signature(sig_copy);
-
- if (ht != NULL)
- hash_table_insert(ht, sig_copy,
- (void *)const_cast<ir_function_signature *>(sig));
- }
-
- return copy;
-}
-
-ir_function_signature *
-ir_function_signature::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_function_signature *copy = this->clone_prototype(mem_ctx, ht);
-
- copy->is_defined = this->is_defined;
-
- /* Clone the instruction list.
- */
- foreach_list_const(node, &this->body) {
- const ir_instruction *const inst = (const ir_instruction *) node;
-
- ir_instruction *const inst_copy = inst->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- copy->body.push_tail(inst_copy);
- }
-
- return copy;
-}
-
-ir_function_signature *
-ir_function_signature::clone_prototype(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- ir_function_signature *copy =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_function_signature(this->return_type);
-
- copy->is_defined = false;
- copy->is_builtin = this->is_builtin;
-
- /* Clone the parameter list, but NOT the body.
- */
- foreach_list_const(node, &this->parameters) {
- const ir_variable *const param = (const ir_variable *) node;
-
- assert(const_cast<ir_variable *>(param)->as_variable() != NULL);
-
- ir_variable *const param_copy = param->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
- copy->parameters.push_tail(param_copy);
- }
-
- return copy;
-}
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_constant::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const
-{
- (void)ht;
-
- switch (this->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(this->type, &this->value);
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT: {
- ir_constant *c = new(mem_ctx) ir_constant;
-
- c->type = this->type;
- for (exec_node *node = this->components.head
- ; !node->is_tail_sentinel()
- ; node = node->next) {
- ir_constant *const orig = (ir_constant *) node;
-
- c->components.push_tail(orig->clone(mem_ctx, NULL));
- }
-
- return c;
- }
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY: {
- ir_constant *c = new(mem_ctx) ir_constant;
-
- c->type = this->type;
- c->array_elements = talloc_array(c, ir_constant *, this->type->length);
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->type->length; i++) {
- c->array_elements[i] = this->array_elements[i]->clone(mem_ctx, NULL);
- }
- return c;
- }
-
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- return NULL;
- }
-}
-
-
-class fixup_ir_call_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- fixup_ir_call_visitor(struct hash_table *ht)
- {
- this->ht = ht;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
- {
- /* Try to find the function signature referenced by the ir_call in the
- * table. If it is found, replace it with the value from the table.
- */
- ir_function_signature *sig =
- (ir_function_signature *) hash_table_find(this->ht, ir->get_callee());
- if (sig != NULL)
- ir->set_callee(sig);
-
- /* Since this may be used before function call parameters are flattened,
- * the children also need to be processed.
- */
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
-private:
- struct hash_table *ht;
-};
-
-
-static void
-fixup_function_calls(struct hash_table *ht, exec_list *instructions)
-{
- fixup_ir_call_visitor v(ht);
- v.run(instructions);
-}
-
-
-void
-clone_ir_list(void *mem_ctx, exec_list *out, const exec_list *in)
-{
- struct hash_table *ht =
- hash_table_ctor(0, hash_table_pointer_hash, hash_table_pointer_compare);
-
- foreach_list_const(node, in) {
- const ir_instruction *const original = (ir_instruction *) node;
- ir_instruction *copy = original->clone(mem_ctx, ht);
-
- out->push_tail(copy);
- }
-
- /* Make a pass over the cloned tree to fix up ir_call nodes to point to the
- * cloned ir_function_signature nodes. This cannot be done automatically
- * during cloning because the ir_call might be a forward reference (i.e.,
- * the function signature that it references may not have been cloned yet).
- */
- fixup_function_calls(ht, out);
-
- hash_table_dtor(ht);
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <string.h> +#include "main/compiler.h" +#include "ir.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" +extern "C" { +#include "program/hash_table.h" +} + +/** + * Duplicate an IR variable + * + * \note + * This will probably be made \c virtual and moved to the base class + * eventually. + */ +ir_variable * +ir_variable::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_variable *var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(this->type, this->name, + (ir_variable_mode) this->mode); + + var->max_array_access = this->max_array_access; + var->read_only = this->read_only; + var->centroid = this->centroid; + var->invariant = this->invariant; + var->interpolation = this->interpolation; + var->array_lvalue = this->array_lvalue; + var->location = this->location; + var->warn_extension = this->warn_extension; + var->origin_upper_left = this->origin_upper_left; + var->pixel_center_integer = this->pixel_center_integer; + var->explicit_location = this->explicit_location; + if (this->explicit_location) + var->location = this->location; + + if (this->constant_value) + var->constant_value = this->constant_value->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + + if (ht) { + hash_table_insert(ht, var, (void *)const_cast<ir_variable *>(this)); + } + + return var; +} + +ir_swizzle * +ir_swizzle::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + return new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(this->val->clone(mem_ctx, ht), this->mask); +} + +ir_return * +ir_return::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_rvalue *new_value = NULL; + + if (this->value) + new_value = this->value->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_return(new_value); +} + +ir_discard * +ir_discard::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_rvalue *new_condition = NULL; + + if (this->condition != NULL) + new_condition = this->condition->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_discard(new_condition); +} + +ir_loop_jump * +ir_loop_jump::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + (void)ht; + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_loop_jump(this->mode); +} + +ir_if * +ir_if::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_if *new_if = new(mem_ctx) ir_if(this->condition->clone(mem_ctx, ht)); + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->then_instructions) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + new_if->then_instructions.push_tail(ir->clone(mem_ctx, ht)); + } + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->else_instructions) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + new_if->else_instructions.push_tail(ir->clone(mem_ctx, ht)); + } + + return new_if; +} + +ir_loop * +ir_loop::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_loop *new_loop = new(mem_ctx) ir_loop(); + + if (this->from) + new_loop->from = this->from->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + if (this->to) + new_loop->to = this->to->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + if (this->increment) + new_loop->increment = this->increment->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + new_loop->counter = counter; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->body_instructions) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + new_loop->body_instructions.push_tail(ir->clone(mem_ctx, ht)); + } + + new_loop->cmp = this->cmp; + return new_loop; +} + +ir_call * +ir_call::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + if (this->type == glsl_type::error_type) + return ir_call::get_error_instruction(mem_ctx); + + exec_list new_parameters; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->actual_parameters) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + new_parameters.push_tail(ir->clone(mem_ctx, ht)); + } + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_call(this->callee, &new_parameters); +} + +ir_expression * +ir_expression::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_rvalue *op[Elements(this->operands)] = { NULL, }; + unsigned int i; + + for (i = 0; i < get_num_operands(); i++) { + op[i] = this->operands[i]->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + } + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(this->operation, this->type, + op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]); +} + +ir_dereference_variable * +ir_dereference_variable::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_variable *new_var; + + if (ht) { + new_var = (ir_variable *)hash_table_find(ht, this->var); + if (!new_var) + new_var = this->var; + } else { + new_var = this->var; + } + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(new_var); +} + +ir_dereference_array * +ir_dereference_array::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + return new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(this->array->clone(mem_ctx, ht), + this->array_index->clone(mem_ctx, + ht)); +} + +ir_dereference_record * +ir_dereference_record::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + return new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_record(this->record->clone(mem_ctx, ht), + this->field); +} + +ir_texture * +ir_texture::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_texture *new_tex = new(mem_ctx) ir_texture(this->op); + new_tex->type = this->type; + + new_tex->sampler = this->sampler->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + new_tex->coordinate = this->coordinate->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + if (this->projector) + new_tex->projector = this->projector->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + if (this->shadow_comparitor) { + new_tex->shadow_comparitor = this->shadow_comparitor->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + } + + if (this->offset != NULL) + new_tex->offset = this->offset->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + + switch (this->op) { + case ir_tex: + break; + case ir_txb: + new_tex->lod_info.bias = this->lod_info.bias->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + break; + case ir_txl: + case ir_txf: + new_tex->lod_info.lod = this->lod_info.lod->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + break; + case ir_txd: + new_tex->lod_info.grad.dPdx = this->lod_info.grad.dPdx->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + new_tex->lod_info.grad.dPdy = this->lod_info.grad.dPdy->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + break; + } + + return new_tex; +} + +ir_assignment * +ir_assignment::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_rvalue *new_condition = NULL; + + if (this->condition) + new_condition = this->condition->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(this->lhs->clone(mem_ctx, ht), + this->rhs->clone(mem_ctx, ht), + new_condition, + this->write_mask); +} + +ir_function * +ir_function::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_function *copy = new(mem_ctx) ir_function(this->name); + + foreach_list_const(node, &this->signatures) { + const ir_function_signature *const sig = + (const ir_function_signature *const) node; + + ir_function_signature *sig_copy = sig->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + copy->add_signature(sig_copy); + + if (ht != NULL) + hash_table_insert(ht, sig_copy, + (void *)const_cast<ir_function_signature *>(sig)); + } + + return copy; +} + +ir_function_signature * +ir_function_signature::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_function_signature *copy = this->clone_prototype(mem_ctx, ht); + + copy->is_defined = this->is_defined; + + /* Clone the instruction list. + */ + foreach_list_const(node, &this->body) { + const ir_instruction *const inst = (const ir_instruction *) node; + + ir_instruction *const inst_copy = inst->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + copy->body.push_tail(inst_copy); + } + + return copy; +} + +ir_function_signature * +ir_function_signature::clone_prototype(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + ir_function_signature *copy = + new(mem_ctx) ir_function_signature(this->return_type); + + copy->is_defined = false; + copy->is_builtin = this->is_builtin; + + /* Clone the parameter list, but NOT the body. + */ + foreach_list_const(node, &this->parameters) { + const ir_variable *const param = (const ir_variable *) node; + + assert(const_cast<ir_variable *>(param)->as_variable() != NULL); + + ir_variable *const param_copy = param->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + copy->parameters.push_tail(param_copy); + } + + return copy; +} + +ir_constant * +ir_constant::clone(void *mem_ctx, struct hash_table *ht) const +{ + (void)ht; + + switch (this->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(this->type, &this->value); + + case GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT: { + ir_constant *c = new(mem_ctx) ir_constant; + + c->type = this->type; + for (exec_node *node = this->components.head + ; !node->is_tail_sentinel() + ; node = node->next) { + ir_constant *const orig = (ir_constant *) node; + + c->components.push_tail(orig->clone(mem_ctx, NULL)); + } + + return c; + } + + case GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY: { + ir_constant *c = new(mem_ctx) ir_constant; + + c->type = this->type; + c->array_elements = ralloc_array(c, ir_constant *, this->type->length); + for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->type->length; i++) { + c->array_elements[i] = this->array_elements[i]->clone(mem_ctx, NULL); + } + return c; + } + + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + return NULL; + } +} + + +class fixup_ir_call_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + fixup_ir_call_visitor(struct hash_table *ht) + { + this->ht = ht; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *ir) + { + /* Try to find the function signature referenced by the ir_call in the + * table. If it is found, replace it with the value from the table. + */ + ir_function_signature *sig = + (ir_function_signature *) hash_table_find(this->ht, ir->get_callee()); + if (sig != NULL) + ir->set_callee(sig); + + /* Since this may be used before function call parameters are flattened, + * the children also need to be processed. + */ + return visit_continue; + } + +private: + struct hash_table *ht; +}; + + +static void +fixup_function_calls(struct hash_table *ht, exec_list *instructions) +{ + fixup_ir_call_visitor v(ht); + v.run(instructions); +} + + +void +clone_ir_list(void *mem_ctx, exec_list *out, const exec_list *in) +{ + struct hash_table *ht = + hash_table_ctor(0, hash_table_pointer_hash, hash_table_pointer_compare); + + foreach_list_const(node, in) { + const ir_instruction *const original = (ir_instruction *) node; + ir_instruction *copy = original->clone(mem_ctx, ht); + + out->push_tail(copy); + } + + /* Make a pass over the cloned tree to fix up ir_call nodes to point to the + * cloned ir_function_signature nodes. This cannot be done automatically + * during cloning because the ir_call might be a forward reference (i.e., + * the function signature that it references may not have been cloned yet). + */ + fixup_function_calls(ht, out); + + hash_table_dtor(ht); +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_constant_expression.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_constant_expression.cpp index 53162f127..cf958aa7a 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_constant_expression.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_constant_expression.cpp @@ -1,1354 +1,1354 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file ir_constant_expression.cpp
- * Evaluate and process constant valued expressions
- *
- * In GLSL, constant valued expressions are used in several places. These
- * must be processed and evaluated very early in the compilation process.
- *
- * * Sizes of arrays
- * * Initializers for uniforms
- * * Initializers for \c const variables
- */
-
-#include <math.h>
-#include "main/core.h" /* for MAX2, MIN2, CLAMP */
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-static float
-dot(ir_constant *op0, ir_constant *op1)
-{
- assert(op0->type->is_float() && op1->type->is_float());
-
- float result = 0;
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op0->type->components(); c++)
- result += op0->value.f[c] * op1->value.f[c];
-
- return result;
-}
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_expression::constant_expression_value()
-{
- if (this->type->is_error())
- return NULL;
-
- ir_constant *op[Elements(this->operands)] = { NULL, };
- ir_constant_data data;
-
- memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
-
- for (unsigned operand = 0; operand < this->get_num_operands(); operand++) {
- op[operand] = this->operands[operand]->constant_expression_value();
- if (!op[operand])
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (op[1] != NULL)
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == op[1]->type->base_type);
-
- bool op0_scalar = op[0]->type->is_scalar();
- bool op1_scalar = op[1] != NULL && op[1]->type->is_scalar();
-
- /* When iterating over a vector or matrix's components, we want to increase
- * the loop counter. However, for scalars, we want to stay at 0.
- */
- unsigned c0_inc = op0_scalar ? 0 : 1;
- unsigned c1_inc = op1_scalar ? 0 : 1;
- unsigned components;
- if (op1_scalar || !op[1]) {
- components = op[0]->type->components();
- } else {
- components = op[1]->type->components();
- }
-
- void *ctx = talloc_parent(this);
-
- /* Handle array operations here, rather than below. */
- if (op[0]->type->is_array()) {
- assert(op[1] != NULL && op[1]->type->is_array());
- switch (this->operation) {
- case ir_binop_all_equal:
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(op[0]->has_value(op[1]));
- case ir_binop_any_nequal:
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(!op[0]->has_value(op[1]));
- default:
- break;
- }
- return NULL;
- }
-
- switch (this->operation) {
- case ir_unop_bit_not:
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < components; c++)
- data.i[c] = ~ op[0]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < components; c++)
- data.u[c] = ~ op[0]->value.u[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_logic_not:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.b[c] = !op[0]->value.b[c];
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_f2i:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.i[c] = (int) op[0]->value.f[c];
- }
- break;
- case ir_unop_i2f:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = (float) op[0]->value.i[c];
- }
- break;
- case ir_unop_u2f:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = (float) op[0]->value.u[c];
- }
- break;
- case ir_unop_b2f:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] ? 1.0F : 0.0F;
- }
- break;
- case ir_unop_f2b:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] != 0.0F ? true : false;
- }
- break;
- case ir_unop_b2i:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] ? 1 : 0;
- }
- break;
- case ir_unop_i2b:
- assert(op[0]->type->is_integer());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] ? true : false;
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_any:
- assert(op[0]->type->is_boolean());
- data.b[0] = false;
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- if (op[0]->value.b[c])
- data.b[0] = true;
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_trunc:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = truncf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_ceil:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = ceilf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_floor:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = floorf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_fract:
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (this->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = 0;
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = 0;
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] - floor(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_sin:
- case ir_unop_sin_reduced:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = sinf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_cos:
- case ir_unop_cos_reduced:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = cosf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_neg:
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (this->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = -((int) op[0]->value.u[c]);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = -op[0]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = -op[0]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_abs:
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (this->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c];
- if (data.i[c] < 0)
- data.i[c] = -data.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = fabs(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_sign:
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (this->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] > 0;
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = (op[0]->value.i[c] > 0) - (op[0]->value.i[c] < 0);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = float((op[0]->value.f[c] > 0)-(op[0]->value.f[c] < 0));
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_rcp:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (this->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- if (op[0]->value.u[c] != 0.0)
- data.u[c] = 1 / op[0]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- if (op[0]->value.i[c] != 0.0)
- data.i[c] = 1 / op[0]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- if (op[0]->value.f[c] != 0.0)
- data.f[c] = 1.0F / op[0]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_rsq:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = 1.0F / sqrtf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_sqrt:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = sqrtf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_exp:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = expf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_exp2:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = exp2f(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_log:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = logf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_log2:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = log2f(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_dFdx:
- case ir_unop_dFdy:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = 0.0;
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_pow:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = powf(op[0]->value.f[c], op[1]->value.f[c]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_dot:
- data.f[0] = dot(op[0], op[1]);
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_min:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar);
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = MIN2(op[0]->value.u[c0], op[1]->value.u[c1]);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = MIN2(op[0]->value.i[c0], op[1]->value.i[c1]);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = MIN2(op[0]->value.f[c0], op[1]->value.f[c1]);
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
-
- break;
- case ir_binop_max:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar);
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = MAX2(op[0]->value.u[c0], op[1]->value.u[c1]);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = MAX2(op[0]->value.i[c0], op[1]->value.i[c1]);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = MAX2(op[0]->value.f[c0], op[1]->value.f[c1]);
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_add:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar);
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] + op[1]->value.u[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] + op[1]->value.i[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] + op[1]->value.f[c1];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
-
- break;
- case ir_binop_sub:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar);
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] - op[1]->value.u[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] - op[1]->value.i[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] - op[1]->value.f[c1];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
-
- break;
- case ir_binop_mul:
- /* Check for equal types, or unequal types involving scalars */
- if ((op[0]->type == op[1]->type && !op[0]->type->is_matrix())
- || op0_scalar || op1_scalar) {
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] * op[1]->value.u[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] * op[1]->value.i[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] * op[1]->value.f[c1];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- } else {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_matrix() || op[1]->type->is_matrix());
-
- /* Multiply an N-by-M matrix with an M-by-P matrix. Since either
- * matrix can be a GLSL vector, either N or P can be 1.
- *
- * For vec*mat, the vector is treated as a row vector. This
- * means the vector is a 1-row x M-column matrix.
- *
- * For mat*vec, the vector is treated as a column vector. Since
- * matrix_columns is 1 for vectors, this just works.
- */
- const unsigned n = op[0]->type->is_vector()
- ? 1 : op[0]->type->vector_elements;
- const unsigned m = op[1]->type->vector_elements;
- const unsigned p = op[1]->type->matrix_columns;
- for (unsigned j = 0; j < p; j++) {
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- for (unsigned k = 0; k < m; k++) {
- data.f[i+n*j] += op[0]->value.f[i+n*k]*op[1]->value.f[k+m*j];
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- break;
- case ir_binop_div:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar);
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] / op[1]->value.u[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] / op[1]->value.i[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] / op[1]->value.f[c1];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
-
- break;
- case ir_binop_mod:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar);
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] % op[1]->value.u[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] % op[1]->value.i[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- /* We don't use fmod because it rounds toward zero; GLSL specifies
- * the use of floor.
- */
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] - op[1]->value.f[c1]
- * floorf(op[0]->value.f[c0] / op[1]->value.f[c1]);
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
-
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_logic_and:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] && op[1]->value.b[c];
- break;
- case ir_binop_logic_xor:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] ^ op[1]->value.b[c];
- break;
- case ir_binop_logic_or:
- assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] || op[1]->value.b[c];
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_less:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.u[0] < op[1]->value.u[0];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.i[0] < op[1]->value.i[0];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.f[0] < op[1]->value.f[0];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
- case ir_binop_greater:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] > op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] > op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] > op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
- case ir_binop_lequal:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.u[0] <= op[1]->value.u[0];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.i[0] <= op[1]->value.i[0];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.f[0] <= op[1]->value.f[0];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
- case ir_binop_gequal:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.u[0] >= op[1]->value.u[0];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.i[0] >= op[1]->value.i[0];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->value.f[0] >= op[1]->value.f[0];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
- case ir_binop_equal:
- assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < components; c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] == op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] == op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] == op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
- case ir_binop_nequal:
- assert(op[0]->type != op[1]->type);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < components; c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] != op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] != op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] != op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
- case ir_binop_all_equal:
- data.b[0] = op[0]->has_value(op[1]);
- break;
- case ir_binop_any_nequal:
- data.b[0] = !op[0]->has_value(op[1]);
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_lshift:
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT &&
- op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT) {
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] << op[1]->value.i[c1];
-
- } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT &&
- op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) {
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] << op[1]->value.u[c1];
-
- } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT &&
- op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT) {
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] << op[1]->value.i[c1];
-
- } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT &&
- op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) {
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] << op[1]->value.u[c1];
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_rshift:
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT &&
- op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT) {
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] >> op[1]->value.i[c1];
-
- } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT &&
- op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) {
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] >> op[1]->value.u[c1];
-
- } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT &&
- op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT) {
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] >> op[1]->value.i[c1];
-
- } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT &&
- op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) {
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] >> op[1]->value.u[c1];
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_bit_and:
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] & op[1]->value.i[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] & op[1]->value.u[c1];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_bit_or:
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] | op[1]->value.i[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] | op[1]->value.u[c1];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_bit_xor:
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0;
- c < components;
- c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] ^ op[1]->value.i[c1];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] ^ op[1]->value.u[c1];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_quadop_vector:
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < this->type->vector_elements; c++) {
- switch (this->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = op[c]->value.i[0];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = op[c]->value.u[0];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = op[c]->value.f[0];
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- /* FINISHME: Should handle all expression types. */
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(this->type, &data);
-}
-
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_texture::constant_expression_value()
-{
- /* texture lookups aren't constant expressions */
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_swizzle::constant_expression_value()
-{
- ir_constant *v = this->val->constant_expression_value();
-
- if (v != NULL) {
- ir_constant_data data = { { 0 } };
-
- const unsigned swiz_idx[4] = {
- this->mask.x, this->mask.y, this->mask.z, this->mask.w
- };
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->mask.num_components; i++) {
- switch (v->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT: data.u[i] = v->value.u[swiz_idx[i]]; break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: data.f[i] = v->value.f[swiz_idx[i]]; break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: data.b[i] = v->value.b[swiz_idx[i]]; break;
- default: assert(!"Should not get here."); break;
- }
- }
-
- void *ctx = talloc_parent(this);
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(this->type, &data);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_dereference_variable::constant_expression_value()
-{
- /* This may occur during compile and var->type is glsl_type::error_type */
- if (!var)
- return NULL;
-
- /* The constant_value of a uniform variable is its initializer,
- * not the lifetime constant value of the uniform.
- */
- if (var->mode == ir_var_uniform)
- return NULL;
-
- if (!var->constant_value)
- return NULL;
-
- return var->constant_value->clone(talloc_parent(var), NULL);
-}
-
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_dereference_array::constant_expression_value()
-{
- ir_constant *array = this->array->constant_expression_value();
- ir_constant *idx = this->array_index->constant_expression_value();
-
- if ((array != NULL) && (idx != NULL)) {
- void *ctx = talloc_parent(this);
- if (array->type->is_matrix()) {
- /* Array access of a matrix results in a vector.
- */
- const unsigned column = idx->value.u[0];
-
- const glsl_type *const column_type = array->type->column_type();
-
- /* Offset in the constant matrix to the first element of the column
- * to be extracted.
- */
- const unsigned mat_idx = column * column_type->vector_elements;
-
- ir_constant_data data = { { 0 } };
-
- switch (column_type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < column_type->vector_elements; i++)
- data.u[i] = array->value.u[mat_idx + i];
-
- break;
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < column_type->vector_elements; i++)
- data.f[i] = array->value.f[mat_idx + i];
-
- break;
-
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- break;
- }
-
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(column_type, &data);
- } else if (array->type->is_vector()) {
- const unsigned component = idx->value.u[0];
-
- return new(ctx) ir_constant(array, component);
- } else {
- const unsigned index = idx->value.u[0];
- return array->get_array_element(index)->clone(ctx, NULL);
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_dereference_record::constant_expression_value()
-{
- ir_constant *v = this->record->constant_expression_value();
-
- return (v != NULL) ? v->get_record_field(this->field) : NULL;
-}
-
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_assignment::constant_expression_value()
-{
- /* FINISHME: Handle CEs involving assignment (return RHS) */
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_constant::constant_expression_value()
-{
- return this;
-}
-
-
-ir_constant *
-ir_call::constant_expression_value()
-{
- if (this->type == glsl_type::error_type)
- return NULL;
-
- /* From the GLSL 1.20 spec, page 23:
- * "Function calls to user-defined functions (non-built-in functions)
- * cannot be used to form constant expressions."
- */
- if (!this->callee->is_builtin)
- return NULL;
-
- unsigned num_parameters = 0;
-
- /* Check if all parameters are constant */
- ir_constant *op[3];
- foreach_list(n, &this->actual_parameters) {
- ir_constant *constant = ((ir_rvalue *) n)->constant_expression_value();
- if (constant == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- op[num_parameters] = constant;
-
- assert(num_parameters < 3);
- num_parameters++;
- }
-
- /* Individual cases below can either:
- * - Assign "expr" a new ir_expression to evaluate (for basic opcodes)
- * - Fill "data" with appopriate constant data
- * - Return an ir_constant directly.
- */
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(this);
- ir_expression *expr = NULL;
-
- ir_constant_data data;
- memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
-
- const char *callee = this->callee_name();
- if (strcmp(callee, "abs") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_abs, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "all") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_boolean());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- if (!op[0]->value.b[c])
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(false);
- }
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(true);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "any") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_boolean());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- if (op[0]->value.b[c])
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(true);
- }
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(false);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "acos") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = acosf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "acosh") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = acoshf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "asin") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = asinf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "asinh") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = asinhf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "atan") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- if (num_parameters == 2) {
- assert(op[1]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = atan2f(op[0]->value.f[c], op[1]->value.f[c]);
- } else {
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = atanf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "atanh") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = atanhf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "dFdx") == 0 || strcmp(callee, "dFdy") == 0) {
- return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, this->type);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "ceil") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_ceil, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "clamp") == 0) {
- assert(num_parameters == 3);
- unsigned c1_inc = op[1]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1;
- unsigned c2_inc = op[2]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1;
- for (unsigned c = 0, c1 = 0, c2 = 0;
- c < op[0]->type->components();
- c1 += c1_inc, c2 += c2_inc, c++) {
-
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[c] = CLAMP(op[0]->value.u[c], op[1]->value.u[c1],
- op[2]->value.u[c2]);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[c] = CLAMP(op[0]->value.i[c], op[1]->value.i[c1],
- op[2]->value.i[c2]);
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[c] = CLAMP(op[0]->value.f[c], op[1]->value.f[c1],
- op[2]->value.f[c2]);
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "cos") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_cos, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "cosh") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = coshf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "cross") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type == glsl_type::vec3_type);
- assert(op[1]->type == glsl_type::vec3_type);
- data.f[0] = (op[0]->value.f[1] * op[1]->value.f[2] -
- op[1]->value.f[1] * op[0]->value.f[2]);
- data.f[1] = (op[0]->value.f[2] * op[1]->value.f[0] -
- op[1]->value.f[2] * op[0]->value.f[0]);
- data.f[2] = (op[0]->value.f[0] * op[1]->value.f[1] -
- op[1]->value.f[0] * op[0]->value.f[1]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "degrees") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = 180.0F / M_PI * op[0]->value.f[c];
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "distance") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float() && op[1]->type->is_float());
- float length_squared = 0.0;
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- float t = op[0]->value.f[c] - op[1]->value.f[c];
- length_squared += t * t;
- }
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(sqrtf(length_squared));
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "dot") == 0) {
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(dot(op[0], op[1]));
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "equal") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] == op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] == op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] == op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] == op[1]->value.b[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "exp") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_exp, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "exp2") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_exp2, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "faceforward") == 0) {
- if (dot(op[2], op[1]) < 0)
- return op[0];
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = -op[0]->value.f[c];
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "floor") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_floor, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "fract") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_fract, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "fwidth") == 0) {
- return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, this->type);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "greaterThan") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] > op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] > op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] > op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "greaterThanEqual") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] >= op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] >= op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] >= op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "inversesqrt") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_rsq, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "length") == 0) {
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(sqrtf(dot(op[0], op[0])));
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "lessThan") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] < op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] < op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] < op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "lessThanEqual") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] <= op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] <= op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] <= op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "log") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_log, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "log2") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_log2, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "matrixCompMult") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float() && op[1]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] * op[1]->value.f[c];
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "max") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_max, type, op[0], op[1]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "min") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_min, type, op[0], op[1]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "mix") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float() && op[1]->type->is_float());
- if (op[2]->type->is_float()) {
- unsigned c2_inc = op[2]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1;
- unsigned components = op[0]->type->components();
- for (unsigned c = 0, c2 = 0; c < components; c2 += c2_inc, c++) {
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] * (1 - op[2]->value.f[c2]) +
- op[1]->value.f[c] * op[2]->value.f[c2];
- }
- } else {
- assert(op[2]->type->is_boolean());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = op[op[2]->value.b[c] ? 1 : 0]->value.f[c];
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "mod") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mod, type, op[0], op[1]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "normalize") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- float length = sqrtf(dot(op[0], op[0]));
-
- if (length == 0)
- return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, this->type);
-
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] / length;
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "not") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "notEqual") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) {
- switch (op[0]->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] != op[1]->value.u[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] != op[1]->value.i[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] != op[1]->value.f[c];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] != op[1]->value.b[c];
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "outerProduct") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1]->type->is_vector());
- const unsigned m = op[0]->type->vector_elements;
- const unsigned n = op[1]->type->vector_elements;
- for (unsigned j = 0; j < n; j++) {
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < m; i++) {
- data.f[i+m*j] = op[0]->value.f[i] * op[1]->value.f[j];
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "pow") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_pow, type, op[0], op[1]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "radians") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = M_PI / 180.0F * op[0]->value.f[c];
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "reflect") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- float dot_NI = dot(op[1], op[0]);
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] - 2 * dot_NI * op[1]->value.f[c];
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "refract") == 0) {
- const float eta = op[2]->value.f[0];
- const float dot_NI = dot(op[1], op[0]);
- const float k = 1.0F - eta * eta * (1.0F - dot_NI * dot_NI);
- if (k < 0.0) {
- return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, this->type);
- } else {
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < type->components(); c++) {
- data.f[c] = eta * op[0]->value.f[c] - (eta * dot_NI + sqrtf(k))
- * op[1]->value.f[c];
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "sign") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_sign, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "sin") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_sin, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "sinh") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = sinhf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "smoothstep") == 0) {
- assert(num_parameters == 3);
- assert(op[1]->type == op[0]->type);
- unsigned edge_inc = op[0]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1;
- for (unsigned c = 0, e = 0; c < type->components(); e += edge_inc, c++) {
- const float edge0 = op[0]->value.f[e];
- const float edge1 = op[1]->value.f[e];
- if (edge0 == edge1) {
- data.f[c] = 0.0; /* Avoid a crash - results are undefined anyway */
- } else {
- const float numerator = op[2]->value.f[c] - edge0;
- const float denominator = edge1 - edge0;
- const float t = CLAMP(numerator/denominator, 0, 1);
- data.f[c] = t * t * (3 - 2 * t);
- }
- }
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "sqrt") == 0) {
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_sqrt, type, op[0], NULL);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "step") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float() && op[1]->type->is_float());
- /* op[0] (edge) may be either a scalar or a vector */
- const unsigned c0_inc = op[0]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1;
- for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0; c < type->components(); c0 += c0_inc, c++)
- data.f[c] = (op[1]->value.f[c] < op[0]->value.f[c0]) ? 0.0F : 1.0F;
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "tan") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = tanf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "tanh") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_float());
- for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++)
- data.f[c] = tanhf(op[0]->value.f[c]);
- } else if (strcmp(callee, "transpose") == 0) {
- assert(op[0]->type->is_matrix());
- const unsigned n = op[0]->type->vector_elements;
- const unsigned m = op[0]->type->matrix_columns;
- for (unsigned j = 0; j < m; j++) {
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- data.f[m*i+j] += op[0]->value.f[i+n*j];
- }
- }
- } else {
- /* Unsupported builtin - some are not allowed in constant expressions. */
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (expr != NULL)
- return expr->constant_expression_value();
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(this->type, &data);
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file ir_constant_expression.cpp + * Evaluate and process constant valued expressions + * + * In GLSL, constant valued expressions are used in several places. These + * must be processed and evaluated very early in the compilation process. + * + * * Sizes of arrays + * * Initializers for uniforms + * * Initializers for \c const variables + */ + +#include <math.h> +#include "main/core.h" /* for MAX2, MIN2, CLAMP */ +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +static float +dot(ir_constant *op0, ir_constant *op1) +{ + assert(op0->type->is_float() && op1->type->is_float()); + + float result = 0; + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op0->type->components(); c++) + result += op0->value.f[c] * op1->value.f[c]; + + return result; +} + +ir_constant * +ir_expression::constant_expression_value() +{ + if (this->type->is_error()) + return NULL; + + ir_constant *op[Elements(this->operands)] = { NULL, }; + ir_constant_data data; + + memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data)); + + for (unsigned operand = 0; operand < this->get_num_operands(); operand++) { + op[operand] = this->operands[operand]->constant_expression_value(); + if (!op[operand]) + return NULL; + } + + if (op[1] != NULL) + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == op[1]->type->base_type); + + bool op0_scalar = op[0]->type->is_scalar(); + bool op1_scalar = op[1] != NULL && op[1]->type->is_scalar(); + + /* When iterating over a vector or matrix's components, we want to increase + * the loop counter. However, for scalars, we want to stay at 0. + */ + unsigned c0_inc = op0_scalar ? 0 : 1; + unsigned c1_inc = op1_scalar ? 0 : 1; + unsigned components; + if (op1_scalar || !op[1]) { + components = op[0]->type->components(); + } else { + components = op[1]->type->components(); + } + + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(this); + + /* Handle array operations here, rather than below. */ + if (op[0]->type->is_array()) { + assert(op[1] != NULL && op[1]->type->is_array()); + switch (this->operation) { + case ir_binop_all_equal: + return new(ctx) ir_constant(op[0]->has_value(op[1])); + case ir_binop_any_nequal: + return new(ctx) ir_constant(!op[0]->has_value(op[1])); + default: + break; + } + return NULL; + } + + switch (this->operation) { + case ir_unop_bit_not: + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + for (unsigned c = 0; c < components; c++) + data.i[c] = ~ op[0]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + for (unsigned c = 0; c < components; c++) + data.u[c] = ~ op[0]->value.u[c]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_logic_not: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.b[c] = !op[0]->value.b[c]; + break; + + case ir_unop_f2i: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.i[c] = (int) op[0]->value.f[c]; + } + break; + case ir_unop_i2f: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = (float) op[0]->value.i[c]; + } + break; + case ir_unop_u2f: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = (float) op[0]->value.u[c]; + } + break; + case ir_unop_b2f: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] ? 1.0F : 0.0F; + } + break; + case ir_unop_f2b: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] != 0.0F ? true : false; + } + break; + case ir_unop_b2i: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] ? 1 : 0; + } + break; + case ir_unop_i2b: + assert(op[0]->type->is_integer()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] ? true : false; + } + break; + + case ir_unop_any: + assert(op[0]->type->is_boolean()); + data.b[0] = false; + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + if (op[0]->value.b[c]) + data.b[0] = true; + } + break; + + case ir_unop_trunc: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = truncf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_ceil: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = ceilf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_floor: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = floorf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_fract: + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (this->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = 0; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = 0; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] - floor(op[0]->value.f[c]); + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_unop_sin: + case ir_unop_sin_reduced: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = sinf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_cos: + case ir_unop_cos_reduced: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = cosf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_neg: + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (this->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = -((int) op[0]->value.u[c]); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = -op[0]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = -op[0]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_unop_abs: + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (this->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c]; + if (data.i[c] < 0) + data.i[c] = -data.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = fabs(op[0]->value.f[c]); + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_unop_sign: + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (this->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] > 0; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = (op[0]->value.i[c] > 0) - (op[0]->value.i[c] < 0); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = float((op[0]->value.f[c] > 0)-(op[0]->value.f[c] < 0)); + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_unop_rcp: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (this->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + if (op[0]->value.u[c] != 0.0) + data.u[c] = 1 / op[0]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + if (op[0]->value.i[c] != 0.0) + data.i[c] = 1 / op[0]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + if (op[0]->value.f[c] != 0.0) + data.f[c] = 1.0F / op[0]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_unop_rsq: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = 1.0F / sqrtf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_sqrt: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = sqrtf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_exp: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = expf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_exp2: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = exp2f(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_log: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = logf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_log2: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = log2f(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_dFdx: + case ir_unop_dFdy: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = 0.0; + } + break; + + case ir_binop_pow: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = powf(op[0]->value.f[c], op[1]->value.f[c]); + } + break; + + case ir_binop_dot: + data.f[0] = dot(op[0], op[1]); + break; + + case ir_binop_min: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar); + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = MIN2(op[0]->value.u[c0], op[1]->value.u[c1]); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = MIN2(op[0]->value.i[c0], op[1]->value.i[c1]); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = MIN2(op[0]->value.f[c0], op[1]->value.f[c1]); + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + + break; + case ir_binop_max: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar); + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = MAX2(op[0]->value.u[c0], op[1]->value.u[c1]); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = MAX2(op[0]->value.i[c0], op[1]->value.i[c1]); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = MAX2(op[0]->value.f[c0], op[1]->value.f[c1]); + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_binop_add: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar); + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] + op[1]->value.u[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] + op[1]->value.i[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] + op[1]->value.f[c1]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + + break; + case ir_binop_sub: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar); + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] - op[1]->value.u[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] - op[1]->value.i[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] - op[1]->value.f[c1]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + + break; + case ir_binop_mul: + /* Check for equal types, or unequal types involving scalars */ + if ((op[0]->type == op[1]->type && !op[0]->type->is_matrix()) + || op0_scalar || op1_scalar) { + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] * op[1]->value.u[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] * op[1]->value.i[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] * op[1]->value.f[c1]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + } else { + assert(op[0]->type->is_matrix() || op[1]->type->is_matrix()); + + /* Multiply an N-by-M matrix with an M-by-P matrix. Since either + * matrix can be a GLSL vector, either N or P can be 1. + * + * For vec*mat, the vector is treated as a row vector. This + * means the vector is a 1-row x M-column matrix. + * + * For mat*vec, the vector is treated as a column vector. Since + * matrix_columns is 1 for vectors, this just works. + */ + const unsigned n = op[0]->type->is_vector() + ? 1 : op[0]->type->vector_elements; + const unsigned m = op[1]->type->vector_elements; + const unsigned p = op[1]->type->matrix_columns; + for (unsigned j = 0; j < p; j++) { + for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) { + for (unsigned k = 0; k < m; k++) { + data.f[i+n*j] += op[0]->value.f[i+n*k]*op[1]->value.f[k+m*j]; + } + } + } + } + + break; + case ir_binop_div: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar); + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] / op[1]->value.u[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] / op[1]->value.i[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] / op[1]->value.f[c1]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + + break; + case ir_binop_mod: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type || op0_scalar || op1_scalar); + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] % op[1]->value.u[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] % op[1]->value.i[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + /* We don't use fmod because it rounds toward zero; GLSL specifies + * the use of floor. + */ + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c0] - op[1]->value.f[c1] + * floorf(op[0]->value.f[c0] / op[1]->value.f[c1]); + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + + break; + + case ir_binop_logic_and: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] && op[1]->value.b[c]; + break; + case ir_binop_logic_xor: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] ^ op[1]->value.b[c]; + break; + case ir_binop_logic_or: + assert(op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] || op[1]->value.b[c]; + break; + + case ir_binop_less: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.u[0] < op[1]->value.u[0]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.i[0] < op[1]->value.i[0]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.f[0] < op[1]->value.f[0]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + case ir_binop_greater: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] > op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] > op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] > op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + case ir_binop_lequal: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.u[0] <= op[1]->value.u[0]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.i[0] <= op[1]->value.i[0]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.f[0] <= op[1]->value.f[0]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + case ir_binop_gequal: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.u[0] >= op[1]->value.u[0]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.i[0] >= op[1]->value.i[0]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[0] = op[0]->value.f[0] >= op[1]->value.f[0]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + case ir_binop_equal: + assert(op[0]->type == op[1]->type); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < components; c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] == op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] == op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] == op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + case ir_binop_nequal: + assert(op[0]->type != op[1]->type); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < components; c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] != op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] != op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] != op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + case ir_binop_all_equal: + data.b[0] = op[0]->has_value(op[1]); + break; + case ir_binop_any_nequal: + data.b[0] = !op[0]->has_value(op[1]); + break; + + case ir_binop_lshift: + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT && + op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT) { + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] << op[1]->value.i[c1]; + + } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT && + op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) { + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] << op[1]->value.u[c1]; + + } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT && + op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT) { + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] << op[1]->value.i[c1]; + + } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT && + op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) { + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] << op[1]->value.u[c1]; + } + } + break; + + case ir_binop_rshift: + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT && + op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT) { + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] >> op[1]->value.i[c1]; + + } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT && + op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) { + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] >> op[1]->value.u[c1]; + + } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT && + op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT) { + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] >> op[1]->value.i[c1]; + + } else if (op[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT && + op[1]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) { + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] >> op[1]->value.u[c1]; + } + } + break; + + case ir_binop_bit_and: + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] & op[1]->value.i[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] & op[1]->value.u[c1]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_binop_bit_or: + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] | op[1]->value.i[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] | op[1]->value.u[c1]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_binop_bit_xor: + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0, c1 = 0; + c < components; + c0 += c0_inc, c1 += c1_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[0]->value.i[c0] ^ op[1]->value.i[c1]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[0]->value.u[c0] ^ op[1]->value.u[c1]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + case ir_quadop_vector: + for (unsigned c = 0; c < this->type->vector_elements; c++) { + switch (this->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = op[c]->value.i[0]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = op[c]->value.u[0]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = op[c]->value.f[0]; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + } + break; + + default: + /* FINISHME: Should handle all expression types. */ + return NULL; + } + + return new(ctx) ir_constant(this->type, &data); +} + + +ir_constant * +ir_texture::constant_expression_value() +{ + /* texture lookups aren't constant expressions */ + return NULL; +} + + +ir_constant * +ir_swizzle::constant_expression_value() +{ + ir_constant *v = this->val->constant_expression_value(); + + if (v != NULL) { + ir_constant_data data = { { 0 } }; + + const unsigned swiz_idx[4] = { + this->mask.x, this->mask.y, this->mask.z, this->mask.w + }; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->mask.num_components; i++) { + switch (v->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: data.u[i] = v->value.u[swiz_idx[i]]; break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: data.f[i] = v->value.f[swiz_idx[i]]; break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: data.b[i] = v->value.b[swiz_idx[i]]; break; + default: assert(!"Should not get here."); break; + } + } + + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(this); + return new(ctx) ir_constant(this->type, &data); + } + return NULL; +} + + +ir_constant * +ir_dereference_variable::constant_expression_value() +{ + /* This may occur during compile and var->type is glsl_type::error_type */ + if (!var) + return NULL; + + /* The constant_value of a uniform variable is its initializer, + * not the lifetime constant value of the uniform. + */ + if (var->mode == ir_var_uniform) + return NULL; + + if (!var->constant_value) + return NULL; + + return var->constant_value->clone(ralloc_parent(var), NULL); +} + + +ir_constant * +ir_dereference_array::constant_expression_value() +{ + ir_constant *array = this->array->constant_expression_value(); + ir_constant *idx = this->array_index->constant_expression_value(); + + if ((array != NULL) && (idx != NULL)) { + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(this); + if (array->type->is_matrix()) { + /* Array access of a matrix results in a vector. + */ + const unsigned column = idx->value.u[0]; + + const glsl_type *const column_type = array->type->column_type(); + + /* Offset in the constant matrix to the first element of the column + * to be extracted. + */ + const unsigned mat_idx = column * column_type->vector_elements; + + ir_constant_data data = { { 0 } }; + + switch (column_type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + for (unsigned i = 0; i < column_type->vector_elements; i++) + data.u[i] = array->value.u[mat_idx + i]; + + break; + + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + for (unsigned i = 0; i < column_type->vector_elements; i++) + data.f[i] = array->value.f[mat_idx + i]; + + break; + + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + break; + } + + return new(ctx) ir_constant(column_type, &data); + } else if (array->type->is_vector()) { + const unsigned component = idx->value.u[0]; + + return new(ctx) ir_constant(array, component); + } else { + const unsigned index = idx->value.u[0]; + return array->get_array_element(index)->clone(ctx, NULL); + } + } + return NULL; +} + + +ir_constant * +ir_dereference_record::constant_expression_value() +{ + ir_constant *v = this->record->constant_expression_value(); + + return (v != NULL) ? v->get_record_field(this->field) : NULL; +} + + +ir_constant * +ir_assignment::constant_expression_value() +{ + /* FINISHME: Handle CEs involving assignment (return RHS) */ + return NULL; +} + + +ir_constant * +ir_constant::constant_expression_value() +{ + return this; +} + + +ir_constant * +ir_call::constant_expression_value() +{ + if (this->type == glsl_type::error_type) + return NULL; + + /* From the GLSL 1.20 spec, page 23: + * "Function calls to user-defined functions (non-built-in functions) + * cannot be used to form constant expressions." + */ + if (!this->callee->is_builtin) + return NULL; + + unsigned num_parameters = 0; + + /* Check if all parameters are constant */ + ir_constant *op[3]; + foreach_list(n, &this->actual_parameters) { + ir_constant *constant = ((ir_rvalue *) n)->constant_expression_value(); + if (constant == NULL) + return NULL; + + op[num_parameters] = constant; + + assert(num_parameters < 3); + num_parameters++; + } + + /* Individual cases below can either: + * - Assign "expr" a new ir_expression to evaluate (for basic opcodes) + * - Fill "data" with appopriate constant data + * - Return an ir_constant directly. + */ + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(this); + ir_expression *expr = NULL; + + ir_constant_data data; + memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data)); + + const char *callee = this->callee_name(); + if (strcmp(callee, "abs") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_abs, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "all") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_boolean()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + if (!op[0]->value.b[c]) + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(false); + } + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(true); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "any") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_boolean()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + if (op[0]->value.b[c]) + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(true); + } + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(false); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "acos") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = acosf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "acosh") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = acoshf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "asin") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = asinf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "asinh") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = asinhf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "atan") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + if (num_parameters == 2) { + assert(op[1]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = atan2f(op[0]->value.f[c], op[1]->value.f[c]); + } else { + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = atanf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "atanh") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = atanhf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "dFdx") == 0 || strcmp(callee, "dFdy") == 0) { + return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, this->type); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "ceil") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_ceil, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "clamp") == 0) { + assert(num_parameters == 3); + unsigned c1_inc = op[1]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1; + unsigned c2_inc = op[2]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1; + for (unsigned c = 0, c1 = 0, c2 = 0; + c < op[0]->type->components(); + c1 += c1_inc, c2 += c2_inc, c++) { + + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[c] = CLAMP(op[0]->value.u[c], op[1]->value.u[c1], + op[2]->value.u[c2]); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[c] = CLAMP(op[0]->value.i[c], op[1]->value.i[c1], + op[2]->value.i[c2]); + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[c] = CLAMP(op[0]->value.f[c], op[1]->value.f[c1], + op[2]->value.f[c2]); + break; + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "cos") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_cos, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "cosh") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = coshf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "cross") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type == glsl_type::vec3_type); + assert(op[1]->type == glsl_type::vec3_type); + data.f[0] = (op[0]->value.f[1] * op[1]->value.f[2] - + op[1]->value.f[1] * op[0]->value.f[2]); + data.f[1] = (op[0]->value.f[2] * op[1]->value.f[0] - + op[1]->value.f[2] * op[0]->value.f[0]); + data.f[2] = (op[0]->value.f[0] * op[1]->value.f[1] - + op[1]->value.f[0] * op[0]->value.f[1]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "degrees") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = 180.0F / M_PI * op[0]->value.f[c]; + } else if (strcmp(callee, "distance") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float() && op[1]->type->is_float()); + float length_squared = 0.0; + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + float t = op[0]->value.f[c] - op[1]->value.f[c]; + length_squared += t * t; + } + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(sqrtf(length_squared)); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "dot") == 0) { + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(dot(op[0], op[1])); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "equal") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] == op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] == op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] == op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] == op[1]->value.b[c]; + break; + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "exp") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_exp, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "exp2") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_exp2, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "faceforward") == 0) { + if (dot(op[2], op[1]) < 0) + return op[0]; + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = -op[0]->value.f[c]; + } else if (strcmp(callee, "floor") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_floor, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "fract") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_fract, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "fwidth") == 0) { + return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, this->type); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "greaterThan") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] > op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] > op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] > op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "greaterThanEqual") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] >= op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] >= op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] >= op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "inversesqrt") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_rsq, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "length") == 0) { + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(sqrtf(dot(op[0], op[0]))); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "lessThan") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] < op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] < op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] < op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "lessThanEqual") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] <= op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] <= op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] <= op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "log") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_log, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "log2") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_log2, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "matrixCompMult") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float() && op[1]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] * op[1]->value.f[c]; + } else if (strcmp(callee, "max") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_max, type, op[0], op[1]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "min") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_min, type, op[0], op[1]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "mix") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float() && op[1]->type->is_float()); + if (op[2]->type->is_float()) { + unsigned c2_inc = op[2]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1; + unsigned components = op[0]->type->components(); + for (unsigned c = 0, c2 = 0; c < components; c2 += c2_inc, c++) { + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] * (1 - op[2]->value.f[c2]) + + op[1]->value.f[c] * op[2]->value.f[c2]; + } + } else { + assert(op[2]->type->is_boolean()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = op[op[2]->value.b[c] ? 1 : 0]->value.f[c]; + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "mod") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mod, type, op[0], op[1]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "normalize") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + float length = sqrtf(dot(op[0], op[0])); + + if (length == 0) + return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, this->type); + + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] / length; + } else if (strcmp(callee, "not") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "notEqual") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1] && op[1]->type->is_vector()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) { + switch (op[0]->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.u[c] != op[1]->value.u[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.i[c] != op[1]->value.i[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] != op[1]->value.f[c]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + data.b[c] = op[0]->value.b[c] != op[1]->value.b[c]; + break; + default: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "outerProduct") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_vector() && op[1]->type->is_vector()); + const unsigned m = op[0]->type->vector_elements; + const unsigned n = op[1]->type->vector_elements; + for (unsigned j = 0; j < n; j++) { + for (unsigned i = 0; i < m; i++) { + data.f[i+m*j] = op[0]->value.f[i] * op[1]->value.f[j]; + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "pow") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_pow, type, op[0], op[1]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "radians") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = M_PI / 180.0F * op[0]->value.f[c]; + } else if (strcmp(callee, "reflect") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + float dot_NI = dot(op[1], op[0]); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = op[0]->value.f[c] - 2 * dot_NI * op[1]->value.f[c]; + } else if (strcmp(callee, "refract") == 0) { + const float eta = op[2]->value.f[0]; + const float dot_NI = dot(op[1], op[0]); + const float k = 1.0F - eta * eta * (1.0F - dot_NI * dot_NI); + if (k < 0.0) { + return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, this->type); + } else { + for (unsigned c = 0; c < type->components(); c++) { + data.f[c] = eta * op[0]->value.f[c] - (eta * dot_NI + sqrtf(k)) + * op[1]->value.f[c]; + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "sign") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_sign, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "sin") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_sin, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "sinh") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = sinhf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "smoothstep") == 0) { + assert(num_parameters == 3); + assert(op[1]->type == op[0]->type); + unsigned edge_inc = op[0]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1; + for (unsigned c = 0, e = 0; c < type->components(); e += edge_inc, c++) { + const float edge0 = op[0]->value.f[e]; + const float edge1 = op[1]->value.f[e]; + if (edge0 == edge1) { + data.f[c] = 0.0; /* Avoid a crash - results are undefined anyway */ + } else { + const float numerator = op[2]->value.f[c] - edge0; + const float denominator = edge1 - edge0; + const float t = CLAMP(numerator/denominator, 0, 1); + data.f[c] = t * t * (3 - 2 * t); + } + } + } else if (strcmp(callee, "sqrt") == 0) { + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_sqrt, type, op[0], NULL); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "step") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float() && op[1]->type->is_float()); + /* op[0] (edge) may be either a scalar or a vector */ + const unsigned c0_inc = op[0]->type->is_scalar() ? 0 : 1; + for (unsigned c = 0, c0 = 0; c < type->components(); c0 += c0_inc, c++) + data.f[c] = (op[1]->value.f[c] < op[0]->value.f[c0]) ? 0.0F : 1.0F; + } else if (strcmp(callee, "tan") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = tanf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "tanh") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_float()); + for (unsigned c = 0; c < op[0]->type->components(); c++) + data.f[c] = tanhf(op[0]->value.f[c]); + } else if (strcmp(callee, "transpose") == 0) { + assert(op[0]->type->is_matrix()); + const unsigned n = op[0]->type->vector_elements; + const unsigned m = op[0]->type->matrix_columns; + for (unsigned j = 0; j < m; j++) { + for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) { + data.f[m*i+j] += op[0]->value.f[i+n*j]; + } + } + } else { + /* Unsupported builtin - some are not allowed in constant expressions. */ + return NULL; + } + + if (expr != NULL) + return expr->constant_expression_value(); + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(this->type, &data); +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_expression_flattening.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_expression_flattening.cpp index 7b1b8dbfe..0b7c537bd 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_expression_flattening.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_expression_flattening.cpp @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ ir_expression_flattening_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue) if (!ir || !this->predicate(ir)) return; - void *ctx = talloc_parent(ir); + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); var = new(ctx) ir_variable(ir->type, "flattening_tmp", ir_var_temporary); base_ir->insert_before(var); diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_function.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_function.cpp index 4997570d0..caee9296a 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_function.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_function.cpp @@ -1,226 +1,227 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "ir.h"
-
-int
-type_compare(const glsl_type *a, const glsl_type *b)
-{
- /* If the types are the same, they trivially match.
- */
- if (a == b)
- return 0;
-
- switch (a->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- /* There is no implicit conversion to or from integer types or bool.
- */
- if ((a->is_integer() != b->is_integer())
- || (a->is_boolean() != b->is_boolean()))
- return -1;
-
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- if ((a->vector_elements != b->vector_elements)
- || (a->matrix_columns != b->matrix_columns))
- return -1;
-
- return 1;
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER:
- case GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT:
- /* Samplers and structures must match exactly.
- */
- return -1;
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY:
- if ((b->base_type != GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY)
- || (a->length != b->length))
- return -1;
-
- /* From GLSL 1.50 spec, page 27 (page 33 of the PDF):
- * "There are no implicit array or structure conversions."
- *
- * If the comparison of the array element types detects that a conversion
- * would be required, the array types do not match.
- */
- return (type_compare(a->fields.array, b->fields.array) == 0) ? 0 : -1;
-
- case GLSL_TYPE_VOID:
- case GLSL_TYPE_ERROR:
- default:
- /* These are all error conditions. It is invalid for a parameter to
- * a function to be declared as error, void, or a function.
- */
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* This point should be unreachable.
- */
- assert(0);
-}
-
-
-static int
-parameter_lists_match(const exec_list *list_a, const exec_list *list_b)
-{
- const exec_node *node_a = list_a->head;
- const exec_node *node_b = list_b->head;
- int total_score = 0;
-
- for (/* empty */
- ; !node_a->is_tail_sentinel()
- ; node_a = node_a->next, node_b = node_b->next) {
- /* If all of the parameters from the other parameter list have been
- * exhausted, the lists have different length and, by definition,
- * do not match.
- */
- if (node_b->is_tail_sentinel())
- return -1;
-
-
- const ir_variable *const param = (ir_variable *) node_a;
- const ir_instruction *const actual = (ir_instruction *) node_b;
-
- /* Determine whether or not the types match. If the types are an
- * exact match, the match score is zero. If the types don't match
- * but the actual parameter can be coerced to the type of the declared
- * parameter, the match score is one.
- */
- int score;
- switch ((enum ir_variable_mode)(param->mode)) {
- case ir_var_auto:
- case ir_var_uniform:
- case ir_var_temporary:
- /* These are all error conditions. It is invalid for a parameter to
- * a function to be declared as auto (not in, out, or inout) or
- * as uniform.
- */
- assert(0);
- return -1;
-
- case ir_var_in:
- score = type_compare(param->type, actual->type);
- break;
-
- case ir_var_out:
- score = type_compare(actual->type, param->type);
- break;
-
- case ir_var_inout:
- /* Since there are no bi-directional automatic conversions (e.g.,
- * there is int -> float but no float -> int), inout parameters must
- * be exact matches.
- */
- score = (type_compare(actual->type, param->type) == 0) ? 0 : -1;
- break;
-
- default:
- assert(false);
- }
-
- if (score < 0)
- return -1;
-
- total_score += score;
- }
-
- /* If all of the parameters from the other parameter list have been
- * exhausted, the lists have different length and, by definition, do not
- * match.
- */
- if (!node_b->is_tail_sentinel())
- return -1;
-
- return total_score;
-}
-
-
-ir_function_signature *
-ir_function::matching_signature(const exec_list *actual_parameters)
-{
- ir_function_signature *match = NULL;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, signatures) {
- ir_function_signature *const sig =
- (ir_function_signature *) iter.get();
-
- const int score = parameter_lists_match(& sig->parameters,
- actual_parameters);
-
- if (score == 0)
- return sig;
-
- if (score > 0) {
- if (match != NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- match = sig;
- }
- }
-
- return match;
-}
-
-
-static bool
-parameter_lists_match_exact(const exec_list *list_a, const exec_list *list_b)
-{
- const exec_node *node_a = list_a->head;
- const exec_node *node_b = list_b->head;
-
- for (/* empty */
- ; !node_a->is_tail_sentinel() && !node_b->is_tail_sentinel()
- ; node_a = node_a->next, node_b = node_b->next) {
- ir_variable *a = (ir_variable *) node_a;
- ir_variable *b = (ir_variable *) node_b;
-
- /* If the types of the parameters do not match, the parameters lists
- * are different.
- */
- if (a->type != b->type)
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Unless both lists are exhausted, they differ in length and, by
- * definition, do not match.
- */
- return (node_a->is_tail_sentinel() == node_b->is_tail_sentinel());
-}
-
-ir_function_signature *
-ir_function::exact_matching_signature(const exec_list *actual_parameters)
-{
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, signatures) {
- ir_function_signature *const sig =
- (ir_function_signature *) iter.get();
-
- if (parameter_lists_match_exact(&sig->parameters, actual_parameters))
- return sig;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "ir.h" + +int +type_compare(const glsl_type *a, const glsl_type *b) +{ + /* If the types are the same, they trivially match. + */ + if (a == b) + return 0; + + switch (a->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + /* There is no implicit conversion to or from integer types or bool. + */ + if ((a->is_integer() != b->is_integer()) + || (a->is_boolean() != b->is_boolean())) + return -1; + + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + if ((a->vector_elements != b->vector_elements) + || (a->matrix_columns != b->matrix_columns)) + return -1; + + return 1; + + case GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER: + case GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT: + /* Samplers and structures must match exactly. + */ + return -1; + + case GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY: + if ((b->base_type != GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY) + || (a->length != b->length)) + return -1; + + /* From GLSL 1.50 spec, page 27 (page 33 of the PDF): + * "There are no implicit array or structure conversions." + * + * If the comparison of the array element types detects that a conversion + * would be required, the array types do not match. + */ + return (type_compare(a->fields.array, b->fields.array) == 0) ? 0 : -1; + + case GLSL_TYPE_VOID: + case GLSL_TYPE_ERROR: + default: + /* These are all error conditions. It is invalid for a parameter to + * a function to be declared as error, void, or a function. + */ + return -1; + } + + /* This point should be unreachable. + */ + assert(0); +} + + +static int +parameter_lists_match(const exec_list *list_a, const exec_list *list_b) +{ + const exec_node *node_a = list_a->head; + const exec_node *node_b = list_b->head; + int total_score = 0; + + for (/* empty */ + ; !node_a->is_tail_sentinel() + ; node_a = node_a->next, node_b = node_b->next) { + /* If all of the parameters from the other parameter list have been + * exhausted, the lists have different length and, by definition, + * do not match. + */ + if (node_b->is_tail_sentinel()) + return -1; + + + const ir_variable *const param = (ir_variable *) node_a; + const ir_instruction *const actual = (ir_instruction *) node_b; + + /* Determine whether or not the types match. If the types are an + * exact match, the match score is zero. If the types don't match + * but the actual parameter can be coerced to the type of the declared + * parameter, the match score is one. + */ + int score; + switch ((enum ir_variable_mode)(param->mode)) { + case ir_var_auto: + case ir_var_uniform: + case ir_var_temporary: + /* These are all error conditions. It is invalid for a parameter to + * a function to be declared as auto (not in, out, or inout) or + * as uniform. + */ + assert(0); + return -1; + + case ir_var_const_in: + case ir_var_in: + score = type_compare(param->type, actual->type); + break; + + case ir_var_out: + score = type_compare(actual->type, param->type); + break; + + case ir_var_inout: + /* Since there are no bi-directional automatic conversions (e.g., + * there is int -> float but no float -> int), inout parameters must + * be exact matches. + */ + score = (type_compare(actual->type, param->type) == 0) ? 0 : -1; + break; + + default: + assert(false); + } + + if (score < 0) + return -1; + + total_score += score; + } + + /* If all of the parameters from the other parameter list have been + * exhausted, the lists have different length and, by definition, do not + * match. + */ + if (!node_b->is_tail_sentinel()) + return -1; + + return total_score; +} + + +ir_function_signature * +ir_function::matching_signature(const exec_list *actual_parameters) +{ + ir_function_signature *match = NULL; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, signatures) { + ir_function_signature *const sig = + (ir_function_signature *) iter.get(); + + const int score = parameter_lists_match(& sig->parameters, + actual_parameters); + + if (score == 0) + return sig; + + if (score > 0) { + if (match != NULL) + return NULL; + + match = sig; + } + } + + return match; +} + + +static bool +parameter_lists_match_exact(const exec_list *list_a, const exec_list *list_b) +{ + const exec_node *node_a = list_a->head; + const exec_node *node_b = list_b->head; + + for (/* empty */ + ; !node_a->is_tail_sentinel() && !node_b->is_tail_sentinel() + ; node_a = node_a->next, node_b = node_b->next) { + ir_variable *a = (ir_variable *) node_a; + ir_variable *b = (ir_variable *) node_b; + + /* If the types of the parameters do not match, the parameters lists + * are different. + */ + if (a->type != b->type) + return false; + } + + /* Unless both lists are exhausted, they differ in length and, by + * definition, do not match. + */ + return (node_a->is_tail_sentinel() == node_b->is_tail_sentinel()); +} + +ir_function_signature * +ir_function::exact_matching_signature(const exec_list *actual_parameters) +{ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, signatures) { + ir_function_signature *const sig = + (ir_function_signature *) iter.get(); + + if (parameter_lists_match_exact(&sig->parameters, actual_parameters)) + return sig; + } + return NULL; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_hv_accept.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_hv_accept.cpp index be8b36a7c..4a607dc87 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_hv_accept.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_hv_accept.cpp @@ -187,6 +187,12 @@ ir_texture::accept(ir_hierarchical_visitor *v) return (s == visit_continue_with_parent) ? visit_continue : s; } + if (this->offset) { + s = this->offset->accept(v); + if (s != visit_continue) + return (s == visit_continue_with_parent) ? visit_continue : s; + } + switch (this->op) { case ir_tex: break; diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_import_prototypes.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_import_prototypes.cpp index fcd552870..be5e0c1d3 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_import_prototypes.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_import_prototypes.cpp @@ -1,123 +1,123 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file ir_import_prototypes.cpp
- * Import function prototypes from one IR tree into another.
- *
- * \author Ian Romanick
- */
-#include <cstdio>
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "glsl_symbol_table.h"
-
-/**
- * Visitor used to import function prototypes
- *
- * Normally the \c clone method of either \c ir_function or
- * \c ir_function_signature could be used. However, we don't want a complete
- * clone of the \c ir_function_signature. We want everything \b except the
- * body of the function.
- */
-class import_prototype_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- /**
- */
- import_prototype_visitor(exec_list *list, glsl_symbol_table *symbols,
- void *mem_ctx)
- {
- this->mem_ctx = mem_ctx;
- this->list = list;
- this->symbols = symbols;
- this->function = NULL;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function *ir)
- {
- assert(this->function == NULL);
-
- this->function = this->symbols->get_function(ir->name);
- if (!this->function) {
- this->function = new(this->mem_ctx) ir_function(ir->name);
-
- list->push_tail(this->function);
-
- /* Add the new function to the symbol table.
- */
- this->symbols->add_function(this->function);
- }
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_function *ir)
- {
- (void) ir;
- assert(this->function != NULL);
-
- this->function = NULL;
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
- ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir)
- {
- assert(this->function != NULL);
-
- ir_function_signature *copy = ir->clone_prototype(mem_ctx, NULL);
-
- this->function->add_signature(copy);
-
- /* Do not process child nodes of the ir_function_signature. There can
- * never be any nodes inside the ir_function_signature that we care
- * about. Instead continue with the next sibling.
- */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
- }
-
-private:
- exec_list *list;
- ir_function *function;
- glsl_symbol_table *symbols;
- void *mem_ctx;
-};
-
-
-/**
- * Import function prototypes from one IR tree into another
- *
- * \param source Source instruction stream containing functions whose
- * prototypes are to be imported
- * \param dest Destination instruction stream where new \c ir_function and
- * \c ir_function_signature nodes will be stored
- * \param symbols Symbol table where new functions will be stored
- * \param mem_ctx talloc memory context used for new allocations
- */
-void
-import_prototypes(const exec_list *source, exec_list *dest,
- glsl_symbol_table *symbols, void *mem_ctx)
-{
- import_prototype_visitor v(dest, symbols, mem_ctx);
-
- /* Making source be const is just extra documentation.
- */
- v.run(const_cast<exec_list *>(source));
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file ir_import_prototypes.cpp + * Import function prototypes from one IR tree into another. + * + * \author Ian Romanick + */ +#include <cstdio> +#include "ir.h" +#include "glsl_symbol_table.h" + +/** + * Visitor used to import function prototypes + * + * Normally the \c clone method of either \c ir_function or + * \c ir_function_signature could be used. However, we don't want a complete + * clone of the \c ir_function_signature. We want everything \b except the + * body of the function. + */ +class import_prototype_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + /** + */ + import_prototype_visitor(exec_list *list, glsl_symbol_table *symbols, + void *mem_ctx) + { + this->mem_ctx = mem_ctx; + this->list = list; + this->symbols = symbols; + this->function = NULL; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function *ir) + { + assert(this->function == NULL); + + this->function = this->symbols->get_function(ir->name); + if (!this->function) { + this->function = new(this->mem_ctx) ir_function(ir->name); + + list->push_tail(this->function); + + /* Add the new function to the symbol table. + */ + this->symbols->add_function(this->function); + } + return visit_continue; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_function *ir) + { + (void) ir; + assert(this->function != NULL); + + this->function = NULL; + return visit_continue; + } + + ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir) + { + assert(this->function != NULL); + + ir_function_signature *copy = ir->clone_prototype(mem_ctx, NULL); + + this->function->add_signature(copy); + + /* Do not process child nodes of the ir_function_signature. There can + * never be any nodes inside the ir_function_signature that we care + * about. Instead continue with the next sibling. + */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; + } + +private: + exec_list *list; + ir_function *function; + glsl_symbol_table *symbols; + void *mem_ctx; +}; + + +/** + * Import function prototypes from one IR tree into another + * + * \param source Source instruction stream containing functions whose + * prototypes are to be imported + * \param dest Destination instruction stream where new \c ir_function and + * \c ir_function_signature nodes will be stored + * \param symbols Symbol table where new functions will be stored + * \param mem_ctx ralloc memory context used for new allocations + */ +void +import_prototypes(const exec_list *source, exec_list *dest, + glsl_symbol_table *symbols, void *mem_ctx) +{ + import_prototype_visitor v(dest, symbols, mem_ctx); + + /* Making source be const is just extra documentation. + */ + v.run(const_cast<exec_list *>(source)); +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_print_visitor.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_print_visitor.cpp index 3609c0e12..82ccc722f 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_print_visitor.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_print_visitor.cpp @@ -1,463 +1,471 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "ir_print_visitor.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "glsl_parser_extras.h"
-
-static void print_type(const glsl_type *t);
-
-void
-ir_instruction::print(void) const
-{
- ir_instruction *deconsted = const_cast<ir_instruction *>(this);
-
- ir_print_visitor v;
- deconsted->accept(&v);
-}
-
-void
-_mesa_print_ir(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- if (state) {
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < state->num_user_structures; i++) {
- const glsl_type *const s = state->user_structures[i];
-
- printf("(structure (%s) (%s@%p) (%u) (\n",
- s->name, s->name, (void *) s, s->length);
-
- for (unsigned j = 0; j < s->length; j++) {
- printf("\t((");
- print_type(s->fields.structure[j].type);
- printf(")(%s))\n", s->fields.structure[j].name);
- }
-
- printf(")\n");
- }
- }
-
- printf("(\n");
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *instructions) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- ir->print();
- if (ir->ir_type != ir_type_function)
- printf("\n");
- }
- printf("\n)");
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::indent(void)
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < indentation; i++)
- printf(" ");
-}
-
-static void
-print_type(const glsl_type *t)
-{
- if (t->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY) {
- printf("(array ");
- print_type(t->fields.array);
- printf(" %u)", t->length);
- } else if ((t->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT)
- && (strncmp("gl_", t->name, 3) != 0)) {
- printf("%s@%p", t->name, (void *) t);
- } else {
- printf("%s", t->name);
- }
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_variable *ir)
-{
- printf("(declare ");
-
- const char *const cent = (ir->centroid) ? "centroid " : "";
- const char *const inv = (ir->invariant) ? "invariant " : "";
- const char *const mode[] = { "", "uniform ", "in ", "out ", "inout ",
- "temporary " };
- const char *const interp[] = { "", "flat", "noperspective" };
-
- printf("(%s%s%s%s) ",
- cent, inv, mode[ir->mode], interp[ir->interpolation]);
-
- print_type(ir->type);
- printf(" %s@%p)", ir->name, (void *) ir);
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_function_signature *ir)
-{
- printf("(signature ");
- indentation++;
-
- print_type(ir->return_type);
- printf("\n");
- indent();
-
- printf("(parameters\n");
- indentation++;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->parameters) {
- ir_variable *const inst = (ir_variable *) iter.get();
-
- indent();
- inst->accept(this);
- printf("\n");
- }
- indentation--;
-
- indent();
- printf(")\n");
-
- indent();
-
- printf("(\n");
- indentation++;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->body) {
- ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get();
-
- indent();
- inst->accept(this);
- printf("\n");
- }
- indentation--;
- indent();
- printf("))\n");
- indentation--;
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_function *ir)
-{
- printf("(function %s\n", ir->name);
- indentation++;
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
- ir_function_signature *const sig = (ir_function_signature *) iter.get();
- indent();
- sig->accept(this);
- printf("\n");
- }
- indentation--;
- indent();
- printf(")\n\n");
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- printf("(expression ");
-
- print_type(ir->type);
-
- printf(" %s ", ir->operator_string());
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- ir->operands[i]->accept(this);
- }
-
- printf(") ");
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_texture *ir)
-{
- printf("(%s ", ir->opcode_string());
-
- ir->sampler->accept(this);
- printf(" ");
-
- ir->coordinate->accept(this);
-
- printf(" (%d %d %d) ", ir->offsets[0], ir->offsets[1], ir->offsets[2]);
-
- if (ir->op != ir_txf) {
- if (ir->projector)
- ir->projector->accept(this);
- else
- printf("1");
-
- if (ir->shadow_comparitor) {
- printf(" ");
- ir->shadow_comparitor->accept(this);
- } else {
- printf(" ()");
- }
- }
-
- printf(" ");
- switch (ir->op)
- {
- case ir_tex:
- break;
- case ir_txb:
- ir->lod_info.bias->accept(this);
- break;
- case ir_txl:
- case ir_txf:
- ir->lod_info.lod->accept(this);
- break;
- case ir_txd:
- printf("(");
- ir->lod_info.grad.dPdx->accept(this);
- printf(" ");
- ir->lod_info.grad.dPdy->accept(this);
- printf(")");
- break;
- };
- printf(")");
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_swizzle *ir)
-{
- const unsigned swiz[4] = {
- ir->mask.x,
- ir->mask.y,
- ir->mask.z,
- ir->mask.w,
- };
-
- printf("(swiz ");
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->mask.num_components; i++) {
- printf("%c", "xyzw"[swiz[i]]);
- }
- printf(" ");
- ir->val->accept(this);
- printf(")");
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
-{
- ir_variable *var = ir->variable_referenced();
- printf("(var_ref %s@%p) ", var->name, (void *) var);
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_array *ir)
-{
- printf("(array_ref ");
- ir->array->accept(this);
- ir->array_index->accept(this);
- printf(") ");
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_record *ir)
-{
- printf("(record_ref ");
- ir->record->accept(this);
- printf(" %s) ", ir->field);
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- printf("(assign ");
-
- if (ir->condition)
- ir->condition->accept(this);
-
- char mask[5];
- unsigned j = 0;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
- if ((ir->write_mask & (1 << i)) != 0) {
- mask[j] = "xyzw"[i];
- j++;
- }
- }
- mask[j] = '\0';
-
- printf(" (%s) ", mask);
-
- ir->lhs->accept(this);
-
- printf(" ");
-
- ir->rhs->accept(this);
- printf(") ");
-}
-
-
-void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_constant *ir)
-{
- const glsl_type *const base_type = ir->type->get_base_type();
-
- printf("(constant ");
- print_type(ir->type);
- printf(" (");
-
- if (ir->type->is_array()) {
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->length; i++)
- ir->get_array_element(i)->accept(this);
- } else if (ir->type->is_record()) {
- ir_constant *value = (ir_constant *) ir->components.get_head();
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->length; i++) {
- printf("(%s ", ir->type->fields.structure->name);
- value->accept(this);
- printf(")");
-
- value = (ir_constant *) value->next;
- }
- } else {
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->components(); i++) {
- if (i != 0)
- printf(" ");
- switch (base_type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: printf("%u", ir->value.u[i]); break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT: printf("%d", ir->value.i[i]); break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: printf("%f", ir->value.f[i]); break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: printf("%d", ir->value.b[i]); break;
- default: assert(0);
- }
- }
- }
- printf(")) ");
-}
-
-
-void
-ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_call *ir)
-{
- printf("(call %s (", ir->callee_name());
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
- ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get();
-
- inst->accept(this);
- }
- printf("))\n");
-}
-
-
-void
-ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_return *ir)
-{
- printf("(return");
-
- ir_rvalue *const value = ir->get_value();
- if (value) {
- printf(" ");
- value->accept(this);
- }
-
- printf(")");
-}
-
-
-void
-ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_discard *ir)
-{
- printf("(discard ");
-
- if (ir->condition != NULL) {
- printf(" ");
- ir->condition->accept(this);
- }
-
- printf(")");
-}
-
-
-void
-ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_if *ir)
-{
- printf("(if ");
- ir->condition->accept(this);
-
- printf("(\n");
- indentation++;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->then_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get();
-
- indent();
- inst->accept(this);
- printf("\n");
- }
-
- indentation--;
- indent();
- printf(")\n");
-
- indent();
- if (!ir->else_instructions.is_empty()) {
- printf("(\n");
- indentation++;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->else_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get();
-
- indent();
- inst->accept(this);
- printf("\n");
- }
- indentation--;
- indent();
- printf("))\n");
- } else {
- printf("())\n");
- }
-}
-
-
-void
-ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_loop *ir)
-{
- printf("(loop (");
- if (ir->counter != NULL)
- ir->counter->accept(this);
- printf(") (");
- if (ir->from != NULL)
- ir->from->accept(this);
- printf(") (");
- if (ir->to != NULL)
- ir->to->accept(this);
- printf(") (");
- if (ir->increment != NULL)
- ir->increment->accept(this);
- printf(") (\n");
- indentation++;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->body_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get();
-
- indent();
- inst->accept(this);
- printf("\n");
- }
- indentation--;
- indent();
- printf("))\n");
-}
-
-
-void
-ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_loop_jump *ir)
-{
- printf("%s", ir->is_break() ? "break" : "continue");
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include "ir_print_visitor.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "glsl_parser_extras.h" + +static void print_type(const glsl_type *t); + +void +ir_instruction::print(void) const +{ + ir_instruction *deconsted = const_cast<ir_instruction *>(this); + + ir_print_visitor v; + deconsted->accept(&v); +} + +void +_mesa_print_ir(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + if (state) { + for (unsigned i = 0; i < state->num_user_structures; i++) { + const glsl_type *const s = state->user_structures[i]; + + printf("(structure (%s) (%s@%p) (%u) (\n", + s->name, s->name, (void *) s, s->length); + + for (unsigned j = 0; j < s->length; j++) { + printf("\t(("); + print_type(s->fields.structure[j].type); + printf(")(%s))\n", s->fields.structure[j].name); + } + + printf(")\n"); + } + } + + printf("(\n"); + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *instructions) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + ir->print(); + if (ir->ir_type != ir_type_function) + printf("\n"); + } + printf("\n)"); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::indent(void) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < indentation; i++) + printf(" "); +} + +static void +print_type(const glsl_type *t) +{ + if (t->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY) { + printf("(array "); + print_type(t->fields.array); + printf(" %u)", t->length); + } else if ((t->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT) + && (strncmp("gl_", t->name, 3) != 0)) { + printf("%s@%p", t->name, (void *) t); + } else { + printf("%s", t->name); + } +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_variable *ir) +{ + printf("(declare "); + + const char *const cent = (ir->centroid) ? "centroid " : ""; + const char *const inv = (ir->invariant) ? "invariant " : ""; + const char *const mode[] = { "", "uniform ", "in ", "out ", "inout ", + "const_in ", "sys ", "temporary " }; + const char *const interp[] = { "", "flat", "noperspective" }; + + printf("(%s%s%s%s) ", + cent, inv, mode[ir->mode], interp[ir->interpolation]); + + print_type(ir->type); + printf(" %s@%p)", ir->name, (void *) ir); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_function_signature *ir) +{ + printf("(signature "); + indentation++; + + print_type(ir->return_type); + printf("\n"); + indent(); + + printf("(parameters\n"); + indentation++; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->parameters) { + ir_variable *const inst = (ir_variable *) iter.get(); + + indent(); + inst->accept(this); + printf("\n"); + } + indentation--; + + indent(); + printf(")\n"); + + indent(); + + printf("(\n"); + indentation++; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->body) { + ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get(); + + indent(); + inst->accept(this); + printf("\n"); + } + indentation--; + indent(); + printf("))\n"); + indentation--; +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_function *ir) +{ + printf("(function %s\n", ir->name); + indentation++; + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) { + ir_function_signature *const sig = (ir_function_signature *) iter.get(); + indent(); + sig->accept(this); + printf("\n"); + } + indentation--; + indent(); + printf(")\n\n"); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_expression *ir) +{ + printf("(expression "); + + print_type(ir->type); + + printf(" %s ", ir->operator_string()); + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) { + ir->operands[i]->accept(this); + } + + printf(") "); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_texture *ir) +{ + printf("(%s ", ir->opcode_string()); + + ir->sampler->accept(this); + printf(" "); + + ir->coordinate->accept(this); + + printf(" "); + + if (ir->offset != NULL) { + ir->offset->accept(this); + } else { + printf("0"); + } + + printf(" "); + + if (ir->op != ir_txf) { + if (ir->projector) + ir->projector->accept(this); + else + printf("1"); + + if (ir->shadow_comparitor) { + printf(" "); + ir->shadow_comparitor->accept(this); + } else { + printf(" ()"); + } + } + + printf(" "); + switch (ir->op) + { + case ir_tex: + break; + case ir_txb: + ir->lod_info.bias->accept(this); + break; + case ir_txl: + case ir_txf: + ir->lod_info.lod->accept(this); + break; + case ir_txd: + printf("("); + ir->lod_info.grad.dPdx->accept(this); + printf(" "); + ir->lod_info.grad.dPdy->accept(this); + printf(")"); + break; + }; + printf(")"); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_swizzle *ir) +{ + const unsigned swiz[4] = { + ir->mask.x, + ir->mask.y, + ir->mask.z, + ir->mask.w, + }; + + printf("(swiz "); + for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->mask.num_components; i++) { + printf("%c", "xyzw"[swiz[i]]); + } + printf(" "); + ir->val->accept(this); + printf(")"); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir) +{ + ir_variable *var = ir->variable_referenced(); + printf("(var_ref %s@%p) ", var->name, (void *) var); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_array *ir) +{ + printf("(array_ref "); + ir->array->accept(this); + ir->array_index->accept(this); + printf(") "); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_record *ir) +{ + printf("(record_ref "); + ir->record->accept(this); + printf(" %s) ", ir->field); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + printf("(assign "); + + if (ir->condition) + ir->condition->accept(this); + + char mask[5]; + unsigned j = 0; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; i++) { + if ((ir->write_mask & (1 << i)) != 0) { + mask[j] = "xyzw"[i]; + j++; + } + } + mask[j] = '\0'; + + printf(" (%s) ", mask); + + ir->lhs->accept(this); + + printf(" "); + + ir->rhs->accept(this); + printf(") "); +} + + +void ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_constant *ir) +{ + const glsl_type *const base_type = ir->type->get_base_type(); + + printf("(constant "); + print_type(ir->type); + printf(" ("); + + if (ir->type->is_array()) { + for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->length; i++) + ir->get_array_element(i)->accept(this); + } else if (ir->type->is_record()) { + ir_constant *value = (ir_constant *) ir->components.get_head(); + for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->length; i++) { + printf("(%s ", ir->type->fields.structure->name); + value->accept(this); + printf(")"); + + value = (ir_constant *) value->next; + } + } else { + for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->components(); i++) { + if (i != 0) + printf(" "); + switch (base_type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: printf("%u", ir->value.u[i]); break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: printf("%d", ir->value.i[i]); break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: printf("%f", ir->value.f[i]); break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: printf("%d", ir->value.b[i]); break; + default: assert(0); + } + } + } + printf(")) "); +} + + +void +ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_call *ir) +{ + printf("(call %s (", ir->callee_name()); + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) { + ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get(); + + inst->accept(this); + } + printf("))\n"); +} + + +void +ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_return *ir) +{ + printf("(return"); + + ir_rvalue *const value = ir->get_value(); + if (value) { + printf(" "); + value->accept(this); + } + + printf(")"); +} + + +void +ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_discard *ir) +{ + printf("(discard "); + + if (ir->condition != NULL) { + printf(" "); + ir->condition->accept(this); + } + + printf(")"); +} + + +void +ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_if *ir) +{ + printf("(if "); + ir->condition->accept(this); + + printf("(\n"); + indentation++; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->then_instructions) { + ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get(); + + indent(); + inst->accept(this); + printf("\n"); + } + + indentation--; + indent(); + printf(")\n"); + + indent(); + if (!ir->else_instructions.is_empty()) { + printf("(\n"); + indentation++; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->else_instructions) { + ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get(); + + indent(); + inst->accept(this); + printf("\n"); + } + indentation--; + indent(); + printf("))\n"); + } else { + printf("())\n"); + } +} + + +void +ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_loop *ir) +{ + printf("(loop ("); + if (ir->counter != NULL) + ir->counter->accept(this); + printf(") ("); + if (ir->from != NULL) + ir->from->accept(this); + printf(") ("); + if (ir->to != NULL) + ir->to->accept(this); + printf(") ("); + if (ir->increment != NULL) + ir->increment->accept(this); + printf(") (\n"); + indentation++; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->body_instructions) { + ir_instruction *const inst = (ir_instruction *) iter.get(); + + indent(); + inst->accept(this); + printf("\n"); + } + indentation--; + indent(); + printf("))\n"); +} + + +void +ir_print_visitor::visit(ir_loop_jump *ir) +{ + printf("%s", ir->is_break() ? "break" : "continue"); +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_reader.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_reader.cpp index b78aa051b..af85e06ae 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_reader.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_reader.cpp @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ ir_reader::read(exec_list *instructions, const char *src, bool scan_for_protos) } read_instructions(instructions, expr, NULL); - talloc_free(expr); + ralloc_free(expr); if (debug) validate_ir_tree(instructions); @@ -106,21 +106,19 @@ ir_reader::ir_read_error(s_expression *expr, const char *fmt, ...) state->error = true; if (state->current_function != NULL) - state->info_log = talloc_asprintf_append(state->info_log, - "In function %s:\n", - state->current_function->function_name()); - state->info_log = talloc_strdup_append(state->info_log, "error: "); + ralloc_asprintf_append(&state->info_log, "In function %s:\n", + state->current_function->function_name()); + ralloc_strcat(&state->info_log, "error: "); va_start(ap, fmt); - state->info_log = talloc_vasprintf_append(state->info_log, fmt, ap); + ralloc_vasprintf_append(&state->info_log, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); - state->info_log = talloc_strdup_append(state->info_log, "\n"); + ralloc_strcat(&state->info_log, "\n"); if (expr != NULL) { - state->info_log = talloc_strdup_append(state->info_log, - "...in this context:\n "); + ralloc_strcat(&state->info_log, "...in this context:\n "); expr->print(); - state->info_log = talloc_strdup_append(state->info_log, "\n\n"); + ralloc_strcat(&state->info_log, "\n\n"); } } @@ -399,6 +397,8 @@ ir_reader::read_declaration(s_expression *expr) var->mode = ir_var_auto; } else if (strcmp(qualifier->value(), "in") == 0) { var->mode = ir_var_in; + } else if (strcmp(qualifier->value(), "const_in") == 0) { + var->mode = ir_var_const_in; } else if (strcmp(qualifier->value(), "out") == 0) { var->mode = ir_var_out; } else if (strcmp(qualifier->value(), "inout") == 0) { @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ ir_reader::read_texture(s_expression *expr) s_symbol *tag = NULL; s_expression *s_sampler = NULL; s_expression *s_coord = NULL; - s_list *s_offset = NULL; + s_expression *s_offset = NULL; s_expression *s_proj = NULL; s_list *s_shadow = NULL; s_expression *s_lod = NULL; @@ -917,18 +917,15 @@ ir_reader::read_texture(s_expression *expr) return NULL; } - // Read texel offset, i.e. (0 0 0) - s_int *offset_x; - s_int *offset_y; - s_int *offset_z; - s_pattern offset_pat[] = { offset_x, offset_y, offset_z }; - if (!MATCH(s_offset, offset_pat)) { - ir_read_error(s_offset, "expected (<int> <int> <int>)"); - return NULL; + // Read texel offset - either 0 or an rvalue. + s_int *si_offset = SX_AS_INT(s_offset); + if (si_offset == NULL || si_offset->value() != 0) { + tex->offset = read_rvalue(s_offset); + if (tex->offset == NULL) { + ir_read_error(s_offset, "expected 0 or an expression"); + return NULL; + } } - tex->offsets[0] = offset_x->value(); - tex->offsets[1] = offset_y->value(); - tex->offsets[2] = offset_z->value(); if (op != ir_txf) { s_int *proj_as_int = SX_AS_INT(s_proj); diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_rvalue_visitor.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_rvalue_visitor.cpp index 773bfcfa3..ed6c7cb6a 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_rvalue_visitor.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_rvalue_visitor.cpp @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ ir_rvalue_visitor::visit_leave(ir_texture *ir) handle_rvalue(&ir->coordinate); handle_rvalue(&ir->projector); handle_rvalue(&ir->shadow_comparitor); + handle_rvalue(&ir->offset); switch (ir->op) { case ir_tex: diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_validate.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_validate.cpp index 9e2f7751c..44d7549ea 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_validate.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_validate.cpp @@ -1,529 +1,529 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file ir_validate.cpp
- *
- * Attempts to verify that various invariants of the IR tree are true.
- *
- * In particular, at the moment it makes sure that no single
- * ir_instruction node except for ir_variable appears multiple times
- * in the ir tree. ir_variable does appear multiple times: Once as a
- * declaration in an exec_list, and multiple times as the endpoint of
- * a dereference chain.
- */
-
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_hierarchical_visitor.h"
-#include "program/hash_table.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-class ir_validate : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_validate()
- {
- this->ht = hash_table_ctor(0, hash_table_pointer_hash,
- hash_table_pointer_compare);
-
- this->current_function = NULL;
-
- this->callback = ir_validate::validate_ir;
- this->data = ht;
- }
-
- ~ir_validate()
- {
- hash_table_dtor(this->ht);
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_variable *v);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_if *ir);
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_loop *ir);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function *ir);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_function *ir);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir);
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_expression *ir);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_swizzle *ir);
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir);
-
- static void validate_ir(ir_instruction *ir, void *data);
-
- ir_function *current_function;
-
- struct hash_table *ht;
-};
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
-{
- if ((ir->var == NULL) || (ir->var->as_variable() == NULL)) {
- printf("ir_dereference_variable @ %p does not specify a variable %p\n",
- (void *) ir, (void *) ir->var);
- abort();
- }
-
- if (hash_table_find(ht, ir->var) == NULL) {
- printf("ir_dereference_variable @ %p specifies undeclared variable "
- "`%s' @ %p\n",
- (void *) ir, ir->var->name, (void *) ir->var);
- abort();
- }
-
- this->validate_ir(ir, this->data);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit(ir_if *ir)
-{
- if (ir->condition->type != glsl_type::bool_type) {
- printf("ir_if condition %s type instead of bool.\n",
- ir->condition->type->name);
- ir->print();
- printf("\n");
- abort();
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit_leave(ir_loop *ir)
-{
- if (ir->counter != NULL) {
- if ((ir->from == NULL) || (ir->from == NULL) || (ir->increment == NULL)) {
- printf("ir_loop has invalid loop controls:\n"
- " counter: %p\n"
- " from: %p\n"
- " to: %p\n"
- " increment: %p\n",
- (void *) ir->counter, (void *) ir->from, (void *) ir->to,
- (void *) ir->increment);
- abort();
- }
-
- if ((ir->cmp < ir_binop_less) || (ir->cmp > ir_binop_nequal)) {
- printf("ir_loop has invalid comparitor %d\n", ir->cmp);
- abort();
- }
- } else {
- if ((ir->from != NULL) || (ir->from != NULL) || (ir->increment != NULL)) {
- printf("ir_loop has invalid loop controls:\n"
- " counter: %p\n"
- " from: %p\n"
- " to: %p\n"
- " increment: %p\n",
- (void *) ir->counter, (void *) ir->from, (void *) ir->to,
- (void *) ir->increment);
- abort();
- }
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit_enter(ir_function *ir)
-{
- /* Function definitions cannot be nested.
- */
- if (this->current_function != NULL) {
- printf("Function definition nested inside another function "
- "definition:\n");
- printf("%s %p inside %s %p\n",
- ir->name, (void *) ir,
- this->current_function->name, (void *) this->current_function);
- abort();
- }
-
- /* Store the current function hierarchy being traversed. This is used
- * by the function signature visitor to ensure that the signatures are
- * linked with the correct functions.
- */
- this->current_function = ir;
-
- this->validate_ir(ir, this->data);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit_leave(ir_function *ir)
-{
- assert(talloc_parent(ir->name) == ir);
-
- this->current_function = NULL;
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir)
-{
- if (this->current_function != ir->function()) {
- printf("Function signature nested inside wrong function "
- "definition:\n");
- printf("%p inside %s %p instead of %s %p\n",
- (void *) ir,
- this->current_function->name, (void *) this->current_function,
- ir->function_name(), (void *) ir->function());
- abort();
- }
-
- this->validate_ir(ir, this->data);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit_leave(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- switch (ir->operation) {
- case ir_unop_bit_not:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->type);
- break;
- case ir_unop_logic_not:
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_neg:
- case ir_unop_abs:
- case ir_unop_sign:
- case ir_unop_rcp:
- case ir_unop_rsq:
- case ir_unop_sqrt:
- assert(ir->type == ir->operands[0]->type);
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_exp:
- case ir_unop_log:
- case ir_unop_exp2:
- case ir_unop_log2:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- assert(ir->type == ir->operands[0]->type);
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_f2i:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
- break;
- case ir_unop_i2f:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- break;
- case ir_unop_f2b:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- break;
- case ir_unop_b2f:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- break;
- case ir_unop_i2b:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- break;
- case ir_unop_b2i:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
- break;
- case ir_unop_u2f:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT);
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_any:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- assert(ir->type == glsl_type::bool_type);
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_trunc:
- case ir_unop_round_even:
- case ir_unop_ceil:
- case ir_unop_floor:
- case ir_unop_fract:
- case ir_unop_sin:
- case ir_unop_cos:
- case ir_unop_sin_reduced:
- case ir_unop_cos_reduced:
- case ir_unop_dFdx:
- case ir_unop_dFdy:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->type);
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_noise:
- /* XXX what can we assert here? */
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_add:
- case ir_binop_sub:
- case ir_binop_mul:
- case ir_binop_div:
- case ir_binop_mod:
- case ir_binop_min:
- case ir_binop_max:
- case ir_binop_pow:
- if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar())
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type == ir->type);
- else if (ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar())
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->type);
- else if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() &&
- ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->type);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_less:
- case ir_binop_greater:
- case ir_binop_lequal:
- case ir_binop_gequal:
- case ir_binop_equal:
- case ir_binop_nequal:
- /* The semantics of the IR operators differ from the GLSL <, >, <=, >=,
- * ==, and != operators. The IR operators perform a component-wise
- * comparison on scalar or vector types and return a boolean scalar or
- * vector type of the same size.
- */
- assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector()
- || ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements
- == ir->type->vector_elements);
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_all_equal:
- case ir_binop_any_nequal:
- /* GLSL == and != operate on scalars, vectors, matrices and arrays, and
- * return a scalar boolean. The IR matches that.
- */
- assert(ir->type == glsl_type::bool_type);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type);
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_lshift:
- case ir_binop_rshift:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_integer() &&
- ir->operands[1]->type->is_integer());
- if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar()) {
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar());
- }
- if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() &&
- ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->components() ==
- ir->operands[1]->type->components());
- }
- assert(ir->type == ir->operands[0]->type);
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_bit_and:
- case ir_binop_bit_xor:
- case ir_binop_bit_or:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type ==
- ir->operands[1]->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->type->is_integer());
- if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() &&
- ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements ==
- ir->operands[1]->type->vector_elements);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_logic_and:
- case ir_binop_logic_xor:
- case ir_binop_logic_or:
- assert(ir->type == glsl_type::bool_type);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == glsl_type::bool_type);
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type == glsl_type::bool_type);
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_dot:
- assert(ir->type == glsl_type::float_type);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector());
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type);
- break;
-
- case ir_quadop_vector:
- /* The vector operator collects some number of scalars and generates a
- * vector from them.
- *
- * - All of the operands must be scalar.
- * - Number of operands must matche the size of the resulting vector.
- * - Base type of the operands must match the base type of the result.
- */
- assert(ir->type->is_vector());
- switch (ir->type->vector_elements) {
- case 2:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->operands[2] == NULL);
- assert(ir->operands[3] == NULL);
- break;
- case 3:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->operands[2]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[2]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->operands[3] == NULL);
- break;
- case 4:
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[1]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->operands[2]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[2]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- assert(ir->operands[3]->type->is_scalar());
- assert(ir->operands[3]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type);
- break;
- default:
- /* The is_vector assertion above should prevent execution from ever
- * getting here.
- */
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit_leave(ir_swizzle *ir)
-{
- int chans[4] = {ir->mask.x, ir->mask.y, ir->mask.z, ir->mask.w};
-
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
- if (chans[i] >= ir->val->type->vector_elements) {
- printf("ir_swizzle @ %p specifies a channel not present "
- "in the value.\n", (void *) ir);
- ir->print();
- abort();
- }
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit(ir_variable *ir)
-{
- /* An ir_variable is the one thing that can (and will) appear multiple times
- * in an IR tree. It is added to the hashtable so that it can be used
- * in the ir_dereference_variable handler to ensure that a variable is
- * declared before it is dereferenced.
- */
- if (ir->name)
- assert(talloc_parent(ir->name) == ir);
-
- hash_table_insert(ht, ir, ir);
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_validate::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- const ir_dereference *const lhs = ir->lhs;
- if (lhs->type->is_scalar() || lhs->type->is_vector()) {
- if (ir->write_mask == 0) {
- printf("Assignment LHS is %s, but write mask is 0:\n",
- lhs->type->is_scalar() ? "scalar" : "vector");
- ir->print();
- abort();
- }
-
- int lhs_components = 0;
- for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
- if (ir->write_mask & (1 << i))
- lhs_components++;
- }
-
- if (lhs_components != ir->rhs->type->vector_elements) {
- printf("Assignment count of LHS write mask channels enabled not\n"
- "matching RHS vector size (%d LHS, %d RHS).\n",
- lhs_components, ir->rhs->type->vector_elements);
- ir->print();
- abort();
- }
- }
-
- this->validate_ir(ir, this->data);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-void
-ir_validate::validate_ir(ir_instruction *ir, void *data)
-{
- struct hash_table *ht = (struct hash_table *) data;
-
- if (hash_table_find(ht, ir)) {
- printf("Instruction node present twice in ir tree:\n");
- ir->print();
- printf("\n");
- abort();
- }
- hash_table_insert(ht, ir, ir);
-}
-
-void
-check_node_type(ir_instruction *ir, void *data)
-{
- (void) data;
-
- if (ir->ir_type <= ir_type_unset || ir->ir_type >= ir_type_max) {
- printf("Instruction node with unset type\n");
- ir->print(); printf("\n");
- }
- assert(ir->type != glsl_type::error_type);
-}
-
-void
-validate_ir_tree(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_validate v;
-
- v.run(instructions);
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *instructions) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
-
- visit_tree(ir, check_node_type, NULL);
- }
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file ir_validate.cpp + * + * Attempts to verify that various invariants of the IR tree are true. + * + * In particular, at the moment it makes sure that no single + * ir_instruction node except for ir_variable appears multiple times + * in the ir tree. ir_variable does appear multiple times: Once as a + * declaration in an exec_list, and multiple times as the endpoint of + * a dereference chain. + */ + +#include <inttypes.h> +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_hierarchical_visitor.h" +#include "program/hash_table.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +class ir_validate : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_validate() + { + this->ht = hash_table_ctor(0, hash_table_pointer_hash, + hash_table_pointer_compare); + + this->current_function = NULL; + + this->callback = ir_validate::validate_ir; + this->data = ht; + } + + ~ir_validate() + { + hash_table_dtor(this->ht); + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_variable *v); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_if *ir); + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_loop *ir); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function *ir); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_function *ir); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir); + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_expression *ir); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_swizzle *ir); + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir); + + static void validate_ir(ir_instruction *ir, void *data); + + ir_function *current_function; + + struct hash_table *ht; +}; + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir) +{ + if ((ir->var == NULL) || (ir->var->as_variable() == NULL)) { + printf("ir_dereference_variable @ %p does not specify a variable %p\n", + (void *) ir, (void *) ir->var); + abort(); + } + + if (hash_table_find(ht, ir->var) == NULL) { + printf("ir_dereference_variable @ %p specifies undeclared variable " + "`%s' @ %p\n", + (void *) ir, ir->var->name, (void *) ir->var); + abort(); + } + + this->validate_ir(ir, this->data); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit(ir_if *ir) +{ + if (ir->condition->type != glsl_type::bool_type) { + printf("ir_if condition %s type instead of bool.\n", + ir->condition->type->name); + ir->print(); + printf("\n"); + abort(); + } + + return visit_continue; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit_leave(ir_loop *ir) +{ + if (ir->counter != NULL) { + if ((ir->from == NULL) || (ir->from == NULL) || (ir->increment == NULL)) { + printf("ir_loop has invalid loop controls:\n" + " counter: %p\n" + " from: %p\n" + " to: %p\n" + " increment: %p\n", + (void *) ir->counter, (void *) ir->from, (void *) ir->to, + (void *) ir->increment); + abort(); + } + + if ((ir->cmp < ir_binop_less) || (ir->cmp > ir_binop_nequal)) { + printf("ir_loop has invalid comparitor %d\n", ir->cmp); + abort(); + } + } else { + if ((ir->from != NULL) || (ir->from != NULL) || (ir->increment != NULL)) { + printf("ir_loop has invalid loop controls:\n" + " counter: %p\n" + " from: %p\n" + " to: %p\n" + " increment: %p\n", + (void *) ir->counter, (void *) ir->from, (void *) ir->to, + (void *) ir->increment); + abort(); + } + } + + return visit_continue; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit_enter(ir_function *ir) +{ + /* Function definitions cannot be nested. + */ + if (this->current_function != NULL) { + printf("Function definition nested inside another function " + "definition:\n"); + printf("%s %p inside %s %p\n", + ir->name, (void *) ir, + this->current_function->name, (void *) this->current_function); + abort(); + } + + /* Store the current function hierarchy being traversed. This is used + * by the function signature visitor to ensure that the signatures are + * linked with the correct functions. + */ + this->current_function = ir; + + this->validate_ir(ir, this->data); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit_leave(ir_function *ir) +{ + assert(ralloc_parent(ir->name) == ir); + + this->current_function = NULL; + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir) +{ + if (this->current_function != ir->function()) { + printf("Function signature nested inside wrong function " + "definition:\n"); + printf("%p inside %s %p instead of %s %p\n", + (void *) ir, + this->current_function->name, (void *) this->current_function, + ir->function_name(), (void *) ir->function()); + abort(); + } + + this->validate_ir(ir, this->data); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit_leave(ir_expression *ir) +{ + switch (ir->operation) { + case ir_unop_bit_not: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->type); + break; + case ir_unop_logic_not: + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + break; + + case ir_unop_neg: + case ir_unop_abs: + case ir_unop_sign: + case ir_unop_rcp: + case ir_unop_rsq: + case ir_unop_sqrt: + assert(ir->type == ir->operands[0]->type); + break; + + case ir_unop_exp: + case ir_unop_log: + case ir_unop_exp2: + case ir_unop_log2: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + assert(ir->type == ir->operands[0]->type); + break; + + case ir_unop_f2i: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + break; + case ir_unop_i2f: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + break; + case ir_unop_f2b: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + break; + case ir_unop_b2f: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + break; + case ir_unop_i2b: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + break; + case ir_unop_b2i: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + break; + case ir_unop_u2f: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT); + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + break; + + case ir_unop_any: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + assert(ir->type == glsl_type::bool_type); + break; + + case ir_unop_trunc: + case ir_unop_round_even: + case ir_unop_ceil: + case ir_unop_floor: + case ir_unop_fract: + case ir_unop_sin: + case ir_unop_cos: + case ir_unop_sin_reduced: + case ir_unop_cos_reduced: + case ir_unop_dFdx: + case ir_unop_dFdy: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->type); + break; + + case ir_unop_noise: + /* XXX what can we assert here? */ + break; + + case ir_binop_add: + case ir_binop_sub: + case ir_binop_mul: + case ir_binop_div: + case ir_binop_mod: + case ir_binop_min: + case ir_binop_max: + case ir_binop_pow: + if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar()) + assert(ir->operands[1]->type == ir->type); + else if (ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar()) + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->type); + else if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() && + ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) { + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->type); + } + break; + + case ir_binop_less: + case ir_binop_greater: + case ir_binop_lequal: + case ir_binop_gequal: + case ir_binop_equal: + case ir_binop_nequal: + /* The semantics of the IR operators differ from the GLSL <, >, <=, >=, + * ==, and != operators. The IR operators perform a component-wise + * comparison on scalar or vector types and return a boolean scalar or + * vector type of the same size. + */ + assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() + || ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements + == ir->type->vector_elements); + break; + + case ir_binop_all_equal: + case ir_binop_any_nequal: + /* GLSL == and != operate on scalars, vectors, matrices and arrays, and + * return a scalar boolean. The IR matches that. + */ + assert(ir->type == glsl_type::bool_type); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type); + break; + + case ir_binop_lshift: + case ir_binop_rshift: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_integer() && + ir->operands[1]->type->is_integer()); + if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar()) { + assert(ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar()); + } + if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() && + ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) { + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->components() == + ir->operands[1]->type->components()); + } + assert(ir->type == ir->operands[0]->type); + break; + + case ir_binop_bit_and: + case ir_binop_bit_xor: + case ir_binop_bit_or: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == + ir->operands[1]->type->base_type); + assert(ir->type->is_integer()); + if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() && + ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) { + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements == + ir->operands[1]->type->vector_elements); + } + break; + + case ir_binop_logic_and: + case ir_binop_logic_xor: + case ir_binop_logic_or: + assert(ir->type == glsl_type::bool_type); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == glsl_type::bool_type); + assert(ir->operands[1]->type == glsl_type::bool_type); + break; + + case ir_binop_dot: + assert(ir->type == glsl_type::float_type); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector()); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type); + break; + + case ir_quadop_vector: + /* The vector operator collects some number of scalars and generates a + * vector from them. + * + * - All of the operands must be scalar. + * - Number of operands must matche the size of the resulting vector. + * - Base type of the operands must match the base type of the result. + */ + assert(ir->type->is_vector()); + switch (ir->type->vector_elements) { + case 2: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + assert(ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[1]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + assert(ir->operands[2] == NULL); + assert(ir->operands[3] == NULL); + break; + case 3: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + assert(ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[1]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + assert(ir->operands[2]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[2]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + assert(ir->operands[3] == NULL); + break; + case 4: + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[0]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + assert(ir->operands[1]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[1]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + assert(ir->operands[2]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[2]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + assert(ir->operands[3]->type->is_scalar()); + assert(ir->operands[3]->type->base_type == ir->type->base_type); + break; + default: + /* The is_vector assertion above should prevent execution from ever + * getting here. + */ + assert(!"Should not get here."); + break; + } + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit_leave(ir_swizzle *ir) +{ + int chans[4] = {ir->mask.x, ir->mask.y, ir->mask.z, ir->mask.w}; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) { + if (chans[i] >= ir->val->type->vector_elements) { + printf("ir_swizzle @ %p specifies a channel not present " + "in the value.\n", (void *) ir); + ir->print(); + abort(); + } + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit(ir_variable *ir) +{ + /* An ir_variable is the one thing that can (and will) appear multiple times + * in an IR tree. It is added to the hashtable so that it can be used + * in the ir_dereference_variable handler to ensure that a variable is + * declared before it is dereferenced. + */ + if (ir->name) + assert(ralloc_parent(ir->name) == ir); + + hash_table_insert(ht, ir, ir); + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_validate::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + const ir_dereference *const lhs = ir->lhs; + if (lhs->type->is_scalar() || lhs->type->is_vector()) { + if (ir->write_mask == 0) { + printf("Assignment LHS is %s, but write mask is 0:\n", + lhs->type->is_scalar() ? "scalar" : "vector"); + ir->print(); + abort(); + } + + int lhs_components = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { + if (ir->write_mask & (1 << i)) + lhs_components++; + } + + if (lhs_components != ir->rhs->type->vector_elements) { + printf("Assignment count of LHS write mask channels enabled not\n" + "matching RHS vector size (%d LHS, %d RHS).\n", + lhs_components, ir->rhs->type->vector_elements); + ir->print(); + abort(); + } + } + + this->validate_ir(ir, this->data); + + return visit_continue; +} + +void +ir_validate::validate_ir(ir_instruction *ir, void *data) +{ + struct hash_table *ht = (struct hash_table *) data; + + if (hash_table_find(ht, ir)) { + printf("Instruction node present twice in ir tree:\n"); + ir->print(); + printf("\n"); + abort(); + } + hash_table_insert(ht, ir, ir); +} + +void +check_node_type(ir_instruction *ir, void *data) +{ + (void) data; + + if (ir->ir_type <= ir_type_unset || ir->ir_type >= ir_type_max) { + printf("Instruction node with unset type\n"); + ir->print(); printf("\n"); + } + assert(ir->type != glsl_type::error_type); +} + +void +validate_ir_tree(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_validate v; + + v.run(instructions); + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *instructions) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + + visit_tree(ir, check_node_type, NULL); + } +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_variable.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_variable.cpp index 1cf450e20..18a3e0fb0 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_variable.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_variable.cpp @@ -1,540 +1,541 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "glsl_parser_extras.h"
-#include "glsl_symbol_table.h"
-#include "builtin_variables.h"
-
-static void generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(exec_list *,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *,
- bool, _mesa_glsl_parser_targets);
-
-static void
-generate_ARB_draw_instanced_variables(exec_list *,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *,
- bool, _mesa_glsl_parser_targets);
-
-static ir_variable *
-add_variable(const char *name, enum ir_variable_mode mode, int slot,
- const glsl_type *type, exec_list *instructions,
- glsl_symbol_table *symtab)
-{
- ir_variable *var = new(symtab) ir_variable(type, name, mode);
-
- switch (var->mode) {
- case ir_var_auto:
- case ir_var_in:
- case ir_var_uniform:
- case ir_var_system_value:
- var->read_only = true;
- break;
- case ir_var_inout:
- case ir_var_out:
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- break;
- }
-
- var->location = slot;
- var->explicit_location = (slot >= 0);
-
- /* Once the variable is created an initialized, add it to the symbol table
- * and add the declaration to the IR stream.
- */
- instructions->push_tail(var);
-
- symtab->add_variable(var);
- return var;
-}
-
-static ir_variable *
-add_uniform(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state,
- const char *name, const glsl_type *type)
-{
- return add_variable(name, ir_var_uniform, -1, type, instructions,
- state->symbols);
-}
-
-static void
-add_builtin_variable(const builtin_variable *proto, exec_list *instructions,
- glsl_symbol_table *symtab)
-{
- /* Create a new variable declaration from the description supplied by
- * the caller.
- */
- const glsl_type *const type = symtab->get_type(proto->type);
-
- assert(type != NULL);
-
- add_variable(proto->name, proto->mode, proto->slot, type, instructions,
- symtab);
-}
-
-static void
-add_builtin_constant(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state,
- const char *name, int value)
-{
- ir_variable *const var = add_variable(name, ir_var_auto,
- -1, glsl_type::int_type,
- instructions, state->symbols);
- var->constant_value = new(var) ir_constant(value);
-}
-
-/* Several constants in GLSL ES have different names than normal desktop GLSL.
- * Therefore, this function should only be called on the ES path.
- */
-static void
-generate_100ES_uniforms(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexAttribs",
- state->Const.MaxVertexAttribs);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexUniformVectors",
- state->Const.MaxVertexUniformComponents);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVaryingVectors",
- state->Const.MaxVaryingFloats / 4);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexTextureImageUnits",
- state->Const.MaxVertexTextureImageUnits);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits",
- state->Const.MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxTextureImageUnits",
- state->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxFragmentUniformVectors",
- state->Const.MaxFragmentUniformComponents);
-
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_DepthRange",
- state->symbols->get_type("gl_DepthRangeParameters"));
-}
-
-static void
-generate_110_uniforms(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0
- ; i < Elements(builtin_110_deprecated_uniforms)
- ; i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_110_deprecated_uniforms[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxLights",
- state->Const.MaxLights);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxClipPlanes",
- state->Const.MaxClipPlanes);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxTextureUnits",
- state->Const.MaxTextureUnits);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxTextureCoords",
- state->Const.MaxTextureCoords);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexAttribs",
- state->Const.MaxVertexAttribs);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexUniformComponents",
- state->Const.MaxVertexUniformComponents);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVaryingFloats",
- state->Const.MaxVaryingFloats);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexTextureImageUnits",
- state->Const.MaxVertexTextureImageUnits);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits",
- state->Const.MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxTextureImageUnits",
- state->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits);
- add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxFragmentUniformComponents",
- state->Const.MaxFragmentUniformComponents);
-
- const glsl_type *const mat4_array_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::mat4_type,
- state->Const.MaxTextureCoords);
-
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureMatrix", mat4_array_type);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureMatrixInverse", mat4_array_type);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureMatrixTranspose", mat4_array_type);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureMatrixInverseTranspose", mat4_array_type);
-
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_DepthRange",
- state->symbols->get_type("gl_DepthRangeParameters"));
-
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ClipPlane",
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type,
- state->Const.MaxClipPlanes));
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_Point",
- state->symbols->get_type("gl_PointParameters"));
-
- const glsl_type *const material_parameters_type =
- state->symbols->get_type("gl_MaterialParameters");
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_FrontMaterial", material_parameters_type);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_BackMaterial", material_parameters_type);
-
- const glsl_type *const light_source_array_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(state->symbols->get_type("gl_LightSourceParameters"), state->Const.MaxLights);
-
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_LightSource", light_source_array_type);
-
- const glsl_type *const light_model_products_type =
- state->symbols->get_type("gl_LightModelProducts");
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_FrontLightModelProduct",
- light_model_products_type);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_BackLightModelProduct",
- light_model_products_type);
-
- const glsl_type *const light_products_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(state->symbols->get_type("gl_LightProducts"),
- state->Const.MaxLights);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_FrontLightProduct", light_products_type);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_BackLightProduct", light_products_type);
-
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureEnvColor",
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type,
- state->Const.MaxTextureUnits));
-
- const glsl_type *const texcoords_vec4 =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type,
- state->Const.MaxTextureCoords);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_EyePlaneS", texcoords_vec4);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_EyePlaneT", texcoords_vec4);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_EyePlaneR", texcoords_vec4);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_EyePlaneQ", texcoords_vec4);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ObjectPlaneS", texcoords_vec4);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ObjectPlaneT", texcoords_vec4);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ObjectPlaneR", texcoords_vec4);
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ObjectPlaneQ", texcoords_vec4);
-
- add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_Fog",
- state->symbols->get_type("gl_FogParameters"));
-}
-
-/* This function should only be called for ES, not desktop GL. */
-static void
-generate_100ES_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_core_vs_variables); i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_core_vs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-
- generate_100ES_uniforms(instructions, state);
-
- generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(instructions, state, false,
- vertex_shader);
-}
-
-
-static void
-generate_110_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_core_vs_variables); i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_core_vs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-
- for (unsigned i = 0
- ; i < Elements(builtin_110_deprecated_vs_variables)
- ; i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_110_deprecated_vs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
- generate_110_uniforms(instructions, state);
-
- /* From page 54 (page 60 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.20 spec:
- *
- * "As with all arrays, indices used to subscript gl_TexCoord must
- * either be an integral constant expressions, or this array must be
- * re-declared by the shader with a size. The size can be at most
- * gl_MaxTextureCoords. Using indexes close to 0 may aid the
- * implementation in preserving varying resources."
- */
- const glsl_type *const vec4_array_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type, 0);
-
- add_variable("gl_TexCoord", ir_var_out, VERT_RESULT_TEX0, vec4_array_type,
- instructions, state->symbols);
-
- generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(instructions, state, false,
- vertex_shader);
-}
-
-
-static void
-generate_120_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- /* GLSL version 1.20 did not add any built-in variables in the vertex
- * shader.
- */
- generate_110_vs_variables(instructions, state);
-}
-
-
-static void
-generate_130_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- generate_120_vs_variables(instructions, state);
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_130_vs_variables); i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_130_vs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-
- const glsl_type *const clip_distance_array_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::float_type,
- state->Const.MaxClipPlanes);
-
- /* FINISHME: gl_ClipDistance needs a real location assigned. */
- add_variable("gl_ClipDistance", ir_var_out, -1, clip_distance_array_type,
- instructions, state->symbols);
-
-}
-
-
-static void
-initialize_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
-
- switch (state->language_version) {
- case 100:
- generate_100ES_vs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- case 110:
- generate_110_vs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- case 120:
- generate_120_vs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- case 130:
- generate_130_vs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- }
-
- if (state->ARB_draw_instanced_enable)
- generate_ARB_draw_instanced_variables(instructions, state, false,
- vertex_shader);
-}
-
-
-/* This function should only be called for ES, not desktop GL. */
-static void
-generate_100ES_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_core_fs_variables); i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_core_fs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_100ES_fs_variables); i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_100ES_fs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-
- generate_100ES_uniforms(instructions, state);
-
- generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(instructions, state, false,
- fragment_shader);
-}
-
-static void
-generate_110_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_core_fs_variables); i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_core_fs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_110_fs_variables); i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_110_fs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-
- for (unsigned i = 0
- ; i < Elements(builtin_110_deprecated_fs_variables)
- ; i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_110_deprecated_fs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
- generate_110_uniforms(instructions, state);
-
- /* From page 54 (page 60 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.20 spec:
- *
- * "As with all arrays, indices used to subscript gl_TexCoord must
- * either be an integral constant expressions, or this array must be
- * re-declared by the shader with a size. The size can be at most
- * gl_MaxTextureCoords. Using indexes close to 0 may aid the
- * implementation in preserving varying resources."
- */
- const glsl_type *const vec4_array_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type, 0);
-
- add_variable("gl_TexCoord", ir_var_in, FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0, vec4_array_type,
- instructions, state->symbols);
-
- generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(instructions, state, false,
- fragment_shader);
-}
-
-
-static void
-generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state,
- bool warn, _mesa_glsl_parser_targets target)
-{
- /* gl_MaxDrawBuffers is available in all shader stages.
- */
- ir_variable *const mdb =
- add_variable("gl_MaxDrawBuffers", ir_var_auto, -1,
- glsl_type::int_type, instructions, state->symbols);
-
- if (warn)
- mdb->warn_extension = "GL_ARB_draw_buffers";
-
- mdb->constant_value = new(mdb)
- ir_constant(int(state->Const.MaxDrawBuffers));
-
-
- /* gl_FragData is only available in the fragment shader.
- */
- if (target == fragment_shader) {
- const glsl_type *const vec4_array_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type,
- state->Const.MaxDrawBuffers);
-
- ir_variable *const fd =
- add_variable("gl_FragData", ir_var_out, FRAG_RESULT_DATA0,
- vec4_array_type, instructions, state->symbols);
-
- if (warn)
- fd->warn_extension = "GL_ARB_draw_buffers";
- }
-}
-
-
-static void
-generate_ARB_draw_instanced_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state,
- bool warn,
- _mesa_glsl_parser_targets target)
-{
- /* gl_InstanceIDARB is only available in the vertex shader.
- */
- if (target == vertex_shader) {
- ir_variable *const inst =
- add_variable("gl_InstanceIDARB", ir_var_system_value,
- SYSTEM_VALUE_INSTANCE_ID,
- glsl_type::int_type, instructions, state->symbols);
-
- if (warn)
- inst->warn_extension = "GL_ARB_draw_instanced";
- }
-}
-
-
-static void
-generate_ARB_shader_stencil_export_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state,
- bool warn)
-{
- /* gl_FragStencilRefARB is only available in the fragment shader.
- */
- ir_variable *const fd =
- add_variable("gl_FragStencilRefARB", ir_var_out, FRAG_RESULT_STENCIL,
- glsl_type::int_type, instructions, state->symbols);
-
- if (warn)
- fd->warn_extension = "GL_ARB_shader_stencil_export";
-}
-
-static void
-generate_120_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- generate_110_fs_variables(instructions, state);
-
- for (unsigned i = 0
- ; i < Elements(builtin_120_fs_variables)
- ; i++) {
- add_builtin_variable(& builtin_120_fs_variables[i],
- instructions, state->symbols);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-generate_130_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- generate_120_fs_variables(instructions, state);
-
- const glsl_type *const clip_distance_array_type =
- glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::float_type,
- state->Const.MaxClipPlanes);
-
- /* FINISHME: gl_ClipDistance needs a real location assigned. */
- add_variable("gl_ClipDistance", ir_var_in, -1, clip_distance_array_type,
- instructions, state->symbols);
-}
-
-static void
-initialize_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
-
- switch (state->language_version) {
- case 100:
- generate_100ES_fs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- case 110:
- generate_110_fs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- case 120:
- generate_120_fs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- case 130:
- generate_130_fs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- }
-
- if (state->ARB_shader_stencil_export_enable)
- generate_ARB_shader_stencil_export_variables(instructions, state,
- state->ARB_shader_stencil_export_warn);
-}
-
-void
-_mesa_glsl_initialize_variables(exec_list *instructions,
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state)
-{
- switch (state->target) {
- case vertex_shader:
- initialize_vs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- case geometry_shader:
- break;
- case fragment_shader:
- initialize_fs_variables(instructions, state);
- break;
- }
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "glsl_parser_extras.h" +#include "glsl_symbol_table.h" +#include "builtin_variables.h" + +static void generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(exec_list *, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *, + bool, _mesa_glsl_parser_targets); + +static void +generate_ARB_draw_instanced_variables(exec_list *, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *, + bool, _mesa_glsl_parser_targets); + +static ir_variable * +add_variable(const char *name, enum ir_variable_mode mode, int slot, + const glsl_type *type, exec_list *instructions, + glsl_symbol_table *symtab) +{ + ir_variable *var = new(symtab) ir_variable(type, name, mode); + + switch (var->mode) { + case ir_var_auto: + case ir_var_in: + case ir_var_const_in: + case ir_var_uniform: + case ir_var_system_value: + var->read_only = true; + break; + case ir_var_inout: + case ir_var_out: + break; + default: + assert(0); + break; + } + + var->location = slot; + var->explicit_location = (slot >= 0); + + /* Once the variable is created an initialized, add it to the symbol table + * and add the declaration to the IR stream. + */ + instructions->push_tail(var); + + symtab->add_variable(var); + return var; +} + +static ir_variable * +add_uniform(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state, + const char *name, const glsl_type *type) +{ + return add_variable(name, ir_var_uniform, -1, type, instructions, + state->symbols); +} + +static void +add_builtin_variable(const builtin_variable *proto, exec_list *instructions, + glsl_symbol_table *symtab) +{ + /* Create a new variable declaration from the description supplied by + * the caller. + */ + const glsl_type *const type = symtab->get_type(proto->type); + + assert(type != NULL); + + add_variable(proto->name, proto->mode, proto->slot, type, instructions, + symtab); +} + +static void +add_builtin_constant(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state, + const char *name, int value) +{ + ir_variable *const var = add_variable(name, ir_var_auto, + -1, glsl_type::int_type, + instructions, state->symbols); + var->constant_value = new(var) ir_constant(value); +} + +/* Several constants in GLSL ES have different names than normal desktop GLSL. + * Therefore, this function should only be called on the ES path. + */ +static void +generate_100ES_uniforms(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexAttribs", + state->Const.MaxVertexAttribs); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexUniformVectors", + state->Const.MaxVertexUniformComponents); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVaryingVectors", + state->Const.MaxVaryingFloats / 4); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexTextureImageUnits", + state->Const.MaxVertexTextureImageUnits); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits", + state->Const.MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxTextureImageUnits", + state->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxFragmentUniformVectors", + state->Const.MaxFragmentUniformComponents); + + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_DepthRange", + state->symbols->get_type("gl_DepthRangeParameters")); +} + +static void +generate_110_uniforms(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + for (unsigned i = 0 + ; i < Elements(builtin_110_deprecated_uniforms) + ; i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_110_deprecated_uniforms[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxLights", + state->Const.MaxLights); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxClipPlanes", + state->Const.MaxClipPlanes); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxTextureUnits", + state->Const.MaxTextureUnits); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxTextureCoords", + state->Const.MaxTextureCoords); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexAttribs", + state->Const.MaxVertexAttribs); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexUniformComponents", + state->Const.MaxVertexUniformComponents); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVaryingFloats", + state->Const.MaxVaryingFloats); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxVertexTextureImageUnits", + state->Const.MaxVertexTextureImageUnits); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits", + state->Const.MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxTextureImageUnits", + state->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits); + add_builtin_constant(instructions, state, "gl_MaxFragmentUniformComponents", + state->Const.MaxFragmentUniformComponents); + + const glsl_type *const mat4_array_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::mat4_type, + state->Const.MaxTextureCoords); + + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureMatrix", mat4_array_type); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureMatrixInverse", mat4_array_type); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureMatrixTranspose", mat4_array_type); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureMatrixInverseTranspose", mat4_array_type); + + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_DepthRange", + state->symbols->get_type("gl_DepthRangeParameters")); + + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ClipPlane", + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type, + state->Const.MaxClipPlanes)); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_Point", + state->symbols->get_type("gl_PointParameters")); + + const glsl_type *const material_parameters_type = + state->symbols->get_type("gl_MaterialParameters"); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_FrontMaterial", material_parameters_type); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_BackMaterial", material_parameters_type); + + const glsl_type *const light_source_array_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(state->symbols->get_type("gl_LightSourceParameters"), state->Const.MaxLights); + + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_LightSource", light_source_array_type); + + const glsl_type *const light_model_products_type = + state->symbols->get_type("gl_LightModelProducts"); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_FrontLightModelProduct", + light_model_products_type); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_BackLightModelProduct", + light_model_products_type); + + const glsl_type *const light_products_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(state->symbols->get_type("gl_LightProducts"), + state->Const.MaxLights); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_FrontLightProduct", light_products_type); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_BackLightProduct", light_products_type); + + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_TextureEnvColor", + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type, + state->Const.MaxTextureUnits)); + + const glsl_type *const texcoords_vec4 = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type, + state->Const.MaxTextureCoords); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_EyePlaneS", texcoords_vec4); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_EyePlaneT", texcoords_vec4); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_EyePlaneR", texcoords_vec4); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_EyePlaneQ", texcoords_vec4); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ObjectPlaneS", texcoords_vec4); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ObjectPlaneT", texcoords_vec4); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ObjectPlaneR", texcoords_vec4); + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_ObjectPlaneQ", texcoords_vec4); + + add_uniform(instructions, state, "gl_Fog", + state->symbols->get_type("gl_FogParameters")); +} + +/* This function should only be called for ES, not desktop GL. */ +static void +generate_100ES_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_core_vs_variables); i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_core_vs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + + generate_100ES_uniforms(instructions, state); + + generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(instructions, state, false, + vertex_shader); +} + + +static void +generate_110_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_core_vs_variables); i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_core_vs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + + for (unsigned i = 0 + ; i < Elements(builtin_110_deprecated_vs_variables) + ; i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_110_deprecated_vs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + generate_110_uniforms(instructions, state); + + /* From page 54 (page 60 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.20 spec: + * + * "As with all arrays, indices used to subscript gl_TexCoord must + * either be an integral constant expressions, or this array must be + * re-declared by the shader with a size. The size can be at most + * gl_MaxTextureCoords. Using indexes close to 0 may aid the + * implementation in preserving varying resources." + */ + const glsl_type *const vec4_array_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type, 0); + + add_variable("gl_TexCoord", ir_var_out, VERT_RESULT_TEX0, vec4_array_type, + instructions, state->symbols); + + generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(instructions, state, false, + vertex_shader); +} + + +static void +generate_120_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + /* GLSL version 1.20 did not add any built-in variables in the vertex + * shader. + */ + generate_110_vs_variables(instructions, state); +} + + +static void +generate_130_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + generate_120_vs_variables(instructions, state); + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_130_vs_variables); i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_130_vs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + + const glsl_type *const clip_distance_array_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::float_type, + state->Const.MaxClipPlanes); + + /* FINISHME: gl_ClipDistance needs a real location assigned. */ + add_variable("gl_ClipDistance", ir_var_out, -1, clip_distance_array_type, + instructions, state->symbols); + +} + + +static void +initialize_vs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + + switch (state->language_version) { + case 100: + generate_100ES_vs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + case 110: + generate_110_vs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + case 120: + generate_120_vs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + case 130: + generate_130_vs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + } + + if (state->ARB_draw_instanced_enable) + generate_ARB_draw_instanced_variables(instructions, state, false, + vertex_shader); +} + + +/* This function should only be called for ES, not desktop GL. */ +static void +generate_100ES_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_core_fs_variables); i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_core_fs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_100ES_fs_variables); i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_100ES_fs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + + generate_100ES_uniforms(instructions, state); + + generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(instructions, state, false, + fragment_shader); +} + +static void +generate_110_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_core_fs_variables); i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_core_fs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(builtin_110_fs_variables); i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_110_fs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + + for (unsigned i = 0 + ; i < Elements(builtin_110_deprecated_fs_variables) + ; i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_110_deprecated_fs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } + generate_110_uniforms(instructions, state); + + /* From page 54 (page 60 of the PDF) of the GLSL 1.20 spec: + * + * "As with all arrays, indices used to subscript gl_TexCoord must + * either be an integral constant expressions, or this array must be + * re-declared by the shader with a size. The size can be at most + * gl_MaxTextureCoords. Using indexes close to 0 may aid the + * implementation in preserving varying resources." + */ + const glsl_type *const vec4_array_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type, 0); + + add_variable("gl_TexCoord", ir_var_in, FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0, vec4_array_type, + instructions, state->symbols); + + generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(instructions, state, false, + fragment_shader); +} + + +static void +generate_ARB_draw_buffers_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state, + bool warn, _mesa_glsl_parser_targets target) +{ + /* gl_MaxDrawBuffers is available in all shader stages. + */ + ir_variable *const mdb = + add_variable("gl_MaxDrawBuffers", ir_var_auto, -1, + glsl_type::int_type, instructions, state->symbols); + + if (warn) + mdb->warn_extension = "GL_ARB_draw_buffers"; + + mdb->constant_value = new(mdb) + ir_constant(int(state->Const.MaxDrawBuffers)); + + + /* gl_FragData is only available in the fragment shader. + */ + if (target == fragment_shader) { + const glsl_type *const vec4_array_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::vec4_type, + state->Const.MaxDrawBuffers); + + ir_variable *const fd = + add_variable("gl_FragData", ir_var_out, FRAG_RESULT_DATA0, + vec4_array_type, instructions, state->symbols); + + if (warn) + fd->warn_extension = "GL_ARB_draw_buffers"; + } +} + + +static void +generate_ARB_draw_instanced_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state, + bool warn, + _mesa_glsl_parser_targets target) +{ + /* gl_InstanceIDARB is only available in the vertex shader. + */ + if (target == vertex_shader) { + ir_variable *const inst = + add_variable("gl_InstanceIDARB", ir_var_system_value, + SYSTEM_VALUE_INSTANCE_ID, + glsl_type::int_type, instructions, state->symbols); + + if (warn) + inst->warn_extension = "GL_ARB_draw_instanced"; + } +} + + +static void +generate_ARB_shader_stencil_export_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state, + bool warn) +{ + /* gl_FragStencilRefARB is only available in the fragment shader. + */ + ir_variable *const fd = + add_variable("gl_FragStencilRefARB", ir_var_out, FRAG_RESULT_STENCIL, + glsl_type::int_type, instructions, state->symbols); + + if (warn) + fd->warn_extension = "GL_ARB_shader_stencil_export"; +} + +static void +generate_120_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + generate_110_fs_variables(instructions, state); + + for (unsigned i = 0 + ; i < Elements(builtin_120_fs_variables) + ; i++) { + add_builtin_variable(& builtin_120_fs_variables[i], + instructions, state->symbols); + } +} + +static void +generate_130_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + generate_120_fs_variables(instructions, state); + + const glsl_type *const clip_distance_array_type = + glsl_type::get_array_instance(glsl_type::float_type, + state->Const.MaxClipPlanes); + + /* FINISHME: gl_ClipDistance needs a real location assigned. */ + add_variable("gl_ClipDistance", ir_var_in, -1, clip_distance_array_type, + instructions, state->symbols); +} + +static void +initialize_fs_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + + switch (state->language_version) { + case 100: + generate_100ES_fs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + case 110: + generate_110_fs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + case 120: + generate_120_fs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + case 130: + generate_130_fs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + } + + if (state->ARB_shader_stencil_export_enable) + generate_ARB_shader_stencil_export_variables(instructions, state, + state->ARB_shader_stencil_export_warn); +} + +void +_mesa_glsl_initialize_variables(exec_list *instructions, + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state) +{ + switch (state->target) { + case vertex_shader: + initialize_vs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + case geometry_shader: + break; + case fragment_shader: + initialize_fs_variables(instructions, state); + break; + } +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_variable_refcount.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_variable_refcount.h index 8b43bad71..906135a9e 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_variable_refcount.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ir_variable_refcount.h @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ class ir_variable_refcount_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { public: ir_variable_refcount_visitor(void) { - this->mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL); + this->mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); this->variable_list.make_empty(); } ~ir_variable_refcount_visitor(void) { - talloc_free(this->mem_ctx); + ralloc_free(this->mem_ctx); } virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_variable *); diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/linker.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/linker.cpp index 4332338df..c7fb62437 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/linker.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/linker.cpp @@ -172,9 +172,9 @@ linker_error_printf(gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; - prog->InfoLog = talloc_strdup_append(prog->InfoLog, "error: "); + ralloc_strcat(&prog->InfoLog, "error: "); va_start(ap, fmt); - prog->InfoLog = talloc_vasprintf_append(prog->InfoLog, fmt, ap); + ralloc_vasprintf_append(&prog->InfoLog, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } @@ -299,6 +299,7 @@ mode_string(const ir_variable *var) case ir_var_out: return "shader output"; case ir_var_inout: return "shader inout"; + case ir_var_const_in: case ir_var_temporary: default: assert(!"Should not get here."); @@ -432,7 +433,7 @@ cross_validate_globals(struct gl_shader_program *prog, * FINISHME: will fail. */ existing->constant_value = - var->constant_value->clone(talloc_parent(existing), NULL); + var->constant_value->clone(ralloc_parent(existing), NULL); } if (existing->invariant != var->invariant) { @@ -1015,7 +1016,7 @@ add_uniform(void *mem_ctx, exec_list *uniforms, struct hash_table *ht, if (type->is_record()) { for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) { const glsl_type *field_type = type->fields.structure[i].type; - char *field_name = talloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name, + char *field_name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name, type->fields.structure[i].name); add_uniform(mem_ctx, uniforms, ht, field_name, field_type, @@ -1031,7 +1032,7 @@ add_uniform(void *mem_ctx, exec_list *uniforms, struct hash_table *ht, /* Array of structures. */ if (array_elem_type->is_record()) { for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) { - char *elem_name = talloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s[%d]", name, i); + char *elem_name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s[%d]", name, i); add_uniform(mem_ctx, uniforms, ht, elem_name, array_elem_type, shader_type, next_shader_pos, total_uniforms); } @@ -1093,7 +1094,7 @@ assign_uniform_locations(struct gl_shader_program *prog) unsigned total_uniforms = 0; hash_table *ht = hash_table_ctor(32, hash_table_string_hash, hash_table_string_compare); - void *mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL); + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); for (unsigned i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++) { if (prog->_LinkedShaders[i] == NULL) @@ -1122,7 +1123,7 @@ assign_uniform_locations(struct gl_shader_program *prog) } } - talloc_free(mem_ctx); + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); gl_uniform_list *ul = (gl_uniform_list *) calloc(1, sizeof(gl_uniform_list)); @@ -1490,16 +1491,16 @@ assign_varying_locations(struct gl_shader_program *prog, void link_shaders(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *prog) { - void *mem_ctx = talloc_init("temporary linker context"); + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); // temporary linker context prog->LinkStatus = false; prog->Validated = false; prog->_Used = false; if (prog->InfoLog != NULL) - talloc_free(prog->InfoLog); + ralloc_free(prog->InfoLog); - prog->InfoLog = talloc_strdup(NULL, ""); + prog->InfoLog = ralloc_strdup(NULL, ""); /* Separate the shaders into groups based on their type. */ @@ -1694,5 +1695,5 @@ done: reparent_ir(prog->_LinkedShaders[i]->ir, prog->_LinkedShaders[i]->ir); } - talloc_free(mem_ctx); + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); } diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/list.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/list.h index 9c39855ad..fb6f0fbba 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/list.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/list.h @@ -66,41 +66,37 @@ #ifndef __cplusplus #include <stddef.h> -#include <talloc.h> -#else -extern "C" { -#include <talloc.h> -} #endif - #include <assert.h> +#include "ralloc.h" + struct exec_node { struct exec_node *next; struct exec_node *prev; #ifdef __cplusplus - /* Callers of this talloc-based new need not call delete. It's - * easier to just talloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ + /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's + * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx) { void *node; - node = talloc_size(ctx, size); + node = ralloc_size(ctx, size); assert(node != NULL); return node; } /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just - * talloc_free in that case. */ + * ralloc_free in that case. */ static void operator delete(void *node, void *ctx) { - talloc_free(node); + ralloc_free(node); } static void operator delete(void *node) { - talloc_free(node); + ralloc_free(node); } exec_node() : next(NULL), prev(NULL) @@ -293,27 +289,27 @@ struct exec_list { struct exec_node *tail_pred; #ifdef __cplusplus - /* Callers of this talloc-based new need not call delete. It's - * easier to just talloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ + /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's + * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx) { void *node; - node = talloc_size(ctx, size); + node = ralloc_size(ctx, size); assert(node != NULL); return node; } /* If the user *does* call delete, that's OK, we will just - * talloc_free in that case. */ + * ralloc_free in that case. */ static void operator delete(void *node, void *ctx) { - talloc_free(node); + ralloc_free(node); } static void operator delete(void *node) { - talloc_free(node); + ralloc_free(node); } exec_list() diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_analysis.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_analysis.cpp index 3cf86ebaa..9bba6a97c 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_analysis.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_analysis.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ loop_state::loop_state() { this->ht = hash_table_ctor(0, hash_table_pointer_hash, hash_table_pointer_compare); - this->mem_ctx = talloc_init("loop state"); + this->mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); this->loop_found = false; } @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ loop_state::loop_state() loop_state::~loop_state() { hash_table_dtor(this->ht); - talloc_free(this->mem_ctx); + ralloc_free(this->mem_ctx); } @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ loop_variable_state::get(const ir_variable *ir) loop_variable * loop_variable_state::insert(ir_variable *var) { - void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(this); - loop_variable *lv = talloc_zero(mem_ctx, loop_variable); + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(this); + loop_variable *lv = rzalloc(mem_ctx, loop_variable); lv->var = var; @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ loop_variable_state::insert(ir_variable *var) loop_terminator * loop_variable_state::insert(ir_if *if_stmt) { - void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(this); - loop_terminator *t = talloc_zero(mem_ctx, loop_terminator); + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(this); + loop_terminator *t = rzalloc(mem_ctx, loop_terminator); t->ir = if_stmt; this->terminators.push_tail(t); @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ get_basic_induction_increment(ir_assignment *ir, hash_table *var_hash) } if ((inc != NULL) && (rhs->operation == ir_binop_sub)) { - void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir); + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); inc = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_neg, inc->type, diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_controls.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_controls.cpp index fb13439a1..9eaa50f22 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_controls.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_controls.cpp @@ -1,304 +1,304 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <climits>
-#include "main/compiler.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "loop_analysis.h"
-#include "ir_hierarchical_visitor.h"
-
-/**
- * Find an initializer of a variable outside a loop
- *
- * Works backwards from the loop to find the pre-loop value of the variable.
- * This is used, for example, to find the initial value of loop induction
- * variables.
- *
- * \param loop Loop where \c var is an induction variable
- * \param var Variable whose initializer is to be found
- *
- * \return
- * The \c ir_rvalue assigned to the variable outside the loop. May return
- * \c NULL if no initializer can be found.
- */
-ir_rvalue *
-find_initial_value(ir_loop *loop, ir_variable *var)
-{
- for (exec_node *node = loop->prev;
- !node->is_head_sentinel();
- node = node->prev) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *) node;
-
- switch (ir->ir_type) {
- case ir_type_call:
- case ir_type_loop:
- case ir_type_loop_jump:
- case ir_type_return:
- case ir_type_if:
- return NULL;
-
- case ir_type_function:
- case ir_type_function_signature:
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- return NULL;
-
- case ir_type_assignment: {
- ir_assignment *assign = ir->as_assignment();
- ir_variable *assignee = assign->lhs->whole_variable_referenced();
-
- if (assignee == var)
- return (assign->condition != NULL) ? NULL : assign->rhs;
-
- break;
- }
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-int
-calculate_iterations(ir_rvalue *from, ir_rvalue *to, ir_rvalue *increment,
- enum ir_expression_operation op)
-{
- if (from == NULL || to == NULL || increment == NULL)
- return -1;
-
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_init("%s", __func__);
-
- ir_expression *const sub =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_sub, from->type, to, from);
-
- ir_expression *const div =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_div, sub->type, sub, increment);
-
- ir_constant *iter = div->constant_expression_value();
-
- if (iter == NULL)
- return -1;
-
- if (!iter->type->is_integer()) {
- ir_rvalue *cast =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_f2i, glsl_type::int_type, iter,
- NULL);
-
- iter = cast->constant_expression_value();
- }
-
- int iter_value = iter->get_int_component(0);
-
- /* Make sure that the calculated number of iterations satisfies the exit
- * condition. This is needed to catch off-by-one errors and some types of
- * ill-formed loops. For example, we need to detect that the following
- * loop does not have a maximum iteration count.
- *
- * for (float x = 0.0; x != 0.9; x += 0.2)
- * ;
- */
- const int bias[] = { -1, 0, 1 };
- bool valid_loop = false;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(bias); i++) {
- iter = (increment->type->is_integer())
- ? new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(iter_value + bias[i])
- : new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(float(iter_value + bias[i]));
-
- ir_expression *const mul =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, increment->type, iter,
- increment);
-
- ir_expression *const add =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_add, mul->type, mul, from);
-
- ir_expression *const cmp =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(op, glsl_type::bool_type, add, to);
-
- ir_constant *const cmp_result = cmp->constant_expression_value();
-
- assert(cmp_result != NULL);
- if (cmp_result->get_bool_component(0)) {
- iter_value += bias[i];
- valid_loop = true;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- talloc_free(mem_ctx);
- return (valid_loop) ? iter_value : -1;
-}
-
-
-class loop_control_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- loop_control_visitor(loop_state *state)
- {
- this->state = state;
- this->progress = false;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_loop *ir);
-
- loop_state *state;
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-loop_control_visitor::visit_leave(ir_loop *ir)
-{
- loop_variable_state *const ls = this->state->get(ir);
-
- /* If we've entered a loop that hasn't been analyzed, something really,
- * really bad has happened.
- */
- if (ls == NULL) {
- assert(ls != NULL);
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
- /* Search the loop terminating conditions for one of the form 'i < c' where
- * i is a loop induction variable, c is a constant, and < is any relative
- * operator.
- */
- int max_iterations = ls->max_iterations;
-
- if(ir->from && ir->to && ir->increment)
- max_iterations = calculate_iterations(ir->from, ir->to, ir->increment, (ir_expression_operation)ir->cmp);
-
- if(max_iterations < 0)
- max_iterations = INT_MAX;
-
- foreach_list(node, &ls->terminators) {
- loop_terminator *t = (loop_terminator *) node;
- ir_if *if_stmt = t->ir;
-
- /* If-statements can be either 'if (expr)' or 'if (deref)'. We only care
- * about the former here.
- */
- ir_expression *cond = if_stmt->condition->as_expression();
- if (cond == NULL)
- continue;
-
- switch (cond->operation) {
- case ir_binop_less:
- case ir_binop_greater:
- case ir_binop_lequal:
- case ir_binop_gequal: {
- /* The expressions that we care about will either be of the form
- * 'counter < limit' or 'limit < counter'. Figure out which is
- * which.
- */
- ir_rvalue *counter = cond->operands[0]->as_dereference_variable();
- ir_constant *limit = cond->operands[1]->as_constant();
- enum ir_expression_operation cmp = cond->operation;
-
- if (limit == NULL) {
- counter = cond->operands[1]->as_dereference_variable();
- limit = cond->operands[0]->as_constant();
-
- switch (cmp) {
- case ir_binop_less: cmp = ir_binop_gequal; break;
- case ir_binop_greater: cmp = ir_binop_lequal; break;
- case ir_binop_lequal: cmp = ir_binop_greater; break;
- case ir_binop_gequal: cmp = ir_binop_less; break;
- default: assert(!"Should not get here.");
- }
- }
-
- if ((counter == NULL) || (limit == NULL))
- break;
-
- ir_variable *var = counter->variable_referenced();
-
- ir_rvalue *init = find_initial_value(ir, var);
-
- foreach_list(iv_node, &ls->induction_variables) {
- loop_variable *lv = (loop_variable *) iv_node;
-
- if (lv->var == var) {
- const int iterations = calculate_iterations(init, limit,
- lv->increment,
- cmp);
- if (iterations >= 0) {
- /* If the new iteration count is lower than the previously
- * believed iteration count, update the loop control values.
- */
- if (iterations < max_iterations) {
- ir->from = init->clone(ir, NULL);
- ir->to = limit->clone(ir, NULL);
- ir->increment = lv->increment->clone(ir, NULL);
- ir->counter = lv->var;
- ir->cmp = cmp;
-
- max_iterations = iterations;
- }
-
- /* Remove the conditional break statement. The loop
- * controls are now set such that the exit condition will be
- * satisfied.
- */
- if_stmt->remove();
-
- assert(ls->num_loop_jumps > 0);
- ls->num_loop_jumps--;
-
- this->progress = true;
- }
-
- break;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* If we have proven the one of the loop exit conditions is satisifed before
- * running the loop once, remove the loop.
- */
- if (max_iterations == 0)
- ir->remove();
- else
- ls->max_iterations = max_iterations;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-
-bool
-set_loop_controls(exec_list *instructions, loop_state *ls)
-{
- loop_control_visitor v(ls);
-
- v.run(instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <climits> +#include "main/compiler.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "loop_analysis.h" +#include "ir_hierarchical_visitor.h" + +/** + * Find an initializer of a variable outside a loop + * + * Works backwards from the loop to find the pre-loop value of the variable. + * This is used, for example, to find the initial value of loop induction + * variables. + * + * \param loop Loop where \c var is an induction variable + * \param var Variable whose initializer is to be found + * + * \return + * The \c ir_rvalue assigned to the variable outside the loop. May return + * \c NULL if no initializer can be found. + */ +ir_rvalue * +find_initial_value(ir_loop *loop, ir_variable *var) +{ + for (exec_node *node = loop->prev; + !node->is_head_sentinel(); + node = node->prev) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *) node; + + switch (ir->ir_type) { + case ir_type_call: + case ir_type_loop: + case ir_type_loop_jump: + case ir_type_return: + case ir_type_if: + return NULL; + + case ir_type_function: + case ir_type_function_signature: + assert(!"Should not get here."); + return NULL; + + case ir_type_assignment: { + ir_assignment *assign = ir->as_assignment(); + ir_variable *assignee = assign->lhs->whole_variable_referenced(); + + if (assignee == var) + return (assign->condition != NULL) ? NULL : assign->rhs; + + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + + +int +calculate_iterations(ir_rvalue *from, ir_rvalue *to, ir_rvalue *increment, + enum ir_expression_operation op) +{ + if (from == NULL || to == NULL || increment == NULL) + return -1; + + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); + + ir_expression *const sub = + new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_sub, from->type, to, from); + + ir_expression *const div = + new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_div, sub->type, sub, increment); + + ir_constant *iter = div->constant_expression_value(); + + if (iter == NULL) + return -1; + + if (!iter->type->is_integer()) { + ir_rvalue *cast = + new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_f2i, glsl_type::int_type, iter, + NULL); + + iter = cast->constant_expression_value(); + } + + int iter_value = iter->get_int_component(0); + + /* Make sure that the calculated number of iterations satisfies the exit + * condition. This is needed to catch off-by-one errors and some types of + * ill-formed loops. For example, we need to detect that the following + * loop does not have a maximum iteration count. + * + * for (float x = 0.0; x != 0.9; x += 0.2) + * ; + */ + const int bias[] = { -1, 0, 1 }; + bool valid_loop = false; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Elements(bias); i++) { + iter = (increment->type->is_integer()) + ? new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(iter_value + bias[i]) + : new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(float(iter_value + bias[i])); + + ir_expression *const mul = + new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, increment->type, iter, + increment); + + ir_expression *const add = + new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_add, mul->type, mul, from); + + ir_expression *const cmp = + new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(op, glsl_type::bool_type, add, to); + + ir_constant *const cmp_result = cmp->constant_expression_value(); + + assert(cmp_result != NULL); + if (cmp_result->get_bool_component(0)) { + iter_value += bias[i]; + valid_loop = true; + break; + } + } + + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); + return (valid_loop) ? iter_value : -1; +} + + +class loop_control_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + loop_control_visitor(loop_state *state) + { + this->state = state; + this->progress = false; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_loop *ir); + + loop_state *state; + + bool progress; +}; + + +ir_visitor_status +loop_control_visitor::visit_leave(ir_loop *ir) +{ + loop_variable_state *const ls = this->state->get(ir); + + /* If we've entered a loop that hasn't been analyzed, something really, + * really bad has happened. + */ + if (ls == NULL) { + assert(ls != NULL); + return visit_continue; + } + + /* Search the loop terminating conditions for one of the form 'i < c' where + * i is a loop induction variable, c is a constant, and < is any relative + * operator. + */ + int max_iterations = ls->max_iterations; + + if(ir->from && ir->to && ir->increment) + max_iterations = calculate_iterations(ir->from, ir->to, ir->increment, (ir_expression_operation)ir->cmp); + + if(max_iterations < 0) + max_iterations = INT_MAX; + + foreach_list(node, &ls->terminators) { + loop_terminator *t = (loop_terminator *) node; + ir_if *if_stmt = t->ir; + + /* If-statements can be either 'if (expr)' or 'if (deref)'. We only care + * about the former here. + */ + ir_expression *cond = if_stmt->condition->as_expression(); + if (cond == NULL) + continue; + + switch (cond->operation) { + case ir_binop_less: + case ir_binop_greater: + case ir_binop_lequal: + case ir_binop_gequal: { + /* The expressions that we care about will either be of the form + * 'counter < limit' or 'limit < counter'. Figure out which is + * which. + */ + ir_rvalue *counter = cond->operands[0]->as_dereference_variable(); + ir_constant *limit = cond->operands[1]->as_constant(); + enum ir_expression_operation cmp = cond->operation; + + if (limit == NULL) { + counter = cond->operands[1]->as_dereference_variable(); + limit = cond->operands[0]->as_constant(); + + switch (cmp) { + case ir_binop_less: cmp = ir_binop_gequal; break; + case ir_binop_greater: cmp = ir_binop_lequal; break; + case ir_binop_lequal: cmp = ir_binop_greater; break; + case ir_binop_gequal: cmp = ir_binop_less; break; + default: assert(!"Should not get here."); + } + } + + if ((counter == NULL) || (limit == NULL)) + break; + + ir_variable *var = counter->variable_referenced(); + + ir_rvalue *init = find_initial_value(ir, var); + + foreach_list(iv_node, &ls->induction_variables) { + loop_variable *lv = (loop_variable *) iv_node; + + if (lv->var == var) { + const int iterations = calculate_iterations(init, limit, + lv->increment, + cmp); + if (iterations >= 0) { + /* If the new iteration count is lower than the previously + * believed iteration count, update the loop control values. + */ + if (iterations < max_iterations) { + ir->from = init->clone(ir, NULL); + ir->to = limit->clone(ir, NULL); + ir->increment = lv->increment->clone(ir, NULL); + ir->counter = lv->var; + ir->cmp = cmp; + + max_iterations = iterations; + } + + /* Remove the conditional break statement. The loop + * controls are now set such that the exit condition will be + * satisfied. + */ + if_stmt->remove(); + + assert(ls->num_loop_jumps > 0); + ls->num_loop_jumps--; + + this->progress = true; + } + + break; + } + } + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + } + + /* If we have proven the one of the loop exit conditions is satisifed before + * running the loop once, remove the loop. + */ + if (max_iterations == 0) + ir->remove(); + else + ls->max_iterations = max_iterations; + + return visit_continue; +} + + +bool +set_loop_controls(exec_list *instructions, loop_state *ls) +{ + loop_control_visitor v(ls); + + v.run(instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_unroll.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_unroll.cpp index c54f2ca3d..5b84e1014 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_unroll.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/loop_unroll.cpp @@ -1,214 +1,214 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "loop_analysis.h"
-#include "ir_hierarchical_visitor.h"
-
-class loop_unroll_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- loop_unroll_visitor(loop_state *state, unsigned max_iterations)
- {
- this->state = state;
- this->progress = false;
- this->max_iterations = max_iterations;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_loop *ir);
-
- loop_state *state;
-
- bool progress;
- unsigned max_iterations;
-};
-
-
-static bool
-is_break(ir_instruction *ir)
-{
- return ir != NULL && ir->ir_type == ir_type_loop_jump
- && ((ir_loop_jump *) ir)->is_break();
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-loop_unroll_visitor::visit_leave(ir_loop *ir)
-{
- loop_variable_state *const ls = this->state->get(ir);
- int iterations;
-
- /* If we've entered a loop that hasn't been analyzed, something really,
- * really bad has happened.
- */
- if (ls == NULL) {
- assert(ls != NULL);
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
- iterations = ls->max_iterations;
-
- /* Don't try to unroll loops where the number of iterations is not known
- * at compile-time.
- */
- if (iterations < 0)
- return visit_continue;
-
- /* Don't try to unroll loops that have zillions of iterations either.
- */
- if (iterations > (int) max_iterations)
- return visit_continue;
-
- if (ls->num_loop_jumps > 1)
- return visit_continue;
- else if (ls->num_loop_jumps) {
- ir_instruction *last_ir = (ir_instruction *) ir->body_instructions.get_tail();
- assert(last_ir != NULL);
-
- if (is_break(last_ir)) {
- /* If the only loop-jump is a break at the end of the loop, the loop
- * will execute exactly once. Remove the break, set the iteration
- * count, and fall through to the normal unroller.
- */
- last_ir->remove();
- iterations = 1;
-
- this->progress = true;
- } else {
- ir_if *ir_if = NULL;
- ir_instruction *break_ir = NULL;
- bool continue_from_then_branch = false;
-
- foreach_list(node, &ir->body_instructions) {
- /* recognize loops in the form produced by ir_lower_jumps */
- ir_instruction *cur_ir = (ir_instruction *) node;
-
- ir_if = cur_ir->as_if();
- if (ir_if != NULL) {
- /* Determine which if-statement branch, if any, ends with a
- * break. The branch that did *not* have the break will get a
- * temporary continue inserted in each iteration of the loop
- * unroll.
- *
- * Note that since ls->num_loop_jumps is <= 1, it is impossible
- * for both branches to end with a break.
- */
- ir_instruction *ir_if_last =
- (ir_instruction *) ir_if->then_instructions.get_tail();
-
- if (is_break(ir_if_last)) {
- continue_from_then_branch = false;
- break_ir = ir_if_last;
- break;
- } else {
- ir_if_last =
- (ir_instruction *) ir_if->else_instructions.get_tail();
-
- if (is_break(ir_if_last)) {
- break_ir = ir_if_last;
- continue_from_then_branch = true;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (break_ir == NULL)
- return visit_continue;
-
- /* move instructions after then if in the continue branch */
- while (!ir_if->get_next()->is_tail_sentinel()) {
- ir_instruction *move_ir = (ir_instruction *) ir_if->get_next();
-
- move_ir->remove();
- if (continue_from_then_branch)
- ir_if->then_instructions.push_tail(move_ir);
- else
- ir_if->else_instructions.push_tail(move_ir);
- }
-
- /* Remove the break from the if-statement.
- */
- break_ir->remove();
-
- void *const mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
- ir_instruction *ir_to_replace = ir;
-
- for (int i = 0; i < iterations; i++) {
- exec_list copy_list;
-
- copy_list.make_empty();
- clone_ir_list(mem_ctx, ©_list, &ir->body_instructions);
-
- ir_if = ((ir_instruction *) copy_list.get_tail())->as_if();
- assert(ir_if != NULL);
-
- ir_to_replace->insert_before(©_list);
- ir_to_replace->remove();
-
- /* placeholder that will be removed in the next iteration */
- ir_to_replace =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_loop_jump(ir_loop_jump::jump_continue);
-
- exec_list *const list = (continue_from_then_branch)
- ? &ir_if->then_instructions : &ir_if->else_instructions;
-
- list->push_tail(ir_to_replace);
- }
-
- ir_to_replace->remove();
-
- this->progress = true;
- return visit_continue;
- }
- }
-
- void *const mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
-
- for (int i = 0; i < iterations; i++) {
- exec_list copy_list;
-
- copy_list.make_empty();
- clone_ir_list(mem_ctx, ©_list, &ir->body_instructions);
-
- ir->insert_before(©_list);
- }
-
- /* The loop has been replaced by the unrolled copies. Remove the original
- * loop from the IR sequence.
- */
- ir->remove();
-
- this->progress = true;
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-
-bool
-unroll_loops(exec_list *instructions, loop_state *ls, unsigned max_iterations)
-{
- loop_unroll_visitor v(ls, max_iterations);
-
- v.run(instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "loop_analysis.h" +#include "ir_hierarchical_visitor.h" + +class loop_unroll_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + loop_unroll_visitor(loop_state *state, unsigned max_iterations) + { + this->state = state; + this->progress = false; + this->max_iterations = max_iterations; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_loop *ir); + + loop_state *state; + + bool progress; + unsigned max_iterations; +}; + + +static bool +is_break(ir_instruction *ir) +{ + return ir != NULL && ir->ir_type == ir_type_loop_jump + && ((ir_loop_jump *) ir)->is_break(); +} + + +ir_visitor_status +loop_unroll_visitor::visit_leave(ir_loop *ir) +{ + loop_variable_state *const ls = this->state->get(ir); + int iterations; + + /* If we've entered a loop that hasn't been analyzed, something really, + * really bad has happened. + */ + if (ls == NULL) { + assert(ls != NULL); + return visit_continue; + } + + iterations = ls->max_iterations; + + /* Don't try to unroll loops where the number of iterations is not known + * at compile-time. + */ + if (iterations < 0) + return visit_continue; + + /* Don't try to unroll loops that have zillions of iterations either. + */ + if (iterations > (int) max_iterations) + return visit_continue; + + if (ls->num_loop_jumps > 1) + return visit_continue; + else if (ls->num_loop_jumps) { + ir_instruction *last_ir = (ir_instruction *) ir->body_instructions.get_tail(); + assert(last_ir != NULL); + + if (is_break(last_ir)) { + /* If the only loop-jump is a break at the end of the loop, the loop + * will execute exactly once. Remove the break, set the iteration + * count, and fall through to the normal unroller. + */ + last_ir->remove(); + iterations = 1; + + this->progress = true; + } else { + ir_if *ir_if = NULL; + ir_instruction *break_ir = NULL; + bool continue_from_then_branch = false; + + foreach_list(node, &ir->body_instructions) { + /* recognize loops in the form produced by ir_lower_jumps */ + ir_instruction *cur_ir = (ir_instruction *) node; + + ir_if = cur_ir->as_if(); + if (ir_if != NULL) { + /* Determine which if-statement branch, if any, ends with a + * break. The branch that did *not* have the break will get a + * temporary continue inserted in each iteration of the loop + * unroll. + * + * Note that since ls->num_loop_jumps is <= 1, it is impossible + * for both branches to end with a break. + */ + ir_instruction *ir_if_last = + (ir_instruction *) ir_if->then_instructions.get_tail(); + + if (is_break(ir_if_last)) { + continue_from_then_branch = false; + break_ir = ir_if_last; + break; + } else { + ir_if_last = + (ir_instruction *) ir_if->else_instructions.get_tail(); + + if (is_break(ir_if_last)) { + break_ir = ir_if_last; + continue_from_then_branch = true; + break; + } + } + } + } + + if (break_ir == NULL) + return visit_continue; + + /* move instructions after then if in the continue branch */ + while (!ir_if->get_next()->is_tail_sentinel()) { + ir_instruction *move_ir = (ir_instruction *) ir_if->get_next(); + + move_ir->remove(); + if (continue_from_then_branch) + ir_if->then_instructions.push_tail(move_ir); + else + ir_if->else_instructions.push_tail(move_ir); + } + + /* Remove the break from the if-statement. + */ + break_ir->remove(); + + void *const mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + ir_instruction *ir_to_replace = ir; + + for (int i = 0; i < iterations; i++) { + exec_list copy_list; + + copy_list.make_empty(); + clone_ir_list(mem_ctx, ©_list, &ir->body_instructions); + + ir_if = ((ir_instruction *) copy_list.get_tail())->as_if(); + assert(ir_if != NULL); + + ir_to_replace->insert_before(©_list); + ir_to_replace->remove(); + + /* placeholder that will be removed in the next iteration */ + ir_to_replace = + new(mem_ctx) ir_loop_jump(ir_loop_jump::jump_continue); + + exec_list *const list = (continue_from_then_branch) + ? &ir_if->then_instructions : &ir_if->else_instructions; + + list->push_tail(ir_to_replace); + } + + ir_to_replace->remove(); + + this->progress = true; + return visit_continue; + } + } + + void *const mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + + for (int i = 0; i < iterations; i++) { + exec_list copy_list; + + copy_list.make_empty(); + clone_ir_list(mem_ctx, ©_list, &ir->body_instructions); + + ir->insert_before(©_list); + } + + /* The loop has been replaced by the unrolled copies. Remove the original + * loop from the IR sequence. + */ + ir->remove(); + + this->progress = true; + return visit_continue; +} + + +bool +unroll_loops(exec_list *instructions, loop_state *ls, unsigned max_iterations) +{ + loop_unroll_visitor v(ls, max_iterations); + + v.run(instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_discard.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_discard.cpp index 5c3603ed7..cafd2dd3b 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_discard.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_discard.cpp @@ -1,198 +1,198 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file lower_discard.cpp
- *
- * This pass moves discards out of if-statements.
- *
- * Case 1: The "then" branch contains a conditional discard:
- * ---------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * if (cond1) {
- * s1;
- * discard cond2;
- * s2;
- * } else {
- * s3;
- * }
- *
- * becomes:
- *
- * temp = false;
- * if (cond1) {
- * s1;
- * temp = cond2;
- * s2;
- * } else {
- * s3;
- * }
- * discard temp;
- *
- * Case 2: The "else" branch contains a conditional discard:
- * ---------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * if (cond1) {
- * s1;
- * } else {
- * s2;
- * discard cond2;
- * s3;
- * }
- *
- * becomes:
- *
- * temp = false;
- * if (cond1) {
- * s1;
- * } else {
- * s2;
- * temp = cond2;
- * s3;
- * }
- * discard temp;
- *
- * Case 3: Both branches contain a conditional discard:
- * ----------------------------------------------------
- *
- * if (cond1) {
- * s1;
- * discard cond2;
- * s2;
- * } else {
- * s3;
- * discard cond3;
- * s4;
- * }
- *
- * becomes:
- *
- * temp = false;
- * if (cond1) {
- * s1;
- * temp = cond2;
- * s2;
- * } else {
- * s3;
- * temp = cond3;
- * s4;
- * }
- * discard temp;
- *
- * If there are multiple conditional discards, we need only deal with one of
- * them. Repeatedly applying this pass will take care of the others.
- *
- * Unconditional discards are treated as having a condition of "true".
- */
-
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "ir.h"
-
-class lower_discard_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- lower_discard_visitor()
- {
- this->progress = false;
- }
-
- ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_if *);
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-
-bool
-lower_discard(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- lower_discard_visitor v;
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
-
-
-static ir_discard *
-find_discard(exec_list &instructions)
-{
- foreach_list(n, &instructions) {
- ir_discard *ir = ((ir_instruction *) n)->as_discard();
- if (ir != NULL)
- return ir;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-static void
-replace_discard(void *mem_ctx, ir_variable *var, ir_discard *ir)
-{
- ir_rvalue *condition = ir->condition;
-
- /* For unconditional discards, use "true" as the condition. */
- if (condition == NULL)
- condition = new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(true);
-
- ir_assignment *assignment =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var),
- condition, NULL);
-
- ir->replace_with(assignment);
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-lower_discard_visitor::visit_leave(ir_if *ir)
-{
- ir_discard *then_discard = find_discard(ir->then_instructions);
- ir_discard *else_discard = find_discard(ir->else_instructions);
-
- if (then_discard == NULL && else_discard == NULL)
- return visit_continue;
-
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
-
- ir_variable *temp = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(glsl_type::bool_type,
- "discard_cond_temp",
- ir_var_temporary);
- ir_assignment *temp_initializer =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp),
- new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(false), NULL);
-
- ir->insert_before(temp);
- ir->insert_before(temp_initializer);
-
- if (then_discard != NULL)
- replace_discard(mem_ctx, temp, then_discard);
-
- if (else_discard != NULL)
- replace_discard(mem_ctx, temp, else_discard);
-
- ir_discard *discard = then_discard != NULL ? then_discard : else_discard;
- discard->condition = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp);
- ir->insert_after(discard);
-
- this->progress = true;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file lower_discard.cpp + * + * This pass moves discards out of if-statements. + * + * Case 1: The "then" branch contains a conditional discard: + * --------------------------------------------------------- + * + * if (cond1) { + * s1; + * discard cond2; + * s2; + * } else { + * s3; + * } + * + * becomes: + * + * temp = false; + * if (cond1) { + * s1; + * temp = cond2; + * s2; + * } else { + * s3; + * } + * discard temp; + * + * Case 2: The "else" branch contains a conditional discard: + * --------------------------------------------------------- + * + * if (cond1) { + * s1; + * } else { + * s2; + * discard cond2; + * s3; + * } + * + * becomes: + * + * temp = false; + * if (cond1) { + * s1; + * } else { + * s2; + * temp = cond2; + * s3; + * } + * discard temp; + * + * Case 3: Both branches contain a conditional discard: + * ---------------------------------------------------- + * + * if (cond1) { + * s1; + * discard cond2; + * s2; + * } else { + * s3; + * discard cond3; + * s4; + * } + * + * becomes: + * + * temp = false; + * if (cond1) { + * s1; + * temp = cond2; + * s2; + * } else { + * s3; + * temp = cond3; + * s4; + * } + * discard temp; + * + * If there are multiple conditional discards, we need only deal with one of + * them. Repeatedly applying this pass will take care of the others. + * + * Unconditional discards are treated as having a condition of "true". + */ + +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "ir.h" + +class lower_discard_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + lower_discard_visitor() + { + this->progress = false; + } + + ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_if *); + + bool progress; +}; + + +bool +lower_discard(exec_list *instructions) +{ + lower_discard_visitor v; + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} + + +static ir_discard * +find_discard(exec_list &instructions) +{ + foreach_list(n, &instructions) { + ir_discard *ir = ((ir_instruction *) n)->as_discard(); + if (ir != NULL) + return ir; + } + return NULL; +} + + +static void +replace_discard(void *mem_ctx, ir_variable *var, ir_discard *ir) +{ + ir_rvalue *condition = ir->condition; + + /* For unconditional discards, use "true" as the condition. */ + if (condition == NULL) + condition = new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(true); + + ir_assignment *assignment = + new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var), + condition, NULL); + + ir->replace_with(assignment); +} + + +ir_visitor_status +lower_discard_visitor::visit_leave(ir_if *ir) +{ + ir_discard *then_discard = find_discard(ir->then_instructions); + ir_discard *else_discard = find_discard(ir->else_instructions); + + if (then_discard == NULL && else_discard == NULL) + return visit_continue; + + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + + ir_variable *temp = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(glsl_type::bool_type, + "discard_cond_temp", + ir_var_temporary); + ir_assignment *temp_initializer = + new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp), + new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(false), NULL); + + ir->insert_before(temp); + ir->insert_before(temp_initializer); + + if (then_discard != NULL) + replace_discard(mem_ctx, temp, then_discard); + + if (else_discard != NULL) + replace_discard(mem_ctx, temp, else_discard); + + ir_discard *discard = then_discard != NULL ? then_discard : else_discard; + discard->condition = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp); + ir->insert_after(discard); + + this->progress = true; + + return visit_continue; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_if_to_cond_assign.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_if_to_cond_assign.cpp index 9212ae21e..e3a1065d9 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_if_to_cond_assign.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_if_to_cond_assign.cpp @@ -1,200 +1,200 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file lower_if_to_cond_assign.cpp
- *
- * This attempts to flatten if-statements to conditional assignments for
- * GPUs with limited or no flow control support.
- *
- * It can't handle other control flow being inside of its block, such
- * as calls or loops. Hopefully loop unrolling and inlining will take
- * care of those.
- *
- * Drivers for GPUs with no control flow support should simply call
- *
- * lower_if_to_cond_assign(instructions)
- *
- * to attempt to flatten all if-statements.
- *
- * Some GPUs (such as i965 prior to gen6) do support control flow, but have a
- * maximum nesting depth N. Drivers for such hardware can call
- *
- * lower_if_to_cond_assign(instructions, N)
- *
- * to attempt to flatten any if-statements appearing at depth > N.
- */
-
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "ir.h"
-
-class ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor(unsigned max_depth)
- {
- this->progress = false;
- this->max_depth = max_depth;
- this->depth = 0;
- }
-
- ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_if *);
- ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_if *);
-
- bool progress;
- unsigned max_depth;
- unsigned depth;
-};
-
-bool
-lower_if_to_cond_assign(exec_list *instructions, unsigned max_depth)
-{
- ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor v(max_depth);
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
-
-void
-check_control_flow(ir_instruction *ir, void *data)
-{
- bool *found_control_flow = (bool *)data;
- switch (ir->ir_type) {
- case ir_type_call:
- case ir_type_discard:
- case ir_type_loop:
- case ir_type_loop_jump:
- case ir_type_return:
- *found_control_flow = true;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-void
-move_block_to_cond_assign(void *mem_ctx,
- ir_if *if_ir, ir_variable *cond_var, bool then)
-{
- exec_list *instructions;
-
- if (then) {
- instructions = &if_ir->then_instructions;
- } else {
- instructions = &if_ir->else_instructions;
- }
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *instructions) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
-
- if (ir->ir_type == ir_type_assignment) {
- ir_assignment *assign = (ir_assignment *)ir;
- ir_rvalue *cond_expr;
- ir_dereference *deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(cond_var);
-
- if (then) {
- cond_expr = deref;
- } else {
- cond_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not,
- glsl_type::bool_type,
- deref,
- NULL);
- }
-
- if (!assign->condition) {
- assign->condition = cond_expr;
- } else {
- assign->condition = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_logic_and,
- glsl_type::bool_type,
- cond_expr,
- assign->condition);
- }
- }
-
- /* Now, move from the if block to the block surrounding it. */
- ir->remove();
- if_ir->insert_before(ir);
- }
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- this->depth++;
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_leave(ir_if *ir)
-{
- /* Only flatten when beyond the GPU's maximum supported nesting depth. */
- if (this->depth <= this->max_depth)
- return visit_continue;
-
- this->depth--;
-
- bool found_control_flow = false;
- ir_variable *cond_var;
- ir_assignment *assign;
- ir_dereference_variable *deref;
-
- /* Check that both blocks don't contain anything we can't support. */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, then_iter, ir->then_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *then_ir = (ir_instruction *)then_iter.get();
- visit_tree(then_ir, check_control_flow, &found_control_flow);
- }
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, else_iter, ir->else_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *else_ir = (ir_instruction *)else_iter.get();
- visit_tree(else_ir, check_control_flow, &found_control_flow);
- }
- if (found_control_flow)
- return visit_continue;
-
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
-
- /* Store the condition to a variable so the assignment conditions are
- * simpler.
- */
- cond_var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(glsl_type::bool_type,
- "if_to_cond_assign_condition",
- ir_var_temporary);
- ir->insert_before(cond_var);
-
- deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(cond_var);
- assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(deref,
- ir->condition, NULL);
- ir->insert_before(assign);
-
- /* Now, move all of the instructions out of the if blocks, putting
- * conditions on assignments.
- */
- move_block_to_cond_assign(mem_ctx, ir, cond_var, true);
- move_block_to_cond_assign(mem_ctx, ir, cond_var, false);
-
- ir->remove();
-
- this->progress = true;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file lower_if_to_cond_assign.cpp + * + * This attempts to flatten if-statements to conditional assignments for + * GPUs with limited or no flow control support. + * + * It can't handle other control flow being inside of its block, such + * as calls or loops. Hopefully loop unrolling and inlining will take + * care of those. + * + * Drivers for GPUs with no control flow support should simply call + * + * lower_if_to_cond_assign(instructions) + * + * to attempt to flatten all if-statements. + * + * Some GPUs (such as i965 prior to gen6) do support control flow, but have a + * maximum nesting depth N. Drivers for such hardware can call + * + * lower_if_to_cond_assign(instructions, N) + * + * to attempt to flatten any if-statements appearing at depth > N. + */ + +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "ir.h" + +class ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor(unsigned max_depth) + { + this->progress = false; + this->max_depth = max_depth; + this->depth = 0; + } + + ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_if *); + ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_if *); + + bool progress; + unsigned max_depth; + unsigned depth; +}; + +bool +lower_if_to_cond_assign(exec_list *instructions, unsigned max_depth) +{ + ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor v(max_depth); + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} + +void +check_control_flow(ir_instruction *ir, void *data) +{ + bool *found_control_flow = (bool *)data; + switch (ir->ir_type) { + case ir_type_call: + case ir_type_discard: + case ir_type_loop: + case ir_type_loop_jump: + case ir_type_return: + *found_control_flow = true; + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +void +move_block_to_cond_assign(void *mem_ctx, + ir_if *if_ir, ir_variable *cond_var, bool then) +{ + exec_list *instructions; + + if (then) { + instructions = &if_ir->then_instructions; + } else { + instructions = &if_ir->else_instructions; + } + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *instructions) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + + if (ir->ir_type == ir_type_assignment) { + ir_assignment *assign = (ir_assignment *)ir; + ir_rvalue *cond_expr; + ir_dereference *deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(cond_var); + + if (then) { + cond_expr = deref; + } else { + cond_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not, + glsl_type::bool_type, + deref, + NULL); + } + + if (!assign->condition) { + assign->condition = cond_expr; + } else { + assign->condition = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_logic_and, + glsl_type::bool_type, + cond_expr, + assign->condition); + } + } + + /* Now, move from the if block to the block surrounding it. */ + ir->remove(); + if_ir->insert_before(ir); + } +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + this->depth++; + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_if_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_leave(ir_if *ir) +{ + /* Only flatten when beyond the GPU's maximum supported nesting depth. */ + if (this->depth <= this->max_depth) + return visit_continue; + + this->depth--; + + bool found_control_flow = false; + ir_variable *cond_var; + ir_assignment *assign; + ir_dereference_variable *deref; + + /* Check that both blocks don't contain anything we can't support. */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, then_iter, ir->then_instructions) { + ir_instruction *then_ir = (ir_instruction *)then_iter.get(); + visit_tree(then_ir, check_control_flow, &found_control_flow); + } + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, else_iter, ir->else_instructions) { + ir_instruction *else_ir = (ir_instruction *)else_iter.get(); + visit_tree(else_ir, check_control_flow, &found_control_flow); + } + if (found_control_flow) + return visit_continue; + + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + + /* Store the condition to a variable so the assignment conditions are + * simpler. + */ + cond_var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(glsl_type::bool_type, + "if_to_cond_assign_condition", + ir_var_temporary); + ir->insert_before(cond_var); + + deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(cond_var); + assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(deref, + ir->condition, NULL); + ir->insert_before(assign); + + /* Now, move all of the instructions out of the if blocks, putting + * conditions on assignments. + */ + move_block_to_cond_assign(mem_ctx, ir, cond_var, true); + move_block_to_cond_assign(mem_ctx, ir, cond_var, false); + + ir->remove(); + + this->progress = true; + + return visit_continue; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_mat_op_to_vec.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_mat_op_to_vec.cpp index d61d94443..8cbbfa713 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_mat_op_to_vec.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_mat_op_to_vec.cpp @@ -1,490 +1,490 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file lower_mat_op_to_vec.cpp
- *
- * Breaks matrix operation expressions down to a series of vector operations.
- *
- * Generally this is how we have to codegen matrix operations for a
- * GPU, so this gives us the chance to constant fold operations on a
- * column or row.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_expression_flattening.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-class ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor()
- {
- this->made_progress = false;
- this->mem_ctx = NULL;
- }
-
- ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_assignment *);
-
- ir_dereference *get_column(ir_variable *var, int col);
- ir_rvalue *get_element(ir_variable *var, int col, int row);
-
- void do_mul_mat_mat(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var, ir_variable *b_var);
- void do_mul_mat_vec(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var, ir_variable *b_var);
- void do_mul_vec_mat(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var, ir_variable *b_var);
- void do_mul_mat_scalar(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var, ir_variable *b_var);
- void do_equal_mat_mat(ir_variable *result_var, ir_variable *a_var,
- ir_variable *b_var, bool test_equal);
-
- void *mem_ctx;
- bool made_progress;
-};
-
-static bool
-mat_op_to_vec_predicate(ir_instruction *ir)
-{
- ir_expression *expr = ir->as_expression();
- unsigned int i;
-
- if (!expr)
- return false;
-
- for (i = 0; i < expr->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- if (expr->operands[i]->type->is_matrix())
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-do_mat_op_to_vec(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor v;
-
- /* Pull out any matrix expression to a separate assignment to a
- * temp. This will make our handling of the breakdown to
- * operations on the matrix's vector components much easier.
- */
- do_expression_flattening(instructions, mat_op_to_vec_predicate);
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.made_progress;
-}
-
-ir_rvalue *
-ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::get_element(ir_variable *var, int col, int row)
-{
- ir_dereference *deref;
-
- deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
-
- if (var->type->is_matrix()) {
- deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(var,
- new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(col));
- } else {
- assert(col == 0);
- }
-
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(deref, row, 0, 0, 0, 1);
-}
-
-ir_dereference *
-ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::get_column(ir_variable *var, int row)
-{
- ir_dereference *deref;
-
- if (!var->type->is_matrix()) {
- deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- } else {
- deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(deref,
- new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(row));
- }
-
- return deref;
-}
-
-void
-ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_mul_mat_mat(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var,
- ir_variable *b_var)
-{
- int b_col, i;
- ir_assignment *assign;
- ir_expression *expr;
-
- for (b_col = 0; b_col < b_var->type->matrix_columns; b_col++) {
- ir_rvalue *a = get_column(a_var, 0);
- ir_rvalue *b = get_element(b_var, b_col, 0);
-
- /* first column */
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul,
- a->type,
- a,
- b);
-
- /* following columns */
- for (i = 1; i < a_var->type->matrix_columns; i++) {
- ir_expression *mul_expr;
-
- a = get_column(a_var, i);
- b = get_element(b_var, b_col, i);
-
- mul_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul,
- a->type,
- a,
- b);
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_add,
- a->type,
- expr,
- mul_expr);
- }
-
- ir_rvalue *result = get_column(result_var, b_col);
- assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result,
- expr,
- NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
- }
-}
-
-void
-ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_mul_mat_vec(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var,
- ir_variable *b_var)
-{
- int i;
- ir_rvalue *a = get_column(a_var, 0);
- ir_rvalue *b = get_element(b_var, 0, 0);
- ir_assignment *assign;
- ir_expression *expr;
-
- /* first column */
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul,
- result_var->type,
- a,
- b);
-
- /* following columns */
- for (i = 1; i < a_var->type->matrix_columns; i++) {
- ir_expression *mul_expr;
-
- a = get_column(a_var, i);
- b = get_element(b_var, 0, i);
-
- mul_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul,
- result_var->type,
- a,
- b);
- expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_add,
- result_var->type,
- expr,
- mul_expr);
- }
-
- ir_rvalue *result = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(result_var);
- assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result,
- expr,
- NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
-}
-
-void
-ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_mul_vec_mat(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var,
- ir_variable *b_var)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < b_var->type->matrix_columns; i++) {
- ir_rvalue *a = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(a_var);
- ir_rvalue *b = get_column(b_var, i);
- ir_rvalue *result;
- ir_expression *column_expr;
- ir_assignment *column_assign;
-
- result = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(result_var);
- result = new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(result, i, 0, 0, 0, 1);
-
- column_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_dot,
- result->type,
- a,
- b);
-
- column_assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result,
- column_expr,
- NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(column_assign);
- }
-}
-
-void
-ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_mul_mat_scalar(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var,
- ir_variable *b_var)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < a_var->type->matrix_columns; i++) {
- ir_rvalue *a = get_column(a_var, i);
- ir_rvalue *b = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(b_var);
- ir_rvalue *result = get_column(result_var, i);
- ir_expression *column_expr;
- ir_assignment *column_assign;
-
- column_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul,
- result->type,
- a,
- b);
-
- column_assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result,
- column_expr,
- NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(column_assign);
- }
-}
-
-void
-ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_equal_mat_mat(ir_variable *result_var,
- ir_variable *a_var,
- ir_variable *b_var,
- bool test_equal)
-{
- /* This essentially implements the following GLSL:
- *
- * bool equal(mat4 a, mat4 b)
- * {
- * return !any(bvec4(a[0] != b[0],
- * a[1] != b[1],
- * a[2] != b[2],
- * a[3] != b[3]);
- * }
- *
- * bool nequal(mat4 a, mat4 b)
- * {
- * return any(bvec4(a[0] != b[0],
- * a[1] != b[1],
- * a[2] != b[2],
- * a[3] != b[3]);
- * }
- */
- const unsigned columns = a_var->type->matrix_columns;
- const glsl_type *const bvec_type =
- glsl_type::get_instance(GLSL_TYPE_BOOL, columns, 1);
-
- ir_variable *const tmp_bvec =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_variable(bvec_type, "mat_cmp_bvec",
- ir_var_temporary);
- this->base_ir->insert_before(tmp_bvec);
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < columns; i++) {
- ir_dereference *const op0 = get_column(a_var, i);
- ir_dereference *const op1 = get_column(b_var, i);
-
- ir_expression *const cmp =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_any_nequal,
- glsl_type::bool_type, op0, op1);
-
- ir_dereference *const lhs =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(tmp_bvec);
-
- ir_assignment *const assign =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, cmp, NULL, (1U << i));
-
- this->base_ir->insert_before(assign);
- }
-
- ir_rvalue *const val =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(tmp_bvec);
-
- ir_expression *any =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_any, glsl_type::bool_type,
- val, NULL);
-
- if (test_equal)
- any = new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not,
- glsl_type::bool_type,
- any, NULL);
-
- ir_rvalue *const result =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(result_var);
-
- ir_assignment *const assign =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result, any, NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
-}
-
-static bool
-has_matrix_operand(const ir_expression *expr, unsigned &columns)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < expr->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- if (expr->operands[i]->type->is_matrix()) {
- columns = expr->operands[i]->type->matrix_columns;
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *orig_assign)
-{
- ir_expression *orig_expr = orig_assign->rhs->as_expression();
- unsigned int i, matrix_columns = 1;
- ir_variable *op_var[2];
-
- if (!orig_expr)
- return visit_continue;
-
- if (!has_matrix_operand(orig_expr, matrix_columns))
- return visit_continue;
-
- assert(orig_expr->get_num_operands() <= 2);
-
- mem_ctx = talloc_parent(orig_assign);
-
- ir_dereference_variable *lhs_deref =
- orig_assign->lhs->as_dereference_variable();
- assert(lhs_deref);
-
- ir_variable *result_var = lhs_deref->var;
-
- /* Store the expression operands in temps so we can use them
- * multiple times.
- */
- for (i = 0; i < orig_expr->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- ir_assignment *assign;
-
- op_var[i] = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(orig_expr->operands[i]->type,
- "mat_op_to_vec",
- ir_var_temporary);
- base_ir->insert_before(op_var[i]);
-
- lhs_deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(op_var[i]);
- assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs_deref,
- orig_expr->operands[i],
- NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
- }
-
- /* OK, time to break down this matrix operation. */
- switch (orig_expr->operation) {
- case ir_unop_neg: {
- const unsigned mask = (1U << result_var->type->vector_elements) - 1;
-
- /* Apply the operation to each column.*/
- for (i = 0; i < matrix_columns; i++) {
- ir_rvalue *op0 = get_column(op_var[0], i);
- ir_dereference *result = get_column(result_var, i);
- ir_expression *column_expr;
- ir_assignment *column_assign;
-
- column_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(orig_expr->operation,
- result->type,
- op0,
- NULL);
-
- column_assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result,
- column_expr,
- NULL,
- mask);
- assert(column_assign->write_mask != 0);
- base_ir->insert_before(column_assign);
- }
- break;
- }
- case ir_binop_add:
- case ir_binop_sub:
- case ir_binop_div:
- case ir_binop_mod: {
- const unsigned mask = (1U << result_var->type->vector_elements) - 1;
-
- /* For most operations, the matrix version is just going
- * column-wise through and applying the operation to each column
- * if available.
- */
- for (i = 0; i < matrix_columns; i++) {
- ir_rvalue *op0 = get_column(op_var[0], i);
- ir_rvalue *op1 = get_column(op_var[1], i);
- ir_dereference *result = get_column(result_var, i);
- ir_expression *column_expr;
- ir_assignment *column_assign;
-
- column_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(orig_expr->operation,
- result->type,
- op0,
- op1);
-
- column_assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result,
- column_expr,
- NULL,
- mask);
- assert(column_assign->write_mask != 0);
- base_ir->insert_before(column_assign);
- }
- break;
- }
- case ir_binop_mul:
- if (op_var[0]->type->is_matrix()) {
- if (op_var[1]->type->is_matrix()) {
- do_mul_mat_mat(result_var, op_var[0], op_var[1]);
- } else if (op_var[1]->type->is_vector()) {
- do_mul_mat_vec(result_var, op_var[0], op_var[1]);
- } else {
- assert(op_var[1]->type->is_scalar());
- do_mul_mat_scalar(result_var, op_var[0], op_var[1]);
- }
- } else {
- assert(op_var[1]->type->is_matrix());
- if (op_var[0]->type->is_vector()) {
- do_mul_vec_mat(result_var, op_var[0], op_var[1]);
- } else {
- assert(op_var[0]->type->is_scalar());
- do_mul_mat_scalar(result_var, op_var[1], op_var[0]);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_all_equal:
- case ir_binop_any_nequal:
- do_equal_mat_mat(result_var, op_var[1], op_var[0],
- (orig_expr->operation == ir_binop_all_equal));
- break;
-
- default:
- printf("FINISHME: Handle matrix operation for %s\n",
- orig_expr->operator_string());
- abort();
- }
- orig_assign->remove();
- this->made_progress = true;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file lower_mat_op_to_vec.cpp + * + * Breaks matrix operation expressions down to a series of vector operations. + * + * Generally this is how we have to codegen matrix operations for a + * GPU, so this gives us the chance to constant fold operations on a + * column or row. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_expression_flattening.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +class ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor() + { + this->made_progress = false; + this->mem_ctx = NULL; + } + + ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_assignment *); + + ir_dereference *get_column(ir_variable *var, int col); + ir_rvalue *get_element(ir_variable *var, int col, int row); + + void do_mul_mat_mat(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, ir_variable *b_var); + void do_mul_mat_vec(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, ir_variable *b_var); + void do_mul_vec_mat(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, ir_variable *b_var); + void do_mul_mat_scalar(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, ir_variable *b_var); + void do_equal_mat_mat(ir_variable *result_var, ir_variable *a_var, + ir_variable *b_var, bool test_equal); + + void *mem_ctx; + bool made_progress; +}; + +static bool +mat_op_to_vec_predicate(ir_instruction *ir) +{ + ir_expression *expr = ir->as_expression(); + unsigned int i; + + if (!expr) + return false; + + for (i = 0; i < expr->get_num_operands(); i++) { + if (expr->operands[i]->type->is_matrix()) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool +do_mat_op_to_vec(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor v; + + /* Pull out any matrix expression to a separate assignment to a + * temp. This will make our handling of the breakdown to + * operations on the matrix's vector components much easier. + */ + do_expression_flattening(instructions, mat_op_to_vec_predicate); + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.made_progress; +} + +ir_rvalue * +ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::get_element(ir_variable *var, int col, int row) +{ + ir_dereference *deref; + + deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + + if (var->type->is_matrix()) { + deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(var, + new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(col)); + } else { + assert(col == 0); + } + + return new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(deref, row, 0, 0, 0, 1); +} + +ir_dereference * +ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::get_column(ir_variable *var, int row) +{ + ir_dereference *deref; + + if (!var->type->is_matrix()) { + deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + } else { + deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(deref, + new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(row)); + } + + return deref; +} + +void +ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_mul_mat_mat(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, + ir_variable *b_var) +{ + int b_col, i; + ir_assignment *assign; + ir_expression *expr; + + for (b_col = 0; b_col < b_var->type->matrix_columns; b_col++) { + ir_rvalue *a = get_column(a_var, 0); + ir_rvalue *b = get_element(b_var, b_col, 0); + + /* first column */ + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, + a->type, + a, + b); + + /* following columns */ + for (i = 1; i < a_var->type->matrix_columns; i++) { + ir_expression *mul_expr; + + a = get_column(a_var, i); + b = get_element(b_var, b_col, i); + + mul_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, + a->type, + a, + b); + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_add, + a->type, + expr, + mul_expr); + } + + ir_rvalue *result = get_column(result_var, b_col); + assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result, + expr, + NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(assign); + } +} + +void +ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_mul_mat_vec(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, + ir_variable *b_var) +{ + int i; + ir_rvalue *a = get_column(a_var, 0); + ir_rvalue *b = get_element(b_var, 0, 0); + ir_assignment *assign; + ir_expression *expr; + + /* first column */ + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, + result_var->type, + a, + b); + + /* following columns */ + for (i = 1; i < a_var->type->matrix_columns; i++) { + ir_expression *mul_expr; + + a = get_column(a_var, i); + b = get_element(b_var, 0, i); + + mul_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, + result_var->type, + a, + b); + expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_add, + result_var->type, + expr, + mul_expr); + } + + ir_rvalue *result = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(result_var); + assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result, + expr, + NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(assign); +} + +void +ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_mul_vec_mat(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, + ir_variable *b_var) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < b_var->type->matrix_columns; i++) { + ir_rvalue *a = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(a_var); + ir_rvalue *b = get_column(b_var, i); + ir_rvalue *result; + ir_expression *column_expr; + ir_assignment *column_assign; + + result = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(result_var); + result = new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(result, i, 0, 0, 0, 1); + + column_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_dot, + result->type, + a, + b); + + column_assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result, + column_expr, + NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(column_assign); + } +} + +void +ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_mul_mat_scalar(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, + ir_variable *b_var) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < a_var->type->matrix_columns; i++) { + ir_rvalue *a = get_column(a_var, i); + ir_rvalue *b = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(b_var); + ir_rvalue *result = get_column(result_var, i); + ir_expression *column_expr; + ir_assignment *column_assign; + + column_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, + result->type, + a, + b); + + column_assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result, + column_expr, + NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(column_assign); + } +} + +void +ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::do_equal_mat_mat(ir_variable *result_var, + ir_variable *a_var, + ir_variable *b_var, + bool test_equal) +{ + /* This essentially implements the following GLSL: + * + * bool equal(mat4 a, mat4 b) + * { + * return !any(bvec4(a[0] != b[0], + * a[1] != b[1], + * a[2] != b[2], + * a[3] != b[3]); + * } + * + * bool nequal(mat4 a, mat4 b) + * { + * return any(bvec4(a[0] != b[0], + * a[1] != b[1], + * a[2] != b[2], + * a[3] != b[3]); + * } + */ + const unsigned columns = a_var->type->matrix_columns; + const glsl_type *const bvec_type = + glsl_type::get_instance(GLSL_TYPE_BOOL, columns, 1); + + ir_variable *const tmp_bvec = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_variable(bvec_type, "mat_cmp_bvec", + ir_var_temporary); + this->base_ir->insert_before(tmp_bvec); + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < columns; i++) { + ir_dereference *const op0 = get_column(a_var, i); + ir_dereference *const op1 = get_column(b_var, i); + + ir_expression *const cmp = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_any_nequal, + glsl_type::bool_type, op0, op1); + + ir_dereference *const lhs = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(tmp_bvec); + + ir_assignment *const assign = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, cmp, NULL, (1U << i)); + + this->base_ir->insert_before(assign); + } + + ir_rvalue *const val = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(tmp_bvec); + + ir_expression *any = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_any, glsl_type::bool_type, + val, NULL); + + if (test_equal) + any = new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not, + glsl_type::bool_type, + any, NULL); + + ir_rvalue *const result = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(result_var); + + ir_assignment *const assign = + new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result, any, NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(assign); +} + +static bool +has_matrix_operand(const ir_expression *expr, unsigned &columns) +{ + for (unsigned i = 0; i < expr->get_num_operands(); i++) { + if (expr->operands[i]->type->is_matrix()) { + columns = expr->operands[i]->type->matrix_columns; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_mat_op_to_vec_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *orig_assign) +{ + ir_expression *orig_expr = orig_assign->rhs->as_expression(); + unsigned int i, matrix_columns = 1; + ir_variable *op_var[2]; + + if (!orig_expr) + return visit_continue; + + if (!has_matrix_operand(orig_expr, matrix_columns)) + return visit_continue; + + assert(orig_expr->get_num_operands() <= 2); + + mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(orig_assign); + + ir_dereference_variable *lhs_deref = + orig_assign->lhs->as_dereference_variable(); + assert(lhs_deref); + + ir_variable *result_var = lhs_deref->var; + + /* Store the expression operands in temps so we can use them + * multiple times. + */ + for (i = 0; i < orig_expr->get_num_operands(); i++) { + ir_assignment *assign; + + op_var[i] = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(orig_expr->operands[i]->type, + "mat_op_to_vec", + ir_var_temporary); + base_ir->insert_before(op_var[i]); + + lhs_deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(op_var[i]); + assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs_deref, + orig_expr->operands[i], + NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(assign); + } + + /* OK, time to break down this matrix operation. */ + switch (orig_expr->operation) { + case ir_unop_neg: { + const unsigned mask = (1U << result_var->type->vector_elements) - 1; + + /* Apply the operation to each column.*/ + for (i = 0; i < matrix_columns; i++) { + ir_rvalue *op0 = get_column(op_var[0], i); + ir_dereference *result = get_column(result_var, i); + ir_expression *column_expr; + ir_assignment *column_assign; + + column_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(orig_expr->operation, + result->type, + op0, + NULL); + + column_assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result, + column_expr, + NULL, + mask); + assert(column_assign->write_mask != 0); + base_ir->insert_before(column_assign); + } + break; + } + case ir_binop_add: + case ir_binop_sub: + case ir_binop_div: + case ir_binop_mod: { + const unsigned mask = (1U << result_var->type->vector_elements) - 1; + + /* For most operations, the matrix version is just going + * column-wise through and applying the operation to each column + * if available. + */ + for (i = 0; i < matrix_columns; i++) { + ir_rvalue *op0 = get_column(op_var[0], i); + ir_rvalue *op1 = get_column(op_var[1], i); + ir_dereference *result = get_column(result_var, i); + ir_expression *column_expr; + ir_assignment *column_assign; + + column_expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(orig_expr->operation, + result->type, + op0, + op1); + + column_assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(result, + column_expr, + NULL, + mask); + assert(column_assign->write_mask != 0); + base_ir->insert_before(column_assign); + } + break; + } + case ir_binop_mul: + if (op_var[0]->type->is_matrix()) { + if (op_var[1]->type->is_matrix()) { + do_mul_mat_mat(result_var, op_var[0], op_var[1]); + } else if (op_var[1]->type->is_vector()) { + do_mul_mat_vec(result_var, op_var[0], op_var[1]); + } else { + assert(op_var[1]->type->is_scalar()); + do_mul_mat_scalar(result_var, op_var[0], op_var[1]); + } + } else { + assert(op_var[1]->type->is_matrix()); + if (op_var[0]->type->is_vector()) { + do_mul_vec_mat(result_var, op_var[0], op_var[1]); + } else { + assert(op_var[0]->type->is_scalar()); + do_mul_mat_scalar(result_var, op_var[1], op_var[0]); + } + } + break; + + case ir_binop_all_equal: + case ir_binop_any_nequal: + do_equal_mat_mat(result_var, op_var[1], op_var[0], + (orig_expr->operation == ir_binop_all_equal)); + break; + + default: + printf("FINISHME: Handle matrix operation for %s\n", + orig_expr->operator_string()); + abort(); + } + orig_assign->remove(); + this->made_progress = true; + + return visit_continue; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_noise.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_noise.cpp index cb32d2834..85f59b675 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_noise.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_noise.cpp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ public: * that implements noise. No hardware has a noise instruction. */ if (expr->operation == ir_unop_noise) { - *rvalue = ir_constant::zero(talloc_parent(expr), expr->type); + *rvalue = ir_constant::zero(ralloc_parent(expr), expr->type); this->progress = true; } } diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_texture_projection.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_texture_projection.cpp index 7d4f647e9..6e3aaecce 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_texture_projection.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_texture_projection.cpp @@ -1,99 +1,99 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file lower_texture_projection.cpp
- *
- * IR lower pass to perform the division of texture coordinates by the texture
- * projector if present.
- *
- * Many GPUs have a texture sampling opcode that takes the projector
- * and does the divide internally, thus the presence of the projector
- * in the IR. For GPUs that don't, this saves the driver needing the
- * logic for handling the divide.
- *
- * \author Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-
-class lower_texture_projection_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- lower_texture_projection_visitor()
- {
- progress = false;
- }
-
- ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_texture *ir);
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-ir_visitor_status
-lower_texture_projection_visitor::visit_leave(ir_texture *ir)
-{
- if (!ir->projector)
- return visit_continue;
-
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
-
- ir_variable *var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(ir->projector->type,
- "projector", ir_var_auto);
- base_ir->insert_before(var);
- ir_dereference *deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- ir_expression *expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_rcp,
- ir->projector->type,
- ir->projector,
- NULL);
- ir_assignment *assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(deref, expr, NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
-
- deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- ir->coordinate = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul,
- ir->coordinate->type,
- ir->coordinate,
- deref);
-
- if (ir->shadow_comparitor) {
- deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- ir->shadow_comparitor = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul,
- ir->shadow_comparitor->type,
- ir->shadow_comparitor,
- deref);
- }
-
- ir->projector = NULL;
-
- progress = true;
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-bool
-do_lower_texture_projection(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- lower_texture_projection_visitor v;
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file lower_texture_projection.cpp + * + * IR lower pass to perform the division of texture coordinates by the texture + * projector if present. + * + * Many GPUs have a texture sampling opcode that takes the projector + * and does the divide internally, thus the presence of the projector + * in the IR. For GPUs that don't, this saves the driver needing the + * logic for handling the divide. + * + * \author Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net> + */ + +#include "ir.h" + +class lower_texture_projection_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + lower_texture_projection_visitor() + { + progress = false; + } + + ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_texture *ir); + + bool progress; +}; + +ir_visitor_status +lower_texture_projection_visitor::visit_leave(ir_texture *ir) +{ + if (!ir->projector) + return visit_continue; + + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + + ir_variable *var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(ir->projector->type, + "projector", ir_var_auto); + base_ir->insert_before(var); + ir_dereference *deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + ir_expression *expr = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_rcp, + ir->projector->type, + ir->projector, + NULL); + ir_assignment *assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(deref, expr, NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(assign); + + deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + ir->coordinate = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, + ir->coordinate->type, + ir->coordinate, + deref); + + if (ir->shadow_comparitor) { + deref = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + ir->shadow_comparitor = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_mul, + ir->shadow_comparitor->type, + ir->shadow_comparitor, + deref); + } + + ir->projector = NULL; + + progress = true; + return visit_continue; +} + +bool +do_lower_texture_projection(exec_list *instructions) +{ + lower_texture_projection_visitor v; + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign.cpp index faff760ea..8eb1612f0 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign.cpp @@ -1,382 +1,383 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Luca Barbieri
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign.cpp
- *
- * Turns non-constant indexing into array types to a series of
- * conditional moves of each element into a temporary.
- *
- * Pre-DX10 GPUs often don't have a native way to do this operation,
- * and this works around that.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "main/macros.h"
-
-struct assignment_generator
-{
- ir_instruction* base_ir;
- ir_rvalue* array;
- bool is_write;
- unsigned int write_mask;
- ir_variable* var;
-
- assignment_generator()
- {
- }
-
- void generate(unsigned i, ir_rvalue* condition, exec_list *list) const
- {
- /* Just clone the rest of the deref chain when trying to get at the
- * underlying variable.
- */
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(base_ir);
- ir_dereference *element =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(this->array->clone(mem_ctx, NULL),
- new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(i));
- ir_rvalue *variable = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(this->var);
-
- ir_assignment *assignment;
- if (is_write) {
- assignment = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(element, variable, condition,
- write_mask);
- } else {
- assignment = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(variable, element, condition);
- }
-
- list->push_tail(assignment);
- }
-};
-
-struct switch_generator
-{
- /* make TFunction a template parameter if you need to use other generators */
- typedef assignment_generator TFunction;
- const TFunction& generator;
-
- ir_variable* index;
- unsigned linear_sequence_max_length;
- unsigned condition_components;
-
- void *mem_ctx;
-
- switch_generator(const TFunction& generator, ir_variable *index,
- unsigned linear_sequence_max_length,
- unsigned condition_components)
- : generator(generator), index(index),
- linear_sequence_max_length(linear_sequence_max_length),
- condition_components(condition_components)
- {
- this->mem_ctx = talloc_parent(index);
- }
-
- void linear_sequence(unsigned begin, unsigned end, exec_list *list)
- {
- if (begin == end)
- return;
-
- /* If the array access is a read, read the first element of this subregion
- * unconditionally. The remaining tests will possibly overwrite this
- * value with one of the other array elements.
- *
- * This optimization cannot be done for writes because it will cause the
- * first element of the subregion to be written possibly *in addition* to
- * one of the other elements.
- */
- unsigned first;
- if (!this->generator.is_write) {
- this->generator.generate(begin, 0, list);
- first = begin + 1;
- } else {
- first = begin;
- }
-
- for (unsigned i = first; i < end; i += 4) {
- const unsigned comps = MIN2(condition_components, end - i);
-
- ir_rvalue *broadcast_index =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(index);
-
- if (comps) {
- const ir_swizzle_mask m = { 0, 0, 0, 0, comps, false };
- broadcast_index = new(this->mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(broadcast_index, m);
- }
-
- /* Compare the desired index value with the next block of four indices.
- */
- ir_constant_data test_indices_data;
- memset(&test_indices_data, 0, sizeof(test_indices_data));
- test_indices_data.i[0] = i;
- test_indices_data.i[1] = i + 1;
- test_indices_data.i[2] = i + 2;
- test_indices_data.i[3] = i + 3;
- ir_constant *const test_indices =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_constant(broadcast_index->type,
- &test_indices_data);
-
- ir_rvalue *const condition_val =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_equal,
- &glsl_type::bool_type[comps - 1],
- broadcast_index,
- test_indices);
-
- ir_variable *const condition =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_variable(condition_val->type,
- "dereference_array_condition",
- ir_var_temporary);
- list->push_tail(condition);
-
- ir_rvalue *const cond_deref =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(condition);
- list->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) ir_assignment(cond_deref,
- condition_val, 0));
-
- if (comps == 1) {
- ir_rvalue *const cond_deref =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(condition);
-
- this->generator.generate(i, cond_deref, list);
- } else {
- for (unsigned j = 0; j < comps; j++) {
- ir_rvalue *const cond_deref =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(condition);
- ir_rvalue *const cond_swiz =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(cond_deref, j, 0, 0, 0, 1);
-
- this->generator.generate(i + j, cond_swiz, list);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- void bisect(unsigned begin, unsigned end, exec_list *list)
- {
- unsigned middle = (begin + end) >> 1;
-
- assert(index->type->is_integer());
-
- ir_constant *const middle_c = (index->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT)
- ? new(this->mem_ctx) ir_constant((unsigned)middle)
- : new(this->mem_ctx) ir_constant((int)middle);
-
-
- ir_dereference_variable *deref =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(this->index);
-
- ir_expression *less =
- new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_less, glsl_type::bool_type,
- deref, middle_c);
-
- ir_if *if_less = new(this->mem_ctx) ir_if(less);
-
- generate(begin, middle, &if_less->then_instructions);
- generate(middle, end, &if_less->else_instructions);
-
- list->push_tail(if_less);
- }
-
- void generate(unsigned begin, unsigned end, exec_list *list)
- {
- unsigned length = end - begin;
- if (length <= this->linear_sequence_max_length)
- return linear_sequence(begin, end, list);
- else
- return bisect(begin, end, list);
- }
-};
-
-/**
- * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values.
- */
-
-class variable_index_to_cond_assign_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor {
-public:
- variable_index_to_cond_assign_visitor(bool lower_input,
- bool lower_output,
- bool lower_temp,
- bool lower_uniform)
- {
- this->progress = false;
- this->lower_inputs = lower_input;
- this->lower_outputs = lower_output;
- this->lower_temps = lower_temp;
- this->lower_uniforms = lower_uniform;
- }
-
- bool progress;
- bool lower_inputs;
- bool lower_outputs;
- bool lower_temps;
- bool lower_uniforms;
-
- bool is_array_or_matrix(const ir_instruction *ir) const
- {
- return (ir->type->is_array() || ir->type->is_matrix());
- }
-
- bool needs_lowering(ir_dereference_array *deref) const
- {
- if (deref == NULL || deref->array_index->as_constant()
- || !is_array_or_matrix(deref->array))
- return false;
-
- if (deref->array->ir_type == ir_type_constant)
- return this->lower_temps;
-
- const ir_variable *const var = deref->array->variable_referenced();
- switch (var->mode) {
- case ir_var_auto:
- case ir_var_temporary:
- return this->lower_temps;
- case ir_var_uniform:
- return this->lower_uniforms;
- case ir_var_in:
- return (var->location == -1) ? this->lower_temps : this->lower_inputs;
- case ir_var_out:
- return (var->location == -1) ? this->lower_temps : this->lower_outputs;
- case ir_var_inout:
- return this->lower_temps;
- }
-
- assert(!"Should not get here.");
- return false;
- }
-
- ir_variable *convert_dereference_array(ir_dereference_array *orig_deref,
- ir_assignment* orig_assign)
- {
- assert(is_array_or_matrix(orig_deref->array));
-
- const unsigned length = (orig_deref->array->type->is_array())
- ? orig_deref->array->type->length
- : orig_deref->array->type->matrix_columns;
-
- void *const mem_ctx = talloc_parent(base_ir);
-
- /* Temporary storage for either the result of the dereference of
- * the array, or the RHS that's being assigned into the
- * dereference of the array.
- */
- ir_variable *var;
-
- if (orig_assign) {
- var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(orig_assign->rhs->type,
- "dereference_array_value",
- ir_var_temporary);
- base_ir->insert_before(var);
-
- ir_dereference *lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- ir_assignment *assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs,
- orig_assign->rhs,
- NULL);
-
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
- } else {
- var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(orig_deref->type,
- "dereference_array_value",
- ir_var_temporary);
- base_ir->insert_before(var);
- }
-
- /* Store the index to a temporary to avoid reusing its tree. */
- ir_variable *index =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(orig_deref->array_index->type,
- "dereference_array_index", ir_var_temporary);
- base_ir->insert_before(index);
-
- ir_dereference *lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(index);
- ir_assignment *assign =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, orig_deref->array_index, NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
-
- assignment_generator ag;
- ag.array = orig_deref->array;
- ag.base_ir = base_ir;
- ag.var = var;
- if (orig_assign) {
- ag.is_write = true;
- ag.write_mask = orig_assign->write_mask;
- } else {
- ag.is_write = false;
- }
-
- switch_generator sg(ag, index, 4, 4);
-
- exec_list list;
- sg.generate(0, length, &list);
- base_ir->insert_before(&list);
-
- return var;
- }
-
- virtual void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **pir)
- {
- if (!*pir)
- return;
-
- ir_dereference_array* orig_deref = (*pir)->as_dereference_array();
- if (needs_lowering(orig_deref)) {
- ir_variable* var = convert_dereference_array(orig_deref, 0);
- assert(var);
- *pir = new(talloc_parent(base_ir)) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- this->progress = true;
- }
- }
-
- ir_visitor_status
- visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir)
- {
- ir_rvalue_visitor::visit_leave(ir);
-
- ir_dereference_array *orig_deref = ir->lhs->as_dereference_array();
-
- if (needs_lowering(orig_deref)) {
- convert_dereference_array(orig_deref, ir);
- ir->remove();
- this->progress = true;
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
- }
-};
-
-bool
-lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign(exec_list *instructions,
- bool lower_input,
- bool lower_output,
- bool lower_temp,
- bool lower_uniform)
-{
- variable_index_to_cond_assign_visitor v(lower_input,
- lower_output,
- lower_temp,
- lower_uniform);
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Luca Barbieri + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign.cpp + * + * Turns non-constant indexing into array types to a series of + * conditional moves of each element into a temporary. + * + * Pre-DX10 GPUs often don't have a native way to do this operation, + * and this works around that. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "main/macros.h" + +struct assignment_generator +{ + ir_instruction* base_ir; + ir_rvalue* array; + bool is_write; + unsigned int write_mask; + ir_variable* var; + + assignment_generator() + { + } + + void generate(unsigned i, ir_rvalue* condition, exec_list *list) const + { + /* Just clone the rest of the deref chain when trying to get at the + * underlying variable. + */ + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(base_ir); + ir_dereference *element = + new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_array(this->array->clone(mem_ctx, NULL), + new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(i)); + ir_rvalue *variable = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(this->var); + + ir_assignment *assignment; + if (is_write) { + assignment = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(element, variable, condition, + write_mask); + } else { + assignment = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(variable, element, condition); + } + + list->push_tail(assignment); + } +}; + +struct switch_generator +{ + /* make TFunction a template parameter if you need to use other generators */ + typedef assignment_generator TFunction; + const TFunction& generator; + + ir_variable* index; + unsigned linear_sequence_max_length; + unsigned condition_components; + + void *mem_ctx; + + switch_generator(const TFunction& generator, ir_variable *index, + unsigned linear_sequence_max_length, + unsigned condition_components) + : generator(generator), index(index), + linear_sequence_max_length(linear_sequence_max_length), + condition_components(condition_components) + { + this->mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(index); + } + + void linear_sequence(unsigned begin, unsigned end, exec_list *list) + { + if (begin == end) + return; + + /* If the array access is a read, read the first element of this subregion + * unconditionally. The remaining tests will possibly overwrite this + * value with one of the other array elements. + * + * This optimization cannot be done for writes because it will cause the + * first element of the subregion to be written possibly *in addition* to + * one of the other elements. + */ + unsigned first; + if (!this->generator.is_write) { + this->generator.generate(begin, 0, list); + first = begin + 1; + } else { + first = begin; + } + + for (unsigned i = first; i < end; i += 4) { + const unsigned comps = MIN2(condition_components, end - i); + + ir_rvalue *broadcast_index = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(index); + + if (comps) { + const ir_swizzle_mask m = { 0, 0, 0, 0, comps, false }; + broadcast_index = new(this->mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(broadcast_index, m); + } + + /* Compare the desired index value with the next block of four indices. + */ + ir_constant_data test_indices_data; + memset(&test_indices_data, 0, sizeof(test_indices_data)); + test_indices_data.i[0] = i; + test_indices_data.i[1] = i + 1; + test_indices_data.i[2] = i + 2; + test_indices_data.i[3] = i + 3; + ir_constant *const test_indices = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_constant(broadcast_index->type, + &test_indices_data); + + ir_rvalue *const condition_val = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_equal, + &glsl_type::bool_type[comps - 1], + broadcast_index, + test_indices); + + ir_variable *const condition = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_variable(condition_val->type, + "dereference_array_condition", + ir_var_temporary); + list->push_tail(condition); + + ir_rvalue *const cond_deref = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(condition); + list->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) ir_assignment(cond_deref, + condition_val, 0)); + + if (comps == 1) { + ir_rvalue *const cond_deref = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(condition); + + this->generator.generate(i, cond_deref, list); + } else { + for (unsigned j = 0; j < comps; j++) { + ir_rvalue *const cond_deref = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(condition); + ir_rvalue *const cond_swiz = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(cond_deref, j, 0, 0, 0, 1); + + this->generator.generate(i + j, cond_swiz, list); + } + } + } + } + + void bisect(unsigned begin, unsigned end, exec_list *list) + { + unsigned middle = (begin + end) >> 1; + + assert(index->type->is_integer()); + + ir_constant *const middle_c = (index->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) + ? new(this->mem_ctx) ir_constant((unsigned)middle) + : new(this->mem_ctx) ir_constant((int)middle); + + + ir_dereference_variable *deref = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(this->index); + + ir_expression *less = + new(this->mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_less, glsl_type::bool_type, + deref, middle_c); + + ir_if *if_less = new(this->mem_ctx) ir_if(less); + + generate(begin, middle, &if_less->then_instructions); + generate(middle, end, &if_less->else_instructions); + + list->push_tail(if_less); + } + + void generate(unsigned begin, unsigned end, exec_list *list) + { + unsigned length = end - begin; + if (length <= this->linear_sequence_max_length) + return linear_sequence(begin, end, list); + else + return bisect(begin, end, list); + } +}; + +/** + * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values. + */ + +class variable_index_to_cond_assign_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor { +public: + variable_index_to_cond_assign_visitor(bool lower_input, + bool lower_output, + bool lower_temp, + bool lower_uniform) + { + this->progress = false; + this->lower_inputs = lower_input; + this->lower_outputs = lower_output; + this->lower_temps = lower_temp; + this->lower_uniforms = lower_uniform; + } + + bool progress; + bool lower_inputs; + bool lower_outputs; + bool lower_temps; + bool lower_uniforms; + + bool is_array_or_matrix(const ir_instruction *ir) const + { + return (ir->type->is_array() || ir->type->is_matrix()); + } + + bool needs_lowering(ir_dereference_array *deref) const + { + if (deref == NULL || deref->array_index->as_constant() + || !is_array_or_matrix(deref->array)) + return false; + + if (deref->array->ir_type == ir_type_constant) + return this->lower_temps; + + const ir_variable *const var = deref->array->variable_referenced(); + switch (var->mode) { + case ir_var_auto: + case ir_var_temporary: + return this->lower_temps; + case ir_var_uniform: + return this->lower_uniforms; + case ir_var_in: + case ir_var_const_in: + return (var->location == -1) ? this->lower_temps : this->lower_inputs; + case ir_var_out: + return (var->location == -1) ? this->lower_temps : this->lower_outputs; + case ir_var_inout: + return this->lower_temps; + } + + assert(!"Should not get here."); + return false; + } + + ir_variable *convert_dereference_array(ir_dereference_array *orig_deref, + ir_assignment* orig_assign) + { + assert(is_array_or_matrix(orig_deref->array)); + + const unsigned length = (orig_deref->array->type->is_array()) + ? orig_deref->array->type->length + : orig_deref->array->type->matrix_columns; + + void *const mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(base_ir); + + /* Temporary storage for either the result of the dereference of + * the array, or the RHS that's being assigned into the + * dereference of the array. + */ + ir_variable *var; + + if (orig_assign) { + var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(orig_assign->rhs->type, + "dereference_array_value", + ir_var_temporary); + base_ir->insert_before(var); + + ir_dereference *lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var); + ir_assignment *assign = new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, + orig_assign->rhs, + NULL); + + base_ir->insert_before(assign); + } else { + var = new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(orig_deref->type, + "dereference_array_value", + ir_var_temporary); + base_ir->insert_before(var); + } + + /* Store the index to a temporary to avoid reusing its tree. */ + ir_variable *index = + new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(orig_deref->array_index->type, + "dereference_array_index", ir_var_temporary); + base_ir->insert_before(index); + + ir_dereference *lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(index); + ir_assignment *assign = + new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, orig_deref->array_index, NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(assign); + + assignment_generator ag; + ag.array = orig_deref->array; + ag.base_ir = base_ir; + ag.var = var; + if (orig_assign) { + ag.is_write = true; + ag.write_mask = orig_assign->write_mask; + } else { + ag.is_write = false; + } + + switch_generator sg(ag, index, 4, 4); + + exec_list list; + sg.generate(0, length, &list); + base_ir->insert_before(&list); + + return var; + } + + virtual void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **pir) + { + if (!*pir) + return; + + ir_dereference_array* orig_deref = (*pir)->as_dereference_array(); + if (needs_lowering(orig_deref)) { + ir_variable* var = convert_dereference_array(orig_deref, 0); + assert(var); + *pir = new(ralloc_parent(base_ir)) ir_dereference_variable(var); + this->progress = true; + } + } + + ir_visitor_status + visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir) + { + ir_rvalue_visitor::visit_leave(ir); + + ir_dereference_array *orig_deref = ir->lhs->as_dereference_array(); + + if (needs_lowering(orig_deref)) { + convert_dereference_array(orig_deref, ir); + ir->remove(); + this->progress = true; + } + + return visit_continue; + } +}; + +bool +lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign(exec_list *instructions, + bool lower_input, + bool lower_output, + bool lower_temp, + bool lower_uniform) +{ + variable_index_to_cond_assign_visitor v(lower_input, + lower_output, + lower_temp, + lower_uniform); + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vec_index_to_cond_assign.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vec_index_to_cond_assign.cpp index 2e196f9e1..3c4d93201 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vec_index_to_cond_assign.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vec_index_to_cond_assign.cpp @@ -1,258 +1,258 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file lower_vec_index_to_cond_assign.cpp
- *
- * Turns indexing into vector types to a series of conditional moves
- * of each channel's swizzle into a temporary.
- *
- * Most GPUs don't have a native way to do this operation, and this
- * works around that. For drivers using both this pass and
- * ir_vec_index_to_swizzle, there's a risk that this pass will happen
- * before sufficient constant folding to find that the array index is
- * constant. However, we hope that other optimization passes,
- * particularly constant folding of assignment conditions and copy
- * propagation, will result in the same code in the end.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-/**
- * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values.
- */
-
-class ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor()
- {
- progress = false;
- }
-
- ir_rvalue *convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir_rvalue *val);
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_expression *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_swizzle *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_assignment *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_return *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_if *);
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-ir_rvalue *
-ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir_rvalue *ir)
-{
- ir_dereference_array *orig_deref = ir->as_dereference_array();
- ir_assignment *assign;
- ir_variable *index, *var;
- ir_dereference *deref;
- ir_expression *condition;
- ir_swizzle *swizzle;
- int i;
-
- if (!orig_deref)
- return ir;
-
- if (orig_deref->array->type->is_matrix() ||
- orig_deref->array->type->is_array())
- return ir;
-
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
-
- assert(orig_deref->array_index->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
-
- /* Store the index to a temporary to avoid reusing its tree. */
- index = new(base_ir) ir_variable(glsl_type::int_type,
- "vec_index_tmp_i",
- ir_var_temporary);
- base_ir->insert_before(index);
- deref = new(base_ir) ir_dereference_variable(index);
- assign = new(base_ir) ir_assignment(deref, orig_deref->array_index, NULL);
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
-
- /* Temporary where we store whichever value we swizzle out. */
- var = new(base_ir) ir_variable(ir->type, "vec_index_tmp_v",
- ir_var_temporary);
- base_ir->insert_before(var);
-
- /* Generate a conditional move of each vector element to the temp. */
- for (i = 0; i < orig_deref->array->type->vector_elements; i++) {
- deref = new(base_ir) ir_dereference_variable(index);
- condition = new(base_ir) ir_expression(ir_binop_equal,
- glsl_type::bool_type,
- deref,
- new(base_ir) ir_constant(i));
-
- /* Just clone the rest of the deref chain when trying to get at the
- * underlying variable.
- */
- swizzle = new(base_ir) ir_swizzle(orig_deref->array->clone(mem_ctx, NULL),
- i, 0, 0, 0, 1);
-
- deref = new(base_ir) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- assign = new(base_ir) ir_assignment(deref, swizzle, condition);
- base_ir->insert_before(assign);
- }
-
- this->progress = true;
- return new(base_ir) ir_dereference_variable(var);
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- unsigned int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- ir->operands[i] = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->operands[i]);
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_swizzle *ir)
-{
- /* Can't be hit from normal GLSL, since you can't swizzle a scalar (which
- * the result of indexing a vector is. But maybe at some point we'll end up
- * using swizzling of scalars for vector construction.
- */
- ir->val = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->val);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- ir_variable *index, *var;
- ir_dereference_variable *deref;
- ir_assignment *assign;
- int i;
-
- ir->rhs = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->rhs);
- if (ir->condition)
- ir->condition = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->condition);
-
- /* Last, handle the LHS */
- ir_dereference_array *orig_deref = ir->lhs->as_dereference_array();
-
- if (!orig_deref ||
- orig_deref->array->type->is_matrix() ||
- orig_deref->array->type->is_array())
- return visit_continue;
-
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
-
- assert(orig_deref->array_index->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
-
- /* Store the index to a temporary to avoid reusing its tree. */
- index = new(ir) ir_variable(glsl_type::int_type, "vec_index_tmp_i",
- ir_var_temporary);
- ir->insert_before(index);
- deref = new(ir) ir_dereference_variable(index);
- assign = new(ir) ir_assignment(deref, orig_deref->array_index, NULL);
- ir->insert_before(assign);
-
- /* Store the RHS to a temporary to avoid reusing its tree. */
- var = new(ir) ir_variable(ir->rhs->type, "vec_index_tmp_v",
- ir_var_temporary);
- ir->insert_before(var);
- deref = new(ir) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- assign = new(ir) ir_assignment(deref, ir->rhs, NULL);
- ir->insert_before(assign);
-
- /* Generate a conditional move of each vector element to the temp. */
- for (i = 0; i < orig_deref->array->type->vector_elements; i++) {
- ir_rvalue *condition, *swizzle;
-
- deref = new(ir) ir_dereference_variable(index);
- condition = new(ir) ir_expression(ir_binop_equal,
- glsl_type::bool_type,
- deref,
- new(ir) ir_constant(i));
-
- /* Just clone the rest of the deref chain when trying to get at the
- * underlying variable.
- */
- swizzle = new(ir) ir_swizzle(orig_deref->array->clone(mem_ctx, NULL),
- i, 0, 0, 0, 1);
-
- deref = new(ir) ir_dereference_variable(var);
- assign = new(ir) ir_assignment(swizzle, deref, condition);
- ir->insert_before(assign);
- }
- ir->remove();
-
- this->progress = true;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
-{
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
- ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();
- ir_rvalue *new_param = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(param);
-
- if (new_param != param) {
- param->replace_with(new_param);
- }
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_return *ir)
-{
- if (ir->value) {
- ir->value = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->value);
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir)
-{
- ir->condition = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->condition);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-bool
-do_vec_index_to_cond_assign(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor v;
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file lower_vec_index_to_cond_assign.cpp + * + * Turns indexing into vector types to a series of conditional moves + * of each channel's swizzle into a temporary. + * + * Most GPUs don't have a native way to do this operation, and this + * works around that. For drivers using both this pass and + * ir_vec_index_to_swizzle, there's a risk that this pass will happen + * before sufficient constant folding to find that the array index is + * constant. However, we hope that other optimization passes, + * particularly constant folding of assignment conditions and copy + * propagation, will result in the same code in the end. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +/** + * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values. + */ + +class ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor() + { + progress = false; + } + + ir_rvalue *convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir_rvalue *val); + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_expression *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_swizzle *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_assignment *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_return *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_if *); + + bool progress; +}; + +ir_rvalue * +ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir_rvalue *ir) +{ + ir_dereference_array *orig_deref = ir->as_dereference_array(); + ir_assignment *assign; + ir_variable *index, *var; + ir_dereference *deref; + ir_expression *condition; + ir_swizzle *swizzle; + int i; + + if (!orig_deref) + return ir; + + if (orig_deref->array->type->is_matrix() || + orig_deref->array->type->is_array()) + return ir; + + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + + assert(orig_deref->array_index->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + + /* Store the index to a temporary to avoid reusing its tree. */ + index = new(base_ir) ir_variable(glsl_type::int_type, + "vec_index_tmp_i", + ir_var_temporary); + base_ir->insert_before(index); + deref = new(base_ir) ir_dereference_variable(index); + assign = new(base_ir) ir_assignment(deref, orig_deref->array_index, NULL); + base_ir->insert_before(assign); + + /* Temporary where we store whichever value we swizzle out. */ + var = new(base_ir) ir_variable(ir->type, "vec_index_tmp_v", + ir_var_temporary); + base_ir->insert_before(var); + + /* Generate a conditional move of each vector element to the temp. */ + for (i = 0; i < orig_deref->array->type->vector_elements; i++) { + deref = new(base_ir) ir_dereference_variable(index); + condition = new(base_ir) ir_expression(ir_binop_equal, + glsl_type::bool_type, + deref, + new(base_ir) ir_constant(i)); + + /* Just clone the rest of the deref chain when trying to get at the + * underlying variable. + */ + swizzle = new(base_ir) ir_swizzle(orig_deref->array->clone(mem_ctx, NULL), + i, 0, 0, 0, 1); + + deref = new(base_ir) ir_dereference_variable(var); + assign = new(base_ir) ir_assignment(deref, swizzle, condition); + base_ir->insert_before(assign); + } + + this->progress = true; + return new(base_ir) ir_dereference_variable(var); +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_expression *ir) +{ + unsigned int i; + + for (i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) { + ir->operands[i] = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->operands[i]); + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_swizzle *ir) +{ + /* Can't be hit from normal GLSL, since you can't swizzle a scalar (which + * the result of indexing a vector is. But maybe at some point we'll end up + * using swizzling of scalars for vector construction. + */ + ir->val = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->val); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + ir_variable *index, *var; + ir_dereference_variable *deref; + ir_assignment *assign; + int i; + + ir->rhs = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->rhs); + if (ir->condition) + ir->condition = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->condition); + + /* Last, handle the LHS */ + ir_dereference_array *orig_deref = ir->lhs->as_dereference_array(); + + if (!orig_deref || + orig_deref->array->type->is_matrix() || + orig_deref->array->type->is_array()) + return visit_continue; + + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + + assert(orig_deref->array_index->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + + /* Store the index to a temporary to avoid reusing its tree. */ + index = new(ir) ir_variable(glsl_type::int_type, "vec_index_tmp_i", + ir_var_temporary); + ir->insert_before(index); + deref = new(ir) ir_dereference_variable(index); + assign = new(ir) ir_assignment(deref, orig_deref->array_index, NULL); + ir->insert_before(assign); + + /* Store the RHS to a temporary to avoid reusing its tree. */ + var = new(ir) ir_variable(ir->rhs->type, "vec_index_tmp_v", + ir_var_temporary); + ir->insert_before(var); + deref = new(ir) ir_dereference_variable(var); + assign = new(ir) ir_assignment(deref, ir->rhs, NULL); + ir->insert_before(assign); + + /* Generate a conditional move of each vector element to the temp. */ + for (i = 0; i < orig_deref->array->type->vector_elements; i++) { + ir_rvalue *condition, *swizzle; + + deref = new(ir) ir_dereference_variable(index); + condition = new(ir) ir_expression(ir_binop_equal, + glsl_type::bool_type, + deref, + new(ir) ir_constant(i)); + + /* Just clone the rest of the deref chain when trying to get at the + * underlying variable. + */ + swizzle = new(ir) ir_swizzle(orig_deref->array->clone(mem_ctx, NULL), + i, 0, 0, 0, 1); + + deref = new(ir) ir_dereference_variable(var); + assign = new(ir) ir_assignment(swizzle, deref, condition); + ir->insert_before(assign); + } + ir->remove(); + + this->progress = true; + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir) +{ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) { + ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get(); + ir_rvalue *new_param = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(param); + + if (new_param != param) { + param->replace_with(new_param); + } + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_return *ir) +{ + if (ir->value) { + ir->value = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->value); + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir) +{ + ir->condition = convert_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir->condition); + + return visit_continue; +} + +bool +do_vec_index_to_cond_assign(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign_visitor v; + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vec_index_to_swizzle.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vec_index_to_swizzle.cpp index e0d641549..c7630c28a 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vec_index_to_swizzle.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vec_index_to_swizzle.cpp @@ -1,157 +1,157 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file lower_vec_index_to_swizzle.cpp
- *
- * Turns constant indexing into vector types to swizzles. This will
- * let other swizzle-aware optimization passes catch these constructs,
- * and codegen backends not have to worry about this case.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-/**
- * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values.
- */
-
-class ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor()
- {
- progress = false;
- }
-
- ir_rvalue *convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir_rvalue *val);
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_expression *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_swizzle *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_return *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_if *);
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-ir_rvalue *
-ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir_rvalue *ir)
-{
- ir_dereference_array *deref = ir->as_dereference_array();
- ir_constant *ir_constant;
-
- if (!deref)
- return ir;
-
- if (deref->array->type->is_matrix() || deref->array->type->is_array())
- return ir;
-
- assert(deref->array_index->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT);
- ir_constant = deref->array_index->constant_expression_value();
- if (!ir_constant)
- return ir;
-
- void *ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
- this->progress = true;
- return new(ctx) ir_swizzle(deref->array,
- ir_constant->value.i[0], 0, 0, 0, 1);
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- unsigned int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- ir->operands[i] = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->operands[i]);
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_swizzle *ir)
-{
- /* Can't be hit from normal GLSL, since you can't swizzle a scalar (which
- * the result of indexing a vector is. But maybe at some point we'll end up
- * using swizzling of scalars for vector construction.
- */
- ir->val = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->val);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- ir->set_lhs(convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->lhs));
- ir->rhs = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->rhs);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
-{
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
- ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();
- ir_rvalue *new_param = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(param);
-
- if (new_param != param) {
- param->replace_with(new_param);
- }
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_return *ir)
-{
- if (ir->value) {
- ir->value = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->value);
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir)
-{
- ir->condition = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->condition);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-bool
-do_vec_index_to_swizzle(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor v;
-
- v.run(instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file lower_vec_index_to_swizzle.cpp + * + * Turns constant indexing into vector types to swizzles. This will + * let other swizzle-aware optimization passes catch these constructs, + * and codegen backends not have to worry about this case. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +/** + * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values. + */ + +class ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor() + { + progress = false; + } + + ir_rvalue *convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir_rvalue *val); + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_expression *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_swizzle *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_return *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_if *); + + bool progress; +}; + +ir_rvalue * +ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir_rvalue *ir) +{ + ir_dereference_array *deref = ir->as_dereference_array(); + ir_constant *ir_constant; + + if (!deref) + return ir; + + if (deref->array->type->is_matrix() || deref->array->type->is_array()) + return ir; + + assert(deref->array_index->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_INT); + ir_constant = deref->array_index->constant_expression_value(); + if (!ir_constant) + return ir; + + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + this->progress = true; + return new(ctx) ir_swizzle(deref->array, + ir_constant->value.i[0], 0, 0, 0, 1); +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_expression *ir) +{ + unsigned int i; + + for (i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) { + ir->operands[i] = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->operands[i]); + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_swizzle *ir) +{ + /* Can't be hit from normal GLSL, since you can't swizzle a scalar (which + * the result of indexing a vector is. But maybe at some point we'll end up + * using swizzling of scalars for vector construction. + */ + ir->val = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->val); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + ir->set_lhs(convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->lhs)); + ir->rhs = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->rhs); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir) +{ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) { + ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get(); + ir_rvalue *new_param = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(param); + + if (new_param != param) { + param->replace_with(new_param); + } + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_return *ir) +{ + if (ir->value) { + ir->value = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->value); + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir) +{ + ir->condition = convert_vec_index_to_swizzle(ir->condition); + + return visit_continue; +} + +bool +do_vec_index_to_swizzle(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_vec_index_to_swizzle_visitor v; + + v.run(instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vector.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vector.cpp index 3ed8d05d6..57963a121 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vector.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/lower_vector.cpp @@ -1,224 +1,224 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file lower_vector.cpp
- * IR lowering pass to remove some types of ir_quadop_vector
- *
- * \author Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h"
-
-class lower_vector_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor {
-public:
- lower_vector_visitor() : progress(false)
- {
- /* empty */
- }
-
- void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue);
-
- /**
- * Should SWZ-like expressions be lowered?
- */
- bool dont_lower_swz;
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-/**
- * Determine if an IR expression tree looks like an extended swizzle
- *
- * Extended swizzles consist of access of a single vector source (with possible
- * per component negation) and the constants -1, 0, or 1.
- */
-bool
-is_extended_swizzle(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- /* Track any variables that are accessed by this expression.
- */
- ir_variable *var = NULL;
-
- assert(ir->operation == ir_quadop_vector);
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
- ir_rvalue *op = ir->operands[i];
-
- while (op != NULL) {
- switch (op->ir_type) {
- case ir_type_constant: {
- const ir_constant *const c = op->as_constant();
-
- if (!c->is_one() && !c->is_zero() && !c->is_negative_one())
- return false;
-
- op = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- case ir_type_dereference_variable: {
- ir_dereference_variable *const d = (ir_dereference_variable *) op;
-
- if ((var != NULL) && (var != d->var))
- return false;
-
- var = d->var;
- op = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- case ir_type_expression: {
- ir_expression *const ex = (ir_expression *) op;
-
- if (ex->operation != ir_unop_neg)
- return false;
-
- op = ex->operands[0];
- break;
- }
-
- case ir_type_swizzle:
- op = ((ir_swizzle *) op)->val;
- break;
-
- default:
- return false;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void
-lower_vector_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue)
-{
- if (!*rvalue)
- return;
-
- ir_expression *expr = (*rvalue)->as_expression();
- if ((expr == NULL) || (expr->operation != ir_quadop_vector))
- return;
-
- if (this->dont_lower_swz && is_extended_swizzle(expr))
- return;
-
- /* FINISHME: Is this the right thing to use for the talloc context?
- */
- void *const mem_ctx = expr;
-
- assert(expr->type->vector_elements == expr->get_num_operands());
-
- /* Generate a temporary with the same type as the ir_quadop_operation.
- */
- ir_variable *const temp =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(expr->type, "vecop_tmp", ir_var_temporary);
-
- this->base_ir->insert_before(temp);
-
- /* Counter of the number of components collected so far.
- */
- unsigned assigned;
-
- /* Write-mask in the destination that receives counted by 'assigned'.
- */
- unsigned write_mask;
-
-
- /* Generate upto four assignments to that variable. Try to group component
- * assignments together:
- *
- * - All constant components can be assigned at once.
- * - All assigments of components from a single variable with the same
- * unary operator can be assigned at once.
- */
- ir_constant_data d = { { 0 } };
-
- assigned = 0;
- write_mask = 0;
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < expr->type->vector_elements; i++) {
- const ir_constant *const c = expr->operands[i]->as_constant();
-
- if (c == NULL)
- continue;
-
- switch (expr->type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: d.u[assigned] = c->value.u[0]; break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT: d.i[assigned] = c->value.i[0]; break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: d.f[assigned] = c->value.f[0]; break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: d.b[assigned] = c->value.b[0]; break;
- default: assert(!"Should not get here."); break;
- }
-
- write_mask |= (1U << i);
- assigned++;
- }
-
- assert((write_mask == 0) == (assigned == 0));
-
- /* If there were constant values, generate an assignment.
- */
- if (assigned > 0) {
- ir_constant *const c =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(glsl_type::get_instance(expr->type->base_type,
- assigned, 0),
- &d);
- ir_dereference *const lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp);
- ir_assignment *const assign =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, c, NULL, write_mask);
-
- this->base_ir->insert_before(assign);
- }
-
- /* FINISHME: This should try to coalesce assignments.
- */
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < expr->type->vector_elements; i++) {
- if (expr->operands[i]->ir_type == ir_type_constant)
- continue;
-
- ir_dereference *const lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp);
- ir_assignment *const assign =
- new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, expr->operands[i], NULL, (1U << i));
-
- this->base_ir->insert_before(assign);
- assigned++;
- }
-
- assert(assigned == expr->type->vector_elements);
-
- *rvalue = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp);
- this->progress = true;
-}
-
-bool
-lower_quadop_vector(exec_list *instructions, bool dont_lower_swz)
-{
- lower_vector_visitor v;
-
- v.dont_lower_swz = dont_lower_swz;
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file lower_vector.cpp + * IR lowering pass to remove some types of ir_quadop_vector + * + * \author Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com> + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h" + +class lower_vector_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor { +public: + lower_vector_visitor() : progress(false) + { + /* empty */ + } + + void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue); + + /** + * Should SWZ-like expressions be lowered? + */ + bool dont_lower_swz; + + bool progress; +}; + +/** + * Determine if an IR expression tree looks like an extended swizzle + * + * Extended swizzles consist of access of a single vector source (with possible + * per component negation) and the constants -1, 0, or 1. + */ +bool +is_extended_swizzle(ir_expression *ir) +{ + /* Track any variables that are accessed by this expression. + */ + ir_variable *var = NULL; + + assert(ir->operation == ir_quadop_vector); + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) { + ir_rvalue *op = ir->operands[i]; + + while (op != NULL) { + switch (op->ir_type) { + case ir_type_constant: { + const ir_constant *const c = op->as_constant(); + + if (!c->is_one() && !c->is_zero() && !c->is_negative_one()) + return false; + + op = NULL; + break; + } + + case ir_type_dereference_variable: { + ir_dereference_variable *const d = (ir_dereference_variable *) op; + + if ((var != NULL) && (var != d->var)) + return false; + + var = d->var; + op = NULL; + break; + } + + case ir_type_expression: { + ir_expression *const ex = (ir_expression *) op; + + if (ex->operation != ir_unop_neg) + return false; + + op = ex->operands[0]; + break; + } + + case ir_type_swizzle: + op = ((ir_swizzle *) op)->val; + break; + + default: + return false; + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +void +lower_vector_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue) +{ + if (!*rvalue) + return; + + ir_expression *expr = (*rvalue)->as_expression(); + if ((expr == NULL) || (expr->operation != ir_quadop_vector)) + return; + + if (this->dont_lower_swz && is_extended_swizzle(expr)) + return; + + /* FINISHME: Is this the right thing to use for the ralloc context? + */ + void *const mem_ctx = expr; + + assert(expr->type->vector_elements == expr->get_num_operands()); + + /* Generate a temporary with the same type as the ir_quadop_operation. + */ + ir_variable *const temp = + new(mem_ctx) ir_variable(expr->type, "vecop_tmp", ir_var_temporary); + + this->base_ir->insert_before(temp); + + /* Counter of the number of components collected so far. + */ + unsigned assigned; + + /* Write-mask in the destination that receives counted by 'assigned'. + */ + unsigned write_mask; + + + /* Generate upto four assignments to that variable. Try to group component + * assignments together: + * + * - All constant components can be assigned at once. + * - All assigments of components from a single variable with the same + * unary operator can be assigned at once. + */ + ir_constant_data d = { { 0 } }; + + assigned = 0; + write_mask = 0; + for (unsigned i = 0; i < expr->type->vector_elements; i++) { + const ir_constant *const c = expr->operands[i]->as_constant(); + + if (c == NULL) + continue; + + switch (expr->type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: d.u[assigned] = c->value.u[0]; break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: d.i[assigned] = c->value.i[0]; break; + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: d.f[assigned] = c->value.f[0]; break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: d.b[assigned] = c->value.b[0]; break; + default: assert(!"Should not get here."); break; + } + + write_mask |= (1U << i); + assigned++; + } + + assert((write_mask == 0) == (assigned == 0)); + + /* If there were constant values, generate an assignment. + */ + if (assigned > 0) { + ir_constant *const c = + new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(glsl_type::get_instance(expr->type->base_type, + assigned, 0), + &d); + ir_dereference *const lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp); + ir_assignment *const assign = + new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, c, NULL, write_mask); + + this->base_ir->insert_before(assign); + } + + /* FINISHME: This should try to coalesce assignments. + */ + for (unsigned i = 0; i < expr->type->vector_elements; i++) { + if (expr->operands[i]->ir_type == ir_type_constant) + continue; + + ir_dereference *const lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp); + ir_assignment *const assign = + new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, expr->operands[i], NULL, (1U << i)); + + this->base_ir->insert_before(assign); + assigned++; + } + + assert(assigned == expr->type->vector_elements); + + *rvalue = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(temp); + this->progress = true; +} + +bool +lower_quadop_vector(exec_list *instructions, bool dont_lower_swz) +{ + lower_vector_visitor v; + + v.dont_lower_swz = dont_lower_swz; + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/main.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/main.cpp index a51062456..6321a4a17 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/main.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/main.cpp @@ -1,341 +1,347 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2008, 2009 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-#include <cstdlib>
-#include <cstdio>
-#include <io.h>
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define __STDC__ 1
-#include <getopt.h>
-#define open _open
-#define read _read
-#define fstat _fstat
-#define stat _stat
-#define close _close
-#define O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY
-#endif
-
-#include "ast.h"
-#include "glsl_parser_extras.h"
-#include "glsl_parser.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "ir_print_visitor.h"
-#include "program.h"
-#include "loop_analysis.h"
-
-extern "C" struct gl_shader *
-_mesa_new_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, GLenum type);
-
-extern "C" void
-_mesa_reference_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader **ptr,
- struct gl_shader *sh);
-
-/* Copied from shader_api.c for the stand-alone compiler.
- */
-void
-_mesa_reference_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader **ptr,
- struct gl_shader *sh)
-{
- *ptr = sh;
-}
-
-struct gl_shader *
-_mesa_new_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, GLenum type)
-{
- struct gl_shader *shader;
-
- (void) ctx;
-
- assert(type == GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER || type == GL_VERTEX_SHADER);
- shader = talloc_zero(NULL, struct gl_shader);
- if (shader) {
- shader->Type = type;
- shader->Name = name;
- shader->RefCount = 1;
- }
- return shader;
-}
-
-static void
-initialize_context(struct gl_context *ctx, gl_api api)
-{
- memset(ctx, 0, sizeof(*ctx));
-
- ctx->API = api;
-
- ctx->Extensions.ARB_draw_buffers = GL_TRUE;
- ctx->Extensions.ARB_draw_instanced = GL_TRUE;
- ctx->Extensions.ARB_fragment_coord_conventions = GL_TRUE;
- ctx->Extensions.EXT_texture_array = GL_TRUE;
- ctx->Extensions.NV_texture_rectangle = GL_TRUE;
-
- /* 1.10 minimums. */
- ctx->Const.MaxLights = 8;
- ctx->Const.MaxClipPlanes = 8;
- ctx->Const.MaxTextureUnits = 2;
-
- /* More than the 1.10 minimum to appease parser tests taken from
- * apps that (hopefully) already checked the number of coords.
- */
- ctx->Const.MaxTextureCoordUnits = 4;
-
- ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxAttribs = 16;
- ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxUniformComponents = 512;
- ctx->Const.MaxVarying = 8;
- ctx->Const.MaxVertexTextureImageUnits = 0;
- ctx->Const.MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits = 2;
- ctx->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits = 2;
- ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxUniformComponents = 64;
-
- ctx->Const.MaxDrawBuffers = 2;
-
- ctx->Driver.NewShader = _mesa_new_shader;
-}
-
-/* Returned string will have 'ctx' as its talloc owner. */
-static char *
-load_text_file(void *ctx, const char *file_name)
-{
- char *text = NULL;
- size_t size;
- size_t total_read = 0;
- FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb");
-
- if (!fp) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- fseek(fp, 0L, SEEK_END);
- size = ftell(fp);
- fseek(fp, 0L, SEEK_SET);
-
- text = (char *) talloc_size(ctx, size + 1);
- if (text != NULL) {
- do {
- size_t bytes = fread(text + total_read,
- 1, size - total_read, fp);
- if (bytes < size - total_read) {
- free(text);
- text = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- if (bytes == 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- total_read += bytes;
- } while (total_read < size);
-
- text[total_read] = '\0';
- }
-
- fclose(fp);
-
- return text;
-}
-
-int glsl_es = 0;
-int dump_ast = 0;
-int dump_hir = 0;
-int dump_lir = 0;
-int do_link = 0;
-
-const struct option compiler_opts[] = {
- { "glsl-es", 0, &glsl_es, 1 },
- { "dump-ast", 0, &dump_ast, 1 },
- { "dump-hir", 0, &dump_hir, 1 },
- { "dump-lir", 0, &dump_lir, 1 },
- { "link", 0, &do_link, 1 },
- { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
-};
-
-/**
- * \brief Print proper usage and exit with failure.
- */
-void
-usage_fail(const char *name)
-{
-
- const char *header =
- "usage: %s [options] <file.vert | file.geom | file.frag>\n"
- "\n"
- "Possible options are:\n";
- printf(header, name, name);
- for (const struct option *o = compiler_opts; o->name != 0; ++o) {
- printf(" --%s\n", o->name);
- }
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-
-
-void
-compile_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader)
-{
- struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state =
- new(shader) _mesa_glsl_parse_state(ctx, shader->Type, shader);
-
- const char *source = shader->Source;
- state->error = preprocess(state, &source, &state->info_log,
- state->extensions, ctx->API) != 0;
-
- if (!state->error) {
- _mesa_glsl_lexer_ctor(state, source);
- _mesa_glsl_parse(state);
- _mesa_glsl_lexer_dtor(state);
- }
-
- if (dump_ast) {
- foreach_list_const(n, &state->translation_unit) {
- ast_node *ast = exec_node_data(ast_node, n, link);
- ast->print();
- }
- printf("\n\n");
- }
-
- shader->ir = new(shader) exec_list;
- if (!state->error && !state->translation_unit.is_empty())
- _mesa_ast_to_hir(shader->ir, state);
-
- /* Print out the unoptimized IR. */
- if (!state->error && dump_hir) {
- validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);
- _mesa_print_ir(shader->ir, state);
- }
-
- /* Optimization passes */
- if (!state->error && !shader->ir->is_empty()) {
- bool progress;
- do {
- progress = do_common_optimization(shader->ir, false, 32);
- } while (progress);
-
- validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);
- }
-
-
- /* Print out the resulting IR */
- if (!state->error && dump_lir) {
- _mesa_print_ir(shader->ir, state);
- }
-
- shader->symbols = state->symbols;
- shader->CompileStatus = !state->error;
- shader->Version = state->language_version;
- memcpy(shader->builtins_to_link, state->builtins_to_link,
- sizeof(shader->builtins_to_link[0]) * state->num_builtins_to_link);
- shader->num_builtins_to_link = state->num_builtins_to_link;
-
- if (shader->InfoLog)
- talloc_free(shader->InfoLog);
-
- shader->InfoLog = state->info_log;
-
- /* Retain any live IR, but trash the rest. */
- reparent_ir(shader->ir, shader);
-
- talloc_free(state);
-
- return;
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- int status = EXIT_SUCCESS;
- struct gl_context local_ctx;
- struct gl_context *ctx = &local_ctx;
-
- int c;
- int idx = 0;
- while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "", compiler_opts, &idx)) != -1)
- /* empty */ ;
-
-
- if (argc <= optind)
- usage_fail(argv[0]);
-
- initialize_context(ctx, (glsl_es) ? API_OPENGLES2 : API_OPENGL);
-
- struct gl_shader_program *whole_program;
-
- whole_program = talloc_zero (NULL, struct gl_shader_program);
- assert(whole_program != NULL);
-
- for (/* empty */; argc > optind; optind++) {
- whole_program->Shaders = (struct gl_shader **)
- talloc_realloc(whole_program, whole_program->Shaders,
- struct gl_shader *, whole_program->NumShaders + 1);
- assert(whole_program->Shaders != NULL);
-
- struct gl_shader *shader = talloc_zero(whole_program, gl_shader);
-
- whole_program->Shaders[whole_program->NumShaders] = shader;
- whole_program->NumShaders++;
-
- const unsigned len = strlen(argv[optind]);
- if (len < 6)
- usage_fail(argv[0]);
-
- const char *const ext = & argv[optind][len - 5];
- if (strncmp(".vert", ext, 5) == 0)
- shader->Type = GL_VERTEX_SHADER;
- else if (strncmp(".geom", ext, 5) == 0)
- shader->Type = GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER;
- else if (strncmp(".frag", ext, 5) == 0)
- shader->Type = GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER;
- else
- usage_fail(argv[0]);
-
- shader->Source = load_text_file(whole_program, argv[optind]);
- if (shader->Source == NULL) {
- printf("File \"%s\" does not exist.\n", argv[optind]);
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- compile_shader(ctx, shader);
-
- if (!shader->CompileStatus) {
- printf("Info log for %s:\n%s\n", argv[optind], shader->InfoLog);
- status = EXIT_FAILURE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if ((status == EXIT_SUCCESS) && do_link) {
- link_shaders(ctx, whole_program);
- status = (whole_program->LinkStatus) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE;
-
- if (strlen(whole_program->InfoLog) > 0)
- printf("Info log for linking:\n%s\n", whole_program->InfoLog);
- }
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++)
- talloc_free(whole_program->_LinkedShaders[i]);
-
- talloc_free(whole_program);
- _mesa_glsl_release_types();
- _mesa_glsl_release_functions();
-
- return status;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2008, 2009 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ +#include <cstdlib> +#include <cstdio> +#include <io.h> + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define __STDC__ 1 +#include <getopt.h> +#define open _open +#define read _read +#define fstat _fstat +#define stat _stat +#define close _close +#define O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY +#endif + +#include "ast.h" +#include "glsl_parser_extras.h" +#include "glsl_parser.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "ir_print_visitor.h" +#include "program.h" +#include "loop_analysis.h" + +extern "C" struct gl_shader * +_mesa_new_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, GLenum type); + +extern "C" void +_mesa_reference_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader **ptr, + struct gl_shader *sh); + +/* Copied from shader_api.c for the stand-alone compiler. + */ +void +_mesa_reference_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader **ptr, + struct gl_shader *sh) +{ + *ptr = sh; +} + +struct gl_shader * +_mesa_new_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, GLenum type) +{ + struct gl_shader *shader; + + (void) ctx; + + assert(type == GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER || type == GL_VERTEX_SHADER); + shader = rzalloc(NULL, struct gl_shader); + if (shader) { + shader->Type = type; + shader->Name = name; + shader->RefCount = 1; + } + return shader; +} + +static void +initialize_context(struct gl_context *ctx, gl_api api) +{ + memset(ctx, 0, sizeof(*ctx)); + + ctx->API = api; + + ctx->Extensions.ARB_ES2_compatibility = GL_TRUE; + ctx->Extensions.ARB_draw_buffers = GL_TRUE; + ctx->Extensions.ARB_draw_instanced = GL_TRUE; + ctx->Extensions.ARB_fragment_coord_conventions = GL_TRUE; + ctx->Extensions.EXT_texture_array = GL_TRUE; + ctx->Extensions.NV_texture_rectangle = GL_TRUE; + + /* GLSL 1.30 isn't fully supported, but we need to advertise 1.30 so that + * the built-in functions for 1.30 can be built. + */ + ctx->Const.GLSLVersion = 130; + + /* 1.10 minimums. */ + ctx->Const.MaxLights = 8; + ctx->Const.MaxClipPlanes = 8; + ctx->Const.MaxTextureUnits = 2; + + /* More than the 1.10 minimum to appease parser tests taken from + * apps that (hopefully) already checked the number of coords. + */ + ctx->Const.MaxTextureCoordUnits = 4; + + ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxAttribs = 16; + ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxUniformComponents = 512; + ctx->Const.MaxVarying = 8; + ctx->Const.MaxVertexTextureImageUnits = 0; + ctx->Const.MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits = 2; + ctx->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits = 2; + ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxUniformComponents = 64; + + ctx->Const.MaxDrawBuffers = 2; + + ctx->Driver.NewShader = _mesa_new_shader; +} + +/* Returned string will have 'ctx' as its ralloc owner. */ +static char * +load_text_file(void *ctx, const char *file_name) +{ + char *text = NULL; + size_t size; + size_t total_read = 0; + FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb"); + + if (!fp) { + return NULL; + } + + fseek(fp, 0L, SEEK_END); + size = ftell(fp); + fseek(fp, 0L, SEEK_SET); + + text = (char *) ralloc_size(ctx, size + 1); + if (text != NULL) { + do { + size_t bytes = fread(text + total_read, + 1, size - total_read, fp); + if (bytes < size - total_read) { + free(text); + text = NULL; + break; + } + + if (bytes == 0) { + break; + } + + total_read += bytes; + } while (total_read < size); + + text[total_read] = '\0'; + } + + fclose(fp); + + return text; +} + +int glsl_es = 0; +int dump_ast = 0; +int dump_hir = 0; +int dump_lir = 0; +int do_link = 0; + +const struct option compiler_opts[] = { + { "glsl-es", 0, &glsl_es, 1 }, + { "dump-ast", 0, &dump_ast, 1 }, + { "dump-hir", 0, &dump_hir, 1 }, + { "dump-lir", 0, &dump_lir, 1 }, + { "link", 0, &do_link, 1 }, + { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } +}; + +/** + * \brief Print proper usage and exit with failure. + */ +void +usage_fail(const char *name) +{ + + const char *header = + "usage: %s [options] <file.vert | file.geom | file.frag>\n" + "\n" + "Possible options are:\n"; + printf(header, name, name); + for (const struct option *o = compiler_opts; o->name != 0; ++o) { + printf(" --%s\n", o->name); + } + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + +void +compile_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader) +{ + struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state = + new(shader) _mesa_glsl_parse_state(ctx, shader->Type, shader); + + const char *source = shader->Source; + state->error = preprocess(state, &source, &state->info_log, + state->extensions, ctx->API) != 0; + + if (!state->error) { + _mesa_glsl_lexer_ctor(state, source); + _mesa_glsl_parse(state); + _mesa_glsl_lexer_dtor(state); + } + + if (dump_ast) { + foreach_list_const(n, &state->translation_unit) { + ast_node *ast = exec_node_data(ast_node, n, link); + ast->print(); + } + printf("\n\n"); + } + + shader->ir = new(shader) exec_list; + if (!state->error && !state->translation_unit.is_empty()) + _mesa_ast_to_hir(shader->ir, state); + + /* Print out the unoptimized IR. */ + if (!state->error && dump_hir) { + validate_ir_tree(shader->ir); + _mesa_print_ir(shader->ir, state); + } + + /* Optimization passes */ + if (!state->error && !shader->ir->is_empty()) { + bool progress; + do { + progress = do_common_optimization(shader->ir, false, 32); + } while (progress); + + validate_ir_tree(shader->ir); + } + + + /* Print out the resulting IR */ + if (!state->error && dump_lir) { + _mesa_print_ir(shader->ir, state); + } + + shader->symbols = state->symbols; + shader->CompileStatus = !state->error; + shader->Version = state->language_version; + memcpy(shader->builtins_to_link, state->builtins_to_link, + sizeof(shader->builtins_to_link[0]) * state->num_builtins_to_link); + shader->num_builtins_to_link = state->num_builtins_to_link; + + if (shader->InfoLog) + ralloc_free(shader->InfoLog); + + shader->InfoLog = state->info_log; + + /* Retain any live IR, but trash the rest. */ + reparent_ir(shader->ir, shader); + + ralloc_free(state); + + return; +} + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int status = EXIT_SUCCESS; + struct gl_context local_ctx; + struct gl_context *ctx = &local_ctx; + + int c; + int idx = 0; + while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "", compiler_opts, &idx)) != -1) + /* empty */ ; + + + if (argc <= optind) + usage_fail(argv[0]); + + initialize_context(ctx, (glsl_es) ? API_OPENGLES2 : API_OPENGL); + + struct gl_shader_program *whole_program; + + whole_program = rzalloc (NULL, struct gl_shader_program); + assert(whole_program != NULL); + + for (/* empty */; argc > optind; optind++) { + whole_program->Shaders = + reralloc(whole_program, whole_program->Shaders, + struct gl_shader *, whole_program->NumShaders + 1); + assert(whole_program->Shaders != NULL); + + struct gl_shader *shader = rzalloc(whole_program, gl_shader); + + whole_program->Shaders[whole_program->NumShaders] = shader; + whole_program->NumShaders++; + + const unsigned len = strlen(argv[optind]); + if (len < 6) + usage_fail(argv[0]); + + const char *const ext = & argv[optind][len - 5]; + if (strncmp(".vert", ext, 5) == 0) + shader->Type = GL_VERTEX_SHADER; + else if (strncmp(".geom", ext, 5) == 0) + shader->Type = GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER; + else if (strncmp(".frag", ext, 5) == 0) + shader->Type = GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER; + else + usage_fail(argv[0]); + + shader->Source = load_text_file(whole_program, argv[optind]); + if (shader->Source == NULL) { + printf("File \"%s\" does not exist.\n", argv[optind]); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + compile_shader(ctx, shader); + + if (!shader->CompileStatus) { + printf("Info log for %s:\n%s\n", argv[optind], shader->InfoLog); + status = EXIT_FAILURE; + break; + } + } + + if ((status == EXIT_SUCCESS) && do_link) { + link_shaders(ctx, whole_program); + status = (whole_program->LinkStatus) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE; + + if (strlen(whole_program->InfoLog) > 0) + printf("Info log for linking:\n%s\n", whole_program->InfoLog); + } + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++) + ralloc_free(whole_program->_LinkedShaders[i]); + + ralloc_free(whole_program); + _mesa_glsl_release_types(); + _mesa_glsl_release_functions(); + + return status; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_algebraic.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_algebraic.cpp index 82f90197d..cade9611d 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_algebraic.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_algebraic.cpp @@ -1,411 +1,411 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file opt_algebraic.cpp
- *
- * Takes advantage of association, commutivity, and other algebraic
- * properties to simplify expressions.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-/**
- * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values.
- */
-
-class ir_algebraic_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor {
-public:
- ir_algebraic_visitor()
- {
- this->progress = false;
- this->mem_ctx = NULL;
- }
-
- virtual ~ir_algebraic_visitor()
- {
- }
-
- ir_rvalue *handle_expression(ir_expression *ir);
- void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue);
- bool reassociate_constant(ir_expression *ir1,
- int const_index,
- ir_constant *constant,
- ir_expression *ir2);
- void reassociate_operands(ir_expression *ir1,
- int op1,
- ir_expression *ir2,
- int op2);
- ir_rvalue *swizzle_if_required(ir_expression *expr,
- ir_rvalue *operand);
-
- void *mem_ctx;
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-static inline bool
-is_vec_zero(ir_constant *ir)
-{
- return (ir == NULL) ? false : ir->is_zero();
-}
-
-static inline bool
-is_vec_one(ir_constant *ir)
-{
- return (ir == NULL) ? false : ir->is_one();
-}
-
-static void
-update_type(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector())
- ir->type = ir->operands[0]->type;
- else
- ir->type = ir->operands[1]->type;
-}
-
-void
-ir_algebraic_visitor::reassociate_operands(ir_expression *ir1,
- int op1,
- ir_expression *ir2,
- int op2)
-{
- ir_rvalue *temp = ir2->operands[op2];
- ir2->operands[op2] = ir1->operands[op1];
- ir1->operands[op1] = temp;
-
- /* Update the type of ir2. The type of ir1 won't have changed --
- * base types matched, and at least one of the operands of the 2
- * binops is still a vector if any of them were.
- */
- update_type(ir2);
-
- this->progress = true;
-}
-
-/**
- * Reassociates a constant down a tree of adds or multiplies.
- *
- * Consider (2 * (a * (b * 0.5))). We want to send up with a * b.
- */
-bool
-ir_algebraic_visitor::reassociate_constant(ir_expression *ir1, int const_index,
- ir_constant *constant,
- ir_expression *ir2)
-{
- if (!ir2 || ir1->operation != ir2->operation)
- return false;
-
- /* Don't want to even think about matrices. */
- if (ir1->operands[0]->type->is_matrix() ||
- ir1->operands[1]->type->is_matrix() ||
- ir2->operands[0]->type->is_matrix() ||
- ir2->operands[1]->type->is_matrix())
- return false;
-
- ir_constant *ir2_const[2];
- ir2_const[0] = ir2->operands[0]->constant_expression_value();
- ir2_const[1] = ir2->operands[1]->constant_expression_value();
-
- if (ir2_const[0] && ir2_const[1])
- return false;
-
- if (ir2_const[0]) {
- reassociate_operands(ir1, const_index, ir2, 1);
- return true;
- } else if (ir2_const[1]) {
- reassociate_operands(ir1, const_index, ir2, 0);
- return true;
- }
-
- if (reassociate_constant(ir1, const_index, constant,
- ir2->operands[0]->as_expression())) {
- update_type(ir2);
- return true;
- }
-
- if (reassociate_constant(ir1, const_index, constant,
- ir2->operands[1]->as_expression())) {
- update_type(ir2);
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/* When eliminating an expression and just returning one of its operands,
- * we may need to swizzle that operand out to a vector if the expression was
- * vector type.
- */
-ir_rvalue *
-ir_algebraic_visitor::swizzle_if_required(ir_expression *expr,
- ir_rvalue *operand)
-{
- if (expr->type->is_vector() && operand->type->is_scalar()) {
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(operand, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- expr->type->vector_elements);
- } else
- return operand;
-}
-
-ir_rvalue *
-ir_algebraic_visitor::handle_expression(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- ir_constant *op_const[2] = {NULL, NULL};
- ir_expression *op_expr[2] = {NULL, NULL};
- ir_expression *temp;
- unsigned int i;
-
- assert(ir->get_num_operands() <= 2);
- for (i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- if (ir->operands[i]->type->is_matrix())
- return ir;
-
- op_const[i] = ir->operands[i]->constant_expression_value();
- op_expr[i] = ir->operands[i]->as_expression();
- }
-
- if (this->mem_ctx == NULL)
- this->mem_ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
-
- switch (ir->operation) {
- case ir_unop_logic_not: {
- enum ir_expression_operation new_op = ir_unop_logic_not;
-
- if (op_expr[0] == NULL)
- break;
-
- switch (op_expr[0]->operation) {
- case ir_binop_less: new_op = ir_binop_gequal; break;
- case ir_binop_greater: new_op = ir_binop_lequal; break;
- case ir_binop_lequal: new_op = ir_binop_greater; break;
- case ir_binop_gequal: new_op = ir_binop_less; break;
- case ir_binop_equal: new_op = ir_binop_nequal; break;
- case ir_binop_nequal: new_op = ir_binop_equal; break;
- case ir_binop_all_equal: new_op = ir_binop_any_nequal; break;
- case ir_binop_any_nequal: new_op = ir_binop_all_equal; break;
-
- default:
- /* The default case handler is here to silence a warning from GCC.
- */
- break;
- }
-
- if (new_op != ir_unop_logic_not) {
- this->progress = true;
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(new_op,
- ir->type,
- op_expr[0]->operands[0],
- op_expr[0]->operands[1]);
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- case ir_binop_add:
- if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[1]);
- }
- if (is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[0]);
- }
-
- /* Reassociate addition of constants so that we can do constant
- * folding.
- */
- if (op_const[0] && !op_const[1])
- reassociate_constant(ir, 0, op_const[0],
- ir->operands[1]->as_expression());
- if (op_const[1] && !op_const[0])
- reassociate_constant(ir, 1, op_const[1],
- ir->operands[0]->as_expression());
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_sub:
- if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0])) {
- this->progress = true;
- temp = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_neg,
- ir->operands[1]->type,
- ir->operands[1],
- NULL);
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, temp);
- }
- if (is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[0]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_mul:
- if (is_vec_one(op_const[0])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[1]);
- }
- if (is_vec_one(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[0]);
- }
-
- if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0]) || is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return ir_constant::zero(ir, ir->type);
- }
-
- /* Reassociate multiplication of constants so that we can do
- * constant folding.
- */
- if (op_const[0] && !op_const[1])
- reassociate_constant(ir, 0, op_const[0],
- ir->operands[1]->as_expression());
- if (op_const[1] && !op_const[0])
- reassociate_constant(ir, 1, op_const[1],
- ir->operands[0]->as_expression());
-
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_div:
- if (is_vec_one(op_const[0]) && ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT) {
- this->progress = true;
- temp = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_rcp,
- ir->operands[1]->type,
- ir->operands[1],
- NULL);
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, temp);
- }
- if (is_vec_one(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[0]);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_logic_and:
- /* FINISHME: Also simplify (a && a) to (a). */
- if (is_vec_one(op_const[0])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return ir->operands[1];
- } else if (is_vec_one(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return ir->operands[0];
- } else if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0]) || is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, ir->type);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_logic_xor:
- /* FINISHME: Also simplify (a ^^ a) to (false). */
- if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return ir->operands[1];
- } else if (is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return ir->operands[0];
- } else if (is_vec_one(op_const[0])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not, ir->type,
- ir->operands[1], NULL);
- } else if (is_vec_one(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not, ir->type,
- ir->operands[0], NULL);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_binop_logic_or:
- /* FINISHME: Also simplify (a || a) to (a). */
- if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return ir->operands[1];
- } else if (is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) {
- this->progress = true;
- return ir->operands[0];
- } else if (is_vec_one(op_const[0]) || is_vec_one(op_const[1])) {
- ir_constant_data data;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < 16; i++)
- data.b[i] = true;
-
- this->progress = true;
- return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(ir->type, &data);
- }
- break;
-
- case ir_unop_rcp:
- if (op_expr[0] && op_expr[0]->operation == ir_unop_rcp) {
- this->progress = true;
- return op_expr[0]->operands[0];
- }
-
- /* FINISHME: We should do rcp(rsq(x)) -> sqrt(x) for some
- * backends, except that some backends will have done sqrt ->
- * rcp(rsq(x)) and we don't want to undo it for them.
- */
-
- /* As far as we know, all backends are OK with rsq. */
- if (op_expr[0] && op_expr[0]->operation == ir_unop_sqrt) {
- this->progress = true;
- temp = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_rsq,
- op_expr[0]->operands[0]->type,
- op_expr[0]->operands[0],
- NULL);
- return swizzle_if_required(ir, temp);
- }
-
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return ir;
-}
-
-void
-ir_algebraic_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue)
-{
- if (!*rvalue)
- return;
-
- ir_expression *expr = (*rvalue)->as_expression();
- if (!expr || expr->operation == ir_quadop_vector)
- return;
-
- *rvalue = handle_expression(expr);
-}
-
-bool
-do_algebraic(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_algebraic_visitor v;
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file opt_algebraic.cpp + * + * Takes advantage of association, commutivity, and other algebraic + * properties to simplify expressions. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +/** + * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values. + */ + +class ir_algebraic_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor { +public: + ir_algebraic_visitor() + { + this->progress = false; + this->mem_ctx = NULL; + } + + virtual ~ir_algebraic_visitor() + { + } + + ir_rvalue *handle_expression(ir_expression *ir); + void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue); + bool reassociate_constant(ir_expression *ir1, + int const_index, + ir_constant *constant, + ir_expression *ir2); + void reassociate_operands(ir_expression *ir1, + int op1, + ir_expression *ir2, + int op2); + ir_rvalue *swizzle_if_required(ir_expression *expr, + ir_rvalue *operand); + + void *mem_ctx; + + bool progress; +}; + +static inline bool +is_vec_zero(ir_constant *ir) +{ + return (ir == NULL) ? false : ir->is_zero(); +} + +static inline bool +is_vec_one(ir_constant *ir) +{ + return (ir == NULL) ? false : ir->is_one(); +} + +static void +update_type(ir_expression *ir) +{ + if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector()) + ir->type = ir->operands[0]->type; + else + ir->type = ir->operands[1]->type; +} + +void +ir_algebraic_visitor::reassociate_operands(ir_expression *ir1, + int op1, + ir_expression *ir2, + int op2) +{ + ir_rvalue *temp = ir2->operands[op2]; + ir2->operands[op2] = ir1->operands[op1]; + ir1->operands[op1] = temp; + + /* Update the type of ir2. The type of ir1 won't have changed -- + * base types matched, and at least one of the operands of the 2 + * binops is still a vector if any of them were. + */ + update_type(ir2); + + this->progress = true; +} + +/** + * Reassociates a constant down a tree of adds or multiplies. + * + * Consider (2 * (a * (b * 0.5))). We want to send up with a * b. + */ +bool +ir_algebraic_visitor::reassociate_constant(ir_expression *ir1, int const_index, + ir_constant *constant, + ir_expression *ir2) +{ + if (!ir2 || ir1->operation != ir2->operation) + return false; + + /* Don't want to even think about matrices. */ + if (ir1->operands[0]->type->is_matrix() || + ir1->operands[1]->type->is_matrix() || + ir2->operands[0]->type->is_matrix() || + ir2->operands[1]->type->is_matrix()) + return false; + + ir_constant *ir2_const[2]; + ir2_const[0] = ir2->operands[0]->constant_expression_value(); + ir2_const[1] = ir2->operands[1]->constant_expression_value(); + + if (ir2_const[0] && ir2_const[1]) + return false; + + if (ir2_const[0]) { + reassociate_operands(ir1, const_index, ir2, 1); + return true; + } else if (ir2_const[1]) { + reassociate_operands(ir1, const_index, ir2, 0); + return true; + } + + if (reassociate_constant(ir1, const_index, constant, + ir2->operands[0]->as_expression())) { + update_type(ir2); + return true; + } + + if (reassociate_constant(ir1, const_index, constant, + ir2->operands[1]->as_expression())) { + update_type(ir2); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/* When eliminating an expression and just returning one of its operands, + * we may need to swizzle that operand out to a vector if the expression was + * vector type. + */ +ir_rvalue * +ir_algebraic_visitor::swizzle_if_required(ir_expression *expr, + ir_rvalue *operand) +{ + if (expr->type->is_vector() && operand->type->is_scalar()) { + return new(mem_ctx) ir_swizzle(operand, 0, 0, 0, 0, + expr->type->vector_elements); + } else + return operand; +} + +ir_rvalue * +ir_algebraic_visitor::handle_expression(ir_expression *ir) +{ + ir_constant *op_const[2] = {NULL, NULL}; + ir_expression *op_expr[2] = {NULL, NULL}; + ir_expression *temp; + unsigned int i; + + assert(ir->get_num_operands() <= 2); + for (i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) { + if (ir->operands[i]->type->is_matrix()) + return ir; + + op_const[i] = ir->operands[i]->constant_expression_value(); + op_expr[i] = ir->operands[i]->as_expression(); + } + + if (this->mem_ctx == NULL) + this->mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + + switch (ir->operation) { + case ir_unop_logic_not: { + enum ir_expression_operation new_op = ir_unop_logic_not; + + if (op_expr[0] == NULL) + break; + + switch (op_expr[0]->operation) { + case ir_binop_less: new_op = ir_binop_gequal; break; + case ir_binop_greater: new_op = ir_binop_lequal; break; + case ir_binop_lequal: new_op = ir_binop_greater; break; + case ir_binop_gequal: new_op = ir_binop_less; break; + case ir_binop_equal: new_op = ir_binop_nequal; break; + case ir_binop_nequal: new_op = ir_binop_equal; break; + case ir_binop_all_equal: new_op = ir_binop_any_nequal; break; + case ir_binop_any_nequal: new_op = ir_binop_all_equal; break; + + default: + /* The default case handler is here to silence a warning from GCC. + */ + break; + } + + if (new_op != ir_unop_logic_not) { + this->progress = true; + return new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(new_op, + ir->type, + op_expr[0]->operands[0], + op_expr[0]->operands[1]); + } + + break; + } + + case ir_binop_add: + if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0])) { + this->progress = true; + return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[1]); + } + if (is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[0]); + } + + /* Reassociate addition of constants so that we can do constant + * folding. + */ + if (op_const[0] && !op_const[1]) + reassociate_constant(ir, 0, op_const[0], + ir->operands[1]->as_expression()); + if (op_const[1] && !op_const[0]) + reassociate_constant(ir, 1, op_const[1], + ir->operands[0]->as_expression()); + break; + + case ir_binop_sub: + if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0])) { + this->progress = true; + temp = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_neg, + ir->operands[1]->type, + ir->operands[1], + NULL); + return swizzle_if_required(ir, temp); + } + if (is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[0]); + } + break; + + case ir_binop_mul: + if (is_vec_one(op_const[0])) { + this->progress = true; + return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[1]); + } + if (is_vec_one(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[0]); + } + + if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0]) || is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return ir_constant::zero(ir, ir->type); + } + + /* Reassociate multiplication of constants so that we can do + * constant folding. + */ + if (op_const[0] && !op_const[1]) + reassociate_constant(ir, 0, op_const[0], + ir->operands[1]->as_expression()); + if (op_const[1] && !op_const[0]) + reassociate_constant(ir, 1, op_const[1], + ir->operands[0]->as_expression()); + + break; + + case ir_binop_div: + if (is_vec_one(op_const[0]) && ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT) { + this->progress = true; + temp = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_rcp, + ir->operands[1]->type, + ir->operands[1], + NULL); + return swizzle_if_required(ir, temp); + } + if (is_vec_one(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return swizzle_if_required(ir, ir->operands[0]); + } + break; + + case ir_binop_logic_and: + /* FINISHME: Also simplify (a && a) to (a). */ + if (is_vec_one(op_const[0])) { + this->progress = true; + return ir->operands[1]; + } else if (is_vec_one(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return ir->operands[0]; + } else if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0]) || is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return ir_constant::zero(mem_ctx, ir->type); + } + break; + + case ir_binop_logic_xor: + /* FINISHME: Also simplify (a ^^ a) to (false). */ + if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0])) { + this->progress = true; + return ir->operands[1]; + } else if (is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return ir->operands[0]; + } else if (is_vec_one(op_const[0])) { + this->progress = true; + return new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not, ir->type, + ir->operands[1], NULL); + } else if (is_vec_one(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_logic_not, ir->type, + ir->operands[0], NULL); + } + break; + + case ir_binop_logic_or: + /* FINISHME: Also simplify (a || a) to (a). */ + if (is_vec_zero(op_const[0])) { + this->progress = true; + return ir->operands[1]; + } else if (is_vec_zero(op_const[1])) { + this->progress = true; + return ir->operands[0]; + } else if (is_vec_one(op_const[0]) || is_vec_one(op_const[1])) { + ir_constant_data data; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < 16; i++) + data.b[i] = true; + + this->progress = true; + return new(mem_ctx) ir_constant(ir->type, &data); + } + break; + + case ir_unop_rcp: + if (op_expr[0] && op_expr[0]->operation == ir_unop_rcp) { + this->progress = true; + return op_expr[0]->operands[0]; + } + + /* FINISHME: We should do rcp(rsq(x)) -> sqrt(x) for some + * backends, except that some backends will have done sqrt -> + * rcp(rsq(x)) and we don't want to undo it for them. + */ + + /* As far as we know, all backends are OK with rsq. */ + if (op_expr[0] && op_expr[0]->operation == ir_unop_sqrt) { + this->progress = true; + temp = new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_unop_rsq, + op_expr[0]->operands[0]->type, + op_expr[0]->operands[0], + NULL); + return swizzle_if_required(ir, temp); + } + + break; + + default: + break; + } + + return ir; +} + +void +ir_algebraic_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue) +{ + if (!*rvalue) + return; + + ir_expression *expr = (*rvalue)->as_expression(); + if (!expr || expr->operation == ir_quadop_vector) + return; + + *rvalue = handle_expression(expr); +} + +bool +do_algebraic(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_algebraic_visitor v; + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_constant_folding.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_constant_folding.cpp index d2234b354..599b21525 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_constant_folding.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_constant_folding.cpp @@ -1,147 +1,147 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file opt_constant_folding.cpp
- * Replace constant-valued expressions with references to constant values.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-/**
- * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values.
- */
-
-class ir_constant_folding_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor {
-public:
- ir_constant_folding_visitor()
- {
- this->progress = false;
- }
-
- virtual ~ir_constant_folding_visitor()
- {
- /* empty */
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *ir);
-
- virtual void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue);
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-void
-ir_constant_folding_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue)
-{
- if (*rvalue == NULL || (*rvalue)->ir_type == ir_type_constant)
- return;
-
- /* Note that we do rvalue visitoring on leaving. So if an
- * expression has a non-constant operand, no need to go looking
- * down it to find if it's constant. This cuts the time of this
- * pass down drastically.
- */
- ir_expression *expr = (*rvalue)->as_expression();
- if (expr) {
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < expr->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- if (!expr->operands[i]->as_constant())
- return;
- }
- }
-
- ir_constant *constant = (*rvalue)->constant_expression_value();
- if (constant) {
- *rvalue = constant;
- this->progress = true;
- } else {
- (*rvalue)->accept(this);
- }
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_constant_folding_visitor::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- ir->rhs->accept(this);
- handle_rvalue(&ir->rhs);
-
- if (ir->condition) {
- ir->condition->accept(this);
- handle_rvalue(&ir->condition);
-
- ir_constant *const_val = ir->condition->as_constant();
- /* If the condition is constant, either remove the condition or
- * remove the never-executed assignment.
- */
- if (const_val) {
- if (const_val->value.b[0])
- ir->condition = NULL;
- else
- ir->remove();
- this->progress = true;
- }
- }
-
- /* Don't descend into the LHS because we want it to stay as a
- * variable dereference. FINISHME: We probably should to get array
- * indices though.
- */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_constant_folding_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
-{
- exec_list_iterator sig_iter = ir->get_callee()->parameters.iterator();
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
- ir_rvalue *param_rval = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();
- ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *)sig_iter.get();
-
- if (sig_param->mode == ir_var_in) {
- ir_rvalue *new_param = param_rval;
-
- handle_rvalue(&new_param);
- if (new_param != param_rval) {
- param_rval->replace_with(new_param);
- }
- }
- sig_iter.next();
- }
-
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-bool
-do_constant_folding(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_constant_folding_visitor constant_folding;
-
- visit_list_elements(&constant_folding, instructions);
-
- return constant_folding.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file opt_constant_folding.cpp + * Replace constant-valued expressions with references to constant values. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +/** + * Visitor class for replacing expressions with ir_constant values. + */ + +class ir_constant_folding_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor { +public: + ir_constant_folding_visitor() + { + this->progress = false; + } + + virtual ~ir_constant_folding_visitor() + { + /* empty */ + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *ir); + + virtual void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue); + + bool progress; +}; + +void +ir_constant_folding_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue) +{ + if (*rvalue == NULL || (*rvalue)->ir_type == ir_type_constant) + return; + + /* Note that we do rvalue visitoring on leaving. So if an + * expression has a non-constant operand, no need to go looking + * down it to find if it's constant. This cuts the time of this + * pass down drastically. + */ + ir_expression *expr = (*rvalue)->as_expression(); + if (expr) { + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < expr->get_num_operands(); i++) { + if (!expr->operands[i]->as_constant()) + return; + } + } + + ir_constant *constant = (*rvalue)->constant_expression_value(); + if (constant) { + *rvalue = constant; + this->progress = true; + } else { + (*rvalue)->accept(this); + } +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_constant_folding_visitor::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + ir->rhs->accept(this); + handle_rvalue(&ir->rhs); + + if (ir->condition) { + ir->condition->accept(this); + handle_rvalue(&ir->condition); + + ir_constant *const_val = ir->condition->as_constant(); + /* If the condition is constant, either remove the condition or + * remove the never-executed assignment. + */ + if (const_val) { + if (const_val->value.b[0]) + ir->condition = NULL; + else + ir->remove(); + this->progress = true; + } + } + + /* Don't descend into the LHS because we want it to stay as a + * variable dereference. FINISHME: We probably should to get array + * indices though. + */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_constant_folding_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir) +{ + exec_list_iterator sig_iter = ir->get_callee()->parameters.iterator(); + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) { + ir_rvalue *param_rval = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get(); + ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *)sig_iter.get(); + + if (sig_param->mode == ir_var_in || sig_param->mode == ir_var_const_in) { + ir_rvalue *new_param = param_rval; + + handle_rvalue(&new_param); + if (new_param != param_rval) { + param_rval->replace_with(new_param); + } + } + sig_iter.next(); + } + + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +bool +do_constant_folding(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_constant_folding_visitor constant_folding; + + visit_list_elements(&constant_folding, instructions); + + return constant_folding.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_constant_propagation.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_constant_propagation.cpp index db797a85f..e1f68892f 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_constant_propagation.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_constant_propagation.cpp @@ -1,437 +1,437 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * constant of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, constant, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above constantright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR CONSTANTRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file opt_constant_propagation.cpp
- *
- * Tracks assignments of constants to channels of variables, and
- * usage of those constant channels with direct usage of the constants.
- *
- * This can lead to constant folding and algebraic optimizations in
- * those later expressions, while causing no increase in instruction
- * count (due to constants being generally free to load from a
- * constant push buffer or as instruction immediate values) and
- * possibly reducing register pressure.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_basic_block.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-class acp_entry : public exec_node
-{
-public:
- acp_entry(ir_variable *var, unsigned write_mask, ir_constant *constant)
- {
- assert(var);
- assert(constant);
- this->var = var;
- this->write_mask = write_mask;
- this->constant = constant;
- }
-
- ir_variable *var;
- ir_constant *constant;
- unsigned write_mask;
-};
-
-
-class kill_entry : public exec_node
-{
-public:
- kill_entry(ir_variable *var, unsigned write_mask)
- {
- assert(var);
- this->var = var;
- this->write_mask = write_mask;
- }
-
- ir_variable *var;
- unsigned write_mask;
-};
-
-class ir_constant_propagation_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor {
-public:
- ir_constant_propagation_visitor()
- {
- progress = false;
- mem_ctx = talloc_new(0);
- this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- }
- ~ir_constant_propagation_visitor()
- {
- talloc_free(mem_ctx);
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_loop *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function_signature *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(class ir_assignment *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_call *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_if *);
-
- void add_constant(ir_assignment *ir);
- void kill(ir_variable *ir, unsigned write_mask);
- void handle_if_block(exec_list *instructions);
- void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue);
-
- /** List of acp_entry: The available constants to propagate */
- exec_list *acp;
-
- /**
- * List of kill_entry: The masks of variables whose values were
- * killed in this block.
- */
- exec_list *kills;
-
- bool progress;
-
- bool killed_all;
-
- void *mem_ctx;
-};
-
-
-void
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue)
-{
- if (this->in_assignee || !*rvalue)
- return;
-
- const glsl_type *type = (*rvalue)->type;
- if (!type->is_scalar() && !type->is_vector())
- return;
-
- ir_swizzle *swiz = NULL;
- ir_dereference_variable *deref = (*rvalue)->as_dereference_variable();
- if (!deref) {
- swiz = (*rvalue)->as_swizzle();
- if (!swiz)
- return;
-
- deref = swiz->val->as_dereference_variable();
- if (!deref)
- return;
- }
-
- ir_constant_data data;
- memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
-
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->components(); i++) {
- int channel;
- acp_entry *found = NULL;
-
- if (swiz) {
- switch (i) {
- case 0: channel = swiz->mask.x; break;
- case 1: channel = swiz->mask.y; break;
- case 2: channel = swiz->mask.z; break;
- case 3: channel = swiz->mask.w; break;
- default: assert(!"shouldn't be reached"); channel = 0; break;
- }
- } else {
- channel = i;
- }
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->acp) {
- acp_entry *entry = (acp_entry *)iter.get();
- if (entry->var == deref->var && entry->write_mask & (1 << channel)) {
- found = entry;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (!found)
- return;
-
- int rhs_channel = 0;
- for (int j = 0; j < 4; j++) {
- if (j == channel)
- break;
- if (found->write_mask & (1 << j))
- rhs_channel++;
- }
-
- switch (type->base_type) {
- case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
- data.f[i] = found->constant->value.f[rhs_channel];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
- data.i[i] = found->constant->value.i[rhs_channel];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
- data.u[i] = found->constant->value.u[rhs_channel];
- break;
- case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
- data.b[i] = found->constant->value.b[rhs_channel];
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"not reached");
- break;
- }
- }
-
- *rvalue = new(talloc_parent(deref)) ir_constant(type, &data);
- this->progress = true;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir)
-{
- /* Treat entry into a function signature as a completely separate
- * block. Any instructions at global scope will be shuffled into
- * main() at link time, so they're irrelevant to us.
- */
- exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp;
- exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills;
- bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all;
-
- this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->killed_all = false;
-
- visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body);
-
- this->kills = orig_kills;
- this->acp = orig_acp;
- this->killed_all = orig_killed_all;
-
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- if (this->in_assignee)
- return visit_continue;
-
- kill(ir->lhs->variable_referenced(), ir->write_mask);
-
- add_constant(ir);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
-{
- /* Do constant propagation on call parameters, but skip any out params */
- exec_list_iterator sig_param_iter = ir->get_callee()->parameters.iterator();
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->actual_parameters) {
- ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *)sig_param_iter.get();
- ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();
- if (sig_param->mode != ir_var_out && sig_param->mode != ir_var_inout) {
- ir_rvalue *new_param = param;
- handle_rvalue(&new_param);
- if (new_param != param)
- param->replace_with(new_param);
- else
- param->accept(this);
- }
- sig_param_iter.next();
- }
-
- /* Since we're unlinked, we don't (necssarily) know the side effects of
- * this call. So kill all copies.
- */
- acp->make_empty();
- this->killed_all = true;
-
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-void
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::handle_if_block(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp;
- exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills;
- bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all;
-
- this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->killed_all = false;
-
- /* Populate the initial acp with a constant of the original */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *orig_acp) {
- acp_entry *a = (acp_entry *)iter.get();
- this->acp->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) acp_entry(a->var, a->write_mask,
- a->constant));
- }
-
- visit_list_elements(this, instructions);
-
- if (this->killed_all) {
- orig_acp->make_empty();
- }
-
- exec_list *new_kills = this->kills;
- this->kills = orig_kills;
- this->acp = orig_acp;
- this->killed_all = this->killed_all || orig_killed_all;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *new_kills) {
- kill_entry *k = (kill_entry *)iter.get();
- kill(k->var, k->write_mask);
- }
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir)
-{
- ir->condition->accept(this);
- handle_rvalue(&ir->condition);
-
- handle_if_block(&ir->then_instructions);
- handle_if_block(&ir->else_instructions);
-
- /* handle_if_block() already descended into the children. */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_loop *ir)
-{
- exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp;
- exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills;
- bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all;
-
- /* FINISHME: For now, the initial acp for loops is totally empty.
- * We could go through once, then go through again with the acp
- * cloned minus the killed entries after the first run through.
- */
- this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->killed_all = false;
-
- visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body_instructions);
-
- if (this->killed_all) {
- orig_acp->make_empty();
- }
-
- exec_list *new_kills = this->kills;
- this->kills = orig_kills;
- this->acp = orig_acp;
- this->killed_all = this->killed_all || orig_killed_all;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *new_kills) {
- kill_entry *k = (kill_entry *)iter.get();
- kill(k->var, k->write_mask);
- }
-
- /* already descended into the children. */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-void
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::kill(ir_variable *var, unsigned write_mask)
-{
- assert(var != NULL);
-
- /* We don't track non-vectors. */
- if (!var->type->is_vector() && !var->type->is_scalar())
- return;
-
- /* Remove any entries currently in the ACP for this kill. */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->acp) {
- acp_entry *entry = (acp_entry *)iter.get();
-
- if (entry->var == var) {
- entry->write_mask &= ~write_mask;
- if (entry->write_mask == 0)
- entry->remove();
- }
- }
-
- /* Add this writemask of the variable to the list of killed
- * variables in this block.
- */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->kills) {
- kill_entry *entry = (kill_entry *)iter.get();
-
- if (entry->var == var) {
- entry->write_mask |= write_mask;
- return;
- }
- }
- /* Not already in the list. Make new entry. */
- this->kills->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) kill_entry(var, write_mask));
-}
-
-/**
- * Adds an entry to the available constant list if it's a plain assignment
- * of a variable to a variable.
- */
-void
-ir_constant_propagation_visitor::add_constant(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- acp_entry *entry;
-
- if (ir->condition) {
- ir_constant *condition = ir->condition->as_constant();
- if (!condition || !condition->value.b[0])
- return;
- }
-
- if (!ir->write_mask)
- return;
-
- ir_dereference_variable *deref = ir->lhs->as_dereference_variable();
- ir_constant *constant = ir->rhs->as_constant();
-
- if (!deref || !constant)
- return;
-
- /* Only do constant propagation on vectors. Constant matrices,
- * arrays, or structures would require more work elsewhere.
- */
- if (!deref->var->type->is_vector() && !deref->var->type->is_scalar())
- return;
-
- entry = new(this->mem_ctx) acp_entry(deref->var, ir->write_mask, constant);
- this->acp->push_tail(entry);
-}
-
-/**
- * Does a constant propagation pass on the code present in the instruction stream.
- */
-bool
-do_constant_propagation(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_constant_propagation_visitor v;
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * constant of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, constant, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above constantright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR CONSTANTRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file opt_constant_propagation.cpp + * + * Tracks assignments of constants to channels of variables, and + * usage of those constant channels with direct usage of the constants. + * + * This can lead to constant folding and algebraic optimizations in + * those later expressions, while causing no increase in instruction + * count (due to constants being generally free to load from a + * constant push buffer or as instruction immediate values) and + * possibly reducing register pressure. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h" +#include "ir_basic_block.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +class acp_entry : public exec_node +{ +public: + acp_entry(ir_variable *var, unsigned write_mask, ir_constant *constant) + { + assert(var); + assert(constant); + this->var = var; + this->write_mask = write_mask; + this->constant = constant; + } + + ir_variable *var; + ir_constant *constant; + unsigned write_mask; +}; + + +class kill_entry : public exec_node +{ +public: + kill_entry(ir_variable *var, unsigned write_mask) + { + assert(var); + this->var = var; + this->write_mask = write_mask; + } + + ir_variable *var; + unsigned write_mask; +}; + +class ir_constant_propagation_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor { +public: + ir_constant_propagation_visitor() + { + progress = false; + mem_ctx = ralloc_context(0); + this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + } + ~ir_constant_propagation_visitor() + { + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_loop *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function_signature *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(class ir_assignment *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_call *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_if *); + + void add_constant(ir_assignment *ir); + void kill(ir_variable *ir, unsigned write_mask); + void handle_if_block(exec_list *instructions); + void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue); + + /** List of acp_entry: The available constants to propagate */ + exec_list *acp; + + /** + * List of kill_entry: The masks of variables whose values were + * killed in this block. + */ + exec_list *kills; + + bool progress; + + bool killed_all; + + void *mem_ctx; +}; + + +void +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue) +{ + if (this->in_assignee || !*rvalue) + return; + + const glsl_type *type = (*rvalue)->type; + if (!type->is_scalar() && !type->is_vector()) + return; + + ir_swizzle *swiz = NULL; + ir_dereference_variable *deref = (*rvalue)->as_dereference_variable(); + if (!deref) { + swiz = (*rvalue)->as_swizzle(); + if (!swiz) + return; + + deref = swiz->val->as_dereference_variable(); + if (!deref) + return; + } + + ir_constant_data data; + memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data)); + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->components(); i++) { + int channel; + acp_entry *found = NULL; + + if (swiz) { + switch (i) { + case 0: channel = swiz->mask.x; break; + case 1: channel = swiz->mask.y; break; + case 2: channel = swiz->mask.z; break; + case 3: channel = swiz->mask.w; break; + default: assert(!"shouldn't be reached"); channel = 0; break; + } + } else { + channel = i; + } + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->acp) { + acp_entry *entry = (acp_entry *)iter.get(); + if (entry->var == deref->var && entry->write_mask & (1 << channel)) { + found = entry; + break; + } + } + + if (!found) + return; + + int rhs_channel = 0; + for (int j = 0; j < 4; j++) { + if (j == channel) + break; + if (found->write_mask & (1 << j)) + rhs_channel++; + } + + switch (type->base_type) { + case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT: + data.f[i] = found->constant->value.f[rhs_channel]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_INT: + data.i[i] = found->constant->value.i[rhs_channel]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_UINT: + data.u[i] = found->constant->value.u[rhs_channel]; + break; + case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL: + data.b[i] = found->constant->value.b[rhs_channel]; + break; + default: + assert(!"not reached"); + break; + } + } + + *rvalue = new(ralloc_parent(deref)) ir_constant(type, &data); + this->progress = true; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir) +{ + /* Treat entry into a function signature as a completely separate + * block. Any instructions at global scope will be shuffled into + * main() at link time, so they're irrelevant to us. + */ + exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp; + exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills; + bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all; + + this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->killed_all = false; + + visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body); + + this->kills = orig_kills; + this->acp = orig_acp; + this->killed_all = orig_killed_all; + + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + if (this->in_assignee) + return visit_continue; + + kill(ir->lhs->variable_referenced(), ir->write_mask); + + add_constant(ir); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir) +{ + /* Do constant propagation on call parameters, but skip any out params */ + exec_list_iterator sig_param_iter = ir->get_callee()->parameters.iterator(); + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->actual_parameters) { + ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *)sig_param_iter.get(); + ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get(); + if (sig_param->mode != ir_var_out && sig_param->mode != ir_var_inout) { + ir_rvalue *new_param = param; + handle_rvalue(&new_param); + if (new_param != param) + param->replace_with(new_param); + else + param->accept(this); + } + sig_param_iter.next(); + } + + /* Since we're unlinked, we don't (necssarily) know the side effects of + * this call. So kill all copies. + */ + acp->make_empty(); + this->killed_all = true; + + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +void +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::handle_if_block(exec_list *instructions) +{ + exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp; + exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills; + bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all; + + this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->killed_all = false; + + /* Populate the initial acp with a constant of the original */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *orig_acp) { + acp_entry *a = (acp_entry *)iter.get(); + this->acp->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) acp_entry(a->var, a->write_mask, + a->constant)); + } + + visit_list_elements(this, instructions); + + if (this->killed_all) { + orig_acp->make_empty(); + } + + exec_list *new_kills = this->kills; + this->kills = orig_kills; + this->acp = orig_acp; + this->killed_all = this->killed_all || orig_killed_all; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *new_kills) { + kill_entry *k = (kill_entry *)iter.get(); + kill(k->var, k->write_mask); + } +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir) +{ + ir->condition->accept(this); + handle_rvalue(&ir->condition); + + handle_if_block(&ir->then_instructions); + handle_if_block(&ir->else_instructions); + + /* handle_if_block() already descended into the children. */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_loop *ir) +{ + exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp; + exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills; + bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all; + + /* FINISHME: For now, the initial acp for loops is totally empty. + * We could go through once, then go through again with the acp + * cloned minus the killed entries after the first run through. + */ + this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->killed_all = false; + + visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body_instructions); + + if (this->killed_all) { + orig_acp->make_empty(); + } + + exec_list *new_kills = this->kills; + this->kills = orig_kills; + this->acp = orig_acp; + this->killed_all = this->killed_all || orig_killed_all; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *new_kills) { + kill_entry *k = (kill_entry *)iter.get(); + kill(k->var, k->write_mask); + } + + /* already descended into the children. */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +void +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::kill(ir_variable *var, unsigned write_mask) +{ + assert(var != NULL); + + /* We don't track non-vectors. */ + if (!var->type->is_vector() && !var->type->is_scalar()) + return; + + /* Remove any entries currently in the ACP for this kill. */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->acp) { + acp_entry *entry = (acp_entry *)iter.get(); + + if (entry->var == var) { + entry->write_mask &= ~write_mask; + if (entry->write_mask == 0) + entry->remove(); + } + } + + /* Add this writemask of the variable to the list of killed + * variables in this block. + */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->kills) { + kill_entry *entry = (kill_entry *)iter.get(); + + if (entry->var == var) { + entry->write_mask |= write_mask; + return; + } + } + /* Not already in the list. Make new entry. */ + this->kills->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) kill_entry(var, write_mask)); +} + +/** + * Adds an entry to the available constant list if it's a plain assignment + * of a variable to a variable. + */ +void +ir_constant_propagation_visitor::add_constant(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + acp_entry *entry; + + if (ir->condition) { + ir_constant *condition = ir->condition->as_constant(); + if (!condition || !condition->value.b[0]) + return; + } + + if (!ir->write_mask) + return; + + ir_dereference_variable *deref = ir->lhs->as_dereference_variable(); + ir_constant *constant = ir->rhs->as_constant(); + + if (!deref || !constant) + return; + + /* Only do constant propagation on vectors. Constant matrices, + * arrays, or structures would require more work elsewhere. + */ + if (!deref->var->type->is_vector() && !deref->var->type->is_scalar()) + return; + + entry = new(this->mem_ctx) acp_entry(deref->var, ir->write_mask, constant); + this->acp->push_tail(entry); +} + +/** + * Does a constant propagation pass on the code present in the instruction stream. + */ +bool +do_constant_propagation(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_constant_propagation_visitor v; + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_copy_propagation.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_copy_propagation.cpp index 088c4bdbc..4ab23bf9b 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_copy_propagation.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_copy_propagation.cpp @@ -1,348 +1,348 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file opt_copy_propagation.cpp
- *
- * Moves usage of recently-copied variables to the previous copy of
- * the variable.
- *
- * This should reduce the number of MOV instructions in the generated
- * programs unless copy propagation is also done on the LIR, and may
- * help anyway by triggering other optimizations that live in the HIR.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_basic_block.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-class acp_entry : public exec_node
-{
-public:
- acp_entry(ir_variable *lhs, ir_variable *rhs)
- {
- assert(lhs);
- assert(rhs);
- this->lhs = lhs;
- this->rhs = rhs;
- }
-
- ir_variable *lhs;
- ir_variable *rhs;
-};
-
-
-class kill_entry : public exec_node
-{
-public:
- kill_entry(ir_variable *var)
- {
- assert(var);
- this->var = var;
- }
-
- ir_variable *var;
-};
-
-class ir_copy_propagation_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_copy_propagation_visitor()
- {
- progress = false;
- mem_ctx = talloc_new(0);
- this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- }
- ~ir_copy_propagation_visitor()
- {
- talloc_free(mem_ctx);
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit(class ir_dereference_variable *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_loop *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function_signature *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(class ir_assignment *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_call *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_if *);
-
- void add_copy(ir_assignment *ir);
- void kill(ir_variable *ir);
- void handle_if_block(exec_list *instructions);
-
- /** List of acp_entry: The available copies to propagate */
- exec_list *acp;
- /**
- * List of kill_entry: The variables whose values were killed in this
- * block.
- */
- exec_list *kills;
-
- bool progress;
-
- bool killed_all;
-
- void *mem_ctx;
-};
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir)
-{
- /* Treat entry into a function signature as a completely separate
- * block. Any instructions at global scope will be shuffled into
- * main() at link time, so they're irrelevant to us.
- */
- exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp;
- exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills;
- bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all;
-
- this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->killed_all = false;
-
- visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body);
-
- this->kills = orig_kills;
- this->acp = orig_acp;
- this->killed_all = orig_killed_all;
-
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- kill(ir->lhs->variable_referenced());
-
- add_copy(ir);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-/**
- * Replaces dereferences of ACP RHS variables with ACP LHS variables.
- *
- * This is where the actual copy propagation occurs. Note that the
- * rewriting of ir_dereference means that the ir_dereference instance
- * must not be shared by multiple IR operations!
- */
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
-{
- if (this->in_assignee)
- return visit_continue;
-
- ir_variable *var = ir->var;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->acp) {
- acp_entry *entry = (acp_entry *)iter.get();
-
- if (var == entry->lhs) {
- ir->var = entry->rhs;
- this->progress = true;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
-{
- /* Do copy propagation on call parameters, but skip any out params */
- exec_list_iterator sig_param_iter = ir->get_callee()->parameters.iterator();
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->actual_parameters) {
- ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *)sig_param_iter.get();
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- if (sig_param->mode != ir_var_out && sig_param->mode != ir_var_inout) {
- ir->accept(this);
- }
- sig_param_iter.next();
- }
-
- /* Since we're unlinked, we don't (necssarily) know the side effects of
- * this call. So kill all copies.
- */
- acp->make_empty();
- this->killed_all = true;
-
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-void
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::handle_if_block(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp;
- exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills;
- bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all;
-
- this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->killed_all = false;
-
- /* Populate the initial acp with a copy of the original */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *orig_acp) {
- acp_entry *a = (acp_entry *)iter.get();
- this->acp->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) acp_entry(a->lhs, a->rhs));
- }
-
- visit_list_elements(this, instructions);
-
- if (this->killed_all) {
- orig_acp->make_empty();
- }
-
- exec_list *new_kills = this->kills;
- this->kills = orig_kills;
- this->acp = orig_acp;
- this->killed_all = this->killed_all || orig_killed_all;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *new_kills) {
- kill_entry *k = (kill_entry *)iter.get();
- kill(k->var);
- }
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir)
-{
- ir->condition->accept(this);
-
- handle_if_block(&ir->then_instructions);
- handle_if_block(&ir->else_instructions);
-
- /* handle_if_block() already descended into the children. */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_loop *ir)
-{
- exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp;
- exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills;
- bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all;
-
- /* FINISHME: For now, the initial acp for loops is totally empty.
- * We could go through once, then go through again with the acp
- * cloned minus the killed entries after the first run through.
- */
- this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list;
- this->killed_all = false;
-
- visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body_instructions);
-
- if (this->killed_all) {
- orig_acp->make_empty();
- }
-
- exec_list *new_kills = this->kills;
- this->kills = orig_kills;
- this->acp = orig_acp;
- this->killed_all = this->killed_all || orig_killed_all;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *new_kills) {
- kill_entry *k = (kill_entry *)iter.get();
- kill(k->var);
- }
-
- /* already descended into the children. */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-void
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::kill(ir_variable *var)
-{
- assert(var != NULL);
-
- /* Remove any entries currently in the ACP for this kill. */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *acp) {
- acp_entry *entry = (acp_entry *)iter.get();
-
- if (entry->lhs == var || entry->rhs == var) {
- entry->remove();
- }
- }
-
- /* Add the LHS variable to the list of killed variables in this block.
- */
- this->kills->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) kill_entry(var));
-}
-
-/**
- * Adds an entry to the available copy list if it's a plain assignment
- * of a variable to a variable.
- */
-void
-ir_copy_propagation_visitor::add_copy(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- acp_entry *entry;
-
- if (ir->condition) {
- ir_constant *condition = ir->condition->as_constant();
- if (!condition || !condition->value.b[0])
- return;
- }
-
- ir_variable *lhs_var = ir->whole_variable_written();
- ir_variable *rhs_var = ir->rhs->whole_variable_referenced();
-
- if ((lhs_var != NULL) && (rhs_var != NULL)) {
- if (lhs_var == rhs_var) {
- /* This is a dumb assignment, but we've conveniently noticed
- * it here. Removing it now would mess up the loop iteration
- * calling us. Just flag it to not execute, and someone else
- * will clean up the mess.
- */
- ir->condition = new(talloc_parent(ir)) ir_constant(false);
- this->progress = true;
- } else {
- entry = new(this->mem_ctx) acp_entry(lhs_var, rhs_var);
- this->acp->push_tail(entry);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Does a copy propagation pass on the code present in the instruction stream.
- */
-bool
-do_copy_propagation(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_copy_propagation_visitor v;
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file opt_copy_propagation.cpp + * + * Moves usage of recently-copied variables to the previous copy of + * the variable. + * + * This should reduce the number of MOV instructions in the generated + * programs unless copy propagation is also done on the LIR, and may + * help anyway by triggering other optimizations that live in the HIR. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_basic_block.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +class acp_entry : public exec_node +{ +public: + acp_entry(ir_variable *lhs, ir_variable *rhs) + { + assert(lhs); + assert(rhs); + this->lhs = lhs; + this->rhs = rhs; + } + + ir_variable *lhs; + ir_variable *rhs; +}; + + +class kill_entry : public exec_node +{ +public: + kill_entry(ir_variable *var) + { + assert(var); + this->var = var; + } + + ir_variable *var; +}; + +class ir_copy_propagation_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_copy_propagation_visitor() + { + progress = false; + mem_ctx = ralloc_context(0); + this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + } + ~ir_copy_propagation_visitor() + { + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit(class ir_dereference_variable *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_loop *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function_signature *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(class ir_assignment *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_call *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_if *); + + void add_copy(ir_assignment *ir); + void kill(ir_variable *ir); + void handle_if_block(exec_list *instructions); + + /** List of acp_entry: The available copies to propagate */ + exec_list *acp; + /** + * List of kill_entry: The variables whose values were killed in this + * block. + */ + exec_list *kills; + + bool progress; + + bool killed_all; + + void *mem_ctx; +}; + +ir_visitor_status +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir) +{ + /* Treat entry into a function signature as a completely separate + * block. Any instructions at global scope will be shuffled into + * main() at link time, so they're irrelevant to us. + */ + exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp; + exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills; + bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all; + + this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->killed_all = false; + + visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body); + + this->kills = orig_kills; + this->acp = orig_acp; + this->killed_all = orig_killed_all; + + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + kill(ir->lhs->variable_referenced()); + + add_copy(ir); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + return visit_continue; +} + +/** + * Replaces dereferences of ACP RHS variables with ACP LHS variables. + * + * This is where the actual copy propagation occurs. Note that the + * rewriting of ir_dereference means that the ir_dereference instance + * must not be shared by multiple IR operations! + */ +ir_visitor_status +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir) +{ + if (this->in_assignee) + return visit_continue; + + ir_variable *var = ir->var; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->acp) { + acp_entry *entry = (acp_entry *)iter.get(); + + if (var == entry->lhs) { + ir->var = entry->rhs; + this->progress = true; + break; + } + } + + return visit_continue; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir) +{ + /* Do copy propagation on call parameters, but skip any out params */ + exec_list_iterator sig_param_iter = ir->get_callee()->parameters.iterator(); + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->actual_parameters) { + ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *)sig_param_iter.get(); + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + if (sig_param->mode != ir_var_out && sig_param->mode != ir_var_inout) { + ir->accept(this); + } + sig_param_iter.next(); + } + + /* Since we're unlinked, we don't (necssarily) know the side effects of + * this call. So kill all copies. + */ + acp->make_empty(); + this->killed_all = true; + + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +void +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::handle_if_block(exec_list *instructions) +{ + exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp; + exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills; + bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all; + + this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->killed_all = false; + + /* Populate the initial acp with a copy of the original */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *orig_acp) { + acp_entry *a = (acp_entry *)iter.get(); + this->acp->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) acp_entry(a->lhs, a->rhs)); + } + + visit_list_elements(this, instructions); + + if (this->killed_all) { + orig_acp->make_empty(); + } + + exec_list *new_kills = this->kills; + this->kills = orig_kills; + this->acp = orig_acp; + this->killed_all = this->killed_all || orig_killed_all; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *new_kills) { + kill_entry *k = (kill_entry *)iter.get(); + kill(k->var); + } +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir) +{ + ir->condition->accept(this); + + handle_if_block(&ir->then_instructions); + handle_if_block(&ir->else_instructions); + + /* handle_if_block() already descended into the children. */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::visit_enter(ir_loop *ir) +{ + exec_list *orig_acp = this->acp; + exec_list *orig_kills = this->kills; + bool orig_killed_all = this->killed_all; + + /* FINISHME: For now, the initial acp for loops is totally empty. + * We could go through once, then go through again with the acp + * cloned minus the killed entries after the first run through. + */ + this->acp = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->kills = new(mem_ctx) exec_list; + this->killed_all = false; + + visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body_instructions); + + if (this->killed_all) { + orig_acp->make_empty(); + } + + exec_list *new_kills = this->kills; + this->kills = orig_kills; + this->acp = orig_acp; + this->killed_all = this->killed_all || orig_killed_all; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *new_kills) { + kill_entry *k = (kill_entry *)iter.get(); + kill(k->var); + } + + /* already descended into the children. */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +void +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::kill(ir_variable *var) +{ + assert(var != NULL); + + /* Remove any entries currently in the ACP for this kill. */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *acp) { + acp_entry *entry = (acp_entry *)iter.get(); + + if (entry->lhs == var || entry->rhs == var) { + entry->remove(); + } + } + + /* Add the LHS variable to the list of killed variables in this block. + */ + this->kills->push_tail(new(this->mem_ctx) kill_entry(var)); +} + +/** + * Adds an entry to the available copy list if it's a plain assignment + * of a variable to a variable. + */ +void +ir_copy_propagation_visitor::add_copy(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + acp_entry *entry; + + if (ir->condition) { + ir_constant *condition = ir->condition->as_constant(); + if (!condition || !condition->value.b[0]) + return; + } + + ir_variable *lhs_var = ir->whole_variable_written(); + ir_variable *rhs_var = ir->rhs->whole_variable_referenced(); + + if ((lhs_var != NULL) && (rhs_var != NULL)) { + if (lhs_var == rhs_var) { + /* This is a dumb assignment, but we've conveniently noticed + * it here. Removing it now would mess up the loop iteration + * calling us. Just flag it to not execute, and someone else + * will clean up the mess. + */ + ir->condition = new(ralloc_parent(ir)) ir_constant(false); + this->progress = true; + } else { + entry = new(this->mem_ctx) acp_entry(lhs_var, rhs_var); + this->acp->push_tail(entry); + } + } +} + +/** + * Does a copy propagation pass on the code present in the instruction stream. + */ +bool +do_copy_propagation(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_copy_propagation_visitor v; + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + return v.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_dead_code_local.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_dead_code_local.cpp index 182eccac2..2610b6981 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_dead_code_local.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_dead_code_local.cpp @@ -1,229 +1,229 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file opt_dead_code_local.cpp
- *
- * Eliminates local dead assignments from the code.
- *
- * This operates on basic blocks, tracking assignments and finding if
- * they're used before the variable is completely reassigned.
- *
- * Compare this to ir_dead_code.cpp, which operates globally looking
- * for assignments to variables that are never read.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_basic_block.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-static bool debug = false;
-
-class assignment_entry : public exec_node
-{
-public:
- assignment_entry(ir_variable *lhs, ir_instruction *ir)
- {
- assert(lhs);
- assert(ir);
- this->lhs = lhs;
- this->ir = ir;
- }
-
- ir_variable *lhs;
- ir_instruction *ir;
-};
-
-class kill_for_derefs_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- kill_for_derefs_visitor(exec_list *assignments)
- {
- this->assignments = assignments;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
- {
- ir_variable *const var = ir->variable_referenced();
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->assignments) {
- assignment_entry *entry = (assignment_entry *)iter.get();
-
- if (entry->lhs == var) {
- if (debug)
- printf("kill %s\n", entry->lhs->name);
- entry->remove();
- }
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
-private:
- exec_list *assignments;
-};
-
-class array_index_visit : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- array_index_visit(ir_hierarchical_visitor *v)
- {
- this->visitor = v;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_dereference_array *ir)
- {
- ir->array_index->accept(visitor);
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
- static void run(ir_instruction *ir, ir_hierarchical_visitor *v)
- {
- array_index_visit top_visit(v);
- ir->accept(& top_visit);
- }
-
- ir_hierarchical_visitor *visitor;
-};
-
-
-/**
- * Adds an entry to the available copy list if it's a plain assignment
- * of a variable to a variable.
- */
-static bool
-process_assignment(void *ctx, ir_assignment *ir, exec_list *assignments)
-{
- ir_variable *var = NULL;
- bool progress = false;
- kill_for_derefs_visitor v(assignments);
-
- /* Kill assignment entries for things used to produce this assignment. */
- ir->rhs->accept(&v);
- if (ir->condition) {
- ir->condition->accept(&v);
- }
-
- /* Kill assignment enties used as array indices.
- */
- array_index_visit::run(ir->lhs, &v);
- var = ir->lhs->variable_referenced();
- assert(var);
-
- bool always_assign = true;
- if (ir->condition) {
- ir_constant *condition = ir->condition->as_constant();
- if (!condition || !condition->value.b[0])
- always_assign = false;
- }
-
- /* Now, check if we did a whole-variable assignment. */
- if (always_assign && (ir->whole_variable_written() != NULL)) {
- /* We did a whole-variable assignment. So, any instruction in
- * the assignment list with the same LHS is dead.
- */
- if (debug)
- printf("looking for %s to remove\n", var->name);
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *assignments) {
- assignment_entry *entry = (assignment_entry *)iter.get();
-
- if (entry->lhs == var) {
- if (debug)
- printf("removing %s\n", var->name);
- entry->ir->remove();
- entry->remove();
- progress = true;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Add this instruction to the assignment list available to be removed.
- * But not if the assignment has other side effects.
- */
- if (ir_has_call(ir))
- return progress;
-
- assignment_entry *entry = new(ctx) assignment_entry(var, ir);
- assignments->push_tail(entry);
-
- if (debug) {
- printf("add %s\n", var->name);
-
- printf("current entries\n");
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *assignments) {
- assignment_entry *entry = (assignment_entry *)iter.get();
-
- printf(" %s\n", entry->lhs->name);
- }
- }
-
- return progress;
-}
-
-static void
-dead_code_local_basic_block(ir_instruction *first,
- ir_instruction *last,
- void *data)
-{
- ir_instruction *ir, *ir_next;
- /* List of avaialble_copy */
- exec_list assignments;
- bool *out_progress = (bool *)data;
- bool progress = false;
-
- void *ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
- /* Safe looping, since process_assignment */
- for (ir = first, ir_next = (ir_instruction *)first->next;;
- ir = ir_next, ir_next = (ir_instruction *)ir->next) {
- ir_assignment *ir_assign = ir->as_assignment();
-
- if (debug) {
- ir->print();
- printf("\n");
- }
-
- if (ir_assign) {
- progress = process_assignment(ctx, ir_assign, &assignments) || progress;
- } else {
- kill_for_derefs_visitor kill(&assignments);
- ir->accept(&kill);
- }
-
- if (ir == last)
- break;
- }
- *out_progress = progress;
- talloc_free(ctx);
-}
-
-/**
- * Does a copy propagation pass on the code present in the instruction stream.
- */
-bool
-do_dead_code_local(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- bool progress = false;
-
- call_for_basic_blocks(instructions, dead_code_local_basic_block, &progress);
-
- return progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file opt_dead_code_local.cpp + * + * Eliminates local dead assignments from the code. + * + * This operates on basic blocks, tracking assignments and finding if + * they're used before the variable is completely reassigned. + * + * Compare this to ir_dead_code.cpp, which operates globally looking + * for assignments to variables that are never read. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_basic_block.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +static bool debug = false; + +class assignment_entry : public exec_node +{ +public: + assignment_entry(ir_variable *lhs, ir_instruction *ir) + { + assert(lhs); + assert(ir); + this->lhs = lhs; + this->ir = ir; + } + + ir_variable *lhs; + ir_instruction *ir; +}; + +class kill_for_derefs_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + kill_for_derefs_visitor(exec_list *assignments) + { + this->assignments = assignments; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir) + { + ir_variable *const var = ir->variable_referenced(); + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->assignments) { + assignment_entry *entry = (assignment_entry *)iter.get(); + + if (entry->lhs == var) { + if (debug) + printf("kill %s\n", entry->lhs->name); + entry->remove(); + } + } + + return visit_continue; + } + +private: + exec_list *assignments; +}; + +class array_index_visit : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + array_index_visit(ir_hierarchical_visitor *v) + { + this->visitor = v; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_dereference_array *ir) + { + ir->array_index->accept(visitor); + return visit_continue; + } + + static void run(ir_instruction *ir, ir_hierarchical_visitor *v) + { + array_index_visit top_visit(v); + ir->accept(& top_visit); + } + + ir_hierarchical_visitor *visitor; +}; + + +/** + * Adds an entry to the available copy list if it's a plain assignment + * of a variable to a variable. + */ +static bool +process_assignment(void *ctx, ir_assignment *ir, exec_list *assignments) +{ + ir_variable *var = NULL; + bool progress = false; + kill_for_derefs_visitor v(assignments); + + /* Kill assignment entries for things used to produce this assignment. */ + ir->rhs->accept(&v); + if (ir->condition) { + ir->condition->accept(&v); + } + + /* Kill assignment enties used as array indices. + */ + array_index_visit::run(ir->lhs, &v); + var = ir->lhs->variable_referenced(); + assert(var); + + bool always_assign = true; + if (ir->condition) { + ir_constant *condition = ir->condition->as_constant(); + if (!condition || !condition->value.b[0]) + always_assign = false; + } + + /* Now, check if we did a whole-variable assignment. */ + if (always_assign && (ir->whole_variable_written() != NULL)) { + /* We did a whole-variable assignment. So, any instruction in + * the assignment list with the same LHS is dead. + */ + if (debug) + printf("looking for %s to remove\n", var->name); + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *assignments) { + assignment_entry *entry = (assignment_entry *)iter.get(); + + if (entry->lhs == var) { + if (debug) + printf("removing %s\n", var->name); + entry->ir->remove(); + entry->remove(); + progress = true; + } + } + } + + /* Add this instruction to the assignment list available to be removed. + * But not if the assignment has other side effects. + */ + if (ir_has_call(ir)) + return progress; + + assignment_entry *entry = new(ctx) assignment_entry(var, ir); + assignments->push_tail(entry); + + if (debug) { + printf("add %s\n", var->name); + + printf("current entries\n"); + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *assignments) { + assignment_entry *entry = (assignment_entry *)iter.get(); + + printf(" %s\n", entry->lhs->name); + } + } + + return progress; +} + +static void +dead_code_local_basic_block(ir_instruction *first, + ir_instruction *last, + void *data) +{ + ir_instruction *ir, *ir_next; + /* List of avaialble_copy */ + exec_list assignments; + bool *out_progress = (bool *)data; + bool progress = false; + + void *ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); + /* Safe looping, since process_assignment */ + for (ir = first, ir_next = (ir_instruction *)first->next;; + ir = ir_next, ir_next = (ir_instruction *)ir->next) { + ir_assignment *ir_assign = ir->as_assignment(); + + if (debug) { + ir->print(); + printf("\n"); + } + + if (ir_assign) { + progress = process_assignment(ctx, ir_assign, &assignments) || progress; + } else { + kill_for_derefs_visitor kill(&assignments); + ir->accept(&kill); + } + + if (ir == last) + break; + } + *out_progress = progress; + ralloc_free(ctx); +} + +/** + * Does a copy propagation pass on the code present in the instruction stream. + */ +bool +do_dead_code_local(exec_list *instructions) +{ + bool progress = false; + + call_for_basic_blocks(instructions, dead_code_local_basic_block, &progress); + + return progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_dead_functions.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_dead_functions.cpp index 6f0761bcc..ceb79080a 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_dead_functions.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_dead_functions.cpp @@ -1,153 +1,153 @@ - /*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
- /**
- * \file opt_dead_functions.cpp
- *
- * Eliminates unused functions from the linked program.
- */
-
- #include "ir.h"
- #include "ir_visitor.h"
- #include "ir_expression_flattening.h"
- #include "glsl_types.h"
-
- class signature_entry : public exec_node
- {
- public:
- signature_entry(ir_function_signature *sig)
- {
- this->signature = sig;
- this->used = false;
- }
-
- ir_function_signature *signature;
- bool used;
- };
-
- class ir_dead_functions_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
- public:
- ir_dead_functions_visitor()
- {
- this->mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
- }
-
- ~ir_dead_functions_visitor()
- {
- talloc_free(this->mem_ctx);
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function_signature *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *);
-
- signature_entry *get_signature_entry(ir_function_signature *var);
-
- bool (*predicate)(ir_instruction *ir);
-
- /* List of signature_entry */
- exec_list signature_list;
- void *mem_ctx;
- };
-
-
- signature_entry *
- ir_dead_functions_visitor::get_signature_entry(ir_function_signature *sig)
- {
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->signature_list) {
- signature_entry *entry = (signature_entry *)iter.get();
- if (entry->signature == sig)
- return entry;
- }
-
- signature_entry *entry = new(mem_ctx) signature_entry(sig);
- this->signature_list.push_tail(entry);
- return entry;
- }
-
-
- ir_visitor_status
- ir_dead_functions_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir)
- {
- signature_entry *entry = this->get_signature_entry(ir);
-
- if (strcmp(ir->function_name(), "main") == 0) {
- entry->used = true;
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
-
- ir_visitor_status
- ir_dead_functions_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
- {
- signature_entry *entry = this->get_signature_entry(ir->get_callee());
-
- entry->used = true;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-bool
-do_dead_functions(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_dead_functions_visitor v;
- bool progress = false;
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-
- /* Now that we've figured out which function signatures are used, remove
- * the unused ones, and remove function definitions that have no more
- * signatures.
- */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v.signature_list) {
- signature_entry *entry = (signature_entry *)iter.get();
-
- if (!entry->used) {
- entry->signature->remove();
- delete entry->signature;
- progress = true;
- }
- delete(entry);
- }
-
- /* We don't just do this above when we nuked a signature because of
- * const pointers.
- */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *instructions) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- ir_function *func = ir->as_function();
-
- if (func && func->signatures.is_empty()) {
- /* At this point (post-linking), the symbol table is no
- * longer in use, so not removing the function from the
- * symbol table should be OK.
- */
- func->remove();
- delete func;
- progress = true;
- }
- }
-
- return progress;
-}
+ /* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + + /** + * \file opt_dead_functions.cpp + * + * Eliminates unused functions from the linked program. + */ + + #include "ir.h" + #include "ir_visitor.h" + #include "ir_expression_flattening.h" + #include "glsl_types.h" + + class signature_entry : public exec_node + { + public: + signature_entry(ir_function_signature *sig) + { + this->signature = sig; + this->used = false; + } + + ir_function_signature *signature; + bool used; + }; + + class ir_dead_functions_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { + public: + ir_dead_functions_visitor() + { + this->mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); + } + + ~ir_dead_functions_visitor() + { + ralloc_free(this->mem_ctx); + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function_signature *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *); + + signature_entry *get_signature_entry(ir_function_signature *var); + + bool (*predicate)(ir_instruction *ir); + + /* List of signature_entry */ + exec_list signature_list; + void *mem_ctx; + }; + + + signature_entry * + ir_dead_functions_visitor::get_signature_entry(ir_function_signature *sig) + { + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->signature_list) { + signature_entry *entry = (signature_entry *)iter.get(); + if (entry->signature == sig) + return entry; + } + + signature_entry *entry = new(mem_ctx) signature_entry(sig); + this->signature_list.push_tail(entry); + return entry; + } + + + ir_visitor_status + ir_dead_functions_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir) + { + signature_entry *entry = this->get_signature_entry(ir); + + if (strcmp(ir->function_name(), "main") == 0) { + entry->used = true; + } + + return visit_continue; + } + + + ir_visitor_status + ir_dead_functions_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir) + { + signature_entry *entry = this->get_signature_entry(ir->get_callee()); + + entry->used = true; + + return visit_continue; +} + +bool +do_dead_functions(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_dead_functions_visitor v; + bool progress = false; + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); + + /* Now that we've figured out which function signatures are used, remove + * the unused ones, and remove function definitions that have no more + * signatures. + */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v.signature_list) { + signature_entry *entry = (signature_entry *)iter.get(); + + if (!entry->used) { + entry->signature->remove(); + delete entry->signature; + progress = true; + } + delete(entry); + } + + /* We don't just do this above when we nuked a signature because of + * const pointers. + */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *instructions) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + ir_function *func = ir->as_function(); + + if (func && func->signatures.is_empty()) { + /* At this point (post-linking), the symbol table is no + * longer in use, so not removing the function from the + * symbol table should be OK. + */ + func->remove(); + delete func; + progress = true; + } + } + + return progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_function_inlining.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_function_inlining.cpp index 83197e11a..2e7831dcb 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_function_inlining.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_function_inlining.cpp @@ -1,424 +1,425 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file opt_function_inlining.cpp
- *
- * Replaces calls to functions with the body of the function.
- */
-
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_function_inlining.h"
-#include "ir_expression_flattening.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "program/hash_table.h"
-
-static void
-do_sampler_replacement(exec_list *instructions,
- ir_variable *sampler,
- ir_dereference *deref);
-
-class ir_function_inlining_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_function_inlining_visitor()
- {
- progress = false;
- }
-
- virtual ~ir_function_inlining_visitor()
- {
- /* empty */
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_expression *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_return *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_texture *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_swizzle *);
-
- bool progress;
-};
-
-
-bool
-automatic_inlining_predicate(ir_instruction *ir)
-{
- ir_call *call = ir->as_call();
-
- if (call && can_inline(call))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-do_function_inlining(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_function_inlining_visitor v;
-
- do_expression_flattening(instructions, automatic_inlining_predicate);
-
- v.run(instructions);
-
- return v.progress;
-}
-
-static void
-replace_return_with_assignment(ir_instruction *ir, void *data)
-{
- void *ctx = talloc_parent(ir);
- ir_variable *retval = (ir_variable *)data;
- ir_return *ret = ir->as_return();
-
- if (ret) {
- if (ret->value) {
- ir_rvalue *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(retval);
- ret->replace_with(new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, ret->value, NULL));
- } else {
- /* un-valued return has to be the last return, or we shouldn't
- * have reached here. (see can_inline()).
- */
- assert(ret->next->is_tail_sentinel());
- ret->remove();
- }
- }
-}
-
-ir_rvalue *
-ir_call::generate_inline(ir_instruction *next_ir)
-{
- void *ctx = talloc_parent(this);
- ir_variable **parameters;
- int num_parameters;
- int i;
- ir_variable *retval = NULL;
- struct hash_table *ht;
-
- ht = hash_table_ctor(0, hash_table_pointer_hash, hash_table_pointer_compare);
-
- num_parameters = 0;
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter_sig, this->callee->parameters)
- num_parameters++;
-
- parameters = new ir_variable *[num_parameters];
-
- /* Generate storage for the return value. */
- if (this->callee->return_type) {
- retval = new(ctx) ir_variable(this->callee->return_type, "_ret_val",
- ir_var_auto);
- next_ir->insert_before(retval);
- }
-
- /* Generate the declarations for the parameters to our inlined code,
- * and set up the mapping of real function body variables to ours.
- */
- i = 0;
- exec_list_iterator sig_param_iter = this->callee->parameters.iterator();
- exec_list_iterator param_iter = this->actual_parameters.iterator();
- for (i = 0; i < num_parameters; i++) {
- ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *) sig_param_iter.get();
- ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *) param_iter.get();
-
- /* Generate a new variable for the parameter. */
- if (sig_param->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER) {
- /* For samplers, we want the inlined sampler references
- * referencing the passed in sampler variable, since that
- * will have the location information, which an assignment of
- * a sampler wouldn't. Fix it up below.
- */
- parameters[i] = NULL;
- } else {
- parameters[i] = sig_param->clone(ctx, ht);
- parameters[i]->mode = ir_var_auto;
-
- /* Remove the read-only decoration becuase we're going to write
- * directly to this variable. If the cloned variable is left
- * read-only and the inlined function is inside a loop, the loop
- * analysis code will get confused.
- */
- parameters[i]->read_only = false;
- next_ir->insert_before(parameters[i]);
- }
-
- /* Move the actual param into our param variable if it's an 'in' type. */
- if (parameters[i] && (sig_param->mode == ir_var_in ||
- sig_param->mode == ir_var_inout)) {
- ir_assignment *assign;
-
- assign = new(ctx) ir_assignment(new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(parameters[i]),
- param, NULL);
- next_ir->insert_before(assign);
- }
-
- sig_param_iter.next();
- param_iter.next();
- }
-
- exec_list new_instructions;
-
- /* Generate the inlined body of the function to a new list */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, callee->body) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- ir_instruction *new_ir = ir->clone(ctx, ht);
-
- new_instructions.push_tail(new_ir);
- visit_tree(new_ir, replace_return_with_assignment, retval);
- }
-
- /* If any samplers were passed in, replace any deref of the sampler
- * with a deref of the sampler argument.
- */
- param_iter = this->actual_parameters.iterator();
- sig_param_iter = this->callee->parameters.iterator();
- for (i = 0; i < num_parameters; i++) {
- ir_instruction *const param = (ir_instruction *) param_iter.get();
- ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *) sig_param_iter.get();
-
- if (sig_param->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER) {
- ir_dereference *deref = param->as_dereference();
-
- assert(deref);
- do_sampler_replacement(&new_instructions, sig_param, deref);
- }
- param_iter.next();
- sig_param_iter.next();
- }
-
- /* Now push those new instructions in. */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, new_instructions) {
- ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
- next_ir->insert_before(ir);
- }
-
- /* Copy back the value of any 'out' parameters from the function body
- * variables to our own.
- */
- i = 0;
- param_iter = this->actual_parameters.iterator();
- sig_param_iter = this->callee->parameters.iterator();
- for (i = 0; i < num_parameters; i++) {
- ir_instruction *const param = (ir_instruction *) param_iter.get();
- const ir_variable *const sig_param = (ir_variable *) sig_param_iter.get();
-
- /* Move our param variable into the actual param if it's an 'out' type. */
- if (parameters[i] && (sig_param->mode == ir_var_out ||
- sig_param->mode == ir_var_inout)) {
- ir_assignment *assign;
-
- assign = new(ctx) ir_assignment(param->clone(ctx, NULL)->as_rvalue(),
- new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(parameters[i]),
- NULL);
- next_ir->insert_before(assign);
- }
-
- param_iter.next();
- sig_param_iter.next();
- }
-
- delete [] parameters;
-
- hash_table_dtor(ht);
-
- if (retval)
- return new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(retval);
- else
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_return *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_texture *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_swizzle *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
-{
- if (can_inline(ir)) {
- /* If the call was part of some tree, then it should have been
- * flattened out or we shouldn't have seen it because of a
- * visit_continue_with_parent in this visitor.
- */
- assert(ir == base_ir);
-
- (void) ir->generate_inline(ir);
- ir->remove();
- this->progress = true;
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- ir_call *call = ir->rhs->as_call();
- if (!call || !can_inline(call))
- return visit_continue;
-
- /* generates the parameter setup, function body, and returns the return
- * value of the function
- */
- ir_rvalue *rhs = call->generate_inline(ir);
- assert(rhs);
-
- ir->rhs = rhs;
- this->progress = true;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-/**
- * Replaces references to the "sampler" variable with a clone of "deref."
- *
- * From the spec, samplers can appear in the tree as function
- * (non-out) parameters and as the result of array indexing and
- * structure field selection. In our builtin implementation, they
- * also appear in the sampler field of an ir_tex instruction.
- */
-
-class ir_sampler_replacement_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_sampler_replacement_visitor(ir_variable *sampler, ir_dereference *deref)
- {
- this->sampler = sampler;
- this->deref = deref;
- }
-
- virtual ~ir_sampler_replacement_visitor()
- {
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_call *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_array *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_record *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_texture *);
-
- void replace_deref(ir_dereference **deref);
- void replace_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue);
-
- ir_variable *sampler;
- ir_dereference *deref;
-};
-
-void
-ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::replace_deref(ir_dereference **deref)
-{
- ir_dereference_variable *deref_var = (*deref)->as_dereference_variable();
- if (deref_var && deref_var->var == this->sampler) {
- *deref = this->deref->clone(talloc_parent(*deref), NULL);
- }
-}
-
-void
-ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::replace_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue)
-{
- if (!*rvalue)
- return;
-
- ir_dereference *deref = (*rvalue)->as_dereference();
-
- if (!deref)
- return;
-
- replace_deref(&deref);
- *rvalue = deref;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::visit_leave(ir_texture *ir)
-{
- replace_deref(&ir->sampler);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::visit_leave(ir_dereference_array *ir)
-{
- replace_rvalue(&ir->array);
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::visit_leave(ir_dereference_record *ir)
-{
- replace_rvalue(&ir->record);
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::visit_leave(ir_call *ir)
-{
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
- ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();
- ir_rvalue *new_param = param;
- replace_rvalue(&new_param);
-
- if (new_param != param) {
- param->replace_with(new_param);
- }
- }
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-static void
-do_sampler_replacement(exec_list *instructions,
- ir_variable *sampler,
- ir_dereference *deref)
-{
- ir_sampler_replacement_visitor v(sampler, deref);
-
- visit_list_elements(&v, instructions);
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file opt_function_inlining.cpp + * + * Replaces calls to functions with the body of the function. + */ + +#include <inttypes.h> +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_function_inlining.h" +#include "ir_expression_flattening.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "program/hash_table.h" + +static void +do_sampler_replacement(exec_list *instructions, + ir_variable *sampler, + ir_dereference *deref); + +class ir_function_inlining_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_function_inlining_visitor() + { + progress = false; + } + + virtual ~ir_function_inlining_visitor() + { + /* empty */ + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_expression *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_return *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_texture *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_swizzle *); + + bool progress; +}; + + +bool +automatic_inlining_predicate(ir_instruction *ir) +{ + ir_call *call = ir->as_call(); + + if (call && can_inline(call)) + return true; + + return false; +} + +bool +do_function_inlining(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_function_inlining_visitor v; + + do_expression_flattening(instructions, automatic_inlining_predicate); + + v.run(instructions); + + return v.progress; +} + +static void +replace_return_with_assignment(ir_instruction *ir, void *data) +{ + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(ir); + ir_variable *retval = (ir_variable *)data; + ir_return *ret = ir->as_return(); + + if (ret) { + if (ret->value) { + ir_rvalue *lhs = new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(retval); + ret->replace_with(new(ctx) ir_assignment(lhs, ret->value, NULL)); + } else { + /* un-valued return has to be the last return, or we shouldn't + * have reached here. (see can_inline()). + */ + assert(ret->next->is_tail_sentinel()); + ret->remove(); + } + } +} + +ir_rvalue * +ir_call::generate_inline(ir_instruction *next_ir) +{ + void *ctx = ralloc_parent(this); + ir_variable **parameters; + int num_parameters; + int i; + ir_variable *retval = NULL; + struct hash_table *ht; + + ht = hash_table_ctor(0, hash_table_pointer_hash, hash_table_pointer_compare); + + num_parameters = 0; + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter_sig, this->callee->parameters) + num_parameters++; + + parameters = new ir_variable *[num_parameters]; + + /* Generate storage for the return value. */ + if (this->callee->return_type) { + retval = new(ctx) ir_variable(this->callee->return_type, "_ret_val", + ir_var_auto); + next_ir->insert_before(retval); + } + + /* Generate the declarations for the parameters to our inlined code, + * and set up the mapping of real function body variables to ours. + */ + i = 0; + exec_list_iterator sig_param_iter = this->callee->parameters.iterator(); + exec_list_iterator param_iter = this->actual_parameters.iterator(); + for (i = 0; i < num_parameters; i++) { + ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *) sig_param_iter.get(); + ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *) param_iter.get(); + + /* Generate a new variable for the parameter. */ + if (sig_param->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER) { + /* For samplers, we want the inlined sampler references + * referencing the passed in sampler variable, since that + * will have the location information, which an assignment of + * a sampler wouldn't. Fix it up below. + */ + parameters[i] = NULL; + } else { + parameters[i] = sig_param->clone(ctx, ht); + parameters[i]->mode = ir_var_auto; + + /* Remove the read-only decoration becuase we're going to write + * directly to this variable. If the cloned variable is left + * read-only and the inlined function is inside a loop, the loop + * analysis code will get confused. + */ + parameters[i]->read_only = false; + next_ir->insert_before(parameters[i]); + } + + /* Move the actual param into our param variable if it's an 'in' type. */ + if (parameters[i] && (sig_param->mode == ir_var_in || + sig_param->mode == ir_var_const_in || + sig_param->mode == ir_var_inout)) { + ir_assignment *assign; + + assign = new(ctx) ir_assignment(new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(parameters[i]), + param, NULL); + next_ir->insert_before(assign); + } + + sig_param_iter.next(); + param_iter.next(); + } + + exec_list new_instructions; + + /* Generate the inlined body of the function to a new list */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, callee->body) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + ir_instruction *new_ir = ir->clone(ctx, ht); + + new_instructions.push_tail(new_ir); + visit_tree(new_ir, replace_return_with_assignment, retval); + } + + /* If any samplers were passed in, replace any deref of the sampler + * with a deref of the sampler argument. + */ + param_iter = this->actual_parameters.iterator(); + sig_param_iter = this->callee->parameters.iterator(); + for (i = 0; i < num_parameters; i++) { + ir_instruction *const param = (ir_instruction *) param_iter.get(); + ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *) sig_param_iter.get(); + + if (sig_param->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER) { + ir_dereference *deref = param->as_dereference(); + + assert(deref); + do_sampler_replacement(&new_instructions, sig_param, deref); + } + param_iter.next(); + sig_param_iter.next(); + } + + /* Now push those new instructions in. */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, new_instructions) { + ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get(); + next_ir->insert_before(ir); + } + + /* Copy back the value of any 'out' parameters from the function body + * variables to our own. + */ + i = 0; + param_iter = this->actual_parameters.iterator(); + sig_param_iter = this->callee->parameters.iterator(); + for (i = 0; i < num_parameters; i++) { + ir_instruction *const param = (ir_instruction *) param_iter.get(); + const ir_variable *const sig_param = (ir_variable *) sig_param_iter.get(); + + /* Move our param variable into the actual param if it's an 'out' type. */ + if (parameters[i] && (sig_param->mode == ir_var_out || + sig_param->mode == ir_var_inout)) { + ir_assignment *assign; + + assign = new(ctx) ir_assignment(param->clone(ctx, NULL)->as_rvalue(), + new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(parameters[i]), + NULL); + next_ir->insert_before(assign); + } + + param_iter.next(); + sig_param_iter.next(); + } + + delete [] parameters; + + hash_table_dtor(ht); + + if (retval) + return new(ctx) ir_dereference_variable(retval); + else + return NULL; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_expression *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_return *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_texture *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_swizzle *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir) +{ + if (can_inline(ir)) { + /* If the call was part of some tree, then it should have been + * flattened out or we shouldn't have seen it because of a + * visit_continue_with_parent in this visitor. + */ + assert(ir == base_ir); + + (void) ir->generate_inline(ir); + ir->remove(); + this->progress = true; + } + + return visit_continue; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_function_inlining_visitor::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + ir_call *call = ir->rhs->as_call(); + if (!call || !can_inline(call)) + return visit_continue; + + /* generates the parameter setup, function body, and returns the return + * value of the function + */ + ir_rvalue *rhs = call->generate_inline(ir); + assert(rhs); + + ir->rhs = rhs; + this->progress = true; + + return visit_continue; +} + +/** + * Replaces references to the "sampler" variable with a clone of "deref." + * + * From the spec, samplers can appear in the tree as function + * (non-out) parameters and as the result of array indexing and + * structure field selection. In our builtin implementation, they + * also appear in the sampler field of an ir_tex instruction. + */ + +class ir_sampler_replacement_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_sampler_replacement_visitor(ir_variable *sampler, ir_dereference *deref) + { + this->sampler = sampler; + this->deref = deref; + } + + virtual ~ir_sampler_replacement_visitor() + { + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_call *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_array *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_record *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_texture *); + + void replace_deref(ir_dereference **deref); + void replace_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue); + + ir_variable *sampler; + ir_dereference *deref; +}; + +void +ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::replace_deref(ir_dereference **deref) +{ + ir_dereference_variable *deref_var = (*deref)->as_dereference_variable(); + if (deref_var && deref_var->var == this->sampler) { + *deref = this->deref->clone(ralloc_parent(*deref), NULL); + } +} + +void +ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::replace_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue) +{ + if (!*rvalue) + return; + + ir_dereference *deref = (*rvalue)->as_dereference(); + + if (!deref) + return; + + replace_deref(&deref); + *rvalue = deref; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::visit_leave(ir_texture *ir) +{ + replace_deref(&ir->sampler); + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::visit_leave(ir_dereference_array *ir) +{ + replace_rvalue(&ir->array); + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::visit_leave(ir_dereference_record *ir) +{ + replace_rvalue(&ir->record); + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_sampler_replacement_visitor::visit_leave(ir_call *ir) +{ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) { + ir_rvalue *param = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get(); + ir_rvalue *new_param = param; + replace_rvalue(&new_param); + + if (new_param != param) { + param->replace_with(new_param); + } + } + return visit_continue; +} + +static void +do_sampler_replacement(exec_list *instructions, + ir_variable *sampler, + ir_dereference *deref) +{ + ir_sampler_replacement_visitor v(sampler, deref); + + visit_list_elements(&v, instructions); +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_structure_splitting.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_structure_splitting.cpp index fead62e21..014407c0b 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_structure_splitting.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_structure_splitting.cpp @@ -1,361 +1,361 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file opt_structure_splitting.cpp
- *
- * If a structure is only ever referenced by its components, then
- * split those components out to individual variables so they can be
- * handled normally by other optimization passes.
- *
- * This skips structures like uniforms, which need to be accessible as
- * structures for their access by the GL.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_print_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-static bool debug = false;
-
-// XXX using variable_entry2 here to avoid collision (MSVC multiply-defined
-// function) with the variable_entry class seen in ir_variable_refcount.h
-// Perhaps we can use the one in ir_variable_refcount.h and make this class
-// here go away?
-class variable_entry2 : public exec_node
-{
-public:
- variable_entry2(ir_variable *var)
- {
- this->var = var;
- this->whole_structure_access = 0;
- this->declaration = false;
- this->components = NULL;
- this->mem_ctx = NULL;
- }
-
- ir_variable *var; /* The key: the variable's pointer. */
-
- /** Number of times the variable is referenced, including assignments. */
- unsigned whole_structure_access;
-
- bool declaration; /* If the variable had a decl in the instruction stream */
-
- ir_variable **components;
-
- /** talloc_parent(this->var) -- the shader's talloc context. */
- void *mem_ctx;
-};
-
-
-class ir_structure_reference_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_structure_reference_visitor(void)
- {
- this->mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
- this->variable_list.make_empty();
- }
-
- ~ir_structure_reference_visitor(void)
- {
- talloc_free(mem_ctx);
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_variable *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_dereference_record *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function_signature *);
-
- variable_entry2 *get_variable_entry2(ir_variable *var);
-
- /* List of variable_entry */
- exec_list variable_list;
-
- void *mem_ctx;
-};
-
-variable_entry2 *
-ir_structure_reference_visitor::get_variable_entry2(ir_variable *var)
-{
- assert(var);
-
- if (!var->type->is_record() || var->mode == ir_var_uniform)
- return NULL;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->variable_list) {
- variable_entry2 *entry = (variable_entry2 *)iter.get();
- if (entry->var == var)
- return entry;
- }
-
- variable_entry2 *entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_entry2(var);
- this->variable_list.push_tail(entry);
- return entry;
-}
-
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit(ir_variable *ir)
-{
- variable_entry2 *entry = this->get_variable_entry2(ir);
-
- if (entry)
- entry->declaration = true;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
-{
- ir_variable *const var = ir->variable_referenced();
- variable_entry2 *entry = this->get_variable_entry2(var);
-
- if (entry)
- entry->whole_structure_access++;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit_enter(ir_dereference_record *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- /* Don't descend into the ir_dereference_variable below. */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- if (ir->lhs->as_dereference_variable() &&
- ir->rhs->as_dereference_variable() &&
- !ir->condition) {
- /* We'll split copies of a structure to copies of components, so don't
- * descend to the ir_dereference_variables.
- */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
- }
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir)
-{
- /* We don't want to descend into the function parameters and
- * dead-code eliminate them, so just accept the body here.
- */
- visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body);
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-class ir_structure_splitting_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor {
-public:
- ir_structure_splitting_visitor(exec_list *vars)
- {
- this->variable_list = vars;
- }
-
- virtual ~ir_structure_splitting_visitor()
- {
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_assignment *);
-
- void split_deref(ir_dereference **deref);
- void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue);
- variable_entry2 *get_splitting_entry(ir_variable *var);
-
- exec_list *variable_list;
- void *mem_ctx;
-};
-
-variable_entry2 *
-ir_structure_splitting_visitor::get_splitting_entry(ir_variable *var)
-{
- assert(var);
-
- if (!var->type->is_record())
- return NULL;
-
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->variable_list) {
- variable_entry2 *entry = (variable_entry2 *)iter.get();
- if (entry->var == var) {
- return entry;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-void
-ir_structure_splitting_visitor::split_deref(ir_dereference **deref)
-{
- if ((*deref)->ir_type != ir_type_dereference_record)
- return;
-
- ir_dereference_record *deref_record = (ir_dereference_record *)*deref;
- ir_dereference_variable *deref_var = deref_record->record->as_dereference_variable();
- if (!deref_var)
- return;
-
- variable_entry2 *entry = get_splitting_entry(deref_var->var);
- if (!entry)
- return;
-
- unsigned int i;
- for (i = 0; i < entry->var->type->length; i++) {
- if (strcmp(deref_record->field,
- entry->var->type->fields.structure[i].name) == 0)
- break;
- }
- assert(i != entry->var->type->length);
-
- *deref = new(entry->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(entry->components[i]);
-}
-
-void
-ir_structure_splitting_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue)
-{
- if (!*rvalue)
- return;
-
- ir_dereference *deref = (*rvalue)->as_dereference();
-
- if (!deref)
- return;
-
- split_deref(&deref);
- *rvalue = deref;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_structure_splitting_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- ir_dereference_variable *lhs_deref = ir->lhs->as_dereference_variable();
- ir_dereference_variable *rhs_deref = ir->rhs->as_dereference_variable();
- variable_entry2 *lhs_entry = lhs_deref ? get_splitting_entry(lhs_deref->var) : NULL;
- variable_entry2 *rhs_entry = rhs_deref ? get_splitting_entry(rhs_deref->var) : NULL;
- const glsl_type *type = ir->rhs->type;
-
- if ((lhs_entry || rhs_entry) && !ir->condition) {
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {
- ir_dereference *new_lhs, *new_rhs;
- void *mem_ctx = lhs_entry ? lhs_entry->mem_ctx : rhs_entry->mem_ctx;
-
- if (lhs_entry) {
- new_lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(lhs_entry->components[i]);
- } else {
- new_lhs = new(mem_ctx)
- ir_dereference_record(ir->lhs->clone(mem_ctx, NULL),
- type->fields.structure[i].name);
- }
-
- if (rhs_entry) {
- new_rhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_entry->components[i]);
- } else {
- new_rhs = new(mem_ctx)
- ir_dereference_record(ir->rhs->clone(mem_ctx, NULL),
- type->fields.structure[i].name);
- }
-
- ir->insert_before(new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(new_lhs,
- new_rhs,
- NULL));
- }
- ir->remove();
- } else {
- handle_rvalue(&ir->rhs);
- split_deref(&ir->lhs);
- }
-
- handle_rvalue(&ir->condition);
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-bool
-do_structure_splitting(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_structure_reference_visitor refs;
-
- visit_list_elements(&refs, instructions);
-
- /* Trim out variables we can't split. */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, refs.variable_list) {
- variable_entry2 *entry = (variable_entry2 *)iter.get();
-
- if (debug) {
- printf("structure %s@%p: decl %d, whole_access %d\n",
- entry->var->name, (void *) entry->var, entry->declaration,
- entry->whole_structure_access);
- }
-
- if (!entry->declaration || entry->whole_structure_access) {
- entry->remove();
- }
- }
-
- if (refs.variable_list.is_empty())
- return false;
-
- void *mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- /* Replace the decls of the structures to be split with their split
- * components.
- */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, refs.variable_list) {
- variable_entry2 *entry = (variable_entry2 *)iter.get();
- const struct glsl_type *type = entry->var->type;
-
- entry->mem_ctx = talloc_parent(entry->var);
-
- entry->components = talloc_array(mem_ctx,
- ir_variable *,
- type->length);
-
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < entry->var->type->length; i++) {
- const char *name = talloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s_%s",
- entry->var->name,
- type->fields.structure[i].name);
-
- entry->components[i] =
- new(entry->mem_ctx) ir_variable(type->fields.structure[i].type,
- name,
- ir_var_temporary);
- entry->var->insert_before(entry->components[i]);
- }
-
- entry->var->remove();
- }
-
- ir_structure_splitting_visitor split(&refs.variable_list);
- visit_list_elements(&split, instructions);
-
- talloc_free(mem_ctx);
-
- return true;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file opt_structure_splitting.cpp + * + * If a structure is only ever referenced by its components, then + * split those components out to individual variables so they can be + * handled normally by other optimization passes. + * + * This skips structures like uniforms, which need to be accessible as + * structures for their access by the GL. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_print_visitor.h" +#include "ir_rvalue_visitor.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +static bool debug = false; + +// XXX using variable_entry2 here to avoid collision (MSVC multiply-defined +// function) with the variable_entry class seen in ir_variable_refcount.h +// Perhaps we can use the one in ir_variable_refcount.h and make this class +// here go away? +class variable_entry2 : public exec_node +{ +public: + variable_entry2(ir_variable *var) + { + this->var = var; + this->whole_structure_access = 0; + this->declaration = false; + this->components = NULL; + this->mem_ctx = NULL; + } + + ir_variable *var; /* The key: the variable's pointer. */ + + /** Number of times the variable is referenced, including assignments. */ + unsigned whole_structure_access; + + bool declaration; /* If the variable had a decl in the instruction stream */ + + ir_variable **components; + + /** ralloc_parent(this->var) -- the shader's ralloc context. */ + void *mem_ctx; +}; + + +class ir_structure_reference_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_structure_reference_visitor(void) + { + this->mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); + this->variable_list.make_empty(); + } + + ~ir_structure_reference_visitor(void) + { + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_variable *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_dereference_record *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_assignment *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function_signature *); + + variable_entry2 *get_variable_entry2(ir_variable *var); + + /* List of variable_entry */ + exec_list variable_list; + + void *mem_ctx; +}; + +variable_entry2 * +ir_structure_reference_visitor::get_variable_entry2(ir_variable *var) +{ + assert(var); + + if (!var->type->is_record() || var->mode == ir_var_uniform) + return NULL; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->variable_list) { + variable_entry2 *entry = (variable_entry2 *)iter.get(); + if (entry->var == var) + return entry; + } + + variable_entry2 *entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_entry2(var); + this->variable_list.push_tail(entry); + return entry; +} + + +ir_visitor_status +ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit(ir_variable *ir) +{ + variable_entry2 *entry = this->get_variable_entry2(ir); + + if (entry) + entry->declaration = true; + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir) +{ + ir_variable *const var = ir->variable_referenced(); + variable_entry2 *entry = this->get_variable_entry2(var); + + if (entry) + entry->whole_structure_access++; + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit_enter(ir_dereference_record *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + /* Don't descend into the ir_dereference_variable below. */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit_enter(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + if (ir->lhs->as_dereference_variable() && + ir->rhs->as_dereference_variable() && + !ir->condition) { + /* We'll split copies of a structure to copies of components, so don't + * descend to the ir_dereference_variables. + */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; + } + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_structure_reference_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir) +{ + /* We don't want to descend into the function parameters and + * dead-code eliminate them, so just accept the body here. + */ + visit_list_elements(this, &ir->body); + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +class ir_structure_splitting_visitor : public ir_rvalue_visitor { +public: + ir_structure_splitting_visitor(exec_list *vars) + { + this->variable_list = vars; + } + + virtual ~ir_structure_splitting_visitor() + { + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_assignment *); + + void split_deref(ir_dereference **deref); + void handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue); + variable_entry2 *get_splitting_entry(ir_variable *var); + + exec_list *variable_list; + void *mem_ctx; +}; + +variable_entry2 * +ir_structure_splitting_visitor::get_splitting_entry(ir_variable *var) +{ + assert(var); + + if (!var->type->is_record()) + return NULL; + + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *this->variable_list) { + variable_entry2 *entry = (variable_entry2 *)iter.get(); + if (entry->var == var) { + return entry; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +void +ir_structure_splitting_visitor::split_deref(ir_dereference **deref) +{ + if ((*deref)->ir_type != ir_type_dereference_record) + return; + + ir_dereference_record *deref_record = (ir_dereference_record *)*deref; + ir_dereference_variable *deref_var = deref_record->record->as_dereference_variable(); + if (!deref_var) + return; + + variable_entry2 *entry = get_splitting_entry(deref_var->var); + if (!entry) + return; + + unsigned int i; + for (i = 0; i < entry->var->type->length; i++) { + if (strcmp(deref_record->field, + entry->var->type->fields.structure[i].name) == 0) + break; + } + assert(i != entry->var->type->length); + + *deref = new(entry->mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(entry->components[i]); +} + +void +ir_structure_splitting_visitor::handle_rvalue(ir_rvalue **rvalue) +{ + if (!*rvalue) + return; + + ir_dereference *deref = (*rvalue)->as_dereference(); + + if (!deref) + return; + + split_deref(&deref); + *rvalue = deref; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_structure_splitting_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + ir_dereference_variable *lhs_deref = ir->lhs->as_dereference_variable(); + ir_dereference_variable *rhs_deref = ir->rhs->as_dereference_variable(); + variable_entry2 *lhs_entry = lhs_deref ? get_splitting_entry(lhs_deref->var) : NULL; + variable_entry2 *rhs_entry = rhs_deref ? get_splitting_entry(rhs_deref->var) : NULL; + const glsl_type *type = ir->rhs->type; + + if ((lhs_entry || rhs_entry) && !ir->condition) { + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) { + ir_dereference *new_lhs, *new_rhs; + void *mem_ctx = lhs_entry ? lhs_entry->mem_ctx : rhs_entry->mem_ctx; + + if (lhs_entry) { + new_lhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(lhs_entry->components[i]); + } else { + new_lhs = new(mem_ctx) + ir_dereference_record(ir->lhs->clone(mem_ctx, NULL), + type->fields.structure[i].name); + } + + if (rhs_entry) { + new_rhs = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(rhs_entry->components[i]); + } else { + new_rhs = new(mem_ctx) + ir_dereference_record(ir->rhs->clone(mem_ctx, NULL), + type->fields.structure[i].name); + } + + ir->insert_before(new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(new_lhs, + new_rhs, + NULL)); + } + ir->remove(); + } else { + handle_rvalue(&ir->rhs); + split_deref(&ir->lhs); + } + + handle_rvalue(&ir->condition); + + return visit_continue; +} + +bool +do_structure_splitting(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_structure_reference_visitor refs; + + visit_list_elements(&refs, instructions); + + /* Trim out variables we can't split. */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, refs.variable_list) { + variable_entry2 *entry = (variable_entry2 *)iter.get(); + + if (debug) { + printf("structure %s@%p: decl %d, whole_access %d\n", + entry->var->name, (void *) entry->var, entry->declaration, + entry->whole_structure_access); + } + + if (!entry->declaration || entry->whole_structure_access) { + entry->remove(); + } + } + + if (refs.variable_list.is_empty()) + return false; + + void *mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); + + /* Replace the decls of the structures to be split with their split + * components. + */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, refs.variable_list) { + variable_entry2 *entry = (variable_entry2 *)iter.get(); + const struct glsl_type *type = entry->var->type; + + entry->mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(entry->var); + + entry->components = ralloc_array(mem_ctx, + ir_variable *, + type->length); + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < entry->var->type->length; i++) { + const char *name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s_%s", + entry->var->name, + type->fields.structure[i].name); + + entry->components[i] = + new(entry->mem_ctx) ir_variable(type->fields.structure[i].type, + name, + ir_var_temporary); + entry->var->insert_before(entry->components[i]); + } + + entry->var->remove(); + } + + ir_structure_splitting_visitor split(&refs.variable_list); + visit_list_elements(&split, instructions); + + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); + + return true; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_tree_grafting.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_tree_grafting.cpp index 556f8258b..1ef940f9c 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_tree_grafting.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/opt_tree_grafting.cpp @@ -1,367 +1,368 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file opt_tree_grafting.cpp
- *
- * Takes assignments to variables that are dereferenced only once and
- * pastes the RHS expression into where the variable is dereferenced.
- *
- * In the process of various operations like function inlining and
- * tertiary op handling, we'll end up with our expression trees having
- * been chopped up into a series of assignments of short expressions
- * to temps. Other passes like ir_algebraic.cpp would prefer to see
- * the deepest expression trees they can to try to optimize them.
- *
- * This is a lot like copy propagaton. In comparison, copy
- * propagation only acts on plain copies, not arbitrary expressions on
- * the RHS. Generally, we wouldn't want to go pasting some
- * complicated expression everywhere it got used, though, so we don't
- * handle expressions in that pass.
- *
- * The hard part is making sure we don't move an expression across
- * some other assignments that would change the value of the
- * expression. So we split this into two passes: First, find the
- * variables in our scope which are written to once and read once, and
- * then go through basic blocks seeing if we find an opportunity to
- * move those expressions safely.
- */
-
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-#include "ir_variable_refcount.h"
-#include "ir_basic_block.h"
-#include "ir_optimization.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-
-static bool debug = false;
-
-class ir_tree_grafting_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
-public:
- ir_tree_grafting_visitor(ir_assignment *graft_assign,
- ir_variable *graft_var)
- {
- this->progress = false;
- this->graft_assign = graft_assign;
- this->graft_var = graft_var;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(class ir_assignment *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_call *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_expression *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function_signature *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_if *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_loop *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_swizzle *);
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_texture *);
-
- bool do_graft(ir_rvalue **rvalue);
-
- bool progress;
- ir_variable *graft_var;
- ir_assignment *graft_assign;
-};
-
-struct find_deref_info {
- ir_variable *var;
- bool found;
-};
-
-void
-dereferences_variable_callback(ir_instruction *ir, void *data)
-{
- struct find_deref_info *info = (struct find_deref_info *)data;
- ir_dereference_variable *deref = ir->as_dereference_variable();
-
- if (deref && deref->var == info->var)
- info->found = true;
-}
-
-static bool
-dereferences_variable(ir_instruction *ir, ir_variable *var)
-{
- struct find_deref_info info;
-
- info.var = var;
- info.found = false;
-
- visit_tree(ir, dereferences_variable_callback, &info);
-
- return info.found;
-}
-
-bool
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::do_graft(ir_rvalue **rvalue)
-{
- if (!*rvalue)
- return false;
-
- ir_dereference_variable *deref = (*rvalue)->as_dereference_variable();
-
- if (!deref || deref->var != this->graft_var)
- return false;
-
- if (debug) {
- printf("GRAFTING:\n");
- this->graft_assign->print();
- printf("\n");
- printf("TO:\n");
- (*rvalue)->print();
- printf("\n");
- }
-
- this->graft_assign->remove();
- *rvalue = this->graft_assign->rhs;
-
- this->progress = true;
- return true;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_loop *ir)
-{
- (void)ir;
- /* Do not traverse into the body of the loop since that is a
- * different basic block.
- */
- return visit_stop;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir)
-{
- if (do_graft(&ir->rhs) ||
- do_graft(&ir->condition))
- return visit_stop;
-
- /* If this assignment updates a variable used in the assignment
- * we're trying to graft, then we're done.
- */
- if (dereferences_variable(this->graft_assign->rhs,
- ir->lhs->variable_referenced())) {
- if (debug) {
- printf("graft killed by: ");
- ir->print();
- printf("\n");
- }
- return visit_stop;
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function *ir)
-{
- (void) ir;
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir)
-{
- (void)ir;
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
-{
- exec_list_iterator sig_iter = ir->get_callee()->parameters.iterator();
- /* Reminder: iterating ir_call iterates its parameters. */
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
- ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *)sig_iter.get();
- ir_rvalue *ir = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();
- ir_rvalue *new_ir = ir;
-
- if (sig_param->mode != ir_var_in)
- continue;
-
- if (do_graft(&new_ir)) {
- ir->replace_with(new_ir);
- return visit_stop;
- }
- sig_iter.next();
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_expression *ir)
-{
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) {
- if (do_graft(&ir->operands[i]))
- return visit_stop;
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir)
-{
- if (do_graft(&ir->condition))
- return visit_stop;
-
- /* Do not traverse into the body of the if-statement since that is a
- * different basic block.
- */
- return visit_continue_with_parent;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_swizzle *ir)
-{
- if (do_graft(&ir->val))
- return visit_stop;
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-ir_visitor_status
-ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_texture *ir)
-{
- if (do_graft(&ir->coordinate) ||
- do_graft(&ir->projector) ||
- do_graft(&ir->shadow_comparitor))
- return visit_stop;
-
- switch (ir->op) {
- case ir_tex:
- break;
- case ir_txb:
- if (do_graft(&ir->lod_info.bias))
- return visit_stop;
- break;
- case ir_txf:
- case ir_txl:
- if (do_graft(&ir->lod_info.lod))
- return visit_stop;
- break;
- case ir_txd:
- if (do_graft(&ir->lod_info.grad.dPdx) ||
- do_graft(&ir->lod_info.grad.dPdy))
- return visit_stop;
- break;
- }
-
- return visit_continue;
-}
-
-struct tree_grafting_info {
- ir_variable_refcount_visitor *refs;
- bool progress;
-};
-
-static bool
-try_tree_grafting(ir_assignment *start,
- ir_variable *lhs_var,
- ir_instruction *bb_last)
-{
- ir_tree_grafting_visitor v(start, lhs_var);
-
- if (debug) {
- printf("trying to graft: ");
- lhs_var->print();
- printf("\n");
- }
-
- for (ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)start->next;
- ir != bb_last->next;
- ir = (ir_instruction *)ir->next) {
-
- if (debug) {
- printf("- ");
- ir->print();
- printf("\n");
- }
-
- ir_visitor_status s = ir->accept(&v);
- if (s == visit_stop)
- return v.progress;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-static void
-tree_grafting_basic_block(ir_instruction *bb_first,
- ir_instruction *bb_last,
- void *data)
-{
- struct tree_grafting_info *info = (struct tree_grafting_info *)data;
- ir_instruction *ir, *next;
-
- for (ir = bb_first, next = (ir_instruction *)ir->next;
- ir != bb_last->next;
- ir = next, next = (ir_instruction *)ir->next) {
- ir_assignment *assign = ir->as_assignment();
-
- if (!assign)
- continue;
-
- ir_variable *lhs_var = assign->whole_variable_written();
- if (!lhs_var)
- continue;
-
- if (lhs_var->mode == ir_var_out ||
- lhs_var->mode == ir_var_inout)
- continue;
-
- variable_entry *entry = info->refs->get_variable_entry(lhs_var);
-
- if (!entry->declaration ||
- entry->assigned_count != 1 ||
- entry->referenced_count != 2)
- continue;
-
- assert(assign == entry->assign);
-
- /* Found a possibly graftable assignment. Now, walk through the
- * rest of the BB seeing if the deref is here, and if nothing interfered with
- * pasting its expression's values in between.
- */
- info->progress |= try_tree_grafting(assign, lhs_var, bb_last);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Does a copy propagation pass on the code present in the instruction stream.
- */
-bool
-do_tree_grafting(exec_list *instructions)
-{
- ir_variable_refcount_visitor refs;
- struct tree_grafting_info info;
-
- info.progress = false;
- info.refs = &refs;
-
- visit_list_elements(info.refs, instructions);
-
- call_for_basic_blocks(instructions, tree_grafting_basic_block, &info);
-
- return info.progress;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file opt_tree_grafting.cpp + * + * Takes assignments to variables that are dereferenced only once and + * pastes the RHS expression into where the variable is dereferenced. + * + * In the process of various operations like function inlining and + * tertiary op handling, we'll end up with our expression trees having + * been chopped up into a series of assignments of short expressions + * to temps. Other passes like ir_algebraic.cpp would prefer to see + * the deepest expression trees they can to try to optimize them. + * + * This is a lot like copy propagaton. In comparison, copy + * propagation only acts on plain copies, not arbitrary expressions on + * the RHS. Generally, we wouldn't want to go pasting some + * complicated expression everywhere it got used, though, so we don't + * handle expressions in that pass. + * + * The hard part is making sure we don't move an expression across + * some other assignments that would change the value of the + * expression. So we split this into two passes: First, find the + * variables in our scope which are written to once and read once, and + * then go through basic blocks seeing if we find an opportunity to + * move those expressions safely. + */ + +#include "ir.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" +#include "ir_variable_refcount.h" +#include "ir_basic_block.h" +#include "ir_optimization.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" + +static bool debug = false; + +class ir_tree_grafting_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor { +public: + ir_tree_grafting_visitor(ir_assignment *graft_assign, + ir_variable *graft_var) + { + this->progress = false; + this->graft_assign = graft_assign; + this->graft_var = graft_var; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(class ir_assignment *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_call *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_expression *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_function_signature *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_if *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_loop *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_swizzle *); + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(class ir_texture *); + + bool do_graft(ir_rvalue **rvalue); + + bool progress; + ir_variable *graft_var; + ir_assignment *graft_assign; +}; + +struct find_deref_info { + ir_variable *var; + bool found; +}; + +void +dereferences_variable_callback(ir_instruction *ir, void *data) +{ + struct find_deref_info *info = (struct find_deref_info *)data; + ir_dereference_variable *deref = ir->as_dereference_variable(); + + if (deref && deref->var == info->var) + info->found = true; +} + +static bool +dereferences_variable(ir_instruction *ir, ir_variable *var) +{ + struct find_deref_info info; + + info.var = var; + info.found = false; + + visit_tree(ir, dereferences_variable_callback, &info); + + return info.found; +} + +bool +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::do_graft(ir_rvalue **rvalue) +{ + if (!*rvalue) + return false; + + ir_dereference_variable *deref = (*rvalue)->as_dereference_variable(); + + if (!deref || deref->var != this->graft_var) + return false; + + if (debug) { + printf("GRAFTING:\n"); + this->graft_assign->print(); + printf("\n"); + printf("TO:\n"); + (*rvalue)->print(); + printf("\n"); + } + + this->graft_assign->remove(); + *rvalue = this->graft_assign->rhs; + + this->progress = true; + return true; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_loop *ir) +{ + (void)ir; + /* Do not traverse into the body of the loop since that is a + * different basic block. + */ + return visit_stop; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_leave(ir_assignment *ir) +{ + if (do_graft(&ir->rhs) || + do_graft(&ir->condition)) + return visit_stop; + + /* If this assignment updates a variable used in the assignment + * we're trying to graft, then we're done. + */ + if (dereferences_variable(this->graft_assign->rhs, + ir->lhs->variable_referenced())) { + if (debug) { + printf("graft killed by: "); + ir->print(); + printf("\n"); + } + return visit_stop; + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function *ir) +{ + (void) ir; + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_function_signature *ir) +{ + (void)ir; + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_call *ir) +{ + exec_list_iterator sig_iter = ir->get_callee()->parameters.iterator(); + /* Reminder: iterating ir_call iterates its parameters. */ + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) { + ir_variable *sig_param = (ir_variable *)sig_iter.get(); + ir_rvalue *ir = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get(); + ir_rvalue *new_ir = ir; + + if (sig_param->mode != ir_var_in && sig_param->mode != ir_var_const_in) + continue; + + if (do_graft(&new_ir)) { + ir->replace_with(new_ir); + return visit_stop; + } + sig_iter.next(); + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_expression *ir) +{ + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ir->get_num_operands(); i++) { + if (do_graft(&ir->operands[i])) + return visit_stop; + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_if *ir) +{ + if (do_graft(&ir->condition)) + return visit_stop; + + /* Do not traverse into the body of the if-statement since that is a + * different basic block. + */ + return visit_continue_with_parent; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_swizzle *ir) +{ + if (do_graft(&ir->val)) + return visit_stop; + + return visit_continue; +} + +ir_visitor_status +ir_tree_grafting_visitor::visit_enter(ir_texture *ir) +{ + if (do_graft(&ir->coordinate) || + do_graft(&ir->projector) || + do_graft(&ir->offset) || + do_graft(&ir->shadow_comparitor)) + return visit_stop; + + switch (ir->op) { + case ir_tex: + break; + case ir_txb: + if (do_graft(&ir->lod_info.bias)) + return visit_stop; + break; + case ir_txf: + case ir_txl: + if (do_graft(&ir->lod_info.lod)) + return visit_stop; + break; + case ir_txd: + if (do_graft(&ir->lod_info.grad.dPdx) || + do_graft(&ir->lod_info.grad.dPdy)) + return visit_stop; + break; + } + + return visit_continue; +} + +struct tree_grafting_info { + ir_variable_refcount_visitor *refs; + bool progress; +}; + +static bool +try_tree_grafting(ir_assignment *start, + ir_variable *lhs_var, + ir_instruction *bb_last) +{ + ir_tree_grafting_visitor v(start, lhs_var); + + if (debug) { + printf("trying to graft: "); + lhs_var->print(); + printf("\n"); + } + + for (ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)start->next; + ir != bb_last->next; + ir = (ir_instruction *)ir->next) { + + if (debug) { + printf("- "); + ir->print(); + printf("\n"); + } + + ir_visitor_status s = ir->accept(&v); + if (s == visit_stop) + return v.progress; + } + + return false; +} + +static void +tree_grafting_basic_block(ir_instruction *bb_first, + ir_instruction *bb_last, + void *data) +{ + struct tree_grafting_info *info = (struct tree_grafting_info *)data; + ir_instruction *ir, *next; + + for (ir = bb_first, next = (ir_instruction *)ir->next; + ir != bb_last->next; + ir = next, next = (ir_instruction *)ir->next) { + ir_assignment *assign = ir->as_assignment(); + + if (!assign) + continue; + + ir_variable *lhs_var = assign->whole_variable_written(); + if (!lhs_var) + continue; + + if (lhs_var->mode == ir_var_out || + lhs_var->mode == ir_var_inout) + continue; + + variable_entry *entry = info->refs->get_variable_entry(lhs_var); + + if (!entry->declaration || + entry->assigned_count != 1 || + entry->referenced_count != 2) + continue; + + assert(assign == entry->assign); + + /* Found a possibly graftable assignment. Now, walk through the + * rest of the BB seeing if the deref is here, and if nothing interfered with + * pasting its expression's values in between. + */ + info->progress |= try_tree_grafting(assign, lhs_var, bb_last); + } +} + +/** + * Does a copy propagation pass on the code present in the instruction stream. + */ +bool +do_tree_grafting(exec_list *instructions) +{ + ir_variable_refcount_visitor refs; + struct tree_grafting_info info; + + info.progress = false; + info.refs = &refs; + + visit_list_elements(info.refs, instructions); + + call_for_basic_blocks(instructions, tree_grafting_basic_block, &info); + + return info.progress; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ralloc.c b/mesalib/src/glsl/ralloc.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa2dd8b01 --- /dev/null +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ralloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "ralloc.h" + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define likely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x),1) +#define unlikely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x),0) +#else +#define likely(x) !!(x) +#define unlikely(x) !!(x) +#endif + +#ifndef va_copy +#ifdef __va_copy +#define va_copy(dest, src) __va_copy((dest), (src)) +#else +#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest) = (src) +#endif +#endif + +#define CANARY 0x5A1106 + +struct ralloc_header +{ + /* A canary value used to determine whether a pointer is ralloc'd. */ + unsigned canary; + + struct ralloc_header *parent; + + /* The first child (head of a linked list) */ + struct ralloc_header *child; + + /* Linked list of siblings */ + struct ralloc_header *prev; + struct ralloc_header *next; + + void (*destructor)(void *); +}; + +typedef struct ralloc_header ralloc_header; + +static void unlink_block(ralloc_header *info); +static void unsafe_free(ralloc_header *info); + +static ralloc_header * +get_header(const void *ptr) +{ + ralloc_header *info = (ralloc_header *) (((char *) ptr) - + sizeof(ralloc_header)); + assert(info->canary == CANARY); + return info; +} + +#define PTR_FROM_HEADER(info) (((char *) info) + sizeof(ralloc_header)) + +static void +add_child(ralloc_header *parent, ralloc_header *info) +{ + if (parent != NULL) { + info->parent = parent; + info->next = parent->child; + parent->child = info; + + if (info->next != NULL) + info->next->prev = info; + } +} + +void * +ralloc_context(const void *ctx) +{ + return ralloc_size(ctx, 0); +} + +void * +ralloc_size(const void *ctx, size_t size) +{ + void *block = calloc(1, size + sizeof(ralloc_header)); + + ralloc_header *info = (ralloc_header *) block; + ralloc_header *parent = ctx != NULL ? get_header(ctx) : NULL; + + add_child(parent, info); + + info->canary = CANARY; + + return PTR_FROM_HEADER(info); +} + +void * +rzalloc_size(const void *ctx, size_t size) +{ + void *ptr = ralloc_size(ctx, size); + if (likely(ptr != NULL)) + memset(ptr, 0, size); + return ptr; +} + +/* helper function - assumes ptr != NULL */ +static void * +resize(void *ptr, size_t size) +{ + ralloc_header *child, *old, *info; + + old = get_header(ptr); + info = realloc(old, size + sizeof(ralloc_header)); + + if (info == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Update parent and sibling's links to the reallocated node. */ + if (info != old && info->parent != NULL) { + if (info->parent->child == old) + info->parent->child = info; + + if (info->prev != NULL) + info->prev->next = info; + + if (info->next != NULL) + info->next->prev = info; + } + + /* Update child->parent links for all children */ + for (child = info->child; child != NULL; child = child->next) + child->parent = info; + + return PTR_FROM_HEADER(info); +} + +void * +reralloc_size(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size) +{ + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) + return ralloc_size(ctx, size); + + assert(ralloc_parent(ptr) == ctx); + return resize(ptr, size); +} + +void * +ralloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned count) +{ + if (count > SIZE_MAX/size) + return NULL; + + return ralloc_size(ctx, size * count); +} + +void * +rzalloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned count) +{ + if (count > SIZE_MAX/size) + return NULL; + + return rzalloc_size(ctx, size * count); +} + +void * +reralloc_array_size(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size, unsigned count) +{ + if (count > SIZE_MAX/size) + return NULL; + + return reralloc_size(ctx, ptr, size * count); +} + +void +ralloc_free(void *ptr) +{ + ralloc_header *info; + + if (ptr == NULL) + return; + + info = get_header(ptr); + unlink_block(info); + unsafe_free(info); +} + +static void +unlink_block(ralloc_header *info) +{ + /* Unlink from parent & siblings */ + if (info->parent != NULL) { + if (info->parent->child == info) + info->parent->child = info->next; + + if (info->prev != NULL) + info->prev->next = info->next; + + if (info->next != NULL) + info->next->prev = info->prev; + } + info->parent = NULL; + info->prev = NULL; + info->next = NULL; +} + +static void +unsafe_free(ralloc_header *info) +{ + /* Recursively free any children...don't waste time unlinking them. */ + ralloc_header *temp; + while (info->child != NULL) { + temp = info->child; + info->child = temp->next; + unsafe_free(temp); + } + + /* Free the block itself. Call the destructor first, if any. */ + if (info->destructor != NULL) + info->destructor(PTR_FROM_HEADER(info)); + + free(info); +} + +void +ralloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, void *ptr) +{ + ralloc_header *info, *parent; + + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) + return; + + info = get_header(ptr); + parent = get_header(new_ctx); + + unlink_block(info); + + add_child(parent, info); +} + +void * +ralloc_parent(const void *ptr) +{ + ralloc_header *info; + + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) + return NULL; + + info = get_header(ptr); + return PTR_FROM_HEADER(info->parent); +} + +static void *autofree_context = NULL; + +static void +autofree(void) +{ + ralloc_free(autofree_context); +} + +void * +ralloc_autofree_context(void) +{ + if (unlikely(autofree_context == NULL)) { + autofree_context = ralloc_context(NULL); + atexit(autofree); + } + return autofree_context; +} + +void +ralloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, void(*destructor)(void *)) +{ + ralloc_header *info = get_header(ptr); + info->destructor = destructor; +} + +char * +ralloc_strdup(const void *ctx, const char *str) +{ + size_t n; + char *ptr; + + if (unlikely(str == NULL)) + return NULL; + + n = strlen(str); + ptr = ralloc_array(ctx, char, n + 1); + memcpy(ptr, str, n); + ptr[n] = '\0'; + return ptr; +} + +char * +ralloc_strndup(const void *ctx, const char *str, size_t max) +{ + size_t n; + char *ptr; + + if (unlikely(str == NULL)) + return NULL; + + n = strlen(str); + if (n > max) + n = max; + + ptr = ralloc_array(ctx, char, n + 1); + memcpy(ptr, str, n); + ptr[n] = '\0'; + return ptr; +} + +/* helper routine for strcat/strncat - n is the exact amount to copy */ +static bool +cat(char **dest, const char *str, size_t n) +{ + char *both; + size_t existing_length; + assert(dest != NULL && *dest != NULL); + + existing_length = strlen(*dest); + both = resize(*dest, existing_length + n + 1); + if (unlikely(both == NULL)) + return false; + + memcpy(both + existing_length, str, n); + both[existing_length + n] = '\0'; + + *dest = both; + return true; +} + + +bool +ralloc_strcat(char **dest, const char *str) +{ + return cat(dest, str, strlen(str)); +} + +bool +ralloc_strncat(char **dest, const char *str, size_t n) +{ + /* Clamp n to the string length */ + size_t str_length = strlen(str); + if (str_length < n) + n = str_length; + + return cat(dest, str, n); +} + +char * +ralloc_asprintf(const void *ctx, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + char *ptr; + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + ptr = ralloc_vasprintf(ctx, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return ptr; +} + +/* Return the length of the string that would be generated by a printf-style + * format and argument list, not including the \0 byte. + */ +static size_t +printf_length(const char *fmt, va_list untouched_args) +{ + int size; + char junk; + + /* Make a copy of the va_list so the original caller can still use it */ + va_list args; + va_copy(args, untouched_args); + + size = vsnprintf(&junk, 1, fmt, args); + assert(size >= 0); + + return size; +} + +char * +ralloc_vasprintf(const void *ctx, const char *fmt, va_list args) +{ + size_t size = printf_length(fmt, args) + 1; + + char *ptr = ralloc_size(ctx, size); + if (ptr != NULL) + vsnprintf(ptr, size, fmt, args); + + return ptr; +} + +bool +ralloc_asprintf_append(char **str, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + bool success; + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + success = ralloc_vasprintf_append(str, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return success; +} + +bool +ralloc_vasprintf_append(char **str, const char *fmt, va_list args) +{ + size_t existing_length, new_length; + char *ptr; + + assert(str != NULL); + + if (unlikely(*str == NULL)) { + // Assuming a NULL context is probably bad, but it's expected behavior. + *str = ralloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, args); + return true; + } + + existing_length = strlen(*str); + new_length = printf_length(fmt, args); + + ptr = resize(*str, existing_length + new_length + 1); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) + return false; + + vsnprintf(ptr + existing_length, new_length + 1, fmt, args); + *str = ptr; + return true; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/ralloc.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/ralloc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5338152f --- /dev/null +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/ralloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file ralloc.h + * + * ralloc: a recursive memory allocator + * + * The ralloc memory allocator creates a hierarchy of allocated + * objects. Every allocation is in reference to some parent, and + * every allocated object can in turn be used as the parent of a + * subsequent allocation. This allows for extremely convenient + * discarding of an entire tree/sub-tree of allocations by calling + * ralloc_free on any particular object to free it and all of its + * children. + * + * The conceptual working of ralloc was directly inspired by Andrew + * Tridgell's talloc, but ralloc is an independent implementation + * released under the MIT license and tuned for Mesa. + * + * The talloc implementation is available under the GNU Lesser + * General Public License (GNU LGPL), version 3 or later. It is + * more sophisticated than ralloc in that it includes reference + * counting and debugging features. See: http://talloc.samba.org/ + */ + +#ifndef RALLOC_H +#define RALLOC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdbool.h> + +/** + * \def ralloc(ctx, type) + * Allocate a new object chained off of the given context. + * + * This is equivalent to: + * \code + * ((type *) ralloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type)) + * \endcode + */ +#define ralloc(ctx, type) ((type *) ralloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type))) + +/** + * \def rzalloc(ctx, type) + * Allocate a new object out of the given context and initialize it to zero. + * + * This is equivalent to: + * \code + * ((type *) rzalloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type)) + * \endcode + */ +#define rzalloc(ctx, type) ((type *) rzalloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type))) + +/** + * Allocate a new ralloc context. + * + * While any ralloc'd pointer can be used as a context, sometimes it is useful + * to simply allocate a context with no associated memory. + * + * It is equivalent to: + * \code + * ((type *) ralloc_size(ctx, 0) + * \endcode + */ +void *ralloc_context(const void *ctx); + +/** + * Allocate memory chained off of the given context. + * + * This is the core allocation routine which is used by all others. It + * simply allocates storage for \p size bytes and returns the pointer, + * similar to \c malloc. + */ +void *ralloc_size(const void *ctx, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate zero-initialized memory chained off of the given context. + * + * This is similar to \c calloc with a size of 1. + */ +void *rzalloc_size(const void *ctx, size_t size); + +/** + * Resize a piece of ralloc-managed memory, preserving data. + * + * Similar to \c realloc. Unlike C89, passing 0 for \p size does not free the + * memory. Instead, it resizes it to a 0-byte ralloc context, just like + * calling ralloc_size(ctx, 0). This is different from talloc. + * + * \param ctx The context to use for new allocation. If \p ptr != NULL, + * it must be the same as ralloc_parent(\p ptr). + * \param ptr Pointer to the memory to be resized. May be NULL. + * \param size The amount of memory to allocate, in bytes. + */ +void *reralloc_size(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size); + +/// \defgroup array Array Allocators @{ + +/** + * \def ralloc_array(ctx, type, count) + * Allocate an array of objects chained off the given context. + * + * Similar to \c calloc, but does not initialize the memory to zero. + * + * More than a convenience function, this also checks for integer overflow when + * multiplying \c sizeof(type) and \p count. This is necessary for security. + * + * This is equivalent to: + * \code + * ((type *) ralloc_array_size(ctx, sizeof(type), count) + * \endcode + */ +#define ralloc_array(ctx, type, count) \ + ((type *) ralloc_array_size(ctx, sizeof(type), count)) + +/** + * \def rzalloc_array(ctx, type, count) + * Allocate a zero-initialized array chained off the given context. + * + * Similar to \c calloc. + * + * More than a convenience function, this also checks for integer overflow when + * multiplying \c sizeof(type) and \p count. This is necessary for security. + * + * This is equivalent to: + * \code + * ((type *) rzalloc_array_size(ctx, sizeof(type), count) + * \endcode + */ +#define rzalloc_array(ctx, type, count) \ + ((type *) rzalloc_array_size(ctx, sizeof(type), count)) + +/** + * \def reralloc(ctx, ptr, type, count) + * Resize a ralloc-managed array, preserving data. + * + * Similar to \c realloc. Unlike C89, passing 0 for \p size does not free the + * memory. Instead, it resizes it to a 0-byte ralloc context, just like + * calling ralloc_size(ctx, 0). This is different from talloc. + * + * More than a convenience function, this also checks for integer overflow when + * multiplying \c sizeof(type) and \p count. This is necessary for security. + * + * \param ctx The context to use for new allocation. If \p ptr != NULL, + * it must be the same as ralloc_parent(\p ptr). + * \param ptr Pointer to the array to be resized. May be NULL. + * \param type The element type. + * \param count The number of elements to allocate. + */ +#define reralloc(ctx, ptr, type, count) \ + ((type *) reralloc_array_size(ctx, ptr, sizeof(type), count)) + +/** + * Allocate memory for an array chained off the given context. + * + * Similar to \c calloc, but does not initialize the memory to zero. + * + * More than a convenience function, this also checks for integer overflow when + * multiplying \p size and \p count. This is necessary for security. + */ +void *ralloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned count); + +/** + * Allocate a zero-initialized array chained off the given context. + * + * Similar to \c calloc. + * + * More than a convenience function, this also checks for integer overflow when + * multiplying \p size and \p count. This is necessary for security. + */ +void *rzalloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned count); + +/** + * Resize a ralloc-managed array, preserving data. + * + * Similar to \c realloc. Unlike C89, passing 0 for \p size does not free the + * memory. Instead, it resizes it to a 0-byte ralloc context, just like + * calling ralloc_size(ctx, 0). This is different from talloc. + * + * More than a convenience function, this also checks for integer overflow when + * multiplying \c sizeof(type) and \p count. This is necessary for security. + * + * \param ctx The context to use for new allocation. If \p ptr != NULL, + * it must be the same as ralloc_parent(\p ptr). + * \param ptr Pointer to the array to be resized. May be NULL. + * \param size The size of an individual element. + * \param count The number of elements to allocate. + * + * \return True unless allocation failed. + */ +void *reralloc_array_size(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size, + unsigned count); +/// @} + +/** + * Free a piece of ralloc-managed memory. + * + * This will also free the memory of any children allocated this context. + */ +void ralloc_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * "Steal" memory from one context, changing it to another. + * + * This changes \p ptr's context to \p new_ctx. This is quite useful if + * memory is allocated out of a temporary context. + */ +void ralloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, void *ptr); + +/** + * Return the given pointer's ralloc context. + */ +void *ralloc_parent(const void *ptr); + +/** + * Return a context whose memory will be automatically freed at program exit. + * + * The first call to this function creates a context and registers a handler + * to free it using \c atexit. This may cause trouble if used in a library + * loaded with \c dlopen. + */ +void *ralloc_autofree_context(void); + +/** + * Set a callback to occur just before an object is freed. + */ +void ralloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, void(*destructor)(void *)); + +/// \defgroup array String Functions @{ +/** + * Duplicate a string, allocating the memory from the given context. + */ +char *ralloc_strdup(const void *ctx, const char *str); + +/** + * Duplicate a string, allocating the memory from the given context. + * + * Like \c strndup, at most \p n characters are copied. If \p str is longer + * than \p n characters, \p n are copied, and a termining \c '\0' byte is added. + */ +char *ralloc_strndup(const void *ctx, const char *str, size_t n); + +/** + * Concatenate two strings, allocating the necessary space. + * + * This appends \p str to \p *dest, similar to \c strcat, using ralloc_resize + * to expand \p *dest to the appropriate size. \p dest will be updated to the + * new pointer unless allocation fails. + * + * The result will always be null-terminated. + * + * \return True unless allocation failed. + */ +bool ralloc_strcat(char **dest, const char *str); + +/** + * Concatenate two strings, allocating the necessary space. + * + * This appends at most \p n bytes of \p str to \p *dest, using ralloc_resize + * to expand \p *dest to the appropriate size. \p dest will be updated to the + * new pointer unless allocation fails. + * + * The result will always be null-terminated; \p str does not need to be null + * terminated if it is longer than \p n. + * + * \return True unless allocation failed. + */ +bool ralloc_strncat(char **dest, const char *str, size_t n); + +/** + * Print to a string. + * + * This is analogous to \c sprintf, but allocates enough space (using \p ctx + * as the context) for the resulting string. + * + * \return The newly allocated string. + */ +char *ralloc_asprintf (const void *ctx, const char *fmt, ...); + +/** + * Print to a string, given a va_list. + * + * This is analogous to \c vsprintf, but allocates enough space (using \p ctx + * as the context) for the resulting string. + * + * \return The newly allocated string. + */ +char *ralloc_vasprintf(const void *ctx, const char *fmt, va_list args); + +/** + * Append formatted text to the supplied string. + * + * \sa ralloc_asprintf + * \sa ralloc_strcat + * + * \p str will be updated to the new pointer unless allocation fails. + * + * \return True unless allocation failed. + */ +bool ralloc_asprintf_append (char **str, const char *fmt, ...); + +/** + * Append formatted text to the supplied string, given a va_list. + * + * \sa ralloc_vasprintf + * \sa ralloc_strcat + * + * \p str will be updated to the new pointer unless allocation fails. + * + * \return True unless allocation failed. + */ +bool ralloc_vasprintf_append(char **str, const char *fmt, va_list args); +/// @} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/s_expression.cpp b/mesalib/src/glsl/s_expression.cpp index 36624541b..77ac08ac7 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/s_expression.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/s_expression.cpp @@ -1,186 +1,186 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- */
-/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <cstdio>
-#include <cstdlib>
-#include <cstring>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "s_expression.h"
-
-s_symbol::s_symbol(const char *tmp, size_t n)
-{
- this->str = talloc_strndup (this, tmp, n);
- assert(this->str != NULL);
-}
-
-s_list::s_list()
-{
-}
-
-static void
-skip_whitespace(const char *& src)
-{
- src += strspn(src, " \v\t\r\n");
- /* Also skip Scheme-style comments: semi-colon 'til end of line */
- if (src[0] == ';') {
- src += strcspn(src, "\n");
- skip_whitespace(src);
- }
-}
-
-static s_expression *
-read_atom(void *ctx, const char *& src)
-{
- s_expression *expr = NULL;
-
- skip_whitespace(src);
-
- size_t n = strcspn(src, "( \v\t\r\n);");
- if (n == 0)
- return NULL; // no atom
-
- // Check if the atom is a number.
- char *float_end = NULL;
- double f = glsl_strtod(src, &float_end);
- if (float_end != src) {
- char *int_end = NULL;
- int i = strtol(src, &int_end, 10);
- // If strtod matched more characters, it must have a decimal part
- if (float_end > int_end)
- expr = new(ctx) s_float(f);
- else
- expr = new(ctx) s_int(i);
- } else {
- // Not a number; return a symbol.
- expr = new(ctx) s_symbol(src, n);
- }
-
- src += n;
-
- return expr;
-}
-
-s_expression *
-s_expression::read_expression(void *ctx, const char *&src)
-{
- assert(src != NULL);
-
- s_expression *atom = read_atom(ctx, src);
- if (atom != NULL)
- return atom;
-
- skip_whitespace(src);
- if (src[0] == '(') {
- ++src;
-
- s_list *list = new(ctx) s_list;
- s_expression *expr;
-
- while ((expr = read_expression(ctx, src)) != NULL) {
- list->subexpressions.push_tail(expr);
- }
- skip_whitespace(src);
- if (src[0] != ')') {
- printf("Unclosed expression (check your parenthesis).\n");
- return NULL;
- }
- ++src;
- return list;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-void s_int::print()
-{
- printf("%d", this->val);
-}
-
-void s_float::print()
-{
- printf("%f", this->val);
-}
-
-void s_symbol::print()
-{
- printf("%s", this->str);
-}
-
-void s_list::print()
-{
- printf("(");
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, it, this->subexpressions) {
- s_expression *expr = (s_expression*) it.get();
- expr->print();
- if (!expr->next->is_tail_sentinel())
- printf(" ");
- }
- printf(")");
-}
-
-// --------------------------------------------------
-
-bool
-s_pattern::match(s_expression *expr)
-{
- switch (type)
- {
- case EXPR: *p_expr = expr; break;
- case LIST: if (expr->is_list()) *p_list = (s_list *) expr; break;
- case SYMBOL: if (expr->is_symbol()) *p_symbol = (s_symbol *) expr; break;
- case NUMBER: if (expr->is_number()) *p_number = (s_number *) expr; break;
- case INT: if (expr->is_int()) *p_int = (s_int *) expr; break;
- case STRING:
- s_symbol *sym = SX_AS_SYMBOL(expr);
- if (sym != NULL && strcmp(sym->value(), literal) == 0)
- return true;
- return false;
- };
-
- return *p_expr == expr;
-}
-
-bool
-s_match(s_expression *top, unsigned n, s_pattern *pattern, bool partial)
-{
- s_list *list = SX_AS_LIST(top);
- if (list == NULL)
- return false;
-
- unsigned i = 0;
- foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, it, list->subexpressions) {
- if (i >= n)
- return partial; /* More actual items than the pattern expected */
-
- s_expression *expr = (s_expression *) it.get();
- if (expr == NULL || !pattern[i].match(expr))
- return false;
-
- i++;
- }
-
- if (i < n)
- return false; /* Less actual items than the pattern expected */
-
- return true;
-}
+/* -*- c++ -*- */ +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <cstdio> +#include <cstdlib> +#include <cstring> +#include <assert.h> +#include "s_expression.h" + +s_symbol::s_symbol(const char *tmp, size_t n) +{ + this->str = ralloc_strndup (this, tmp, n); + assert(this->str != NULL); +} + +s_list::s_list() +{ +} + +static void +skip_whitespace(const char *& src) +{ + src += strspn(src, " \v\t\r\n"); + /* Also skip Scheme-style comments: semi-colon 'til end of line */ + if (src[0] == ';') { + src += strcspn(src, "\n"); + skip_whitespace(src); + } +} + +static s_expression * +read_atom(void *ctx, const char *& src) +{ + s_expression *expr = NULL; + + skip_whitespace(src); + + size_t n = strcspn(src, "( \v\t\r\n);"); + if (n == 0) + return NULL; // no atom + + // Check if the atom is a number. + char *float_end = NULL; + double f = glsl_strtod(src, &float_end); + if (float_end != src) { + char *int_end = NULL; + int i = strtol(src, &int_end, 10); + // If strtod matched more characters, it must have a decimal part + if (float_end > int_end) + expr = new(ctx) s_float(f); + else + expr = new(ctx) s_int(i); + } else { + // Not a number; return a symbol. + expr = new(ctx) s_symbol(src, n); + } + + src += n; + + return expr; +} + +s_expression * +s_expression::read_expression(void *ctx, const char *&src) +{ + assert(src != NULL); + + s_expression *atom = read_atom(ctx, src); + if (atom != NULL) + return atom; + + skip_whitespace(src); + if (src[0] == '(') { + ++src; + + s_list *list = new(ctx) s_list; + s_expression *expr; + + while ((expr = read_expression(ctx, src)) != NULL) { + list->subexpressions.push_tail(expr); + } + skip_whitespace(src); + if (src[0] != ')') { + printf("Unclosed expression (check your parenthesis).\n"); + return NULL; + } + ++src; + return list; + } + return NULL; +} + +void s_int::print() +{ + printf("%d", this->val); +} + +void s_float::print() +{ + printf("%f", this->val); +} + +void s_symbol::print() +{ + printf("%s", this->str); +} + +void s_list::print() +{ + printf("("); + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, it, this->subexpressions) { + s_expression *expr = (s_expression*) it.get(); + expr->print(); + if (!expr->next->is_tail_sentinel()) + printf(" "); + } + printf(")"); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------- + +bool +s_pattern::match(s_expression *expr) +{ + switch (type) + { + case EXPR: *p_expr = expr; break; + case LIST: if (expr->is_list()) *p_list = (s_list *) expr; break; + case SYMBOL: if (expr->is_symbol()) *p_symbol = (s_symbol *) expr; break; + case NUMBER: if (expr->is_number()) *p_number = (s_number *) expr; break; + case INT: if (expr->is_int()) *p_int = (s_int *) expr; break; + case STRING: + s_symbol *sym = SX_AS_SYMBOL(expr); + if (sym != NULL && strcmp(sym->value(), literal) == 0) + return true; + return false; + }; + + return *p_expr == expr; +} + +bool +s_match(s_expression *top, unsigned n, s_pattern *pattern, bool partial) +{ + s_list *list = SX_AS_LIST(top); + if (list == NULL) + return false; + + unsigned i = 0; + foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, it, list->subexpressions) { + if (i >= n) + return partial; /* More actual items than the pattern expected */ + + s_expression *expr = (s_expression *) it.get(); + if (expr == NULL || !pattern[i].match(expr)) + return false; + + i++; + } + + if (i < n) + return false; /* Less actual items than the pattern expected */ + + return true; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/glsl/s_expression.h b/mesalib/src/glsl/s_expression.h index 1bb437736..c9dc676b3 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/glsl/s_expression.h +++ b/mesalib/src/glsl/s_expression.h @@ -1,180 +1,180 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- */
-/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#pragma once
-#ifndef S_EXPRESSION_H
-#define S_EXPRESSION_H
-
-#include "main/core.h" /* for Elements */
-#include "strtod.h"
-#include "list.h"
-
-/* Type-safe downcasting macros (also safe to pass NULL) */
-#define SX_AS_(t,x) ((x) && ((s_expression*) x)->is_##t()) ? ((s_##t*) (x)) \
- : NULL
-#define SX_AS_LIST(x) SX_AS_(list, x)
-#define SX_AS_SYMBOL(x) SX_AS_(symbol, x)
-#define SX_AS_NUMBER(x) SX_AS_(number, x)
-#define SX_AS_INT(x) SX_AS_(int, x)
-
-/* Pattern matching macros */
-#define MATCH(list, pat) s_match(list, Elements(pat), pat, false)
-#define PARTIAL_MATCH(list, pat) s_match(list, Elements(pat), pat, true)
-
-/* For our purposes, S-Expressions are:
- * - <int>
- * - <float>
- * - symbol
- * - (expr1 expr2 ... exprN) where exprN is an S-Expression
- *
- * Unlike LISP/Scheme, we do not support (foo . bar) pairs.
- */
-class s_expression : public exec_node
-{
-public:
- /**
- * Read an S-Expression from the given string.
- * Advances the supplied pointer to just after the expression read.
- *
- * Any allocation will be performed with 'ctx' as the talloc owner.
- */
- static s_expression *read_expression(void *ctx, const char *&src);
-
- /**
- * Print out an S-Expression. Useful for debugging.
- */
- virtual void print() = 0;
-
- virtual bool is_list() const { return false; }
- virtual bool is_symbol() const { return false; }
- virtual bool is_number() const { return false; }
- virtual bool is_int() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- s_expression() { }
-};
-
-/* Atoms */
-
-class s_number : public s_expression
-{
-public:
- bool is_number() const { return true; }
-
- virtual float fvalue() = 0;
-
-protected:
- s_number() { }
-};
-
-class s_int : public s_number
-{
-public:
- s_int(int x) : val(x) { }
-
- bool is_int() const { return true; }
-
- float fvalue() { return float(this->val); }
- int value() { return this->val; }
-
- void print();
-
-private:
- int val;
-};
-
-class s_float : public s_number
-{
-public:
- s_float(float x) : val(x) { }
-
- float fvalue() { return this->val; }
-
- void print();
-
-private:
- float val;
-};
-
-class s_symbol : public s_expression
-{
-public:
- s_symbol(const char *, size_t);
-
- bool is_symbol() const { return true; }
-
- const char *value() { return this->str; }
-
- void print();
-
-private:
- char *str;
-};
-
-/* Lists of expressions: (expr1 ... exprN) */
-class s_list : public s_expression
-{
-public:
- s_list();
-
- virtual bool is_list() const { return true; }
-
- void print();
-
- exec_list subexpressions;
-};
-
-// ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/**
- * Part of a pattern to match - essentially a record holding a pointer to the
- * storage for the component to match, along with the appropriate type.
- */
-class s_pattern {
-public:
- s_pattern(s_expression *&s) : p_expr(&s), type(EXPR) { }
- s_pattern(s_list *&s) : p_list(&s), type(LIST) { }
- s_pattern(s_symbol *&s) : p_symbol(&s), type(SYMBOL) { }
- s_pattern(s_number *&s) : p_number(&s), type(NUMBER) { }
- s_pattern(s_int *&s) : p_int(&s), type(INT) { }
- s_pattern(const char *str) : literal(str), type(STRING) { }
-
- bool match(s_expression *expr);
-
-private:
- union {
- s_expression **p_expr;
- s_list **p_list;
- s_symbol **p_symbol;
- s_number **p_number;
- s_int **p_int;
- const char *literal;
- };
- enum { EXPR, LIST, SYMBOL, NUMBER, INT, STRING } type;
-};
-
-bool
-s_match(s_expression *top, unsigned n, s_pattern *pattern, bool partial);
-
-#endif /* S_EXPRESSION_H */
+/* -*- c++ -*- */ +/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#pragma once +#ifndef S_EXPRESSION_H +#define S_EXPRESSION_H + +#include "main/core.h" /* for Elements */ +#include "strtod.h" +#include "list.h" + +/* Type-safe downcasting macros (also safe to pass NULL) */ +#define SX_AS_(t,x) ((x) && ((s_expression*) x)->is_##t()) ? ((s_##t*) (x)) \ + : NULL +#define SX_AS_LIST(x) SX_AS_(list, x) +#define SX_AS_SYMBOL(x) SX_AS_(symbol, x) +#define SX_AS_NUMBER(x) SX_AS_(number, x) +#define SX_AS_INT(x) SX_AS_(int, x) + +/* Pattern matching macros */ +#define MATCH(list, pat) s_match(list, Elements(pat), pat, false) +#define PARTIAL_MATCH(list, pat) s_match(list, Elements(pat), pat, true) + +/* For our purposes, S-Expressions are: + * - <int> + * - <float> + * - symbol + * - (expr1 expr2 ... exprN) where exprN is an S-Expression + * + * Unlike LISP/Scheme, we do not support (foo . bar) pairs. + */ +class s_expression : public exec_node +{ +public: + /** + * Read an S-Expression from the given string. + * Advances the supplied pointer to just after the expression read. + * + * Any allocation will be performed with 'ctx' as the ralloc owner. + */ + static s_expression *read_expression(void *ctx, const char *&src); + + /** + * Print out an S-Expression. Useful for debugging. + */ + virtual void print() = 0; + + virtual bool is_list() const { return false; } + virtual bool is_symbol() const { return false; } + virtual bool is_number() const { return false; } + virtual bool is_int() const { return false; } + +protected: + s_expression() { } +}; + +/* Atoms */ + +class s_number : public s_expression +{ +public: + bool is_number() const { return true; } + + virtual float fvalue() = 0; + +protected: + s_number() { } +}; + +class s_int : public s_number +{ +public: + s_int(int x) : val(x) { } + + bool is_int() const { return true; } + + float fvalue() { return float(this->val); } + int value() { return this->val; } + + void print(); + +private: + int val; +}; + +class s_float : public s_number +{ +public: + s_float(float x) : val(x) { } + + float fvalue() { return this->val; } + + void print(); + +private: + float val; +}; + +class s_symbol : public s_expression +{ +public: + s_symbol(const char *, size_t); + + bool is_symbol() const { return true; } + + const char *value() { return this->str; } + + void print(); + +private: + char *str; +}; + +/* Lists of expressions: (expr1 ... exprN) */ +class s_list : public s_expression +{ +public: + s_list(); + + virtual bool is_list() const { return true; } + + void print(); + + exec_list subexpressions; +}; + +// ------------------------------------------------------------ + +/** + * Part of a pattern to match - essentially a record holding a pointer to the + * storage for the component to match, along with the appropriate type. + */ +class s_pattern { +public: + s_pattern(s_expression *&s) : p_expr(&s), type(EXPR) { } + s_pattern(s_list *&s) : p_list(&s), type(LIST) { } + s_pattern(s_symbol *&s) : p_symbol(&s), type(SYMBOL) { } + s_pattern(s_number *&s) : p_number(&s), type(NUMBER) { } + s_pattern(s_int *&s) : p_int(&s), type(INT) { } + s_pattern(const char *str) : literal(str), type(STRING) { } + + bool match(s_expression *expr); + +private: + union { + s_expression **p_expr; + s_list **p_list; + s_symbol **p_symbol; + s_number **p_number; + s_int **p_int; + const char *literal; + }; + enum { EXPR, LIST, SYMBOL, NUMBER, INT, STRING } type; +}; + +bool +s_match(s_expression *top, unsigned n, s_pattern *pattern, bool partial); + +#endif /* S_EXPRESSION_H */ diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/Makefile b/mesalib/src/mesa/Makefile index c9a5eaf5b..a6025e990 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/mesa/Makefile +++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/Makefile @@ -1,188 +1,188 @@ -# src/mesa/Makefile
-
-TOP = ../..
-include $(TOP)/configs/current
-
-MESA_LIBS := libmesa.a libmesagallium.a
-DEPENDS := depend
-
-MESA_OBJ_DIR := .
-
-
-include sources.mak
-
-# adjust object dirs
-MESA_OBJECTS := $(addprefix $(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/, $(MESA_OBJECTS))
-MESA_GALLIUM_OBJECTS := $(addprefix $(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/, $(MESA_GALLIUM_OBJECTS))
-
-# define preprocessor flags
-MESA_CPPFLAGS := $(API_DEFINES) $(DEFINES)
-
-# append include dirs
-MESA_CPPFLAGS += $(INCLUDE_DIRS) $(TALLOC_CFLAGS)
-
-# tidy compiler flags
-CFLAGS := $(filter-out $(DEFINES), $(CFLAGS))
-CXXFLAGS := $(filter-out $(DEFINES), $(CXXFLAGS))
-
-# LLVM is needed for the state tracker
-MESA_CFLAGS := $(LLVM_CFLAGS)
-
-define mesa-cc-c
- @mkdir -p $(dir $@)
- $(CC) -c -o $@ $< $($(1)_CPPFLAGS) $($(1)_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-endef
-
-define mesa-cxx-c
- @mkdir -p $(dir $@)
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $< $($(1)_CPPFLAGS) $($(1)_CFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS)
-endef
-
-$(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/%.o: %.c
- $(call mesa-cc-c,MESA)
-
-$(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/%.o: %.cpp
- $(call mesa-cxx-c,MESA)
-
-$(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/%.o: %.S
- $(call mesa-cc-c,MESA)
-
-# Default: build dependencies, then asm_subdirs, GLSL built-in lib,
-# then convenience libs (.a) and finally the device drivers:
-default: $(DEPENDS) asm_subdirs $(MESA_LIBS) driver_subdirs
-
-main/api_exec_es1.c: main/APIspec.xml main/es_generator.py main/APIspecutil.py main/APIspec.py
- $(PYTHON2) $(PYTHON_FLAGS) main/es_generator.py -S main/APIspec.xml -V GLES1.1 > $@
-
-main/api_exec_es2.c: main/APIspec.xml main/es_generator.py main/APIspecutil.py main/APIspec.py
- $(PYTHON2) $(PYTHON_FLAGS) main/es_generator.py -S main/APIspec.xml -V GLES2.0 > $@
-
-######################################################################
-# Helper libraries used by many drivers:
-
-# Make archive of core mesa object files
-libmesa.a: $(MESA_OBJECTS) $(GLSL_LIBS)
- @ $(MKLIB) -o mesa -static $(MESA_OBJECTS) $(GLSL_LIBS)
-
-# Make archive of subset of core mesa object files for gallium
-libmesagallium.a: $(MESA_GALLIUM_OBJECTS) $(GLSL_LIBS)
- @ $(MKLIB) -o mesagallium -static $(MESA_GALLIUM_OBJECTS) $(GLSL_LIBS)
-
-######################################################################
-# Device drivers
-driver_subdirs: $(MESA_LIBS)
- @ (cd drivers && $(MAKE))
-
-
-######################################################################
-# Assembly subdirs
-asm_subdirs:
- @ if echo "$(ASM_FLAGS)" | grep -q USE_X86_ASM ; then \
- (cd x86 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
- fi
- @ if echo "$(ASM_FLAGS)" | grep -q USE_X86_64_ASM ; then \
- (cd x86 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
- (cd x86-64 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
- fi
-
-
-######################################################################
-# Dependency generation
-
-depend: $(ALL_SOURCES)
- @ echo "running $(MKDEP)"
- @ touch depend
- @$(MKDEP) $(MKDEP_OPTIONS) -p$(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/ $(MESA_CPPFLAGS) \
- $(ALL_SOURCES) > /dev/null 2>/dev/null
-
-######################################################################
-# Installation rules
-
-# this isn't fleshed out yet but is probably the way to go in the future
-new_install:
- (cd drivers && $(MAKE) install)
-
-
-# XXX replace this with new_install above someday
-install: default
- @for driver in $(DRIVER_DIRS) ; do \
- case "$$driver" in \
- osmesa) if [ "$(DRIVER_DIRS)" = osmesa ]; then \
- $(MAKE) install-headers install-osmesa || exit 1 ; \
- else \
- $(MAKE) install-osmesa || exit 1 ; \
- fi ;; \
- dri) $(MAKE) install-libgl install-dri || exit 1 ;; \
- *) $(MAKE) install-libgl || exit 1 ;; \
- esac ; \
- done
-
-pcedit = \
- -e 's,@INSTALL_DIR@,$(INSTALL_DIR),' \
- -e 's,@INSTALL_LIB_DIR@,$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR),' \
- -e 's,@INSTALL_INC_DIR@,$(INSTALL_INC_DIR),' \
- -e 's,@VERSION@,$(MESA_MAJOR).$(MESA_MINOR).$(MESA_TINY),' \
-
-
-gl_pcedit = sed \
- $(pcedit) \
- -e 's,@GL_PC_REQ_PRIV@,$(GL_PC_REQ_PRIV),' \
- -e 's,@GL_PC_LIB_PRIV@,$(GL_PC_LIB_PRIV),' \
- -e 's,@GL_PC_CFLAGS@,$(GL_PC_CFLAGS),' \
- -e 's,@GLX_TLS@,$(GLX_TLS),' \
- -e 's,@GL_LIB@,$(GL_LIB),'
-
-gl.pc: gl.pc.in
- $(gl_pcedit) $< > $@
-
-osmesa_pcedit = sed \
- $(pcedit) \
- -e 's,@OSMESA_LIB@,$(OSMESA_LIB),' \
- -e 's,@OSMESA_PC_REQ@,$(OSMESA_PC_REQ),' \
- -e 's,@OSMESA_PC_LIB_PRIV@,$(OSMESA_PC_LIB_PRIV),'
-
-osmesa.pc: osmesa.pc.in
- $(osmesa_pcedit) $< > $@
-
-install-headers:
- $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_INC_DIR)/GL
- $(INSTALL) -m 644 $(TOP)/include/GL/*.h \
- $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_INC_DIR)/GL
-
-install-libgl: default gl.pc install-headers
- $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)
- $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)/pkgconfig
- $(MINSTALL) $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_GLOB) \
- $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)
- $(INSTALL) -m 644 gl.pc $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)/pkgconfig
-
-install-osmesa: default osmesa.pc
- $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)
- $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)/pkgconfig
- $(MINSTALL) $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(OSMESA_LIB_GLOB) \
- $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)
- $(INSTALL) -m 644 osmesa.pc $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)/pkgconfig
-
-install-dri: default
- cd drivers/dri && $(MAKE) install
-
-
-
-# Emacs tags
-tags:
- etags `find . -name \*.[ch]` $(TOP)/include/GL/*.h
-
-clean:
- -rm -f */*.o
- -rm -f */*/*.o
- -rm -f depend depend.bak libmesa.a libmesagallium.a
- -rm -f drivers/*/*.o
- -rm -f *.pc
- -@cd drivers/dri && $(MAKE) clean
- -@cd drivers/x11 && $(MAKE) clean
- -@cd drivers/osmesa && $(MAKE) clean
- -@cd x86 && $(MAKE) clean
- -@cd x86-64 && $(MAKE) clean
-
-
--include $(DEPENDS)
+# src/mesa/Makefile + +TOP = ../.. +include $(TOP)/configs/current + +MESA_LIBS := libmesa.a libmesagallium.a +DEPENDS := depend + +MESA_OBJ_DIR := . + + +include sources.mak + +# adjust object dirs +MESA_OBJECTS := $(addprefix $(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/, $(MESA_OBJECTS)) +MESA_GALLIUM_OBJECTS := $(addprefix $(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/, $(MESA_GALLIUM_OBJECTS)) + +# define preprocessor flags +MESA_CPPFLAGS := $(API_DEFINES) $(DEFINES) + +# append include dirs +MESA_CPPFLAGS += $(INCLUDE_DIRS) + +# tidy compiler flags +CFLAGS := $(filter-out $(DEFINES), $(CFLAGS)) +CXXFLAGS := $(filter-out $(DEFINES), $(CXXFLAGS)) + +# LLVM is needed for the state tracker +MESA_CFLAGS := $(LLVM_CFLAGS) + +define mesa-cc-c + @mkdir -p $(dir $@) + $(CC) -c -o $@ $< $($(1)_CPPFLAGS) $($(1)_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) +endef + +define mesa-cxx-c + @mkdir -p $(dir $@) + $(CXX) -c -o $@ $< $($(1)_CPPFLAGS) $($(1)_CFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) +endef + +$(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/%.o: %.c + $(call mesa-cc-c,MESA) + +$(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/%.o: %.cpp + $(call mesa-cxx-c,MESA) + +$(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/%.o: %.S + $(call mesa-cc-c,MESA) + +# Default: build dependencies, then asm_subdirs, GLSL built-in lib, +# then convenience libs (.a) and finally the device drivers: +default: $(DEPENDS) asm_subdirs $(MESA_LIBS) driver_subdirs + +main/api_exec_es1.c: main/APIspec.xml main/es_generator.py main/APIspecutil.py main/APIspec.py + $(PYTHON2) $(PYTHON_FLAGS) main/es_generator.py -S main/APIspec.xml -V GLES1.1 > $@ + +main/api_exec_es2.c: main/APIspec.xml main/es_generator.py main/APIspecutil.py main/APIspec.py + $(PYTHON2) $(PYTHON_FLAGS) main/es_generator.py -S main/APIspec.xml -V GLES2.0 > $@ + +###################################################################### +# Helper libraries used by many drivers: + +# Make archive of core mesa object files +libmesa.a: $(MESA_OBJECTS) $(GLSL_LIBS) + @ $(MKLIB) -o mesa -static $(MESA_OBJECTS) $(GLSL_LIBS) + +# Make archive of subset of core mesa object files for gallium +libmesagallium.a: $(MESA_GALLIUM_OBJECTS) $(GLSL_LIBS) + @ $(MKLIB) -o mesagallium -static $(MESA_GALLIUM_OBJECTS) $(GLSL_LIBS) + +###################################################################### +# Device drivers +driver_subdirs: $(MESA_LIBS) + @ (cd drivers && $(MAKE)) + + +###################################################################### +# Assembly subdirs +asm_subdirs: + @ if echo "$(ASM_FLAGS)" | grep -q USE_X86_ASM ; then \ + (cd x86 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \ + fi + @ if echo "$(ASM_FLAGS)" | grep -q USE_X86_64_ASM ; then \ + (cd x86 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \ + (cd x86-64 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \ + fi + + +###################################################################### +# Dependency generation + +depend: $(ALL_SOURCES) + @ echo "running $(MKDEP)" + @ touch depend + @$(MKDEP) $(MKDEP_OPTIONS) -p$(MESA_OBJ_DIR)/ $(MESA_CPPFLAGS) \ + $(ALL_SOURCES) > /dev/null 2>/dev/null + +###################################################################### +# Installation rules + +# this isn't fleshed out yet but is probably the way to go in the future +new_install: + (cd drivers && $(MAKE) install) + + +# XXX replace this with new_install above someday +install: default + @for driver in $(DRIVER_DIRS) ; do \ + case "$$driver" in \ + osmesa) if [ "$(DRIVER_DIRS)" = osmesa ]; then \ + $(MAKE) install-headers install-osmesa || exit 1 ; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) install-osmesa || exit 1 ; \ + fi ;; \ + dri) $(MAKE) install-libgl install-dri || exit 1 ;; \ + *) $(MAKE) install-libgl || exit 1 ;; \ + esac ; \ + done + +pcedit = \ + -e 's,@INSTALL_DIR@,$(INSTALL_DIR),' \ + -e 's,@INSTALL_LIB_DIR@,$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR),' \ + -e 's,@INSTALL_INC_DIR@,$(INSTALL_INC_DIR),' \ + -e 's,@VERSION@,$(MESA_MAJOR).$(MESA_MINOR).$(MESA_TINY),' \ + + +gl_pcedit = sed \ + $(pcedit) \ + -e 's,@GL_PC_REQ_PRIV@,$(GL_PC_REQ_PRIV),' \ + -e 's,@GL_PC_LIB_PRIV@,$(GL_PC_LIB_PRIV),' \ + -e 's,@GL_PC_CFLAGS@,$(GL_PC_CFLAGS),' \ + -e 's,@GLX_TLS@,$(GLX_TLS),' \ + -e 's,@GL_LIB@,$(GL_LIB),' + +gl.pc: gl.pc.in + $(gl_pcedit) $< > $@ + +osmesa_pcedit = sed \ + $(pcedit) \ + -e 's,@OSMESA_LIB@,$(OSMESA_LIB),' \ + -e 's,@OSMESA_PC_REQ@,$(OSMESA_PC_REQ),' \ + -e 's,@OSMESA_PC_LIB_PRIV@,$(OSMESA_PC_LIB_PRIV),' + +osmesa.pc: osmesa.pc.in + $(osmesa_pcedit) $< > $@ + +install-headers: + $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_INC_DIR)/GL + $(INSTALL) -m 644 $(TOP)/include/GL/*.h \ + $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_INC_DIR)/GL + +install-libgl: default gl.pc install-headers + $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR) + $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)/pkgconfig + $(MINSTALL) $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_GLOB) \ + $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR) + $(INSTALL) -m 644 gl.pc $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)/pkgconfig + +install-osmesa: default osmesa.pc + $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR) + $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)/pkgconfig + $(MINSTALL) $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(OSMESA_LIB_GLOB) \ + $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR) + $(INSTALL) -m 644 osmesa.pc $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_LIB_DIR)/pkgconfig + +install-dri: default + cd drivers/dri && $(MAKE) install + + + +# Emacs tags +tags: + etags `find . -name \*.[ch]` $(TOP)/include/GL/*.h + +clean: + -rm -f */*.o + -rm -f */*/*.o + -rm -f depend depend.bak libmesa.a libmesagallium.a + -rm -f drivers/*/*.o + -rm -f *.pc + -@cd drivers/dri && $(MAKE) clean + -@cd drivers/x11 && $(MAKE) clean + -@cd drivers/osmesa && $(MAKE) clean + -@cd x86 && $(MAKE) clean + -@cd x86-64 && $(MAKE) clean + + +-include $(DEPENDS) diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/SConscript b/mesalib/src/mesa/SConscript index 6ac8b0d4c..ea04fb1a0 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/mesa/SConscript +++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/SConscript @@ -1,393 +1,391 @@ -#######################################################################
-# SConscript for Mesa
-
-
-Import('*')
-
-env = env.Clone()
-
-env.Append(CPPPATH = [
- '#/src/mapi',
- '#/src/glsl',
- '#/src/mesa',
-])
-
-env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [
- 'FEATURE_GL=1',
-])
-
-if env['platform'] == 'windows':
- env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [
- '_GDI32_', # prevent gl* being declared __declspec(dllimport) in MS headers
- 'BUILD_GL32', # declare gl* as __declspec(dllexport) in Mesa headers
- ])
- if not env['gles']:
- # prevent _glapi_* from being declared __declspec(dllimport)
- env.Append(CPPDEFINES = ['_GLAPI_NO_EXPORTS'])
-
- env.Prepend(CPPPATH = ['#src/talloc'])
-else:
- env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [
- 'IN_DRI_DRIVER', # enable the remap table (for DRI drivers)
- ])
-
-#
-# Source files
-#
-
-main_sources = [
- 'main/api_arrayelt.c',
- 'main/api_exec.c',
- 'main/api_loopback.c',
- 'main/api_noop.c',
- 'main/api_validate.c',
- 'main/accum.c',
- 'main/arbprogram.c',
- 'main/atifragshader.c',
- 'main/attrib.c',
- 'main/arrayobj.c',
- 'main/blend.c',
- 'main/bufferobj.c',
- 'main/buffers.c',
- 'main/clear.c',
- 'main/clip.c',
- 'main/colortab.c',
- 'main/condrender.c',
- 'main/context.c',
- 'main/convolve.c',
- 'main/cpuinfo.c',
- 'main/debug.c',
- 'main/depth.c',
- 'main/depthstencil.c',
- 'main/dlist.c',
- 'main/dlopen.c',
- 'main/drawpix.c',
- 'main/drawtex.c',
- 'main/enable.c',
- 'main/enums.c',
- 'main/eval.c',
- 'main/execmem.c',
- 'main/extensions.c',
- 'main/fbobject.c',
- 'main/feedback.c',
- 'main/ffvertex_prog.c',
- 'main/fog.c',
- 'main/formats.c',
- 'main/framebuffer.c',
- 'main/get.c',
- 'main/getstring.c',
- 'main/hash.c',
- 'main/hint.c',
- 'main/histogram.c',
- 'main/image.c',
- 'main/imports.c',
- 'main/light.c',
- 'main/lines.c',
- 'main/matrix.c',
- 'main/mipmap.c',
- 'main/mm.c',
- 'main/multisample.c',
- 'main/nvprogram.c',
- 'main/pack.c',
- 'main/pixel.c',
- 'main/pixelstore.c',
- 'main/pixeltransfer.c',
- 'main/points.c',
- 'main/polygon.c',
- 'main/querymatrix.c',
- 'main/queryobj.c',
- 'main/rastpos.c',
- 'main/readpix.c',
- 'main/remap.c',
- 'main/renderbuffer.c',
- 'main/scissor.c',
- 'main/shaderapi.c',
- 'main/shaderobj.c',
- 'main/shared.c',
- 'main/state.c',
- 'main/stencil.c',
- 'main/syncobj.c',
- 'main/texcompress.c',
- 'main/texcompress_s3tc.c',
- 'main/texcompress_fxt1.c',
- 'main/texenv.c',
- 'main/texenvprogram.c',
- 'main/texfetch.c',
- 'main/texformat.c',
- 'main/texgen.c',
- 'main/texgetimage.c',
- 'main/teximage.c',
- 'main/texobj.c',
- 'main/texpal.c',
- 'main/texparam.c',
- 'main/texrender.c',
- 'main/texstate.c',
- 'main/texstore.c',
- 'main/transformfeedback.c',
- 'main/uniforms.c',
- 'main/varray.c',
- 'main/version.c',
- 'main/viewport.c',
- 'main/vtxfmt.c',
-]
-
-math_sources = [
- 'math/m_debug_clip.c',
- 'math/m_debug_norm.c',
- 'math/m_debug_xform.c',
- 'math/m_eval.c',
- 'math/m_matrix.c',
- 'math/m_translate.c',
- 'math/m_vector.c',
- 'math/m_xform.c',
-]
-
-vbo_sources = [
- 'vbo/vbo_context.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_exec.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_exec_api.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_exec_array.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_exec_draw.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_exec_eval.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_rebase.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_split.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_split_copy.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_split_inplace.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_save.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_save_api.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_save_draw.c',
- 'vbo/vbo_save_loopback.c',
-]
-
-vf_sources = [
- 'vf/vf.c',
- 'vf/vf_generic.c',
- 'vf/vf_sse.c',
-]
-
-statetracker_sources = [
- 'state_tracker/st_atom.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_blend.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_clip.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_constbuf.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_depth.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_framebuffer.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_msaa.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_pixeltransfer.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_sampler.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_scissor.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_shader.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_rasterizer.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_stipple.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_texture.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_atom_viewport.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_accum.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_bitmap.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_blit.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_bufferobjects.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_clear.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_condrender.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_flush.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_drawpixels.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_drawtex.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_eglimage.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_fbo.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_feedback.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_program.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_queryobj.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_rasterpos.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_readpixels.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_strings.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_texture.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_viewport.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_cb_xformfb.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_context.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_debug.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_draw.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_draw_feedback.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_extensions.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_format.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_gen_mipmap.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_manager.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_mesa_to_tgsi.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_program.c',
- 'state_tracker/st_texture.c',
-]
-
-program_sources = [
- 'program/arbprogparse.c',
- 'program/hash_table.c',
- 'program/ir_to_mesa.cpp',
- 'program/lex.yy.c',
- 'program/nvfragparse.c',
- 'program/nvvertparse.c',
- 'program/program.c',
- 'program/program_parse.tab.c',
- 'program/program_parse_extra.c',
- 'program/prog_cache.c',
- 'program/prog_execute.c',
- 'program/prog_instruction.c',
- 'program/prog_noise.c',
- 'program/prog_optimize.c',
- 'program/prog_parameter.c',
- 'program/prog_parameter_layout.c',
- 'program/prog_print.c',
- 'program/prog_statevars.c',
- 'program/prog_uniform.c',
- 'program/programopt.c',
- 'program/sampler.cpp',
- 'program/symbol_table.c',
-]
-
-mesa_sources = (
- main_sources +
- math_sources +
- program_sources +
- vbo_sources +
- vf_sources +
- statetracker_sources
-)
-
-if env['gles']:
- from sys import executable as python_cmd
-
- env.Append(CPPDEFINES = ['FEATURE_ES1=1', 'FEATURE_ES2=1'])
-
- # generate GLES sources
- gles_sources = []
- gles_sources += env.CodeGenerate(
- target = 'main/api_exec_es1.c',
- script = 'main/es_generator.py',
- source = 'main/APIspec.xml',
- command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -S $SOURCE -V GLES1.1 > $TARGET'
- )
- gles_sources += env.CodeGenerate(
- target = 'main/api_exec_es2.c',
- script = 'main/es_generator.py',
- source = 'main/APIspec.xml',
- command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -S $SOURCE -V GLES2.0 > $TARGET'
- )
-
- # generate GLES headers
- GLAPI = '#src/mapi/glapi/'
- gles_headers = []
- gles_headers += env.CodeGenerate(
- target = 'es1api/main/glapidispatch.h',
- script = GLAPI + 'gen/gl_table.py',
- source = GLAPI + 'gen-es/es1_API.xml',
- command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -c -m remap_table -f $SOURCE > $TARGET',
- )
- gles_headers += env.CodeGenerate(
- target = 'es1api/main/remap_helper.h',
- script = GLAPI + 'gen/remap_helper.py',
- source = GLAPI + 'gen-es/es1_API.xml',
- command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -f $SOURCE > $TARGET',
- )
- gles_headers += env.CodeGenerate(
- target = 'es2api/main/glapidispatch.h',
- script = GLAPI + 'gen/gl_table.py',
- source = GLAPI + 'gen-es/es2_API.xml',
- command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -c -m remap_table -f $SOURCE > $TARGET',
- )
- gles_headers += env.CodeGenerate(
- target = 'es2api/main/remap_helper.h',
- script = GLAPI + 'gen/remap_helper.py',
- source = GLAPI + 'gen-es/es2_API.xml',
- command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -f $SOURCE > $TARGET',
- )
-
- env.Depends(gles_sources, gles_headers)
-
- # gles_sources #include gles_headers with full path
- env.Append(CPPPATH = [gles_headers[0].dir.up().up()])
-
- mesa_sources += gles_sources
-
-#
-# Assembly sources
-#
-if env['gcc'] and env['platform'] != 'windows':
- if env['machine'] == 'x86':
- env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [
- 'USE_X86_ASM',
- 'USE_MMX_ASM',
- 'USE_3DNOW_ASM',
- 'USE_SSE_ASM',
- ])
- mesa_sources += [
- 'x86/common_x86.c',
- 'x86/x86_xform.c',
- 'x86/3dnow.c',
- 'x86/sse.c',
- 'x86/common_x86_asm.S',
- 'x86/x86_xform2.S',
- 'x86/x86_xform3.S',
- 'x86/x86_xform4.S',
- 'x86/x86_cliptest.S',
- 'x86/mmx_blend.S',
- 'x86/3dnow_xform1.S',
- 'x86/3dnow_xform2.S',
- 'x86/3dnow_xform3.S',
- 'x86/3dnow_xform4.S',
- 'x86/3dnow_normal.S',
- 'x86/sse_xform1.S',
- 'x86/sse_xform2.S',
- 'x86/sse_xform3.S',
- 'x86/sse_xform4.S',
- 'x86/sse_normal.S',
- 'x86/read_rgba_span_x86.S',
- ]
- elif env['machine'] == 'x86_64':
- env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [
- 'USE_X86_64_ASM',
- ])
- mesa_sources += [
- 'x86-64/x86-64.c',
- 'x86-64/xform4.S',
- ]
- elif env['machine'] == 'ppc':
- env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [
- 'USE_PPC_ASM',
- 'USE_VMX_ASM',
- ])
- mesa_sources += [
- 'ppc/common_ppc.c',
- ]
- elif env['machine'] == 'sparc':
- mesa_sources += [
- 'sparc/sparc.c',
- 'sparc/clip.S',
- 'sparc/norm.S',
- 'sparc/xform.S',
- ]
- else:
- pass
-
- # Generate matypes.h
- if env['machine'] in ('x86', 'x86_64'):
- # See http://www.scons.org/wiki/UsingCodeGenerators
- gen_matypes = env.Program(
- target = 'gen_matypes',
- source = 'x86/gen_matypes.c',
- )
- matypes = env.Command(
- 'matypes.h',
- gen_matypes,
- gen_matypes[0].abspath + ' > $TARGET',
- )
- # Add the dir containing the generated header (somewhere inside the
- # build dir) to the include path
- env.Append(CPPPATH = [matypes[0].dir])
-
-#
-# Libraries
-#
-
-mesa = env.ConvenienceLibrary(
- target = 'mesa',
- source = mesa_sources,
-)
-
-env.Alias('mesa', mesa)
-
-Export('mesa')
+####################################################################### +# SConscript for Mesa + + +Import('*') + +env = env.Clone() + +env.Append(CPPPATH = [ + '#/src/mapi', + '#/src/glsl', + '#/src/mesa', +]) + +env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [ + 'FEATURE_GL=1', +]) + +if env['platform'] == 'windows': + env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [ + '_GDI32_', # prevent gl* being declared __declspec(dllimport) in MS headers + 'BUILD_GL32', # declare gl* as __declspec(dllexport) in Mesa headers + ]) + if not env['gles']: + # prevent _glapi_* from being declared __declspec(dllimport) + env.Append(CPPDEFINES = ['_GLAPI_NO_EXPORTS']) +else: + env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [ + 'IN_DRI_DRIVER', # enable the remap table (for DRI drivers) + ]) + +# +# Source files +# + +main_sources = [ + 'main/api_arrayelt.c', + 'main/api_exec.c', + 'main/api_loopback.c', + 'main/api_noop.c', + 'main/api_validate.c', + 'main/accum.c', + 'main/arbprogram.c', + 'main/atifragshader.c', + 'main/attrib.c', + 'main/arrayobj.c', + 'main/blend.c', + 'main/bufferobj.c', + 'main/buffers.c', + 'main/clear.c', + 'main/clip.c', + 'main/colortab.c', + 'main/condrender.c', + 'main/context.c', + 'main/convolve.c', + 'main/cpuinfo.c', + 'main/debug.c', + 'main/depth.c', + 'main/depthstencil.c', + 'main/dlist.c', + 'main/dlopen.c', + 'main/drawpix.c', + 'main/drawtex.c', + 'main/enable.c', + 'main/enums.c', + 'main/eval.c', + 'main/execmem.c', + 'main/extensions.c', + 'main/fbobject.c', + 'main/feedback.c', + 'main/ffvertex_prog.c', + 'main/fog.c', + 'main/formats.c', + 'main/framebuffer.c', + 'main/get.c', + 'main/getstring.c', + 'main/hash.c', + 'main/hint.c', + 'main/histogram.c', + 'main/image.c', + 'main/imports.c', + 'main/light.c', + 'main/lines.c', + 'main/matrix.c', + 'main/mipmap.c', + 'main/mm.c', + 'main/multisample.c', + 'main/nvprogram.c', + 'main/pack.c', + 'main/pixel.c', + 'main/pixelstore.c', + 'main/pixeltransfer.c', + 'main/points.c', + 'main/polygon.c', + 'main/querymatrix.c', + 'main/queryobj.c', + 'main/rastpos.c', + 'main/readpix.c', + 'main/remap.c', + 'main/renderbuffer.c', + 'main/scissor.c', + 'main/shaderapi.c', + 'main/shaderobj.c', + 'main/shared.c', + 'main/state.c', + 'main/stencil.c', + 'main/syncobj.c', + 'main/texcompress.c', + 'main/texcompress_s3tc.c', + 'main/texcompress_fxt1.c', + 'main/texenv.c', + 'main/texenvprogram.c', + 'main/texfetch.c', + 'main/texformat.c', + 'main/texgen.c', + 'main/texgetimage.c', + 'main/teximage.c', + 'main/texobj.c', + 'main/texpal.c', + 'main/texparam.c', + 'main/texrender.c', + 'main/texstate.c', + 'main/texstore.c', + 'main/transformfeedback.c', + 'main/uniforms.c', + 'main/varray.c', + 'main/version.c', + 'main/viewport.c', + 'main/vtxfmt.c', +] + +math_sources = [ + 'math/m_debug_clip.c', + 'math/m_debug_norm.c', + 'math/m_debug_xform.c', + 'math/m_eval.c', + 'math/m_matrix.c', + 'math/m_translate.c', + 'math/m_vector.c', + 'math/m_xform.c', +] + +vbo_sources = [ + 'vbo/vbo_context.c', + 'vbo/vbo_exec.c', + 'vbo/vbo_exec_api.c', + 'vbo/vbo_exec_array.c', + 'vbo/vbo_exec_draw.c', + 'vbo/vbo_exec_eval.c', + 'vbo/vbo_rebase.c', + 'vbo/vbo_split.c', + 'vbo/vbo_split_copy.c', + 'vbo/vbo_split_inplace.c', + 'vbo/vbo_save.c', + 'vbo/vbo_save_api.c', + 'vbo/vbo_save_draw.c', + 'vbo/vbo_save_loopback.c', +] + +vf_sources = [ + 'vf/vf.c', + 'vf/vf_generic.c', + 'vf/vf_sse.c', +] + +statetracker_sources = [ + 'state_tracker/st_atom.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_blend.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_clip.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_constbuf.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_depth.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_framebuffer.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_msaa.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_pixeltransfer.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_sampler.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_scissor.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_shader.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_rasterizer.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_stipple.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_texture.c', + 'state_tracker/st_atom_viewport.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_accum.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_bitmap.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_blit.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_bufferobjects.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_clear.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_condrender.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_flush.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_drawpixels.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_drawtex.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_eglimage.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_fbo.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_feedback.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_program.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_queryobj.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_rasterpos.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_readpixels.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_strings.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_texture.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_viewport.c', + 'state_tracker/st_cb_xformfb.c', + 'state_tracker/st_context.c', + 'state_tracker/st_debug.c', + 'state_tracker/st_draw.c', + 'state_tracker/st_draw_feedback.c', + 'state_tracker/st_extensions.c', + 'state_tracker/st_format.c', + 'state_tracker/st_gen_mipmap.c', + 'state_tracker/st_manager.c', + 'state_tracker/st_mesa_to_tgsi.c', + 'state_tracker/st_program.c', + 'state_tracker/st_texture.c', +] + +program_sources = [ + 'program/arbprogparse.c', + 'program/hash_table.c', + 'program/ir_to_mesa.cpp', + 'program/lex.yy.c', + 'program/nvfragparse.c', + 'program/nvvertparse.c', + 'program/program.c', + 'program/program_parse.tab.c', + 'program/program_parse_extra.c', + 'program/prog_cache.c', + 'program/prog_execute.c', + 'program/prog_instruction.c', + 'program/prog_noise.c', + 'program/prog_optimize.c', + 'program/prog_parameter.c', + 'program/prog_parameter_layout.c', + 'program/prog_print.c', + 'program/prog_statevars.c', + 'program/prog_uniform.c', + 'program/programopt.c', + 'program/sampler.cpp', + 'program/symbol_table.c', +] + +mesa_sources = ( + main_sources + + math_sources + + program_sources + + vbo_sources + + vf_sources + + statetracker_sources +) + +if env['gles']: + from sys import executable as python_cmd + + env.Append(CPPDEFINES = ['FEATURE_ES1=1', 'FEATURE_ES2=1']) + + # generate GLES sources + gles_sources = [] + gles_sources += env.CodeGenerate( + target = 'main/api_exec_es1.c', + script = 'main/es_generator.py', + source = 'main/APIspec.xml', + command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -S $SOURCE -V GLES1.1 > $TARGET' + ) + gles_sources += env.CodeGenerate( + target = 'main/api_exec_es2.c', + script = 'main/es_generator.py', + source = 'main/APIspec.xml', + command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -S $SOURCE -V GLES2.0 > $TARGET' + ) + + # generate GLES headers + GLAPI = '#src/mapi/glapi/' + gles_headers = [] + gles_headers += env.CodeGenerate( + target = 'es1api/main/glapidispatch.h', + script = GLAPI + 'gen/gl_table.py', + source = GLAPI + 'gen-es/es1_API.xml', + command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -c -m remap_table -f $SOURCE > $TARGET', + ) + gles_headers += env.CodeGenerate( + target = 'es1api/main/remap_helper.h', + script = GLAPI + 'gen/remap_helper.py', + source = GLAPI + 'gen-es/es1_API.xml', + command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -f $SOURCE > $TARGET', + ) + gles_headers += env.CodeGenerate( + target = 'es2api/main/glapidispatch.h', + script = GLAPI + 'gen/gl_table.py', + source = GLAPI + 'gen-es/es2_API.xml', + command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -c -m remap_table -f $SOURCE > $TARGET', + ) + gles_headers += env.CodeGenerate( + target = 'es2api/main/remap_helper.h', + script = GLAPI + 'gen/remap_helper.py', + source = GLAPI + 'gen-es/es2_API.xml', + command = python_cmd + ' $SCRIPT -f $SOURCE > $TARGET', + ) + + env.Depends(gles_sources, gles_headers) + + # gles_sources #include gles_headers with full path + env.Append(CPPPATH = [gles_headers[0].dir.up().up()]) + + mesa_sources += gles_sources + +# +# Assembly sources +# +if env['gcc'] and env['platform'] != 'windows': + if env['machine'] == 'x86': + env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [ + 'USE_X86_ASM', + 'USE_MMX_ASM', + 'USE_3DNOW_ASM', + 'USE_SSE_ASM', + ]) + mesa_sources += [ + 'x86/common_x86.c', + 'x86/x86_xform.c', + 'x86/3dnow.c', + 'x86/sse.c', + 'x86/common_x86_asm.S', + 'x86/x86_xform2.S', + 'x86/x86_xform3.S', + 'x86/x86_xform4.S', + 'x86/x86_cliptest.S', + 'x86/mmx_blend.S', + 'x86/3dnow_xform1.S', + 'x86/3dnow_xform2.S', + 'x86/3dnow_xform3.S', + 'x86/3dnow_xform4.S', + 'x86/3dnow_normal.S', + 'x86/sse_xform1.S', + 'x86/sse_xform2.S', + 'x86/sse_xform3.S', + 'x86/sse_xform4.S', + 'x86/sse_normal.S', + 'x86/read_rgba_span_x86.S', + ] + elif env['machine'] == 'x86_64': + env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [ + 'USE_X86_64_ASM', + ]) + mesa_sources += [ + 'x86-64/x86-64.c', + 'x86-64/xform4.S', + ] + elif env['machine'] == 'ppc': + env.Append(CPPDEFINES = [ + 'USE_PPC_ASM', + 'USE_VMX_ASM', + ]) + mesa_sources += [ + 'ppc/common_ppc.c', + ] + elif env['machine'] == 'sparc': + mesa_sources += [ + 'sparc/sparc.c', + 'sparc/clip.S', + 'sparc/norm.S', + 'sparc/xform.S', + ] + else: + pass + + # Generate matypes.h + if env['machine'] in ('x86', 'x86_64'): + # See http://www.scons.org/wiki/UsingCodeGenerators + gen_matypes = env.Program( + target = 'gen_matypes', + source = 'x86/gen_matypes.c', + ) + matypes = env.Command( + 'matypes.h', + gen_matypes, + gen_matypes[0].abspath + ' > $TARGET', + ) + # Add the dir containing the generated header (somewhere inside the + # build dir) to the include path + env.Append(CPPPATH = [matypes[0].dir]) + +# +# Libraries +# + +mesa = env.ConvenienceLibrary( + target = 'mesa', + source = mesa_sources, +) + +env.Alias('mesa', mesa) + +Export('mesa') diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/main/arrayobj.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/main/arrayobj.c index 2d85b88ae..460102233 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/mesa/main/arrayobj.c +++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/main/arrayobj.c @@ -1,578 +1,578 @@ -/*
- * Mesa 3-D graphics library
- * Version: 7.6
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Brian Paul All Rights Reserved.
- * (C) Copyright IBM Corporation 2006
- * Copyright (C) 2009 VMware, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * BRIAN PAUL OR IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-
-/**
- * \file arrayobj.c
- * Functions for the GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object extension.
- *
- * \todo
- * The code in this file borrows a lot from bufferobj.c. There's a certain
- * amount of cruft left over from that origin that may be unnecessary.
- *
- * \author Ian Romanick <idr@us.ibm.com>
- * \author Brian Paul
- */
-
-
-#include "glheader.h"
-#include "hash.h"
-#include "imports.h"
-#include "context.h"
-#include "mfeatures.h"
-#if FEATURE_ARB_vertex_buffer_object
-#include "bufferobj.h"
-#endif
-#include "arrayobj.h"
-#include "macros.h"
-#include "mtypes.h"
-#include "main/dispatch.h"
-
-
-/**
- * Look up the array object for the given ID.
- *
- * \returns
- * Either a pointer to the array object with the specified ID or \c NULL for
- * a non-existent ID. The spec defines ID 0 as being technically
- * non-existent.
- */
-
-static INLINE struct gl_array_object *
-lookup_arrayobj(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint id)
-{
- if (id == 0)
- return NULL;
- else
- return (struct gl_array_object *)
- _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Array.Objects, id);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * For all the vertex arrays in the array object, unbind any pointers
- * to any buffer objects (VBOs).
- * This is done just prior to array object destruction.
- */
-static void
-unbind_array_object_vbos(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_array_object *obj)
-{
- GLuint i;
-
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Vertex.BufferObj, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Weight.BufferObj, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Normal.BufferObj, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Color.BufferObj, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->SecondaryColor.BufferObj, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->FogCoord.BufferObj, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Index.BufferObj, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->EdgeFlag.BufferObj, NULL);
-
- for (i = 0; i < Elements(obj->TexCoord); i++)
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->TexCoord[i].BufferObj, NULL);
-
- for (i = 0; i < Elements(obj->VertexAttrib); i++)
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->VertexAttrib[i].BufferObj,NULL);
-
-#if FEATURE_point_size_array
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->PointSize.BufferObj, NULL);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Allocate and initialize a new vertex array object.
- *
- * This function is intended to be called via
- * \c dd_function_table::NewArrayObject.
- */
-struct gl_array_object *
-_mesa_new_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name )
-{
- struct gl_array_object *obj = CALLOC_STRUCT(gl_array_object);
- if (obj)
- _mesa_initialize_array_object(ctx, obj, name);
- return obj;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Delete an array object.
- *
- * This function is intended to be called via
- * \c dd_function_table::DeleteArrayObject.
- */
-void
-_mesa_delete_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_array_object *obj )
-{
- (void) ctx;
- unbind_array_object_vbos(ctx, obj);
- _glthread_DESTROY_MUTEX(obj->Mutex);
- free(obj);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Set ptr to arrayObj w/ reference counting.
- */
-void
-_mesa_reference_array_object(struct gl_context *ctx,
- struct gl_array_object **ptr,
- struct gl_array_object *arrayObj)
-{
- if (*ptr == arrayObj)
- return;
-
- if (*ptr) {
- /* Unreference the old array object */
- GLboolean deleteFlag = GL_FALSE;
- struct gl_array_object *oldObj = *ptr;
-
- _glthread_LOCK_MUTEX(oldObj->Mutex);
- ASSERT(oldObj->RefCount > 0);
- oldObj->RefCount--;
-#if 0
- printf("ArrayObj %p %d DECR to %d\n",
- (void *) oldObj, oldObj->Name, oldObj->RefCount);
-#endif
- deleteFlag = (oldObj->RefCount == 0);
- _glthread_UNLOCK_MUTEX(oldObj->Mutex);
-
- if (deleteFlag) {
- ASSERT(ctx->Driver.DeleteArrayObject);
- ctx->Driver.DeleteArrayObject(ctx, oldObj);
- }
-
- *ptr = NULL;
- }
- ASSERT(!*ptr);
-
- if (arrayObj) {
- /* reference new array object */
- _glthread_LOCK_MUTEX(arrayObj->Mutex);
- if (arrayObj->RefCount == 0) {
- /* this array's being deleted (look just above) */
- /* Not sure this can every really happen. Warn if it does. */
- _mesa_problem(NULL, "referencing deleted array object");
- *ptr = NULL;
- }
- else {
- arrayObj->RefCount++;
-#if 0
- printf("ArrayObj %p %d INCR to %d\n",
- (void *) arrayObj, arrayObj->Name, arrayObj->RefCount);
-#endif
- *ptr = arrayObj;
- }
- _glthread_UNLOCK_MUTEX(arrayObj->Mutex);
- }
-}
-
-
-
-static void
-init_array(struct gl_context *ctx,
- struct gl_client_array *array, GLint size, GLint type)
-{
- array->Size = size;
- array->Type = type;
- array->Format = GL_RGBA; /* only significant for GL_EXT_vertex_array_bgra */
- array->Stride = 0;
- array->StrideB = 0;
- array->Ptr = NULL;
- array->Enabled = GL_FALSE;
- array->Normalized = GL_FALSE;
-#if FEATURE_ARB_vertex_buffer_object
- /* Vertex array buffers */
- _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &array->BufferObj,
- ctx->Shared->NullBufferObj);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Initialize a gl_array_object's arrays.
- */
-void
-_mesa_initialize_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx,
- struct gl_array_object *obj,
- GLuint name )
-{
- GLuint i;
-
- obj->Name = name;
-
- _glthread_INIT_MUTEX(obj->Mutex);
- obj->RefCount = 1;
-
- /* Init the individual arrays */
- init_array(ctx, &obj->Vertex, 4, GL_FLOAT);
- init_array(ctx, &obj->Weight, 1, GL_FLOAT);
- init_array(ctx, &obj->Normal, 3, GL_FLOAT);
- init_array(ctx, &obj->Color, 4, GL_FLOAT);
- init_array(ctx, &obj->SecondaryColor, 4, GL_FLOAT);
- init_array(ctx, &obj->FogCoord, 1, GL_FLOAT);
- init_array(ctx, &obj->Index, 1, GL_FLOAT);
- for (i = 0; i < Elements(obj->TexCoord); i++) {
- init_array(ctx, &obj->TexCoord[i], 4, GL_FLOAT);
- }
- init_array(ctx, &obj->EdgeFlag, 1, GL_BOOL);
- for (i = 0; i < Elements(obj->VertexAttrib); i++) {
- init_array(ctx, &obj->VertexAttrib[i], 4, GL_FLOAT);
- }
-
-#if FEATURE_point_size_array
- init_array(ctx, &obj->PointSize, 1, GL_FLOAT);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Add the given array object to the array object pool.
- */
-static void
-save_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_array_object *obj )
-{
- if (obj->Name > 0) {
- /* insert into hash table */
- _mesa_HashInsert(ctx->Array.Objects, obj->Name, obj);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Remove the given array object from the array object pool.
- * Do not deallocate the array object though.
- */
-static void
-remove_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_array_object *obj )
-{
- if (obj->Name > 0) {
- /* remove from hash table */
- _mesa_HashRemove(ctx->Array.Objects, obj->Name);
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Compute the index of the last array element that can be safely accessed
- * in a vertex array. We can really only do this when the array lives in
- * a VBO.
- * The array->_MaxElement field will be updated.
- * Later in glDrawArrays/Elements/etc we can do some bounds checking.
- */
-static void
-compute_max_element(struct gl_client_array *array)
-{
- if (array->BufferObj->Name) {
- /* Compute the max element we can access in the VBO without going
- * out of bounds.
- */
- array->_MaxElement = ((GLsizeiptrARB) array->BufferObj->Size
- - (GLsizeiptrARB) array->Ptr + array->StrideB
- - array->_ElementSize) / array->StrideB;
- if (0)
- printf("%s Object %u Size %u MaxElement %u\n",
- __FUNCTION__,
- array->BufferObj->Name,
- (GLuint) array->BufferObj->Size,
- array->_MaxElement);
- }
- else {
- /* user-space array, no idea how big it is */
- array->_MaxElement = 2 * 1000 * 1000 * 1000; /* just a big number */
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Helper for update_arrays().
- * \return min(current min, array->_MaxElement).
- */
-static GLuint
-update_min(GLuint min, struct gl_client_array *array)
-{
- compute_max_element(array);
- if (array->Enabled)
- return MIN2(min, array->_MaxElement);
- else
- return min;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Examine vertex arrays to update the gl_array_object::_MaxElement field.
- */
-void
-_mesa_update_array_object_max_element(struct gl_context *ctx,
- struct gl_array_object *arrayObj)
-{
- GLuint i, min = ~0;
-
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Vertex);
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Weight);
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Normal);
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Color);
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->SecondaryColor);
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->FogCoord);
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Index);
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->EdgeFlag);
-#if FEATURE_point_size_array
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->PointSize);
-#endif
- for (i = 0; i < ctx->Const.MaxTextureCoordUnits; i++)
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->TexCoord[i]);
- for (i = 0; i < Elements(arrayObj->VertexAttrib); i++)
- min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->VertexAttrib[i]);
-
- /* _MaxElement is one past the last legal array element */
- arrayObj->_MaxElement = min;
-}
-
-
-/**********************************************************************/
-/* API Functions */
-/**********************************************************************/
-
-
-/**
- * Helper for _mesa_BindVertexArray() and _mesa_BindVertexArrayAPPLE().
- * \param genRequired specifies behavour when id was not generated with
- * glGenVertexArrays().
- */
-static void
-bind_vertex_array(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint id, GLboolean genRequired)
-{
- struct gl_array_object * const oldObj = ctx->Array.ArrayObj;
- struct gl_array_object *newObj = NULL;
- ASSERT_OUTSIDE_BEGIN_END(ctx);
-
- ASSERT(oldObj != NULL);
-
- if ( oldObj->Name == id )
- return; /* rebinding the same array object- no change */
-
- /*
- * Get pointer to new array object (newObj)
- */
- if (id == 0) {
- /* The spec says there is no array object named 0, but we use
- * one internally because it simplifies things.
- */
- newObj = ctx->Array.DefaultArrayObj;
- }
- else {
- /* non-default array object */
- newObj = lookup_arrayobj(ctx, id);
- if (!newObj) {
- if (genRequired) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "glBindVertexArray(id)");
- return;
- }
-
- /* For APPLE version, generate a new array object now */
- newObj = (*ctx->Driver.NewArrayObject)(ctx, id);
- if (!newObj) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "glBindVertexArrayAPPLE");
- return;
- }
- save_array_object(ctx, newObj);
- }
- }
-
- ctx->NewState |= _NEW_ARRAY;
- ctx->Array.NewState |= _NEW_ARRAY_ALL;
- _mesa_reference_array_object(ctx, &ctx->Array.ArrayObj, newObj);
-
- /* Pass BindVertexArray call to device driver */
- if (ctx->Driver.BindArrayObject && newObj)
- ctx->Driver.BindArrayObject(ctx, newObj);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * ARB version of glBindVertexArray()
- * This function behaves differently from glBindVertexArrayAPPLE() in
- * that this function requires all ids to have been previously generated
- * by glGenVertexArrays[APPLE]().
- */
-void GLAPIENTRY
-_mesa_BindVertexArray( GLuint id )
-{
- GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx);
- bind_vertex_array(ctx, id, GL_TRUE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Bind a new array.
- *
- * \todo
- * The binding could be done more efficiently by comparing the non-NULL
- * pointers in the old and new objects. The only arrays that are "dirty" are
- * the ones that are non-NULL in either object.
- */
-void GLAPIENTRY
-_mesa_BindVertexArrayAPPLE( GLuint id )
-{
- GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx);
- bind_vertex_array(ctx, id, GL_FALSE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Delete a set of array objects.
- *
- * \param n Number of array objects to delete.
- * \param ids Array of \c n array object IDs.
- */
-void GLAPIENTRY
-_mesa_DeleteVertexArraysAPPLE(GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids)
-{
- GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx);
- GLsizei i;
- ASSERT_OUTSIDE_BEGIN_END(ctx);
-
- if (n < 0) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "glDeleteVertexArrayAPPLE(n)");
- return;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- struct gl_array_object *obj = lookup_arrayobj(ctx, ids[i]);
-
- if ( obj != NULL ) {
- ASSERT( obj->Name == ids[i] );
-
- /* If the array object is currently bound, the spec says "the binding
- * for that object reverts to zero and the default vertex array
- * becomes current."
- */
- if ( obj == ctx->Array.ArrayObj ) {
- CALL_BindVertexArrayAPPLE( ctx->Exec, (0) );
- }
-
- /* The ID is immediately freed for re-use */
- remove_array_object(ctx, obj);
-
- /* Unreference the array object.
- * If refcount hits zero, the object will be deleted.
- */
- _mesa_reference_array_object(ctx, &obj, NULL);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Generate a set of unique array object IDs and store them in \c arrays.
- * Helper for _mesa_GenVertexArrays[APPLE]() functions below.
- * \param n Number of IDs to generate.
- * \param arrays Array of \c n locations to store the IDs.
- * \param vboOnly Will arrays have to reside in VBOs?
- */
-static void
-gen_vertex_arrays(struct gl_context *ctx, GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays, GLboolean vboOnly)
-{
- GLuint first;
- GLint i;
- ASSERT_OUTSIDE_BEGIN_END(ctx);
-
- if (n < 0) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "glGenVertexArraysAPPLE");
- return;
- }
-
- if (!arrays) {
- return;
- }
-
- first = _mesa_HashFindFreeKeyBlock(ctx->Array.Objects, n);
-
- /* Allocate new, empty array objects and return identifiers */
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- struct gl_array_object *obj;
- GLuint name = first + i;
-
- obj = (*ctx->Driver.NewArrayObject)( ctx, name );
- if (!obj) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "glGenVertexArraysAPPLE");
- return;
- }
- obj->VBOonly = vboOnly;
- save_array_object(ctx, obj);
- arrays[i] = first + i;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * ARB version of glGenVertexArrays()
- * All arrays will be required to live in VBOs.
- */
-void GLAPIENTRY
-_mesa_GenVertexArrays(GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays)
-{
- GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx);
- gen_vertex_arrays(ctx, n, arrays, GL_TRUE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * APPLE version of glGenVertexArraysAPPLE()
- * Arrays may live in VBOs or ordinary memory.
- */
-void GLAPIENTRY
-_mesa_GenVertexArraysAPPLE(GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays)
-{
- GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx);
- gen_vertex_arrays(ctx, n, arrays, GL_FALSE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Determine if ID is the name of an array object.
- *
- * \param id ID of the potential array object.
- * \return \c GL_TRUE if \c id is the name of a array object,
- * \c GL_FALSE otherwise.
- */
-GLboolean GLAPIENTRY
-_mesa_IsVertexArrayAPPLE( GLuint id )
-{
- struct gl_array_object * obj;
- GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx);
- ASSERT_OUTSIDE_BEGIN_END_WITH_RETVAL(ctx, GL_FALSE);
-
- if (id == 0)
- return GL_FALSE;
-
- obj = lookup_arrayobj(ctx, id);
-
- return (obj != NULL) ? GL_TRUE : GL_FALSE;
-}
+/* + * Mesa 3-D graphics library + * Version: 7.6 + * + * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Brian Paul All Rights Reserved. + * (C) Copyright IBM Corporation 2006 + * Copyright (C) 2009 VMware, Inc. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * BRIAN PAUL OR IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, + * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + */ + + +/** + * \file arrayobj.c + * Functions for the GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object extension. + * + * \todo + * The code in this file borrows a lot from bufferobj.c. There's a certain + * amount of cruft left over from that origin that may be unnecessary. + * + * \author Ian Romanick <idr@us.ibm.com> + * \author Brian Paul + */ + + +#include "glheader.h" +#include "hash.h" +#include "imports.h" +#include "context.h" +#include "mfeatures.h" +#if FEATURE_ARB_vertex_buffer_object +#include "bufferobj.h" +#endif +#include "arrayobj.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "mtypes.h" +#include "main/dispatch.h" + + +/** + * Look up the array object for the given ID. + * + * \returns + * Either a pointer to the array object with the specified ID or \c NULL for + * a non-existent ID. The spec defines ID 0 as being technically + * non-existent. + */ + +static INLINE struct gl_array_object * +lookup_arrayobj(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint id) +{ + if (id == 0) + return NULL; + else + return (struct gl_array_object *) + _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Array.Objects, id); +} + + +/** + * For all the vertex arrays in the array object, unbind any pointers + * to any buffer objects (VBOs). + * This is done just prior to array object destruction. + */ +static void +unbind_array_object_vbos(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_array_object *obj) +{ + GLuint i; + + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Vertex.BufferObj, NULL); + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Weight.BufferObj, NULL); + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Normal.BufferObj, NULL); + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Color.BufferObj, NULL); + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->SecondaryColor.BufferObj, NULL); + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->FogCoord.BufferObj, NULL); + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->Index.BufferObj, NULL); + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->EdgeFlag.BufferObj, NULL); + + for (i = 0; i < Elements(obj->TexCoord); i++) + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->TexCoord[i].BufferObj, NULL); + + for (i = 0; i < Elements(obj->VertexAttrib); i++) + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->VertexAttrib[i].BufferObj,NULL); + +#if FEATURE_point_size_array + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &obj->PointSize.BufferObj, NULL); +#endif +} + + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a new vertex array object. + * + * This function is intended to be called via + * \c dd_function_table::NewArrayObject. + */ +struct gl_array_object * +_mesa_new_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name ) +{ + struct gl_array_object *obj = CALLOC_STRUCT(gl_array_object); + if (obj) + _mesa_initialize_array_object(ctx, obj, name); + return obj; +} + + +/** + * Delete an array object. + * + * This function is intended to be called via + * \c dd_function_table::DeleteArrayObject. + */ +void +_mesa_delete_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_array_object *obj ) +{ + (void) ctx; + unbind_array_object_vbos(ctx, obj); + _glthread_DESTROY_MUTEX(obj->Mutex); + free(obj); +} + + +/** + * Set ptr to arrayObj w/ reference counting. + */ +void +_mesa_reference_array_object(struct gl_context *ctx, + struct gl_array_object **ptr, + struct gl_array_object *arrayObj) +{ + if (*ptr == arrayObj) + return; + + if (*ptr) { + /* Unreference the old array object */ + GLboolean deleteFlag = GL_FALSE; + struct gl_array_object *oldObj = *ptr; + + _glthread_LOCK_MUTEX(oldObj->Mutex); + ASSERT(oldObj->RefCount > 0); + oldObj->RefCount--; +#if 0 + printf("ArrayObj %p %d DECR to %d\n", + (void *) oldObj, oldObj->Name, oldObj->RefCount); +#endif + deleteFlag = (oldObj->RefCount == 0); + _glthread_UNLOCK_MUTEX(oldObj->Mutex); + + if (deleteFlag) { + ASSERT(ctx->Driver.DeleteArrayObject); + ctx->Driver.DeleteArrayObject(ctx, oldObj); + } + + *ptr = NULL; + } + ASSERT(!*ptr); + + if (arrayObj) { + /* reference new array object */ + _glthread_LOCK_MUTEX(arrayObj->Mutex); + if (arrayObj->RefCount == 0) { + /* this array's being deleted (look just above) */ + /* Not sure this can every really happen. Warn if it does. */ + _mesa_problem(NULL, "referencing deleted array object"); + *ptr = NULL; + } + else { + arrayObj->RefCount++; +#if 0 + printf("ArrayObj %p %d INCR to %d\n", + (void *) arrayObj, arrayObj->Name, arrayObj->RefCount); +#endif + *ptr = arrayObj; + } + _glthread_UNLOCK_MUTEX(arrayObj->Mutex); + } +} + + + +static void +init_array(struct gl_context *ctx, + struct gl_client_array *array, GLint size, GLint type) +{ + array->Size = size; + array->Type = type; + array->Format = GL_RGBA; /* only significant for GL_EXT_vertex_array_bgra */ + array->Stride = 0; + array->StrideB = 0; + array->Ptr = NULL; + array->Enabled = GL_FALSE; + array->Normalized = GL_FALSE; +#if FEATURE_ARB_vertex_buffer_object + /* Vertex array buffers */ + _mesa_reference_buffer_object(ctx, &array->BufferObj, + ctx->Shared->NullBufferObj); +#endif +} + + +/** + * Initialize a gl_array_object's arrays. + */ +void +_mesa_initialize_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, + struct gl_array_object *obj, + GLuint name ) +{ + GLuint i; + + obj->Name = name; + + _glthread_INIT_MUTEX(obj->Mutex); + obj->RefCount = 1; + + /* Init the individual arrays */ + init_array(ctx, &obj->Vertex, 4, GL_FLOAT); + init_array(ctx, &obj->Weight, 1, GL_FLOAT); + init_array(ctx, &obj->Normal, 3, GL_FLOAT); + init_array(ctx, &obj->Color, 4, GL_FLOAT); + init_array(ctx, &obj->SecondaryColor, 3, GL_FLOAT); + init_array(ctx, &obj->FogCoord, 1, GL_FLOAT); + init_array(ctx, &obj->Index, 1, GL_FLOAT); + for (i = 0; i < Elements(obj->TexCoord); i++) { + init_array(ctx, &obj->TexCoord[i], 4, GL_FLOAT); + } + init_array(ctx, &obj->EdgeFlag, 1, GL_BOOL); + for (i = 0; i < Elements(obj->VertexAttrib); i++) { + init_array(ctx, &obj->VertexAttrib[i], 4, GL_FLOAT); + } + +#if FEATURE_point_size_array + init_array(ctx, &obj->PointSize, 1, GL_FLOAT); +#endif +} + + +/** + * Add the given array object to the array object pool. + */ +static void +save_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_array_object *obj ) +{ + if (obj->Name > 0) { + /* insert into hash table */ + _mesa_HashInsert(ctx->Array.Objects, obj->Name, obj); + } +} + + +/** + * Remove the given array object from the array object pool. + * Do not deallocate the array object though. + */ +static void +remove_array_object( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_array_object *obj ) +{ + if (obj->Name > 0) { + /* remove from hash table */ + _mesa_HashRemove(ctx->Array.Objects, obj->Name); + } +} + + + +/** + * Compute the index of the last array element that can be safely accessed + * in a vertex array. We can really only do this when the array lives in + * a VBO. + * The array->_MaxElement field will be updated. + * Later in glDrawArrays/Elements/etc we can do some bounds checking. + */ +static void +compute_max_element(struct gl_client_array *array) +{ + if (array->BufferObj->Name) { + /* Compute the max element we can access in the VBO without going + * out of bounds. + */ + array->_MaxElement = ((GLsizeiptrARB) array->BufferObj->Size + - (GLsizeiptrARB) array->Ptr + array->StrideB + - array->_ElementSize) / array->StrideB; + if (0) + printf("%s Object %u Size %u MaxElement %u\n", + __FUNCTION__, + array->BufferObj->Name, + (GLuint) array->BufferObj->Size, + array->_MaxElement); + } + else { + /* user-space array, no idea how big it is */ + array->_MaxElement = 2 * 1000 * 1000 * 1000; /* just a big number */ + } +} + + +/** + * Helper for update_arrays(). + * \return min(current min, array->_MaxElement). + */ +static GLuint +update_min(GLuint min, struct gl_client_array *array) +{ + compute_max_element(array); + if (array->Enabled) + return MIN2(min, array->_MaxElement); + else + return min; +} + + +/** + * Examine vertex arrays to update the gl_array_object::_MaxElement field. + */ +void +_mesa_update_array_object_max_element(struct gl_context *ctx, + struct gl_array_object *arrayObj) +{ + GLuint i, min = ~0; + + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Vertex); + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Weight); + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Normal); + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Color); + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->SecondaryColor); + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->FogCoord); + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->Index); + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->EdgeFlag); +#if FEATURE_point_size_array + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->PointSize); +#endif + for (i = 0; i < ctx->Const.MaxTextureCoordUnits; i++) + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->TexCoord[i]); + for (i = 0; i < Elements(arrayObj->VertexAttrib); i++) + min = update_min(min, &arrayObj->VertexAttrib[i]); + + /* _MaxElement is one past the last legal array element */ + arrayObj->_MaxElement = min; +} + + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* API Functions */ +/**********************************************************************/ + + +/** + * Helper for _mesa_BindVertexArray() and _mesa_BindVertexArrayAPPLE(). + * \param genRequired specifies behavour when id was not generated with + * glGenVertexArrays(). + */ +static void +bind_vertex_array(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint id, GLboolean genRequired) +{ + struct gl_array_object * const oldObj = ctx->Array.ArrayObj; + struct gl_array_object *newObj = NULL; + ASSERT_OUTSIDE_BEGIN_END(ctx); + + ASSERT(oldObj != NULL); + + if ( oldObj->Name == id ) + return; /* rebinding the same array object- no change */ + + /* + * Get pointer to new array object (newObj) + */ + if (id == 0) { + /* The spec says there is no array object named 0, but we use + * one internally because it simplifies things. + */ + newObj = ctx->Array.DefaultArrayObj; + } + else { + /* non-default array object */ + newObj = lookup_arrayobj(ctx, id); + if (!newObj) { + if (genRequired) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "glBindVertexArray(id)"); + return; + } + + /* For APPLE version, generate a new array object now */ + newObj = (*ctx->Driver.NewArrayObject)(ctx, id); + if (!newObj) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "glBindVertexArrayAPPLE"); + return; + } + save_array_object(ctx, newObj); + } + } + + ctx->NewState |= _NEW_ARRAY; + ctx->Array.NewState |= _NEW_ARRAY_ALL; + _mesa_reference_array_object(ctx, &ctx->Array.ArrayObj, newObj); + + /* Pass BindVertexArray call to device driver */ + if (ctx->Driver.BindArrayObject && newObj) + ctx->Driver.BindArrayObject(ctx, newObj); +} + + +/** + * ARB version of glBindVertexArray() + * This function behaves differently from glBindVertexArrayAPPLE() in + * that this function requires all ids to have been previously generated + * by glGenVertexArrays[APPLE](). + */ +void GLAPIENTRY +_mesa_BindVertexArray( GLuint id ) +{ + GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx); + bind_vertex_array(ctx, id, GL_TRUE); +} + + +/** + * Bind a new array. + * + * \todo + * The binding could be done more efficiently by comparing the non-NULL + * pointers in the old and new objects. The only arrays that are "dirty" are + * the ones that are non-NULL in either object. + */ +void GLAPIENTRY +_mesa_BindVertexArrayAPPLE( GLuint id ) +{ + GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx); + bind_vertex_array(ctx, id, GL_FALSE); +} + + +/** + * Delete a set of array objects. + * + * \param n Number of array objects to delete. + * \param ids Array of \c n array object IDs. + */ +void GLAPIENTRY +_mesa_DeleteVertexArraysAPPLE(GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids) +{ + GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx); + GLsizei i; + ASSERT_OUTSIDE_BEGIN_END(ctx); + + if (n < 0) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "glDeleteVertexArrayAPPLE(n)"); + return; + } + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { + struct gl_array_object *obj = lookup_arrayobj(ctx, ids[i]); + + if ( obj != NULL ) { + ASSERT( obj->Name == ids[i] ); + + /* If the array object is currently bound, the spec says "the binding + * for that object reverts to zero and the default vertex array + * becomes current." + */ + if ( obj == ctx->Array.ArrayObj ) { + CALL_BindVertexArrayAPPLE( ctx->Exec, (0) ); + } + + /* The ID is immediately freed for re-use */ + remove_array_object(ctx, obj); + + /* Unreference the array object. + * If refcount hits zero, the object will be deleted. + */ + _mesa_reference_array_object(ctx, &obj, NULL); + } + } +} + + +/** + * Generate a set of unique array object IDs and store them in \c arrays. + * Helper for _mesa_GenVertexArrays[APPLE]() functions below. + * \param n Number of IDs to generate. + * \param arrays Array of \c n locations to store the IDs. + * \param vboOnly Will arrays have to reside in VBOs? + */ +static void +gen_vertex_arrays(struct gl_context *ctx, GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays, GLboolean vboOnly) +{ + GLuint first; + GLint i; + ASSERT_OUTSIDE_BEGIN_END(ctx); + + if (n < 0) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "glGenVertexArraysAPPLE"); + return; + } + + if (!arrays) { + return; + } + + first = _mesa_HashFindFreeKeyBlock(ctx->Array.Objects, n); + + /* Allocate new, empty array objects and return identifiers */ + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { + struct gl_array_object *obj; + GLuint name = first + i; + + obj = (*ctx->Driver.NewArrayObject)( ctx, name ); + if (!obj) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "glGenVertexArraysAPPLE"); + return; + } + obj->VBOonly = vboOnly; + save_array_object(ctx, obj); + arrays[i] = first + i; + } +} + + +/** + * ARB version of glGenVertexArrays() + * All arrays will be required to live in VBOs. + */ +void GLAPIENTRY +_mesa_GenVertexArrays(GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays) +{ + GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx); + gen_vertex_arrays(ctx, n, arrays, GL_TRUE); +} + + +/** + * APPLE version of glGenVertexArraysAPPLE() + * Arrays may live in VBOs or ordinary memory. + */ +void GLAPIENTRY +_mesa_GenVertexArraysAPPLE(GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays) +{ + GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx); + gen_vertex_arrays(ctx, n, arrays, GL_FALSE); +} + + +/** + * Determine if ID is the name of an array object. + * + * \param id ID of the potential array object. + * \return \c GL_TRUE if \c id is the name of a array object, + * \c GL_FALSE otherwise. + */ +GLboolean GLAPIENTRY +_mesa_IsVertexArrayAPPLE( GLuint id ) +{ + struct gl_array_object * obj; + GET_CURRENT_CONTEXT(ctx); + ASSERT_OUTSIDE_BEGIN_END_WITH_RETVAL(ctx, GL_FALSE); + + if (id == 0) + return GL_FALSE; + + obj = lookup_arrayobj(ctx, id); + + return (obj != NULL) ? GL_TRUE : GL_FALSE; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/main/shaderapi.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/main/shaderapi.c index a5e90d7cb..f2b8aa449 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/mesa/main/shaderapi.c +++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/main/shaderapi.c @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ #include "program/program.h" #include "program/prog_parameter.h" #include "program/prog_uniform.h" -#include "talloc.h" +#include "ralloc.h" #include <stdbool.h> #include "../glsl/glsl_parser_extras.h" @@ -1137,9 +1137,9 @@ validate_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint program) if (!shProg->Validated) { /* update info log */ if (shProg->InfoLog) { - talloc_free(shProg->InfoLog); + ralloc_free(shProg->InfoLog); } - shProg->InfoLog = talloc_strdup(shProg, errMsg); + shProg->InfoLog = ralloc_strdup(shProg, errMsg); } } @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ _mesa_CreateShaderProgramEXT(GLenum type, const GLchar *string) #endif } - shProg->InfoLog = talloc_strdup_append(shProg->InfoLog, sh->InfoLog); + ralloc_strcat(&shProg->InfoLog, sh->InfoLog); } delete_shader(ctx, shader); diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/main/shaderobj.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/main/shaderobj.c index efee05ac6..1d7584559 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/mesa/main/shaderobj.c +++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/main/shaderobj.c @@ -1,413 +1,413 @@ -/*
- * Mesa 3-D graphics library
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Brian Paul All Rights Reserved.
- * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 VMware, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/**
- * \file shaderobj.c
- * \author Brian Paul
- *
- */
-
-
-#include "main/glheader.h"
-#include "main/context.h"
-#include "main/hash.h"
-#include "main/mfeatures.h"
-#include "main/mtypes.h"
-#include "main/shaderobj.h"
-#include "program/program.h"
-#include "program/prog_parameter.h"
-#include "program/prog_uniform.h"
-#include "talloc.h"
-
-/**********************************************************************/
-/*** Shader object functions ***/
-/**********************************************************************/
-
-
-/**
- * Set ptr to point to sh.
- * If ptr is pointing to another shader, decrement its refcount (and delete
- * if refcount hits zero).
- * Then set ptr to point to sh, incrementing its refcount.
- */
-void
-_mesa_reference_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader **ptr,
- struct gl_shader *sh)
-{
- assert(ptr);
- if (*ptr == sh) {
- /* no-op */
- return;
- }
- if (*ptr) {
- /* Unreference the old shader */
- GLboolean deleteFlag = GL_FALSE;
- struct gl_shader *old = *ptr;
-
- ASSERT(old->RefCount > 0);
- old->RefCount--;
- /*printf("SHADER DECR %p (%d) to %d\n",
- (void*) old, old->Name, old->RefCount);*/
- deleteFlag = (old->RefCount == 0);
-
- if (deleteFlag) {
- _mesa_HashRemove(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, old->Name);
- ctx->Driver.DeleteShader(ctx, old);
- }
-
- *ptr = NULL;
- }
- assert(!*ptr);
-
- if (sh) {
- /* reference new */
- sh->RefCount++;
- /*printf("SHADER INCR %p (%d) to %d\n",
- (void*) sh, sh->Name, sh->RefCount);*/
- *ptr = sh;
- }
-}
-
-void
-_mesa_init_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader)
-{
- shader->RefCount = 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Allocate a new gl_shader object, initialize it.
- * Called via ctx->Driver.NewShader()
- */
-struct gl_shader *
-_mesa_new_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, GLenum type)
-{
- struct gl_shader *shader;
- assert(type == GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER || type == GL_VERTEX_SHADER ||
- type == GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_ARB);
- shader = talloc_zero(NULL, struct gl_shader);
- if (shader) {
- shader->Type = type;
- shader->Name = name;
- _mesa_init_shader(ctx, shader);
- }
- return shader;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Delete a shader object.
- * Called via ctx->Driver.DeleteShader().
- */
-static void
-_mesa_delete_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *sh)
-{
- if (sh->Source)
- free((void *) sh->Source);
- _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &sh->Program, NULL);
- talloc_free(sh);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Lookup a GLSL shader object.
- */
-struct gl_shader *
-_mesa_lookup_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name)
-{
- if (name) {
- struct gl_shader *sh = (struct gl_shader *)
- _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, name);
- /* Note that both gl_shader and gl_shader_program objects are kept
- * in the same hash table. Check the object's type to be sure it's
- * what we're expecting.
- */
- if (sh && sh->Type == GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return sh;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * As above, but record an error if shader is not found.
- */
-struct gl_shader *
-_mesa_lookup_shader_err(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, const char *caller)
-{
- if (!name) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "%s", caller);
- return NULL;
- }
- else {
- struct gl_shader *sh = (struct gl_shader *)
- _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, name);
- if (!sh) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "%s", caller);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (sh->Type == GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "%s", caller);
- return NULL;
- }
- return sh;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**********************************************************************/
-/*** Shader Program object functions ***/
-/**********************************************************************/
-
-
-/**
- * Set ptr to point to shProg.
- * If ptr is pointing to another object, decrement its refcount (and delete
- * if refcount hits zero).
- * Then set ptr to point to shProg, incrementing its refcount.
- */
-void
-_mesa_reference_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx,
- struct gl_shader_program **ptr,
- struct gl_shader_program *shProg)
-{
- assert(ptr);
- if (*ptr == shProg) {
- /* no-op */
- return;
- }
- if (*ptr) {
- /* Unreference the old shader program */
- GLboolean deleteFlag = GL_FALSE;
- struct gl_shader_program *old = *ptr;
-
- ASSERT(old->RefCount > 0);
- old->RefCount--;
-#if 0
- printf("ShaderProgram %p ID=%u RefCount-- to %d\n",
- (void *) old, old->Name, old->RefCount);
-#endif
- deleteFlag = (old->RefCount == 0);
-
- if (deleteFlag) {
- _mesa_HashRemove(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, old->Name);
- ctx->Driver.DeleteShaderProgram(ctx, old);
- }
-
- *ptr = NULL;
- }
- assert(!*ptr);
-
- if (shProg) {
- shProg->RefCount++;
-#if 0
- printf("ShaderProgram %p ID=%u RefCount++ to %d\n",
- (void *) shProg, shProg->Name, shProg->RefCount);
-#endif
- *ptr = shProg;
- }
-}
-
-void
-_mesa_init_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *prog)
-{
- prog->Type = GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA;
- prog->RefCount = 1;
- prog->Attributes = _mesa_new_parameter_list();
-#if FEATURE_ARB_geometry_shader4
- prog->Geom.VerticesOut = 0;
- prog->Geom.InputType = GL_TRIANGLES;
- prog->Geom.OutputType = GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP;
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Allocate a new gl_shader_program object, initialize it.
- * Called via ctx->Driver.NewShaderProgram()
- */
-static struct gl_shader_program *
-_mesa_new_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name)
-{
- struct gl_shader_program *shProg;
- shProg = talloc_zero(NULL, struct gl_shader_program);
- if (shProg) {
- shProg->Name = name;
- _mesa_init_shader_program(ctx, shProg);
- }
- return shProg;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Clear (free) the shader program state that gets produced by linking.
- */
-void
-_mesa_clear_shader_program_data(struct gl_context *ctx,
- struct gl_shader_program *shProg)
-{
- _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &shProg->VertexProgram, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &shProg->FragmentProgram, NULL);
- _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &shProg->GeometryProgram, NULL);
-
- if (shProg->Uniforms) {
- _mesa_free_uniform_list(shProg->Uniforms);
- shProg->Uniforms = NULL;
- }
-
- if (shProg->Varying) {
- _mesa_free_parameter_list(shProg->Varying);
- shProg->Varying = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Free all the data that hangs off a shader program object, but not the
- * object itself.
- */
-void
-_mesa_free_shader_program_data(struct gl_context *ctx,
- struct gl_shader_program *shProg)
-{
- GLuint i;
- gl_shader_type sh;
-
- assert(shProg->Type == GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA);
-
- _mesa_clear_shader_program_data(ctx, shProg);
-
- if (shProg->Attributes) {
- _mesa_free_parameter_list(shProg->Attributes);
- shProg->Attributes = NULL;
- }
-
- /* detach shaders */
- for (i = 0; i < shProg->NumShaders; i++) {
- _mesa_reference_shader(ctx, &shProg->Shaders[i], NULL);
- }
- shProg->NumShaders = 0;
-
- if (shProg->Shaders) {
- free(shProg->Shaders);
- shProg->Shaders = NULL;
- }
-
- if (shProg->InfoLog) {
- talloc_free(shProg->InfoLog);
- shProg->InfoLog = NULL;
- }
-
- /* Transform feedback varying vars */
- for (i = 0; i < shProg->TransformFeedback.NumVarying; i++) {
- free(shProg->TransformFeedback.VaryingNames[i]);
- }
- free(shProg->TransformFeedback.VaryingNames);
- shProg->TransformFeedback.VaryingNames = NULL;
- shProg->TransformFeedback.NumVarying = 0;
-
-
- for (sh = 0; sh < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; sh++) {
- if (shProg->_LinkedShaders[sh] != NULL) {
- ctx->Driver.DeleteShader(ctx, shProg->_LinkedShaders[sh]);
- shProg->_LinkedShaders[sh] = NULL;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Free/delete a shader program object.
- * Called via ctx->Driver.DeleteShaderProgram().
- */
-static void
-_mesa_delete_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *shProg)
-{
- _mesa_free_shader_program_data(ctx, shProg);
-
- talloc_free(shProg);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Lookup a GLSL program object.
- */
-struct gl_shader_program *
-_mesa_lookup_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name)
-{
- struct gl_shader_program *shProg;
- if (name) {
- shProg = (struct gl_shader_program *)
- _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, name);
- /* Note that both gl_shader and gl_shader_program objects are kept
- * in the same hash table. Check the object's type to be sure it's
- * what we're expecting.
- */
- if (shProg && shProg->Type != GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return shProg;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * As above, but record an error if program is not found.
- */
-struct gl_shader_program *
-_mesa_lookup_shader_program_err(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name,
- const char *caller)
-{
- if (!name) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "%s", caller);
- return NULL;
- }
- else {
- struct gl_shader_program *shProg = (struct gl_shader_program *)
- _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, name);
- if (!shProg) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "%s", caller);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (shProg->Type != GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA) {
- _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "%s", caller);
- return NULL;
- }
- return shProg;
- }
-}
-
-
-void
-_mesa_init_shader_object_functions(struct dd_function_table *driver)
-{
- driver->NewShader = _mesa_new_shader;
- driver->DeleteShader = _mesa_delete_shader;
- driver->NewShaderProgram = _mesa_new_shader_program;
- driver->DeleteShaderProgram = _mesa_delete_shader_program;
- driver->CompileShader = _mesa_ir_compile_shader;
- driver->LinkShader = _mesa_ir_link_shader;
-}
+/* + * Mesa 3-D graphics library + * + * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Brian Paul All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 VMware, Inc. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN + * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** + * \file shaderobj.c + * \author Brian Paul + * + */ + + +#include "main/glheader.h" +#include "main/context.h" +#include "main/hash.h" +#include "main/mfeatures.h" +#include "main/mtypes.h" +#include "main/shaderobj.h" +#include "program/program.h" +#include "program/prog_parameter.h" +#include "program/prog_uniform.h" +#include "ralloc.h" + +/**********************************************************************/ +/*** Shader object functions ***/ +/**********************************************************************/ + + +/** + * Set ptr to point to sh. + * If ptr is pointing to another shader, decrement its refcount (and delete + * if refcount hits zero). + * Then set ptr to point to sh, incrementing its refcount. + */ +void +_mesa_reference_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader **ptr, + struct gl_shader *sh) +{ + assert(ptr); + if (*ptr == sh) { + /* no-op */ + return; + } + if (*ptr) { + /* Unreference the old shader */ + GLboolean deleteFlag = GL_FALSE; + struct gl_shader *old = *ptr; + + ASSERT(old->RefCount > 0); + old->RefCount--; + /*printf("SHADER DECR %p (%d) to %d\n", + (void*) old, old->Name, old->RefCount);*/ + deleteFlag = (old->RefCount == 0); + + if (deleteFlag) { + _mesa_HashRemove(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, old->Name); + ctx->Driver.DeleteShader(ctx, old); + } + + *ptr = NULL; + } + assert(!*ptr); + + if (sh) { + /* reference new */ + sh->RefCount++; + /*printf("SHADER INCR %p (%d) to %d\n", + (void*) sh, sh->Name, sh->RefCount);*/ + *ptr = sh; + } +} + +void +_mesa_init_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader) +{ + shader->RefCount = 1; +} + +/** + * Allocate a new gl_shader object, initialize it. + * Called via ctx->Driver.NewShader() + */ +struct gl_shader * +_mesa_new_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, GLenum type) +{ + struct gl_shader *shader; + assert(type == GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER || type == GL_VERTEX_SHADER || + type == GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_ARB); + shader = rzalloc(NULL, struct gl_shader); + if (shader) { + shader->Type = type; + shader->Name = name; + _mesa_init_shader(ctx, shader); + } + return shader; +} + + +/** + * Delete a shader object. + * Called via ctx->Driver.DeleteShader(). + */ +static void +_mesa_delete_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *sh) +{ + if (sh->Source) + free((void *) sh->Source); + _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &sh->Program, NULL); + ralloc_free(sh); +} + + +/** + * Lookup a GLSL shader object. + */ +struct gl_shader * +_mesa_lookup_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name) +{ + if (name) { + struct gl_shader *sh = (struct gl_shader *) + _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, name); + /* Note that both gl_shader and gl_shader_program objects are kept + * in the same hash table. Check the object's type to be sure it's + * what we're expecting. + */ + if (sh && sh->Type == GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA) { + return NULL; + } + return sh; + } + return NULL; +} + + +/** + * As above, but record an error if shader is not found. + */ +struct gl_shader * +_mesa_lookup_shader_err(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, const char *caller) +{ + if (!name) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "%s", caller); + return NULL; + } + else { + struct gl_shader *sh = (struct gl_shader *) + _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, name); + if (!sh) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "%s", caller); + return NULL; + } + if (sh->Type == GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "%s", caller); + return NULL; + } + return sh; + } +} + + + +/**********************************************************************/ +/*** Shader Program object functions ***/ +/**********************************************************************/ + + +/** + * Set ptr to point to shProg. + * If ptr is pointing to another object, decrement its refcount (and delete + * if refcount hits zero). + * Then set ptr to point to shProg, incrementing its refcount. + */ +void +_mesa_reference_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, + struct gl_shader_program **ptr, + struct gl_shader_program *shProg) +{ + assert(ptr); + if (*ptr == shProg) { + /* no-op */ + return; + } + if (*ptr) { + /* Unreference the old shader program */ + GLboolean deleteFlag = GL_FALSE; + struct gl_shader_program *old = *ptr; + + ASSERT(old->RefCount > 0); + old->RefCount--; +#if 0 + printf("ShaderProgram %p ID=%u RefCount-- to %d\n", + (void *) old, old->Name, old->RefCount); +#endif + deleteFlag = (old->RefCount == 0); + + if (deleteFlag) { + _mesa_HashRemove(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, old->Name); + ctx->Driver.DeleteShaderProgram(ctx, old); + } + + *ptr = NULL; + } + assert(!*ptr); + + if (shProg) { + shProg->RefCount++; +#if 0 + printf("ShaderProgram %p ID=%u RefCount++ to %d\n", + (void *) shProg, shProg->Name, shProg->RefCount); +#endif + *ptr = shProg; + } +} + +void +_mesa_init_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *prog) +{ + prog->Type = GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA; + prog->RefCount = 1; + prog->Attributes = _mesa_new_parameter_list(); +#if FEATURE_ARB_geometry_shader4 + prog->Geom.VerticesOut = 0; + prog->Geom.InputType = GL_TRIANGLES; + prog->Geom.OutputType = GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP; +#endif +} + +/** + * Allocate a new gl_shader_program object, initialize it. + * Called via ctx->Driver.NewShaderProgram() + */ +static struct gl_shader_program * +_mesa_new_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name) +{ + struct gl_shader_program *shProg; + shProg = rzalloc(NULL, struct gl_shader_program); + if (shProg) { + shProg->Name = name; + _mesa_init_shader_program(ctx, shProg); + } + return shProg; +} + + +/** + * Clear (free) the shader program state that gets produced by linking. + */ +void +_mesa_clear_shader_program_data(struct gl_context *ctx, + struct gl_shader_program *shProg) +{ + _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &shProg->VertexProgram, NULL); + _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &shProg->FragmentProgram, NULL); + _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &shProg->GeometryProgram, NULL); + + if (shProg->Uniforms) { + _mesa_free_uniform_list(shProg->Uniforms); + shProg->Uniforms = NULL; + } + + if (shProg->Varying) { + _mesa_free_parameter_list(shProg->Varying); + shProg->Varying = NULL; + } +} + + +/** + * Free all the data that hangs off a shader program object, but not the + * object itself. + */ +void +_mesa_free_shader_program_data(struct gl_context *ctx, + struct gl_shader_program *shProg) +{ + GLuint i; + gl_shader_type sh; + + assert(shProg->Type == GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA); + + _mesa_clear_shader_program_data(ctx, shProg); + + if (shProg->Attributes) { + _mesa_free_parameter_list(shProg->Attributes); + shProg->Attributes = NULL; + } + + /* detach shaders */ + for (i = 0; i < shProg->NumShaders; i++) { + _mesa_reference_shader(ctx, &shProg->Shaders[i], NULL); + } + shProg->NumShaders = 0; + + if (shProg->Shaders) { + free(shProg->Shaders); + shProg->Shaders = NULL; + } + + if (shProg->InfoLog) { + ralloc_free(shProg->InfoLog); + shProg->InfoLog = NULL; + } + + /* Transform feedback varying vars */ + for (i = 0; i < shProg->TransformFeedback.NumVarying; i++) { + free(shProg->TransformFeedback.VaryingNames[i]); + } + free(shProg->TransformFeedback.VaryingNames); + shProg->TransformFeedback.VaryingNames = NULL; + shProg->TransformFeedback.NumVarying = 0; + + + for (sh = 0; sh < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; sh++) { + if (shProg->_LinkedShaders[sh] != NULL) { + ctx->Driver.DeleteShader(ctx, shProg->_LinkedShaders[sh]); + shProg->_LinkedShaders[sh] = NULL; + } + } +} + + +/** + * Free/delete a shader program object. + * Called via ctx->Driver.DeleteShaderProgram(). + */ +static void +_mesa_delete_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *shProg) +{ + _mesa_free_shader_program_data(ctx, shProg); + + ralloc_free(shProg); +} + + +/** + * Lookup a GLSL program object. + */ +struct gl_shader_program * +_mesa_lookup_shader_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name) +{ + struct gl_shader_program *shProg; + if (name) { + shProg = (struct gl_shader_program *) + _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, name); + /* Note that both gl_shader and gl_shader_program objects are kept + * in the same hash table. Check the object's type to be sure it's + * what we're expecting. + */ + if (shProg && shProg->Type != GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA) { + return NULL; + } + return shProg; + } + return NULL; +} + + +/** + * As above, but record an error if program is not found. + */ +struct gl_shader_program * +_mesa_lookup_shader_program_err(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint name, + const char *caller) +{ + if (!name) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "%s", caller); + return NULL; + } + else { + struct gl_shader_program *shProg = (struct gl_shader_program *) + _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->ShaderObjects, name); + if (!shProg) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_VALUE, "%s", caller); + return NULL; + } + if (shProg->Type != GL_SHADER_PROGRAM_MESA) { + _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "%s", caller); + return NULL; + } + return shProg; + } +} + + +void +_mesa_init_shader_object_functions(struct dd_function_table *driver) +{ + driver->NewShader = _mesa_new_shader; + driver->DeleteShader = _mesa_delete_shader; + driver->NewShaderProgram = _mesa_new_shader_program; + driver->DeleteShaderProgram = _mesa_delete_shader_program; + driver->CompileShader = _mesa_ir_compile_shader; + driver->LinkShader = _mesa_ir_link_shader; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/ir_to_mesa.cpp b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/ir_to_mesa.cpp index 404b6c646..3794c0de0 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/ir_to_mesa.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/ir_to_mesa.cpp @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ extern ir_to_mesa_src_reg ir_to_mesa_undef; class ir_to_mesa_instruction : public exec_node { public: - /* Callers of this talloc-based new need not call delete. It's - * easier to just talloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ + /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's + * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */ static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx) { void *node; - node = talloc_zero_size(ctx, size); + node = rzalloc_size(ctx, size); assert(node != NULL); return node; @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list args; va_start(args, fmt); - prog->InfoLog = talloc_vasprintf_append(prog->InfoLog, fmt, args); + ralloc_vasprintf_append(&prog->InfoLog, fmt, args); va_end(args); prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE; @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_array *ir) this->result, src_reg_for_float(element_size)); } - src_reg.reladdr = talloc(mem_ctx, ir_to_mesa_src_reg); + src_reg.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, ir_to_mesa_src_reg); memcpy(src_reg.reladdr, &index_reg, sizeof(index_reg)); } @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ ir_to_mesa_visitor::get_function_signature(ir_function_signature *sig) return entry; } - entry = talloc(mem_ctx, function_entry); + entry = ralloc(mem_ctx, function_entry); entry->sig = sig; entry->sig_id = this->next_signature_id++; entry->bgn_inst = NULL; @@ -2264,12 +2264,12 @@ ir_to_mesa_visitor::ir_to_mesa_visitor() next_temp = 1; next_signature_id = 1; current_function = NULL; - mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL); + mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); } ir_to_mesa_visitor::~ir_to_mesa_visitor() { - talloc_free(mem_ctx); + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); } static struct prog_src_register @@ -2318,8 +2318,8 @@ set_branchtargets(ir_to_mesa_visitor *v, } } - if_stack = talloc_zero_array(v->mem_ctx, int, if_count); - loop_stack = talloc_zero_array(v->mem_ctx, int, loop_count); + if_stack = rzalloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, if_count); + loop_stack = rzalloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, loop_count); for (i = 0; i < num_instructions; i++) { switch (mesa_instructions[i].Opcode) { @@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ add_uniforms_to_parameters_list(struct gl_shader_program *shader_program, unsigned int next_sampler = 0, num_uniforms = 0; struct uniform_sort *sorted_uniforms; - sorted_uniforms = talloc_array(NULL, struct uniform_sort, + sorted_uniforms = ralloc_array(NULL, struct uniform_sort, shader_program->Uniforms->NumUniforms); for (i = 0; i < shader_program->Uniforms->NumUniforms; i++) { @@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ add_uniforms_to_parameters_list(struct gl_shader_program *shader_program, } } - talloc_free(sorted_uniforms); + ralloc_free(sorted_uniforms); } static void @@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ set_uniform_initializer(struct gl_context *ctx, void *mem_ctx, for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) { const glsl_type *field_type = type->fields.structure[i].type; - const char *field_name = talloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name, + const char *field_name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name, type->fields.structure[i].name); set_uniform_initializer(ctx, mem_ctx, shader_program, field_name, field_type, field_constant); @@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ set_uniform_initializer(struct gl_context *ctx, void *mem_ctx, void *values; if (element_type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL) { - int *conv = talloc_array(mem_ctx, int, element_type->components()); + int *conv = ralloc_array(mem_ctx, int, element_type->components()); for (unsigned int j = 0; j < element_type->components(); j++) { conv[j] = element->value.b[j]; } @@ -2634,14 +2634,14 @@ set_uniform_initializers(struct gl_context *ctx, continue; if (!mem_ctx) - mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL); + mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); set_uniform_initializer(ctx, mem_ctx, shader_program, var->name, var->type, var->constant_value); } } - talloc_free(mem_ctx); + ralloc_free(mem_ctx); } /* @@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ set_uniform_initializers(struct gl_context *ctx, void ir_to_mesa_visitor::copy_propagate(void) { - ir_to_mesa_instruction **acp = talloc_zero_array(mem_ctx, + ir_to_mesa_instruction **acp = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx, ir_to_mesa_instruction *, this->next_temp * 4); @@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@ ir_to_mesa_visitor::copy_propagate(void) } } - talloc_free(acp); + ralloc_free(acp); } @@ -2870,7 +2870,7 @@ get_mesa_program(struct gl_context *ctx, mesa_instructions = (struct prog_instruction *)calloc(num_instructions, sizeof(*mesa_instructions)); - mesa_instruction_annotation = talloc_array(v.mem_ctx, ir_instruction *, + mesa_instruction_annotation = ralloc_array(v.mem_ctx, ir_instruction *, num_instructions); v.copy_propagate(); @@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ _mesa_glsl_compile_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader) _mesa_glsl_lexer_dtor(state); } - talloc_free(shader->ir); + ralloc_free(shader->ir); shader->ir = new(shader) exec_list; if (!state->error && !state->translation_unit.is_empty()) _mesa_ast_to_hir(shader->ir, state); @@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ _mesa_glsl_compile_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader) /* Retain any live IR, but trash the rest. */ reparent_ir(shader->ir, shader->ir); - talloc_free(state); + ralloc_free(state); if (shader->CompileStatus) { if (!ctx->Driver.CompileShader(ctx, shader)) diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.c index 8992b91b6..95a9bde40 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.c +++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.c @@ -1,458 +1,455 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
- * IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Authors:
- * Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
- *
- */
-
-/** @file register_allocate.c
- *
- * Graph-coloring register allocator.
- */
-
-#include <talloc.h>
-
-#include "main/imports.h"
-#include "main/macros.h"
-#include "main/mtypes.h"
-#include "register_allocate.h"
-
-struct ra_reg {
- GLboolean *conflicts;
- unsigned int *conflict_list;
- unsigned int conflict_list_size;
- unsigned int num_conflicts;
-};
-
-struct ra_regs {
- struct ra_reg *regs;
- unsigned int count;
-
- struct ra_class **classes;
- unsigned int class_count;
-};
-
-struct ra_class {
- GLboolean *regs;
-
- /**
- * p_B in Runeson/Nyström paper.
- *
- * This is "how many regs are in the set."
- */
- unsigned int p;
-
- /**
- * q_B,C in Runeson/Nyström paper.
- */
- unsigned int *q;
-};
-
-struct ra_node {
- GLboolean *adjacency;
- unsigned int *adjacency_list;
- unsigned int class;
- unsigned int adjacency_count;
- unsigned int reg;
- GLboolean in_stack;
- float spill_cost;
-};
-
-struct ra_graph {
- struct ra_regs *regs;
- /**
- * the variables that need register allocation.
- */
- struct ra_node *nodes;
- unsigned int count; /**< count of nodes. */
-
- unsigned int *stack;
- unsigned int stack_count;
-};
-
-struct ra_regs *
-ra_alloc_reg_set(unsigned int count)
-{
- unsigned int i;
- struct ra_regs *regs;
-
- regs = talloc_zero(NULL, struct ra_regs);
- regs->count = count;
- regs->regs = talloc_zero_array(regs, struct ra_reg, count);
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
- regs->regs[i].conflicts = talloc_zero_array(regs->regs, GLboolean, count);
- regs->regs[i].conflicts[i] = GL_TRUE;
-
- regs->regs[i].conflict_list = talloc_array(regs->regs, unsigned int, 4);
- regs->regs[i].conflict_list_size = 4;
- regs->regs[i].conflict_list[0] = i;
- regs->regs[i].num_conflicts = 1;
- }
-
- return regs;
-}
-
-static void
-ra_add_conflict_list(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2)
-{
- struct ra_reg *reg1 = ®s->regs[r1];
-
- if (reg1->conflict_list_size == reg1->num_conflicts) {
- reg1->conflict_list_size *= 2;
- reg1->conflict_list = talloc_realloc(regs->regs,
- reg1->conflict_list,
- unsigned int,
- reg1->conflict_list_size);
- }
- reg1->conflict_list[reg1->num_conflicts++] = r2;
- reg1->conflicts[r2] = GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-ra_add_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2)
-{
- if (!regs->regs[r1].conflicts[r2]) {
- ra_add_conflict_list(regs, r1, r2);
- ra_add_conflict_list(regs, r2, r1);
- }
-}
-
-unsigned int
-ra_alloc_reg_class(struct ra_regs *regs)
-{
- struct ra_class *class;
-
- regs->classes = talloc_realloc(regs->regs, regs->classes,
- struct ra_class *,
- regs->class_count + 1);
-
- class = talloc_zero(regs, struct ra_class);
- regs->classes[regs->class_count] = class;
-
- class->regs = talloc_zero_array(class, GLboolean, regs->count);
-
- return regs->class_count++;
-}
-
-void
-ra_class_add_reg(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int c, unsigned int r)
-{
- struct ra_class *class = regs->classes[c];
-
- class->regs[r] = GL_TRUE;
- class->p++;
-}
-
-/**
- * Must be called after all conflicts and register classes have been
- * set up and before the register set is used for allocation.
- */
-void
-ra_set_finalize(struct ra_regs *regs)
-{
- unsigned int b, c;
-
- for (b = 0; b < regs->class_count; b++) {
- regs->classes[b]->q = talloc_array(regs, unsigned int, regs->class_count);
- }
-
- /* Compute, for each class B and C, how many regs of B an
- * allocation to C could conflict with.
- */
- for (b = 0; b < regs->class_count; b++) {
- for (c = 0; c < regs->class_count; c++) {
- unsigned int rc;
- int max_conflicts = 0;
-
- for (rc = 0; rc < regs->count; rc++) {
- int conflicts = 0;
- int i;
-
- if (!regs->classes[c]->regs[rc])
- continue;
-
- for (i = 0; i < regs->regs[rc].num_conflicts; i++) {
- unsigned int rb = regs->regs[rc].conflict_list[i];
- if (regs->classes[b]->regs[rb])
- conflicts++;
- }
- max_conflicts = MAX2(max_conflicts, conflicts);
- }
- regs->classes[b]->q[c] = max_conflicts;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void
-ra_add_node_adjacency(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2)
-{
- g->nodes[n1].adjacency[n2] = GL_TRUE;
- g->nodes[n1].adjacency_list[g->nodes[n1].adjacency_count] = n2;
- g->nodes[n1].adjacency_count++;
-}
-
-struct ra_graph *
-ra_alloc_interference_graph(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int count)
-{
- struct ra_graph *g;
- unsigned int i;
-
- g = talloc_zero(regs, struct ra_graph);
- g->regs = regs;
- g->nodes = talloc_zero_array(g, struct ra_node, count);
- g->count = count;
-
- g->stack = talloc_zero_array(g, unsigned int, count);
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
- g->nodes[i].adjacency = talloc_zero_array(g, GLboolean, count);
- g->nodes[i].adjacency_list = talloc_array(g, unsigned int, count);
- g->nodes[i].adjacency_count = 0;
- ra_add_node_adjacency(g, i, i);
- g->nodes[i].reg = ~0;
- }
-
- return g;
-}
-
-void
-ra_set_node_class(struct ra_graph *g,
- unsigned int n, unsigned int class)
-{
- g->nodes[n].class = class;
-}
-
-void
-ra_add_node_interference(struct ra_graph *g,
- unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2)
-{
- if (!g->nodes[n1].adjacency[n2]) {
- ra_add_node_adjacency(g, n1, n2);
- ra_add_node_adjacency(g, n2, n1);
- }
-}
-
-static GLboolean pq_test(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)
-{
- unsigned int j;
- unsigned int q = 0;
- int n_class = g->nodes[n].class;
-
- for (j = 0; j < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; j++) {
- unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[j];
- unsigned int n2_class = g->nodes[n2].class;
-
- if (n != n2 && !g->nodes[n2].in_stack) {
- q += g->regs->classes[n_class]->q[n2_class];
- }
- }
-
- return q < g->regs->classes[n_class]->p;
-}
-
-/**
- * Simplifies the interference graph by pushing all
- * trivially-colorable nodes into a stack of nodes to be colored,
- * removing them from the graph, and rinsing and repeating.
- *
- * Returns GL_TRUE if all nodes were removed from the graph. GL_FALSE
- * means that either spilling will be required, or optimistic coloring
- * should be applied.
- */
-GLboolean
-ra_simplify(struct ra_graph *g)
-{
- GLboolean progress = GL_TRUE;
- int i;
-
- while (progress) {
- progress = GL_FALSE;
-
- for (i = g->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
- if (g->nodes[i].in_stack)
- continue;
-
- if (pq_test(g, i)) {
- g->stack[g->stack_count] = i;
- g->stack_count++;
- g->nodes[i].in_stack = GL_TRUE;
- progress = GL_TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < g->count; i++) {
- if (!g->nodes[i].in_stack)
- return GL_FALSE;
- }
-
- return GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Pops nodes from the stack back into the graph, coloring them with
- * registers as they go.
- *
- * If all nodes were trivially colorable, then this must succeed. If
- * not (optimistic coloring), then it may return GL_FALSE;
- */
-GLboolean
-ra_select(struct ra_graph *g)
-{
- int i;
-
- while (g->stack_count != 0) {
- unsigned int r;
- int n = g->stack[g->stack_count - 1];
- struct ra_class *c = g->regs->classes[g->nodes[n].class];
-
- /* Find the lowest-numbered reg which is not used by a member
- * of the graph adjacent to us.
- */
- for (r = 0; r < g->regs->count; r++) {
- if (!c->regs[r])
- continue;
-
- /* Check if any of our neighbors conflict with this register choice. */
- for (i = 0; i < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; i++) {
- unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[i];
-
- if (!g->nodes[n2].in_stack &&
- g->regs->regs[r].conflicts[g->nodes[n2].reg]) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (i == g->nodes[n].adjacency_count)
- break;
- }
- if (r == g->regs->count)
- return GL_FALSE;
-
- g->nodes[n].reg = r;
- g->nodes[n].in_stack = GL_FALSE;
- g->stack_count--;
- }
-
- return GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Optimistic register coloring: Just push the remaining nodes
- * on the stack. They'll be colored first in ra_select(), and
- * if they succeed then the locally-colorable nodes are still
- * locally-colorable and the rest of the register allocation
- * will succeed.
- */
-void
-ra_optimistic_color(struct ra_graph *g)
-{
- unsigned int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < g->count; i++) {
- if (g->nodes[i].in_stack)
- continue;
-
- g->stack[g->stack_count] = i;
- g->stack_count++;
- g->nodes[i].in_stack = GL_TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-GLboolean
-ra_allocate_no_spills(struct ra_graph *g)
-{
- if (!ra_simplify(g)) {
- ra_optimistic_color(g);
- }
- return ra_select(g);
-}
-
-unsigned int
-ra_get_node_reg(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)
-{
- return g->nodes[n].reg;
-}
-
-static float
-ra_get_spill_benefit(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)
-{
- int j;
- float benefit = 0;
- int n_class = g->nodes[n].class;
-
- /* Define the benefit of eliminating an interference between n, n2
- * through spilling as q(C, B) / p(C). This is similar to the
- * "count number of edges" approach of traditional graph coloring,
- * but takes classes into account.
- */
- for (j = 0; j < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; j++) {
- unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[j];
- if (n != n2) {
- unsigned int n2_class = g->nodes[n2].class;
- benefit += ((float)g->regs->classes[n_class]->q[n2_class] /
- g->regs->classes[n_class]->p);
- }
- }
-
- return benefit;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns a node number to be spilled according to the cost/benefit using
- * the pq test, or -1 if there are no spillable nodes.
- */
-int
-ra_get_best_spill_node(struct ra_graph *g)
-{
- unsigned int best_node = -1;
- unsigned int best_benefit = 0.0;
- unsigned int n;
-
- for (n = 0; n < g->count; n++) {
- float cost = g->nodes[n].spill_cost;
- float benefit;
-
- if (cost <= 0.0)
- continue;
-
- benefit = ra_get_spill_benefit(g, n);
-
- if (benefit / cost > best_benefit) {
- best_benefit = benefit / cost;
- best_node = n;
- }
- }
-
- return best_node;
-}
-
-/**
- * Only nodes with a spill cost set (cost != 0.0) will be considered
- * for register spilling.
- */
-void
-ra_set_node_spill_cost(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, float cost)
-{
- g->nodes[n].spill_cost = cost;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS + * IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * Authors: + * Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net> + * + */ + +/** @file register_allocate.c + * + * Graph-coloring register allocator. + */ + +#include <ralloc.h> + +#include "main/imports.h" +#include "main/macros.h" +#include "main/mtypes.h" +#include "register_allocate.h" + +struct ra_reg { + GLboolean *conflicts; + unsigned int *conflict_list; + unsigned int conflict_list_size; + unsigned int num_conflicts; +}; + +struct ra_regs { + struct ra_reg *regs; + unsigned int count; + + struct ra_class **classes; + unsigned int class_count; +}; + +struct ra_class { + GLboolean *regs; + + /** + * p_B in Runeson/Nyström paper. + * + * This is "how many regs are in the set." + */ + unsigned int p; + + /** + * q_B,C in Runeson/Nyström paper. + */ + unsigned int *q; +}; + +struct ra_node { + GLboolean *adjacency; + unsigned int *adjacency_list; + unsigned int class; + unsigned int adjacency_count; + unsigned int reg; + GLboolean in_stack; + float spill_cost; +}; + +struct ra_graph { + struct ra_regs *regs; + /** + * the variables that need register allocation. + */ + struct ra_node *nodes; + unsigned int count; /**< count of nodes. */ + + unsigned int *stack; + unsigned int stack_count; +}; + +struct ra_regs * +ra_alloc_reg_set(unsigned int count) +{ + unsigned int i; + struct ra_regs *regs; + + regs = rzalloc(NULL, struct ra_regs); + regs->count = count; + regs->regs = rzalloc_array(regs, struct ra_reg, count); + + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { + regs->regs[i].conflicts = rzalloc_array(regs->regs, GLboolean, count); + regs->regs[i].conflicts[i] = GL_TRUE; + + regs->regs[i].conflict_list = ralloc_array(regs->regs, unsigned int, 4); + regs->regs[i].conflict_list_size = 4; + regs->regs[i].conflict_list[0] = i; + regs->regs[i].num_conflicts = 1; + } + + return regs; +} + +static void +ra_add_conflict_list(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2) +{ + struct ra_reg *reg1 = ®s->regs[r1]; + + if (reg1->conflict_list_size == reg1->num_conflicts) { + reg1->conflict_list_size *= 2; + reg1->conflict_list = reralloc(regs->regs, reg1->conflict_list, + unsigned int, reg1->conflict_list_size); + } + reg1->conflict_list[reg1->num_conflicts++] = r2; + reg1->conflicts[r2] = GL_TRUE; +} + +void +ra_add_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2) +{ + if (!regs->regs[r1].conflicts[r2]) { + ra_add_conflict_list(regs, r1, r2); + ra_add_conflict_list(regs, r2, r1); + } +} + +unsigned int +ra_alloc_reg_class(struct ra_regs *regs) +{ + struct ra_class *class; + + regs->classes = reralloc(regs->regs, regs->classes, struct ra_class *, + regs->class_count + 1); + + class = rzalloc(regs, struct ra_class); + regs->classes[regs->class_count] = class; + + class->regs = rzalloc_array(class, GLboolean, regs->count); + + return regs->class_count++; +} + +void +ra_class_add_reg(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int c, unsigned int r) +{ + struct ra_class *class = regs->classes[c]; + + class->regs[r] = GL_TRUE; + class->p++; +} + +/** + * Must be called after all conflicts and register classes have been + * set up and before the register set is used for allocation. + */ +void +ra_set_finalize(struct ra_regs *regs) +{ + unsigned int b, c; + + for (b = 0; b < regs->class_count; b++) { + regs->classes[b]->q = ralloc_array(regs, unsigned int, regs->class_count); + } + + /* Compute, for each class B and C, how many regs of B an + * allocation to C could conflict with. + */ + for (b = 0; b < regs->class_count; b++) { + for (c = 0; c < regs->class_count; c++) { + unsigned int rc; + int max_conflicts = 0; + + for (rc = 0; rc < regs->count; rc++) { + int conflicts = 0; + int i; + + if (!regs->classes[c]->regs[rc]) + continue; + + for (i = 0; i < regs->regs[rc].num_conflicts; i++) { + unsigned int rb = regs->regs[rc].conflict_list[i]; + if (regs->classes[b]->regs[rb]) + conflicts++; + } + max_conflicts = MAX2(max_conflicts, conflicts); + } + regs->classes[b]->q[c] = max_conflicts; + } + } +} + +static void +ra_add_node_adjacency(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2) +{ + g->nodes[n1].adjacency[n2] = GL_TRUE; + g->nodes[n1].adjacency_list[g->nodes[n1].adjacency_count] = n2; + g->nodes[n1].adjacency_count++; +} + +struct ra_graph * +ra_alloc_interference_graph(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int count) +{ + struct ra_graph *g; + unsigned int i; + + g = rzalloc(regs, struct ra_graph); + g->regs = regs; + g->nodes = rzalloc_array(g, struct ra_node, count); + g->count = count; + + g->stack = rzalloc_array(g, unsigned int, count); + + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { + g->nodes[i].adjacency = rzalloc_array(g, GLboolean, count); + g->nodes[i].adjacency_list = ralloc_array(g, unsigned int, count); + g->nodes[i].adjacency_count = 0; + ra_add_node_adjacency(g, i, i); + g->nodes[i].reg = ~0; + } + + return g; +} + +void +ra_set_node_class(struct ra_graph *g, + unsigned int n, unsigned int class) +{ + g->nodes[n].class = class; +} + +void +ra_add_node_interference(struct ra_graph *g, + unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2) +{ + if (!g->nodes[n1].adjacency[n2]) { + ra_add_node_adjacency(g, n1, n2); + ra_add_node_adjacency(g, n2, n1); + } +} + +static GLboolean pq_test(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n) +{ + unsigned int j; + unsigned int q = 0; + int n_class = g->nodes[n].class; + + for (j = 0; j < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; j++) { + unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[j]; + unsigned int n2_class = g->nodes[n2].class; + + if (n != n2 && !g->nodes[n2].in_stack) { + q += g->regs->classes[n_class]->q[n2_class]; + } + } + + return q < g->regs->classes[n_class]->p; +} + +/** + * Simplifies the interference graph by pushing all + * trivially-colorable nodes into a stack of nodes to be colored, + * removing them from the graph, and rinsing and repeating. + * + * Returns GL_TRUE if all nodes were removed from the graph. GL_FALSE + * means that either spilling will be required, or optimistic coloring + * should be applied. + */ +GLboolean +ra_simplify(struct ra_graph *g) +{ + GLboolean progress = GL_TRUE; + int i; + + while (progress) { + progress = GL_FALSE; + + for (i = g->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) { + if (g->nodes[i].in_stack) + continue; + + if (pq_test(g, i)) { + g->stack[g->stack_count] = i; + g->stack_count++; + g->nodes[i].in_stack = GL_TRUE; + progress = GL_TRUE; + } + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < g->count; i++) { + if (!g->nodes[i].in_stack) + return GL_FALSE; + } + + return GL_TRUE; +} + +/** + * Pops nodes from the stack back into the graph, coloring them with + * registers as they go. + * + * If all nodes were trivially colorable, then this must succeed. If + * not (optimistic coloring), then it may return GL_FALSE; + */ +GLboolean +ra_select(struct ra_graph *g) +{ + int i; + + while (g->stack_count != 0) { + unsigned int r; + int n = g->stack[g->stack_count - 1]; + struct ra_class *c = g->regs->classes[g->nodes[n].class]; + + /* Find the lowest-numbered reg which is not used by a member + * of the graph adjacent to us. + */ + for (r = 0; r < g->regs->count; r++) { + if (!c->regs[r]) + continue; + + /* Check if any of our neighbors conflict with this register choice. */ + for (i = 0; i < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; i++) { + unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[i]; + + if (!g->nodes[n2].in_stack && + g->regs->regs[r].conflicts[g->nodes[n2].reg]) { + break; + } + } + if (i == g->nodes[n].adjacency_count) + break; + } + if (r == g->regs->count) + return GL_FALSE; + + g->nodes[n].reg = r; + g->nodes[n].in_stack = GL_FALSE; + g->stack_count--; + } + + return GL_TRUE; +} + +/** + * Optimistic register coloring: Just push the remaining nodes + * on the stack. They'll be colored first in ra_select(), and + * if they succeed then the locally-colorable nodes are still + * locally-colorable and the rest of the register allocation + * will succeed. + */ +void +ra_optimistic_color(struct ra_graph *g) +{ + unsigned int i; + + for (i = 0; i < g->count; i++) { + if (g->nodes[i].in_stack) + continue; + + g->stack[g->stack_count] = i; + g->stack_count++; + g->nodes[i].in_stack = GL_TRUE; + } +} + +GLboolean +ra_allocate_no_spills(struct ra_graph *g) +{ + if (!ra_simplify(g)) { + ra_optimistic_color(g); + } + return ra_select(g); +} + +unsigned int +ra_get_node_reg(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n) +{ + return g->nodes[n].reg; +} + +static float +ra_get_spill_benefit(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n) +{ + int j; + float benefit = 0; + int n_class = g->nodes[n].class; + + /* Define the benefit of eliminating an interference between n, n2 + * through spilling as q(C, B) / p(C). This is similar to the + * "count number of edges" approach of traditional graph coloring, + * but takes classes into account. + */ + for (j = 0; j < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; j++) { + unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[j]; + if (n != n2) { + unsigned int n2_class = g->nodes[n2].class; + benefit += ((float)g->regs->classes[n_class]->q[n2_class] / + g->regs->classes[n_class]->p); + } + } + + return benefit; +} + +/** + * Returns a node number to be spilled according to the cost/benefit using + * the pq test, or -1 if there are no spillable nodes. + */ +int +ra_get_best_spill_node(struct ra_graph *g) +{ + unsigned int best_node = -1; + unsigned int best_benefit = 0.0; + unsigned int n; + + for (n = 0; n < g->count; n++) { + float cost = g->nodes[n].spill_cost; + float benefit; + + if (cost <= 0.0) + continue; + + benefit = ra_get_spill_benefit(g, n); + + if (benefit / cost > best_benefit) { + best_benefit = benefit / cost; + best_node = n; + } + } + + return best_node; +} + +/** + * Only nodes with a spill cost set (cost != 0.0) will be considered + * for register spilling. + */ +void +ra_set_node_spill_cost(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, float cost) +{ + g->nodes[n].spill_cost = cost; +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/sampler.cpp b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/sampler.cpp index cd44467a3..12c4a40a2 100644 --- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/sampler.cpp +++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/sampler.cpp @@ -1,140 +1,138 @@ -/*
- * Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Brian Paul All Rights Reserved.
- * Copyright (C) 2008 VMware, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <cstdio>
-#include "ir.h"
-#include "glsl_types.h"
-#include "ir_visitor.h"
-
-extern "C" {
-#include "main/compiler.h"
-#include "main/mtypes.h"
-#include "program/prog_parameter.h"
-}
-
-static void fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTFLIKE(2, 3);
-
-static void fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- prog->InfoLog = talloc_vasprintf_append(prog->InfoLog, fmt, args);
- va_end(args);
-
- prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE;
-}
-
-class get_sampler_name : public ir_hierarchical_visitor
-{
-public:
- get_sampler_name(ir_dereference *last,
- struct gl_shader_program *shader_program)
- {
- this->mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
- this->shader_program = shader_program;
- this->name = NULL;
- this->offset = 0;
- this->last = last;
- }
-
- ~get_sampler_name()
- {
- talloc_free(this->mem_ctx);
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
- {
- this->name = ir->var->name;
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_record *ir)
- {
- this->name = talloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name, ir->field);
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
- virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_array *ir)
- {
- ir_constant *index = ir->array_index->as_constant();
- int i;
-
- if (index) {
- i = index->value.i[0];
- } else {
- /* GLSL 1.10 and 1.20 allowed variable sampler array indices,
- * while GLSL 1.30 requires that the array indices be
- * constant integer expressions. We don't expect any driver
- * to actually work with a really variable array index, so
- * all that would work would be an unrolled loop counter that ends
- * up being constant above.
- */
- shader_program->InfoLog =
- talloc_asprintf_append(shader_program->InfoLog,
- "warning: Variable sampler array index "
- "unsupported.\nThis feature of the language "
- "was removed in GLSL 1.20 and is unlikely "
- "to be supported for 1.10 in Mesa.\n");
- i = 0;
- }
- if (ir != last) {
- this->name = talloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s[%d]", name, i);
- } else {
- offset = i;
- }
- return visit_continue;
- }
-
- struct gl_shader_program *shader_program;
- const char *name;
- void *mem_ctx;
- int offset;
- ir_dereference *last;
-};
-
-extern "C" {
-int
-_mesa_get_sampler_uniform_value(class ir_dereference *sampler,
- struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,
- const struct gl_program *prog)
-{
- get_sampler_name getname(sampler, shader_program);
-
- sampler->accept(&getname);
-
- GLint index = _mesa_lookup_parameter_index(prog->Parameters, -1,
- getname.name);
-
- if (index < 0) {
- fail_link(shader_program,
- "failed to find sampler named %s.\n", getname.name);
- return 0;
- }
-
- index += getname.offset;
-
- return prog->Parameters->ParameterValues[index][0];
-}
-}
+/* + * Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Brian Paul All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (C) 2008 VMware, Inc. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <cstdio> +#include "ir.h" +#include "glsl_types.h" +#include "ir_visitor.h" + +extern "C" { +#include "main/compiler.h" +#include "main/mtypes.h" +#include "program/prog_parameter.h" +} + +static void fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTFLIKE(2, 3); + +static void fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + ralloc_vasprintf_append(&prog->InfoLog, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE; +} + +class get_sampler_name : public ir_hierarchical_visitor +{ +public: + get_sampler_name(ir_dereference *last, + struct gl_shader_program *shader_program) + { + this->mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL); + this->shader_program = shader_program; + this->name = NULL; + this->offset = 0; + this->last = last; + } + + ~get_sampler_name() + { + ralloc_free(this->mem_ctx); + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir) + { + this->name = ir->var->name; + return visit_continue; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_record *ir) + { + this->name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name, ir->field); + return visit_continue; + } + + virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_array *ir) + { + ir_constant *index = ir->array_index->as_constant(); + int i; + + if (index) { + i = index->value.i[0]; + } else { + /* GLSL 1.10 and 1.20 allowed variable sampler array indices, + * while GLSL 1.30 requires that the array indices be + * constant integer expressions. We don't expect any driver + * to actually work with a really variable array index, so + * all that would work would be an unrolled loop counter that ends + * up being constant above. + */ + ralloc_strcat(&shader_program->InfoLog, + "warning: Variable sampler array index unsupported.\n" + "This feature of the language was removed in GLSL 1.20 " + "and is unlikely to be supported for 1.10 in Mesa.\n"); + i = 0; + } + if (ir != last) { + this->name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s[%d]", name, i); + } else { + offset = i; + } + return visit_continue; + } + + struct gl_shader_program *shader_program; + const char *name; + void *mem_ctx; + int offset; + ir_dereference *last; +}; + +extern "C" { +int +_mesa_get_sampler_uniform_value(class ir_dereference *sampler, + struct gl_shader_program *shader_program, + const struct gl_program *prog) +{ + get_sampler_name getname(sampler, shader_program); + + sampler->accept(&getname); + + GLint index = _mesa_lookup_parameter_index(prog->Parameters, -1, + getname.name); + + if (index < 0) { + fail_link(shader_program, + "failed to find sampler named %s.\n", getname.name); + return 0; + } + + index += getname.offset; + + return prog->Parameters->ParameterValues[index][0]; +} +} diff --git a/mesalib/src/talloc/SConscript b/mesalib/src/talloc/SConscript deleted file mode 100644 index 3bf7029bb..000000000 --- a/mesalib/src/talloc/SConscript +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -Import('*') - -if env['platform'] != 'windows': - Return() - -env = env.Clone() - -talloc = env.SharedLibrary( - target = 'talloc', - source = ['talloc.c', 'talloc.def'], -) - -env.InstallSharedLibrary(talloc) - -if env['platform'] == 'windows': - talloc = env.FindIxes(talloc, 'LIBPREFIX', 'LIBSUFFIX') -else: - talloc = env.FindIxes(talloc, 'SHLIBPREFIX', 'SHLIBSUFFIX') - -Export('talloc') diff --git a/mesalib/src/talloc/gpl-3.0.txt b/mesalib/src/talloc/gpl-3.0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 94a9ed024..000000000 --- a/mesalib/src/talloc/gpl-3.0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,674 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for -software and other kinds of works. - - The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed -to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, -the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to -share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free -software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the -GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to -any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you -want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new -free programs, and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you -these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have -certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if -you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same -freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive -or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they -know their rights. - - Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: -(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License -giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. - - For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains -that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and -authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as -changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to -authors of previous versions. - - Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run -modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer -can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of -protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic -pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to -use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we -have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those -products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we -stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions -of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. - - Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. -States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of -software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to -avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could -make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that -patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - 0. Definitions. - - "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. - - "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of -works, such as semiconductor masks. - - "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this -License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and -"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. - - To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work -in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an -exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the -earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. - - A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based -on the Program. - - To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without -permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for -infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a -computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, -distribution (with or without modification), making available to the -public, and in some countries other activities as well. - - To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other -parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through -a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. - - An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" -to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible -feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) -tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the -extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the -work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If -the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a -menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. - - 1. Source Code. - - The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work -for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source -form of a work. - - A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official -standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of -interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that -is widely used among developers working in that language. - - The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other -than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of -packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major -Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that -Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an -implementation is available to the public in source code form. A -"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component -(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system -(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to -produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. - - The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all -the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable -work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to -control those activities. However, it does not include the work's -System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free -programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but -which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source -includes interface definition files associated with source files for -the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically -linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, -such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those -subprograms and other parts of the work. - - The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users -can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding -Source. - - The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that -same work. - - 2. Basic Permissions. - - All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of -copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated -conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited -permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a -covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its -content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your -rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. - - You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not -convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains -in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose -of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you -with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with -the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do -not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works -for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction -and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of -your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. - - Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under -the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 -makes it unnecessary. - - 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. - - No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological -measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article -11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or -similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such -measures. - - When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid -circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention -is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to -the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or -modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's -users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of -technological measures. - - 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. - - You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you -receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and -appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; -keep intact all notices stating that this License and any -non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; -keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all -recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. - - You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, -and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. - - 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. - - You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to -produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the -terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified - it, and giving a relevant date. - - b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is - released under this License and any conditions added under section - 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to - "keep intact all notices". - - c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this - License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This - License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 - additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, - regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no - permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not - invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. - - d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display - Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive - interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your - work need not make them do so. - - A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent -works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, -and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, -in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an -"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not -used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users -beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work -in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other -parts of the aggregate. - - 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. - - You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms -of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the -machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, -in one of these ways: - - a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the - Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium - customarily used for software interchange. - - b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a - written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as - long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product - model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a - copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the - product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical - medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no - more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this - conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the - Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. - - c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the - written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This - alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and - only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord - with subsection 6b. - - d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated - place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the - Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no - further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the - Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to - copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source - may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) - that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain - clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the - Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the - Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is - available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. - - e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided - you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding - Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no - charge under subsection 6d. - - A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded -from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be -included in conveying the object code work. - - A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any -tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, -or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation -into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, -doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular -product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a -typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status -of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user -actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product -is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial -commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent -the only significant mode of use of the product. - - "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, -procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install -and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from -a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must -suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object -code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because -modification has been made. - - If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or -specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as -part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the -User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a -fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the -Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied -by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply -if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install -modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has -been installed in ROM). - - The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a -requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates -for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for -the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a -network may be denied when the modification itself materially and -adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and -protocols for communication across the network. - - Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, -in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly -documented (and with an implementation available to the public in -source code form), and must require no special password or key for -unpacking, reading or copying. - - 7. Additional Terms. - - "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this -License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. -Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall -be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent -that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions -apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately -under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by -this License without regard to the additional permissions. - - When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option -remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of -it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own -removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place -additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, -for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you -add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of -that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: - - a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the - terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or - - b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or - author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal - Notices displayed by works containing it; or - - c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or - requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in - reasonable ways as different from the original version; or - - d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or - authors of the material; or - - e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some - trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or - - f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that - material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of - it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for - any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on - those licensors and authors. - - All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further -restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you -received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is -governed by this License along with a term that is a further -restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains -a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this -License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms -of that license document, provided that the further restriction does -not survive such relicensing or conveying. - - If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you -must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the -additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating -where to find the applicable terms. - - Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the -form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; -the above requirements apply either way. - - 8. Termination. - - You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly -provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or -modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under -this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third -paragraph of section 11). - - However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your -license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) -provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and -finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright -holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means -prior to 60 days after the cessation. - - Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is -reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the -violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have -received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that -copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after -your receipt of the notice. - - Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the -licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under -this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently -reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same -material under section 10. - - 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. - - You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or -run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work -occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission -to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, -nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or -modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do -not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a -covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. - - 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. - - Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically -receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and -propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible -for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. - - An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an -organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an -organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered -work results from an entity transaction, each party to that -transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever -licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could -give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the -Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if -the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. - - You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the -rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may -not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of -rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation -(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that -any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for -sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. - - 11. Patents. - - A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this -License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The -work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". - - A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims -owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or -hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted -by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, -but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a -consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For -purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant -patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of -this License. - - Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free -patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to -make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and -propagate the contents of its contributor version. - - In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express -agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent -(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to -sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a -party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a -patent against the party. - - If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, -and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone -to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a -publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, -then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so -available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the -patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner -consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent -license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have -actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the -covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work -in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that -country that you have reason to believe are valid. - - If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or -arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a -covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties -receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify -or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license -you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered -work and works based on it. - - A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within -the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is -conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are -specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered -work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is -in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment -to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying -the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the -parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory -patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work -conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily -for and in connection with specific products or compilations that -contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, -or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. - - Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting -any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may -otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. - - 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. - - If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a -covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may -not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you -to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey -the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this -License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. - - 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have -permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed -under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single -combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this -License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, -but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, -section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the -combination as such. - - 14. Revised Versions of this License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of -the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General -Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the -option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered -version or of any later version published by the Free Software -Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the -GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published -by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future -versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's -public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you -to choose that version for the Program. - - Later license versions may give you additional or different -permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any -author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a -later version. - - 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. - - THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY -APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT -HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY -OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, -THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM -IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF -ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 16. Limitation of Liability. - - IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS -THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY -GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE -USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF -DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD -PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), -EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -SUCH DAMAGES. - - 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. - - If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided -above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, -reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates -an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the -Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a -copy of the Program in return for a fee. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - - This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - - If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short -notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: - - <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands -might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". - - You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, -if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. -For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see -<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - - The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program -into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you -may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with -the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General -Public License instead of this License. But first, please read -<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. diff --git a/mesalib/src/talloc/lgpl-3.0.txt b/mesalib/src/talloc/lgpl-3.0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 65c5ca88a..000000000 --- a/mesalib/src/talloc/lgpl-3.0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ - GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates -the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public -License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. - - 0. Additional Definitions. - - As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser -General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU -General Public License. - - "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, -other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. - - An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided -by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. -Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode -of using an interface provided by the Library. - - A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an -Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library -with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked -Version". - - The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the -Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code -for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are -based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. - - The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the -object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data -and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the -Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. - - 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. - - You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License -without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. - - 2. Conveying Modified Versions. - - If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a -facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application -that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the -facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified -version: - - a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to - ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the - function or data, the facility still operates, and performs - whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or - - b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of - this License applicable to that copy. - - 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. - - The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from -a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object -code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated -material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure -layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates -(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: - - a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the - Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are - covered by this License. - - b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license - document. - - 4. Combined Works. - - You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, -taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the -portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse -engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of -the following: - - a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that - the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are - covered by this License. - - b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license - document. - - c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during - execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among - these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the - copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. - - d) Do one of the following: - - 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this - License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form - suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to - recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of - the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the - manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying - Corresponding Source. - - 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the - Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time - a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer - system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version - of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked - Version. - - e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise - be required to provide such information under section 6 of the - GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is - necessary to install and execute a modified version of the - Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the - Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If - you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany - the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application - Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation - Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL - for conveying Corresponding Source.) - - 5. Combined Libraries. - - You may place library facilities that are a work based on the -Library side by side in a single library together with other library -facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this -License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your -choice, if you do both of the following: - - a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based - on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, - conveyed under the terms of this License. - - b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it - is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the - accompanying uncombined form of the same work. - - 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new -versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version -of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" -applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and -conditions either of that published version or of any later version -published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you -received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser -General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser -General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide -whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall -apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is -permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the -Library. diff --git a/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.c b/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.c deleted file mode 100644 index cc01346a7..000000000 --- a/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2034 +0,0 @@ -/* - Samba Unix SMB/CIFS implementation. - - Samba trivial allocation library - new interface - - NOTE: Please read talloc_guide.txt for full documentation - - Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004 - Copyright (C) Stefan Metzmacher 2006 - - ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc - ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released - ** under the LGPL - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Lesser General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -*/ - -/* - inspired by http://swapped.cc/halloc/ -*/ - -#include "talloc.h" -#include <string.h> - -#define TALLOC_MIN(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b)) - -/* Visual C++ 2008 compatibility */ -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_cplusplus) -typedef size_t ssize_t; -#define inline __inline -#endif - -/* Xcode/gcc4.0 compatibility */ -#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__MINGW32__) -static size_t strnlen (const char* s, size_t n) -{ - size_t i; - for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) - { - if (s[i] == '\0') - break; - } - return i; -} -#endif - -/* Visual C++ 2008 & Xcode/gcc4.0 compatibility */ -#if !defined(_cplusplus) && (defined(WIN32) || defined(__APPLE__)) -typedef int bool; -#define false 0 -#define true 1 -#endif - - -#ifdef TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR -#if (TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR) -#error "TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR" -#endif -#endif - -#ifdef TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR -#if (TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR) -#error "TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR" -#endif -#endif - -/* use this to force every realloc to change the pointer, to stress test - code that might not cope */ -#define ALWAYS_REALLOC 0 - - -#define MAX_TALLOC_SIZE 0x10000000 -#define TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE 0xe814ec70 -#define TALLOC_MAGIC ( \ - TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE + \ - (TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR << 12) + \ - (TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR << 4) \ -) - -#define TALLOC_FLAG_FREE 0x01 -#define TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP 0x02 -#define TALLOC_FLAG_POOL 0x04 /* This is a talloc pool */ -#define TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM 0x08 /* This is allocated in a pool */ -#define TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE ((const char *)1) - -/* by default we abort when given a bad pointer (such as when talloc_free() is called - on a pointer that came from malloc() */ -#ifndef TALLOC_ABORT -#define TALLOC_ABORT(reason) abort() -#endif - -#ifndef discard_const_p -#if defined(__intptr_t_defined) || defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) -# define discard_const_p(type, ptr) ((type *)((intptr_t)(ptr))) -#else -# define discard_const_p(type, ptr) ((type *)(ptr)) -#endif -#endif - -/* these macros gain us a few percent of speed on gcc */ -#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) -/* the strange !! is to ensure that __builtin_expect() takes either 0 or 1 - as its first argument */ -#ifndef likely -#define likely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 1) -#endif -#ifndef unlikely -#define unlikely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 0) -#endif -#else -#ifndef likely -#define likely(x) (x) -#endif -#ifndef unlikely -#define unlikely(x) (x) -#endif -#endif - -/* this null_context is only used if talloc_enable_leak_report() or - talloc_enable_leak_report_full() is called, otherwise it remains - NULL -*/ -static void *null_context; -static void *autofree_context; - -struct talloc_reference_handle { - struct talloc_reference_handle *next, *prev; - void *ptr; - const char *location; -}; - -typedef int (*talloc_destructor_t)(void *); - -struct talloc_chunk { - struct talloc_chunk *next, *prev; - struct talloc_chunk *parent, *child; - struct talloc_reference_handle *refs; - talloc_destructor_t destructor; - const char *name; - size_t size; - unsigned flags; - - /* - * "pool" has dual use: - * - * For the talloc pool itself (i.e. TALLOC_FLAG_POOL is set), "pool" - * marks the end of the currently allocated area. - * - * For members of the pool (i.e. TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM is set), "pool" - * is a pointer to the struct talloc_chunk of the pool that it was - * allocated from. This way children can quickly find the pool to chew - * from. - */ - void *pool; -}; - -/* 16 byte alignment seems to keep everyone happy */ -#define TC_HDR_SIZE ((sizeof(struct talloc_chunk)+15)&~15) -#define TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) ((void *)(TC_HDR_SIZE + (char*)tc)) - -int talloc_version_major(void) -{ - return TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR; -} - -int talloc_version_minor(void) -{ - return TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR; -} - -static void (*talloc_log_fn)(const char *message); - -void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message)) -{ - talloc_log_fn = log_fn; -} - -static void talloc_log(const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(1,2); -static void talloc_log(const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - char *message; - - if (!talloc_log_fn) { - return; - } - - va_start(ap, fmt); - message = talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap); - va_end(ap); - - talloc_log_fn(message); - talloc_free(message); -} - -static void talloc_log_stderr(const char *message) -{ - fprintf(stderr, "%s", message); -} - -void talloc_set_log_stderr(void) -{ - talloc_set_log_fn(talloc_log_stderr); -} - -static void (*talloc_abort_fn)(const char *reason); - -void talloc_set_abort_fn(void (*abort_fn)(const char *reason)) -{ - talloc_abort_fn = abort_fn; -} - -static void talloc_abort(const char *reason) -{ - talloc_log("%s\n", reason); - - if (!talloc_abort_fn) { - TALLOC_ABORT(reason); - } - - talloc_abort_fn(reason); -} - -static void talloc_abort_magic(unsigned magic) -{ - unsigned striped = magic - TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE; - unsigned major = (striped & 0xFFFFF000) >> 12; - unsigned minor = (striped & 0x00000FF0) >> 4; - talloc_log("Bad talloc magic[0x%08X/%u/%u] expected[0x%08X/%u/%u]\n", - magic, major, minor, - TALLOC_MAGIC, TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR, TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR); - talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - wrong talloc version used/mixed"); -} - -static void talloc_abort_double_free(void) -{ - talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - double free"); -} - -static void talloc_abort_unknown_value(void) -{ - talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - unknown value"); -} - -/* panic if we get a bad magic value */ -static inline struct talloc_chunk *talloc_chunk_from_ptr(const void *ptr) -{ - const char *pp = (const char *)ptr; - struct talloc_chunk *tc = discard_const_p(struct talloc_chunk, pp - TC_HDR_SIZE); - if (unlikely((tc->flags & (TALLOC_FLAG_FREE | ~0xF)) != TALLOC_MAGIC)) { - if ((tc->flags & (~0xFFF)) == TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE) { - talloc_abort_magic(tc->flags & (~0xF)); - return NULL; - } - - if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_FREE) { - talloc_log("talloc: double free error - first free may be at %s\n", tc->name); - talloc_abort_double_free(); - return NULL; - } else { - talloc_abort_unknown_value(); - return NULL; - } - } - return tc; -} - -/* hook into the front of the list */ -#define _TLIST_ADD(list, p) \ -do { \ - if (!(list)) { \ - (list) = (p); \ - (p)->next = (p)->prev = NULL; \ - } else { \ - (list)->prev = (p); \ - (p)->next = (list); \ - (p)->prev = NULL; \ - (list) = (p); \ - }\ -} while (0) - -/* remove an element from a list - element doesn't have to be in list. */ -#define _TLIST_REMOVE(list, p) \ -do { \ - if ((p) == (list)) { \ - (list) = (p)->next; \ - if (list) (list)->prev = NULL; \ - } else { \ - if ((p)->prev) (p)->prev->next = (p)->next; \ - if ((p)->next) (p)->next->prev = (p)->prev; \ - } \ - if ((p) && ((p) != (list))) (p)->next = (p)->prev = NULL; \ -} while (0) - - -/* - return the parent chunk of a pointer -*/ -static inline struct talloc_chunk *talloc_parent_chunk(const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { - return NULL; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - while (tc->prev) tc=tc->prev; - - return tc->parent; -} - -void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr); - return tc? TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) : NULL; -} - -/* - find parents name -*/ -const char *talloc_parent_name(const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr); - return tc? tc->name : NULL; -} - -/* - A pool carries an in-pool object count count in the first 16 bytes. - bytes. This is done to support talloc_steal() to a parent outside of the - pool. The count includes the pool itself, so a talloc_free() on a pool will - only destroy the pool if the count has dropped to zero. A talloc_free() of a - pool member will reduce the count, and eventually also call free(3) on the - pool memory. - - The object count is not put into "struct talloc_chunk" because it is only - relevant for talloc pools and the alignment to 16 bytes would increase the - memory footprint of each talloc chunk by those 16 bytes. -*/ - -#define TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE 16 - -static unsigned int *talloc_pool_objectcount(struct talloc_chunk *tc) -{ - return (unsigned int *)((char *)tc + sizeof(struct talloc_chunk)); -} - -/* - Allocate from a pool -*/ - -static struct talloc_chunk *talloc_alloc_pool(struct talloc_chunk *parent, - size_t size) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *pool_ctx = NULL; - size_t space_left; - struct talloc_chunk *result; - size_t chunk_size; - - if (parent == NULL) { - return NULL; - } - - if (parent->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL) { - pool_ctx = parent; - } - else if (parent->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM) { - pool_ctx = (struct talloc_chunk *)parent->pool; - } - - if (pool_ctx == NULL) { - return NULL; - } - - space_left = ((char *)pool_ctx + TC_HDR_SIZE + pool_ctx->size) - - ((char *)pool_ctx->pool); - - /* - * Align size to 16 bytes - */ - chunk_size = ((size + 15) & ~15); - - if (space_left < chunk_size) { - return NULL; - } - - result = (struct talloc_chunk *)pool_ctx->pool; - -#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED) - VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(result, size); -#endif - - pool_ctx->pool = (void *)((char *)result + chunk_size); - - result->flags = TALLOC_MAGIC | TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM; - result->pool = pool_ctx; - - *talloc_pool_objectcount(pool_ctx) += 1; - - return result; -} - -/* - Allocate a bit of memory as a child of an existing pointer -*/ -static inline void *__talloc(const void *context, size_t size) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = NULL; - - if (unlikely(context == NULL)) { - context = null_context; - } - - if (unlikely(size >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE)) { - return NULL; - } - - if (context != NULL) { - tc = talloc_alloc_pool(talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context), - TC_HDR_SIZE+size); - } - - if (tc == NULL) { - tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)malloc(TC_HDR_SIZE+size); - if (unlikely(tc == NULL)) return NULL; - tc->flags = TALLOC_MAGIC; - tc->pool = NULL; - } - - tc->size = size; - tc->destructor = NULL; - tc->child = NULL; - tc->name = NULL; - tc->refs = NULL; - - if (likely(context)) { - struct talloc_chunk *parent = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context); - - if (parent->child) { - parent->child->parent = NULL; - tc->next = parent->child; - tc->next->prev = tc; - } else { - tc->next = NULL; - } - tc->parent = parent; - tc->prev = NULL; - parent->child = tc; - } else { - tc->next = tc->prev = tc->parent = NULL; - } - - return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc); -} - -/* - * Create a talloc pool - */ - -void *talloc_pool(const void *context, size_t size) -{ - void *result = __talloc(context, size + TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE); - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (unlikely(result == NULL)) { - return NULL; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(result); - - tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_POOL; - tc->pool = (char *)result + TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE; - - *talloc_pool_objectcount(tc) = 1; - -#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS) - VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(tc->pool, size); -#endif - - return result; -} - -/* - setup a destructor to be called on free of a pointer - the destructor should return 0 on success, or -1 on failure. - if the destructor fails then the free is failed, and the memory can - be continued to be used -*/ -void _talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *)) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - tc->destructor = destructor; -} - -/* - increase the reference count on a piece of memory. -*/ -int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr) -{ - if (unlikely(!talloc_reference(null_context, ptr))) { - return -1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* - helper for talloc_reference() - - this is referenced by a function pointer and should not be inline -*/ -static int talloc_reference_destructor(struct talloc_reference_handle *handle) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *ptr_tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(handle->ptr); - _TLIST_REMOVE(ptr_tc->refs, handle); - return 0; -} - -/* - more efficient way to add a name to a pointer - the name must point to a - true string constant -*/ -static inline void _talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - tc->name = name; -} - -/* - internal talloc_named_const() -*/ -static inline void *_talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name) -{ - void *ptr; - - ptr = __talloc(context, size); - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { - return NULL; - } - - _talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name); - - return ptr; -} - -/* - make a secondary reference to a pointer, hanging off the given context. - the pointer remains valid until both the original caller and this given - context are freed. - - the major use for this is when two different structures need to reference the - same underlying data, and you want to be able to free the two instances separately, - and in either order -*/ -void *_talloc_reference_loc(const void *context, const void *ptr, const char *location) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - struct talloc_reference_handle *handle; - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL; - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - handle = (struct talloc_reference_handle *)_talloc_named_const(context, - sizeof(struct talloc_reference_handle), - TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE); - if (unlikely(handle == NULL)) return NULL; - - /* note that we hang the destructor off the handle, not the - main context as that allows the caller to still setup their - own destructor on the context if they want to */ - talloc_set_destructor(handle, talloc_reference_destructor); - handle->ptr = discard_const_p(void, ptr); - handle->location = location; - _TLIST_ADD(tc->refs, handle); - return handle->ptr; -} - -static void *_talloc_steal_internal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr); - -/* - internal talloc_free call -*/ -static inline int _talloc_free_internal(void *ptr, const char *location) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { - return -1; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - if (unlikely(tc->refs)) { - int is_child; - /* check this is a reference from a child or grantchild - * back to it's parent or grantparent - * - * in that case we need to remove the reference and - * call another instance of talloc_free() on the current - * pointer. - */ - is_child = talloc_is_parent(tc->refs, ptr); - _talloc_free_internal(tc->refs, location); - if (is_child) { - return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, location); - } - return -1; - } - - if (unlikely(tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP)) { - /* we have a free loop - stop looping */ - return 0; - } - - if (unlikely(tc->destructor)) { - talloc_destructor_t d = tc->destructor; - if (d == (talloc_destructor_t)-1) { - return -1; - } - tc->destructor = (talloc_destructor_t)-1; - if (d(ptr) == -1) { - tc->destructor = d; - return -1; - } - tc->destructor = NULL; - } - - if (tc->parent) { - _TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc); - if (tc->parent->child) { - tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent; - } - } else { - if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next; - if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev; - } - - tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP; - - while (tc->child) { - /* we need to work out who will own an abandoned child - if it cannot be freed. In priority order, the first - choice is owner of any remaining reference to this - pointer, the second choice is our parent, and the - final choice is the null context. */ - void *child = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc->child); - const void *new_parent = null_context; - if (unlikely(tc->child->refs)) { - struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(tc->child->refs); - if (p) new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p); - } - if (unlikely(_talloc_free_internal(child, location) == -1)) { - if (new_parent == null_context) { - struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr); - if (p) new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p); - } - _talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, child); - } - } - - tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_FREE; - - /* we mark the freed memory with where we called the free - * from. This means on a double free error we can report where - * the first free came from - */ - tc->name = location; - - if (tc->flags & (TALLOC_FLAG_POOL|TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM)) { - struct talloc_chunk *pool; - unsigned int *pool_object_count; - - pool = (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL) - ? tc : (struct talloc_chunk *)tc->pool; - - pool_object_count = talloc_pool_objectcount(pool); - - if (*pool_object_count == 0) { - talloc_abort("Pool object count zero!"); - return 0; - } - - *pool_object_count -= 1; - - if (*pool_object_count == 0) { - free(pool); - } - } - else { - free(tc); - } - return 0; -} - -/* - move a lump of memory from one talloc context to another return the - ptr on success, or NULL if it could not be transferred. - passing NULL as ptr will always return NULL with no side effects. -*/ -static void *_talloc_steal_internal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc, *new_tc; - - if (unlikely(!ptr)) { - return NULL; - } - - if (unlikely(new_ctx == NULL)) { - new_ctx = null_context; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - if (unlikely(new_ctx == NULL)) { - if (tc->parent) { - _TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc); - if (tc->parent->child) { - tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent; - } - } else { - if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next; - if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev; - } - - tc->parent = tc->next = tc->prev = NULL; - return discard_const_p(void, ptr); - } - - new_tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(new_ctx); - - if (unlikely(tc == new_tc || tc->parent == new_tc)) { - return discard_const_p(void, ptr); - } - - if (tc->parent) { - _TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc); - if (tc->parent->child) { - tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent; - } - } else { - if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next; - if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev; - } - - tc->parent = new_tc; - if (new_tc->child) new_tc->child->parent = NULL; - _TLIST_ADD(new_tc->child, tc); - - return discard_const_p(void, ptr); -} - -/* - move a lump of memory from one talloc context to another return the - ptr on success, or NULL if it could not be transferred. - passing NULL as ptr will always return NULL with no side effects. -*/ -void *_talloc_steal_loc(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr, const char *location) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { - return NULL; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - if (unlikely(tc->refs != NULL) && talloc_parent(ptr) != new_ctx) { - struct talloc_reference_handle *h; - - talloc_log("WARNING: talloc_steal with references at %s\n", - location); - - for (h=tc->refs; h; h=h->next) { - talloc_log("\treference at %s\n", - h->location); - } - } - - return _talloc_steal_internal(new_ctx, ptr); -} - -/* - this is like a talloc_steal(), but you must supply the old - parent. This resolves the ambiguity in a talloc_steal() which is - called on a context that has more than one parent (via references) - - The old parent can be either a reference or a parent -*/ -void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - struct talloc_reference_handle *h; - - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { - return NULL; - } - - if (old_parent == talloc_parent(ptr)) { - return _talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, ptr); - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) { - if (talloc_parent(h) == old_parent) { - if (_talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, h) != h) { - return NULL; - } - return discard_const_p(void, ptr); - } - } - - /* it wasn't a parent */ - return NULL; -} - -/* - remove a secondary reference to a pointer. This undo's what - talloc_reference() has done. The context and pointer arguments - must match those given to a talloc_reference() -*/ -static inline int talloc_unreference(const void *context, const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - struct talloc_reference_handle *h; - - if (unlikely(context == NULL)) { - context = null_context; - } - - for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) { - struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(h); - if (p == NULL) { - if (context == NULL) break; - } else if (TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p) == context) { - break; - } - } - if (h == NULL) { - return -1; - } - - return _talloc_free_internal(h, __location__); -} - -/* - remove a specific parent context from a pointer. This is a more - controlled varient of talloc_free() -*/ -int talloc_unlink(const void *context, void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc_p, *new_p; - void *new_parent; - - if (ptr == NULL) { - return -1; - } - - if (context == NULL) { - context = null_context; - } - - if (talloc_unreference(context, ptr) == 0) { - return 0; - } - - if (context == NULL) { - if (talloc_parent_chunk(ptr) != NULL) { - return -1; - } - } else { - if (talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context) != talloc_parent_chunk(ptr)) { - return -1; - } - } - - tc_p = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - if (tc_p->refs == NULL) { - return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__); - } - - new_p = talloc_parent_chunk(tc_p->refs); - if (new_p) { - new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(new_p); - } else { - new_parent = NULL; - } - - if (talloc_unreference(new_parent, ptr) != 0) { - return -1; - } - - _talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, ptr); - - return 0; -} - -/* - add a name to an existing pointer - va_list version -*/ -static inline const char *talloc_set_name_v(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0); - -static inline const char *talloc_set_name_v(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, va_list ap) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - tc->name = talloc_vasprintf(ptr, fmt, ap); - if (likely(tc->name)) { - _talloc_set_name_const(tc->name, ".name"); - } - return tc->name; -} - -/* - add a name to an existing pointer -*/ -const char *talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - const char *name; - va_list ap; - va_start(ap, fmt); - name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap); - va_end(ap); - return name; -} - - -/* - create a named talloc pointer. Any talloc pointer can be named, and - talloc_named() operates just like talloc() except that it allows you - to name the pointer. -*/ -void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - void *ptr; - const char *name; - - ptr = __talloc(context, size); - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL; - - va_start(ap, fmt); - name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap); - va_end(ap); - - if (unlikely(name == NULL)) { - _talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__); - return NULL; - } - - return ptr; -} - -/* - return the name of a talloc ptr, or "UNNAMED" -*/ -const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - if (unlikely(tc->name == TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE)) { - return ".reference"; - } - if (likely(tc->name)) { - return tc->name; - } - return "UNNAMED"; -} - - -/* - check if a pointer has the given name. If it does, return the pointer, - otherwise return NULL -*/ -void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name) -{ - const char *pname; - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL; - pname = talloc_get_name(ptr); - if (likely(pname == name || strcmp(pname, name) == 0)) { - return discard_const_p(void, ptr); - } - return NULL; -} - -static void talloc_abort_type_missmatch(const char *location, - const char *name, - const char *expected) -{ - const char *reason; - - reason = talloc_asprintf(NULL, - "%s: Type mismatch: name[%s] expected[%s]", - location, - name?name:"NULL", - expected); - if (!reason) { - reason = "Type mismatch"; - } - - talloc_abort(reason); -} - -void *_talloc_get_type_abort(const void *ptr, const char *name, const char *location) -{ - const char *pname; - - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { - talloc_abort_type_missmatch(location, NULL, name); - return NULL; - } - - pname = talloc_get_name(ptr); - if (likely(pname == name || strcmp(pname, name) == 0)) { - return discard_const_p(void, ptr); - } - - talloc_abort_type_missmatch(location, pname, name); - return NULL; -} - -/* - this is for compatibility with older versions of talloc -*/ -void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - void *ptr; - const char *name; - - /* - * samba3 expects talloc_report_depth_cb(NULL, ...) - * reports all talloc'ed memory, so we need to enable - * null_tracking - */ - talloc_enable_null_tracking(); - - ptr = __talloc(NULL, 0); - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL; - - va_start(ap, fmt); - name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap); - va_end(ap); - - if (unlikely(name == NULL)) { - _talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__); - return NULL; - } - - return ptr; -} - -/* - this is a replacement for the Samba3 talloc_destroy_pool functionality. It - should probably not be used in new code. It's in here to keep the talloc - code consistent across Samba 3 and 4. -*/ -void talloc_free_children(void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { - return; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - while (tc->child) { - /* we need to work out who will own an abandoned child - if it cannot be freed. In priority order, the first - choice is owner of any remaining reference to this - pointer, the second choice is our parent, and the - final choice is the null context. */ - void *child = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc->child); - const void *new_parent = null_context; - if (unlikely(tc->child->refs)) { - struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(tc->child->refs); - if (p) new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p); - } - if (unlikely(talloc_free(child) == -1)) { - if (new_parent == null_context) { - struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr); - if (p) new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p); - } - _talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, child); - } - } - - if ((tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL) - && (*talloc_pool_objectcount(tc) == 1)) { - tc->pool = ((char *)tc + TC_HDR_SIZE + TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE); -#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS) - VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS( - tc->pool, tc->size - TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE); -#endif - } -} - -/* - Allocate a bit of memory as a child of an existing pointer -*/ -void *_talloc(const void *context, size_t size) -{ - return __talloc(context, size); -} - -/* - externally callable talloc_set_name_const() -*/ -void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name) -{ - _talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name); -} - -/* - create a named talloc pointer. Any talloc pointer can be named, and - talloc_named() operates just like talloc() except that it allows you - to name the pointer. -*/ -void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name) -{ - return _talloc_named_const(context, size, name); -} - -/* - free a talloc pointer. This also frees all child pointers of this - pointer recursively - - return 0 if the memory is actually freed, otherwise -1. The memory - will not be freed if the ref_count is > 1 or the destructor (if - any) returns non-zero -*/ -int _talloc_free(void *ptr, const char *location) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { - return -1; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - if (unlikely(tc->refs != NULL)) { - struct talloc_reference_handle *h; - - talloc_log("ERROR: talloc_free with references at %s\n", - location); - - for (h=tc->refs; h; h=h->next) { - talloc_log("\treference at %s\n", - h->location); - } - return -1; - } - - return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, location); -} - - - -/* - A talloc version of realloc. The context argument is only used if - ptr is NULL -*/ -void *_talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size, const char *name) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - void *new_ptr; - bool malloced = false; - - /* size zero is equivalent to free() */ - if (unlikely(size == 0)) { - talloc_unlink(context, ptr); - return NULL; - } - - if (unlikely(size >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE)) { - return NULL; - } - - /* realloc(NULL) is equivalent to malloc() */ - if (ptr == NULL) { - return _talloc_named_const(context, size, name); - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - /* don't allow realloc on referenced pointers */ - if (unlikely(tc->refs)) { - return NULL; - } - - /* don't let anybody try to realloc a talloc_pool */ - if (unlikely(tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL)) { - return NULL; - } - - /* don't shrink if we have less than 1k to gain */ - if ((size < tc->size) && ((tc->size - size) < 1024)) { - tc->size = size; - return ptr; - } - - /* by resetting magic we catch users of the old memory */ - tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_FREE; - -#if ALWAYS_REALLOC - new_ptr = malloc(size + TC_HDR_SIZE); - if (new_ptr) { - memcpy(new_ptr, tc, tc->size + TC_HDR_SIZE); - free(tc); - } -#else - if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM) { - - new_ptr = talloc_alloc_pool(tc, size + TC_HDR_SIZE); - *talloc_pool_objectcount((struct talloc_chunk *) - (tc->pool)) -= 1; - - if (new_ptr == NULL) { - new_ptr = malloc(TC_HDR_SIZE+size); - malloced = true; - } - - if (new_ptr) { - memcpy(new_ptr, tc, TALLOC_MIN(tc->size,size) + TC_HDR_SIZE); - } - } - else { - new_ptr = realloc(tc, size + TC_HDR_SIZE); - } -#endif - if (unlikely(!new_ptr)) { - tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE; - return NULL; - } - - tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)new_ptr; - tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE; - if (malloced) { - tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM; - } - if (tc->parent) { - tc->parent->child = tc; - } - if (tc->child) { - tc->child->parent = tc; - } - - if (tc->prev) { - tc->prev->next = tc; - } - if (tc->next) { - tc->next->prev = tc; - } - - tc->size = size; - _talloc_set_name_const(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc), name); - - return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc); -} - -/* - a wrapper around talloc_steal() for situations where you are moving a pointer - between two structures, and want the old pointer to be set to NULL -*/ -void *_talloc_move(const void *new_ctx, const void *_pptr) -{ - const void **pptr = discard_const_p(const void *,_pptr); - void *ret = talloc_steal(new_ctx, discard_const_p(void, *pptr)); - (*pptr) = NULL; - return ret; -} - -/* - return the total size of a talloc pool (subtree) -*/ -size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr) -{ - size_t total = 0; - struct talloc_chunk *c, *tc; - - if (ptr == NULL) { - ptr = null_context; - } - if (ptr == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP) { - return 0; - } - - tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP; - - if (likely(tc->name != TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE)) { - total = tc->size; - } - for (c=tc->child;c;c=c->next) { - total += talloc_total_size(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c)); - } - - tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP; - - return total; -} - -/* - return the total number of blocks in a talloc pool (subtree) -*/ -size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr) -{ - size_t total = 0; - struct talloc_chunk *c, *tc; - - if (ptr == NULL) { - ptr = null_context; - } - if (ptr == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP) { - return 0; - } - - tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP; - - total++; - for (c=tc->child;c;c=c->next) { - total += talloc_total_blocks(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c)); - } - - tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP; - - return total; -} - -/* - return the number of external references to a pointer -*/ -size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - struct talloc_reference_handle *h; - size_t ret = 0; - - for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) { - ret++; - } - return ret; -} - -/* - report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view -*/ -void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, - void (*callback)(const void *ptr, - int depth, int max_depth, - int is_ref, - void *private_data), - void *private_data) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *c, *tc; - - if (ptr == NULL) { - ptr = null_context; - } - if (ptr == NULL) return; - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr); - - if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP) { - return; - } - - callback(ptr, depth, max_depth, 0, private_data); - - if (max_depth >= 0 && depth >= max_depth) { - return; - } - - tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP; - for (c=tc->child;c;c=c->next) { - if (c->name == TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE) { - struct talloc_reference_handle *h = (struct talloc_reference_handle *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c); - callback(h->ptr, depth + 1, max_depth, 1, private_data); - } else { - talloc_report_depth_cb(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c), depth + 1, max_depth, callback, private_data); - } - } - tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP; -} - -static void talloc_report_depth_FILE_helper(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, int is_ref, void *_f) -{ - const char *name = talloc_get_name(ptr); - FILE *f = (FILE *)_f; - - if (is_ref) { - fprintf(f, "%*sreference to: %s\n", depth*4, "", name); - return; - } - - if (depth == 0) { - fprintf(f,"%stalloc report on '%s' (total %6lu bytes in %3lu blocks)\n", - (max_depth < 0 ? "full " :""), name, - (unsigned long)talloc_total_size(ptr), - (unsigned long)talloc_total_blocks(ptr)); - return; - } - - fprintf(f, "%*s%-30s contains %6lu bytes in %3lu blocks (ref %d) %p\n", - depth*4, "", - name, - (unsigned long)talloc_total_size(ptr), - (unsigned long)talloc_total_blocks(ptr), - (int)talloc_reference_count(ptr), ptr); - -#if 0 - fprintf(f, "content: "); - if (talloc_total_size(ptr)) { - int tot = talloc_total_size(ptr); - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < tot; i++) { - if ((((char *)ptr)[i] > 31) && (((char *)ptr)[i] < 126)) { - fprintf(f, "%c", ((char *)ptr)[i]); - } else { - fprintf(f, "~%02x", ((char *)ptr)[i]); - } - } - } - fprintf(f, "\n"); -#endif -} - -/* - report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view -*/ -void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f) -{ - if (f) { - talloc_report_depth_cb(ptr, depth, max_depth, talloc_report_depth_FILE_helper, f); - fflush(f); - } -} - -/* - report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view -*/ -void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f) -{ - talloc_report_depth_file(ptr, 0, -1, f); -} - -/* - report on memory usage by all children of a pointer -*/ -void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f) -{ - talloc_report_depth_file(ptr, 0, 1, f); -} - -/* - report on any memory hanging off the null context -*/ -static void talloc_report_null(void) -{ - if (talloc_total_size(null_context) != 0) { - talloc_report(null_context, stderr); - } -} - -/* - report on any memory hanging off the null context -*/ -static void talloc_report_null_full(void) -{ - if (talloc_total_size(null_context) != 0) { - talloc_report_full(null_context, stderr); - } -} - -/* - enable tracking of the NULL context -*/ -void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void) -{ - if (null_context == NULL) { - null_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "null_context"); - if (autofree_context != NULL) { - talloc_reparent(NULL, null_context, autofree_context); - } - } -} - -/* - enable tracking of the NULL context, not moving the autofree context - into the NULL context. This is needed for the talloc testsuite -*/ -void talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree(void) -{ - if (null_context == NULL) { - null_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "null_context"); - } -} - -/* - disable tracking of the NULL context -*/ -void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void) -{ - if (null_context != NULL) { - /* we have to move any children onto the real NULL - context */ - struct talloc_chunk *tc, *tc2; - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(null_context); - for (tc2 = tc->child; tc2; tc2=tc2->next) { - if (tc2->parent == tc) tc2->parent = NULL; - if (tc2->prev == tc) tc2->prev = NULL; - } - for (tc2 = tc->next; tc2; tc2=tc2->next) { - if (tc2->parent == tc) tc2->parent = NULL; - if (tc2->prev == tc) tc2->prev = NULL; - } - tc->child = NULL; - tc->next = NULL; - } - talloc_free(null_context); - null_context = NULL; -} - -/* - enable leak reporting on exit -*/ -void talloc_enable_leak_report(void) -{ - talloc_enable_null_tracking(); - atexit(talloc_report_null); -} - -/* - enable full leak reporting on exit -*/ -void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void) -{ - talloc_enable_null_tracking(); - atexit(talloc_report_null_full); -} - -/* - talloc and zero memory. -*/ -void *_talloc_zero(const void *ctx, size_t size, const char *name) -{ - void *p = _talloc_named_const(ctx, size, name); - - if (p) { - memset(p, '\0', size); - } - - return p; -} - -/* - memdup with a talloc. -*/ -void *_talloc_memdup(const void *t, const void *p, size_t size, const char *name) -{ - void *newp = _talloc_named_const(t, size, name); - - if (likely(newp)) { - memcpy(newp, p, size); - } - - return newp; -} - -static inline char *__talloc_strlendup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t len) -{ - char *ret; - - ret = (char *)__talloc(t, len + 1); - if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL; - - memcpy(ret, p, len); - ret[len] = 0; - - _talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret); - return ret; -} - -/* - strdup with a talloc -*/ -char *talloc_strdup(const void *t, const char *p) -{ - if (unlikely(!p)) return NULL; - return __talloc_strlendup(t, p, strlen(p)); -} - -/* - strndup with a talloc -*/ -char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n) -{ - if (unlikely(!p)) return NULL; - return __talloc_strlendup(t, p, strnlen(p, n)); -} - -static inline char *__talloc_strlendup_append(char *s, size_t slen, - const char *a, size_t alen) -{ - char *ret; - - ret = talloc_realloc(NULL, s, char, slen + alen + 1); - if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL; - - /* append the string and the trailing \0 */ - memcpy(&ret[slen], a, alen); - ret[slen+alen] = 0; - - _talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret); - return ret; -} - -/* - * Appends at the end of the string. - */ -char *talloc_strdup_append(char *s, const char *a) -{ - if (unlikely(!s)) { - return talloc_strdup(NULL, a); - } - - if (unlikely(!a)) { - return s; - } - - return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, strlen(s), a, strlen(a)); -} - -/* - * Appends at the end of the talloc'ed buffer, - * not the end of the string. - */ -char *talloc_strdup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a) -{ - size_t slen; - - if (unlikely(!s)) { - return talloc_strdup(NULL, a); - } - - if (unlikely(!a)) { - return s; - } - - slen = talloc_get_size(s); - if (likely(slen > 0)) { - slen--; - } - - return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, slen, a, strlen(a)); -} - -/* - * Appends at the end of the string. - */ -char *talloc_strndup_append(char *s, const char *a, size_t n) -{ - if (unlikely(!s)) { - return talloc_strdup(NULL, a); - } - - if (unlikely(!a)) { - return s; - } - - return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, strlen(s), a, strnlen(a, n)); -} - -/* - * Appends at the end of the talloc'ed buffer, - * not the end of the string. - */ -char *talloc_strndup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a, size_t n) -{ - size_t slen; - - if (unlikely(!s)) { - return talloc_strdup(NULL, a); - } - - if (unlikely(!a)) { - return s; - } - - slen = talloc_get_size(s); - if (likely(slen > 0)) { - slen--; - } - - return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, slen, a, strnlen(a, n)); -} - -#ifndef va_copy -#ifdef HAVE___VA_COPY -#define va_copy(dest, src) __va_copy(dest, src) -#else -#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest) = (src) -#endif -#endif - -char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap) -{ - int len; - char *ret; - va_list ap2; - char c; - - /* this call looks strange, but it makes it work on older solaris boxes */ - va_copy(ap2, ap); - #ifdef _MSC_VER - /* MSVC runtime needs to use _vcsprintf to return buffer size; vsnprintf would return -1 */ - len = _vscprintf(fmt, ap2); - #else - len = vsnprintf(&c, 1, fmt, ap2); - #endif - va_end(ap2); - if (unlikely(len < 0)) { - return NULL; - } - - ret = (char *)__talloc(t, len+1); - if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL; - - va_copy(ap2, ap); - vsnprintf(ret, len+1, fmt, ap2); - va_end(ap2); - - _talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret); - return ret; -} - - -/* - Perform string formatting, and return a pointer to newly allocated - memory holding the result, inside a memory pool. - */ -char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - char *ret; - - va_start(ap, fmt); - ret = talloc_vasprintf(t, fmt, ap); - va_end(ap); - return ret; -} - -static inline char *__talloc_vaslenprintf_append(char *s, size_t slen, - const char *fmt, va_list ap) - PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(3,0); - -static inline char *__talloc_vaslenprintf_append(char *s, size_t slen, - const char *fmt, va_list ap) -{ - ssize_t alen; - va_list ap2; - char c; - - va_copy(ap2, ap); - #ifdef _MSC_VER - /* MSVC runtime needs to use _vcsprintf to return buffer size; vsnprintf would return -1 */ - alen = _vscprintf(fmt, ap2); - #else - alen = vsnprintf(&c, 1, fmt, ap2); - #endif - va_end(ap2); - - if (alen <= 0) { - /* Either the vsnprintf failed or the format resulted in - * no characters being formatted. In the former case, we - * ought to return NULL, in the latter we ought to return - * the original string. Most current callers of this - * function expect it to never return NULL. - */ - return s; - } - - s = talloc_realloc(NULL, s, char, slen + alen + 1); - if (!s) return NULL; - - va_copy(ap2, ap); - vsnprintf(s + slen, alen + 1, fmt, ap2); - va_end(ap2); - - _talloc_set_name_const(s, s); - return s; -} - -/** - * Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and @p ap, - * and return @p s, which may have moved. Good for gradually - * accumulating output into a string buffer. Appends at the end - * of the string. - **/ -char *talloc_vasprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap) -{ - if (unlikely(!s)) { - return talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap); - } - - return __talloc_vaslenprintf_append(s, strlen(s), fmt, ap); -} - -/** - * Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and @p ap, - * and return @p s, which may have moved. Always appends at the - * end of the talloc'ed buffer, not the end of the string. - **/ -char *talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap) -{ - size_t slen; - - if (unlikely(!s)) { - return talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap); - } - - slen = talloc_get_size(s); - if (likely(slen > 0)) { - slen--; - } - - return __talloc_vaslenprintf_append(s, slen, fmt, ap); -} - -/* - Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and return @p - s, which may have moved. Good for gradually accumulating output - into a string buffer. - */ -char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, fmt); - s = talloc_vasprintf_append(s, fmt, ap); - va_end(ap); - return s; -} - -/* - Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and return @p - s, which may have moved. Good for gradually accumulating output - into a buffer. - */ -char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, fmt); - s = talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(s, fmt, ap); - va_end(ap); - return s; -} - -/* - alloc an array, checking for integer overflow in the array size -*/ -void *_talloc_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name) -{ - if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) { - return NULL; - } - return _talloc_named_const(ctx, el_size * count, name); -} - -/* - alloc an zero array, checking for integer overflow in the array size -*/ -void *_talloc_zero_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name) -{ - if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) { - return NULL; - } - return _talloc_zero(ctx, el_size * count, name); -} - -/* - realloc an array, checking for integer overflow in the array size -*/ -void *_talloc_realloc_array(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name) -{ - if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) { - return NULL; - } - return _talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, el_size * count, name); -} - -/* - a function version of talloc_realloc(), so it can be passed as a function pointer - to libraries that want a realloc function (a realloc function encapsulates - all the basic capabilities of an allocation library, which is why this is useful) -*/ -void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size) -{ - return _talloc_realloc(context, ptr, size, NULL); -} - - -static int talloc_autofree_destructor(void *ptr) -{ - autofree_context = NULL; - return 0; -} - -static void talloc_autofree(void) -{ - talloc_free(autofree_context); -} - -/* - return a context which will be auto-freed on exit - this is useful for reducing the noise in leak reports -*/ -void *talloc_autofree_context(void) -{ - if (autofree_context == NULL) { - autofree_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "autofree_context"); - talloc_set_destructor(autofree_context, talloc_autofree_destructor); - atexit(talloc_autofree); - } - return autofree_context; -} - -size_t talloc_get_size(const void *context) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (context == NULL) { - context = null_context; - } - if (context == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context); - - return tc->size; -} - -/* - find a parent of this context that has the given name, if any -*/ -void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *context, const char *name) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (context == NULL) { - return NULL; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context); - while (tc) { - if (tc->name && strcmp(tc->name, name) == 0) { - return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc); - } - while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev; - if (tc) { - tc = tc->parent; - } - } - return NULL; -} - -/* - show the parentage of a context -*/ -void talloc_show_parents(const void *context, FILE *file) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (context == NULL) { - fprintf(file, "talloc no parents for NULL\n"); - return; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context); - fprintf(file, "talloc parents of '%s'\n", talloc_get_name(context)); - while (tc) { - fprintf(file, "\t'%s'\n", talloc_get_name(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc))); - while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev; - if (tc) { - tc = tc->parent; - } - } - fflush(file); -} - -/* - return 1 if ptr is a parent of context -*/ -int talloc_is_parent(const void *context, const void *ptr) -{ - struct talloc_chunk *tc; - - if (context == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context); - while (tc) { - if (TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) == ptr) return 1; - while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev; - if (tc) { - tc = tc->parent; - } - } - return 0; -} diff --git a/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.def b/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.def deleted file mode 100644 index 13d7a159c..000000000 --- a/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.def +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -EXPORTS - _talloc - _talloc_array - _talloc_free - _talloc_get_type_abort - _talloc_memdup - _talloc_move - _talloc_realloc - _talloc_realloc_array - _talloc_reference_loc - _talloc_set_destructor - _talloc_steal_loc - _talloc_zero - _talloc_zero_array - talloc_asprintf - talloc_asprintf_append - talloc_asprintf_append_buffer - talloc_autofree_context - talloc_check_name - talloc_disable_null_tracking - talloc_enable_leak_report - talloc_enable_leak_report_full - talloc_enable_null_tracking - talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree - talloc_find_parent_byname - talloc_free_children - talloc_get_name - talloc_get_size - talloc_increase_ref_count - talloc_init - talloc_is_parent - talloc_named - talloc_named_const - talloc_parent - talloc_parent_name - talloc_pool - talloc_realloc_fn - talloc_reference_count - talloc_reparent - talloc_report - talloc_report_depth_cb - talloc_report_depth_file - talloc_report_full - talloc_set_abort_fn - talloc_set_log_fn - talloc_set_log_stderr - talloc_set_name - talloc_set_name_const - talloc_show_parents - talloc_strdup - talloc_strdup_append - talloc_strdup_append_buffer - talloc_strndup - talloc_strndup_append - talloc_strndup_append_buffer - talloc_total_blocks - talloc_total_size - talloc_unlink - talloc_vasprintf - talloc_vasprintf_append - talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer - talloc_version_major - talloc_version_minor diff --git a/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.h b/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.h deleted file mode 100644 index f549a17fb..000000000 --- a/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _TALLOC_H_ -#define _TALLOC_H_ -/* - Unix SMB/CIFS implementation. - Samba temporary memory allocation functions - - Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004-2005 - Copyright (C) Stefan Metzmacher 2006 - - ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc - ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released - ** under the LGPL - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Lesser General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -*/ - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdarg.h> - -#define TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR 2 -#define TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR 0 - -int talloc_version_major(void); -int talloc_version_minor(void); - -/* this is only needed for compatibility with the old talloc */ -typedef void TALLOC_CTX; - -/* - this uses a little trick to allow __LINE__ to be stringified -*/ -#ifndef __location__ -#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE1__(s) #s -#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE2__(s) __TALLOC_STRING_LINE1__(s) -#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE3__ __TALLOC_STRING_LINE2__(__LINE__) -#define __location__ __FILE__ ":" __TALLOC_STRING_LINE3__ -#endif - -#ifndef TALLOC_DEPRECATED -#define TALLOC_DEPRECATED 0 -#endif - -#ifndef PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE -#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) -/** Use gcc attribute to check printf fns. a1 is the 1-based index of - * the parameter containing the format, and a2 the index of the first - * argument. Note that some gcc 2.x versions don't handle this - * properly **/ -#define PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(a1, a2) __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, a1, a2))) -#else -#define PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(a1, a2) -#endif -#endif - -/* try to make talloc_set_destructor() and talloc_steal() type safe, - if we have a recent gcc */ -#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) -#define _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) __typeof__(ptr) -#define talloc_set_destructor(ptr, function) \ - do { \ - int (*_talloc_destructor_fn)(_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr)) = (function); \ - _talloc_set_destructor((ptr), (int (*)(void *))_talloc_destructor_fn); \ - } while(0) -/* this extremely strange macro is to avoid some braindamaged warning - stupidity in gcc 4.1.x */ -#define talloc_steal(ctx, ptr) ({ _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) __talloc_steal_ret = (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_steal_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__); __talloc_steal_ret; }) -#else -#define talloc_set_destructor(ptr, function) \ - _talloc_set_destructor((ptr), (int (*)(void *))(function)) -#define _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) void * -#define talloc_steal(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_steal_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__) -#endif - -#define talloc_reference(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_reference_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__) -#define talloc_move(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(*(ptr)))_talloc_move((ctx),(void *)(ptr)) - -/* useful macros for creating type checked pointers */ -#define talloc(ctx, type) (type *)talloc_named_const(ctx, sizeof(type), #type) -#define talloc_size(ctx, size) talloc_named_const(ctx, size, __location__) -#define talloc_ptrtype(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(*(ptr))) - -#define talloc_new(ctx) talloc_named_const(ctx, 0, "talloc_new: " __location__) - -#define talloc_zero(ctx, type) (type *)_talloc_zero(ctx, sizeof(type), #type) -#define talloc_zero_size(ctx, size) _talloc_zero(ctx, size, __location__) - -#define talloc_zero_array(ctx, type, count) (type *)_talloc_zero_array(ctx, sizeof(type), count, #type) -#define talloc_array(ctx, type, count) (type *)_talloc_array(ctx, sizeof(type), count, #type) -#define talloc_array_size(ctx, size, count) _talloc_array(ctx, size, count, __location__) -#define talloc_array_ptrtype(ctx, ptr, count) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))talloc_array_size(ctx, sizeof(*(ptr)), count) -#define talloc_array_length(ctx) (talloc_get_size(ctx)/sizeof(*ctx)) - -#define talloc_realloc(ctx, p, type, count) (type *)_talloc_realloc_array(ctx, p, sizeof(type), count, #type) -#define talloc_realloc_size(ctx, ptr, size) _talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, size, __location__) - -#define talloc_memdup(t, p, size) _talloc_memdup(t, p, size, __location__) - -#define talloc_set_type(ptr, type) talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type) -#define talloc_get_type(ptr, type) (type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type) -#define talloc_get_type_abort(ptr, type) (type *)_talloc_get_type_abort(ptr, #type, __location__) - -#define talloc_find_parent_bytype(ptr, type) (type *)talloc_find_parent_byname(ptr, #type) -#define talloc_free(ctx) _talloc_free(ctx, __location__) - - -#if TALLOC_DEPRECATED -#define talloc_zero_p(ctx, type) talloc_zero(ctx, type) -#define talloc_p(ctx, type) talloc(ctx, type) -#define talloc_array_p(ctx, type, count) talloc_array(ctx, type, count) -#define talloc_realloc_p(ctx, p, type, count) talloc_realloc(ctx, p, type, count) -#define talloc_destroy(ctx) talloc_free(ctx) -#define talloc_append_string(c, s, a) (s?talloc_strdup_append(s,a):talloc_strdup(c, a)) -#endif - -#define TALLOC_FREE(ctx) do { talloc_free(ctx); ctx=NULL; } while(0) - -/* The following definitions come from talloc.c */ -void *_talloc(const void *context, size_t size); -void *talloc_pool(const void *context, size_t size); -void _talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*_destructor)(void *)); -int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr); -size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr); -void *_talloc_reference_loc(const void *context, const void *ptr, const char *location); -int talloc_unlink(const void *context, void *ptr); -const char *talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3); -void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name); -void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size, - const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(3,4); -void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name); -const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr); -void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name); -void *_talloc_get_type_abort(const void *ptr, const char *name, const char *location); -void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr); -const char *talloc_parent_name(const void *ptr); -void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(1,2); -int _talloc_free(void *ptr, const char *location); -void talloc_free_children(void *ptr); -void *_talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size, const char *name); -void *_talloc_steal_loc(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr, const char *location); -void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr); -void *_talloc_move(const void *new_ctx, const void *pptr); -size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr); -size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr); -void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, - void (*callback)(const void *ptr, - int depth, int max_depth, - int is_ref, - void *private_data), - void *private_data); -void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f); -void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f); -void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f); -void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void); -void talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree(void); -void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void); -void talloc_enable_leak_report(void); -void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void); -void *_talloc_zero(const void *ctx, size_t size, const char *name); -void *_talloc_memdup(const void *t, const void *p, size_t size, const char *name); -void *_talloc_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name); -void *_talloc_zero_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name); -void *_talloc_realloc_array(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name); -void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size); -void *talloc_autofree_context(void); -size_t talloc_get_size(const void *ctx); -void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *ctx, const char *name); -void talloc_show_parents(const void *context, FILE *file); -int talloc_is_parent(const void *context, const void *ptr); - -char *talloc_strdup(const void *t, const char *p); -char *talloc_strdup_append(char *s, const char *a); -char *talloc_strdup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a); - -char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n); -char *talloc_strndup_append(char *s, const char *a, size_t n); -char *talloc_strndup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a, size_t n); - -char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0); -char *talloc_vasprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0); -char *talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0); - -char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3); -char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3); -char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3); - -void talloc_set_abort_fn(void (*abort_fn)(const char *reason)); -void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message)); -void talloc_set_log_stderr(void); - -#endif diff --git a/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc_guide.txt b/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc_guide.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 01de80666..000000000 --- a/mesalib/src/talloc/talloc_guide.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,757 +0,0 @@ -Using talloc in Samba4 -====================== - -.. contents:: - -Andrew Tridgell -August 2009 - -The most current version of this document is available at - http://samba.org/ftp/unpacked/talloc/talloc_guide.txt - -If you are used to the "old" talloc from Samba3 before 3.0.20 then please read -this carefully, as talloc has changed a lot. With 3.0.20 (or 3.0.14?) the -Samba4 talloc has been ported back to Samba3, so this guide applies to both. - -The new talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system -with destructors. Quite a mouthful really, but not too bad once you -get used to it. - -Perhaps the biggest change from Samba3 is that there is no distinction -between a "talloc context" and a "talloc pointer". Any pointer -returned from talloc() is itself a valid talloc context. This means -you can do this:: - - struct foo *X = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo); - X->name = talloc_strdup(X, "foo"); - -and the pointer X->name would be a "child" of the talloc context "X" -which is itself a child of mem_ctx. So if you do talloc_free(mem_ctx) -then it is all destroyed, whereas if you do talloc_free(X) then just X -and X->name are destroyed, and if you do talloc_free(X->name) then -just the name element of X is destroyed. - -If you think about this, then what this effectively gives you is an -n-ary tree, where you can free any part of the tree with -talloc_free(). - -If you find this confusing, then I suggest you run the testsuite to -watch talloc in action. You may also like to add your own tests to -testsuite.c to clarify how some particular situation is handled. - - -Performance ------------ - -All the additional features of talloc() over malloc() do come at a -price. We have a simple performance test in Samba4 that measures -talloc() versus malloc() performance, and it seems that talloc() is -about 4% slower than malloc() on my x86 Debian Linux box. For Samba, -the great reduction in code complexity that we get by using talloc -makes this worthwhile, especially as the total overhead of -talloc/malloc in Samba is already quite small. - - -talloc API ----------- - -The following is a complete guide to the talloc API. Read it all at -least twice. - -Multi-threading ---------------- - -talloc itself does not deal with threads. It is thread-safe (assuming -the underlying "malloc" is), as long as each thread uses different -memory contexts. -If two threads uses the same context then they need to synchronize in -order to be safe. In particular: -- when using talloc_enable_leak_report(), giving directly NULL as a -parent context implicitly refers to a hidden "null context" global -variable, so this should not be used in a multi-threaded environment -without proper synchronization ; -- the context returned by talloc_autofree_context() is also global so -shouldn't be used by several threads simultaneously without -synchronization. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -(type *)talloc(const void *context, type); - -The talloc() macro is the core of the talloc library. It takes a -memory context and a type, and returns a pointer to a new area of -memory of the given type. - -The returned pointer is itself a talloc context, so you can use it as -the context argument to more calls to talloc if you wish. - -The returned pointer is a "child" of the supplied context. This means -that if you talloc_free() the context then the new child disappears as -well. Alternatively you can free just the child. - -The context argument to talloc() can be NULL, in which case a new top -level context is created. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_size(const void *context, size_t size); - -The function talloc_size() should be used when you don't have a -convenient type to pass to talloc(). Unlike talloc(), it is not type -safe (as it returns a void *), so you are on your own for type checking. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -(typeof(ptr)) talloc_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr); - -The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer and -want to allocate memory to point at with this pointer. When compiling -with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_size() -and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file. -and not the type. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -int talloc_free(void *ptr); - -The talloc_free() function frees a piece of talloc memory, and all its -children. You can call talloc_free() on any pointer returned by -talloc(). - -The return value of talloc_free() indicates success or failure, with 0 -returned for success and -1 for failure. The only possible failure -condition is if the pointer had a destructor attached to it and the -destructor returned -1. See talloc_set_destructor() for details on -destructors. - -If this pointer has an additional parent when talloc_free() is called -then the memory is not actually released, but instead the most -recently established parent is destroyed. See talloc_reference() for -details on establishing additional parents. - -For more control on which parent is removed, see talloc_unlink() - -talloc_free() operates recursively on its children. - -From the 2.0 version of talloc, as a special case, talloc_free() is -refused on pointers that have more than one parent, as talloc would -have no way of knowing which parent should be removed. To free a -pointer that has more than one parent please use talloc_unlink(). - -To help you find problems in your code caused by this behaviour, if -you do try and free a pointer with more than one parent then the -talloc logging function will be called to give output like this: - - ERROR: talloc_free with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123 - reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325 - reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121 - -Please see the documentation for talloc_set_log_fn() and -talloc_set_log_stderr() for more information on talloc logging -functions. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -int talloc_free_children(void *ptr); - -The talloc_free_children() walks along the list of all children of a -talloc context and talloc_free()s only the children, not the context -itself. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_reference(const void *context, const void *ptr); - -The talloc_reference() function makes "context" an additional parent -of "ptr". - -The return value of talloc_reference() is always the original pointer -"ptr", unless talloc ran out of memory in creating the reference in -which case it will return NULL (each additional reference consumes -around 48 bytes of memory on intel x86 platforms). - -If "ptr" is NULL, then the function is a no-op, and simply returns NULL. - -After creating a reference you can free it in one of the following -ways: - - - you can talloc_free() any parent of the original pointer. That - will reduce the number of parents of this pointer by 1, and will - cause this pointer to be freed if it runs out of parents. - - - you can talloc_free() the pointer itself. That will destroy the - most recently established parent to the pointer and leave the - pointer as a child of its current parent. - -For more control on which parent to remove, see talloc_unlink() - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -int talloc_unlink(const void *context, const void *ptr); - -The talloc_unlink() function removes a specific parent from ptr. The -context passed must either be a context used in talloc_reference() -with this pointer, or must be a direct parent of ptr. - -Note that if the parent has already been removed using talloc_free() -then this function will fail and will return -1. Likewise, if "ptr" -is NULL, then the function will make no modifications and return -1. - -Usually you can just use talloc_free() instead of talloc_unlink(), but -sometimes it is useful to have the additional control on which parent -is removed. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *)); - -The function talloc_set_destructor() sets the "destructor" for the -pointer "ptr". A destructor is a function that is called when the -memory used by a pointer is about to be released. The destructor -receives the pointer as an argument, and should return 0 for success -and -1 for failure. - -The destructor can do anything it wants to, including freeing other -pieces of memory. A common use for destructors is to clean up -operating system resources (such as open file descriptors) contained -in the structure the destructor is placed on. - -You can only place one destructor on a pointer. If you need more than -one destructor then you can create a zero-length child of the pointer -and place an additional destructor on that. - -To remove a destructor call talloc_set_destructor() with NULL for the -destructor. - -If your destructor attempts to talloc_free() the pointer that it is -the destructor for then talloc_free() will return -1 and the free will -be ignored. This would be a pointless operation anyway, as the -destructor is only called when the memory is just about to go away. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr); - -The talloc_increase_ref_count(ptr) function is exactly equivalent to: - - talloc_reference(NULL, ptr); - -You can use either syntax, depending on which you think is clearer in -your code. - -It returns 0 on success and -1 on failure. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr); - -Return the number of references to the pointer. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...); - -Each talloc pointer has a "name". The name is used principally for -debugging purposes, although it is also possible to set and get the -name on a pointer in as a way of "marking" pointers in your code. - -The main use for names on pointer is for "talloc reports". See -talloc_report() and talloc_report_full() for details. Also see -talloc_enable_leak_report() and talloc_enable_leak_report_full(). - -The talloc_set_name() function allocates memory as a child of the -pointer. It is logically equivalent to: - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, talloc_asprintf(ptr, fmt, ...)); - -Note that multiple calls to talloc_set_name() will allocate more -memory without releasing the name. All of the memory is released when -the ptr is freed using talloc_free(). - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name); - -The function talloc_set_name_const() is just like talloc_set_name(), -but it takes a string constant, and is much faster. It is extensively -used by the "auto naming" macros, such as talloc_p(). - -This function does not allocate any memory. It just copies the -supplied pointer into the internal representation of the talloc -ptr. This means you must not pass a name pointer to memory that will -disappear before the ptr is freed with talloc_free(). - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...); - -The talloc_named() function creates a named talloc pointer. It is -equivalent to: - - ptr = talloc_size(context, size); - talloc_set_name(ptr, fmt, ....); - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name); - -This is equivalent to:: - - ptr = talloc_size(context, size); - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name); - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr); - -This returns the current name for the given talloc pointer. See -talloc_set_name() for details. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...); - -This function creates a zero length named talloc context as a top -level context. It is equivalent to:: - - talloc_named(NULL, 0, fmt, ...); - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_new(void *ctx); - -This is a utility macro that creates a new memory context hanging -off an exiting context, automatically naming it "talloc_new: __location__" -where __location__ is the source line it is called from. It is -particularly useful for creating a new temporary working context. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -(type *)talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, type, count); - -The talloc_realloc() macro changes the size of a talloc -pointer. The "count" argument is the number of elements of type "type" -that you want the resulting pointer to hold. - -talloc_realloc() has the following equivalences:: - - talloc_realloc(context, NULL, type, 1) ==> talloc(context, type); - talloc_realloc(context, NULL, type, N) ==> talloc_array(context, type, N); - talloc_realloc(context, ptr, type, 0) ==> talloc_free(ptr); - -The "context" argument is only used if "ptr" is NULL, otherwise it is -ignored. - -talloc_realloc() returns the new pointer, or NULL on failure. The call -will fail either due to a lack of memory, or because the pointer has -more than one parent (see talloc_reference()). - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_realloc_size(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size); - -the talloc_realloc_size() function is useful when the type is not -known so the typesafe talloc_realloc() cannot be used. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr); - -The talloc_steal() function changes the parent context of a talloc -pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is -currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the -memory for a longer time. - -The talloc_steal() function returns the pointer that you pass it. It -does not have any failure modes. - -NOTE: It is possible to produce loops in the parent/child relationship -if you are not careful with talloc_steal(). No guarantees are provided -as to your sanity or the safety of your data if you do this. - -talloc_steal (new_ctx, NULL) will return NULL with no sideeffects. - -Note that if you try and call talloc_steal() on a pointer that has -more than one parent then the result is ambiguous. Talloc will choose -to remove the parent that is currently indicated by talloc_parent() -and replace it with the chosen parent. You will also get a message -like this via the talloc logging functions: - - WARNING: talloc_steal with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123 - reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325 - reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121 - -To unambiguously change the parent of a pointer please see the -function talloc_reparent(). See the talloc_set_log_fn() documentation -for more information on talloc logging. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr); - -The talloc_reparent() function changes the parent context of a talloc -pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is -currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the -memory for a longer time. - -The talloc_reparent() function returns the pointer that you pass it. It -does not have any failure modes. - -The difference between talloc_reparent() and talloc_steal() is that -talloc_reparent() can specify which parent you wish to change. This is -useful when a pointer has multiple parents via references. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr); - -The talloc_parent() function returns the current talloc parent. This -is usually the pointer under which this memory was originally created, -but it may have changed due to a talloc_steal() or talloc_reparent() - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr); - -The talloc_total_size() function returns the total size in bytes used -by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for debugging. - -Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if -talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has -been called. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr); - -The talloc_total_blocks() function returns the total memory block -count used by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for -debugging. - -Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if -talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has -been called. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, - void (*callback)(const void *ptr, - int depth, int max_depth, - int is_ref, - void *priv), - void *priv); - -This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It -will recursively call the callback for the entire tree of memory -referenced by the pointer. References in the tree are passed with -is_ref = 1 and the pointer that is referenced. - -You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is -printed for the top level memory context, but only if -talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() -has been called. - -The recursion is stopped when depth >= max_depth. -max_depth = -1 means only stop at leaf nodes. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f); - -This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It -will let you specify the depth and max_depth. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f); - -The talloc_report() function prints a summary report of all memory -used by ptr. One line of report is printed for each immediate child of -ptr, showing the total memory and number of blocks used by that child. - -You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed -for the top level memory context, but only if -talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has -been called. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f); - -This provides a more detailed report than talloc_report(). It will -recursively print the ensire tree of memory referenced by the -pointer. References in the tree are shown by giving the name of the -pointer that is referenced. - -You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed -for the top level memory context, but only if -talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has -been called. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_enable_leak_report(void); - -This enables calling of talloc_report(NULL, stderr) when the program -exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the --leak-report command -line option. - -For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other -talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the -top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing -NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the -full tree printout. - -Here is a typical talloc report: - -talloc report on 'null_context' (total 267 bytes in 15 blocks) - libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks - libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks - iconv(UTF8,CP850) contains 42 bytes in 2 blocks - libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks - iconv(CP850,UTF8) contains 42 bytes in 2 blocks - iconv(UTF8,UTF-16LE) contains 45 bytes in 2 blocks - iconv(UTF-16LE,UTF8) contains 45 bytes in 2 blocks - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void); - -This enables calling of talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr) when the -program exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the ---leak-report-full command line option. - -For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other -talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the -top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing -NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the -full tree printout. - -Here is a typical full report: - -full talloc report on 'root' (total 18 bytes in 8 blocks) - p1 contains 18 bytes in 7 blocks (ref 0) - r1 contains 13 bytes in 2 blocks (ref 0) - reference to: p2 - p2 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 1) - x3 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) - x2 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) - x1 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void); - -This enables tracking of the NULL memory context without enabling leak -reporting on exit. Useful for when you want to do your own leak -reporting call via talloc_report_null_full(); - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void); - -This disables tracking of the NULL memory context. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -(type *)talloc_zero(const void *ctx, type); - -The talloc_zero() macro is equivalent to:: - - ptr = talloc(ctx, type); - if (ptr) memset(ptr, 0, sizeof(type)); - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_zero_size(const void *ctx, size_t size) - -The talloc_zero_size() function is useful when you don't have a known type - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_memdup(const void *ctx, const void *p, size_t size); - -The talloc_memdup() function is equivalent to:: - - ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size); - if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, size); - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -char *talloc_strdup(const void *ctx, const char *p); - -The talloc_strdup() function is equivalent to:: - - ptr = talloc_size(ctx, strlen(p)+1); - if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, strlen(p)+1); - -This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed -string. This is equivalent to:: - - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr) - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n); - -The talloc_strndup() function is the talloc equivalent of the C -library function strndup() - -This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed -string. This is equivalent to: - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr) - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -char *talloc_append_string(const void *t, char *orig, const char *append); - -The talloc_append_string() function appends the given formatted -string to the given string. - -This function sets the name of the new pointer to the new -string. This is equivalent to:: - - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr) - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap); - -The talloc_vasprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C -library function vasprintf() - -This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new -string. This is equivalent to:: - - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr) - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...); - -The talloc_asprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C -library function asprintf() - -This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new -string. This is equivalent to:: - - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr) - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...); - -The talloc_asprintf_append() function appends the given formatted -string to the given string. -Use this varient when the string in the current talloc buffer may -have been truncated in length. - -This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new -string. This is equivalent to:: - - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr) - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...); - -The talloc_asprintf_append() function appends the given formatted -string to the end of the currently allocated talloc buffer. -Use this varient when the string in the current talloc buffer has -not been changed. - -This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new -string. This is equivalent to:: - - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr) - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -((type *)talloc_array(const void *ctx, type, uint_t count); - -The talloc_array() macro is equivalent to:: - - (type *)talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type) * count); - -except that it provides integer overflow protection for the multiply, -returning NULL if the multiply overflows. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, uint_t count); - -The talloc_array_size() function is useful when the type is not -known. It operates in the same way as talloc_array(), but takes a size -instead of a type. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -(typeof(ptr)) talloc_array_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr, uint_t count); - -The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer to an array -and want to allocate memory of an array to point at with this pointer. When compiling -with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_array_size() -and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file. -and not the type. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size); - -This is a non-macro version of talloc_realloc(), which is useful -as libraries sometimes want a ralloc function pointer. A realloc() -implementation encapsulates the functionality of malloc(), free() and -realloc() in one call, which is why it is useful to be able to pass -around a single function pointer. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_autofree_context(void); - -This is a handy utility function that returns a talloc context -which will be automatically freed on program exit. This can be used -to reduce the noise in memory leak reports. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name); - -This function checks if a pointer has the specified name. If it does -then the pointer is returned. It it doesn't then NULL is returned. - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -(type *)talloc_get_type(const void *ptr, type); - -This macro allows you to do type checking on talloc pointers. It is -particularly useful for void* private pointers. It is equivalent to -this:: - - (type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type) - - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -talloc_set_type(const void *ptr, type); - -This macro allows you to force the name of a pointer to be a -particular type. This can be used in conjunction with -talloc_get_type() to do type checking on void* pointers. - -It is equivalent to this:: - - talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type) - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -talloc_get_size(const void *ctx); - -This function lets you know the amount of memory alloced so far by -this context. It does NOT account for subcontext memory. -This can be used to calculate the size of an array. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *ctx, const char *name); - -Find a parent memory context of the current context that has the given -name. This can be very useful in complex programs where it may be -difficult to pass all information down to the level you need, but you -know the structure you want is a parent of another context. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -(type *)talloc_find_parent_bytype(ctx, type); - -Like talloc_find_parent_byname() but takes a type, making it typesafe. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message)); - -This function sets a logging function that talloc will use for -warnings and errors. By default talloc will not print any warnings or -errors. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- -void talloc_set_log_stderr(void) - -This sets the talloc log function to write log messages to stderr |